ADVENTURERS AFLOAT **S* a Nautical Bibliography

ADVENTURERS AFLOAT **S* A Nautical Bibliography:

A Comprehensive Guide to Books in English Recounting the Adventures of Amateur Sailors upon the Waters of the World in Yachts, Boats, and Other Devices and Including Works on the Arts and Sciences of Cruising, Racing, Seamanship, Navigation, Design, Building, etc. from the Earliest Writings Through 1986

by ERNEST W. TOY, JR. Volume 1: Part I

The Scarecrow Press, Inc. Metuchen, N.J., & London 1988 British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication data available.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Toy, Ernest W. , 1925- Adventurers afloat.

Includes bibliographies and index. 1. Boats and boating--Bibliography. 2. Aquatic sports-- Bibliography. I. Title. Z7514.B6T69 1988 [GV775] 016.7971 88- 31209 ISBN 0-8108-2189-3

After waiting in vain for many years for someone to write a book about books on yachting and related subjects, I finally decided to do it myself. At that time I believed that the job could be done quickly and easily. Twelve years, three computers, and some 8,000 titles later I know that I was wrong about the size and difficulty of the task, but, nevertheless, right about deciding to undertake it. Although demanding, it has been the source of much satisfaction. Now the writing has been completed and the book is ready for publication. It is lengthy, but not really finished. Bibliographies never are.

Over 2,000 of the titles examined were eliminated. Those which remained for inclusion are histories, narratives, novels, and humorous works about yachting, boating, canoeing, and surfing, which tell of cruising, canoe tripping, racing, competitions, and just messing about; books about how to do these and several other aquatic things (such as water skiing, model boating, and ice boating); books to be used while doing them (such as nautical cook books, pilots and guides, and rules of the road); books about vessels in which they can be done (and their ancestors); books about related businesses and industries (such as boat designing and building, marinas, and marine hardware and equipment); and bibliographies. Children's books are included. Among the books excluded are those about voyages of naval and merchant ships, scientific expeditions (with a few exceptions), underwater exploration, and fishing. Unfortunately, lack of time and space have made it necessary to ex- clude periodicals and periodical articles also.

Titles, many of which have descriptive notes, are arranged for browsing in much the same way the books themselves might be arranged in a specialized library. The table of contents provides a detailed guide to the classification scheme used. The author-title and ship and boat name indexes serve to locate specific titles in much the same way as a library's card catalog. In a sense, this is a model library, with only the books themselves missing. Those books which are wanted can usually be provided by one's local public library, either from their shelves or through interlibrary loan. Inadvertently, I spent a number of years preparing to do this job. The best part of my childhood was spent in surfing and boating at Laguna Beach, California, and in sailing on nearby Balboa Bay in a 10' pram dinghy which I built with much help from my father. During World War I1 and the Korean War I spent several years at sea as a watch officer, navigator, etc., mostly in destroyers, and for a number of years I taught naval officers navigation and seamanship. I also became a librarian and a historian specializing in British Navy. As a result of these experiences, I speak the naval dialect of the nautical language, which differs slightly from the yachting and boating dialects.

After several decades of teaching and serving as University Librarian at California State University, Fullerton, I retired from administrative work and began teaching half time in order to have time to travel to the United Kingdom regularly and to engage in interesting projects such as this one. Many years ago I built a 35' Piver Lodestar trimaran, Mithrandir, which I used to sail. Un- fortunately, about three years ago I had to stop sailing because this book had begun to absorb all of my spare time. Now, if her mooring lines can still be cast off, Mithrandir may go to sea again.

A book like this could not have been written had countless librarians, booksellers, and others not produced catalogs of collections, trade bibliographies, indexes, abstracts, and the many other great bibliographic tools native to the 20th century. I thank them all. I am very grateful also to many other people for their invaluable help, encouragement, and unfailing courtesy. Among them are: Ms. Nancy Caudill and her staff in the Interlibrary Loan Department of California State University, Fullerton, who mastered my handwriting and went on to procure hundreds of hard-to-find titles; the staff and volunteer members of the Cruising Association, who helped me use their invaluable library in Ivory House, St. Katherine Dock, London, and who, above and beyond the call of duty, brought me tea when I needed it most; the people who made it possible to go from computer 2 to computer 3 (and word processor 2 to word processor 3), Dr. Sorel Reisman, who found the necessary software, my son, Roger, who, when everyone else had failed, found a way to transfer files too big for the software to handle; and my library col- league, R. Dean Galloway, who spent many hours helping with the actual transfer process; Mr. Dan Clinton, who solved a number of bibliographical puzzles; Ms. Marion Buzzard, who tracked down some intractable things; Ms. Doris New, whose expert proofreading of the entire manuscript three times had a wonderfully civilizing influence upon it; Dr. Cecelia van Beuren Wittman, who designed and produced the indexes and, in the process, found vii

a number of hard-to-find errors in the text; and Ms. Becky Swanson, whose help with Xerox Ventura Publisher has been indispensable.

No expression of gratitude can recognize adequately all that my wife, Beverly, has done to make the conception, writing and publication of this book possible. She has continued to go to sea with me in spite of leaky dinghies, treacherous mooring lines, breaking surf in harbor entrances, seasick guests, and the contretemps at Buoy E 2 A, Catalina Island. She designed the text layout, selected the type font to be used, and, with Ventura Publisher, did the typesetting. She found structural and textual blemishes and helped to turn them into beauty spots. Fortunately, she gave up reading term papers long ago and can still spell. Beyond all these things, without her nothing would be worth the effort.

It is said that certain Middle Eastern carpet weavers purposely introduced a flaw into each carpet so as not to intrude upon the realm of God, perfection. Unfortunately, those who write bibliographies do not have to take this precau- tion. Indeed, I had hoped that this book would approach perfection somewhat more closely than it has, and, in spite of the wonderful help noted above, there remain errors of omission and commission to which I must retain exclusive rights. Of this book I can only say, as Samuel Rawson Gardiner said of his monumental history of early Stuart England, "Whatever it may be worth, it is the best that I have to offer."

Ernest W. Toy TABLE OF CONTENTS

VOLUME I

Part I The Story Of Yachting And Boating

A. General Works

1. Histories and General Works. a. Global b. British Isles c. United States d. British Commonwealth e. Other Areas

2. Biographies and Autobiographies 3. Anthologies and Collective Works 4. Pictorial Works 5. Yacht Registers and Other Directories 6. Other General Works B. Cruising

1. Histories and Collective Works 2. Deep Water Cruises a. Around the World b. Atlantic Ocean c. Pacific Ocean d. Atlantic and Pacific Oceans e. Other Oceans

3. Coastal Cruises a. British Isles b. Northern Europe c. Southern Europe d. Northern and Southern Europe e. East Coast of the Americas f. West Coast of the Americas g. Other Coasts X Table of Contents

4. Inland Cruises a. British Isles b. Europe c. North America d. Other Areas

C. Racing

1. Races under Sail a. Ocean Races b. The America's Cup c. Other Races

2. Rowing and Paddling Races 3. Powerboat Races

D. Surfing VOLUME I1

Part II The Arts, Techniques, and Information Necessary for Yachting and Boating

A. General

1. Comprehensive Works 2. Seamanship and Yacht Management a. General Works b. Sail c. Power Boats d. Seamanship - Canoes, Kayaks, and Rowing Boats e. Seamanship - Heavy Weather f. Marlinspike Seamanship

3. Navigation and Piloting a. History of Navigation b. Yacht Navigation c. Selected Books on Large-Ship Navigation Table of Contents xi

4. Sailing Directions, Coast Pilots, and Guides - Oceans a. Ocean Passages b. British Isles c. Europe: Baltic, Atlantic, and Mediterranean d. East Coast of the Americas e. West Coast of the Americas f. Other Areas

5. Inland Waters: Guides, Etc. a. British Isles b. Europe c. North America d. Other Areas

6. Weather Forecasting and Oceanography 7. Amenities: Below Decks and In the Galley 8. Law, Custom, Etiquette, and Communication 9. Dictionaries and Encyclopedias

B. Specialized Techniques

1. Cruising, Houseboating, and Trailer Boating 2. Canoe, Kayak, and Raft Tripping 3. Sailboat Racing Technique: Inshore 4. Sailboat Racing Technique: Ocean Racing 5. Racing: Rowing Boats, Canoes, and Kayaks 6. Power Boat Racing 7. Surfing 8. Windsurfing 9. Water Skiing 10. Ice Boating 11. Model Yachting xii Table of Contents

Part III Pleasure Craft: Their Ancestry, Development, Design,Construction, Equipment, and Care

A. Vessels

1. Histories and Descriptive Works a. General b. Sailing Vessels c. Other Types of Vessels

2. Designers, Designing, and Surveying 907 3. Building, Conversion, Maintenance, and Repair 924 4. Plan Books 957 B. Equipment

1. Sails, Spars, Rigging, and Canvas Work 972 2. Engines 980 3. Electrical, Electronic, and Other Equipment 99 1 Part IV Other Aspects of Yachting and Boating A. The Business of Boating 997 B. Fictional Boating

1. Adult Fiction 2. Children's Fiction 3. Humor C. Bibliographies Appendix I: Chronological Guide to Sail Racing Rules 1045 Appendix 11: Amateur Yacht Research Society Publications 1051 Author - Title Index 1055 Ship and Boat Index 1169 HISTORIES AND GENERAL WORKS: GLOBAL

1 Barrault, Jean Michel. Great Moments of Yachting. Preface by Alfred F. Loomis. Trans- lated by James and Inge Moore. New York: Putnam's, 1967. 209pp. Originally published in 1965 as Les Grandes Heures du Yachting. Brief but informative sections of text with numerous illustrations from the files of outstanding marine photographers, including Beken and Rosenfeld. Contents include royal yachting from Edwardian days to Prince Philip's BIuebotfle; the last square rigger races; big yacht racing; the America's Cup races; races of the Finn, 5-0-5, Flying Dutchman, Star, and Dragon classes; the cruises of Slocum, Voss, Tambs, Gerbault, Bernicot, Dumas, LeToumelii, Bar- diaux, the Van de Wieles, the Hiscocks, Gumell, the Smeetons, and Walter; the Transatlantic, Bermuda, Fastnet, and Sydney-Hobart ocean races; small- boat races; and experiences with heavy weather. Boating Facts and Feats., Edited by Peter Johnson. New York: Stirling, 1976. 256 pp. The British Edition has the title Guinness Book of Yachting Facts and Feats. Guinness, 1975.256~~. Includes the history and evolution of yacht design as well as records of racing events.

Bowman, W. Dodgson. Yachtingand Yachtsmen.London: Bles; New York: Dodd, Mead, 1927.280~~. A readable account of early yachting, the Cumberland Fleet, the Royal Yacht Squadron, other English and Scottish yacht clubs, and yachting in America, together with accounts of famous yachtsmen, designers, and yachts. Among the yachtsmen are Lord Brassey, E. F. Knight, the Earl of Dunraven, Sir Thomas Lipton, John C. Stevens, Kaiser Wilhelm 11, the Duke of Leeds, Lord Iveagh, the Hon. Walter Guinness, the Hon. Ernest Guinness, Sir William Portal, Sir Howard Frank, Sir William Burton, Major Heckstall-Smith, J. A. Payne, Major Philip Hunloke, Viscount Elveden, Lord Birkenhead, Sir William Berry, and Sir Walter Runciman. The designers include the Fifes of Farlie, G. L. Watson, A. Mylne, and Nathaniel Herreshoff. The yachts: Britannia, Westward, White Heather, and Bloodhound. 2 Adventurers Afloat

4 Bradford, Ernle. Three Centuries of Sailing. London: Country Life, 1964. 120pp. A brief and readable history of yachting, with emphasis on Great Britain, which puts cruising in perspective and deals with design and technique in an interesting way. The author is an experienced cruiser and ocean racer.

Clark, Arthur H. The History of Yachting, 1600-1815. Published under the authority and direction of the New York Yacht Club. New York and London: Putrnan's, 1904. xv, 249pp. A very formal history, mostly about British clubs and racing, which includes a great deal of naval and merchant marine material and the texts of many documents. Contents: Medieval pleasure craft; early Dutch yachts; Holland and New Netherland; early English yachts; yachting under the later Stuarts and the Hanoverians; Great Britain and American yachting; the Cumberland Fleet; The East India Company; the British Navy; and the earliest British yacht club.

Crabtree, Reginald. The Luxuly Yacht, from Steam to Diesel. Newton Abbot: David and Charles, 1973; New York: Drake, 1974.208~~. After a brief account of 18th century yachting and of the influence of fishing and pilot boats on British yacht design, the author tells of the introduction and development of steam and diesel yachts. In 1830 Thomas Assheton Smith, the first yachtsman to convert to steam, was expelled from the Royal Yacht Squadron. Fourteen years later Queen Victoria, who did not like sailing yachts, made steam yachts respectable with her paddle-wheeler Victoria and Albert. After 1844, when the contest between Raffler and Alecto had proved that they were more efficient than paddle wheels, steam yachts and auxiliaries were built with screw propellers. The careers of the most famous of them are described: Lord Brassey'sSunbeam; Vanderbilt's North Star; Turbina, the prototype of the small, fast warship; the American Presidential yachts; and Arthur Curtis James' yachts Coronet, Aloha I, andAIoha 11. The development of modern hard-chine, vee-bottom, high-speed motor yachts is briefly discussed.

Drummond, Maldwin. Salt WaterPalaces. Introduction by Admiral of the Fleet the Earl Mountbatten of Burma. London: Debrett, 1979; New York: Viking, 1980.40~~. A history of expensive and fashionable British yachts and yachting, with a chapter on similar yachtingin the United States. Another chapter is devoted to the charismatic Corinthian yachtsmen Rob Roy MacGregor and Erskine Childers.

Feversham, Charles Antony Peter Duncombe, 6th Baron. Great Yachts, with contributions from Ronald Faux and others. U. S. advisory editor Williarn W. Robinson. London: Blond; New York: Putnam, 1970.191pp. A well-organized pictorial historywith a brief text which emphasizes British yachts and yachting. Contents: Early yachts; the America's Cup; Inshore and Histories And General Works: Global 3

Ocean racing; dinghies and small yachts; cruising yachts; single-handed sailing; steam yachts and motor yachts. The appendix covers yacht designers and builders.

Gabe, Julius. Yachting: Historical Sketches of the Sport. London: J. Macqueen, 1902.266~~. Historical sketches of British and Irish yachting, with essays on yachting in France and Germany and on the New York Yacht Club and theAmerica's Cup. Club histories include those of the Royal Yacht Squadron, the Royal Cork Yacht Club, the Royal Thames Yacht Club, the New Thames Yacht Club, the Royal London Yacht Club, the Royal Temple Yacht Club, the Royal Victoria Yacht Club, the Royal Northern Yacht Club, the Royal Clyde Yacht Club, the Mudhook Yacht Club, the Clyde Corinthian Yacht Club, and the clubs of the Solent, Dover, Harwich, and the Channel Islands. Contains pictures of 36 famous yachts. Some chapters appeared originally in the PUNMall Gazette and Blackwood's Magazine.

Heaton, Peter. Yachting: A History. London: Batsford, 1955; New York: Scrib- ner, 1956.280~~. A readable history of Anglo-American yachting, told mostly in terms of clubs and racing, but with sections on cruising. In the account of the early period, the distinction between naval activities and yachting is clearly drawn. Of particular interest are the accounts of the founding of the cruising clubs, beginningwith the Royal Cruising Club in 1880, and of the principle ocean races, beginning with the Bermuda Race in 1906. Appendix I lists the yacht clubs recognized by the Royal Yachting Association; appendix I1 is a bibliography.

Heaton, Peter. A History of Yachting in Pictures. Newton Abbot: David and Charles; London: Tom Stacey, Ltd., 1972. 159pp. The American edition has the title Yachting: A Pictorial History. New York: Viking, 1973. 159pp. (A Studio Book). A comprehensive, lavishly illustrated, and well-written history of the club and racing scene in Great Britain, the United States, Europe, and the British Commonwealth, with brief sections on cruising. The text is divided into four chronological parts. The pre-Victorian section includes the origins of yachting, basic definitions, the yachts of the Stuart Court, and the fust yacht clubs. The Victorian section (1838-1919) includes the development of measurement rules, theAmerica and the Cup races, formation of the Yacht Racing Association, the history of British and European yacht clubs, steam yachts, racing with "Raters" and "One-Designers," the International Yacht Racing Union and the development of the "Metre" classes, and the cult of the single-hander. The section on the interwar years (1919-1939) deals with the Bermudan rig, international competition in the Metre Classes, American successes in six metre boats, the coming of tank testing, the "J" Class and the America's Cup, the death of the large racing class, the fust modern racing dinghies, off-shore racing, the cruising boom, motor yachts, and motorboat racing. The section on the post-1945 period includes the advent of smaller boats, new materials, and electronic aids, changes in the America's Cup rules, Cup challenges from Great Britain, Australia 4 Adventurers Afloat

and France, the modern Olympic classes, multi-hull yachts, off-shore racing, the single-handed round-the-world race, modern cruising under sail, motor sailers, modern power-boat racing, motor cruising, modern yachts, and pos- sibilities for the future.

12 Herreshoff, Lewis Francis. An Introduction to Yachting: Hktory, Traditions, and a Detailed Record of Great Yachts, Yacht Races, Yachtsmen and Designers, by a man whose family was part of it, with a foreword by Boris Lauer-Leonardi. New York: Sheridan House, 1963. 189pp. Reissued K. Mason, 1980. Herreshoffs writings always make interesting and valuable reading. This work, like all of his others, reflects his personality and prejudices. The America's Cup races are emphasized. In addition, he discusses the period from 6000 B. C. to the advent of steam yachts, the steam yacht era; ocean races, the period 1900-1920, and the influence of the Universal Rule. Well-illustrated.

13 Holmes, Nancy. The Dream Boats: The Beautiful People on their Beautiful Yachts. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1976.191pp. A brief history of luxury yachting with anecdotal accounts of the twentieth- century activities of the rich, powerful, and often famous owners of expensive yachts. Much of the action takes place near Monte Carlo. There is very little about the yachts themselvesbecause the author appears to know very little about them and nothing about nautical terminology. Much of the writing is adulatory to the point of hinting that wealth is an outward sign of an inward grace. The author strives for informality and a light touch by using cliches and inappropriate similies and metaphors. The last chapters, which avoid these devices, are quite moving and interesting.

14 Hughes, John Scott. Famous Yachts. With forty-eight illustrations. London: Methuen; New York: Dutton, 1928. xi, 195pp. A useful reference book covering more than60 yachts, beginning with those of Charles 11, and providing pictures of most of them.

15 Hughes, John Scott. Yachting Centres of the World Birmingham: Llewellyn Ryland, Ltd., 1937. 40pp.

16 McCutchan, P. Great Yachts. New York: Crown, 1979.153 pp. After a brief introductory history of early yachts and yachting in England, Ireland, and the United States, the author discusses the expensive yachting of the later nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including the royal and state yachts of the Western nations, millionaires' yachts, great ocean racing yachts, postwar racing, round-the-world and transoceanic races, and round-the world cruises. Nautical terms are used in a curious and disturbing way, perhaps in an attempt Hktories And General Works: Global 5

to make reading easier for landspeople. In addition, some of the general historical background is inaccurate. Phillips-Birt, Douglas. A Histoly of Seamanship. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.319~. In this study, seamanship is defined as the art and science of getting a ship from one place to another in safety. Its elements are managing the ship and finding the way. The author traces the interlocking evolution of technology and seamanship in order to enable hi readers to understand the powerful tools and concepts available to them. Especially helpful to yachtsmen.

Phillips-Birt, Douglas. meHistory of Yachting. London: Hamish Hamilton; New York: Stein and Day, 1974.288~~. An informal and readable history of Anglo-American yachting from the reign of Charles I1 to the late 1960s. The emphasis is on races, clubs, and the development of rating rules and their effect on racing designs. Contains brief but excellent sections on cruising and the development of cruising yachts. Has a select bibliography of works of particular interest to historians.

Rogers, Stanley Reginald Harry. Tales of Fore-an-Aft. hndon: Harrap, 1935. 264pp. About half is on yachting. Dramatic in style. Organized topically: Long voyages (Stock, Gerbault, Railler du Baty, Muhlhauser, Voss, Thomas Drake, Pidgeon, O'Brien, Tambs, Aho Walter, Alfred Johnson, Crapo, Lawlor, Black- burn, Muller, Howard); Circumnavigations (Slocum, Voss, Muhlhauser, Pidgeon, Gerbault, Robison); The thoroughbreds (famous yachts of royalty and the wealthy); The America's Cup; Southseamen (Stevenson in Casco, Equator, andlanet Nicoll, and Jack London in Snark); Lost ships (Nutting and Hildebrand inle$Eriikrson, Wells inshanghai, Kent inDirection, W. E. Sinclair in loan, Stock in Wanderlust, Tambs in Teddy, and Thomas Drake in Pilgrim and Sir Francis).

Rousmaniere, John, meGolden Pastime: A New History of Yachting. New York and London: Norton, 1986. 240pp. (A Nautical Quarterly Book). A well-designed, well-written, and beautifully-illustrated oversized book which places yachting history within a more general historical framework. Nine essays are grouped in three periods, the formative years of 1660-1851; the opulent years of 1851-1914, and the years of amateur yachting, 1914-1983. The essays discuss, in succession, early yachting, and, in particular, that of Charles Ik George Crowninshield and his Cleopatra's Barge; the Stevens brothers and America; the nineteenth century American yachting millionaires; J. P. Morgan and his Corsairs; the America's Cup challenges, 1870-1913; British and American yacht designers of the late nineteenth century; offshore cruising and racing (including the deadly 1979 Fastnet race); and America's Cup challenges, 1920-1983. 6 Adventurers Afloat

21 Talbot-Booth, Eric Charles. Yachts, Yachting and Sailing, compiled, edited, and all flags drawn by Paymaster Lieut.-Commander E. C. Talbot-Booth. New York; London: Appleton-Century, 1938. xvii, 612pp. A very small reference book designed to be a portable source of miscellaneous yachtinginformation. Its60 sectionsincludedata on the design and construction of racing yachts, nomenclature, sailing theory, handicapping, racing classes, famous racing and cruising yachts and yachtsmen, the America's Cup and other races, ocean racing, yacht clubs (including flags), and model yachting. Much of the material is obsolete.

22 Talbot-Booth, Eric Charles. Yachts and Yachting, with over one hundred and ten illustrations by Fred S. Cozzens and others. New York: Cassell, 1887.159~~. About luxury yachting and expensive regattas. Most of the illustrations are line drawings by Cozzens. Contents: The history of American yachting, by Capt. R. F. Coffm; The Mayjlower and Galatea races of 1886, by Charles E. Clay; Americansteam yachting, by Edward S. Jaffray; British yachting, by C. J. C. Mc- Alister. HISTORIES AND GENERAL WORKS: BRITISH ISLES

Bolland, Reginald Robert. fictonans on the Thames. Tunbridge Wells: Midas Books, 1974. 128pp. Boatina 1884-1900. Contents include a description of the river: the Hen- ley ~e~atta;the Oxford and Cambridge Boat ace; other regattas and river events; river fashions; houseboats; other types of boats; rowingand punting; and a bibliography.

British Yachts and Yachtsmen. A Complete History of British Yacht ingfrom the Middle of the Sixteenth Century to the Present Day. London: The Yachtsman Publishing Co., 1907.556pp. This is a huge book, about the size of an unabridged dictionary, printed on acid-free paper, but with a weak binding. It is illustrated with nearly 400 valuable photographs and contains a lengthy history of yachting in England from Elizabethan times, brief biographical sketches of many prominent yachtsmen, brief histories of yacht clubs, and an account of the founding and influence of the Yacht Racing Association. Yachting in Scotland, the Australian colonies, and Canada are discussed briefly in separate sections. Indexes of personal, yacht, and club names are provided.

Burstall, Patricia. The Golden Age of the Thames. Newton Abbot: David & Charles, 1981.222~~. A discursive account of the aquatic pleasures to be found and of those who sought them on and along the Thames above Richmond from about 1870 to 1914. During this time the Thames Valley became one of the chief pleasure resorts of the upper classes. This is a very sympathetic account of a world which vanished suddenly and completely,much of it based on materialwhich appeared in the Lock to Lock Tirnes and the Maidenhead AdveHiser.

Carr, Frank G. G. The Yachtsman's England. London: Seeley, Service; New York and Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott, 1937. 249pp. (The English Scene, ed. by Eric Parker, vol. 111.). 8 Adventurers Afloat

Anecdotes, written with style, and grouped in the categories of rivers, seas, havens, ships, coasts, ghosts, and men.

27 Chitty, Jean. The River Within Us--A Maritime History of Lymington. Lymington: Belhaven, 1983.250~~. Made up, in large part, of material obtained from interviews of local people. Arranged topically. Covers all aspects of Lymington's maritime history, including yachting and yachtsmen, yacht designing and designers, sailmakers, nautical writers and publishing, clubs, seamanship and navigation, rescue services, Sea Scouts, ferries, marine art and photography, commercial fishing, and the building of naval vessels. Especially rich in biographical data.

28 Clyde Cruising Club. Seventy-Five Years of the Clyde Cruising Club: Tales of Fact and Fiction from the Part and Present, edited by J. R. Seath. Glasgow: Clyde Cruising Club Publications, 1986.224~~. Nearly half of the book is devoted to a series of accounts of west-coast voyages. Other contents include lists of officers, former officers, yachts, and winners of trophies, a brief history of the Club by John Carmichael, and a history of the compilation and publishing of the Club's famous sailing directions.

29 Corinthian (pseud.). History of Yachting in the South of Ireland, 1720-1908. Compiled from the records in the possession of the Royal Cork and Royal Munster Yacht Clubs, and files of the local press. Cork: Eagle Printing Works, 1909. xii, 211pp. The history of the Cork Water Club, 1720-1760,with its admirals, captains, and navy-style maneuvers; its attempted revival in 1806, and the founding in 1828 of its successor, the Cork Yacht Club (which received the title Royal in 1830). After a brief account of the early regattas, there are year-by-year accounts of racing from 1833 onward with tabular data on winners, boats, etc. Gives an account of Caulfield Beamish, a designer-builder of genius, and of two of his most famous boats, Little Paddy (37 tons) and Bigpaddy (100 tons). Also included is a history of the Munster Model Yacht Club and its regattas, which began in 1873.

30 Davis, Gordon. Dartmouth Royal Regatta from 1834 to the Present. Dartmouth: Harbour Books on behalf of Port of Dartmouth Royal Regatta Committee, 1987. 140pp. The story of the earliest sailing matches and regattas in South Devon and Dartmouth from 1800 to 1827, and of the new series of three-day Dartmouth regattas, begun in 1834 and held during the last week of August of each year except for the war years of 1914-1918 and 1940-1945. Over the years fireworks displays and swimming, rowing, sailboarding, and athletic competitions have been added to the original regatta schedule. Since 1974 the Port of Dartmouth Royal Regatta Committee has coordinated all events. By 1986 the scheduling, recording, and reporting of all races was being done by computer. Histories and General Works:British Isles 9

31 Gavin, Charles Murray. Royal Yachts, by Paymaster Commander C. M. Gavin. Published by gracious permission of His Majesty the King. London: Rich & Cowan, 1932.338~~. A handsome large quarto volume on laid rag paper with numerous color and black-and-white illustrations. The author gives a very full and documented account of British royal yachts and their owners from the earliest times to 1932. The narrative portion is divided into five chapters which deal with the early years, the Stuarts, the Hanoverians, Queen Victoria, and the reigns of Edward V11 and George V. In addition, separate chapters deal with the contemporary royal yacht, the Kcforia andAlbeHZZ&Cowes Week, customs, ceremonies, and traditions, and the construction and rig of the earlier yachts. Among the appendices: A list of royal yachts from the Restoration to 1935 with data, where available, on the design, building, dimensions, armament, crew, and career of each; origins of the yachts' names; summaries of voyages of Victorian and later yachts; and a list of some of the naval officerswho have served on the yachts in modern times.

Gilchrist, Ian G. Scenes and Sails on the Firth of Clyde. Glencaladh, Rhu, Dum- bartonshire: Windward Publishers, 1945. 63pp. Uses a brief text, 51 excellent camera studies, and a sketch map to portray yachting in the Firth of Clyde and surrounding waters, including Gareloch, the Holy Loch, Loch Long, Down Firth, Rothesay Bay, and Loch Fyne.

Grigsby, Joan. AnnaLrof ourRoyal Yachts, 1604-1953. London: Coles in association with Harrap, 1953. 64pp. The author traces the long and complex story of British royal yachting with skill and clarity. It began when James I had his principal naval constructor, Phineas Pett, build a pleasure yacht for his eldest son, Prince Henry, so that the Prince might learn about ships first-hand. This yacht, Disdain, which had a length of 28' and a beam of 17, was much used by Henry until his death at age nineteen. Henry's nephew, Charles 11, became an ardent yachtsman and established yacht racing as a royal and aristocratic English sport. All succeeding monarchs except Anne used and enjoyed yachts. Queen Victoria, finding sailing too slow and uncertain, had the steam yacht Victoria andAlbeH built in 1844 and sailed no more. Her son, Edward VII, built the greatest of all the royal yachts, Britannia, which raced successfully for two generations and became the most prized possession of his son, George V. She was scuttled, on the King's orders, shortly after his death. Prince Philip has continued the racing tradition in his Dragon ClassBIueboNIe and his Flying Fifteen Coweslip. The present Brit- fania, a 413' motor yacht, was being launched as this book went to press.

Heckstall-Smith, Anthony. Sacred Cowes; or, The Cream of Yachting Society. 2nd ed. London: A. Blend, 1965. 195pp. First edition. London: Wingate, 1955. 152pp. An informal, personalized, highly readable history of upper-class yachting in England, beginning with the founding of the Royal Yacht Squadron in 1815, 10 Adventurers Afloat

and ending with the scuttling of the royal yacht Britannia in 1936 on the orders of her late owner. The revised edition has retained these limiting dates because of their significance, but has extended brief coverage to yachting on the Clyde, on the south coast of England at Torquay and Dartmouth, and on the east coast to the Burnham River. Among other historical sources, the author uses his own experiences and the memories of hi father, Brooke Heckstall-Smith, who succeeded Dixon Kemp as yachtingeditor of TheField and assecretary of the Yacht Racing Association, and who became the fust secretary of the International Yacht Racing Union when it was founded in 1906.

35 Irish Cruising Club. Nixon, W. M. To Sail the Crested Sea: The Story of Irish Cruising, and the First Fifty Years of the Irish Cruking Club. Foreword by Rory O'Hanlon. Introduction by John Guinness. Dublin: The Club, 1979.424~~. Covers the early days of Irish cruising and the attempts to organize a cruising club, which finally succeeded in 1928, the good times and difficult times of the club as world and national conditions changed, cruising, racing and social activities over the years, and the Club's successful publishing ventures. Lists officers and Cruising Challenge Cup awards. Very well illustrated.

36 Irish Yachting, 1720-1946. Edited and compiled by Err01 F. MacNally. Dublin: Parkside Press, 1946. 209pp.

37 Iwing, John. 7he Zng's "Britannia;"the Story of a Great Ship. London: Seeley, Service, 1937. 264pp. Great Britain's most famous yacht was built for Edward, Prince of Wales, in 1892. She brought a brief renaissance to large-yacht racing before the sport was wrecked temporarily in the mid-nineties by Kaiser Wielm's egomania and his hatred for his uncle, the Prince. The yacht was twice sold and repurchased by Edward, who gave up racing and cruised in her from his accession to the throne in 1901 until shortly before his death in 1911. His son, George V, inherited Britannia, came to love her deeply, raced her successfully,and used her formany happy family cruises. In 1913Major PhilipHunloke became theKing's Sailing Master, a position he held for the rest of the reign. From time to time Britannia's rig was modernized for greater efficiency, with remarkable results. During her 43-year career, she started in 635 races and won 360 prizes. After the death of George V, and in accordance with his wishes, she was scuttled in the English Channel south of the Isle of Wight. This book is worthy of its subject. For the story of the present-day motor yacht Britannia see no. 43. Britannia: LOA 121.5'; LWL 87.8'; Beam 23.3'; Draught 15.1'; Displace- ment 154 tons; Registered tonnage 115; Thames tonnage (1893) 212.

38 Johnson, Peter. Boating Britain. Lyrnington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., in association with Harrap, London, 1973.244~~. An informative and comprehensive survey of British yachting since World War 11. Among the topics discussed: Great single handers; new materials; Histories and General Worh:British Isles 11

revolutionary changes; boating for the masses; cruising; power boating; research, sponsorship; sail training; Olympic competition; coastal sailing areas; the coming of marinas; classicyacht racing; oceanracing; the evolution of seagoing yachts; the yachting press; and the importance of yachting to the nation. The chapters on new materials and mass boating are written by Peter Copley, and that on power boating by Hilary Chitty.

Leather, John. fie Northseamen: The Story of the Fishermen, Yachtsmen and, Shipbuilders of the Colne and Blackwater Rivers. Lavenham, Suf- folk: Terence Dalton Ltd., 1971.336~~. A smoothly-written and well-integrated account. Part 1: Commercial fishing. Includes a section on fshing boat regattas. Part 2: Yachting. Containing accounts of the early days and the cutter sailors, the racing men of 1830 to 1939, laying up and fitting out, the Sunbeam and her voyages, the life of a typical paid crewman, William Wadley, who died at 85 in 1958, the Kings' Britannia; and Essex yachtsmen and the America's Cup. Part 3: Shipbuilding. Concerned primarily with the construction of naval and commercial vessels, but has an acount of yacht building by Aldous of Brightlingsea, 1833-1962.

Lockett, Alan. Morecambe Bay: A Collection of Short Stories of Morecambe Bay, its Characters, Boatmen, Yachts and Mysteries. Barrow-in-Fur- ness, Lancashire: North Lonsdale Publications, 1973.40pp. Sailing in Morecambe Bay, ca. 1870 to 1973.

Medway Yacht Club. The First Hundred Years, 1880-1980. Compiled by Don Ellis. Maidstone, Kent: Southeastern Magazines, 1979. 78pp. Because of its location and the association of Chatham dockyard and the Royal Navy with yachting from the time of Charles 11, the Medway Yacht Club has had a close relationship with the Navy. One of its founding members was Lord Charles Beresford. The famous marine artist, W. L. Wyllie, was its Com- modore from 18% to 1910, and his wife, M. A. Wyllie, sailed the Maid of Kent to a racingvictory over the Australian boat Irex, of the Sydney Flying Squadron, during this time. The club pioneered in one-design racing boats with its Kit- tiwakes in 1897, a class which was raced for nearly a quarter of a century before being replaced by the Club's Medway One-Design, known as Medway Jewels. After World War 11, the Club acquired an abandoned naval base at Upnor for its headquarters. The story of this interesting club is fully told in the 33 chapters of this well-illustrated folio-sized volume.

Millican, K. D. A Broadland Canoe Club. Bognor Regis, West Sussex: New Horizon, 1980. 145pp. The story of the founding and growth of a club for young people on Rock- land Broad in Norfolk. The club is designed to get young people involved in healthy outdoor activities and in learningskills appropriate to the Norfolk boat- ingarea. The building of the club and its programs and problems are described in detail for the benefit of persons wanting to establish similar organizations. 12 Adventurers Afloat

43 Morton, Andrew. The Royal Yacht "Britannia" Salem, N. H.: Merrimac Publishers Circle, 1985. 128pp. The story of the construction and use of the present-day motor yacht Britan- nia, the activities of the Royal Family and their guests on board, and the work of the crew. Illustrated by more than 200 photographs. The author is the royalty correspondent for the Daily Star. For the story of the sailing yacht Britannia see no. 37.

Nicholson, John. Great Years in Yachting. Lymington, Hampshire: Nautical Publishing Co. in association with Harrap, London, 1970. 232pp.

The author joined the family yacht-building firm of Camper and Nicholson in 1920 and was its chairman for 20 years. He observed British yachting for more than half a century from a privileged position. This readable book discusses the history of Camper and Nicholson, family yachts, the great racing yachts of the past, the advent of mass-produced boats, the great racing skippers, the J Class boats and their challenges for the America's Cup, etc.

Oxford University Yacht Club. Atkins, Jeremy. A Hundred Years of Sailing at Oxford Univer.~ity: The Centenary HLtory of the Oxford University Yacht Club, 1884- 1984. Leamington Spa, Warwickshire: The Author, 1984. 120pp. (Sponsored by Biggs Wall and Co., Ltd.) Includes descriptions of the evolution of one-design Club racing boats from the Una boats of the 1880s to the Laser I1 boats of the present day, the expan- sion of activities from local racing to international racing and ocean cruising, and of the influence of C. C. Lynam and Sir Alan Herbert on Oxford sailing. The Club has achieved continuity of membership by establishing an annual life members' regatta and was flourishing at the end of its fust century. The appendix lists flag officers, varsity match results, and Points Cup winners.

46 Ritchie, Susannah. The Humble River and Much about Old Bursledon. Horndean, Hampshire: Milestone Publications, 1984. 70pp. A readable description and history of an important yachting centre and of its yachtsmen, designers, and boat builders, illustrated with numerous excellent photographs. The emphasis is on the period after World War I.

47 Royal Clyde Yacht Club. Blake, George, and Christopher Small. CruLe in Company: i'he, History of the Royal Clyde Yacht Club, 1856-1956. Glasgow: The Club, 1959. 191pp. A well-written history of Clyde yachting as a whole as well as of the Club, which was founded as the Clyde Model Yacht Club by a group of self-made mcn from the newly industrialized Clydeside area who would have been socially out Histories and General Worh: Britkh Isles 13

of place in the existing Royal Northern Yacht Club. The term Model, which was dropped in 1862, did not refer to model yachts, but rather designated the type of club which encouraged yachting as a sport rather than an occasional pastime. The Royal title was granted in 1872 and, in time, the Club became as aristocratic as its neighbor. In 1871 the Club acquired exclusive use of several rooms in the new Royal Marine Hotel, and, in 1875, it bought the Hotel itself as a club house. In 1952, because of heavy operation expenses, the hotel was leased to an operator. In spite of the title of this book, the Club's primary interest was racing. The "cruise in company" refers to an event in the founding year which was repeated in celebration of the centennial. Unfortunately, as recently as the centennial year, the Club continued to deny women the full rights of membership.

Royal Corinthian Yacht Club. One Hundred Years of Amateur Yachting, 1872-1972. Burnham- on-Crouch: The Club, 1972. 96pp. A book made up of twelve sections, each written by a different person. Amone., them: an account of the rise of Corinthianism between 1872 and 1914: the granting of the Royal Warrant in 1892; the pioneeringpromotion of theDab- chick one-desien class in 1895: the Club's later one-design classes; the America's Cup challengeof 1934; histoiies of the club's houses &d of theestablishment of branches; and a discussion of the opportunities of the coming fifty years.

Royal Cornwall Yacht Club. Mead, Cecil John Haarlem. 7'he History of the Royal Cornwall Yacht Club, 1871-1949, including a Contemporary Account of the Falmouth Sailing Club and Items of Interest concerning Yachts in General. Plymouth: Underhill, 1951. 235pp. A year-by-year account based on the Club's Minute Books. Includes accounts and results of races, 1875-1949, based on information taken from from newspaper accounts and Lloyd's Register of Yachts. The club was founded on New Years Day... 1872.. with the Queen and Prince of Wales as Patrons, and the Royal title. It was granted an Admiralty Warrant in June of that year. The ap- vendices contain lists of founding members. Patrons, Vice Patrons. and officers, iogether with pictures of club members, activities, Ad trophies.

Royal Cruising Club. Underhill, Sir Arthur. A Short History of the First Half Century of the Royal Cruising Club, 1880-1930. London: Published for the Club by Roworth, 1930. Unpaged. The author, a barrister, took up cruising early in life under the influence of books by R. T. McMullen, E. E. Middleton, and the Rev. William Forwell. His wife was also an enthusiastic sailor. In 1880 Underhill became a founder of the Cruising Club (which received the Royal Charter in 1902), and was its Com- modore from 1888 until his death in 1936. This history contains the author's autobiography as well as informal sketches of important Club events and personalities, including one of the Rev. Albert J. von Straubnenzee, the first Com- modore. The story told here ends with 1924 because "The Club, like a happy State, has had no history since then." The book is illustrated with many photographs. 14 Adventurers Afloat

51 Royal Cruising Club. Garrett, Alasdair, and Trevor Wilkinson. The Royal Cruising Club. 1880-1980. No place, no date. 184pp. Accounts of members, activities and events which make up the history of the Club. The biographies include those of Sir Arthur Underhill, Erskine Childers, Conor O'Brien, Mr. and Mrs. Routledge, Claud Worth, G. H. P. Muhlhauser, Herbert Warrington-Smith, Admiral Goldsmith, A. G. H. Mac- pherson, and Arthur Ransome. There is a brief history of Club publications, the earliest of which include the Joumal, begun in 1888, the Signal Code of 1892, and the New Oarsman's Guide of 1901. The growth of the library is traced from its founding with the election of C. W. Patmore as the first Librarian. The appendices contain lists of flag officers, cups and prize winners, and the original subscribers.

52 Royal Harwich Yacht Club. Hussey, Frank. The Royal Harwich: A Short History of the R. H. Y. C. Ipswich, Suffolk: Boydell Press, 1972. 95, [20]pp. The story of the founding of the club in 1843 and of its subsequent races, regattas, cruises, and other activities together with an account of coping with social and economic changes. The appendix lists flag officers and presidents.

53 Royal Mersey Yacht Club. Hayward, J. D. History of the Royal Mersey Yacht Club, 1844- 1907. 54 Royal Temple Yacht Club. Some Gentlemen of the Temple: A Short History of the Royal Temple Yacht Club. London: Published for the Club by Reid- Hamilton, 1951. 30pp. 55 Royal Welsh Yacht Club. The Origins and Records of the Royal Welsh Yacht Club, 1847-1933, by the Hon. Secretary (G. W. Taylor Morgan). London: Ward and Foxlaw, 1933. 80pp. The Club is located in Caernarvon. Among other things, this history deals with acquiring a club house, receiving Royal patronage, the rules governing officers and members, ceremonial and ordinary pursuits, association with other clubs, racing rules, regattas, and social functions, as recorded in the Club archives. The appendix lists Club officers.

56 Royal Western Yacht Club. Chronicles of the Royal Western Yacht Club of England (1827- 1900), compiled by Coryndon Matthews. Plymouth: Printed for private circulation by the Western Morning News Co. Ltd., 1919. 84~~- A chronological account of the Club from the Minute Books. The final note, covering the obviously happy years from 1890 to 1900, says: "Practically nothing of interest is to be ascertained from the Minute Books between these Histories and General Works:British Isles 15

dates or from Members still living (including the compiler) who were Members during this period." Contains a list of Club officials.

Royal Windemere Yacht Club. Windemere and the Royal Windemere Yacht Club, edited by Sir William B. Forwood; illustrations by Isaac H. Storey; some account of Windemere by the Rev. Canon Rawnsley; notes on the racing yachts of 1904 by Alfred Sladen and Percy Crossly. Ken- dal: Published by Atkinson and Pollitt, 1905. Unpaged. The Club, which existed and held regattas as early as 1818, received the Royal warrant in 1887. This compilation includes a map of the lake which gives the name as Wiander Mere, sail plans and profile drawings of typical first class (22') and second class (20') contemporary racing yachts, accounts of races and regattas, a discussion of the flukywinds of Windemere, and a list of commodores from 1861 on together with pictures of 1904 flag officers.

Royal Yacht Squadron. Guest, Montague, and William B. Boulton. The Royal Yacht Squadron; Memorials of its Members, with an Enquiry into the His- tory of Yachting and its Development in the Solent; and a Complete List of Members with their Yachtsfiom the Foundation of the Club to the Present Timefrom Official Records. London: John Murray, 1903. 525pp. A largely chronological account, with a chapter on the contributions of members to the progress of naval architecture. Describes the development of the social side of yachting at Cowes and at the Squadron's Castle there. Con- tains a very large amount of biographical material. Very well illustrated.

Royal Yacht Squadron. Atkins, John Black. Further Memorials of the Royal Yacht Squadron (1901-1938). London: Geoffrey Bles, 1939. 339pp. A continuation of the history of Montague and Boulton above, again with a wealth of biographical information. Also included are recollections of Sir Philip Hunloke and Sir Hercules Langishe, and a chapter on tide and tactics in the Solent by Sir Fisher Dilke. Very well organized and interestingly written.

Royal Yacht Squadron. Dear, Ian. The Royal Yacht Squadron, 1815-1985. London, etc.: Stanley Paul, 1985. 208pp. A skillfully-written history organized by period in six sections covering the years 1815-25,1825-48,1849-81,1882-1919,1919-48,and 1948-85. Among the topics discussed are: The formation of the club; Royal patronage, racing and rules; rivalries among members in the early days (including the feud between Thomas Assheton Smith and Lord Belfast); famous yacht voyages (including that of Sir James Brooke to the far east in the schooner Royalist which ended with Brooke becoming Governor of Sarawak); difficulties in insuring proper usage of the White Ensign; war service of members and yachts; encounters with thefamous and formidable Rosa Lewis, owner of the davendish Hotel, friend of Edward VII, and prototype for Loltie Crump in Evclyn Waugh's Mle Bodies 16 Adventurers Afloat

and for the heroine of the television series The Duchess of Duke Street, who bought Castle Rock and became a near, interesting, and intimidating neighbor of the Squadron at Cowes; and Lord Brahazon's experiments with his autogyro boat.

61 Royal Yacht Squadron. Shelley-Rolls, Sir John Courtown Edward Shelby, Bt. Lkt of Members of the Royal Yacht Squadron and their Yachtsfrom 1898 to 1931. London: Zaehnsdorf, 1932. 106 pp. Part 1, pp. 1-51,is an alphabetical list of members, together with their yachts; part 2, pp. 55-106,is an alphabetical list of yachts, together with their owners.

62 Royal Yacht Squadron. Shelley-Rolls, Sir John Courtown Edward Shelby, Bt. Yachts of the Royal Yacht Squadron, 1815-1932. London: Zaehnsdorf, 1933.

63 Royal Yachting Association. Fairley, Gordon. Minute by Minute: The Story of the Royal Yacht- ing Association (1875-1982). Woking, Surrey: Royal Yachting Association, 1983. 224pp. Written almost exclusively from the Association's minutes, and hence the title. Traces the history of the organization from its foundation during a meeting of 35 yachtsmen in Willis's Rooms, St. James, on 17 November 1875,to the present time. The Association was founded to meet the need for commonly- accepted measurement rules. The author tells the story of Dixon Kemp's central role in formulating these rules, of their modification over the years, of the formation of the International Yacht Racing Union in 1905, of problems with Kaiser Wilhelm 11, of Warrington Baden-Powell's role as gadfly, of Brooke Heckstall-Smith's service as Secretary, and of the contributions of many others to the development of yacht racing as an international sport.

64 Royal Yachts. 2nd ed., compiled by G. P. B. Naish. London: Published for the National Maritime Museum by H. M. S. O., 1964.18~~. First edition, compiled by G. P. B. Naish, 1953. 15pp. Based on models, pictures, and written materials in the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich. Has a brief history of British royal yachts from the reign of Charles 11, with quotations from captains' journals from 1689 through the eighteenth century, and an alphabetical catalog of models and other materials in the Museum.

65 Sail West: A Guide for Westcountry Yachtsmen. Edited by Capt. T. W. B. Shaw, D. S. C., R. N. (Ret.) .Tavistock, Devon: West of England Press, 1973.180pp. A miscellany on yachting in the area, including material on the Fastnet Race, maritime phrases, safety, a port and harbour guide to the West Country with aerial photographs and text, a description of the lifeboat senice, notes on Histories and General Works: Brithh Isles 17

salvage, etc., in a promotional format.

66 Seaview Yacht Club. Whitcombe, A. C. A Hhtoly of the Sea View Yacht Club, I893- 1977, by Col. A. C. Whitcombe. [Seaview, Isle of Wight: The Club, 19771. 127pp. A narrative history, a large proportion of which is devoted to racing. Dupli- cated from typescript. Copy in Isle of Wight Record Office.

67 Simper, Robert. Victorian and Edwardian Yachtingfrom Old Photographs. Intro- duction and commentary by Robert Simper. London: Batsford, 1978. Unpaged. 110 photographs. This excellent and useful book opens with a brief but insightful history of British yachting during the period from Queen Victoria's accession to the outbreak of World War I. It discusses the class system and yachting, professional crews (thousands of fishermen whose season of regular employment was the winter and who needed other work during the summer), yachtmasters, the migration of yachting from the Thames to the Solent, other regatta sites, Kaiser Wilhelrn I1 and yachting, steam yachts, cruising, "Rob Roy" MacGregor and canoeing, internal combustion engines, and the popularization of yachting. The section on yachting photography discusses the work of Firth & Co. (Reigate), Valentine & Co. (Dundee); W. Lawrence (Dublin); R. Welsh (Belfast); J. Adamson & Son (Rothesay), W. Robertson & Co. (Gourock and Glasgow), N. L. Stebbens (Boston, Mass.), W. U. Kirk & Sons (Cowes), G. West & Son (Southsea and Gosport), Beken (Cowes), Henry Jenkins (Lowestoft), Amos (Dover), Thomas Naunton Waller (Suffolk), and Mrs. Russell James Coleman (familyyachting pictures). The photographs are grouped by subject to illustrate gaff-rigged yachts, yachting towns, regattas, royal yachts, small racing yachts, cruising yachts, and inland yachts.

68 Stratford-upon-AvonBoat Club. A Short History of the Stratford-upon-Avon Boat Club, 1874-1974. Stratford-upon-Avon: George Boyden and Son, 1974. 59pp.

69 West Kirby Sailing Club. Millar, John. Anything but Sailing: A History of the West Kirby Sail- ivg Club. Hoylake, Cheshire: John Millar (U. K.) Ltd., 1985. 534p. The Club, at the mouth of the River Dee, was founded in 1901. The author, a former Secretary of the Club, presents a detailed, readable and informative history of the Club itself against the very interesting background of the development of the communities it serves. Lavishly illustrated.

70 Yacht Racing Calendar and Review for 1892. Edited by Dixon Kemp. London:Horace Cox, 1893.534 pp. Contents: Regattas and matches; Abstract of matches sailed in 1894; General review; Yacht racing; Cruising; Launches and trial trips; Obituaries. 18 Adventurers Afloat

71 Yachting. By Sir Edward Sullivan [and others]. London: Longmans, Green, 1894. 2 vols. Vol. 1, 439pp.; Vol. 2, 456pp. (The Badminton Library of Sports and Pastimes). Second edition London: Longmans, Green, 1895. 2 vols. Articles, many by well-known yachtsmen, which give a comprehensive picture of yachting in Great Britain in the 1890s, with a brief coverage of the rest of the English-speaking world. Contents: Ocean cruising, by Lord Brassey; Corinthian deep-sea cruising, by C. E. Seth-Smith; The evolution of the modern racingyacht, by G. L. Watson; Slidiigkeels and centreboards, by R. T. Pritchett; Recollections of schooner racing, by Sir George Leach; The racing rules and the rules of rating, by "Thalassa";Yachts' sailing boats, by the Earl of Pembroke and Montgomery; Small yacht racing on the Solent, by 'Thalassa"; Fitting out a fifty-tonner to go foreign, by E. F. Knight; Baltic cruising, by E. F. Knight; Five- tonners and five-raters in the north, by G. L. Blake; Yacht insurance, by G. L. Blake; Royal yachts and English yacht clubs; Scottish clubs; Irish clubs; Thames clubs and Windemere; Yachting on the Norfolk Broads, by G. Christopher Davies; Yachting in America, by Lewis Herreshoff; Yachting in New Zealand; Foreign and colonial yachting; Some famous races; Racingin a 40-rater in 1892; Yacht racing in 1893; The American yachting season of 1893, by Lewis Her- reshoff; TheAmerica's Cup races of 1893.

72 Yachting and Rowing. Compiled by 'The Sportsman." London, British Sports and Sportsmen, 1916. 522pp. (British Sports and Sportsmen, vol. 4). Compiled by the staff of The Sportsman magazine, London.

73 Yachting at Brightlingsea. An illustrated booklet. Gloucester: British Publishing Co.,1937. 28~~. 74 Yachting Season of 1845. Facsimile edition. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1971. 240pp. 75 The Yachting Year. London: Rolls House, vol. 1- , 1946147-. Yarmouth, Isle of Wight: Eric C. Hiscock. Summarizes Cowes Week, power craft events, cruises, new boat designs, etc., and reproduces the best yachting photographs of the year.

76 The Yachtsman's Annual and Who's Who, ed. by K. Adlard Coles and Terence L. Stocken. London: H. F. & G. Witherby. Vol. 1-3, 1938139, 1948149, 1950151. Continued as Yachting World Annual, Incolporating the Yachtsman'S Annual, 1951152- Histories and General Works: British Isles 19

Contents of the first volume include articles on cruising under sail and power; new designs in ocean racers, cruisers, and power boats; reports of the season's sail and power boat racing; camera studies; and a section of miscellaneous articles ofa helpful nature. Much of this material is selected from The Yachtsman. The biographical section (pp. 295-349) has extremely brief and un- revealing entries for most individuals included. Includes some Americans and at least one person who died five years before publication. HISTORIES AND GENERAL WORKS: UNITED STATES

77 American Yachts and Yachting, With over one hundred and ten illustrations by Fred S. Cozzens and others. London; Paris; New York; Melbourne: Cassell, 1887. 159pp. Contains a history of American yachting from the early days of the New York Yacht Club to 1885 by Captain R. F. Coffin; the Mayjower and Galatea races of 1886, by Charles E. Clay; American steam yachting, by Edward S. Jaf- fray; and British yachting, by C. J. C. McAlister. The illustrations are line drawings of famous yachts, with captions telling about their owners.

78 Beeston, Diane. Of Wind, Fog and Sail; Sailing on San Franckco Bay. Foreword by Bill Robinson. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 1972. 160pp A brief account of sailing on the Bay, followed by a series of superb black- and-white photographs. The author and illustrator was formerly a professional medical photographer. She began taking pictures of sailing boats for relaxation, and then became a full-time marine photographer.

79 Bogardus, Car1 R Shantyboat. Austin, Ind.: The Muscatatuck Press, 1959. 21pp. A brief history of the shantyboats of the Mississippi Valley and of the lives of their gypsylike inhabitants. The boats were all of lie design, consisting of cabins built on decked, punt-shaped hulls, with open deck fore and aft. John boats were used as tenders. Boat families escaped taxes and rent, lived by sal- vaging and selling timber, fishing, musseling, and raising vegetables on bits of land near temporary moorings. In the early wilderness days, trapping could yield a substantial income. The boat people drifted slowly down the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers and sometimes found permanent moorings and a livelihood on the Louisiana bayous. The author clearly envies their free, if precarious, lives.

80 Boston Yacht Club. A History of the Boston Yacht Club, Embracing an Interesting, Record of the Events of this the Pioneer Yacht Club of New England, Histories and General Works: United States 21

from its Organization to the Present Time, together with Features of Value and Interest to All Yachtsmen. By the author of History of the Boston Fire Department (Arthur Wellington Brayley). Bos- ton, Mass.: L. P. Hager, 1891 172pp. Opens with a brief account of two predecessors of the 1830s, followed by a description of the founding of the present club in 1866 and a narrative of activities through 1891. Includes the Club's sailing regulations, measurement rules, and racing classes, lists of members and yachts, instructions on what to do when cast ashore, Rules of the Road, and a section on how to sail. There are fascinating advertisements throughout the text and an index of them.

81 [Brown, Harry]. A History of American Yachts and Yachtsmen. New York: Spirit of the Times Publishing Co., 1901. 138pp.

82 Cruising Club of America. Parkinson, John. Nowhere is Too Far: The Annalr of the Cruising Club ofAmerica New York: The Club, 1960. xiii, 316pp. A chronicle of the Club, from its founding, under the influence of William Washburn Nutting, in 1922, through 1959. The Clubwas modelled on the Royal Cruising Club and has maintained close relations with it. After a period of controversy, the club became involved in ocean racing and subsequently established a close relationship with the Royal Ocean Racing Club. Contains a summary of the Blue Water Medal awards for outstanding cruises.

83 Davis, Arthur W. Yachting on Narragamett Bay, 1921-1945, by Arthur W. "Jeff' Davis. Foreword by George C. Hull. Illustrated with photographs and twenty-five pen and ink chapter decorations by George Gale. Providence: Providence Journal Co., 1946. 127pp.

The author was yachting editor (as well as farm and labor editor) for the ProvidenceJoumal-Bulletin during the years covered by this volume, which is a collection of news stories which occupy from three to four pages per year. The Great Crash of 1929 and the Great Depression which followed did not affect yachting news. The big event of the 1930s was the America's Cup race of 1930, the first to be held in Rhode Island waters. World War 11 did affect but did not prevent yachting. A valuable source of information about a yachting center during an important period of its history.

84 Donaldson, Alfred L. A History of the Adirondacks. New York: Century, 1921. 2 vols. Vol. I, 383 pp.; Vol. 11,382 pp. The rich and crowded early history of a wilderness area near great population centers which became a refuge for those seeking to escape the dullness and artificiality of urban life. As the author observes, his book was begun in the twilight of an old era and finished in the dawn of a new one. By the time it was completed, the motor car had driven out the stage coach and buckboard, and 22 Adventurers Afloat

the old Aduondacks guide boat had become obsolete. The author's survey, organized for the most part by area, also discusses the notables of the time, including Charles Frederick Herreshoff, the handsome but inept German father of Captain Nathaniel Greene Herreshoff, John Brown, who raided Harper's Ferry, Louis Agassez, Adirondack Murray, Dr. Troudeau and his sanitorium, and many others. He also discusses the proposed Adirondacks Park and the problems retarding its establishment.

Eastern Yacht Club, Marblehead, Mass. Foster, Charles H. The Eastern Yacht Club Ditty Box, 1870-1900. Norwood, Mass.: Privately Printed, 1932. xix, 317pp. This handsome book was designed by William Dana Orcutt and produced under his supervision by the Plimpton Press. After a brief discussion of the pre- 1870 era, it chronicles the history of the club in terms of officers, members, yachts, races, and major events. It lists Club yachts by type (i.e., schooners, sloops, cutters, yawls, and steamers) and gives for each the owner's name, home port, LOA, LWL, beam, and draft. The text is illustrated with photographs of 136 yachts.

Forbes, Robert Bennett. Dhcursive Sketch of Yachting Forty Years and More Ago. Boston: 1888. 64pp. Contains discursive notes and accounts of the yachts, including Cleopatra's Barge, Grace Darling, Fawn, Eclipse, Cracita,Azalea, Edith, and Gazelle.

Fox, Edward. Fox's Yachting Annual, 1872. New York: L.H.Bigelow & Co., 1872.55~~. The first summary of American yachting by America's first yacht broker. Lists yacht builders, sail makers, 24 yacht clubs, and 401 yachts and their owners.

Guide-Boat Days and Ways. Gathered and edited by Kenneth Durant, with seven sketches by Frederick B. Allen. Blue Mountain Lake, N. Y.: Adirondack Museum, 1963. xv, 267pp. Sixty-five pieces on sport in the Adirondacks based on the use of the light- weight and easily portaged guide boat which had been developed there.

New York Yacht Club. New York Yacht Club, 1905. New York: Knickerbocker Press, 1905.356~~. Contains color plates of members' private pennants, a fold-out chart of the America's Cup course off Newport, R. I., a chapter on the Cup races, and pictures of the club house and of theReliance.

New York Yacht Club. The New York Yacht Club Centennial, edited by Herbert L. Stone from data prepared by Harry L. Maxwell, a member, and with a Histories and General Works: United States 23

foreword by George L. Roosevelt, Commodore. New York: Privately Printed for the Club, 1944. 109pp. A chronicle of the Club, which was founded on 30 July 1844 on board the yacht Gimcrack, belonging to the first Commodore, John Cox Stevens. The founding members were Hamilton Wilkes, William Edgar, John C. Jay, George L. Schuyler, Louis A. Depau, James M. Waterbury, George B. Rollins, and Cap- tain James Rogers. The Club took its first organized cruise, to Newport, R. I., in August, 1845, occupied its first club house, in Hoboken, in July, 1846, and held its first regatta that year. There is a great deal of material on theAmerica's Cup and on the men who designed the defending yachts, Edward Burgess, Nathaniel Greene Herreshoff, Starling Burgess, and Olin Stephens. There are accounts of the participation of members and their yachts in the Civil War, the Spanish-American War, and the two World Wars. There are also numerous pictures of people and yachts, a list of important yachting families, the Club sailing regulations, and a list of flag officers.

91 New York Yacht Club. Parkinson, John, Jr. History of the New York Yacht Club. New York: The Club, 1975. 2 vols. A decade-by-decade history,lW-1973,coveringracing, racing rules, regattas, annual Club cruises to the New England coast, and other Club activities, with a final chapter on the America's Cup races. Among materials contained in the 18 appendices: a roster of honorary members (with Lord Dunraven's name included); officers and members of standing committees, 1844-1973; owners of theAmerica and a complete list of her races; a list of N. Y. Y. C. flag- ships; a record of America's Cup matches; vital statistics of America's Cup yachts; owners and clubs of America's Cup challengers and defenders; the Club's racing classes; Club trophies and their winners; Club winners of the Ber- muda races; the Club's yacht model collection; and finally, a memorial resolution on John ParkinsonJr., the author of this history, who died on 22 February 1973.

92 Riverside Yacht Club. Anable, Anthony. The History of the Riverside Yacht Club, 1888- 1972. Riverside, Conn.: The Club, 1974. 179pp. A very readable history of an active club. Describes the Club's rapid growth to 1955, when membership was limited to 357, the development of extensive physical facilities, including a marina, a swimming pool, and tennis courts, conversion to year round operations, etc. Of great interest is the discussion of Malcolm McIntyre's "Sailplanes," which sailed from 1929 to 1940. These boats were trimarans. The most successful one had a main hull 34' long with a beam of 4' and a draught of 4." It had two horizontal outriggers which supported partially immersed boards (forming planes) which were inclined inboard at an inangie of 45 degrees. ~hdsize ofihe planes was critical to the boat's performance. They provided stability by thrust rather than buoyancy. McIntyre's daughter records a voyage made ca. 1938 from the Riverside Club to the Seawanhaka Yacht Club at an average speed of 27 knots with no heeling at all.

93 Robinson, Bill. Legendary Yachts. New York: McKay, 1871,1978. 310pp. 24 Adventurers Afloat

An informal, topical history of American luxury yachts, divided into three sections covering the nineteenth century, the twentieth century before World War 11, and the postwar years. Each section opens with a brief survey of the period, followed by chapter-long accounts of the careers of famous yachts and their owners and of famous yachting families and their yachts. Illustrated with many beautiful photographs.

94 Robinson, Bill. The World of Yachting.New York: Random House, 1966.246~~. A survey of yachting in the United States, with an historical background and references to yachting in other countries as it relates to the American scene. Well- written and well-illustrated. Contents include the origins of yachting, early yachts, yacht clubs, cruising grounds and cruising boats, ocean voyaging and racing, one-design and Olympic racing, great yacht designers, the America's Cup, powerboat racing, luxury yachts, the impact of the outboard motor, and thoughts about the future. The appendii lists winners of theAmerica's Cup, the Gold Cup (for power boats), Olympic races, and Transpacific Races to 1%5.

95 Rosenfeld, Morris. The Story of American Yachting, Told in Pictures, with photographs by Moms Rosenfeld and text by William H. Taylor and Stanley Rosenfeld. New York: Appleton; Toronto: Saunders, 1958. 276pp. Reissued New York: Bramhall House, 1967. ix, 276pp. Pictures from the Rosenfeld file of over 200,000 items, mostly portraying yachting in the eastern United States. Contents include sections on the origins and attractions of yachting, the America's Cup, ocean racing and cruising, and boating for the masses.

96 San Francisco Yacht Club. The First One Hundred Years of the San Francisco Yacht Club. 1969. 106pp. A history, written in ten-year chapters, but not as a chronology, beginning in 1869. Has many excellent pictures of boats, people, and places. Has a 1%9 membership roster.

97 Seawanhaka Corinthian Yacht Club. Stephens, William P. Seawanhaka Corinthian Yacht Club: Origins and Early History, 1871-1896. New York, 1963.286 pp. A history of the early years of one of the most influential American yacht clubs. The opening chapter discusses early yacht racing in Great Britain and the United States and includes accounts of Thomas Assheton Smith's revolutionary hollow-bowed Menai (1826), the contributions to British yachting of Joseph Weld, John Fincham, and Vanderdecken (William Cooper), the beginnings of Corinthianism in the 1850s, and contributions to American yachting of Col. John Stephens. The remainder of the book deals with the Club, which was founded in 1871 by William L. Swan and a group of friends to promote truly amateur races and to systematize the racing rules. Its central role in the development of American yacht racing, and, in particular, in developing racing rules and one-design racing boats, is clearly and interestingly described. Histories and General Works: United States 25

Founded at Oyster Bay, the Club moved to Staten Island in 1881, and then returned to Centre Island in Oyster Bay in 1891. The Seawanhaka Cup and the widely-accepted Seawanhaka Rule of 1883 did much to shape American and international yacht racing. A beautifully designed and printed book.

Seawanhaka Corinthian Yacht Club. Parkinson, John. Seawanhaka Corinthian Yacht Club: The Early Twentieth Century, 1897-1940. New York, 1965.290 pp.

Structured in the same way as W. P. Stephens' history of the Club's first quarter century and uniform with it in format as well. Written mostly from minutes and committee reports. Discusses racing and racing classes, fiscal affairs, the evolution of racing rules, the six-meter era, small classes, club cruises, social events, and some of the bad feeling and poor sportsmanship engendered by excessive competitiveness in racing.

Stephens, William Picard. American Yachting. New York; London: Macmillan, 1904. U, 380pp. A useful history with interesting and important biographical material. Coverage: Early yachts; George Steers; the founding of the New York Yacht Club; building Anlerica; winning the Squadron Cup; American and English yacht designing; the era of the great schooners; the first America's Cup challenge races; development of yacht design in America; competition among the types; Burgess and the America's Cup; Thistle and a new Deed of Gift; Clara, Minerva, and the Forty-Foot Class; Herreshoff and Gloriana; Dunraven's Atnerica's Cup challenges; Corinthian yachting and the Seawanhaka Cup; scows; "one-Design" and restricted classes; Lipton, the three Shamrocks, and the America's Cup; racing and cruising in small yachts; steam yachts; and records of the America's Cup Matches.

Stephens, William Picard. Traditions and Memories of American Yachting. Reprinted from Motor Boating. New York: Hearst Magazines, Inc., 1940.40~~. Reissued New York: Hearst Magazines, 1942. 173pp. Enlarged edition New York: Hearst Magazines, 1945. 320pp. Complete edition Camden, Me.: International Marine Publishing Co., 1981. xiv, 378pp. A very rich source of information about both British and American yachting. Contents include sections on the beginnings of American yachting, sandbaggers, the era of great schooners and big sloops, designers and designing, Edward Burgess and his work, wave line and wave form theories of design, tonnage, measurement and classifcation in Great Britain and the United States, rigs, the Herreshoffs of Bristol, the development of small cruisers and of the single-handed cruiser, associations and unions of clubs, and cutters and Corin- thians. 26 Adventurers Afloat

101 Westhampton Yacht Squadron. Medina, Standish F. A History of the Westhampton Yacht, Squadron, 1890-1965.Westhampton, N. Y.: Westhampton Yacht Squadron, Ltd., 1965. 166pp.

102 The Yachts and Yachtsmen of America. A Standard Work of Refer- ence. Being a History of Yachting and Yacht Clubs. Editor: Henry A. Mott. New York: International Yacht Publish- ing Co., 1894. iv, 672pp., 124 leaves of plates. A folio volume containing histories of individual American yacht clubs, drawings of important or typical yachts, photographs and brief biographies of noted yachtsmen, and other illustrations. For each club data is provided on members, boats, regattas, and rules. Yacht clubs included: Miramichi; Brook- lyn; Cleveland; Southern; Oswego; New Haven; Minnetonka; Corinthian; Carolina; American; Stamford; Buffalo; San Francisw; Tiburon (California) Corinthian; Riverton; Rochester; Detroit; St. Augustine; Philadelphia Corin- thian; Baltimore; Canarsie; Lake Yacht Racing Association (Canada); Portland (Maine); Ohio; Riverside; Boston; Horseshoe Harbor (Larchmont, N. Y.); In- land American; (Detroit); Michigan; Delevan Lake; Fox Lake; Oconomowoc; Liwln Park and Hempstead Harbor.

103 Yachtsman's Yearbook, 1934. Edited by Alfred F. Loomis. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1934. 345pp. First issue. Stories and articles on the year's activities, compiled by the editor of Yachting and arranged in six subject groupings: America's Cup races; cruising voyages; current affairs; inland cruising; ocean racing; and important races of the year.

104 The Yachtsmen of New England. Containing the Lists of Members of the Principal Clubs in New England, together with the List of Yachts, Owners, Private Signals, and Racing Eventsforl888. Boston: W. H. Couillard, 1887-. Annual. Lists members of the following yacht clubs: Boston, Eastern; Great Head; Hull, Rhode Island; Corinthian; New Haven; New Bedford; South Bos- ton; Quincy; Monatiquot; Dorchester; Bunker Hill; Portland; West Lynn; Jef- fries; Chelsea. Gives club and yacht flags in color. HISTORIES AND GENERAL WORKS: BRITISH COMMONWEALTH

105 Australia's Yearbook of Sail. Lansdowne Rigby International, 1984- . This projected series will provide comprehensive coverage of Australian yachting and racing on a year-by-year basis. The first volume, which covers 1982183, includes the preliminaries of the 1983Ametica's Cup races which made Australia the first successful challenger. Very well illustrated.

106 Banks Peninsula Yacht Club. Treleaven, Ian. Hktory of the Banks Peninsula Yacht Club. Christchurch, N. Z.: Published for the Club by the Pegasus Press, 1973. 64pp. Limited edition of 650 copies. The first three chapters describe early yacht builders, clubs, regattas, and other yachting events in the Christchurch area. The remainder of the book describes Banks Peninsula waters and bays, the founding of the Club, sailing and motor launch races, notable cruises and ocean races, the development of physical facilities, social events, and notable personalities. The appendix lists founding members and officers and gives a list of members and the fleet as of 1973.

107 Blairgowerie Yacht Squadron. French, E. L. The Miracle at Scott's Shed. A Hktory of the Blair- gowerie Yacht Squadron, 1952-82. Middle Park, Victoria, Australia: Georgian House, 1983.262~~. 108 Carter, Ronald Frederic Vivian. Little Ships: New Zealand's Yachting Fleet. 2nd ed. rev. and enl. Wellington: A. H. & A. W. Reed, 1948. 359pp. New Zealand, first colonized in 1830, held its first sailing and rowing regatta in Waitemata Harbour, where Auckland was to be built, on 18 September 1840. Carter traces the history of New Zealand yachting over the next ninety years. Contents include sections on yacht clubs, regattas and races; the kauri pine; the Bailey family; the loss of Strathcona; the Logan family; mullet boats; square bilge boats; small class racers; contemporary cruisers; Ocean passages; the Trans-Tasman races; the loss of Windward; southern yachts; racing yachts 28 Adventurers Afloat

of the future; a glossary of sea terms; and translations of Maori names. The lines and sail plans of several notable yachts are included. For the greatly revised and updated version see Paul Titchner's Little Ships of New Zealand, no. 118.

109 D'Alpuget, Lou. Yachting in Australia Yesterday, Today, Tomorrow. Research Assistant Tony Mooney. Richmond, Victoria: Hutchinson of Australia, 1980. 330pp. A lively, weU-illustrated account of Australian sail racing and of Australia's participation in world racing events. Covers the history of racing in each state; world racing classes; Australian champions; Olympic racing; America's Cup challenges; popular Australian racing classes (including Six Metres, Eighteen Footers, Sixteen andTwelveFoot Skiffs,multihulls, and C Class Water Spiders); ocean racing (including the Sydney to Hobart and Trans-Tasman races); Admiral's Cup challenges; the Southern Cross Cup Races; and the Junior- Offshore Group. Chapter 16 contains a detailed and useful discussion of level rating and the Ton Classes. The appendix lists Australian sailing champions in national and international classes, Australian Olympic sailors, and Sydney to Hobart place-getters.

110 Dyson, John. Yachting the New Zealand Way. Christchurch, London, etc.: Whitcombe & Tombs, 1966. 176pp. A comprehensive discussion of New Zealand yachting with emphasis on sail racing which uses New Zealand boats and equipment to illustrate the discussions of methodology. Contents: Handling; racing and safety; building and maintenance; piloting; cruising; cookery; lake sailing; famous sailors (the His- cocks, Chichester, Peter Mander, Helmer Pedersen, Ralph Roberts, Ken Rushbrook, Ron Watsus, Ian Pryde, Hugh Poole, and Bret de Thier); and 28 New Zealand racing classes, with prices, line drawings, photographs, dimensions, and brief descriptions of each.

111 Fyfe, M. E. (Murray Edwin). A Hktory of the Sport of Canoeing in New Zealand 1840-1942. Auckland: M. Fyfe, 1972 [i. e., 19741.167pp. Cover title: Canoeing, 1840-1972. The author discusses modern recreational canoeing, mostly in Rob Roy- types. He discusses significant events which represent a particular stage of development, which were particularly enterprising or daring, or which were firsts. Contents: Nineteenth-Century canoeing; organized canoeing and canoe clubs; the Wanganui River; modern canoeing; kayak design; and the Olympics. Appendix1 on early canoe trips, gives extracts from contemporary accounts, including that of Edward Jerningham Wakefield, the son of Edward Gibbon Wakefield. Appendix I1 is a lengthy extract on canoeing, 1889-1890, from G. E. Mannering's With Are and Rope in the New Zealand Alps. The remaining 14 appendices deal with clubs, training, racing, other early or notable trips, com- petency testing, canoe design, etc. Histories and General Works: British Commonwealth 29

112 A Hundred Years of Yachting. Compiled by E. H. Webster and L. Norman. Hobart, Tasmania: Walch & Sons, 1931.256~~. Reissued Hobart: Walch, 1936. 256pp. "Issued under the auspices of the Government of Tasmania, the Hobart Marine Board and Hobart City Council." The author describes the Tasmanian coasts and cruising areas. He relates much of the history of Tasmanian sail racing in all of its aspects, beginning with the first Hobart Town Regatta (1 December 1838), and describes the development of yacht clubs. Other chapters discuss Tasmanian boat building and builders, famous visiting yachts (including Sunbeam and TiIikum), famous old yachts, and waterfront characters of early days. Complete regatta results are given. Illustrated with many photographs and a fold-out panoramic view of the Hobart water front.

113 Royal Canadian Yacht Club. Snider, C. H. J. Annals of the Royal Canadian Yacht Club, 1852- 1937; with Recorh of the Club's Trophies and the Contests for nem. Toronto: Rous & Mann, 1937.362~~. An introductory chapter on the members who sewed in World War I and on those who died in the war is followed by an interesting chronological account of the activities of the Club. Well illustrated with photographs of people and yachts.

114 Royal New Zealand Yacht Squadron. Centuly of Sail: Official Hktory of the Royal New Zealand Yacht, Squadron, ed. by Noel Holmes. Christchurch: Whitcombe and Tombs, 1971. 208pp.

Because of the central role of the Royal New Zealand Yacht Squadron, this is really a history of New Zealand yachting. It is well written and edited. II- lustrations are numerous and good and include the lines of important boats. Contents: The first regatta (held 15 September 1840 by the exploring party which was in the process of selecting Auckland as the capital); The beginnings of the Auckland Yacht Club, predecessor of the Squadron, and of yacht racing; the development of New Zealand racing boats and classes from blackbirders, small trading ships, and mullet boats; designers and builders from the Baileys and Logans of the Nineteenth and early Twentieth Centuries to later and contemporary designers and builders including the Tercel brothers, John Brooke, Bob Stewart, John Spencer, John Lidgard, Paul Whiting, Des Townson, Laurie Davidson, and Richard Hartley; outstanding racing yachts, including the two Rainbows, Ranger, and Manoa; cruising men, including Johnny Wray and Dick Wellington; oceanracing;winning the One-Ton Cup and staging the subsequent One-Ton Race in New Zealand; bringing the Olympic classes (Dragon, Flying Dutchman, and Soling) to New Zealand power boating (but without mention of Bill ~ahilton'simportant invention, the jet boat); multihulls (although the Squadron has no official connection with them); and descriptions and charts of some unusual anchorages. 30 Adventurers Afloat

115 Royal Sydney Yacht Squadron. Sydney Sails: neStory of the Royal Sydney Yacht Squadron S First 100 Years (1862-1962), compiled for the Squadron's Committee by P. R. Stephensen, with apreface by H. R. H. Prince Philip, the Duke of Edinburgh. Sydney: Angus and Robertson, 1962. xvi, 272pp.; (29) leaves of plates.

116 Royal Vancouver Yacht Club. Annals of the Royal Vancouver Yacht Club, 1903-1965. History of the Club's Founding, Granting of the Royal Charter, Prominent Early Yachtsmen, Racing Contests and Trophies, Officers of the Club. Condensed and rewritten from the records of G. B. War- ren, first Historian of the Club, and the personal recollections of the members of the History Committee, R. V. Y. C., by Norman Hacking. Compiled, arranged and edited by George Cran. Van- couver, B. C.: Published under the Supervision of the History Committee of the Royal Vancouver Yacht Club, 1966. X, 346pp. A well-written and edited archive of material on the Club, mostly devoted to sailing races, but giving a brief history of early yachting at Vancouver, 1885 to 1902, short biographies of the Commodores of the R. V. Y. C., members' activities in the two World Wars, and the Club's trophies. Very well illustrated.

117 Sydney Amateur Sailing Club. neAmateurs: A Documentation of the First 100 Years of Sailing on Sydney Harbour as Seen by the Sydney Amateur Sailing Club,. 1872-1972. Compiled by the Historical Committee, S. A. S. C. Preface by Sir Arthur Cutler. Sydney: The Club, 1972. 216pp. A chronology which gives original officers and members, events year by year, a photocopy of the Club's 1884 Regulations, and the modern racing calendar. Includes brief biographies of selected members and anecdotes of boat building, cruising, and racing. Profusely illustrated with photographs. A published archive rather than a history.

118 Titchner, Paul. Little Ships of New Zealand. Wellington: Reed, 1978. ix, 159pp. At the request of the publisher and with the cooperation of Ronald Carter, Titchner revised and updated Carter's Little Ships, no.108. He has preserved some of that book's structure, but, besides adding post-1948 material, he has made extensive revisions to accounts of earlier times based on new information. Contents: The Auckland Anniversary Regatta; The Kauri Pine; The Bailey Family; The yachts of Charles Bailey Junior; The ill-fated Strathcona; The mullet boat; The Collings family; The Logan family; Square-bilge yachts; Small- class racers; The cruiser of today; The yachting revolution; New Zealand yachting disasters; The One Ton Cup; New Zealand ocean racing. Excellent illustrations. HISTORIES AND GENERAL WORKS: OTHERAREAS

119 Crabtree, Reginald. Royal Yachts of Europe; from the Seventeenth to Twentieth Cen- tury. Newton Abbot: David and Charles, 1975.95~~. Organized by country and then, within the section for each country, al- phabetically by yacht name. Gives a brief history and picture of each yacht. The countries: Austria-Hungary, Belgium, Great Britain, Bulgaria, Denmark, Egypt, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Monaco, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Romania, Imperial Russia, Spain, Sweden, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. Selective rather than exhaustive. The British section includes Fubbs, Royal George, Victoria and Albett I-IIZ, Britannia, and Coweslip.

120 Hocking, Anthony. Yachting in Southern Africa. Cape Town; New York: Purnell, 1972.241~~. A general history of yachting in an area of notoriously violent storms and heavy seas by a nation with no seafaring tradition. Discusses sailing at Durban in the 1840s and at Table Bay in the 1860s;Ingvald M. Nilsen's Homeward Bound voyage; Slocum's visit in Spray; Harry Pidgeon's visit in Islander; Eloff s cruise in Sane Marais; inshore racing and racing classes; ocean racing; international races; and the development of yacht clubs. Illustrated with numerous and excellent photographs.

121 Kuttel, Mary. Fair Winds at the Cape: The Story of Yachting at the Cape. Cape Town: Balkema, 1954. 122 Royal Natal Yacht Club. Brief Hktory of 100 years of Yachting on Durban Bay. Durban, 1958. A history of the oldest South African yacht club, founded 27 March 1863, as the successor to an informal regatta club which commenced operations five years earlier. Given the Royal title in 1891. 32 Adventurers Afloat

123 Rumbold, C. E. A. L. Yachting in Holland The Hague: A. N. W. Y., 1931. 47pp. 124 Yachting in Greece. Piraeus, Greece: Royal Greek Yacht Club; New York: Greek Press and Information Service. BIOGRAPHIES

125 Anderson, R. C. Sixty Years in Small Boats. Greenwich: National Maritime Museum, 1984.39 pp. Dr. Anderson (1883-1976), a Trustee of the National Maritime Museum and expert on the history of ships, sailed in many boats, often in Scandinavian waters. The Museum published this brief account in his honour.

126 Andrews, Andrew (pseud. of Ralph Gladwin Jebb). lke Blue Tunnyman. London: Jonathan Cape, 1935. 273pp. The author leaves out names, including his own. The Mate is his wife; The Fisherman his father-in-law, etc. After being badly wounded in World War I, Andrews found great and unexpected curative power in a cruise on the Norfolk Broads. His body was healed and gained strength. His savage bitterness, engendered by the war, was dissipated. Contents include: beginnings in sail; his first boat, Achmet; a stint in Nigeria; war years; learning to be a proper yachtsman; inshore racing in the Solent; an offshore race to Calais; heavy weather off Dungeness; an east-coast voyage; the General Strike; ice yachting in Sweden; the crew oflaplander; the Mate and the Fisherman; a cruise onAc- live; Naula in Brittany; cruising the Breton Coast; Tally Ho in the Scillies; a therapeutic steamer voyage to New Zealand; and Blue Tunnyman, a cruising boat to be built.

127 Barraclough, E. M. C. I Was Sailing (Memoirs). Lymington, Hants.: Privately published, 1980.

128 Barton, Humphrey. me Sea and Me, with illustrations by J. Chancellor. London: Robert Ross in association with Harrap, 1952. 142pp. The beautifully-written autobiography of an expert sailor and writer. Bar- ton began his sailing career in Killiwake, a centreboard dinghy, which sank near a pilot boat on a passage from Peterborough to King's Lynn in 1924. Subse- quently he sailed and raced in many waters, served at sea in World War 11, became a surveyor, and did salvage jobs. 34 Adventurers Afloat

129 Bennett, A. S. Tide Time. London: Allen & Unwin, 1949.165~~. The autobiography of an admirer of Thames barges. In 1933he bought June (built in 1869), converted her into a yacht, and lived on board with his wife. The book opens with an account oflune's last voyage, in the summer of 1939, to Con- yer Creek, where she was laid up for the war. Bennett gives a vivid account of his wartime experiences commanding drifters and motor launches as an R. N. V. R. officer. After the war June was too far gone for restoration. Bennett went back to his work of brokering shipping tonnage at the Baltic Exchange. The family bought a house on the waterfront at Whitstable where they could watch Thames shipping, and especially the barges. Bennett shipped out with friends who commanded barges whenever possible. He hoped, in time, to buy another one. Very readable and well-illustrated.

130 Blackburn, Howard. Garland, Joseph E. Lone Voyager. Boston: Little, Brown, 1963. 272pp. Based largely upon Blackburn's letters and logs at Colby College, Water- ville, Maine. Good reading, but without scholarly apparatus. There is a short account of Blackburn's life, based on an interview, in Anthony's Voyagers Un- afraid no. 361. Blackburn lost all of his fingers, part of both thumbs, and part of one heel by freezing when his dory was separated from the fishing schooner Grace L. Fears in the winter of 1883. In spite of his handicap, he built the Great Western and sailed her, single-handed, from Gloucester, Mass., to Gloucester, England, 18 June to 20 August 1899. In 1901he sailed the Great Republic, again single-handed, to Lisbon from Massachusetts in 39 days. Great Western:Patterned after a fishing sloop. LOA 30'; Beam 8'-6; Draught 4'-4" Great Republic: LOA 25'; Beam 7'; Draught 3'.

13 1 Bliss, William. Pilgrimage of Grace. London: H. F. & G. Witherby, 1937. 213pp. The mental and spiritual lie of a Roman Catholic canoeist, ending on the eve of his marriage. Has brief descriptions of canoeing (in a Rob Roy) and ice boatingnear Oxford and of a canoe trip on the river Windrush in the Cotswolds.

132 Brabazon of Tara, John Theodore Cuthbert Moore-Brabazon, 1st Baron. The Brabazon Story. London: Heinemann, 1956. 227pp. The very brief portion of this book which deals with sailing is of unusual interest because the author sailed a Red Wing class boat, a class which allows sails of any shape or material up to a total of u)0 square feet. He experimented with a wide variety of rigs, including an autogyro type which was very efficient but, with its whirling rotors, potentially lethal.

133 Brace, Gerald Warner. Between Wind and Water. New York: Norton, 1966. 219pp. Reminiscences of the Maine coast, its people, Deer Island, and cruising in Festina, one of five boats designed by the author and built during the 1930s. Brace, who was Professor of English at Boston University and has written ten Biographies 35

novels, sets his scene with a gentle and evocative skill and describes his life in an age that has passed with contagious affection.

134 Bradford, Ernle. The Journeying Moon. London: Jarrolds, 1958. 223pp. For two and a half years the author livedwith his wife, Janet, on the Dutch boier yacht Mother Goose. They went from the Netherlands to the Mediter- ranean by way of the French waterways. After a Mediterranean cruise, Mother Goose was sold in Malta, where the couple bought the Bristol Channel pilot cutter Mischief and then sold her to Major H. W. Tilman (q.v.), who made several extensive voyages in her before she was lost on the east coast of Greenland. Shortly after Mischiefwas sold, Janet went to Greece to live while Bradford continued to cruise and write. A rather melancholy book. For an account of the Mediterranean voyage in Mother Goose, see his Wind off the Island, no. 954.

135 Branford, J. R I Sailed with Kings. London: Stanley Paul, 1941.256~~. The lie story of a crew member who joined the royal yacht Victoria andAI- berf in 1904. Part 1, which makes up nearly half of the book, tells of Mediter- ranean and northern voyages with Edward VII. The author was chief yeoman of Signals. The other parts tell of experiences in World War I and the Boer War, and of serving on the staff of the Sergeant-at-Arms of the House of Com- mons after 1919.

136 Brassey, Thomas Brassey, 1st Earl. The "Sunbeam,"R. Y. S.; Voyages and Experiences in Many Waters, Naval Reserves, and Other Matters. London: John Murray, 1918. xvi, 449pp. Journal of a lifetime of cruising, mostly in Sunbeam, by the son of a famous railway engineer, who had made an immense fortune in the early nineteenth century. The author's first wife, Annie, Lady Brassey, wrote a series of very popular books about voyages in Sunbeam.

137 Brassey, Thomas Brassey, 1st Earl. Voyages and Travels of Lord Brsssey, K C. B., D. C. L., from 1862, to 1894. Arranged and edited by Captain S. Eardley-Wilmot. London; New York: Longmans, Green, 1895. 2 vols. Vol. I: 343pp.; Vol. 11: 292pp. Compiled from periodical and newspaper articles and lectures. Contents: "A Trip to Algeria in 1862" (from a lecture at Hastings in 1870); "A Visit to the Suez Canal in 1869" (from a lecture at Hastings in 1870); "A Trip to the North of Europe in 1874" (from a letter to the Hastings and St. Leonards Chronicle, 1874); "A Cruise Round the World in 1866-67'(from articles in the Nineteenth, Cenhtry, 1877-78); "A Cruise to the West Indies in 1883" (reprinted from a pamphlet published for private circulation in 1884); "A Flying Visit to the United States in 1886";"A Thirteen Months' Cruise to India and Australia in 1886-87'(reprinted from Sunbeam Papers); "A Trip to the West Indies in 1892" (reprinted from The Fornightly Review, 1893); and "A Run to the East in 1893- 36 Adventurers Afloat

94"reprinted from The Nineteenth Century, 1894). The appendix contains a summary of Lord Brassey's voyages compiled from log books.

138 Campbell, Archibald Kenneth. Fair Win& and Good Water;Reminiscences of a Small Boat Sailor. Glasgow: W.Maclellan, 1955. 118pp. Childhood memories of sailing in Yokahama before World War I, followed by memories of sailing in the Channel Islands after the family moved there in 1920. Campbell's father was a founder of the Yokahama Yacht Club and a friend of Weston Martyr. In 1929 the author bought a boat and a spaniel puppy and got married. Thereafter he cruised in Scottish waters. The book is made up of a series of articles and logs, some of which were published elsewhere. Campbell is a clergyman with a very attractive writing style.

139 Carr, Frank G. G. A Yachtsman's Log. London: L. Dickinson & Thompson, Ltd.; Toronto: Macmillan, 1935. 323pp. A lifetime of cruising in British waters, the Baltic, and the coasts of Nor- way, France, and Spain, from 1918 to 1934. The author gave up a law career to sail and write books about ships and the sea. A very readable book by an excellent story teller.

140 Chichester, Sir Francis. The Lonely Sea and the Sky. Edited and with an introduction by J. R. L. Anderson. London: Hodder and Stoughton; New York: Coward-McCann, 1964.352~~. Reissued London: Pan Books, 1967. 398pp.; Leicester: Brock- harnpton Press, 1968.185pp.; New York: Ballantine Books, 1969. 396pp. Covers Chichester's entire career, including his childhood, schooling, emigration to New Zealand in 1918, pioneering career in aviation, and near- fatal attempt to fly around the world in Gipsy Moth. His sailing career began in 1953, followed by the discovery that he had lung cancer. The book ends with his voyage home after his second single-handed transatlantic crossing. An excellent account of a life well and fully lived.

141 Chichester, Sir Francis. Leslie, Anita. Franck Chichester. London: Hutchinson, Hodder, and Stoughton; New York: Walker, 1975.254~~ An excellent narrative account of Chichester's life by an experienced writer and sailor who knew him well.

142 Chichester, Sir Francis. Rowland, John. Lone Adventurer: The Story of Sir Franck, Chichester. London: Lutterworth Press; New York: Roy, 1968. 141pp. A clear, comprehensive, and interesting account of Chichester's life and achievements written for older children. Biographies 37

143 Chichester, Lady Sheila. Two Lives, Two Worldr:An Autobiography. London; Hodder and Stoughton, 1969. 160pp. Sir Francis' career from his wife's viewpoint, family life, and Lady Chichester's early life and successful careers in fashion design, managing the family map business, and publishing her famous shopping guide for women. Her early years were made difficult and unpleasant by her millionaire paternal grandfather, who cut off all support to her family when her father committed suicide, but continued to harass his daughter-in-law and grandchildren. Through an oversight he left Lady Sheila a small annuity. There is an interesting description of Sir Francis' investiture and of Lady Sheila's revolutionary innovation, her wearing of a pants suit to the ceremony.

Childers, Erskine. A Thirst for the Sea: 7he Sailing Adventures of Erskine Childers, introduced and edited by Hugh and Robin Popham. London: Stanford Maritime, 1979. 178, [2]pp. Childers, yachtsman, soldier, writer, civil servant, and Irish nationalist martyr, wrote the classic yachting and spy thriller, The Riddle of the Sands (published in 1903, no. 5391), which sewed to warn the British public of the growing German naval menace. This is a brief account of Childers' seafaring life followed by a narrative of his voyages constructed from his published writings, letters, and log books, and consisting mostly of quotations with connecting passages or paragraphs and explanatory notes, skillfully woven into a seamless story. The book contains a remarkable collection of photographs, including one of VLren (the model for Dulcibella of the Riddle) in the Solent in 1899. There is a gap in the logs and records from 23 September 1906 to 25 June 1913. The last voyage is the famous Howth gun-running expedition in Asgard in company with another famous yachtsman, Conor O'Brien, inKelpie, in July, 1914. The guns and ammunition smuggled intolrelandby Childers and O'Brien were used in the 1916 Easter Rebellion. Childers' boats: Shulah (1893): Cutter. LOA 33'; Beam 8'; Draught 8'-6". Marguerite (MadAgnes) (1895): Half-decked centreboard sloop. LOA 18'; Beam 6'; Draught (board up) 2'-6"; (board down) 4'-6". Vuen (alias Dulcibella) (1897): Cutter-rigged converted double-ended lifeboat. LOA 30'; Beam 7'; Draught (board up) 4'; (board down) 6'4. Asgard (1905): Colin Archer cutter, a wedding present from his father-in- law. Now a National Monument on display in Kilmainham Gaol, Dublin.

Childers, Erskine. Boyle, Andrew. The Riddle of Erskine Childers. London: Hutchinson, 1977.351~~. The official biography. Boyle presents a readable and well-balanced account of the man and his times which makes The Riddle an integral part of a larger picture.

Childers, Erskine. Cox, Tom. Damned Englhhman. Hicksville, N. Y.:Exposition Press, 1975.374~~.(An Exposition-University Book). 38 Adventurers Afloat

Contains a precis of The Riddle and a short account of the Howth gun-running voyage.

147 Childers, Erskine. Dmmmond, Maldwin. The Riddle. London: Conway Maritime Press, 1985.233~~. The author seeks, successfully, to relate The Riddle to Childers' life and times, to German war plans, and to subsequent British defense policy.

148 Childers, Erskine. Martin, F. X., O.S.A., ed. The Howth Gun-Running and the El- coole Gun-Running, 1914: Recollections and Documents, with a foreword by Eamon De Valera. Dublin: Browne and Nolan Ltd., 1964. xxvi, 201pp. A collection of materials on the 1914gun-runningvoyagesmade by Childers inAsgard and Conor O'Brien in Kelpie. The guns were used in the 1916 Easter Rebellion.

149 Childers, Erskine. McInerney, Michael. The Riddle of Erslcine Childers. Dublin: E. & T. O'Brien, 1971. 87pp. (Men of Ireland Series). Has a chapter of the Howth gun-running voyage.

150 Childers, Erskine. Wilkinson, Burke. The Zealof a Convert. New York: Henry Luce & Co.; Gerrards Cross, Bucks.: Colin Smythe, 1976.256~~. One chapter is devoted to The Riddle and the real voyage behind it, and another to the Howth gun-running voyage.

151 Childers, Erskine. Williams, Basil. Erskine Childers, 1870-1922:A Sketch, based on, Memories and Letters. Privately printed. London: Women's Printing Society, 1926.34~~. A sketch of Childers' life, by one of his closest friends. He tells of Captain Trench and Lieutenant Brandon, who became close friends of Childers after they had sewed a prison term in Germany, where they were convicted of being spies because they re-enacted the Riddle voyage.

152 Chubb, Percy. "WhoHath Desired the Sea;"A Compilation of Journals, by Percy Chubb 2nd. Tortola, British Virgin Islands: Published for the Author by Caribbean Printing Co., Ltd., 1980. lllpp. The story of a lifetime of cruising, racing, and service on yacht club committees. In 1932, before he married, Chubb sold his S boat, Pea. Four years later, after his wife discovered that she liked to sail, they bought the first of a series of Sparkman and Stephens boats, the sloop Topgallant, in which they cruised until World War 11. In 1951 they cruised the Norwegian coast in their Biographies 39

new boat, the 30' yawl Laughing Gull, in company with Admiral Moran inDeep- water (for an account of the cruise, see Chubb's From W Degrees North to 60 Degrees North, no. 894). In 1958 Chubb bought the ketch Antilles, and, in 1974, the 48'Bird of Passage. From 1960 to 1978, when Chubb gave up long-distance cruising after making a transatlantic voyage, Captain Vivian Snow served as his sailing master. Bird was given to the Woods Hole Laboratory, and replaced by the 36' cutter Crescent Moon, which was suitable for easy coastal cruising with the grandchildren.

Coles, K. Adlard. Sailing Years: An Autobiography. London: Coles/Granada; Clin- ton Corners, N. Y.: de Graff, 1981. 212pp. Coles, born in 1901, did not start sailinguntil1920, but after that sailing and writing nautical books became a central part of his life. In 1923 he married Mamie Clegg, who became an accomplished helmswoman. In 1925they bought Arthur Ransome's Racundra Riga and sailed her to England. (See his Close Hauled no. 895. Racundra was renamedtlnneae II). This, Coles says, was his most satisfying cruise, but Racundra, a Colin Archer type, was very slow. Many other cruises and books followed over the years. In order to support his family, have time to sail, and be able to live near the Hamble river, Coles became a chartered accountant. After World War 11 he founded the publishing fum of Adlard Coles, Ltd., now owned by Granada Publishing, and later, with Errol Bruce, the Nautical Publishing Company, now owned by Macmillan. His ac- counting and business experience enabled him to bring these firms through the troubled times which put other small publishers out of business. He continued cruising, ocean racing, and updating his coast pilots until 1976, when he swal- lowed the anchor. A satisfying account of a satisfying life.

Courtald, Augustine. Man the Ropes. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1957. 188pp. The autobiography of a wealthy descendant of Huguenot refugees who fled the Isle of Oleron in 1689. He had various nautical adventures and experiences during the 1920s and early 1930s, including going to Greenland with Gino Watkins and cruising with Frank Carr. He then settled at Spencer Grange, Great Yeldham, Essex, raised a family, and cruised in British and European waters in Duet before and after World War 11. During the war he spent six years in the Royal Navy. An interesting account of a very full life. Duet (ex Gaviota): Gaff-rigged yawl designed by Linton Hope and built in 1912 by White's of Southampton. She is described in the 1913 edition of Dixon Kemp's Yacht Cruising. LOA 50'; LWL 38'; Beam 11.1'; Draught 6.5'.

Crane, Clinton. Yachting Memories. New York: Van Nostrand, 1952. 216pp. British edition edited by William H. Taylor. London: Macmillan, 1953. xi, 216pp. The story of a lifetime of yacht designing, sailing, and motor boating, written at age 80. Crane participated in many of the most important yachting activities of his time. 40 Adventurers Afloat

156 Crapo, Thomas. Strange But True: Life and Adventures of Captain Thomas Crapo and his Wife. New Bedford, Mass.: T. Crapo, 1893. 154pp. A ghost-written account of Crapo's life to ca. 1886. Includes the transatlantic voyage in New Bedford, 28 May to 21 July 1877 (for Crapo's account of the voyage, see no. W), and the Captain's career in the coasting trade. Irvin Anthony gives an account of the remainder of Crapo's life in his Voyagers Un- afraid (no. 361). On 3 May 1889 Crapo left New Bedford in the nine-foot Volun- teer. His body was found later on the beach near Charlestown.

156a Crowninshield Family. Ferguson, David L. "Cleopatra'sBarge:" The Crowninshield Story. Boston: Little, Brown, 1976.293~~. The story, from beginning to end, of an eccentric New England seafaring and mercantile family which produced two notable yachtsmen and was founded by a German immigrant who called himself Johannes Kaspar Richter von Kronenscheldt and who claimed to be a physician. He arrived in Boston in 1684, soon moved on to Lynn where, in 1694, he married Elizabeth Allen, a young patient whom he had cured of what appeared to be a fatal disease. His son, John, a rough and uneducated seaman and fisherman, married the wealthy Anstiss Williams and prospered as a merchant. This documented, lively, readable, and, indeed, sensational family history devotes a chapter each to John's son, George (1734-1815), who went to sea at age eight, and founded the family fortune in the pepper trade after the American Revolution, and to the later Crowninshields, George, Jr. (1776-1817), owner of the yacht Cleopatra's Barge, Richard (1804-1830), a murderer who hanged himself in jail, Clara (1810- 1907), George Jr.'s illegitimate daughter, Frank (1872-1912), editor of Vanity Fair magazine, and to Francis Boardman Crowninshield, the last of his family, and his wife, Louise Evelina du Pont Crowninshield, the owners of the yacht Cleopatra's Barge II. See also nos. 511,512, and 1030. 157 Curling, J. J. Jelf, R. H. Life of .l.J. Curling, Soldier and Priest. Privately printed, 1909. 64pp. Curling (1844-1906) was a lifelongyachtsman who became an officer in the Royal Engineers. Jelf, his lifelong friend, was a fellow officer. As a young man, Curling inherited a handsome fortune. He bought the 72-ton yawl Lavrock, which played an important part in his life for more than two decades. While stationed at Dover, he made a solitary canoe voyage to Calais. The course of his life was changed when he met Bishops Kelly and Field of Newfoundland. In 1872, hegavekvrock to the Newfoundland Mission, delivered her himself, and, in 1873, resigned his commission in order to become a missionary to serve the tiny communities on the west coast of Newfoundland. This work, fortunately, required a great deal of sailing. In 1874 he was ordained, and in 1876 he married Emmie Robinson of St. John's. The couple, with their growing family, lived in the Bay of Islands until their return to England in 1886. In the course of his duties and for pleasure, Curling sailed inLavrock and later in two mission boats of his own design, the 33-ton Sapper, named in honour of his former Army col- leagues, and %ton Dove. His skill as a seaman won him the admiration and respect of his seafaring parishoners. In 1882 he passed the Board of Trade Master's Certificate examinations, and in 1884 he published his book, Coastal Biographies 41

Navigation. Upon returning to England, he became the vicar of the yachting centre of Hamble. Unfortunately, ill health, the result of the hardships of his missionary service, precluded sailing in his later years.

Dinwiddy, Tom Norman. Hughes, John Scott. Eternal Wave. Illustrated by David Cobb. London: Temple Press, 1951. 142pp. Tom Norman Dinwiddy (1865-1945) was a boating architect who retired to Stoke Gabriel on the River Dart (Devonshire) at the age of 49 in 1914, served in World War I, built and sailed the ketch Blue Jay in the 1920s, and took to motor boating in 1930 on board his Etemal Wave, a converted R. N. L. I. pull- ing and sailing lifeboat. He made his last cruise from Sweden to Dover in 1939.

159 Don, Kaye. kkye Don--The Man. London: Hutchinson, 1934. 288pp. Kaye Don was a pilot in World War I, and in peace time became a motor- cycle and automobile racing driver. In July, 1929, he undertook to race a boat from Dover to Calais and back in an hour. Although he ran into a storm which nearly sank his boat, he made the trip in an hour and twenty-three minutes. In June, 1930, Sir Henry Seagrave was killed on Lake Windemere while trying to set a speedboat record in Lord Wakefield's Miss England ZZ. Don was chosen as his successor. In January, 1931, he set a new record on Lough Neagh of just over 100 miles per hour. Since Gar Wood beat his record almost immediately, Don set another on the Parana River while on a trade mission to Argentina, and then another in July on Lake Garda in Italy. He continued to race and, when Gar Wood was able to capsize Miss England ZZ with his wake during the trials for the 1931 Harmondsworth Trophy Race, Lord Wakefield replaced her with Miss EnglandZIZ. In her Don set a new record of 120.50 miles per hour on Loch Lomond on 18 July 1932. After engine failure cost him the 1932 Har- mondsworth race in August, Don returned to automobile racing.

160 Dunraven, Windham Thomas Wyndham-Quin, 4th Earl of. Past Times and Pastimes. London: Hodder and Stoughton, [1922]. 2 vols. Vol. 1: 260pp.; vol. 2: 244pp. A topical autobiography. Chapter two, The Sea and Ships, deals with hi lifelong yachting career, and appendix 1 contains an extract from Major Heck- stall-Smith's The Complete Yachtsman on Dunraven's yachting. He says nothing about the merits of his famousAmerica's Cup case, but tells of giving up the violin in favor of yachting, his many yachts, joining the oldest yacht club, the Royal Cork, cruising in Cariad, the sinking of his Valkyrie ZZ by Satanitcl, and, at great length, of his World War I career at sea. At Lady Dudley's request, he chartered the steam yacht Gretq fitted her out as a hospital ship, and successfully volunteered the ship and himself for service. Since Greta proved to be unsuitable for such a career, he bought Grianaig from the Duchess of Westminster to replace her. He was commissioned a commander, R. N. V. R., and spent four years at sea, mostly in the Mediterranean. Much of the rest of the book is on Ireland and its problems, with sensible and patriotic solutions suggested.

161 Dyson, George, and Freeman Dyson. Brower, Kemeth. The Starship and the Canoe. New York: Holt, Reinhart and Winston, 1978. 270pp. 42 Adventurers Ajloat

A story of the divergence and convergence of the lives of Freeman Dyson, British theoretical physicist, member of the Orion space ship team and of the Princeton Institute for Advanced Studies, and his son George, school dropout and temporary drug user, who moved to British Columbia during the Viet Nam War. George built a snug tree house overlooking the Strait of Georgia from 95 feet above the ground and made the whole Inland Passage to Alaska his home. He helped build a ferocement trading boat, D'Sonoqua, crewed on it and other boats, developed an admiration for the Eskimo kayak, and designed and built two of them along Aleut (badarka) lines using modern technology in their fabrication. His boats were framed in aluminum tubing lashed with nylon line and covered with a fibreglass skin. Light interior spruce planking protected the skin from puncture. Freeman came to see George and to sail and camp out with him after his second kayak, the 48'Fainveather, had been launched. Father and son began to understand what they had in common in designing revolutionary vehicles for the benefit of mankind on earth and in space. The author, a friend and shipmate of George Dyson, stresses this parallel in the careers of the two men.

162 Emerson, P. H. Newhall, Nancy. P. H. Emerson: The Fight for Photography as a Fine Art. New York: An Aperture Monograph, 1975.266~~. Emerson, born in Cuba in 1856, was raised and educated in England by his widowed mother. He became a physician and then, by avocation, one of the great early photographers, taking the people, rivers, and broads of Norfolk as his favorite subjects. In 1882 he bought his first camera. He moved to Norfolk shortly after his first cruise on the Broads in 1886. His Norfolk books, Zdyls of the Norfolk Broads, Life and Landscape on the Norfolk Broads, Wild Life on a Tidal Water, Pictures of East Anglian Life, Picfures from Life in Field and Fen, and On English Lagoons are his photographic masterpieces and record the early years of one of England's most popular yachting centres. His Nafuralistic. Photography (1889) brought him international fame. The author traces Emerson's career, presents a sample of his photographic work with captions from his writings, and concludes the biography with a chronology of his life and a bibliography of his publications.

163 Emerson, P. H. Turner, Peter, and Richard Wood. P. H. Emerson: Photographer of Norjolk. Boston, Mass.: David R. Godine, 1974.108~~.including 64 plates. Contains a very brief life which outlines his photographic career and discusses his influence on photography. The plates, which have no captions, are taken from four of his books, Life and Landscape on the Norfolk Broads, Wild Life on a Tidal Water, Pictures of East Anglian Life, and Picfures from Life in Field and Fen.

164 Farson, Negly. The Way of a Transgressor. London: Gollancz, 1935. 639pp.; New York: Harcourt, Brace 1936. X, 602pp. Reissued New York: Carroll & Graff,1984.447pp. Biographies 43

The fascinating, slightly picaresque autobiography of an American traveller, adventurer, oarsman, salesman, World War I pilot, business man, and foreign correspondent. Farson emigrated to Endand before World War I, served in the Royal Flying Corps, maGied an ~nghsh~irl,Eve, and sailed across Europe in the ketchFlame in 1924, sendingreports of his voyage to the Chicago ~aib-~ews(for the story of the voyage see no.1226). He rkkained in ~urope as a foreign correspondent for the next decade. He wrote this autobiography in 1935, after he was forced to resign as London correspondent for his paper because the owner thought he had become un-American.

Fitz-Gerald, Conrad Trelawney. Fitz-Gerald, Conrad Trelawney, Jr. 7he "Albatross;" being the Biography of Conrad Fitz-Gerald, M.R.C.S., L. S. A., 1847-1933. Bristol: J. W. Arrowsmith, 1935.208pp. Fitz-Gerald, who loved the sea, became aship's doctor after completing his medical training. He made three sailing-shipvoyagesto Australia and a steamer voyage to India before succeeding his cousin as doctor for Newman, Hunt and Co. at Harbour Breton, Nova Scotia. Because his patients lived along a hundred miles of roadless coast, he had the schooner yacht Albatross built. For forty years he sailed in her for pleasure and business, becoming one of the best seamen in the province. WhenAlbatross was rammed and sunk by the mail boat Hump in 1916, Fitz-Gerald, who escaped with a broken rib, had a second and IargerAlbatross built. In spite of illness and the infirmities of age, he continued to sail during the early 1930s. Two-thirds of this biography is devoted to describing Fitz-Gerald's cruises in his two yachts. Albatross (I): LOA 30'; Beam 9'; Draft 4'9.

FitzGerald, Edward. Hussey, Frank. Old Fitz: Edward FitzGerald and Emt Comt Sail- ing. Ipswich: The Boydell Press, 1974. xii, 162pp. The story of the sailing and commercial fishing side of the life of the translator of the Rubaiyat of Omar Khayyam, told in FitzGerald's words whenever possible. FitzGerald began sailing on the Deben River, near his home in Woodbridge, Suffolk, in 1860, the year after the publication of theRubaiyat He was 51 years old. Several of his closest friends had died. The land depressed hi,but, for the next 17 years, cruising on a series of boats brought him great pleasure. With a crew to do the work, he was free to enjoy the food and scenery in the company of his guests. Because his first boat and boatman were unsatisfactory, he had Waveny built in 1861and hired a new boatman. In 1862he bought a larger, but unsatisfactory,boat, which he replaced for the season with the hired 10-ton Criterion. His favorite boat, the schoonerScanda1, was built in 1863. On her he made a number of extended cruises. In 1865he met a fisherman, Joseph Fletcher, known as Posh, who became a close friend and, for a time, FitzGerald's partner in an unsuccessful fishing venture. FitzGerald's extended cruising ended with the sale of Scandal in 1871. Six years later, and in failing health, FitzGerald gave up boating entirely and sold Waveny. Waveny: LOA 16'; Beam 7-6"; Depth 27"; 2 tons. Scandal: Schooner. LOA 37.6'; Beam 9.6'; Draft 5.1'; 16 tons Thames Measurement. 44 Adventurers Afloat

167 FitzGerald, Edward. Blyth, James. Edward FitzGerald and "Posh." London: John Long, 1908. 200pp. In the summer of 1906 Blyth, on a newspaper assignment, found and interviewed Edward FitzGerald's former friend and partner, Posh (Joseph Retcher), who was living in poverty in Lowestoft. He tells the story of their ten- year friendship, and of the rather shorter partnership, using a remarkably small amount of material from the interviews, but illustrating the text with several interesting photographs. FitzGerald and Posh met accidentally in the summer of 1865. Soon Posh became the Fitzgerald's valued companion on board the schooner yacht Scandal. In 1867 the pair became partners in the herring and mackerel fishery when Fitzgerald financed the building of the fishing ketch Meum and Tuum, which was operated by Posh. Growing friction between the pair over management problems and Posh's drinking led to the dissolution of the partnership in July, 1870, and to the end of the friendship in 1875. Meum and Tuum: Designed by Posh. Gaff-rigged. LOA 45'; Beam 15'; Draft 7'.

168 FitzGerald, Edward. Martin, Robert Bernard. With Friends Possessed. A Life of Ed- ward FitzGeraId New York: Atheneum, 1985. 313pp. A readable literary biography. Sailing is discussed on pp. 223-226, and the Posh story on pp. 235-252.

169 FitzGerald, Edward. Terhune, Alfred McKinley. meLife of Edward FitzGerald, Trans- lator of the "Rubaiyat"of Omar Khayyam. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1947. 373pp. A scholarly literary biography. Sailing is discussed on pp. 240-249, and the Posh story on pp. 267-275.

170 Fox, Uffa. me Crest of the Wave. New York: Scribner, 1939. xii, 262pp. Revised edition London: Peter Davies, 1955. 257pp.; Reissued Dublin: Hamilton, 1958. 190pp. (Panther Book, no. 752.) An account of Fox's early life, interests, and voyages: across the Atlantic in Typhoon with W. W. Nutting in August 192Q sailing with Jack KeUey in Diab- lesse the summer of 1921; to Sweden and back in Kgilant in 1930; and many other voyages, including coastal cruises in Valhalla's Whaleboat, the Cowes Sea Scout boat (1921) and Twilight (1926); small class racing boats; and his dream of the sailingship of the future. The revisededition leaves out the racingmaterial but has added material on cruising and passage making. Excellent reading.

171 Fox, Uffa. Joys of Life. London: Newnes, 1966. 212pp. The sequel to The Crest of the Wave, telling about his life on the Isle of Wight, boat designing and building, racing, horses, dogs, his house and land at Puckaster, airborne lifeboats, Prince Philip as a sailor, the Sea Scouts, etc. Says nothing of family life. Biographies 45

172 Fox, Uffa. More Joys of Living. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co.; London: Harrap, 1972. 180pp. Nostalgic reminiscences and acute observations, supplementing and elaborating on themes from his previous autobiographical books and continuing the story of his life in an episodic manner.

Fox, Uffa. Dixon, June. Uffa Fox: A Personal Biography. Foreword by H. R. H. The Duke of Edinburgh. Brighton: Anus & Robertson, 1978. 206pp. A very readable account of Uffa Fox's life by his niece. Fox, who was one of the greatest small boat designers of his time, never grew up. He was self- centered, unpredictable, and charismatic. Very many people, including the Duke of Edinburgh and Prince Charles, were drawn to him. He was attractive to women, but failed in marriage three times. His life was chaotic, but always creative. He died uncomplaining at 72, still young in spirit, after having lived an extremely full, if self-centered, life.

Gann, Ernest K. Song of the Sirens. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1968.318~~. The story of Gann's sailing life, structured as though told on board his yacht Black Watch, weatherbound in the Danish harbor of Ronne. He describes at length his cruise in the topsail schooner Albatross from Rotterdam to San Fran- cisco by way of the Panama Canal, and then, after the yacht was rerigged as a brigantine, to Honolulu, Tahiti, the Tuamotus and Marquesas, and back to Honolulu, where she was sold. He tells of his two unsuccessful attempts at commercial fishing, in the trollers Fred Holmes andMike, of beaching the rotten and disintegrating sloop Racoon on Cape Cod on his fust voyage in her, of sailing in the chartered junk Li PO, of Hong Kong, and of adventures instory II, Liber- ty, Restless, Henrietta, Thetis, Matgon'te, Uncle Sum, Diver, Caroline, Don Quirote, and Butterfly. He closes with an account of the building of Black Watch and of his current voyage.

Gau, Jean. Tazelaar, James, and Jean Bussiere. To Challenge a fitant Sea. Chicago: Regnery, 1977. 270pp. A biography of Jean Gau and his lifetime of cruising in Anda II anddtom. Closes with Gau's admission to a nursing home in his birthplace, Beziers, with his health and memory gone. Depressing.

George V. Day, J. Wentworth. King George Var a Sportsman: An Informal Study of the First Country Gentleman in Europe, by J. Wentworth Day, with contributions by Major Brooke Heckstall-Smith, An- thony Heckstall-Smith, Professor J. B. Robertson, Cecil Leveson- Gower, A. Croxton Smith, and Major A. H. Osman. London: Cassell, 1935. 300pp. 46 Adventurers Afloat

In chapter IX, Major Brooke Heckstall-Smith tells of the King's career as an enthusiastic and skillful yachtsman with a limited time for sailing, and of Sir Philip Hunloke's role as sailing master of Britannia. He describes the King's vital role in reviving yachting after World War I, and provides several vignettes of dramatic moments from Britannia's races. In chapter X, Anthony Heckstall- Smith describes Britannia's remarkably long and successful racing career and the evolution of her rig, which kept her competetive for more than 30 years.

176 Grahame-White, Montague. At the Wheel Ashore and Afloat (Reminiscences of Motoring,, Yachting, and Travel over a Period of Forty Years),with an introduction by Sir Arthur Stanley and autograph letters from Sir Her- bert Austin [and others]. London: Foulis, 1935. xiii, 436pp. The author was born into a wealthy yachting family in Bursledon on 27 July 1877.Finding a suitable career was difficult for him, but, after several false starts, he followed his interest in motor cars to become an important figure in the developing industry and in motor car racing. As he prospered he bought motor yachts and cruised extensively in them with his family. His autobiography interweaves his career and his hobbies in a chronological account of his life.

177 Guy, Harry. Memories of a Cowes Born Lad. Newport, Isle of Wight: The County Press, 1932. Guy's father ran an engineering firm in Cowes and was acquainted with many prominent yachtsmen. Guy learned how to run steam engines and, at age eighteen, began his career as a professional yacht hand when he was hired to crew Sir Allen Young's 21' steam launch Pandora on a run from Cowes to Tor- quay and back for a wager.

178 Hamley, John. Port before Breakfast. London: R. Hale; Christchurch, N. Z.: Pegasus, 1965.188~~. The wandering life of a school drop-out born in 1909. After losing his Ger- man girl friend to the secret police in Fascist Italy and wandering for a time in Africa, he emigrated to New Zealand, had a difficult lie and failed marriage, bought the sailing yacht Ngaire with a legacy, and cruised in her while earning a living by doing odd jobs. She was lost through the carelessness of his ship- keeper. Mostly melancholy in tone, but becomes more cheerful toward the end as the author starts to look for a new boat.

179 Hamerton, Philip Gilbert. Philip Gilbert Hamerton: An Autobiography, 1834-1858 and a Memoir by his Wife, 1858-1894. Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1896. vii, 591pp.; London: Seeley, 1897. xviii, 641pp. The life of an artist and writer who had to work hard to support his own family and, after the early death of his father-in-law, his wife's as well. He became interested in catamarans in 1850 and experimented with them for the rest of his life. In 1858 he married a French woman, Eugenie Gindriez, and lived with her on the leased Scottish island of Innistrynich for a time before moving to a permanent home in her native Sens. He was financially successful both as Biographies 47

a painter and as a writer and published two accounts of voyages on French rivers in The Unknown River (1871, no. 1233) and The Saone (1888, no. 1234). His early life, which is illustrative of some of the darker qualities of Victorian family lie among the middle and upper classes, made him value the warmth and closeness of his wife's family. His grandfather was expelled from his family for marrying a farmer's daughter. His mother died shortly after his birth, and his father, who became a potentially homicidal drunkard, died young and unla- mented.

Haward, Peter J. All SeasonsJYachtsman.Southampton: Coles, in association with Harrap, London, and de Graff, New York: 1961. 216pp. The life of a yacht deliverer sailing at all times of the year in British, European, and American waters, who has studied closely the behavior of yachts in heavy weather. Haward was J. N. L. Anderson's sailing master on the transatlantic voyage described in Anderson's fininland Voyage, no. 485.

Hayden, Stirling. Wanderer. New York: Knopf, 1963. 434pp. In January, 1959, Hayden sailed from San Francisco for Tahiti via the Mar- quesas on Wanderer with his children in defiance of a court order secured by his ex-wife to prevent the trip. This is the story of that voyage with the story of his life spread through it. He eventually returned to California and was given a light suspended sentence inview of the circumstances of his contempt of court. An extraordinarily well-written account of the seagoing life of an unusually bright and sensitive person who suffered constantly from self-doubt. Wanderer: Former pilot schooner, built in 1893. Length on deck 98'; Gross tonnage 100.

Heyerdahl, Thor. Jacoby, Arnold. Seiior Kon-fiki: The Biography of Thor Heyer- dahl. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1967. 424pp.; London: Allen & Unwin, 1968.288~~. A readable, adulatory biography written by a schoolmate and lifelong friend. After surviving childhood in a very unusual family and studying at the University in Oslo, Heyerdahl married Liv in December, 1936. Immediately afterward, the couple went off to the Marquesas to live a primitive life. They returned to Norway in March, 1938, where Thor wrote of their experiences in his first book, In Search of Paradise. He had become interested in anthropology and in the possible connections between the Indians of the west coast of North America and the Polynesians. In order to pursue this line of investigation, he took his family to British Columbia in September, 1939. He particularly wished to study the petroglyphs of the Bella Coola Valley on Vancouver Island, but the conquest of Norway in 1940 by the Nazis impoverished and isolated the Heyer- dahls. Many Canadians believed at the time that the Norwegians were really pro-German. Heyerdahl had to work for a time as an unskillled laborer to support his family. As soon as he was financially able to do so, he joined the Nor- wegian fighting forces in exile. After the war he gathered data supporting his theory of an Indian-Polynesian connection, met with disbelief and hostility in anthropological circles, and undertook the Kon-Tiki voyage to prove the possibility of westward migration from the Americas by raft. As a result he became 48 Adventurers Afloat

rich and famous. His first marriage ended while he was writing his adventure story. He undertook further explorations, first to the Galapagos Islands in 1953, where he found that a supposed Indian statue was a fake, and then to Easter Is- land in 1955. This story ends with his settling in Italy with his second wife, Yvome.

183 Heyerdahl, Thor. May, Julian. nor Heyerdahl: Modem Viking Adventurer. 11- lustrated by Phero Thomas. Mankato, Minn.: Creative Educa- tional Society, 1973. Distributed by Childrens Press, Chicago. Unpaged. 18 leaves. A brief and readable biography through the period of the Ra expeditions, written for children, and illustrated in an appealing manner. Unfortunately, the book's ugly, textbook-like cover will repel many children.

184 Howard, Henry. Charting my Life. Boston: Merrymount Press, 1948. xxv, 398pp. The cruising life of Henry Howard, a successful and wealthy chemist, and his wife, Alice, in the Atlantic and Caribbean. In 1924, two years before his retirement, Howard built the shoal-draft ketchAlice, designed by Commodore Ralph Middleton Monroe, which he sailed for the next twenty years. She was sold in 1944 when he was 76. See also his book, meYacht "Alice," no.1050.

185 Howes, John. Second Time Lucky. Ilfracombe, Devon: Arthur H. Stockwell, Ltd., 1976. 220pp. Avery readable autobiography of a dinghy-sailingarmy officer who served in India and the Middle East before, during, and after World War 11, married an Australian, and then, when posted to Gibraltar, bought a %ton auxiliary sloop, Sungull. He, his wife, and their son and daughter cruised the adjacent Mediterranean coasts and, when his tour ended, took Sungull back to England through the French canal system. This long and difficult voyage is described at length. The family lived on a houseboat on the Thames until the author was posted to Ceylon for a three-year tour, after which he retired and settled in Syd- ney.

186 Howlett, John Montagu. Mostly about Boats: A Hydrobiography. London: hold, 1956. 184pp. Howlett fell in love with boats during a day's sail on a wherry near Acle in the 1890s. He was then seven years old. While at Cambridge, he was greatly influenced by Childers' Riddle of the San&. He and Harvey, a life-long friend andearly cruising partner, bought Griffin. After a pleasant cruise in the Nether- lands, which began on George V's coronation day, they sold her. Their next boat, Grifin II, was larger but run down. They partially rehabilitated her, cruised the south coasts of Devon and Cornwall, and then sold her and ended their partnership as their careers began to interfere with sailing. Howlett, who became a colonial civil servant, sailed during his English holidays and retirement years. For two years before World War I, he cruised in Francis, a motor sailer belonging to a friend. In later life he designedsylvanie and cruised through the Biographies 49

Netherlands in her, converted the smack Sybil for another Netherlands cruise, and briefly owned Nelly while farming in Devon. Based upon his experiences afloat, he tells how to cruise in comfort, and describes the ideal boat for sailing after one has reached the age of 60. Hoyt, Norris D. Addicted to Sail: A Half Century of Yachting Experiences. New York: Norton, 1987. 220pp. In the 1930s, Hoyt sailed, bought his fust boat, Hardtack, took a doctorate in English literature, taught at Clark University, married, started a family, and sold Hardtack to raise needed money. On the day of the sale he bought a larger boat, the32'Wagtail. When war broke out, he joined the Navy. After commanding a PT boat in World War 11, Hoyt decided that sailing was more important to him than scholarship. He gave up his university career to take a teaching position at St. George's School,Newport, Rhode Island. For 23 years he crewed in state-of-the-art ocean racers as a happy member of the informal fraternity which he calls the 0. P. B. C.--the Other People's Boat Club, progressing with age and decreasing agility, from foredeck to mainsheet trimmer to helmsman, navigator, and cook, and finally to cruising in his own boats during ten years of retirement. A very well-told story of a very satisfying lie.

Hoyt, Sherman. Memoirs. New York: Van Nostrand, 1950. xii, 348pp. Abridged edition published with the title Yankee Yachtsman, from the Memoirs of Sherman Hoyt, with an introduction by John Scott Hughes. Southampton: Robert Ross in association with Harrap, London, 1951. 198pp. In Part I Hoyt discusses his early lie, his beginnings in sailing and racing, his study of naval architecture and business career, and hi service in both World Wars. Part I1 is devoted to ocean racing. Among the races he describes are: to Bermuda in 1922 and 1932 in Memory and Jolie Brise; the 1928 Fastnet in Nina; to Norway in 1933 and 1934 in Dorade and Vanmarie; and Bermuda to Cuxhaven in 1933 in Roland von Bremen. After World War 11, he took up leisurely cruising. A well-written and urbane account of expensive yachting.

Hughes, John Scott. Sailing 7hrough Life. London : Methuen, 1947. vii, 156pp. Memories of a life at sea in yachts following a period in the Merchant Ser- vice and the RoyalNavy. Hughesis the author of many excellent books on yachting.

Illingworth, John Holden. 7he Malham Story. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1972. 205pp. An autobiography concentrating on the ocean racing and yacht designing period of the author's career. Illingworth was born in Malhamdale, in the upper part of Airedale, in western Yorkshire, joined the Royal Navy in 1917, and retired as a captain in 1955. During his naval service he was active in racing. Myth of Malham, which Illingworth designed in collaboration with Jack Giles 50 Adventurers Afloat

after World War 11, won two Fastnets and a multitude of other races. She revolutionized the design of subsequent ocean racers. The firm of Illingworth and Primrose designed Chichester's Gipsy Moth W,a design which Illingworth defends against the criticisms of her skipper. This is a literate and readable story of a portion of a very full and successful life.

191 Innes, Hammond. Sea and Island!. New York; Knopf, 1967. 288pp. Part I, "The Sea," comprises accounts of sixvoyages in May Deare originally published in the Royal Cruising Club Journal. They include descriptions of a dismasting in a North Sea race in 1961, a return voyage from England to the coasts of Norway and Sweden in the same year, a voyage from England to Malta in 1963, sailing the Aegean in 1964, and avoyage to Constantinople in 1965. Part I1 contains descriptions of Dalmation, Danish, Scottish, Canadian, and Indian Ocean islands.

May Deare: Bermudan auxiliary steel-hulled masthead sloop, launched in 1959. LOA 42'; Beam 11'; Draught 6'.

192 James, Dame Naomi. At Sea on Land London, etc.: Hutchinson/Stanley Paul, 1981. 176pp. The story of two years of the author's life, June 1978 to June 1980, following the completion of her single-handed, non-stop voyage around the world in @ress Crusader, and of the physical and emotional demands of being a celebrity. A fast-paced schedule of public appearances and other activities began when @ress Crusader ended her famous voyage in Dartmouth Harbour. This schedule was interrupted briefly by a period of relative seclusion and hard work needed to write the account of her voyage. Ms. James then returned to the lecture circuit, saw the book through publication, was knighted, appeared unexpectedly on 'This is Your Life," and toured Europe, North America, and New Zealand (where she was born and raised) promoting book sales. During this time her husband, Rob, an ocean racer, sailed with Chay Blyth in the trimaran Great Britain N to win the Round Britain Race, and then sewed as a crew member in Condor of Bermuda in the lethal 1979 Fastnet race. Meanwhile, both she and Rob were seeking sponsors for the 1980 Observer Single-Handed Transatlantic Race and, after finding them, preparing their boats for sea. The book tells the story of her race and ends with the couple looking forward to the 1981 Two Star ~ransatlanticRace (again in different boats) and other ocean races to be sailed before settling down ashore. Unfortunately, on 20 March 1983 Rob James was lost overboard from the trimaran colt CarsGB during a routine training cruise.

193 Jerome, Jerome K. My Life and Times. London: John Murray, 1926. 318pp. Reissued 1983. 250pp. The very readable autobiography of the author of the most famous boating story written so far, Three Men in a Boat, To Say Nothing of the Dog, which, by now, has probably sold more than six million copies in many languages. He describes the genesis and writing of the novel on pp. 81-85. Three Men started as a serious guide book, based on experiences from numerous boating trips on Biographies 51

the Thames, and finished as a masterpiece of humorous writing. The dog (of which nothing was said, and which did not exist) was named Montmorency. Jerome here describes Montmorency's progenitor.

194 Jerome, Jerome K. Comolly, Joseph. Jerome KJerome. London: Orbis, 1982.208~~. Comolly discusses the genesis and nature of Three Men in two chapters, "To Say Nothing of the Dog," and The Making of a Classic," pp.52-77.

195 Jerome, Jerome K. Faurot, Ruth Marie. Jerome K Jerome. NewYork:Twayne,l974. 20qPp. Three Men is discussed on pp. 41-47, and appears in several other places.

196 Jones, Tristan. A Steady Trade: A Boyhood at Sea. Drawings by John Cayea. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1982. xiii, 267pp. The story of Jones' boyhood in Wales and of his apprenticeship at sea from 1938 to early 1940 under Captain Tansy Lee, of the coaster SecondApprentice, a 95' dandy ketch without an engine. Jones was descended from a long line of master mariners, including his father, who was a friend of Tansy Lee. This story ends in May, 1940, when, at age 16, Jones joined the Royal Navy.

197 Jones, Tristan. Heart of Oak New York: St. Martin's Press; London: The Bod- ley Head, 1984. 282pp. Reissued London: Triad, 1985; Toronto and New York:Bantam Books, 1986. The names of the ships Jones sewed on and of some of the characters have been changed to avoid embarrassment to innocent persons. A very helpful glossary of Royal Navy World War I1 lower-deck slang is included. Jones' service began with the stupidly brutal basic training given recruits on board H. M. S. Ganges, the training station at Shotley. His first ship, a passenger liner which had been converted into a cruiser, was sunk in the Atlantic on his first cruise with the loss of most of her crew. On his next ship, a destroyer, he sailed on At- lanticconvoy duty,witnessed the sinking of the Hood, and survived another sinking himself. He got home to find that his father had been lost at sea, his mother had died, and SecondApprentice had been sunk with the loss of her mate. On his third ship, another destroyer, he sailed with the ill-fated Murmansk convoy, PQ17, and witnessed the sinking of Scharnhorst. After a period ashore in Ceylon, he served on a landing craft in Indian waters until the end of the war.

198 Jones, Tristan. Ice. Kansas City, MO.: Sheed, Andrews and McMeel, 1978. 281pp. In 1952 Jones, paralyzed by a shipboard explosion, was told by his doctors that he would never walk again and discharged from the Royal Navywith a small pension. He not only walked, but made a series of very demanding and hazard- 52 Adventurers Afloat

ous small boat voyages, the first of which is described in this volume. Between 1959 and 1961he attempted to sail his ketch Cresswell closer to the North Pole than any predecessor had done. This is a lively and witty account of an extremely difficult voyage during which Jones was trapped in the ice for a year, encountered Eskimos and polar bears, and visited several arctic islands. Cresswell: Ex-Royal National Lifeboat Institution sailing rescue boat, built in 1908. LOA 36'; Beam 6'-6"; Draught 2'-9"; Sail area 620 sq. ft.

199 Jones, Tristan. Saga of a Wayward Sailor. Kansas City, MO.: Andrews & McMeel, 1979.264~~. Jones' sailingjourneys from July 1x1 to April 1%9. He voyaged in Arctic and Norwegian waters, sailed south to the Bay of Biscay and through the French waterways to the Mediterranean, and there sold Cresswell. He bought the 27- foot sloop Two Brothers, sailed her to the Azores, and was sunk by a whale. He was rescued after spendingsixdays in an inflatable dinghy without food orwater. He bought the 25-foot Folkboat Banjo (ex-Paticho) and began chartering to earn a living. After hi uninsured boat was wrecked on her second charter voyage, he worked his way back to England, found a job in Harrod's engineering plant shovelling waste into the furnaces, and lived undrground for months, saving his pay to buy a new boat.

200 Jones, Tristan. me Incredible Voyage: A Personal Odyssey. Foreword by John Hemming. Kansas City, MO.: Sheed, Andrews & McMeel, 1977. xviii, 390pp. From 1969 to 1975Jones sailed on the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans, the Mediterranean and Red Seas and on the highest and lowest bodies of water in the world, Lake Titicaca and the Dead Sea. He sailed in Arthur Cohen's 38' Alden sloopBarbara from Westport, Connecticut, on 25 June 1969 for the Dead Sea and Lake Titicaca voyage. Cohen was to join him from time to time and support the yacht. After wintering on the west coast of Africa, he reached Haifa in November and arranged for Barbara to be trucked first to the Dead Sea and then to Aquaba. However, the Israeli government forbad her launching on the DeadSea. Tristan sailed a borrowed boat there instead. After a dangerous and exhausting voyage down the Red Sea and the east coast of Africa, he headed east with the southwest monsoon for the coast of Peru. While in the Seychel- les, he learned that Barbara was too big to reach Lake Titicaca from the west, but that she might get to the lake by way of a truck road which ascended the Andes from the headwaters of the Amazon. He immediately reversed his direction, and, reaching Brazil in January, 1972, he set off up the Amazon. After 1,400 increasingly difficult miles, Barbara had to turn back. Tristan replaced her with a smaller boat, Sea Dart, which he took through the Panama Canal, up to Lake Titicaca, and down the east side of the Andes to the Atlantic again after many difficulties, hardships, dangers, and narrow escapes. In London, after passage on a cargo ship, Sea Dafl was seized by Customs for duty. Tristan, des- titute, went back to his old job in Harrod's boiler room and set to work writing.

201 Jones, Tristan. Adrift. New York: Macmillan, 1980.272~~. Biographies 53

Deals with the years between 1975 and 1977. Jones and Sea Dart were trapped on lake Titicaca by the overthrow of Allende's government and the creation of a police state in between him and the ocean in Chile. He escaped by river to Argentina after having his boat hauled down the east side of the Andes. He was soon impoverished and in trouble with the authorities of the Argen- tinian police state. This is a story of many months of poverty, some sailing, and of the writing and sale of Jones' fust book, Incredible Voyage, during a winter of extreme privation in New York. Jones'vivid and sympathetic descriptions of the lives of the people he met along the way, especially the poor and persecuted, are as unforgettable as his condemnations of societies which create such terrible poverty and oppression and destroy the environment to satisfy the greed of the rich and powerful.

Jones, Tristan. Outward Leg. New York: Hearst Marine Books, 1985.286~~. The British edition has the title A Star to Steer Her By. London: Bodley Head, 1985.275~~.Editions with the title A Star to Steer Her By: Revised edition London: Triad, 1986.316~~.Large print edition Leicester: Ulverscroft, 1988. [480]pp. New York: Quill, 1988. In 1982 Jones' left leg was amputated almost to the hip because of a life- threatening and terribly painful occlusion. He wrote three books and lectured over the next nine months while recuperating from the operation and its cost. During that time, he decided to found Project Star to help the physically hand- icapped by demonstrating that they could do what they wanted if they tried. He recommenced his small-boat voyaging, this time in the auxiliary trimaran Out- ward Leg, designed by Leo Surtees, whose 26' beam provided the stability needed by a man with an artificial leg. He sailed south from San Diego, Califor- nia, in the autumn of 1983, passed through the Panama Canal, wintered in Con- chita, Colombia, where the largest part of the book was written, and then sailed to New York by way of the Venezuelan coast, the Netherlands Antilles, Puerto Rico, and the Dominican Republic. On 17 July 1983he sailed for England. The fust leg of the voyage and the book end with Ouhvard Leg in St. Katherine's Dock, near the Tower of London. With his handicap, Jones could no longer sail alone. For most of the voyage he had a crew of two. Written in an episodic fashion, the narrative is punctuated with commentary on drug trafficking and corruption in Colombia, daily events in Conchita, pain and its evil effects, etc.

Jones, Tristan. The Improbable Voyage of the "OutwardLeg" Into, Through, and, Out of the Heart of Europe. London: The Bodley Head, 1986. 274pp. The sequel to Outward Leg. Jones took his trimaran from St. Katherine's dock across the North Sea, through the Dutch waterways to the Rhine, and up the Rhine and Maine to Nurnberg the terminus of Ludwig's canal to the Danube and of a new canal said to be under construction. He found that an autobahn covered the old canal, which had been destroyed by bombing in World War 11, and that the new one was far from finished and no longer even under active construction. Believing that the voyage had ended in Bavaria in mid- winter, his crew left. He recruited Thomas Ettenhuber, a young German, to replace them. After fightswith river ice and highway authorities, he was allowed to truck his boat 94 miles to Ingolstadt, on the Danube. From there he descend- 54 Adventurers Afloat

ed the river to theBlack Sea, encounteringnatural and human obstacles of many kinds, having many adventures, and meeting a number of friendly and helpful people as well as a number of stupid and obstructive officials along the way. He found the governments of Czechoslovakia and Roumania to be particularly tyrannical and backward and those of the other Danubian Iron Curtain countries to be more tolerant and enlightened. He was very happy to get to Turkey, where he was made welcome and, for the first time since leaving Austria, was not under police surveillance and control.

204 Julian, Herbert E. Sirly Years of Yachts. With sketches by Sir Frank Branguyn. Lon- don: Hutchinson, n. d. 214pp. In 1886 the author joined the yacht brokerage fum of George Wison in Glasshouse Street, Picadilly Circus. He retired sixty years later. His memoirs form a very readable anecdotal history of British yachting during that period. Wilson was a gregarious man who was at the centre of yachting affairs. The final chapter gives an account of the yachtsman's Dunkirk.

205 Kennedy, John Fitzgerald. Fanta, J. Julius. Sailing with President Kennedy, the White House Yachtsman. New York: Sea Lore Publishing Co., 1968. IOlpp. Contains a small amount of material on Kennedy's sailing experiences as President, mostly in the refurbished Manitou, a 62' yawl designed in 1937 by Olin Stephens for the Mackinac race, and later donated to the Coast Guard. The rest of the book, dealing with the Coast Guard training ship Eagle, the Honey Fitz, formerly Barbara Ann, the 92' power cruiser inherited from the Eisenhower administration and used for state occasions, and the reports of the Gretel and Sovereign challenges for the America's Cup, are out of proportion and, in the form presented, do not belong to the story of the President's sailing career.

206 Kerr, James Lenox. The Eager Years: An Autobiography. London: Collins, 1940. 318pp. The adventurous early pre-writing and pre-yachting Life of a notable yachting writer who has published many books under his own name and under his pseudonym, Peter Dawlish. World War I terminated hi career as butcher's apprentice. He joined the Royal Navy at age 16, went off to sea on naval and mcr- chant ships, learned some middle-class social graces of a tawdry but utilitarian sort, had his intellectual curiosity awakened, abandoned his seafaring career to be full-time a writer, and became upwardly mobile.

207 King, William Donald Elian. Adventure in Depth. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1976.208~~. Commander King, R. N. (Ret.), undertook a therapeuticvoyage around the world in his junk-rigged schooner Galway Blazer which, in spite of extraordinary hardships, cured him of the prolonged nervous disorder he suffered as a result of his experiences during the 1940 submarine season. The story of his three submarine commands during World War I1 is intertwined with the story Biographies 55 l

of the voyage. The book consists in part of daily letters to his wife, Anita Les- Lie. Because of a series of severe accidents, the voyage was completed in four phases between 1968 and 1972. Phase l (sailed as a contender in the single- handed non-stop race around the world sponsored by thesunday Times) ended with a capsize and dismasting 1,000 miles southwest of Cape Town. King made port under jury rig and shipped the boat home for repairs. In 1970 he reached Fremantle with his hands disabled by the cold. The third phase ended in late 1971 four hundred miles off Fremantle, where he was rammed by a large marine animal and nearly sunk. He sailed again from Fremantle in 1972 and completed his voyage by way of Cape Horn.

208 Kirkpatrick, J. B. Little Ship Wanderings. London: E. hold, 1933.254~~. A lifetime of cruising and ocean racing in many boats. The author began his sailing career as a member of a syndicate formed to buy and sail the converted lifeboat Shark. The boat was unsatisfactory. He cruised the channel in 7helma, went to Biscay, the Spanish coast, and the Channel Islands in Ariel, sailed in three Fastnet races, two of them with Bill Luard in Maitenes II, sailed the west-to-east transatlantic race in Maitenes, etc. One chapter, appropriately entitled "The Riddle without an Answer," is devoted to exploring the motives of cruising yachtsmen. Thoughtful and entertaining.

209 Kirsten, George G. Learning to Sail the Hard Way. New York: McKay, 1979. 182pp. A topical book of reminiscences of 50 years of sailing, mostly on the east coast of the United States and in the Caribbean, in six boats. The story is filled with humorous and instructive disasters presented in an entertaining way. The topics: Beginning to sail; racing; cruising; dinghies; new boats and commission- ing; women aboard; inland voyaging; offshore passages; going aground; fog; gear failures; chartering; heavy weather; later years. His first marriage to his racing partner, Jacquette, ended during World War 11; his second, to Elinor, a non-sailor, was brief. In 1957 he married Jane Cianfarra, a sailing person. Rose (1923-1925):John Alden-designed 0 class sloop-rigged centerboard dinghy. One of Alden's few failures, being fat, slow, and sinkable. LOA 13'. Rose N (1926-1928):Triangle class sloop. LOA 25'; LWL 18'. Tarheel (1935-1938):Gaff-rigged auxiliary sloop. LOA 30'; LWL 25'. Rose (1936-1940):Alden-designed Bermudan auxiliary cutter. LOA 36'; LW28'. Skylark (1949-1967):Bermudan auxiliary yawl. LOA 39'; LWL 29'. Shag (1967- ): Fiberglass Bermudan auxiliary yawl. LOA 40'; LWL 29'.

210 Knight, E. F. Reminiscences. Re Wanderings of a Yachtsman and War Cor- respondent. London: Hutchinson, 1923. 320pp. The life of the author of three important and interesting cruising narratives, 7he Cruise of the "Falcon"(1884), The "Falcon"on the BaItic(1886), and 7he Cruise of the "Alerle"(l890),and of two influential books on technique, Sailing (1889), and SmaNBoat Sailing (1901). Knight was born into an old Shropshire and Worcestershire family on 23 April 1852. His father, a retired army officer, was an impoverished younger son who had fifteen brothers and sisters, and who, therefore, took his family to France to live economically. Knight, a born wanderer, toured France and Algeria on foot and "in the rough" at an early age. 56 Adventurers Afloat

He went to Cambridge, where he met John MacGregor and began canoeing and boating. He was called to the bar, lived a Bohemian life in London in the '60s and '70s, cruised during the 'SOS, and then, by accident, became a war correspondent and spent the remainder of his active life travelling to the scenes of warfare and reporting what he saw and heard to the Times. Between assignments he sailed.

210a Lambert, Gerard B. All Out of Step: A Personal Chronicle. New York: Doubleday, 1956. 316pp. The memoirs of a famous yachtsman and younger son of the inventor of Listerine. Born in 1885, he was orphaned at three. He grew up on the Lambert estate in Richmond, Va., graduated from Princeton, married, had children, and studied architecture and law. Before World War I he lost his capital and went heavily into debt in an unsuccessful venture in Arkansas timber land. After wartime se~cein the army, he became president of Lambert Pharmeceuticals, reorganized the company to improve its efficiency, embarked on a successful advertising campaign which multiplied profits, in which he shared, founded a successful advertising company, paid his debts, sold his Lambert stock, and retired from making money at age 42. During the remainder of the interwar years, he played a central role in yacht racing. In 1927 he bought Cornelius Vanderbilt's 185', three-masted schooner, Atlantic, and raced her in the 1928 transatlantic race sponsored by Alphonso XI11 of Spain. The following year he bought the J Boat Vanitie, and the 50' power tender Utilitie. He lived on board Atlantic during the racing season and learned how to race by watching Charles Francis Adams and other experts handle Vanitie. During the 1930s he was at the center of yacht racing activity, taking Yankee to England for the 1935 racing season (see his "YankeeninEngland, no. 1648), and playing an important role in the severalAmerica's Cup campaigns of the period. While his fust marriage was breaking up, he took charge of the Gillette Company and restored its profitability. He remarried, served in administrative posts during World War 11, and became involved in political affairs rather than yachting in the postwar years.

211 Larken, Peggy. Five Sisters. New ed. London: Muller, 1977. 224pp. Originally published London: Hale, 1970.280pp. The author and her husband, Tom Larkin, a career officer in the Royal Navy, bought a Thames barge, the Five Sisters, in early 1947 and converted her into a permanent floating home in which she raised her two children and cruised when her husband was at home. When he was stationed at the British embassy in Paris, Five Sisters was moored on the Quai d'Orsay. Upon Larkin's retirement in 1961, the couple bought an abandoned gas works in the west of England with moorings and acreage and continued to live on board and cruise while they turned the derelict property into a place of beauty. Very well written. Five Sisters: Built 1891 by Wills and Packham. LOA 120'; Beam 20'; Hold 8' deep.

212 Leslie, Robert Charles. A Waterbiography. London: Chapman and Hall, 1894. 276pp. Charming reminiscences of a painter of marine subjects who was involved with cruising boats all his life. He cruised with his wife (who disliked boats), Biographies 57

daughter, and two sons, built four boats, bought one, and had one designed and built for him. When the family moved from a chartered floating studio on the Thames to Sidmouth, Leslie built the 15'-6"open yawlFoam, which he launched and landed through the surf. He subsequently built an 11' tender and then Rip Van Winkle, a 36-ton (LOA 45') jib-headed yawl, which he launched through the surf, and in which the family made a three-month cruise on the East Coast. He was forced to sell her when the birth of a son made cruising impossible for a time. He built and sailed the 18' Water Spmiel while living in Southampton, then bought Lilly, a 19' Itchen Ferry boat, and finally had Foam II (LOA 20') designed and built by Arthur Payne. He had sailed her for seven years when he wrote his memoirs.

Lewis, John. A Taste for Sailing. London: Coles, 1969. 239pp. An exceptionally well-written book telling of a lifetime of cruising in many boats in English and Dutch waters. Lewis married Griselda and bought his first boat, a centreboarder, just before World War 11. Neither that boat nor its replacement, a fishing smack with avery ripe hull, survivedthe war. In the postwar years, he owned and sailed a number of boats, including Pequot, Grace Darling, and Cormorant. Since 1%1 he has cruised in Patient Griseldq a Dutch-type yacht built to professionally drawn plans.

Loomis, Alfred Fullerton. The "Hotspur" Story: Twenty-Five Years of Cruising and Racing in One Small Green Cutter. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1954; London; Luttenvorth, 1956. 227pp. The story of building Hotspur and cruising and ocean racing in her, mostly on the east coast of the United States, told in this collection of articles which were published between 1929 and 1954. Jocular.

Loper, Bert. Baker, Pearl Biddlecome. Trail on the Water. Boulder, Colo.: Pr-ettPublishing Co., 1969. 134pp. Bert Loper (1869-1949) was a highly-skilled Colorado River boatman. The author's son chose him as his hero. Loper made many trips down the river between 1907 and 1949, when he was lost in a rapid and may have had a heart attack. This is a record of the long and difficult life of a man plagued by poverty, ill health, and bad luck, who was sustained by his love of one river.

Lunt, Dudley Cammett. The Woodsand the Sea: Wildernessand SeacoastAdventures in the State of Maine. Drawings by Henry B. Kane. New York: Knopf, 1965. 305pp. Rambling reminiscences of six decades of enjoying the wilds of Maine. In the 1920s, accompanied by a French Canadian guide, Baptiste Roncourt, he crossed Moose Lake, canoed the West Branch of the St. John River, andvisited an Indian village. In later years he canoed most of the Maine rivers, conscious- ly following in Thoreau's footsteps sometimes, and once followed Amold's route to Quebec. 58 Adventurers Afloat

217 McClean, Tom. Rough Passage, by Tom McClean, with Alec Beilby. London: HutchinsordStanley Paul, 1983. 172pp. In this autobiography, McClean tells of his life of extraordinary and voluntary adventure and suffering. He rowed across the Atlantic alone (for that story see his book, I Had To Dare, 110.555) and then recrossed it in a 9'-9" sailboat. He has founded an Adventure Centre near Malaig.

218 MacGregor, John. Hodder, Edwin. John MacGregor ("RobRoy"). London: Hodder Brothers, 1894. xiv, 458pp. This biography concentrates on MacGregor's religious life and charitable and educational works. The illustrated log of his voyage in the Beagle is discussed on pp. 268-273. The story of the Rob Roy voyages and the founding of the Canoe Club are on pp. 277-371. Because he was rescued when an infant from a burning army transport in which many others perished, MacGregor believed that God had a special mission for him. He worked hard all his life, even when canoeing and boating, to find and carry out that mission. His inherited wealth allowed him to follow his inclinations. All of the income from his extremely successful books went to charities. He was a charismatic writer and lecturer whose words and example inspired thousands of people to seek pleasure and renewal on the water.

219 Marsland, Anita. I Married a Boat. New York: Abelard Press, 1953. 256pp. The story of cruising and raising a family in San Francisco, 1933-1944, in Los Angeles, 1944-1951, and in New York thereafter. Over the 20-year period the family owned and sailed five boats.

220 Meiss-Teuffen, Hans von. WanderIust:AnAdventurer who has Sailed Small Boats all overjhe Globe Tells of Hk Experiences. By Hans de Meiss-Teuffen, with Victor Rosen. New York: McGraw-Hill, 1953. 238pp. Published with the title Winds of Adventure, London: Museum Press, 1953. 286pp. The picaresque story of the prewar wanderings and wartime adventures of a young man who quit banking after five years of boredom in the London office of his family's Swiss bank. He got a job driving a wealthy Englishman to Monte Carlo and then went on to Brindise, where he bought the 18' fishing boat Santa, Barbara. He sailed her to the Aegean and sold her to buy a half-interest in the 34' cruising yacht Austria. After Austria was sold in Lebanon, he bought the 24' sloop L'Enchantress, sold her in Port Sudan, and went to India in an Arab boat. There he bought the five-ton Danish-built auxiliary ketch Ibis. She was sold after an unsuccessful pearling expedition to the Seychelles. He did odd jobs in Northern Rhodesia until the beginning of World War 11, when he returned to Switzerland to join the army. He was discharged after an attack of malaria and, after becoming a British agent, was recruited and trained by German Intel- ligence. The Germans sent him on a mission down the west African coast in the yacht Rutli (ex-Meny Widow). His career as a double agent ended when the yacht was wrecked near Freetown and his German employers believed him to Biographies 59

be dead. After two years in occupied France as a British agent, Meiss-Teuffen returned to the United Kingdom, worked for a time as a truck driver, and then took up fabric design and became affluent. By relating his adventures to sol- diers recovering in military hospitals, he discovered that he had talent as a lecturer. He bought the 34' Bermudan yawl Speranza just after V.J. Day, fitted her out and provisioned her with great difficulty because of postwar shortages, and emigrated in her to the United States, making his Atlantic crossing from Casablanca to New London, Connecticut. At the time of writing, he had been on lecture tours for six years and wished to cruise again.

221 Mitchell, Carleton. The Wind's Call: Cruises NearandFar. New York: Scribner, 1971. 280pp. Published with the title The Wind Knows no Boundaries: Cruises, Near and Far, Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1972. 28%~. Sixteen cruises on 13 boats on the east coast of the United States and in the Caribbean, the English Channel, the Baltic, the Mediterranean, the Aegean, and the north and south Pacific. Extremely well written.

222 Morison, Samuel Eliot. Spring Tides. Drawings by Samuel Hanks Bryant. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1965. ix, 80pp. Evocative sketches of his experiences with sailing and the sea by a great naval historian, yachtsman, and writer. The title piece describes the joys of spring tides in Maine; another tells of the lures of yacht cabins; the third tells of an eventful cruise with his wife, Priscilla, in the 36' yawl Emily Marshall, which began with his casting off and failing to get on board, leaving his wife to work the boat alone; the penultimate sketch discusses the ancient Mediterranean peoples; and the final one tells of a voyage in the Aegean inDr. Alexander For- bes 100' schooner Ramah in 1934 with an amateur crew.

223 Muir, John Reid. MessingAbout in Boats, by Surgeon Rear Admiral John R. Muir. London and Glasgow: Blackie, 1938. 328pp. The story of the yachting side of Muir's life, told in a charming manner. He bought his first boat, Orion, in 1892, when he was a medical student. Subse- quently he cruised in many boats, including three former Bristol Channel pilot boats, Dorothy, Mauci, andljreda, as well as in Mynah, Chula, and Patience. He raced in Bloodhound.

224 Munroe, Ralph Middleton, and Vincent Gilpin. Z%e Commodore's Story. New York: Ives Washburn, 1930. 384pp Reissued Coral Gables, Fla.: Greater Miami Bicentennial Project, Historical Association of Southern Florida, 1966, 1974. xv, 384pp., [34] leaves of plates. The Commodore's memoirs, through 1892, edited by Gilpin and carried on by him through the 19U)s, based on notes made during numerous long talks with Monroe at his home in Coconut Grove, Florida. Munroe was born in New York 60 Adventurers Afloat

in 1851and grew up on Staten Island. He became fascinated with ships and the sea at an early age after reading Marryat's Masterman Ready. He engaged in various enterprises including designing successful shallow-draught yachts for his friends, spent a cold and adventurous winter on Fire Island in 1872, and, in 1877, went to Biscayne Bay as a companion to John Dererest, who had been ordered to go south for his health. In 1879 he married Eva Amelia Hewitt, whom he took to Miami in 1881 in a vain attempt to find a cure there for her tuberculosis. After her death, he returned to Staten Island, continued to design yachts, and in 1885 bought land in Coconut Grove and moved to south-eastern Florida permanently. That year he designed Presto, a highly-successful round- bilged sharpie yacht and the prototype of 25 successful boats, including Micco, Wabun, Carib, and Henry Howard's famous Alice. Two years later he became co-founder and first Commodore of the Biscayne Bay Yacht Club (a post he held until he resigned in 1909 because of poor health). With the coming of the railroad in the early '90s, the Miami area began to develop and change rapidly. Munroe married Jessie Wirth in 1895, became interested in flying proas, survived the hurricanes of 1906 and 1925, and played a central role in the affairs of Dade County. Historically a very important memoir.

224a Nickalls, Guy. Life's a Pudding:AnAutobiography, with an additional chapter by G. 0. Nickalls. London: Faber and Faber, 1939. 331pp. This book is based on chapters of an unfinished book found among the author's papers after his death. Nickalls, a famous oarsman, devoted a chapter to each of his major activities. His son, G. 0. (Gully) Nickalls, provided a brief chronological framework, divided the original chapter on rowing into three parts, inserted them in rough chronological order among the other chapters, and, in an added chapter, gave an account of his father's later life. The elder Nickalls describes his childhood, rowing at Eton and Oxford, and afterward, hunting, coaching at Yale, angling, and wartime service. He was killed in an automobile accident in July, 1935.

224b Nickalls, G. 0. (Gully). A Rainbow in the Sky. London: Chatto & Windus, 1974. 192pp. At age siiin 1905, the younger Nickalls saw his father row at Henley and decided that he, too, would become an oarsman. He did. In this autobiography he describes his Edwardian childhood, his somewhat unhappy years at Eton, his career as a very young army officer in Salonika in World War I, and his slow recovery from the malignant malaria which struck him down there and which, by putting him out of action the rest of the war, may have saved his life. After a year of decyphering for the Foreign Office, he was admitted to Magdalen Col- lege, Oxford, on faith and by favour. He studied a little there and rowed a great deal. He describes his adult life in rowing and advertising, tells of yachting experiences, of the lives and experiences of some of his more interesting friends, and of his term as Chairman of the Amateur Rowing Association in 1952 and of his happy involvement with the Russian rowing team during that time. A good account of social as well as of rowing history.

225 O'Brien, Conor. From Three Yachts:A Cruiser's Outlook. London: E. Arnold, 1928. xii, 273pp. Biographies 61

Reissued in an abridged edition London: Hart-Davis; New York: British Book Centre; Toronto: Clark, Irwin, 1950. 240pp. (Mariners Library, no. 13). The yachts Kelpie (on a July, 1914, gun-running expedition to Ireland in company with Erskine Childers inAsgard; theguns were used in the 1916 Easter rising); Saoirse (on his round-the-world cruise); and lhlen (his cruise to the FalkIands). The original edition was cut by about a thud for the Mariners Library edition.

Parkinson, John, Jr. Yamsfor Davey Jones. Illustrated by the author and some better artists. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1966. 146pp. Discursive memoirs of a man who grew up in a New England yachting family with a seafaring tradition, went to Groton and Harvard, and did not have to devote all of his time and energy after graduation to earning a living. He describes his service in the Naval Reserve in World War I and, at greater length, his service in the Coast Guard Reserve in World War 11. During prohibition he did some genteel rum running to supply family and friends. He met Rosa Lewis of the ~avendishHotel and (he hoibenext door to the Royal Yacht Squadron in 1927 and became her good friend. visiting her whenever he was in Endand. He observed the Bikini atomic tests bn board the Woods Hole oceanographic Institution schooner Atlantic while acting as liaison person between the scien- tificstaff and the Navy. His postwar racing and cruising yacht, Wnnie ofBoume, was built for him in 1951. A Concordia class yawl (MA39'-Ion), she was named for his wife. The meaning of the title is somewhat obscure, but has to do with delaying his arrival in Fiddler's Green.

226a Pinchot, Gifford B. "LOW& "Loon:"ALifetimeAffair with the Sea. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1985. 207pp. (A Triton Book). The very readable story of a lifetime of family cruising and racing. In 1929, when he was 13 years old, Pinchot sailed to the South Seas with his parents on the schooner-yacht May Pinchot. Since that cruise, sailing has been an important part of his life. While he was a student at Yale, he met and married Sally Richardson, a dedicated and skillful sailor. Their first purchase was a yawl which they named Nankipoo. After a honeymoon on board, they cruised the Atlantic coast during the late 1930s while Pinchot was going through medical school. During this time they also began serious ocean racing. At Sally's suggestion, they removed Nankipoo's engine, They lied pure sailing so much that they did without auxiliary power for the next 24 years. After World War 11, Olin Stephens designed 38' yawl Loki for them. In her they cruised the New England Coast, raced to Bermuda, sailed across the Atlantic to Norway, and raced in the Fastnet. In 1960, after selling Loki, they had Stephens design the auxiliary yawl Loon for them in preparation for a Southseas cruise as well as for ocean racing. In 1965 they sailed for Tahiti, followingMary Pinchot's route through the Carib bean and the Panama Canal to the Galapagos Islands, Manga Reva, and Tahiti. From there they cruised to Moorea, Bora Bora, and Rangiroa, before shipping Loon home. Their children and various friends crewed on different legs of the voyage. The Pinchots have continued to enjoy coastal cruising and ocean racing in Loon ever since. Nankipoo: LOA U)'; LWL 22'-4"; Beam 8'-2"; Draft 4'-4". 62 Adventurers Afloat

Loon: Aluminum hull. Diesel auxiliary. LOA 45.6'; LWL 30.3'; Beam 11'; draft 6.9'.

227 Puleston, Dennis. Blue Water Vagabond Sir Years'Adventures at Sea. New York: Doubleday, Doran; London: Peter Davies, 1939. vii, 352pp. Crewing on four sailing yachts from England across the Atlantic to the Caribbean by the southern route, cruising there, and fmally passing through the Panama Canal and sailing the South Seas in the Fahnestocks' Director. After Director was sold in the Philippines, Puleston returned to England overland through China and Russia. For the Fahnestocks' account of their voyage, see nos. 716 and 717.

228 Ransome, Arthur. ReAutobiography ofArthurRansome,edited and with aprologue and epilogue by Rupert Hart-Davis. London: J. Cape, 1976. 368pp. Arthur Ransome (1884-1%7), so far the greatest writer of nautical stories for and about children, was the son of a professor of history at Leeds Univer- sity, spent many of his childhood vacations in the Lake District, which was to become the most important locale for his childrens' stories, became intimate there with the Collingwood family (his contemporary, R. G. Colligwood, was one of his best friends, and he proposed marriage unsuccessfully to Barbara Collingwood), and then, as a young writer, lived a bohemian life in Edwardian London. There he married Ivy Walker, had a daughter named Tabitha, and then had a year of disaster during which his marriage broke up and he was sued by Lord Alfred Douglas in connection with his biography of Oscar Wilde. F. E. Smith won Ransome's case (and that of the Book Club, which had hiredsmith), but only after thirteen months of wretchedness for the author. Ransome went to Russia to start a new life and collect fairy tales for a new book. He was there when World War I broke out, became a war correspondent, reported on the Revolution, became a friend of Lenin, Trotski, and other revolutionary leaders, left Russia in 1919 with Trotski's secretary, Evgenia Shelapina, married her, cruised in the Baltic in Racundra, and continued working as a journalist until 1929, when continuing ill-health made a change of occupation necessary. Over the next 17 years he wrote a series of 12 superb childrens' books about sailing and believable adventures which brought him a large following. The editor points out that Ransome had two very different characters. He was a dedicated man of letters and, at the same time, a perpetual schoolboy. This was an ideal combination of qualities for a writer of children's books. He also describes Ransome's most unusual method of writing. He prepared detailed synopses of his books (including his unfinished autobiography), with chapter titles and details of what would happen in each chapter. He then wrote the chapters in whatever order appealed to him.

229 Ransome, Arthur. Brogan, Hugh. Re Life of Arthur Ransome. London: J. Cape, 1984. 456pp. A scholarly, balanced, well-proportioned, and readable biography, written from materials in the five principal collections of Ransome's papers, as well as from interviews and published works. Although the author deals with Biographies 63

Ransome's writings at length, this is not a litcrary biography. It deals with Ransome's involvement in the Russian Revolution, his problemswith the British Foreign Office during the Revolution, and his potential difficulties as husband of Trotsky's secretary after Stalin became dictator. His relationship with the Collingwood family at Coniston is discussed at length. It was crucial to his later career in many ways. For one, Dora Colingwood and her husband, Ransome's friend, Ernest Altounyan, became the parents of the children who were the prototypes of the Swallows. Brogan rounds out the story told in Ransome's Autobiography and completes it with an account of the writer's last years. 230 Ransome, Arthur. Shelley, Hugh. Arthur Ransome. London: Bodley Head, 1960. (Bodley Head Monograph). A study of Ransome'swritingcareer and literarysignificance. Shelley notes that Ransome is the first children's writer to focus on holidays. His novels, which chronicle holidays occurring over a period of five or six years, should be read in order because they have a continuity. Their graceful style grew out of a quarter century of previous writing experience. Ransome's special gift was his ability to make scenes and characters become real for his readers. His books were not immediate best sellers, but soon caught on and brought him the Car- negie Medal. Working class children, as well as those of the middle and upper classes, enjoyed them. Two of his admirers were Queen Elizabeth I1 and Prin- cess Margaret. An enlightening and helpful study.

See also Christina Hardyment'sAHhurRansome and Captain Flint's Trunk, no. 5492.

23 1 Raynes, Rozelle. Sea Bird. London: Springwood Books, 1979. 188pp. The author began her nautical career as a child in South Kensington rowing on the Serpentine. During World War I1 she joined the W. R. N. S. and spent two and a half years crewing on liberty boats at Portsmouth and Southampton. After the war she had a bad experience as a paid member of a yacht crew following which her parents bought her Imp, a lifeboat converted into a power cruiser, in which she had adventures and misadventures and began a series of cruises to the Netherlands. After eight years of cruising there and a shipwreck on the Dutch coast caused by engine failure, she sold Imp and bought the Folkboat MaHha McGildu, in which she raced and cruised to the Baltic, France, and the Netherlands. For a time she was assistant purser on the Channel ferry Free Enterprise, and then she married Dick, a cruising physician, and had Ros- kilde built for family cruising. Thereafter she usedMaHha McGilda to teach un- derpriveleged children how to sail. Roskilde: Clinker-built wooden boat designed to resemble the Shetland sixareens. LOA 31'.

232 Ready, Oliver G. Life and Sport on the No8olk Broads. London: T.Werner Laurie, no date. 249pp. The story of the author's growing up in Waxham-cum-Palling, in the heart of Broadland, where his father was the Rector, written during a long spell of service in China to turnnlongnights of loneliness into fair days by the old Broad." 64 Adventurers Afloat

He tells of sailing, shooting, fshing, bird nesting, ratting, and rabbiting with his brothers, and of the winter sports they enjoyed during his golden days.

233 Richardson, Simon. Richardson, Dorothy. The Quest of Simon Richarhon: A Biog- raphy, together with A Voyage in "Baroqz~e"with H. W. Elman in 1973, by Simon Richardson. Foreword by Anthony Quinton. London: Gollancz, 1986. 172pp. On 8 August 1977 Simon Richardson, aged 24, but already an experienced sailor, explorer, and mountain climber, sailed from Southampton in his cutter En Avant toward the South Shetland Islands, off Antarctica and south of Cape horn, to climb Smith Island's Mount Foster. His crew included five young men and the famous sailor and mountain climber, H. W. Tilman, then aged 77. After a pleasant voyage by way of Las Palmas, En Avant reached Rio de Janeiro on about 25 October. On about 1November she sailed for Smith Island by way of Port Stanley, in the Falklands, where two additional mountain climbers were to join the expedition. She did not reach Port Stanley and has not been heard from since. A number of searches, including an air search of Smith Island, failed to find any trace of En AvanS eventually, all of her crew were presumed legally dead. After Simon's disappearance, his mother, Dorothy, set out to learn more about her son's short but active life by interviewing those who had known him at various times. She tells the story of his life as seen by his many friends as well as by herself. In the course of her investigationsshe found the manuscript diary of Simon'svoyage with Tilman to Greenland, which is here published in full (for Tilman's account see hisZce With Evetyfhing, no. 604.) Richardson was a gifted and fearless young man who, had he lived longer, would have become a distinguished explorer and adventure writer. En Avant: Originally the Dutch steel-hulled tug boat En Avant XV. Her superstructure was wrecked in an accident. Richardson bought her, stripped her down to deck level, and converted her into a gaff-rigged cutter with a large but aged Deutz auxiliary engine. LOA 18 metres (63.75'); Beam 3 metres (15.15'); draft (aft) 2.5 metres (8.2').

234 Roberts, Bob. Breeze for a Bargeman. Lavenham, Suffolk: Terence Dalton, 1981.136~~. Autobiography of the owner of Cumbria, the last working sailing barge on the east coast of England. He was W. E. Sinclair's partner on the voyage of Quartette to the Caribbean, which is described in chapters five to nine (for Sinclair's account see no. 595). He also tells of his cargo-carrying voyages in Cumbria, of her purchase by the Maritime Trust to become a floating museum at Upnor, and of his last years at sea on his 260-ton motor ship Vectis Isle serving small English and European ports.

235 Robinson, Bill. Over the Horizon: The Best in Cruising. Princeton, N. J.: Van Nostrand, 1966. k, 180pp. The author's cruises over a number of years, many in Mar Claro, organized by cruising area: Long Island Sound, the Maine coast, southern New England, Biographies 65

Chesapeake Bay, Florida waters and the Gulf Stream, Lake Ontario and the Bay of Quinte, the lakes of Texas, Puget Sound, the Fijis, and the Caribbean. Mar Ciao: Amphibi-Ette trailerable centerboard sloop. LOA 24'; LWL 20'; Beam T-9"; Draught 2'-4".

Robinson, Bill. A Sailor's Tales. New York: Norton, 1978. 350pp. Autobiographical anecdotes of fifty years of sailing, war service at sea, and racing, by the editor of Yachting. Most end on a humorous or moralistic note. Dedicated to his grandchildren.

Robinson, William Albert. Return to the Sea. Tuckahoe, N. Y.: de Graff; London: Peter Davies, 1973. 282pp. Robison describes his life and voyages before World War 11, his shipyard in Ipswich, Massachusetts, and the ships he built there during the war, including Vanru, in which he sailed to Tahiti after the war to settle on property he already owned. He tells of his second marriage to Ah You, their voyage through the Roaring Forties in Varuu, their four daughters, her death, his work in help ing to eliminate filariasis, and his life in Tahiti to about 1971.

Rolt, L. T. C. Landscape with Machines: An Autobiography. London: Longmans, 1971.230~~. Rolt's life to age 29. He grew up on the Welsh Borders in genteel poverty, spent sixunhappy years in a boardingschool at Cheltenham, serveda veryhappy engineering apprenticeship, and, after an economic struggle, became self-supporting as a partner in a garage. In 1929 he had the first of many happy cruises on inland waterways in his uncle's converted canal boat Cressy. In the spring of 1939, having sold his interest in the garage and his fust short stories, he bought Cressy, fitted her out as a full-time home for himself and his new wife, Angela, and, in August, began what was to be a new lie of cruising and writing. He describes this first cruise in his most famous book, Narrow Boat, no. 11%.

Rolt, L. T. C. Landscape with Canals; being the Second Volume of "Landscape, with Machines: An Autobiography." London: Allen Lane, 1977. 188pp. Rolt's life from August, 1939, when he and Angela left on Cressy for a canal honeymoon, which was abridged by war, to the spring of 1951, when he was ejected from the Inland Waterways Association, which he had helped to found, lost Cressy to dry and wet rot, and separated from his wife. He spent the war years as an engineer and then as a civil servant, with Cressy as a home. Nurrow Boar waswritten during this period and, when published in 1944, became a great success. As soon as the war ended, Rolt quit his job and began again the cruising and writing life which had been interrupted half a decade before. He made a canal voyage in Ireland, many in England, and one into Wales across Telford's Pont Cysyllte aqueduct. 66 Adventurers Afloat

240 Rolt, L. T. C. Mackersey, Ian. Tom Rolt and the "Cressy"Years. London: M. & M. Baldwin, 1985. 106pp. Rolt made important contributions to preserving the artifacts of three areas of transportation. He was the founder of the Vintage Sports Car Club, co- founder of the Inland Waterways Association, and organizer of the restoration of the Talyllyn Railway, the first railroad to be restored and operated by volunteers. This book deals with his days on the narrow boat Cressy, the writing of Narrow Boat, the founding of the Inland Waterways Association, and his expul- sion from it. It supplements the second volume of Rolt's autobiography, Landscape with Canals, and gives another view of the controversies over canal policy.

24 1 Rooke, Henry. South and East. London: R. Ross (Sole distributers: Rolls House Publishing Co.), 1946. 144pp. Reminiscences, including a voyage as paid engineer on the yacht Grateful from Whitby to Cowes and return, duringwhich he learned much about seamanship from the captain and crew. He also tells of his boatbuilding experiences and of a voyage from Flamborough Head to Christiansand and return in his father's gaff-rigged cutter Spica. Spica: Modeled on the Morcambe Bay prawner. LOA 34'; LWL 31'-6; Beam 10'-6".

242 Rowland, John Tilghman. Wind and Salt Spray: The Autobiography of a Sailor. New York: Norton, 1965. 219pp. The story of a long life of sailing with a hazy background of other and less important affairs, such as career and marriage. The author, who grew up in a sailing family, tells of an early cruise with another boy on Long Island Sound during which the pair escaped, two young ladies, and a severe storm. During his school and college days he sailed whenever possible. As a sophomore at Yale he bought the cat yawl Evelyn in Boston and sailed her to Long Island Sound. Later he sailed a small, donated yacht to Grenfell's mission inLabrador, and when Grenfell sold the 30' yawl-rigged power boat Daryl to the Hudson's Bay Company, Rowland was selected to deliver her to the far end of Hudson's Strait (see hisNorthtoBaflin Land for the story of the voyage). In 1912Rowland was nearly killed in Dr. Street's motorboat ffitltleen during the Philadelphia to Bermudapower boat race. For a time he ran a supply boat in Alaska, and then served in destroyers at Queenstown when the United States entered World War I. He records only one near disastrous cruise during the interwar years, but after World War I1 he designed and built Moueffe, a 27' ketch with modified dorylies, and moved fromNew York toMaine, where he cruises the coast from his home on the Damariscotta River.

243 Rushton, John Henry. Manley, Atwood. Rushton and Hk Times in American Canoeing. With the assistance of Paul F. Jamieson. Syracuse, N. Y.: Published for the Adirondack Museum of the Adirondack His- torical Association by Syracuse Univ. Press, 1968. xiii, 203pp. Biographies 67

An account of the golden age of American canoeing and of the career of the most famous of American canoe designers and builders. The age produced such feats as Nathaniel Holmes Bishop's Mississippi voyage in his paper canoe Maria Theresa (no. 1308), WiUiam Glazier's voyage down the Mississippi with a small fleet of canoes including a Rushton Rob Roy type then called the American Travelling Canoe (no. 1344), Charles A. Neide's voyage from the Aduondacks to the Gulf of Mexico in Aurora, a Rushton Princess canoe (no. 1371),and the Adirondacksvoyages of George Washingtonsears (better known as Nessmuk) in extremely light (10 to 20 Ib.) Rushton canoes (see no. 1398). Manley presents a vivid portrait of the era, of contemporary American canoe builders, and of Rushton's superb craftsmanship in his Canton, N. Y., shop, where he built canoes from 1873 until his death in 1906. The canoe market collapsed in the mid-1890s, partly because of an economic depression, and partly because of the advent of the bicycle. The market soon revived, but only for a cheaper, standardized product. The Rushton firm closed in 1917.

244 Saunderson, Edward James. Lucas, Reginald. Colonel Saunderson, M. P.:A Memoir. London: John Murray, 1908. 395pp. Colonel Saunderson (1837-1906) designed, built, and sailed boats and model boats, principally at Castle Saunderson on Lough Erne. This biography, which is primarily concerned with political affairs, has only brief notices of the Colonel's yachting activities.

245 Scott, Sir Peter. me Eye of the Wind London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1961. 679pp. The autobiography of the son of the Antarctic explorer Robert Falcon Scott, who was only 18 months old when his father left on his final expedition. Hewas raised by his mother, a successful sculptor, who had studied with Rodin. Yachting was a part of his life from childhood. He raced, cruised on the Nor- folk Broads and elsewhere, and was co-inventor of the trapeze for racing dinghies. In 1955 he became President of the International Yacht Racing Union. During his term of office a new code of rules was adopted by the 37 member nations, and the International Convention for Safety of Lie at Sea agreed to alter its Rules to agree with those of the I. Y. R. U. After the completion of this book he was helmsman of Sovereign, the unsuccessful British challenger for the America's Cup in 1964. He has had several other distinguished careers. He has become famous as an ornithologist and painter of birds, as a co-founder of the Severn Wildfowl Trust and its bird sanctuary at Slibridge, and as an accomplished glider pilot, television commentator, and writer.

246 Sheldon, Paul B. Lure of the Labrador, by Paul Sheldon and members of his crew. Edited by Charles H. Vilas. New York: Seven Seas Press, 1973. 72~~. Accounts of 25 years of cruising to Newfoundland and the Labrador, by a recipient of the Blue Water Medal. Includes logs of four cruises on board the ketch Seacrest. 68 Adventurers Afloat

247 Slocum, Joshua. The Voyages of Joshua Slocum. Collected and edited by Walter Magnus Teller. New Brunswick, N. J.: Rutgers University Press, 1958. ix, 401pp. Reissued as 2nd ed. Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House, 1986. Contains The Voyage of the "Liberdude (no. 1067);" me Voyage of the ''Destroyerr"from New York to Brazil; SaiIingAlone Around the World (no. 462); and Rescue of some Gilbetf Islanders, with an introduction and biographical material by Teller.

248 Slocum, Joshua. Day, Beth. Joshua Slocum, Sailor: A Biography, written by Beth Day from the story told her by his daughter, Jessie Slocum Joyce. Illustrated by Walter F. Buehr. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1953. 248pp. Written for children in awkwardly unseamanlike language and with a display of an equally awkward ignorance of ships and seafaring life. With editing to remove these problems and an indication of Jessie Slocum Joyce's contributions, the book would be a valuable account. It tells of Slocum's unhappy childhood, his running away to sea at age 12. his successful career as a sea captain, his marriage to Virginia Walker inlSydnLy,and of their family life on boaid shin with their four children. which ended with Virginia's death in Buenos Aires in i885. The account of sl'ocum1s later years is less satisfactory. The author does not mention that, although Slocum gained fame from his single-handed voyage around the world in Spray (1895-1898) and the exquisite book he wrote about it, after 1885 his life was less happy. The age of sail was ending. His last sailing ship,Aquidneck, was lost on the Brazillian coast. His delivery of the warship Destroyer to Brazil proved to be difficult and unprofitable. His children were grown and scattered, and his second marriage was not successful. He and Spray disappeared at sea in 1909.

249 Slocum, Joshua. Slocum, Victor. Captain Joshua Slocum: The Life and Voyages of America'sBest Known Sailor. New York: Sheridan House, 1950. 384pp. By Joshua Slocum's son. Does not cover his father's private life, as Teller does (see below). This is a well-told narrative of action rather than a character study, written by an interested witness of much of the story. Should be read with Teller's biography.

250 Slocum, Joshua. Slocum, Victor. He Sailed Alone Around the World The Epic of Captain Joshua Slocum, 1895-1945. Detroit: Privately Printed, 1945. Unpaged. Aseries of reprints from Yachtingofarticles by Victor Slocum together with an account of the launching of the Victory Ship Joshua Slocum in 1944. For circulation to friends. Arthur Ransome's copy, at California State University, Ful- lerton, has corrections made by Victor Slocum. Biographies 69

251 Slocum, Joshua. Teller, Walter Magnus. Joshua Slocum. Extensively revised and augmented edition. New Brunswick, N. J.: Rutgers University Press, 1971. xviii, 253pp. The precurser of this volume, originally a thesis at Columbia University, was published with the title me Search for Captain Slocum: A Biography, New York: Scribner, 1956; London: Deutsch, 1959. 258pp. In addition, a reprint fromAmerican Nep- tune, XVIII, no. 3, 1958, pp. 189-200 was published in 1958 as a supplement to this edition with the title Postscripts to the Search for Captain Slocum. An excellent biography, carefully aged and matured. Teller makes it clear that Slocum's life was a tragic one, profoundly affected by the transition from sail to steam at sea and by personal tragedies and unhappiness ashore.

252. Smith, Thomas Assheton. Eardley-Wilmot, Sir John. Reminiscences of the Late lhomas Assheton Smith, Esq.; or, The Pursuits of an English Country Gentleman. London: John Murray, 1860. 301pp. Assheton Smith was a very wealthy and enthusiastic yachtsman who raced sailing boats until 1829, when the violent and unsportsmanlike conduct of Lord Belfast caused him to give up the sport. Between 1830 and 1851Robert Napier built a series of nine pioneering steam yachts for Smith to the owner's specifications. Smith was, however, forced to resign from the Royal Yacht Squadron when Lord Belfast succeeded in banning owners of steam yachts. The ban ended in 1843when Queen Victoria, who did not like sailing, built her fust steam yacht. This biography contains only one brief chapter on yachting. It is devoted to Smith's claim to have invented the "wave line" method of ship design, which he used in developing the lines of his first steam yacht, Menai. The author concludes that Smith invented the method in a practical way from observation and experimentation, while the other claimant, Scott Russell, invented it on a theoretical basis. The mid-nineteenth-century gunboat was a product of Smith's experimentation.

253 Soward, Sir A. W. "In the Waters of Seven Countries (Discursive Recollections)," by 'The Captain." Typescript. Written for private circulation. 1944.139~~. A well-written miscellany of interesting events from cruises made over many years in nine yachts, Ruby, Sunshine, Sunbeam, Gull, Spitfire, Bettykin, Judy, Biddy, and Colleen Dhu, in northern European waters.

254 Speed, Harry Fiennes. Cruises in Small Yachts, and a continuation entitled More Cruises, by Maud Speed. 2nd ed. London: Imray, 1926.355~~. The first edition with the title Cruises in Small Yachts and Big. Canoes; or, Notes from the Log of the " Watersnake",in Holland and on the South Coast, the Logs of the "WaterRat" and "Kper,"on the, 70 Adventurers Afloat

Thames and South Coast, with Remarks on Anchorages for Small Craf. London: Norrie & Wilson, 1883. viii, 288pp. Watersnake sailed to Holland in 1878. Water Rat was launched in April, 1879, and Viper on 17 August 1881. Watersnake:Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 34-6"; Beam 8'; Draft 5'; 7 tons. Water Rat: Sailing canoe. LOA 16'; Beam 4' = 1112'. Viper: Sailing canoe, along lines of Water Rat. LOA U)'; Beam S-5".

255 Speed, Maud. A Yachtswoman's Cruises and Some Steamer Voyages. London: Longmans, Green, 1911. xii, 266pp. In part I, pp. 1-155, Mrs. Speed describes cruises with her husband under sail and then in a steam yacht. Their voyaging began in the sailing canoe Viper in the waters around the Isle of Wight, continued in the cutter Lema across the channel, and then in Beaver, a six-ton boat, to France and the Zuyder Zee. The couple bought the steam launch Sandhopper, found that they preferred power boating, sold Beaver, and had Pipefish built. In her they cruised in British waters. Lerna: LOA 28'-6"; Beam 6'-9"; Draft 4'-6". Pipefish: Steam yacht with compound engine. LOA 41'; Beam 8'-6"; 11 tons.

256 Tilman, H. W. Anderson, J. R. L. High Mountains and Cold Seas: A Biography. of H. W. Elman. Seattle: Mountaineers, 1980.366~~. Tilman (1898-1977) began mountain climbing on Kilmanjaro after World War I. Hebegan serious climbingin the Himalayas. In 1936 he ascended Nanda Devi, which was the highest mountain that had been climbed at that time. In 1938 he led the British Everest expedition. After World War I1 and his retirement from the Army, he continued to climb until 1953, when he considered hiim- self to be too old for very high altitude work. He bought the converted Bristol Channel pilot cutter Mischief from Ernle Bradford and sailed in her with fellow climbers to cold and remote places where there were climable mountains. Mis- chiefwas crushed in the ice at Jan Mayen Island in 1968 and replaced by another ex-pilot cutter,Sea Breeze, in whichTilman explored the eastern coast of Green- land. Sea Breeze was lost there in 1972 and replaced by still another ex-pilot cutter, Baroque, which made two more Greenland voyages before Tilman sailed her home to England in 1977 and joined Simon Richardson's expedition to Smith Island in the South Shetlands. The expedition's ship, En Avant, left Rio de Janeiro on 1November 1977 and has not been heard from since. Tilman described his pilot boat voyages in eight well-known books: "Mischief' in, Patagonia (1957, no. 754); "Mischief"Among the Penguins (1961, no. 788); "Mis- chief"in Greenland (1964, no. 602); Mostly "Mischief"(1966, no. 789); "Mischief Goes South (1968, no. 790): In "Mischiefs" Wake (1971, no. 603); Ice Wilh Eveything (1974, no. 604);and Triumph and Tribulation (1977, no. 605). Simon Richardson's account of Baroque's 1973voyageis included in his mother's biography of him, no. 233. Biographies 71

257 Turner, Ted. Williams, Christian. Lead, Follow, or Get Out of the Way: The. Story of Ted Turner, Sportsman, Entrepreneur, and Media Mag- nate. New York: Times Books, distributed by Harper, 1981. 280pp. An episodic biography of a flamboyant, egotistical, and extremely able and successful entrepreneur and racing yachtsman, by an admirer. Turner's father, who had founded an outdoor advertising business in Atlanta, Georgia, committed suicide when his son was24. Although the business had been sold before hi father's death, Turner was able to get it back. He went on to build a huge and profitable media empire. At the same time, he became an extraordinally successful sailing skipper. He had taken up sailing as a boy after failing at other sports. During his remarkable racing career, from 1956 to 1981, he successfully defended theAmerica's Cup in Courageous, won the deadly 1979 Fastnet race in Tenacious (with the author as a crew member), and collected a room full of other racing trophies. Much of the book is devoted to business affairs and to Turner's two professional ball clubs, the Atlanta Braves and the Hawks.

258 Underhill, Sir Arthur. Change and Decay: The Recollections of an Octogenen'anBencher. London: Butterworth, 1938.228~~. Includes recollections of lifelongcruising in a series of sailingyachts, beginning in 1870, when the author was 20, and of the founding and growth of the Royal Cruising Club. The author also discusses his Victorian childhood and schooling, his student life, the end of the Nineteenth Century, eminent men in the legal profession, and the major changes of the past 85 years.

259 Who's Who in Yachting. Edited by Erroll Bruce. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co.; London: Harrap, 1969. 316pp. An alphabetical listing of living yachtsmen, almost all British, withverybrief biographical data on each, which includesboats owned, racingrecord, and publications.

260 Wibberley, Leonard. Toward a Distant Island: A Sailor's Odyssey. New York: Ives Washburn, 1966.215~~. A description of many years of cruising, told in a discursive way, beginning in the Caribbean before World War 11, and then, after the war, mostly in Southern California waters.

261 Wightman, Frank Armstrong. Green, Lawrence George. A Giant in Hiding: The Life Story of: Frank Armstrong Wightman--Cable Operator, Sailor, Naturalist,. Author, Archaeologist, and Hermit. Cape Town: H. Timmons, 1970.220pp. Wightman (18%-1970), a South African, who had, among other things, gone to sea, worked as a telegraph operator, and run a business in Cape Town, 72 Adventurers Afloat

built Wyo in 1938 and lived on board in Saldanha Bay until 1943, when he joined the South African Navy. In 1947 he sailed Wylo to the West Indies (see no. 619), sold her, returned home to earn money, repurchased her (see nos. 1075,1076), and cruised in Caribbean and American waters. In 1950 she was shipped back to South Africa. He moored her in Kraal Bay, where he lived on board until March, 1965, when failing health forced him to sell her and move ashore. He was a convivial and attractive hermit and a complex person who enjoyed the company of a few close friends but felt compelled to live a simple life, mostly alone, and close to nature.

262 Williams, C. F. Abdy. Amateur Sailing: Reminiscences. London: J. D. Potter, 1914. 112pp. In 1890 Williams and his wife bought the centreboard cutter Wave, sailed her for two years, and then replaced her with the twelve-ton cutter Pearl. Sub- sequently they had several boats built to order. Over many years they cruised the English Channel, the Thames Estuary, the Scillies, and the French and Ger- man coasts.

263 Willis, William. The Hundred Lives of an Ancient Mariner: An Autobiography. London: Hutchinson, 1967.190pp. Willis, who had been a seaman, farmer, hobo, and many other things, made three raft voyages between the ages of 60 and 74: In Seven Little Sisters, Callao to Pago Pago in 1954; in the iron raft Age Unlimited, to Australia via Apia, in 1963; and an unsuccessful North Atlantic voyage in Little One, from which he was rescued, in 1966.

264 Winter, L. B. Nor They Understand. With a foreword by C. T. Jellicoe. Bris- bane: Jacaranda Press, 1966. xv, 179pp. After years of cruising among the Scottish isles in Bynhildr, a 30-foot cutter, Dr. Winter and his family moved to Sydney, leaving the yacht at Malaig to be sold. She did not sell. Dr. Winter worked his way back to Scotland as a ship's doctor, sailed Bynhildr to Glasgow, whence she was shipped to Sydney, and then worked his way back to Australia. The title is a quotation from Claud Worth's Yacht Cruising, 3rd ed., p. 1. For Winter's earlier cruises in Magpie and Bynhildr see his We Who Adventure, no. 886.

265 Wood, Herbert B. Spare Eme Sailing. Being a Record of Forty Years' Sailing and, Cruising Experience off the North-East Coast and on the Humber, Estuary and North Sea London: A. Brown, 1937. 75pp. A very readable and interesting account of sailing and racing in Linet, a daysailer of his own design, and then in Songbird. Linet: LOA 18'; Beam 6'; Draft 1'-8". Songbird: Centreboard yawl, launched in 1935. LOA 26'4"; Beam 8'; Draft (plate up) 3'-3"; (plate down) 6'-6". Biographies 73

266 Woodcock, Percy. Looking Astern. A Ditty Bag of Memories. London: Frederick Muller, 1950. 184pp. Recollections of a yachtsman and writer of nautical books and articles. At the age of fifteen, in 1899, he had a severe illness and was sent to live in Fal- mouth to regain his health through fresh air and an outdoor life. He soon became fascinated with all things nautical. In 1906, when he sold his first article to Yachting Monthly, he decided to become a professional writer. He married Ellie and, in 1916, they had a son, Sam. During the interwar years he and his family lived in Fowey, Yarmouth, Poole, and Parkstone. Sam became a naval officer and was lost on H. M. S. Barham in World War 11. Ellie died a week later. Woodcock's boats were: Fay, an X Class: LOA 21'; Beam 6'; Draft 7-9". Zoe, a Quay Punt type: LOA 32'; Beam 9'; Draft S-9". Little Pal, a Quay Punt type: LOA 21'-6"; Beam 7-2"; Draft 4'-6".

267 Woodgate, Walter Bradford. Reminiscences of an Old Sportsman: A Gossip of Memories and Moo&. London: Eveleigh Nash, 1909. viii, 499pp. The author, who also wrote books on the art and science of competitive rowing (nos. 4270, 4271, and 4271a), describes his rowing career at school at Radley, at Brasenose College, Oxford, and during his professional lie. The chapter on aquatics, pp. 365-387,is a brief, informal history of rowing races from ca. 1825-ca. 1902. He also gives a short account of the life of his younger brother, General Sir Edward R. P. Woodgate, who was also an oarsman and a close friend of Sir Evelyn Wood and Sir Redvers Buller. Sir Edward was killed in the battle of Spion Kop in the South African War.

268 Worcester, G. R. G. i%e Junkman Smiles. London: Coatto and Windus, 1959.254~~. Worcester, trained as a Merchant Navy officer, sewed in the Chinese Maritime Customs from 1912 until his retirement in 1945. He served in the Royal Navy in World War I and, with his wife, survived internment by the Japanese in World War 11. His superior in the Customs Service, Sir Frederick Maze, for whom the collection of Chinese junk models in the Science Museum, South Kensington. is named. relieved Worcester of all regular duties for the ten preceeding world war I1 so that he could travel th;oughout China to collect information on traditional craft and make drawings of them. In 1948, Wor- cester returned to China to complete this work. ~heiesultswere published in nos. 4631 to 4635. This is the story of his junk-collecting travels and of other adventures in China, told in a humorous and detached way, but displaying a love, respect, and understanding of the Chinese people. He tells a great deal about Chinese culture and recent Chinese history as well as about himself, his family, and his beloved junks.

269 Wyllie, M. k We Were One: A Life of W. L. Wyllie) R. A., R. E., R. L. London: Bell, 1935. 305pp. 74 Adventurers Afloat

A life of Bill Wyllie, 1851-1931, the famous marine artist and yachtsman, by his wife. The couple married in 1879, raised a sailing family, raced sailboats, founded clubs to bring yachting to poor people, collaborated on a book on the Thames (no. 3283), and had a happy liein art and sailing. Wyllie's work gained widespread acceptance. Many of his paintings have been added to the collections of the National Maritime Museum in Greenwich. ANTHOLOGIES AND COLLECTIVE WORKS

270 The Articulate Sailor. Edited by James Tazelaar; photography by Jan De Graff. Tuck- ahoe, N. Y.: de Graff, 1973. ix, 189pp. An old-fashioned commonplace book of brief quotations taken almost entirely from well-known yachting writers, accompanied by evocative photographs, and organized by subject. Among the subjects: Why sail?; boats; the environment; sailors; voyages; sea life; sea food; auxiliary engines; becalmed; Landfalls, arrivals and harbors; anchors and rum; baggywrinkle. Among the writers: Humphrey Barton, Richard Baum; Hilaire Belloc; Alain Bombard; Ernle Bradford; Francis Brenton; Sir Francis Chichester; Thomas Fleming Day; AM Davison; Vito Dumas; Alain Gerbault; L. Francis Her- reshoff; John Hersey; Thor Heyerdahl, Desmond Holdridge; Ray Kauffman; Rockwell Kent; David Lewis; Dwight Long; Alfred F. Loomis; John Mac- Gregor; Richard Maury; Carleton Mitchell; Samuel Eliot Morison; Farley Mowat; Douglas Phillips-But; Harry Pidgeon; Demis Puleston; Peter Pye; Ar- thur Ransome; Joe Richards; W. A. Robinson; Sir AIec Rose; Joshua Slocum; Stanley Smith and Charles Violet; William Snaith; Erling Tambs; Alan Villiers; Leonard Wibberly; and Frank Wightman.

271 Before the Wind; a New Zealand Yachting Anthology. Compiled by Loris Chilwell. Wellington, N. Z.: Reed, 1979. 216pp. Fifty-three short articles arranged in eight subject categories, including ocean voyages, coastal voyages, ocean races, overseas races, deliveries, ill-fated voyages, contemporary designers, and adventures with whales. Contains excerpts from books by Voss, Tambs, Wray, Hayter, and Jean Cole. The account of J. E. Allen's voyage from Noumea to New Zealand in Inyolo early in World War I1 describes the abandonment of Temple Utley's boat in St. Mary's Bay, New Zealand.

272 The Best from "AmericanCanals." Edited by Thomas F. Hahn, William H. Shank, and William E. Trout. York, Pa.: American Canal Society, 1980. 88pp. 76 Adventurers Afloat

Contains60 articles, 37 of which are on American canals. Of the remainder, six deal with Canadian canals, five with British canals, nine with European canals, and three with canals in other areas, including Mars. The articles contain historical and descriptive materials and, in some cases, travel information.

273 The Best from "Yachting." By the editors of Yachting. New York: Scribner, 1967. Ix, 309pp. Thirty-nine brief but interesting articles on racing and cruising organized in four broad subject categories, the pleasures and diff~cultiesof yachting and great events under sail and power.

274 The Big Book of Sailing: The Sailors, the Ships, and the Sea. Edited by Frank Grube and Gerhard Richter. Woodbury, N. J.: Barron's, 1979.308~~. Brief pieces from the works of well-known yachting writers organized in sections dealing with ocean racing, the America's Cup, the Admiral's Cup, single-handed cruisers, cruising voyages, and danger and hardship. Excellent art work. Authors include Vito Dumas, Robin Knox-Johnston, Alain Gerbault, Erling Tambs, Jack Knights, Joshua Slocum and David Lewis.

275 Blow the Man Down: The Yachtsman's Reader. Edited by Eric Devine. New York: Doubleday, 1938. xiii,334pp.; London: Cassell, 1938. 405pp. Contents include stories and yarns (nine items); cruising (nine items); racing (seven items); and a miscellany (twelve items). Dated but interesting. Some exhibit blatant racism; some are cute in outmoded ways; some express a kind of yachtsmen's xenophobia which, though wicked, is gratifying.

276 The Book of the Sea: Being a Collection of Writings about the Sea in All its Aspects. Edited by A. C. Spectorsky, with 64 pages of illustrations in halftone and graveure, and many line drawings. New York: Ap- pleton-Century-Crofts, 1954. X, 488pp. Reissued New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1958. 488pp. An outstanding selection of excerpts from the works of many well-known writers of the sea, including Joshua Slocum, Thor Heyerdahl, Alain Gerbault, George Millar, William Albert Robinson, Carleton Mitchell, and Jack London. The illustrations are excellent.

277 The Bunkside Book: A Yachtsman's Miscellany. Written and collected by C. R. Fletcher. London: Maritime Press, 1962. vi, 227pp. Part I, pp. 3-43, tells of the author's life from youth to middle age, of his beginning to sail in 1934, and of his experiences in five ships, Escape, Sun Hawk, two Escapades, and Goy Escapade. Part I1 includes writings on various boating subjects by the author and a number of well-known writers, including Thor Heyerdahl, A.E. Copping, Adrian Hayter, Ann Davison, St. Paul, and Kenneth Graham. Anthologies and Collective Work 77

278 Down the Hatch. Assembled & introduced by Eric Devine. Illustrated by Alden McWilliams. New York: Sheridan House, 1945. 251pp. Nineteen humorous but elderly yachting stories by well-known authors including Weston Martyr, Guy Gilpatrick, Erle Stanley Gardner, Frederick Fenger, Ring Lardner, Alfred F. Loomis, Hiiaire BeUoc, L. Francis Herreshoff, Thomas Fleming Day, and E. F. Knight.

279 Down the Wind; a Yachtsman's Anthology. By Jack H. Coote; line drawings by Paul Sharp. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1966. 288pp. Contents include sailing in fiction; learning to sail; cruising; racing; emergencies; and a miscellany. Authors include Edward AUcard, Hilaire Belloc, Ar- nold Bennett, Errol Bruce, Wiiam F. Buckley, Jr., Erskine Childers, D. R. Collins, A. E. Copping, Ann Davison, Maurice Grifiths, Peter Haward, L. Francis Herreschoff, Eric Hiscock, Hommond Innes, E. F. Knight, Weston Martyr, R. T. McMullen, Carleton Mitchell, R. G. Mowat, Roger North, E. E. Nott-Brower, Ian Rutherford, Peter Scott, Aubrey de Selincourt, John Seyrnour, J. D. Sleightholme, Joshua Slocum, Miles Smeeton, and Sir Alker Tripp.

280 Ladies First! Stories of Women who Took Command of the Ship or Vice Versa. Edited by Ellen Horan. New York: Yachting Publishing Corp., 1965.150pp. Thirty-five articles and numerous fillers about women in yachting, the earliest of which dates from 1907. The articles convey a spectrum of reactions from men and women to women's slow penetration of what was, until recently, an almost entirely masculine area of recreation. There is much emphasis on sailboat racing, but other yachting activities are covered as well. Casts some light on the serious flaw in our culture which has deprived women of equality with men and society of half of its talent and creativity.

281 Off Watch: A Selection of Bunkside Reading. Edited by J. J. Skellorn. St. Albans: Coles, 1979. 211pp. Selections from books published by Adlard Coles Ltd. and Rupert Hart- Davis, arranged in broad subject and form categories,with some brief magazine spoofs as filers. The foreword contains a short but informative history of Ad- lard Coles' publishing fum, now a part of the Granada Organization, and of its relations with Robert Ross in the 1930s and Rupert Hart-Davis in the 1960s. Since these firms have publishedor reissued the works of some of thebest yacht- ingwriters of the century, the anthologyis an excellent one. Included are works by Rosemary and Colin Mudie, Juan Baader, Eric Twiname, John Illingworth, Jeremy Howard-Wiiams, Adlard Coles, J. D. Sleightholm, Humphrey Barton, Joshua Slocum and Ersk'ie Childers.

282 On and Off Soundings. Edited by William H. Taylor; introduction by Herbert L. Stone. New York: Van Nostrand, 1951. 520pp. 78 Adventurers Afloat

A selection of 56 stories and articles taken from Yachting and from four books, Frederick Fenger's Ctuise of the Diablesse, Ralph Middleton Munroe's The Commodore's Story, Ratsey's and De Fontaine's Yacht Sails, and E. I. Morton's Navigation for the Amateur. Among the better-known of the other authors are John T. Rowland, Alfred F. Loomis, Carleton Mitchell, Irving Johnson, and Robert N. Bavier, Jr. Covers sailboat cruising and racing and power boats.

283 The Pleasures of Sailing: An Anthology. Compiled by John Arrow. London: Art & Technics, 1951.64~~ Short, interesting, and skillfully-interwovenexcerpts from 14 books, all but two of which were written in the 19th Century, and from The Times for 1866. The books: Dixon Kem~A Manual of Yacht and Boat Sailing (1888);T. E. Bid- dle, Hints on Yacht Designing forAmateurs; Vanderdecken (William Cowper), The Yacht Sailor (1862) and Yachts and Yachting (1873);Yachting, edited by Sir Edware Sullivan and others (1894);R. T. McMullen, Down Channel (1893);G. Chriitopher Davies, Rivers and Broads of Norfolk and Suffolk (1893); H. A. Calahan, Learning to Sail (1935); J. C. Voss, Venturesome Voyages (1913); Joshua Slocum, The Voyage of the "Liberdude"(1894) and SailingAlone Around the World (1899);R. B. Mansfield, The Log of the "WaterLily (1873); and E. P. Brenton, The Naval History of Great Britain (1837).

284 Rogue Waves: Tales under Sail from Well-Known Personalities. Set and trimmed by Nicole Swengley, with iIlustrations by Zeus. London: Coles, 1985. 145pp. Seventy-five pieces telling of humorous sailing misadventures suffered by persons who are well-knownin the United Kingdom. Among those known elsewhere are Barbara Cartland, Giles Chichester, the Duke of Edinburgh, Ham- mond Innes, Leo McKern, John Ridgway, and David Steel.

285 The "Rudder"Treasury; a Companion for Lovers of Small Craft. Edited by Tom Davin. With an introduction by Boris Lauer- Leonardi. New York: Sheridan House, 1953.349~~. Items from The Rudder. Part I, items for winter reading, contains twenty three pieces, including stories of voyages and adventures and discussions of matters of interest to yachtsmen. Parts I1 and 111 contain drawings and descriptions of 25 vessels. Part IV has articles on the care and feeding of yachtsmen, and Part V is a miscellany.

286 The Sailing Book Edited by Michael Bartlett and Joanne A. Fishman. New York: Arbor House, 1982. 372pp. Forty-three pieces, thirty-two of which are on yachting and pleasure boating, mostly taken from books, and organized into three broad categories comprising cruising, ocean racing, and racing technique. The cruising pieces are from the books of Sir Francis Chichester (Gypsy Moth Circles the World),Thor Heyerdahl (Kon Tiki), Tristan Jones (Incredible Voyage), David Lewis (Ice Bird), W. A. Robinson (To !he Great Southern Sea), Hal Roth (Two Against Cape Horn), Gerry Spiess (AloneAcross the Atlantic), and Webb Chiles (Storm Passage). Ocean racing includes the writings of Alfred F. Loomis (Ocean Anthologies and Collective Work 79

Racing), Edward Heath (The Course of My Life), John Rousmaniere (Fastnet Force IO), and Roger Vaughan (Fastnet: One Man's Voyage). In the final section are Carleton Mitchell (Passage East), Meade Gougeon and Tyrus Knoy (Sailboat Design), ManfredCurry (Yacht Racing), Ted Hood (an article on sheet positioning from Racing with Cornelius Shields and the Masters), Stuart Walker (Wind and Strategy), Uffa Fox (According to Uffa), Dennis Conner (No Ercuse to Lose), Ted Turner and Garry Jobson (The Racing Edge), Jack London (The, Cruise of the Snark), William Buckley, Jr. (Airborne), William Snaith (On the Wnd's Way), and Ernest Gann (Song of the Sirens). 287 Sailing Craft: Mostly Descriptive of Smaller Pleasure Sail Boats of the day. Edited by Edwin J. Schoettle. Introduction by A. Edward New- ton. ~rnbod~in~writings of well known sailors. Drawings by Harry Parker. New York: Macmillan, 1937.786~~. Reprinted 1934,1937,1942,1943,1945,1946,1948,1951. A truly superb and comprehensive anthology bringing together the best writings of the time on yacht racing and related topics, including contemporary racingclasses, the science and craft of the seaman, bodies of water where racing and cruising are popular, aerodynamics of sails, etc. 288 "The Sea Chest:"A Yachtsman's Reader. Edited by Critchell Rimington. New York: Norton, 1947. 355pp. Reisued 1975. Forty-nine pieces selected from The Sea Chest: The Yachtsman's Digest, a periodical published for half a decade before World War 11, which was designed to bring together and preserve the best of yachting literature. Each selection is given in full as it appeared in the magazine. Among the authors whose works are included are Marin Marie, Charles F. Loomis, Richard Maury, Henry Howard, Irving Johnson, L. Francis Herreshoff, Weston Martyr, Alain Ger- bault, John C. Voss, Alan Villiers, and Dennis Puleston. Works of some other unexpected but well-known authors are included as well: Christopher Motley, James Thurber, Chester Bowles, and Nevil Shute. Includes fiction and has sanitized versions of several well-known sea chanties. Double selection has yielded high quality. Rimington was editor of The Sea Chest and editor and publisher of Yachting.

289 Small Boat Adventures. Edited by Michael Brown. Illustrated by Gareth Floyd. London: Hamish Hamilton, 1968. 221pp.; New York: D. White, 1969. 220pp. Extracts from well-known works on the sea, each with a brief introduction. Yachting books include Erskine Childers' Riddle of the Sands, Joshua Slocum's SailingAlone Around the World, and Hilaire Belloc's Cmise of the Nona, all of which are readily available elsewhere. Intended for young readers.

290 Small Boats and Big Seas: A Hundred Years of Yachting. Edited by Ralph Stephenson. London: Elek, 1978. 189pp. Interesting and useful selections from the writings of 26 well-known authors from Vanderdecken (1860) to David and Joan Hay (1976), and including E. F. 80 Adventurers Afloat

Knight, R. T. MacMullen, Joshua Slocum, John C. Voss, Rahmond Rallier du Baty, Claud Worth, Jack London, Frederic Fenger, Weston Martyr, Adlard Coles, and H. W. Tilman.

291 Tales from "The Skipper." Edited by H. K. Rigg. Barre, Mass.: Barre Publishers, 1968. 256pp. Thirty-two articles and stories from The Skipper magazine, 14 of which deal with yachting. Of most interest are: I, 'The Ultimate Wave," by Frank Robb (on freak waves); XVI, "Nowhere is Too Far," by Carleton Mitchell (a brief history of the Cruising Club of America); XXIV, "Until the Owners Return," by Wil- liam C. Campbell (a brief history of the yacht Coronet); and XXIX, "The Lie and Death of a Yachtsman," by Brig. E. F. Parker (Erskine Childers).

292 Villiers, Alan. Men, Ships andthe Sea, by Alan Villiers and other adventurers on the sea. Washington, D. C.: National Geographic Society, 1962. 436pp. (The Story of Man Library). Mostly by Viers and mostly concerned with episodes in the history of navies and merchant shipping. Vifiers describes sailingMayfTowerII across the Atlantic (pp. 143-153). The section called Man Sails Again for Pleasure consists of five articles: an account of winning the Newport to Bermuda Race by Carleton Mitchell; an account of theAmerica's Cup Races by Edwards Park; a voyage on the brigantine Yankee by I~ngand Electa Johnson; a voyage down the Amazon and across the Caribbean in the ketch-rigged dugout canoe Sea Fever by John E. Schultz, and a survey of popular boating in the United States by Carleton Mitchell.

292a Waves. Selected and edited by Paul Barker. Toronto, etc.: McGraw-Hill Ryerson, 1972. 80pp. Readable articles on water-related sports, selected and edited by a reading consultant to the New York State Board of Education. Among the pieces: the fundamentals of water skiing; the fust surfmg experience of a gremlin; the last years of Bob Hayward in the hydroplanes Miss SupertestII and IZI; Wallace Cloud's experiences during his first year of motorboating; a quiz on nautical matters; trouble-shooting outboard motors; inflatable and folding boats; how to build a plywood punt; sailboards, basic sailing theory; the story of a canoe trip down the Saskatchewan's ChurchillRiver from Ile ala Crosse to Otter Falls; and an account of part of the voyage across the Atlantic of the reed boat Ra, by Thor Heyerdahl.

293 The Yachtsman's Bedside Book. Edited by Frank Harvey Snoxell. London: Batsford, 1965. 240pp. A collection of 26 articles written especially for this book by well-known yachtingauthors. Among them: Erroll Bruce on rescue work in Pentland Firth; David Lewis on single-handed sailing; Jack Knights on the proliferation of dinghy.classes; Colin Mudie on power boats vs. sail boats; W. B. Luard on how to crulse British waters; John Derrington on the motor boat race in the Seine; Er- AntholoRies and Collective Works 81

roll Bruce on the 1866 Transatlantic Race; Lex Pranger on ice boating; John Mariner on cruisingbehind the Iron Curtain; Hugh Some~lleon theAmerica's Cup, etc. One of the best and most useful of yachting anthologies.

294 Yachtsman's Choice: The Best of "RuddernMagazine. Selected by the editors of Rudder. New York: McKay, 1977. 212pp. Articles from one of Americas foremost yachting magazines, now, unfortunately, defunct, grouped in five sections dealing, respectively, with daring voyages (5 items); Thomas Heming Day (9 of his articles); design (5 articles); miscellaneous yachting topics (10 articles), and humor (4 articles). Among the well-known authors whose work is included are Clare Francis, L. Francis Her- reshoff, Fred Rebell, Joe Richards, and William Albert Robion.

295 Yachtsman's Winter Book. Edited by Spencer Smith. New York: McKay, 1978. 160pp. Fifty articles from periodicals and excerpts from books on a wide range of subjects including voyaging, radios, the English lifeboat service, cookery, seaweed, barrier beaches, the Indian Ocean, hypothermia, Thames Estuary bawleys, the J Class, junk rig, etc. Both instructive and entertaining. PICTORIAL WORKS

296 Beken, Frank, and Keith Beken. The Beauty of Sail. Photographs by Beken of Cowes; cornrnen- tary by Uffa Fox. London: Peter Davies; New York: Scribner; Toronto: Saunders, 1938.279~~. New edition. Photographs by Beken of Cowes. Commentary in French and English by John Charnier. London: Harrap, 1964. 183pp. This and the following Beken books contain selections from the 20,000-item collection of one of the most distinguished yachting photographers in the world. Most pictures deal with vessels and events relating to the British yachting capital of Cowes on the Isle of Wight. Accompanying texts are provided by outstanding yachting writers.

297 Beken, Frank, and Keith Beken. The Beauty of Sail: A New Volume. Commentary by John Scott Hughes. Southampton: Coles; London: Ross; New York: de Graff; Toronto: Clarke, Irwin, 1952. Unpaged (99 plates); 2nd ed. London: Coles in association with Harrap, 1954. Unpaged (97 plates); Special Edition. New York: de Graff, 1956. Unpaged (100 plates).

298 Beken, Frank, and Keith Beken. A Hundred Years of Sail. New York: Knopf, 1981. ca. 200pp.

299 Beken, Frank, and Keith Beken. The Glory of Sail. Foreword and commentaries by Bill Smart. London: Ariel Press; New York: de Graff; Toronto: Clarke, Irwin, 1959. 180pp.

300 Beken, Frank, and Keith Beken. Yachts in Colour. London: Batsford, 1960. 72pp. Reissued London: Studio Press, 1961. American edition Yachts, in Color. New York: Viking Press, 1961.70pp. PictoriaI Works 83

301 Beken, Frank, and Keith Beken Beken of Cowes. Photographs by John and Keith Beken; text by John Chamier; foreword by Alain Gliksman. 2 vols. London: Cassell, 1966-69. Vol. 1,1897-1914. With an historical introduction and colour plates from the Macpherson Collection in the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich. 184pp. (U.S. edition, with the title 77ze Glory of Sail. New York: Dodd, 1W. 184~P. Vol 2 1919-1939. The 12-Metre boats and the America's Cup; One Designs; and the Metre Boats. Text by Alain Glisman in collaboration with John Chamier and Jean-Michel Barrault. 88pp. (U.S. edition has the title The, Giants of Sail, 1919-1939. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1969). A third volume was projected.

302 Beken, Frank, and Keith Beken. Yachting: The Photographs of Beken of Cowes, introduced by Richard Ballantine. Toronto; New York: Peacock Pressmantarn Books, 1977. [95]pp.

303 Beken, Frank, and Keith Beken. 7he Beken File. Aylesbury, Bucks.: Channel Press in association with Ginn & Co., 1980. [181]pp.

304 Carter, Ronald Frederic Vivian. 7he Gloiy of Sail: A Pictorial Study of Auckland's Yachts. 11- lustrated from photographs by Mm Frommherz. Wellington, N. Z.: Reed; London: Phoenix House, 1954. 128pp.

305 Couling, David. Steam Yachts. London: Batsford; Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1980. 120pp. Photographs, with short captions, from the Kirk collection of glass plates of the pioneer photographers: William Kirk (who came to Cowes in 1879), Debenham, G. West & Son, Beken, and W. V. Kirk & Sons. The author was commissioned in 1976 to restore the plates. This volume and its sequel, below, grew out of this work.

306 Couling, David. Solent Yachting Scene in Bygone Years, 1890-1938. Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House, 1985. 128pp. The sequel to Steam Yachts. The Kirk collection was in two groups, steam and sail. These books reflect the structure of the collection. Both are central to any study of British yachting.

307 Cozzens, Frederick S. American Yachts: Their Clubs and Races. Plates by Frederick S. Cozzens; text by J. D. J. Kelley, Lieut., U. S. N. With outline draw- 84 Adventurers Afloat

ings of the watercolor sketches by Frederick S. Cozzens. New York: Scribner, 1884. 451pp. The text, which explains the portfolio of 26 water color sketches, is keyed to them by outline drawings. The book, which was originally issued in parts by subscription, is a brief history of yachting built around the sketches. The subjects include the early racers (Mm'a, America, Una, and Ray), Sandy Hook to the Needles, 1866 (Fleehving, Vesta, and Henrietfa), ice boating on the Hudson, etc.

308 Eastland, J. Marine and Seascape Photography. London:Batsford,l983. 167 pp.

Discusses cameras, lenses, and other equipment, the use of light, and the composition of pictures, appropriately using subject groups of pictures with lengthy captions and introductory statements to convey the information.

309 Evers, Car1 G. 7he Marine Paintings of Carl G. Evers. Introduction by Ian Bal- lantine. Toronto; New York; London: Peacock PressDantam Books (paper); New York: Scribner (hardcover), 1975.Unpaged. (44 numbered plates). Ten plates deal with yachts. The yachts are technically excellent, but the artist tends to exaggerate the impact of seas upon them to achieve dramatic effect. For example, Crowhurst's trimaran, Teignmouth Electron, is shown with the starboard float partially submerged in moderate seas, a most unlikely oc- currence. The plates: 5. The Joy of Sailing (cover for Yachting); 6. Romantic Challenge (cover for Chichester's book); 10. Chesapeake Bay (cover for Readers'Digest); 12. Desperate Voyage (cover for John Caldwell's book); 16. Weather Uncertain (Sunday sailors on Chesapeake Bay); 24. Schooner Yacht America (rigged for war se~ce,1863); 31. Strange Last Voyage of Donald Crowhurst (cover for the paperback edition of the book); 35. Courageous defending America's Cup, 1974 (against Australia's Southem Cross); 41. Pride (international 5.5 metre champion).

309a Forster, Daniel. The Sailor's Edge. Photographs by Daniel Forster; Text by Jay Broze. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1985.ca. 200pp. Action photographs with text in four sections dealing with wave jumping on sailboards, dinghy and small catamaran racing, ocean racing, and the maxi racers. These are the most dynamic color action photographs of yachting, boating, and sailboarding yet made. They are moving in every sense of the word.

310 Gilchrist, Ian G. Call of the Wind: Leavesfrom my SailingAlbum. Kilcreggan, Scot- lan: Windward Publications; McLeod, 1948; New York: Norton, 1949. 80pp. Beautiful black-and-white captioned photographic studies of British yachting scenes grouped topically in three parts, sails, racing, and cruising. Pictorial Works 85

311 Greenhill, Basil. A Quayside Camera, 1845-1917.Newton Abbot: David & Char- les, 1975. 112pp. Contains 134 photographs, principally from the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich, and the Mystic Seaport. Pages 98-103 deal with pleasure craft.

312 Hansen, Hans Jurgen. Sails in the Wind Foreword by Alan H. Poe. New York: Viking Press, 1974. 112pp. The British edition has the title Wind in the Sails. Foreword by Alan Paul. London: Allen, 1974.112~~. A beautifully designed small folio with monochrome and wlor plates, mostly of racing boats and yachts, but also includes a series on Dutch yachts (bot- ters, xhouwens, etc.) and one on cruising yachts.

313 Heaton, Peter. Boat. London: Kaye & Ward; South Brunswick, N. J.: A. S. Bar- nes, 1969.160~~. A large octavo with brief quotations among the pictures. Evocative.

314 Heckstall-Smith, Brooke. Yachts and Yachting in Contemporary Art, edited by Geoffrey Holme. London: The Studio, 1925. xvi, 48pp. Limited edition New York: Boni, 1930. A history of British and American yachting from the earliest days (the reign of Charles 11), and of early Dutch yachting, in pictures with text. The full-page plates are in rough chronological order. Many are from the Macpherson Col- lection in the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich. Included is an interesting picture of the Chinese junk Keying, which visited the United Kingdom in 1848. Has an index of the yachts portrayed in the plates.

315 Huntley, Moira. Painting and Drawing Boats. Fairfield, Conn.: North Light Pubs., 1985. 144pp. The author, who grew up in a British maritime family, shows and tells how to use various techniques and media to draw and paint small craft. Her beautifully-designedbook is illustrated with her own paintings and drawings of British pleasure and working boats and their environments as well as the work of other painters of maritime scenes. Among the artists whose works she includes are Jan van de Capelle (1624-1679), J. M. W. Turner (1775-1851), Vincent Van Gogh (1853-1890), Claude Monet (1840-l%), John Constable (1776-1837), James Whistler (1834-1903), Christopher Wood (1901-1930), John Crome (1768-1821), Louis Francia (1772-1839), Thomas Moran (1837-l%), Paul Nash, (1889-1946), and Edward Wadsworth. Illustrations are in wlor when appropriate. 86 Adventurers Afloat

316 Kampa, Theo, and W. Barrow. ThbIs PhotographyAfloat. London: Macmillan/Nautical. 152pp. A guide to the selection of equipment and film and to the technical and artistic aspects of taking good yachting and boating pictures. Has photographic examples with clear explanations and a glossary. Suitable for the beginner.

317 Leather, John. The Sailor's Coast:An East Coast Evocationfrom the Photographs of Douglas Went. London: Barrie & Jenkins, 1979. 112pp.

Contains a brief biogra~hv-m- of Went (1887-1970) and a discussion of other East Coast (of England) marine artists, ihcluding ~dwardW. Cooke, William W. Wvllie. Tom Sim~son.Ruben Chaooell. Arthur Briscoe, Archie White, Fid ~arnack'(of~esi ~drsea), andmI\ogkr Fuller (of ~~swich).Went's photographs, and the text which tells their story, are grouped in six sections: Havens; fishing under sail; building wooden ships; sailing barges; and small yachts.

318 Loomis, Alfred Fullerton. Yachts under Sail: A Collection of Photographs, with a foreword by Alfred F. Loomis; the book designed by Gordon C. Aymar. New York: Morrow, 1933; London: John Lane, 1934. 127pp. Reissued Tuckahoe, N. Y.: de Graff, 1974. 150pp. Photographs by Morris Rosenfeld, Edwin Levick, Ellsworth Ford, Alfred F. Loomis, and others, selected for their artistic merit. Subjects include famous yacht races, heavy weather scenes, accidents, J-Boats and the America's Cup, and famous ocean racing yachts, including Nine Malabar X, Vnnitie, and Dorade. Most pictures are of post-World War I yachts and yachting on the east coast of the United States.

319 Mitchell, Carleton. Yachtsman's Camera. New York: Van Nostrand, 1950; London: Macmillan, 1951. 148pp. This book, which began as an attempt to convey the feel of sailing in words and pictures, evolved into a book on how to make marine photographs as well and includes a primer of photography. Part I contains pictures and text, which workwell together to carry out the author's original intent; part I1 explains each picture in part I, giving full technical data. Covers all aspects of sailing, with emphasis on deep water cruising and ocean racing. Several pictures show the author's famous ocean racer, Carib.

320 Newcornbe, Henry Sainsbury. Camera Afloat: A Guide for those who go Sailing with Cameras. London; New York: Focal Press, 1960.160pp. The author, who believes that casual snapshots are a waste of time, believes also that, with study, the proper approach, and a suitable camera, anyone can produce magazine-quality pictures. His instructions on how to do it are clear, logically organized, and complete. Only the technical material on cameras and their capabilities is out of date. Contents include selecting and handling cameras, general information on photography, selecting subjects, taking color PictoriaI Works 87

still and moving pictures, pictures on large ship cruises, developing and process- ing film and prints, and pictures for the press. Contains a glossary of photographic and nautical terms.

321 Peabody, Henry Greenwood. Representative American Yachts: A Collection of One Hundred, Views, photographed by Henry G. Peabody, with descriptive sketches by George A. Stewart Boston: H. G. Peabody, 1891. 110 plates.

322 Phillips-Birt, Douglas. The Love of Sailing. London: Octopus Books, 1976. 96pp. A survey of modern yachting and boating, with a brief historical introduction, beautifully illustrated in color in an oversized format. WeU conceived, organized and presented by an expert. Contents: Early sailing boats; Tall ships and sail training; Class racing round the buoys; Dinghies; Cruising yachts; Ocean racing; America's Cup racing today; Multihulls; The boats of the lone sailors.

323 Ramsay, Eileen. The "CountryLife" Book of Sailing Boats; photographs by Eileen Ramsay; text by Louise and Roger Manvell. London: Country Life, 1962. [40]pp.; 72 plates. The text discusses the royal yachts of Charles 11, the earliest yacht clubs, sailing the Atlantic, Edward V11 and Cowes, Twentieth Century yachting classes, rigs, ocean racers and cruisers, and sailing dinghies. The plates are in sections on ocean racers and cruisers (1-24), racing keel boats (25-32), fitting out (33-M), sailing dinghies (41-60), and harbours and sailing clubs (61-72). Each plate is captioned.

324 Ramsay, Eileen. Dinghy Days. Eileen Ramsay, photographer, with eight photographs by Morris Rosenfeld. New York: de Graff; Southampton: Coles; London: Harrap, 1959. [143]pp.

325 Rosenfeld, Morris. Sail-Ho! Great Yachting Pictures. A U.S. Camera Book. New York: T. J. Maloney Co., 1947. 112pp. Reissued as 2nd ed. 1949. A folio volume of black-and-white photographs and accompanying text which tells the story of Rosenfeld's career as a photographer of marine subjects, mostly sailing of yachts, over half a century, from his first photographs, made with a borrowed camera in 1897, when he was 13 years old. Each of his dynamic and beautiful pictures is fitted into the story of his lie in the accompanying text.

326 Rosenfeld, Morris. Under Full Sail. Photographs by Morris Rosenfeld; commentary by Everett B. Morris. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 88 Adventurers Amat

1957; London: Harrap, 1958. X, 213pp. Reissued New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1969. 212pp. A brief account of Rosenfeld's career, followed by 161 black-and-white photographs selected from the Rosenfeld archives and arranged by Morris' eldest son, David. Most show racing boats in various situations. A few of the last commercial schooners and square riggers are shown as well. AU pictures are done with great artistry. Coverage is Limited to nautical and yachting affairs on the east coast of North America and in the Caribbean.

327 Rosenfeld, Morris, and Stanley Rosenfeld. A Century Under Sail: Selected Photographs of Morris and Stanley Rosenfeld. Text by Stanley Rosenfeld. Reading, Mass.: Addison- Wesley, 1984. 288pp. 215 photographs. Notable yachts, races, and personalities, with a text which tells much about the development of marine photography. Well produced and arranged.

328 Shackleton, Keith Hope. Wake, written and illustrated by Keith Shackleton. London: Lut- terworth, 1954. 128pp. Contains 16 color plates on yachtingsubjectswith a chapter relating to each. There are, in addition, 68 black-and-white illustrations. Discusses sailing, dinghy racing, punting, fshing, bird watching, etc., mostly along the south coast of England. Interesting, informative, and artistically pleasing.

329 Stebbins, Nathaniel Livermore. American and English Yachts: Illustrating and Describing the Most Famous YachtsNow Sailing in American and English Waters.With a treatise upon yachts and yachting by Edward Burgess. 11- lustrated by the photogravure process from the original negatives of N.L. Stebbins. New York: Scribner, 1887. 14pp. 50 pl. Stebbins' first book. Each plate is accompanied with descriptive letter- press.

330 Stebbins, Nathaniel Livermore. Yacht Portraits of the Leading American Yachts, photographed and published by N. L. Stebbins. Boston: Boston Photogravure, 1889. [75]pp.

33 1 Stebbins, Nathaniel Livermore. The Yachtsman's Album. Containing Portraits of Two Hundred and Forty Yachts, Representing All Classes. Reproduced from photographs with a descriptive index. Boston: L. Stebbins, 1896. 60 leaves. The indexes and leaves of plates are divided into two parts, the first encom- passing steam yachts, and the second, sailing yachts. Each leaf contains four black-and-white pictures, each 3-9/16"X 3-318". For each yacht the indexes give Pictorial Works 89

owner, length over all, length on the water line, beam, draft, designer, builder, and year built.

332 Taunt, Henry. The World of Henry Taunt, Victorian Photographer: His Thames, his Oq%rd, his Home Counties and Travels, his Portraits, Zmes and Ephemera, edited by Bvan Brown. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1973. Unpaged. 170 plates. Taunt was born in Oxford in 1842 and died there in 1922 after a very active life as a photographer, printer, author, lecturer, publisher, etc. He kept a houseboat at Oxford in which he cruised the Thames and other southern waterways photographing the countryside, the rivers, the people, and the regattas. The first 58 plates in this book are Thames scenes. Taunt published the first guide book to use photographic illustrations, A New Map of the River Thames, from Ogord to London, in 1872 (no. 3249). Over a 60 year career he produced 60,000negatives, many of which have been destroyed. Bryan Brown presents a selection of the survivors and a welcome sketch of Taunt's life and career.

333 Went, Douglas. Sailing: A Collection of Photographs. (With text). Foreword by F. G. Mitchell. Southampton: Ross, in association with Harrap, London, 1951. 78pp. A brief account of the author's sailing and photographic career followed by pictures grouped by subject, with brief texts. The text and pictures do not always match. Went was known for his humorous photographs. One editor said he was the man who photographed you when you are doing the wrong thing. The sections: J-Class boats; Twelves; Spinnakers; Offshore races; Children learning; Barges Tie up (or lash up); One-design classes; Weather; and Dinghy stowage. YACHT REGISTERS AND OTHER DIRECTORIES

The American Yacht List. 1847-1897. L. H. Bigelow, 1847-1897. Absorbed 1898 by Manning's Yacht Register.

Hunt's Universal Yacht List. London: Imray, Laurie, Norie & Wilson, 1898-[1905?]

Lloyd's Register of American Yachts. London: Lloyd's Register of Shipping, 1903-1977. Annual, except during World Wars I and 11. Succeeded by North American Yacht Register.

Lloyd's Register of Yachts. London: Lloyd's Register of Shipping, 1878- . Annual, except during World Wars I and 11.

Lloyd's Register of Yachts: Ensigns and Burgees of Yacht Clubs and Private Flags of Yachtsmen. New edition. London: Lloyd's Register of Shipping, 1966.

Manning's Yacht Register. New York: Thomas Manning, 1873- . Annual. Absorbed 7lteAmerican Yacht List 1898.

The North American Yacht Register. New York: Livingston Marine Services, Inc., 1979- . Authorized successor to Lloyd's Regkter ofAmerican Yachts.

Sail Numbers of Racing Yachts. London: Lloyd's Register of Shipping, 1968. 495pp. OTHER GENERAL WORKS

340 Anderson, John Richard Lane. The Ulysses Factor: The Exploring Instinct in Man. London: Hod- der & Stoughton; New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1970. 352pp. An attempt to explain, with a unified theory based on culture and genetic makeup, why men and women undertake adventures such as voyaging, mountain climbing and flying, for their own sake. For his explanation, the author relies heavily on the existence of an indestructible genetic trait, present in all, but much stronger in some persons, which he calls the survival factor. This effort to give a purpose to apparently purposeless but difficult and dangerous feats, mostly of a sailing nature, is very well written, interesting, and contains much valuable information, but rests on a very weak theoretical basis.

341 Beavis, Bill. Top Mark: A Nautical Quiz Book. London: Nautical Books, 1986. 95pp. Quizzes on nautical subjects, most of which pertain to yachting, and many of which are humorous. for nauticallv-inclined natives of the United Kinedom. with answers. subjects used includd identifying namesakes, plots of nautical novels (suitable for non-natives), calculations of the mechanical advantage of various tackles (also suitable), identifying the year in which several events occurred, recognizing ten ships from their silhouettes, problems in handling heavy weights without proper equipment, identifying the home ports of British fishing boats by identifying their letters, etc..

342 Benjamin, Samuel Greene Wheeler. Sea-Spray; or, Facts and Fancies of a Yachtsman. New York: Ben- jamin & Bell, 1887. 298pp. Sections 2 and 3, both of which were previously published in Century Magazine, are of yachting interest. Section 2 discusses the evolution of the American yacht from the pink or pinkie to the schooner. It describes the work of George Steers, Donald McKay, and Nathaniel Herreshoff, and includes Herreshoffs catamarans. Section 3 discusses steam yachting in America, the famous steam yachts, and the Herreshoffs' contributions in boiler, engine and hull design. 92 Adventurers Afloat

342a Brown, Rustie. The Mariner's Trivia Book Foreword by Ronald W. Warwick. Lomita, Calif.: Blue Harbor Press, 1986. 276pp. A book of 600 nautical questions with answers on the back of each page.

343 Chesapeake Cruise. Editor: Norman Alan Hill. Associate editors: Malcolm Westcott Hill, J. Hooper Edmondson, and F. R. Vernon Williams. Bal- timore, Md.: George W. King Printing Co., 1944. xv, 356, (12)pp. The story of a make-believe cruise by "Four Old Men in a Boat" in the Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries, recording experiences of real cruises, historical background, sporting events, etc. Contains contributions by more than 50 authors.

343a Crawford, Jim. Count the Cats in Zanzibar. Cambridge, Md.: Distributed by Tidewater Publications, 1975. 113pp. The title is a contradiction of Thoreau's observation that it is futile to go around the world to count the cats in Zanzibar. This is apopuni of yachting experiences over a lifetime. The author won the Cruising Club of America Blue Water Medal in 1974. He has sailed in nine St. Petersburg-Havana races, many Nassau races, two Transatlantic races, two Bermudas, one Transpacific, and two Fastnets. From 1946 to 1958 he was part owner and manager of the Snead Island Boat Works. He, his wife, and their two small childrenlive on board their cutterAnganfyr, in which they had, at the time of writing made seven Atlantic crossings. Crawford discusses knockdowns he has known, singlehanders he has met, seagoing food he has enjoyed (with recipes), and many other topics. Angan~cGerman-built,MacLear & Harris-designed steel twin-centerboard cutter, launched in 1964. LOA 61"; Beam 17'-2"; Draft S-8".

344 Deschner, Whit. Does the Wet Suit You? Confessions of a Kizyak Bum. Seattle: Eddie Tern Press, 1981. 96pp. Fourteen pieces on various subjects including kayaking but hardly in the confessions or autobiographical mode. Included are the story of taking a kayak to the Landsborough Valley, South Island, New Zealand, and running the river alone through two dangerous drops, the second of which nearly killed the author; kayak surfing at Westport, Washington, in a dangerous surf, with an Austrian slalom champion who had never seen the ocean before; running the Sigatoka River, Fiji, an unexpectedly calm experience; and the story of AI Faus- sett and hi waterfall running in the 1920s. Many of the pictures and captions are humorous, but much of the text is a series of interesting narratives of canoeing and kayaking adventures.

345 Florida Cruise. Editor: Norman Alan Hill. Associate editors: F. R. Vernon Wil- liarns, Andrew Noel Trippe, Malcolm Westcott Hill, and J. King Horner. Baltimore, Md.: George W. King Printing Co., 1945. xiii, 430pp. Other General Works 93

A potpourri on cruising in Florida waters, by many writers, with descriptions of ports, cities, fishing, cruising invarious yachts, and recipes for food and drink. A background and local colour guide.

346 Heckstall-Smith, Brooke. '211 Hanh on the Main Sheet!" A Book for Yachtsmen and, Sportsmen. London: Grant Richards, 1921. 311pp. Recollections of personal yachting experiences, together with a sketch of the history of yachting, 1884-1920. Contents include the King and yachting Britannia in Scotland, 192.0, and at Deal, racing at Cowes, Schooners (1904), across the North Sea in 1912, Scandinavian yachting, a cruise in Canada and the United States in 1919, theAmerica's Cup, British yacht clubs, and British yacht designers.

347 Heiney, Paul, and Libby Puwes. fie Sailing Week-End Book, illustrated by Trevor Ridley. Lon- don: Nautical Books, 1985. 192pp. Patterned after and designed to update The Yachtsman's Week-End Book by John Irving and Douglas Service (first published 1938, revised edition 1963; no. 350), which was created to provide good, pertinent, and enjoyable reading for sailors afloat or ashore with a bit of spare time. Included are articles on a cruise by the authors in their Contessa 26, Barnacle Goose, from Plymouth to Ireland and back to Falmouth; sailors' superstitions; cobbles and Thames barges; weather lore and superstition; measurement of tonnage; results of ques- tioning other sailors on an array of subjects; Trinity House buoy tenders; judging distance at sea; British lighthouses; playing the penny or tin whistle; the real meaning of a well-known sea chanp, extracts from famous logs; a guide to buds by Juliet Bailey; flag etiquette; dressing ship; brief extracts from the literature of cruising and seafaring; how to keep children happy afloat; and wise sayings on nautical subjects.

348 Herreshoff, L. Francis. fie Writings of L. Francis Herreshoff. New York: Rudder Publishing Co., 1946. v, 141pp. A collection of nine articles which originally appeared in The Rudder Magazine. Contents include: building his famous H-28, lappingjibs and double spinnakers, the cabin plan of H-28; how to cruise sensibly in a small boat, a sail in Alerion; a midsummer night's sail; cutters, etc., marine pictures, how to remember storm signals, understanding barometer indications, and an excellent summary of the evolution of ship and yacht design.

349 Hemeshoff, L. Francis. An L. Franck Herreshoff Reader. Camden, Me.: International Marine Publishing Co., 1978. 316pp. A collection of 30articles onvaried yachting subjects, 20 of which appeared in The Rudder in the 1940s and 1950s (including seven which also appeared in The Writings, above), and nine of which are published here for the fust time. Amongthe subjects included: theAmerica; yachting in the 1900s;names of yacht sails and rigging elements; marine pictures; brief biographical sketches of Char- ley Barr, Nathaniel Greene Herreshoff, W. Starling Burgess, and Charles E. 94 Adventurers Afloat

Nicholson; H28, wooden plates; the Myth of Malham and the rating rules; Nathaniel Greene Herrishoffs article on his catamaran Tarantela, with an introduction by L. Francis Herreshoff; and frostbiting. Well worth reading, as are all of Herreshoffs writings.

350 Irving, John, Douglas Service, and Douglas Phillips-Birt. ReYachtsman's Week-End Book. With decorations by Beryl Ir- ving. Revised edition. London: Seeley, Service, 1963. 587pp. First edition by John Irving and Douglas Service, with decorations by Beryl Irving. London: Seeley, Service, 1938. 587pp.; Reissued 1949. 592pp. A miscellany, with separate articles by each of the authors. Among them: A discussion of sailingvessels to be seen around the British Isles; Maintenance; Repairs; Weather; Piloting; Bends, hitches and knots; Drinks; Stores; Cookery; Fishing; Birds; Signals; Dressing ship, Glossary, etc. Done with a light touch and designed for various moods and occasions.

351 Jones, Tristan. Yams. Foreword by Martin Luray. Boston: Sail Books, 1983; London: Coles, 1984. 272pp. A collection of nineteen short stories, articles, and excerpts from books, which constitute a good sampler of the works of this talented and prolificwriter. Among other things, he tells of his struggles to become a writer, of some of his experiences in delivering yachts, of the dark side of his voyaging on Lake Titicaca, and of visiting Antarctic waters on a Lindblad cruise ship. In one of the short stories, Sherlock Holmes deals with the mystery of theMary Celeste in a Welsh way which would have been disturbing to Sir Arthur Conan Doyle.

352 Leonardi, Boris Lauer. Soundings: Essays on the Sea and the Men Who Follow Her. I1- lustrated by Allen Beechel. Foreword by Everett B. Morris. New York: Poseidon Publishing Co., 1966. 144pp. A selection of 65 of the author's inspirational one-page editorial essays, with extraordinarily appropriate accompanying drawings, reprinted from The Rudder. They include pieces on the sea, an ideal existence, squalls, a dream island, the scent of land, the yacht designer, the houseboat, etc.

353 Leonardi, Boris Lauer, and L. Francis Herreshoff. Yachts:Designs, and Much Miscellaneous Information. Illustrated by John F. Leavitt. New York: Poseidon Publishing Co., 1967. 142pp. A coffee table book. Part 1, A Nautical Miscellany, contains 33 light-weight articles by Boris Lauer Leonardi; Part 2, Designs, deals with 15 designers from Atkin through Wycoff; Part 3, Answers to some interesting nautical questions, is by Herreshoff.

354 Luard, L. (pseud. of W. B. Luard). Where the Tides Meet. London: Nicholson & Watson, 1948. 397pp. Other General Worh 95

Short pieces on cruising and ocean racing during the 1920s and 1930s and a section on miscellaneous subjects. The cruises: Buying a yacht in Copen- hagen and cruising back to England through the Kiel Canal, with mishaps; several cruises to France; a voyage in a trading schooner taking Chiia clay to France; and several coastal cruises in British waters. The races covered: The Fastnet in 1927.1929,1930.1931, and 1935: The Channel Race in 1928and 1934: The ~ransatlantic ace inl931;~he~renchemer; Plymouth to Belle Isle, 1935; and the Bristol Channel Races of 1936. Subiects covered in the miscellaneous pieces: A fishermen's regatta at Carantec &Brittany; Launching of his Main- tenes 11,1929;Searching for the ideal small cruiser and finding several with different sets of good points; Behaviour of yachts in heavy weather, from personal experience, and remarks on heaving-to and sea anchors; A Christmas cruise and a ghost ship; and Breton fishermen.

355 Nicolson, Ian. 7he Ian Nicolson Omnibus. Shedfield, Hants.: Ashford Press, 1986. 5OOpp. Contents: The Logofthe "Maken," 1961 (no. 735);SeaSaint, 1957 (no. 570); Building the 'St. Maty," 1963 (no. 4943).

356 O'Brien, Conor. On Going to Sea in Yachts. Illustrated with twenty-five line drawings by the author. London: Oxford University Press, 1933. 164pp. Opinionated and eccentric essays on pre-modern yachting by an expert and gifted sailor. Contents include discussions of cruising and racing boats, rigs, and sails; sea passages; auxiliary power; motor sailers; dinghies; the iniquities of fashion; gadgets; cheap sailing; dreamships; and housekeeping on board. O'Brien condemns the Bermudan rig.

357 Phillips-Birt, Douglas. Reflections in the Sea. Illustrations by Th. D. A. de Lange. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co.; London, Toronto, etc.: Harrap, 1968. 115pp. Beginning in February 1962 the author wrote a monthly series with this title in Yachting Monthly. This book and the companion title below are made up of selections from these articles. Together they incorporate about two thirds of the material which appeared in YM. Subject categories are the ocean and its waves, nautical terms as adapted to yachting, writers on the sea, and early European ships and voyaging.

358 Phillips-Birt, Douglas. Reflections on Yachts. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., distributed by Harrap, London, 1968. 245pp. A companion volume to the title above with materials drawn from the same series of articles. The author discusses the history of yachting, the contemporary yachting scene, the characteristics of contemporary boats, helmsmanship, designers and designing, and interpreting yacht plans. 96 Adventurers Afloat

359 Pocock, Michael. Inshore--mshore. London: Nautical Books, 1986. 252pp. Deals with the elements of design, understanding lines and drawings, cruising in northern Europe and to Iceland and Norway, and racing, including the two-handed transatlantic race and the 1979 Fastnet.

360 Stanford, Alfred Boler. Z7ze Pleasures of Sailing. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1943. xi, 187pp. Reflections (with brief fragments of illustrative reminiscences) on sailing. Contents: The boat does the sailing; The skipper and other human beings; How big is your boat? The small boat as teacher; The wind bloweth; Helmsmanship and personality; The simple virtues emerge; Man with a sextant; Cruising and discovery; The sailor takes a wife; Rewards of the ship's husband; Time of the day. CRUISING: HISTORIES AND COLLECTIVE WORKS

361 Anthony, Iwin. Voyagers Unafraid. Philadelphia: Macrae Smith, 1930. 272pp. Accounts of small boat voyages across the Atlantic in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Contains much valuable material, but written in an excessively nautical style. Coverage: The cult of the voyagers; Early voyages; Alfred Johnson's voyage in Centennial;Thomas Crapo's voyage with his wife in New Bedford; Andrews' and Lawlor's race in Memtaid and Sea Setpen$ Wd- liam Andrews' voyage in Sapolio; Herbo's and Samuelson's rowing voyage in Fox; Slocum's Atlantic passages in Spray; Howard Blackburn's voyages; Gerbault's crossing in Firecrest; Harry Pidgeon's Atlantic crossing in Islander; Franz Romer's voyage in the folding canoe Deutscher Spot?; and Paul Muller's voyages in Aga and Aga 11.

362 Atkin, William. Three Little Cruising Yachts: "Fore an'Aft." a Gaff Rigged Cutter; "Ben Bow," a Jib-Headed Knockabout; "Ta2ly Ho.?' a Jib-Headed Cutter:How They Came to be Built; How They were Built; and How They Sailed Drawings and photographs by the Author, with a foreword by the owner of two of these little ships. Huntington, N. Y.: The Mizzen Top, printed by Henry S. Houghton, New York, 1932. xviii, 320, xix-xxxpp. A charming and chatty book about much more than the title suggests. Describes Sinclair's cruise in Joan and her loss and the author's designing of William Washburn Nutting's Typl~oon. There is a chapter on Howard Blackburn's Great Republic, which Atkin bought in 1925. Contains much material of importance to the history of yachting and cruising. The Mizzen Top was Atkin's house, office and shop. Fore an'Afl: Designed in 1927 for Edward Wigton. LOA 28'-8"; LWL 27'; Beam; S-3"; Draft 7-2.5". Ben Bow: LOA28'-10"; LWL the same; Beam 9'-8"; Draft S-3". Tally Ho!: Designed for Wigton after he had sold Fore an'Aft. LOA 30'; LWL 28'; beam 9'; Draft S-6". 98 Adventurers Afiat

363 Barton, Humphrey. Atlantic Adventures: Voyages in Small Craft. 2nd ed. Southampton: Coles; New York: de Graff, 1962.254~~.Earlier edition Southampton:Coles,l953; New York:Van Nostrand, 1955.232~~. A compendium of accounts of all verifiable small-boat voyages across the North Atlantic from the 1866 voyage of William Hudson in Red, White and Blue to Ben Carlin's 1952 crossing in HaZfSafe. An extremely useful work.

364 Borden, Charles G Sea Quest: Global Blue-Water Adventuring in Small Craft. Cam- den, Me.: International Marine Publishing Co., 1975.366~~.Ear- lier edition Philadelphia: Macrae Smith, 1967. 352p. Reissued New York: Ballantine Books, 1973. 352pp. British edition with sub-title Small Craft Adventures from Magellan to Chichester. London: Hale, 1968.334~~. A topical synthesis. Broad in scope and very well done. The author's cruising experience was helpful in producing a sound piece of work.

365 Bruce, Erroll. Challengeto Poseidon:Adventuresin Small Craft on the Open Seas. London:Hutchinson,1956;Princeton,N.J.:VanNostrand,1957. 164pp. A miscellany of voyages, including several, such as Bligh's famous voyage in the Bounty's longboat, which are outside the scope of this bibliography.

366 Clarke, Derrick Harry. An Evolution of Singlehanders. Londcn: Stanford Maritime; New York: McKay, 1976.206~~. An informal, readable history of the development of single-handed sailing which contains a verv. large amount of information. Contents: The early voyages; Introduction to sponsorship; Jaghts, fore-and-afters and open boats; The first solo-cruisinevachtsmen: TheSindehandedTransatlanticRaces:. Early. solo women voyagers; The singlehanded circumnavigators; The Cape Horners; Other record breakers; The last freedom.The appendix contains the following data in tabular form: First Circumnavigators; Singlehanded Circumnavigators; Part single-handed andtor near-circumnavigators; Single-handed Cape Horners; Transatlantic marine records; Transpacific yacht records; Trans-In- dim Ocean Yacht Records; Singlehanded Trans-ocean races; Singlehanded yachtswomen; Singlehanded Blue Water Medalists.

367 Cruising Yarns from the Y.M. Edited by Maurice Griffiths; illustrated by H. H. R. Ethridge. London: Peter Davies, 1938.296~~. Fifteen brief accounts of voyages from 1854 to 1932. Of the most interest is Erskine Childers' "A Drift to the Baltic in a Seven-tonner," the first part of a series on a voyage in V7en which appeared in 1898 in Yachting Monthly Magazine. The magazine ceased publication before the next issue appeared. Cruising: Histories and Collective Works 99

The published account describes the voyage to Kiel. Dulcibella of The Riddle, oftheSands was very like Vixen. A person like Bartels in The Riddle is described & the article. The dulk of childera' logs, letters, and writings on cruising have since been published inA Thirstforthe Sea, edited and introduced (with great skill) by Hugh and Robin Popham (no.144). Also included is an anonymous article telling the story of the loss of Frank G. G. Carr's Lily (which he had renamed Quickstep II) en route from Pin Mill to Dover and the Scilly Isles. All are interesting accounts.

368 Curley, Patrick 0. Adventures in the Wind the Story of "IslandGirl" and Other Small Boat Sagas. New York: Exposition Press, 1967. 65pp. The author bought Island Girl in Miami and sailed her to Bay Adam, Louisiama, where she was lost almost immediately in a hurricane. In frustration, he wrote of her single voyage and of those of Alain Gerbault, Harry Pidgeon, Joshua Slocum, and Vito Dumas. The brief accounts of other people's voyages are well written.

369 Devine, Eric Midget Magellans: Great Cruises in Small Ships. New York: H. Smith and R. Haas, 1935; London: J. Lane, 1936. 223pp. Well-constructed accounts, but told in excessively nautical language, of the voyages of R.T. McMullen, E.F. Knight, Joshua Slocum, J.C. Voss, Thomas Drake, Harry Pidgeon, Alain Gerbault, Conor O'Brien, W.A. Robinson, and Erling Tambs.

370 Far Horizons: Adventures in Cruising by Members of the Cruising Club of America. Edited by Alfred Stanford, David L. Bacon, and Charles H. Vilas. New York: The Club, 1971.395~~. Sixty-five articles, all but one from the Cruising Club News, about cruises on the Great Lakes, and the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. Arranged by region.

371 Fisher, John Stirling. h Midmost Waters. With drawings by Robert Gibbings. London: Naldrett Press, 1952.219~~. A well-written account of individuals voyaging on the Pacific in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, from William Ellis to Lafcadio Hearn. Chapter V11 deals with the Pacific portion of the Brasseys' round-the-world cruise in Sunbeam, with a brief historical background.

372 Force Nine and More. Sydney: Murray, 1969. 167pp. Eighteen very interesting and informative articles on the experiences of a number of people who sailed under extreme conditions, many of them in Australian waters. Contents: "Force Nine and More," by Kenneth Slack; "By Gale to Paradise," by Ken Mills; "End-for-Ender," by John Braidwood; "An- tarctic Escapade," by Wanvick Deacock; "Saltash Saga," by Sheila Patrick; "Tall I00 Adventurers Afloat

Ship to Frisco," by Ken Mills; "Sailing Down the Trades," by Tony Johnson; "Hacksaw Navigator," by Alan Gibbons; "Seven Days to Doom," by Des Kearns; "HurricaneHeartbreak," by Arthur Piver; "Southward Alone," byB. R. Trevene; "Cruising the Horn," by Des Kearns; "Into the Rising Sun," by James Porter; "Turned Turtle," by Sheila Patrick; "Death of Skunda, "by Bob Dickson; "How I Lost Euydice," by Maurice de Verteuil; "Tasmanian Nightmare," by Graham Bennett; "The Ultimate Sea," by Frank Robb.

373 Great Voyages in Small Boats: Solo Circumnavigators. Clinton Corners, N.Y.: de Graff, 1976. 516pp. Full texts oE John Gumell, "Trekka"Round the World (no. 426); Vito Dumas, Alone Through theRoaringForfies (no. 417); and Joshua Slocum, Sail- ingAlone Around the World (no. 462).

374 Harris, Macdonald. (pseud. of Donald W. Heiney) They Sailed Alone: The Story of the Single-Handers. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1972.185pp. Sanitized accounts of the exploits of the standard voyagers, including Joshua Slocum, J.C. Voss, Harry Pidgeon, Alain Gerbault, AM Davison, John Gumell, Robin Lee Graham, and Sir Francis Chichester.

375 Heaton, Peter. The Sea Gets Bluer: Some Small Boat Wanderers and Their Writ- ings. London: A. & C. Black, 1965; New York: Duell, Sloan & Pearce, 1966.251~~. The voyages of Joshua Slocum, J.C. Voss, R.T. McMullen, Hary Pidgeon, E.F. Knight, Erskine Childers, Alain Gerbault, G.H.P. Mulhauser, Erling Tambs, John Guznvell, Sir Francis Chichester, W.A. Robinson, and the His- cocks, with an excellent summary in the introductory chapter.

376 Heaton, Peter. The Sea Gets Greyer: More Small Boat Wanderers and Their Wnt- ings. London: A. & C. Black, 1966. 232pp. Voyages in grey northern seas. The Andrews Brothers, "Rob Roy" Mc- Gregor, Thomas Fleming Day and Sea Bird, Joshua Slocum, R.T. McMullen, E.F. Knight and Falcon in the Baltic, Erskine Childers and nte Riddle of the Sands, EUa Maillart, Frank Carr, Peter Swtt, Maurice Griffiths and Ten Small Yachts, Arthur Ransome and Racundra, J.B. Kirkpatrick, Sir Francis Chichester, and H.W. Tilman. Very good summaries.

377 Heaton, Peter. The Singlehandem. London: Michael Joseph; New York: Hastings House, 1976.208~~. A well-designed and well-written account, with a very functional balance between chronological and topical treatment, by area1 expert. Contentsinclude observations on motivation, narrative accounts of the periods 1876-1899,1900- 1939, 1940-1959, and 1960 to the present (the latter including the new single- handed ocean racing), and discussions of risks to man and boat, loneliness and illness, women voyagers, and women left behind. Cruising: Histories and Collective Works 101

378 Heatter, Basil. The Sea Dreamers. Illustrated by Raymond Burns. New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1968. viii, 165pp. Also published with the subtitle Recent Small Boat Voyages. Illustrated by William Randall. Foreword by Sir Alec Rose. London: Macdonald, 1970. 176pp. For children. The voyages of Joshua Slocum, Howard Blackburn, J.C. Voss, Alain Gerbault, Harry Pidgeon, W.A. Robison, and Dwight Long. Con- tains long quotations from the authors with connecting passages by Heatter. Readable.

379 Holm, Don. The Circumnavigators: Small Boat Voyagers of Modem Times. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1974. xii, 496pp.; London: Angus & Robertson, 1975. xvi, 496pp. To date the best and most comprehensive history of small boat voyaging. Displays some prejudices and has some surprising omissions. The author discovered Voss' daughter, Mrs. Caroline Kuhn, in Portland, Oregon, in 1972 and confirmed that Voss had died in Tracy, California on 22 February 1922 at age 64. Covers many voyages which did not produce books. Copes well with the difficulties of synthesis in this field. Has annotated bibliography.

380 Hughes, John Scott. Littleships. Sketches by Frank Mason. New York: Dutton, 1933. vii, 187pp. A history of British cruising beginning with McMullen in the 1850s.

381 Hughes, John Scott. Told in the WatchBelow. Illustrated with drawings by Donald Mar- well. London: Country Life; New York: Dutton, 1934. vii, 187pp. Discursive accounts of cruising and cruising men.

382 Just Cruising. Edited by William H. Taylor; introduction by Herbert L. Stone. New York: Van Nostrand, 1949; Toronto: Macmillan, 1950. xiii, 505pp. Selected articles from YachtingMagazine. Thirty-seven deal with voyages and 18 with technique.

383 Klein, David, and Mary Louise King. GreatAdventuresin Small Boats. New York: Collier Books; Lon- don: Collier-Macmillan, 1963. 317pp. Originally published with the title They Took to the Sea, Including PersonalAccounts of the Voyages of Joshua Slocum, JackLondon, RockwellKent and Other Small-boat Voyagers. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1948. viii, 342pp. 102 Adventurers Afloat

A topical treatment with excerpts and commentary, some of which is quite acid. A good synthesis. Annotated bibliography.

384 Lamb, Geoffrey Frederick Mo&m Adventures at Sea Foreword by Sir Alec Rose. London: Harrap, 1970. 154pp. The first two chapters (pp. 10-45) deal with amateur voyages. Chapter one covers Atlantic voyages, including the Observer Singlehanded Transatlantic Race. Chapter two covers voyages around the world, including the Golden Globe Race.

385 Lamb, Geoffrey Frederick ThrillingJourneys of Modem Times. Leicester: Ulverscroft, 1965. 176pp. (Ulverscroft Large Print Series). Reissued in large print Leicester: R.A. Thorpe, 1974. 196pp. Contains an account of William Willis' fust raft voyage. For Willis' account see no. 691.

386 Merrett, John. The Tme Bookabout Famous Voyages in Small Boats. Illustrated by F. Stocks May. London: F. Muller, 1956. 140pp. The American edition has the title Famous Voyages in Small Boats. Illustrated by Paul Berkow. New York: Criterion Books, 1957. 188pp. For young people. The amateur voyages covered are those of Slocum, Heyerdahl, and Bombard. Possibly still of interest to some children.

387 Merrien, Jean. (pseud. of RenC Marie de la Poix de FrCmonville) Lonely Voyagers. Translated by J.H. Watkins. London: Hutchin- son, 1954; New York: Putnam, 1954. 310pp. Structured account of voyages: Atlantic west to east, east to west, and slantwise; around the World; family voyages; disasters. The structure used causes severe and unresolved problems with the presentation. Worth reading nevertheless.

388 Merrien, Jean. (pseud. of RenC Marie de la Poix de FrCmonville) Madmen of the Atlantic. Translated by Oliver Coburn. Illustrated by Jacques Roubille. New York: Pitman; London: Phoenix, 1962. 150pp. Fictionalized narrative of Atlantic crossings, presented as a discussion involving three characters: Jobig, aBreton pilot in Boston, Tom Cwmllyflln, a Bos- ton journalist, and the narrator, Gildes Quemener, a Breton sea captain. Covers the voyages of Bombard, Lawler, Alan Johnson, C. R. Webb, etc. 389 Olney, Ross Robert. MenAgainst the Sea New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1969. 147pp. Cruising: Histories and Collective Work I03

Discusses exploratory as well as amateur voyages. Among the amateurs: Hannes Keller, Thor Heyerdahl, Robert Manry, Sir Francis Chichester, John Ridgeway, and Chay Blyth.

Pye, Peter. fie Peter fie Omnibus. Introduction by Alexander North Welsh. Shedfield, Hants.: Ashford Press Publishing, 1986. 626pp. Contents: Red Mains? (no. 586); The Sea is for Sailing (no. 739); A Sail in, the Forest (no. 930); and Backdoor to Brazil, the last of which (pp. 448-626) is published here for the fust time and is the story of the Pyes' last major voyage before Peter's death. Moonraker, with Jock McLeod as crew, sailed from Fowey down the Spanish and Portuguese coasts, crossed to Recife by way of Madeira and the Cape Verdes, and then cruised south along the Brazilian coast to Sal- vador, Vitoria, Rio, Ilha Grande, and Santos. She returned to Fowey by way of Natal, Barbados, Antigua, Anguilla, and Bermuda. The Cuban missile crisis cast a shadow over the voyage. The introduction, which gives a brief account of Pye's life, is written by the nephew of his second wife and sailing companion, Ann.

Richardson, Robert. Adventurous Boat Voyages. London: Nelson, 1884. Chapter six deals with four voyages of John MacGregor's Rob Roy, and chapter nine with William Andrews' transatlantic voyage in Nautilus.

Rogers, Stanley. Hazards of the Deep. London: W. H. Allen, 1958. 222pp. Chapter VII, pp. 84-99, "Tales of Lone Voyages," gives brief summary accounts of a number of yachtingvoyagesbefore 1957,not all ofwhich were single- handed. Included are: Slocum; Arthur Smith and Allan Battersly in Orenda, Canada to Devon, 1956, Edward Allcard; Mulhauser (sic.); Gerbault; Pidgeon; Ann Davidson; Bombard; Poon Lim in World War I1 on a raft for 133 days; Thor Heyerdahl; Boudout & company on a raft across the Atlanticin 1956;Han- nes Lindemann; Ben Carlin; Voss; Ham0 and Samuelson in 1897; Blackburn; Wdliam Hudson across the Atlantic from New York to Deal in 1866; Alfred Johnson; William Andrews; etc.

Selection of Cruises Extracted from the Royal Cruising Club "Journal"and Presented to H. R H. The Prince of Wales. London: The Club, 1911.

Solo: The Great Adventures Alone. Compiled by Harry Roskolenko. Chicago: Playboy Press, 1973. xiv, 238pp. The selections dealing with small boat voyaging are from the writings of Sir Francis Chichester, Alain Bombard, William Willis, and J. R. L. Anderson.

Tilman, H. W. Adventures under Sail: Selected Writings of H. W. Tilman, edited by Libby Purves. London: Gollancz. 1982.254~~. 104 Adventurers Afloat

Organized chronologically. Coverage: to Patagonia, 1955; to Kerguelen and Possession Islands, 1959; annual Arctic voyages, 1961-1964,to Deception Island, with great discord among the crew, 1966, the loss of Mischief near Jan Mayen Island, 1968; cruises to eastern Greenland in Sea Breeze, 1973-1977,en- digwith the loss of the ship; and Greenland cruises in Basoque, 1973-1977. Tilman sailed for Smith Island as a member of the crew of Simon Richardson's En Avant, which disappeared off the coast of Brazil in November, 1977. The appendix gives a Mischief chronology.

396 White Sails Shaking: An Anthology of Excerpts from Accounts of Cruises Made in Sailing Yachts. Edited by Ira Henry Freeman. New York: Macmillan, 1948. xiii, 202pp. Excerpts from W well-known cruising writers including Jack London, R. D. Graham, Irving Johnson, Thomas Reming Day, and Conor O'Brien. DEEP WATER CRUISES: AROUND THE WORLD

397 Acton, Shane. Shrimpy: A Record Round-the-World Voyage in an 18' Yacht. Cambridge: Patrick Stephens, 1981. 184pp. On 19 August 1972 Acton started his voyage round the world in the sloop SuperShrimp, or Shriqy for short. Eight years later he returned, having sailed 30,000 miles in the smallest boat ever to circumnavigate the world and having visited Portugal, Morocco, the Canaries, the Caribbean islands, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, Tahiti, and many other South Pacific islands, Australia and the Great Barrier Reef, Indonesia, Sri Lanka, Mangalore, the Red Sea, the Suez Canal, and various Mediterranean ports. He returned to England by way of the French waterways. Being continually short of money, he stopped for prolonged periods at various places to work. In the Caribbean he met Iris Derungs, a youngswissgirl, who accompanied him across the Pacific to Bali and rejoined him in Greece for the remainder of the voyage. Acton's convivial personality, which won him many friends along the way, is reflected in his writing style. SuperShrimp: Caprice Mark I bilge keel plywood sloop, designed by Robert Tucker and built in Cowes in 1962 by C. E. Clark. LOA 18'-4";Beam 6'-2";Draft 1'4"; Registered tonnage 2.1.

398 Bernicot, Louis. The Voyage of "Anahita":Single-Handed Around the World. Translated from the French, with a foreword by Edward Allcard. London: Hart-Davis, 1953. 189pp Originally published as La Crokiere d'Anahita." Paris: Nouvelle Revue Francaise, 1939. The story of the fourth man to sail around the world alone. He was preceded by Slocum, Pidgeon, and Gerbault. Bernicot was a merchant marine captain who retired at the age of 51 in 1934. He sailed west via the Straits of Magellan and the Cape of Good Hope, 22 August 1936 to 30 May 1938. After his return to France he sailed, in bad weather, for Casablanca. A shroud broke. It hit him on the head when he went aloft to secure it. He was able to return to 106 Adventurers Afloat

France. but a fatal tumor resulted from the wound. Written in a matter-of-fact style. Anahita: Bermudan auxiliary cutter. LOA 41'; Beam 11'-6";Draft S-7"

399 Blyth, Chay. me Impossible Voyage. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1971; New York: Putnam, 1972. 244pp. Reissued London: Pan Books, 1972; New York: Ballantine Books, 1973.219~~. A single-handed westward voyage in the 59' steel-hulledsloop British Steel through the Roaring Forties following the Golden Globe race in which British Steel was disabled. Sponsored by the British Steel Corporation.An interesting account of a really difficult voyage against the prevailing wind by a near-professional adventurer. For an early and particularly acid American view of the voyage, see Donald Holm's The Circumnavigators.

400 Brassey, Annie Allnutt Brassey, Baroness. A Voyage in the "Sunbeam,"Our Home on the Ocean for Eleven, Months, with 118 illustrations engraved on wood by G. Pearson, chiefly after drawings by A. Y. Bingham. London: Longmans, Green, 1878. xv, 504pp. This book has gone through an extraordinary number of editions (i. e., reissues). The British editions appeared under the above title. Most of the American editions have the title Around the World in the Yacht "Sunbeam,"Our Home on the Oceanfor Eleven Months. The following list of editions is probably incomplete. Longmans, Green published the second and third editions in 1878, two editions in 1879, and other editions in 1881, 1897, and 1907. American editions were published in New York by Henry Holt in 1878, 1879, 1880, 1889, and 1891. Other editions were published in New York in 1878 and 1904 as well as without dates. American editions with the British title were published as follows: Chicago: Belford, Clarke, 1881, 1883, 1884, and 1886. St. Louis, MO.: J. W. Henry, 1890 and 1891. Boston: C. E. Brown, 1892. Chicago: Crowell, n. d.; A Canadian edition with the British title was published as the 6th edition, Toronto: Rose-Belford, 1879. A German edition was published (in English) as the copyright edition, Leipzig: Tauchnita, 1879. An abridged edition of 64pp. was published in 1881 in London by Longmans. The book was adapted as a school text book and published by Longmans in 1880 with reissues in 1881, 1888. and 1908. An edition was published with the title Afloat and Ashore; or, A Voyage in the "Sunbeam," Our Home on the Ocean for Eleven Months. [n.p.] Juvenile Publishing Co., [n.d.]. Lady Brassey also published Natural His- tory of a Voyage in the "Sunbeam." London: Longmans, 1878. 22pp. William A. Hardie published Notes on Lady Brassey's Deep Water Crukes: Around fie World 107

Voyage in the "Sunbeam,"with Ejcamination Papers. Allahabad: Lala Ram Marain Lal, 1894. Lord and Lady Brassey and their children sailed westward around the world on board their steam auxiliary brigantine yacht Sunbeam, leaving Chatham on 1July 1876 and returning 26 May 1877. Lord Brassey, a qualified master mariner, commanded the yacht, which carried 11 passengers and a crew of 32. They visited Cowes, Torbay, Maceira, Teneriffe, the Cape Verde Islands, Rio de Janeiro, the River Plate, and passed through the Straits of Magellan, where they rescued the crew of the burning coal ship Monkshaven. They sailed north along the Chilean coast, calling at Valparaiso and visiting Santiago. They then sailed westward to Tahiti and north to the Hawaiian Islands, celebrating Christmas, 1876, in Hilo. Next theyvisited Yokohama and other Japanese ports, Hong Kong, Canton, Macao, and Singapore. They returned home via Ceylon, Aden, Suez, and various Mediterranean ports. Each day Lady Brassey wrote a narrative of the events of the preceeding day for her father. This book and her later ones grew from these daily narratives. The account is fresh, readable, and interesting, with excellent descriptions of exotic peoples and places from the Victorian English viewpoint. A true classic of travel literature. Lord Brassey, an internationally-known expert on naval affairs, and publisher of Brassey's Naval Annual, inherited his wealth from his father, Thomas (1805-1870), a pioneer railway contractor whose life was written by Samuel Smiles.

401 Brassey, Annie Allnutt Brassey, Baroness. Lady Brassey's Three Voyages in the "Sunbeam." London: Longmans, Green, 1887. 64,64,64pp. Abridgements ofA Voyage in the Sunbeam, Sunshine and Storm in the East (no. 955), and In the Trades, the Tropics, and the Roaring Forties (no. 494).

402 Brown, Alexander Crosby. Horizon's Rim. Illustrated by George Nelson. New York: Dodd, Mead; London: Arrowsmith, 1935. 373pp. The last half of the voyage of the schooner Chance, which sailed from New London, Conn., on 12 July 1928 with a crew of five Yale graduates. The story of the first half of the voyage is told in E. H. Dodd's Great Dipper to the Southern Cross (no. 416). Written by the only member of the original crew to make the entire voyage. Narrates the voyage from Sydney to New Bedford, Mass., 15 August 1929 to 17 September 1930, via the East Indies, the Indian Ocean, the Red Sea, the Mediterranean, and the Atlantic. Chance: A Grand Banks fishing schooner, converted to a yacht. LOA 76'; LWL W, Beam 16'-6, Draft 12'-6".

403 Brown, Alexander Crosby. "An Unofficial Log Book of the Schooner Chance; Daily Notes Recorded on the First Part of a Voyage Around the World from New London, Conn., to Papeete, Tahiti, July 12, 1928 to January 26, 1929." Typescript in the Mariners Museum, Newport News, Va. 108 Adventurers Afloat

404 Bryhn, Birger J., T. Schuybert, and 0.T. Oestmoen. Round the World with "Ho-Ho."Translated from the Norwegian by Joan Wright. London: Bles, 1953.205pp. An account of an eastward voyage, 19 November 1933to 4 November 1937, from Oslo via the Cape of Good Hope and the Panama Canal. Bryhn wrote the account of the voyage from Oslo to Hobart; Schuyberg the portion from Hobart to Vavatao; and Oestmoen the voyage home. Arthur Ransome's copy, in the library of California State University, Fullerton, has notes of numerous errors in the use of nautical terminology and a letter from the publisher acknowledging receipt of a letter from Ransome and stating that no translator who knew nautical terminology had been available. Good reading nevertheless. Ho-Ho: A Colin Archer type Norwegian pilot cutter built in 1908. LOA 39'; Beam 13'; Draft 7'; 15.99 tow gross.

405 Chichester, Sir Francis. "Gipsy Moth" Circles the World London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1967; New York: Coward-McCann, 1968. xvi, 269pp. Reissued London: Pan Books; New York: Pocket Books, 1969. 3Wp. Chichester's most famous voyage, which led to a knighthood upon hi return. He sailed eastward from Plymouth on 27 August 1966, via the Cape of Good Hope, to Sydney for the only stopover, then north around New Zealand (with a capsize in heavy seas), and back to Plymouth by way of Cape Horn, arriving on 28 May 1967. Gipsy Moth especially designed for the voyage by II- lingworth amd Primrose, proved to be disappointing in performance and difficult to handle. (For Illingworth's comments on the boat see his The Mal- ham Story, no. 190). She is now preserved in dry dock near Cufty Sarkat Green- wich and, like CuftySark, can be boarded. Gipsy Moth W:LOA 53'-1"; LWL 38'6"; Displacement 11.5 tons; 18 tons Thames Measurement.

406 Chichester, Sir Francis. Carr, Frank G. G. The Epic Voyage of Sir Francis Chichester in. "Gipsy Moth N." London: Pitkin, 1967. 24pp. Published with the title "GipsyMoth W"Round the World with Sir Francis Chichester. London: Pitkin Pictorials, 1969. 24pp. (Pride of Britain Books).

407 Chichester, Sir Francis. Simpson, Colin, and Christopher Angeloglou. Sir Francis, Chichester: Voyage of the Century. London: Sphere Books, 1967. 112pp.

408 Chiles, Webb. Storm Passage: Alone Around Cape Horn. New York: Times Books, 1977.245~~. Deep Water Cruhes:Around The World 109

Eastward from San Diego via Cape Horn and the Cape of Good Hope in the sloopEgregous. Part I describes the unsuccessful first attempt, November 1974 to March 1975. Chiles' new boat began to disintegrate rapidly on the way south. He barely made it downwind to Tahiti for emergency repairs and then barely made it back to San Diego for a much-needed overhaul. In October 1975 he started again. A crack began to open in the hull. He rounded the Horn successfully, but the leak gained and the disintegration process resumed, speeded by heavy weather and three capsizes. He made Auckland in sinking condition. There the boat was repaired again. The cruise ended in Tahiti in May 1976. Egregious: Ericson 37 without auxiliary engine. LOA 37'-5"; LWL 28'-6"; Beam 11'-4"; Draft S-9"; Displacement 8 tons.

409 Chiles, Webb. Open Boat: Across the Pacific. New York: Norton, 1982. 204pp. After he andsuzanne were divorced, Chiles sailed from San Diego, Califor- nia, on 12 November 1978 to make the first circumnavigation of the world in an open boat. His boat, Chidiock Tichbome, named after a young man who was implicated in the Babington plot against Queen Elizabeth I and executed in 1.586, was a Drascombe Lugger yawl, of the same class as Ken Duxbury's famous Lugworm. She proved to be very seaworthy except for one flaw, which nearly cost Chides his life. The itinerary for the Pacific leg of the circumnavigation included Nuku Hiva, Papeete, Pago Pago, Vauvau and other islands in the Kingdom of Tonga, and Suva. At Chiles' request, Suzanne flew to Tahiti, sailed around the island in Chidio& and then flew successively to Samoa, Tonga, and Fiji to meet her. The boat was laid up for the cyclone season in Suva while the Chiles went to New Zealand and then back to California. On 7 May 1980 Chiles sailed west for Indonesia while Suzanne, who was to meet him there, went home to New Zealand. On 10 May the boat pitchpoled and swamped. Because the open top of the centerboard case was under water, the boat could not be bailed out. Chiles drifted in his inflatable raft in company with Chidiock until the 24th, when he was able to cross the reef at Emae in the dinghy and find help. Chidiock crossed the reef by herself. The book ends with both boat and marriage in repairable condition.

409a Chiles, Webb. 7he Ocean Waits. New York: Norton, 1984.271~~. The sequel to Open Boat. With great difficulty and expense, the equipment and materials to refit Chidiock and the boat herselfwere assembled at Port Vila, on Efate. On 9 October 1980 Chiles sailed toward Cairns on his way around the world. The voyage was an easy one. After six months in Australia with Suzanne, he sailed north inside the Great Barrier Reef, crossed the Gulf of Car- penteria, stopped briefly at Darwin, and reached Bali, where Suzanne met him, on 2 July 1981. After a month of frustration and enjoyment on Bali, he went on to Singapore, flew home to San Diego, and spent six months with Suzanne and his grandmother before continuing his voyage. The next leg, 4,058 miles non- stop from Singapore to Aden, was the longest non-stop open boat voyage made to date. It is described in a novel and judicious way. At Aden he learned that his grandmother was dying; at Port Sudan, which he reached after an extremely difficult and frustrating voyage up the Red Sea, he learned that she was dead. He flew home, arriving without warning, and found that Suza~edid not wish to see him. After a very difficult period of despair, in which he tried to commit suicide, he flew back to Chidiock to continue his voyage. After more frustration and delay in trying to sail north in the Red Sea, he landed at Rabigh, in 110 Adventurers Afloat

Saudi Arabia, where he was thrown in jail, interrogated, and finally, after the intervention of the American Embassy, allowed to leave the country by air without his boat. At the end of the narrative, without wife and boat, he is still determined to complete his voyage. The last chapter of the book is made up of poems composed during the voyage.

410 Clark, Victor. On the Wind of a Dream: The Saga of "Solace."London: Hutchin- son, 1960.308pp. After 27 years in the Royal Navy and six years of cruising, Clark sailed westward around the world from Lymington to Plymouth via the Panama Canal and the Cape of Good Hope, 4 September 1953 to 28 August 1959. His crew to St. Lucia was Brian Greig, and for the rest of the voyage, Stanley Mathurin. Interesting but not gripping. Solace: Auxiliary Bermudan ketch. MA39'; Beam 11'-9"; 9 tons.

411 Cloughley, Maurice R A World to the West. A Voyage Around the World New York: McKay, 1979. 366pp. After working for five years in the Canadian arctic and saving money, the author went to England in 1%1 to find a boat to sail to his native New Zealand. Instead he found a wife, Katie. For the next five years the couple worked in the Canadian arctic and saved money before returning to England, where they found and bought Nanook (until thensafmi II). After a further year's work in Canada, they set out on a cruise around the world, fust spending a year in the Mediterranean. They sailed down the African coast to the Canaries, across to the Caribbean, through the Panama Canal and across the Pacific via the Galapagos and the Polynesian islands to New Zealand, where they spent eight months. They sailed homeward to Halifax, Nova Scotia, via the Melanesian islands, the Great Barrier Reef, the Indian Ocean islands, South Africa, and the Caribbean. The story of the voyage is very well told and illustrated. Nanook Built in Australia by Kurt Frank on the lines of W. A. Robinson's Svaap, but two feet longer. Sailed to England by Frank and hi wife. LOA 34'- 2"; LWL 28'; Beam 9'4"; Draft S-9".

412 Colas, Alain. Around the WorldAlone. Translated by J. F. Bernard. Woodbury, N. Y.: Barrons, 1978. v, 209pp. A day-by-day account of an eastward circumnavigation from St. Malo via the Cape of Good Hope and Cape Horn, with a month's stopover in Sydney, in the trimaranMunureva (formerly EricTabarly'sPen DuickN). Colas borrowed enough money to buy Pen Duick. sailed her sinde-handed from Tahiti to France toqukfyfor (he 19f20bse~er~n~le-~anded~ransatlantic ace, won the race and with it economic independence, completely refitted and modified the boat . A - for heavy weather and rob& seas, and renamed her Manureva (Bird of Pas- sage). He began his circumnavigation on 8 September 1973, at the same time as the boats sailing in the Whitbread Round the World Race started on their fust leg to Cape Town. He kept in radio contact with the racing fleet, waited for them in Sydney, and sailed with them again on their third leg around Cape Horn. He experienced extremely rough weather in the Indian and the Pacific Oceans, but rounded the Horn in good weather, meeting the Race guard ship, H. M. S. En- Deep Water Cruises: Around Re World 111

durance, there, and received fuel, supplies, and help in repairing his generator from her crew. He had gear failures of various kinds along the way and, shortly before reaching Australia, was made very ill and nearly killed by carbon monoxide from hi cabin heater. For the most part, however, he had an enjoyable voyage and achieved his speed goal. He sailed a total of 29,667 nautical miles in 169 days at sea, averaging 7.3 knots or 175.5 mautical miles per day. Manureva: Ketch. LOA69'; Beam 35.T'; Draft (board up) 4'; (board down) 8'.

413 Collins, Dale. Sea Trach ofthe "Speejacks"Round the World Introduction by Jeanne Bouchet Gowen. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday, Page, 1923. h,286pp. The story of the first circumnavigation by a motor yacht, westward from New York via the Panama and Suez Canals, 21 August 1921 to 11 December 1922. The yacht was towed 4400 miles across the south Pacific byEustem Queen because she had insufficient fuel capacity to make this part of the voyage on her own. The introduction is written by the owner's wife. A flamboyant narrative of a luxury cruise, but with solid content. Speejacks: Powered by two 250-h. p. Winton gasoling engines. LOA 98'; Beam 17'; Draft 6'; 65 tons.

413a Cravath, Paul D. The World Cruke of the "Wam'or."New York: Cox & Stevens, [1927?]. 21pp. The history of the Wam'orin Mariners Mimr, November, 1984, pp. 427-431, does not include this cruise.

414 Crocker, Templeton. The Cruke of the "Zaca" New York and London: Harper, 1933. xi, 328pp. Westward in luxury from San Francisco via the Suez and Panama Canals, visiting the usual places. Uninspired writing and dull reading. The author displays a very limited knowledge of history and and geography; for example, he observes of a person met en route, "He spoke Engiiih well, even though educated in New Zealand." Zaca: Diesel auxiliary schooner, designed as a smaller version of Bluenose. LOA 118'; LWL %,Beam W,Draft 14'; 84 gross tons.

415 Cultra, Quen. "Queequeg's Odyssey." Chicago: Chicago Revue Press, 1977. 288pp. Published with the title "Queequeg'S Odyssey:Around the World in a Trimaran. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1978, 272pp. The author built a Piver Lodestar trimaran on his parents' farm in Illinois. In March 1%8 he began his circumnavigation at Seneca, Illinois. He reached the Gulf of Mexico by way of the Illinois and Mississippi Rivers and the In- tracoastal Waterway, transited the Panama Canal, and crossed the Pacific to Australia via the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, Tahiti, Tonga, Fiji, and the New Hebrides. He sailed north inside the Great Barrier Reef to Cairns and 112 Adventurers Afloat

Cooktown,visitedTimor,Komodo,andBali, and thencrossed the Indian Ocean with stops at Cocos Keeling and Mauritius. After visiting Durban and Cape Town, he called at St. Helena and Ascension on the way to Recife. From there he sailed north through the Caribbean to New York and, via the New York State Barge Canal and the Great Lakes, back to Illinois. Along the way he had various crew members. Hi descriptions of the places he visited are those of a tourist, as are his observations on the native peoples he encountered. Queequeg: Ketch. LOA 35'; Beam 20'; Draft 30"; Displacement 2.5 tons.

416 Dodd, Edward Howard. Great Dipper to Southern Cross. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1930. xi, 332pp. The story of a voyage made by five Yale graduates in the schooner Chance from New London, Conn., to Sydney via the Panama Canal on the first leg of a voyage around the world, 12 July 1928 to 6 June 1929. See also Alexander Cros- by Brown's account of the final leg of the voyage in his Horizon's Rim, no. 402. 417 Dumas, Vito. Alone Through the Roaring Forties: The Voyage of "LehgITAround the World. Translated by Capt. Raymond Johnes. London, etc.: Coles in association with Harrap; New York: de Graff, 1960. 191pp. Eastward, 27 June 1942 to 7 July 1943, from Buenos Aires via the Cape of GoodHope and Cape Horn to Mar delPlata, Argentina,with stopovers at Cape Town, Wellington, and Valparaiso. Dumas was the fust singlehander to survive the Cape Horn passage, the first to sail extensively in the Roaring Forties, and the first to round the world with only three stops. His peppery, attractive personality, expressed in his writing style, survives the translation. Should be read in conjunction with the books of Chichester, Rose, Knox-Johnston, and Blyth. Lehg II: Double-ended Bermudan ketch designed by Manuel M. Campos and patterned after the old Rio de la Plata whaleboats, but with a reduced length-to-beam ratio, and resembling a Colin archer design. LOA 31'-2"; Beam 10'-9";moulded depth 5'-7".

418 Eddy, Alan. So You Want to SailAroundthe World Catskill, N. Y.: Allied Boat Co., [n. d.]. A promotional piece describing Eddy's voyage in the Seawind ketch Apogee. 419 Fleischmann, Julius. Footsteps in the Sea. New York: Putnam, [1935]. 286pp. An account of averyluxurious westwardvoyage incamorgo from New York via the Panama and Suez Canals, 1931-1932. The afterguard consisted of the owner, his wife, two small children, a photographer, and a governess. The narrative ends in Suez, but the voyage continued to New York Camatgo: Twin diesel motor yacht. LOA 225'. Deep Water Cruises:Around The World 113

420 Forstman, Julius George. World Cruise of the Motor Yacht "Orion"November 5th 1929-June 11th 1930. New York: William Edwin Rudge, 1930.244~~. The author accompanied his parents, two other couples, and his sister and brother on this eastward circumnavigation in his father's 333' yacht. The yacht is not described and the exotic peoples met along the way are not understood. The yacht sailed from New York to Havana, crossed the Atlantic by way of Teneriffe, visited various Mediterranean ports, transited the Suez Canal, called at Ceylon, Rangoon, Penang, Singapore, and Bangkok, visited the Dutch East Indies, Hong Kong, Macao, Keelung, Nagasaki, Kobe, and Yokohama, and then returned to New York by way of Honolulu and the Panama Canal.

421 Fyfe, George. The Cruise of the "St.George," R Y. S. (E. .L Wythes, esq., Bickley Park, Kent, owner) to See the World, 1891-92. Wellington, Salop.: John Jones, Printer and Publisher, 1893.233~~. The story of an eastward circumnavigation from Southampton by way of the Suez Canal and the Straits of Magellan told in15 letters written by the ship's doctor in the humorous style of a nineteenth century Irish novel. The author has an uncommon talent for description. His scenes appear vividly in the reader's mind. St. George called at Gibraltar, Malta, Aden, Malacca, Ceylon, Singapore, Hong Kong, Canton, Nagasaki, Yokohama, Esquimalt Harbour, Victoria, and Vancouver, B. C., and San Francisco, whence she recrossed the Pacific in a southwesterly direction to Honolulu, New Zealand (nearly circumnavigating the two islands), Tasmania, and Melbourne and Sydney before dou- bling back to Juan Fernandez Island and passing through into the Atlantic to visit Monte Video and Buenos Aires before returning to Southampton. St. George: Steam screw auxiliary barquentine. LOA 192'; Beam 32'; 100 tons. Crew: 37 officers and seamen; 9 in steward's department; afterguard: 7 gentlemen, including the author and the owner.

422 Gash, Ann. A Starto SteerHerBy. Ryde, N. S. W.: Angus & Robertson, 1980. 240pP. The author, a divorced Sydney nurse whose six children were grown and on their own, sailed for England in the Fokboat Ilimo on 24 June 1975. She was 52 years old and determined to build a new and meaningful life. She sailed north through the Great Barrier Reef, called at Cairns, Cooktown, Thursday Island, Darwin, Christmas Island, Mauritius, Reunion, Durban (where she got rid of a hitchiier from Mauritius), Cape Town, Accra, where she was robbed and rammed, and whence she shipped her boat to England and was robbed again by the shipping company. In England she tried to get her boat repaired and was swindled and insulted rather than robbed, but found many helpful friends. She traversed the French canals to Sete, then sailed west to Gibraltar, Santa Cruz de Teneriffe, Trinidad, and Panama. After crossing to the Pacific she sailed home by way of the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, Tahiti and Moorea, Raratonga, and Tonga. She hoped to be at sea again soon in a new boat. Well told. Ilimo: The name is a Papua-New Guinea word for a coconut palm which leans out over the water, hence a water tree. Plywood. LOA 7.3 metres (23.95'). 114 Adventurers Afloat

423 Gorsky, Bernard. "Moana"(Vastness of the Waters).Translated from the French by Alec Brown. London: Elek, 1956.239~~. The American edition has the title Vastness of the Sea Adventure in the Mysterious Depths. Boston: Little. Brown, 1957. 305pp.

423a Gorsky, Bernard. "Moana"Returns. Translated from the French by Alec Brown. London: Elek, 1959.264~~. A two-volume account of avoyage around the world in a cutter, June 1954 to July 1956, undertaken by four young men intererested primarily in scuba diving. The first volume describes the voyage outward from Saint Molo to the Caribbean and then through the Panama Canal to Tahiti. The second volume describes the homeward voyage through Melanesia, Indonesia, the Red Sea, and the Suez Canal. Some parts of the translation, especially those dealing with nautical terms, are rather strange. Moana (ex-Lnita): Auxiliary cutter. LOA 39'-8"; Beam 10'-9"; Draft 6' = 6".

424 Graham, Robin Lee. Dove, by Robin Lee Graham with Derek L. T. Gill. New York: Harper & Row; London: Angus and Robertson, 1972. 199pp. Reissued London: Sphere, 1974. 205pp. A ghosted, smoothly-written, sanitized account of a solo voyage westward from Los Angeles via the cape of Good Hope and the Panama Canal, 27 July 1965 to 30 April 1970. Graham crossed the Pacific to Darwin by way of Hawaii, Fanning Island, Samoa, Fiji, and the Melanesian islands. His Indian Ocean passage to Durban included stops at Cocos, Mauritius, and Reunion. After refitting in South Africa, he sailed for Barbados via Ascension Island and Surinam. In Barbados he replaced his original boat with the larger Rerum ofDove, crossed into the Pacific, visited the Galapagos Islands, and then sailed back to Los An- geles. He met Patti Ratteree in Fiji and thereafter was anxious to give up the voyage and marry her. They met at various ports along the way and married, but he was persuaded to complete the voyage by his father, his wife, and representatives of the National Geographical Society, which had acquired publishing rights to his story. When the voyage was over, Graham and his wife took up farming in Montana. Dove: A Cal24 sloop, designed by Bill Lapworth. LOA 24'. Refum of Dove: a Luders 33 sloop. LOA 33'; Beam 10'; Draft 5'.

425 Graham, Robin Lee. fie Boy who Sailed Around the World Alone, by Robin Lee Graham, with Derek L. T. Gill. Editor: Vera R. Webster; Art director: Frances Giannoni. New York: Golden Press; Racine, Wis.: Western Publishing Co., Inc., 1973. 140pp. Reissued Waco, Tex.: Word Books, 1985. 165pp. A lavishly illustrated large quarto volume for older children which tells the same story as the adult book, but differs in emphasis, illustrations, and format. It focuses on Graham's life rather than on his voyage and, therefore, a larger proportion of the text is devoted to early life. The story ends with his return to Deep Water Cruises: Around The World 115

California and his reunion with Patti rather than with the birth of their daughter and their farming life.

426 Guzzwell, John. "Trekluz"Round the World London: Coles; New York: de Graff, 1964.195~~. Reissued New York: McKay, 1979. 199pp. Westward from Victoria, B. C., 10 September 1954 to 11 September 1959, via the Cape of Good Hope and the Panama Canal. In San Francisco Gumell met the Smeetons, and in Hawaii he joined them in Tm Hang for a sixteen- month cruise to Fanning Island, Samoa, Vavau, New Zealand, and Australia. He sailed with them on their first ill-fated voyage toward England by way of Cape Horn during which Tm Hung was pitchpoled, dismasted, and nearly sunk west of the Horn and made port in Chile with great difficulty (for the story of this voyage and the Smeeton's subsequent attempt to round the Horn from the west, see Miles Smeeton's Once is Enough, no.683). Gunwell continued his leisurely westward circumnavigation in Trekka, visiting the Great Barrier Reef, the Cocos Keeling Islands, Mauritius, Durban, CapeTown, St. Helena, Ascen- sion, and various West Indian ports before passing through the Panama Canal to the Pacific. He returned home to Victoria, B. C., by way of Hawaii, married Maurine, whom he met on the homeward voyage, and settled in to write hisbook after selling Trekka in preparation for building a bigger boat. The appendiigives details of Trekka's design and construction and tells what happened to Tm Hang in the Roaring Forties. A very readable and excellent book. Trekka: Bermudan yawl designed by J. Laurent Giles. LOA U)'@; LWL 18'-6";Draft 4'-6".

427 Hassall, Mark, and Jim Brown. Love for Sail: The Here and Now of Ocean Cruking: On-the-Spot Narrations of a World Cruke in a Boat named "Talojiaface" (Samoan for "I Ive You"). Santa Cruz, Calif.: Interface Pub., 1974. xii, 207pp. The story of a three-and-a-half-year, 40,000-mile voyage edited from about twenty hours of Mark Hassall's audio tapes by Jim Brown, with short connective pieces by Brown. Has notes by David, Mark's son, aged eleven at the beginning of the voyage, and a condensed log by Bonnie, his second wife, which gives places, dates, and distances. Organized topically in two parts, the Here and the Now. Part 1 containsplaces (really thenarrative of the cruise), people (by type), and things (sea creatures, shells, artifacts). Part 2 tells as much as possible about what cruising is like under various circumstances to give prospective cruisers a preview. It also has tips for taping. Hassall's father sailed with him as far as Hawaii, where he gave his son a tape recorder because he knew he would get no letters telling him about the rest of the voyage. The cruise, which began in Oxnard, California, proceeded to Papua New Guinea, the Solomons, the New Hebrides, Fiji, New Zealand (for a six-month stopover), Uvea Atoll, Thursday Island, Darwin, Melville Island, Bali, Christmas Island, Cocos Keeling, Diego Garcia, Seychelles, Assumption Island, the Comoros, Mozambique, South African ports, St. Helena, Ascension, Fernando de Noronha, Trinidad, and Caribbean ports, ending in Guatemala, where the family settled in. Brown is the designer of Searunner trimarans. Hassall's boat was a 37' Searunner which he built himself. The book presents helpful information about an unusual route and cruising, especially in multihulls. 116 Adventurers Afloat

428 Hiscock, Eric. Around the World in "WandererZZZ." London; New York: Oxford University Press, 1956.275~~. Eric and Susan Hiscock's first circumnavigation, 24 July 1952 to l3 July 1955, westward from Yarmouth, Isle of Wight, via the Panama Canal and the Cape of Good Hope. Many ports were visited along the way. A beautifully planned and narrated cruise by a really expert and professional amateur. Wanderer III: Jib-headed auxiliary sloop designed by Laurent Giles & Partners and built in 1952 by Wiam King Ltd., Burnham on Crouch, Essex, for the Hiscocks. LOA 30'-3"; LWL 26'-5"; Beam 8'-4"; Draft (designed) 5'.

429 Hiscock, Eric. Voyage of the "Wanderer111:" Around the World in an &ton Sloop. London: Times Publishing Co., 1955.20pp.

430 Hiscock, Eric. Beyond the West Horizon. London; New York: Oxford University Press, 1963. X,203pp. The Hiscock's sewnd circumnavigation, 19 July 1959 to 8 August 1962, westward from Yarmouth, Isle of Wight, in Wanderer III, via the Panama and Suez Canals. Maintains the high quality of all the Hiscock books.

431 Hiscock, Eric. Come Abocrrd London; New York: Oxford University Press, 1978.237~~. Reissued London: Coles, 1986.237~~. An eastward circumnavigation in Wanderer W May 1974 to September 1976, from New Zealand through the Panama Canal to the Isle of Wight and then back to New Zealand by way of the Cape of Good Hope. Didactic and excellent. For the account of the building of Wandererwand the Hiswcks' voyage to New Zealand in their new floating home, see Sou'west in "Wanderer W"no. 725.

432 James, Dame Naomi. At One with the Sea. London: Hutchinson, 1979.192~~ The American edition has the title AloneAround the World. First Woman to Break Sir Francis Chichester's Round the World Record. New York: Coward, McCann & Geoghegan, 1979.192~~. Naomi James made her single-handed voyage in 274 days, returning to England on 8 June 1978. She sailed in Eqress Crusader, a 53', 15-ton yawl. In the Christmas Honours List, 1978, she was made a Dame of the British Empire.

433 James, Dame Naomi. WomanAlone. London: Daily Express, 1978.128~~. A pictoria! account of Naomi James' circumnavigation, with text, published by the sponsor of the voyage. Deep Water Crukes: Around Re World I17

434 Johnson, Irving, and Electa Johnson. Westward Bound in the Schooner "Yankee." With drawings by Roland Wentzel. New York: Norton, 1936.348~~. In 1931 Johnson was mate of WanvickTompkii'converted NorthSea pilot schooner Wanderbird on a voyage around Cape Horn with a paying crew. His future wife, Electa, was a passenger. They married in 1932 and in March, 1933, went to Europe to find a similar boat to sail in the paying crewway. They bought a former Dutch pilot schooner (built in 1897). They renamed her Yankee, sailed her to Gloucester, Mass., fitted her out, and made an eighteen-month circumnavigation via Panama and the cape of Good Hope. This was the fust of a long series of successful cruises, interrupted only by World War 11, and of a series of popular books describing them. For Wanderbird's voyage see Warwick M. Tompkins' From Fifty South to Ffty South, no. 755.

435 Johnson, Irving, and Electa Johnson. Sailing to See: A Picture Cruke in the Schooner "Yankee." New York: Norton, 1939.223~~. The Johnsons' second circumnavigation, westward via the Panama Canal and the cape of Good Hope with a paying crew. They sailed from Gloucester, Mass., on 1 November 1936 and returned on 1 May 1938. There are many pictures of unusual places and one of Captain Viggo Rasmussen, the South Seas trading skipper who figures in a number of works of the time including those of Robert Dean Frisbie.

436 Johnson, Iming, and Electa Johnson. "Yankee's" Wander World Circling the Globe in the Brigantine "Yankee." New York: Norton, 1949.177pp.; London: Hale, 1956. 278pp. The Johnsons sold the schooner Yankee in 1941, after which Irving sewed in the U. S. Navy for five years. In 1946 they bought a former German pilot boat which they renamed Yankee and rigged as a brigantine. They planned to sail her around the world every three years with a paying crew. This is the account of her fust cruise.

437 Johnson, Irving, Electa Johnson, and Lydia Edes. "Yankee's" People and Places. New York: Norton, 1955.332pp. An account of the second voyage of the postwar Yankee (and the fifth circumnavigation made by the Johnsons) westward via the Panama Canal and the Cape of Good Hope, November 1953 to May 1955.

438 Jones, Josh, and Vicki Jones. Rescued by the "Canberra" How the Jones Family's Round-the- World SailingAdventure Nearly Ended in Dkaster. Newton Abbot, etc.: David & Charles, 1987.224~~. In 1969,Vicki Jones' parents emigrated to Australia. After the parents had made two trips to England, the Joneses promised to bring their three daughters on a visit to their grandparents. They did not, however, have enough money to make the trip without selling their 24' sloop Geisha, spending the savings they had made toward buying a bigger boat, and, perhaps, borrowing against their 118 Adventurers Afloat

house in Wokingham. They solved the problem by finding a boat big enough to sail to Australia which was basically sound but going at a low price because of cosmetic defeciencies. To finance the boat and trip, they used their savings and sold Geisha and their house. Their cruisingboat, DorothyAnn, was a forty-year- old wooden gaff-rigged ketch with a flush (or raised) deck and a new diesel engine. After a lengthy fitting out, which included refastening the planking, replacingsomerotton bits, and recaulking, they sailed, on 16 October 1982, from Littlehampton toward Australia by way of the Suez Canal. From Singapore they went south to Fremantle, called at Adelaide, passed through the Bass and Cook Straits, sailed north through the South and Central Pacific Islands to Hawaii, and reached Vancouver, B. C., in time for Expo 86. From there, they coasted south toward the Panama Canal on the way home. Off Central America Dorothy Ann suddenly sprang a bad leak and sank, leaving the family adrift in a life raft. They were rescued and taken home to England by the P. and 0. liner Canber- m. Their voyage in Dorothy Ann had covered 35,000 miles and taken them to more than 50 ports in 18 countries. They hope to cruise again.

439 Jones, Keith. Reaching Port: A Montana Couple Sails Around the World. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1983.260~~. The author spent ten years buildingMustang, a 36' ketch, in Billings, Mon- tana. By the time she was completed, the couple's four children were on their own. The parents sold their mobile home business, trucked the boat to Seattle, and began their long-planned circumnavigation with a lubberly and misadven- turous coasting voyage south to Acapulco. The boat was lost in Baja California. After a difficult and dangerous overland trip north to California, the Joneses bought a 32' boat, named it Mustang II, and set out again. They transited the Panama Canal for a Caribbean cruise and then returned to the Pacific and sailed westward to the Galapagos Islands, Polynesia, Fiji, New Caledonia, the Great Barrier Reef, New Guinea, and Indonesia. From Singapore they sailed to Sri Lanka, the Maldives, and Djibouti. Because they nearly lost the boat on the Red Sea reefs, they had her trucked from Safaga to Cairo. They were robbed and victimized everywhere in Egypt and came away believing the Egyptians to be hopelessly corrupt. They visited various Mediterranean ports and then crossed to Barbados via the Canaries and the Cape Verde Islands. The voyage ended in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, where the boat was sold. After a period of travel and business ashore, they retired to Florida and Mustang III, a new boat with two 100-h. p. diesel engines. In her they cruised northward to New York, then went by waterway to the Great Lakes, and returned to Florida by way of the Mississippi.

440 Kauffman, Ray Franklin. "Hum'cane's"Wake:Around the World in a Ketch. New York: Mac- rnillan, 1940; London: Jenkins, 1942.271~~. A westward voyage from Louisiana via the Panama Canal and the Cape of Good Hope in the late 1930s. Most of the book deals with the South Pacific and the Indian Ocean. The author and Garry Mefferd were the crew. For Mefford's book, 77ze CmisingManual, which grew out of this voyage, see no. 3911. Deep Water Cruises: Around me World 119

441 Lambert, Charles J., and S. Lambert. i%e Voyage of the "Wanderer,"from the journals of C. and S. Lam- bert. Edited by Gerald Young. London: Macmillan, 1883. xx, 335pp. Westward from Cowes and return, 5 August 1880 to 19 July 1882. The book is compiled from a journal kept by Mr. Lambert andletterswritten by Mrs. Lam- bert. Sixty-three persons sailed in Wanderer. Niie left during the voyage and twelve joined. The original complement included Mr. and Mrs. Lambert, two sons and two daughters (another son joined in Coquimbo), a preacher, an artist, a governess, a ladies' maid, a nurse, a valet, a footman, eight officers and warrants, 35 crew members, and seven stewards. The itinerary included Vigo, Lisbon, Cintra, Montserrat, Collares, Madeira, Gaboon, St. Helena, Bahia, Rio, Monte Video, the Straits of Magellan, Chili, the Marquesas, Peacock Atol, Tahiti, Moorea, Bora Bora, Tonga Tabu, the Fijis, the Hawiian Islands, Japan, Hong Kong, Canton, Singapore, Ceylon, Suez various Mediterranean ports and cities, Gibraltar, and Queenstown. Illustrated by W unusual and attractive colour plates. Wanderer: Coal powered steam auxiliary barquentine or three-masted topsail schooner (three square sails and gaff sail on the foremast, with fore-and-aft sails and topsails on the main and mkn).

Le Guay, Lawrence. Sailing Free: Around the World with a Blue WaterAustralian. Syd- ney: Ure Smith, 1975. 160pp. A two-year voyage in Eclipse westward from Sydney by way of the Great Barrier Reef, Cocos, Mauritius, Reunion, South Africa, Rio de Janeiro (in the fust Cape to Rio Race), the Caribbean, the Panama Can4 Galapagos, the Mar- quesas, Ahe (the most pleasurable port of call), Tahiti, Huahine, Bora Bora, Niue, Fiji, New Caledonia, and the Isle of Pines. Begun as a partnership. The author became sole owner in Trinidad. He had various crew members along the way, including two young people, Rhod Cook and Suzy Cooke, for most of the voyage, and his daughter from time to time. A well-written account by a well- informed author, who also, as a professional photographer, has provided excellent illustrations. Eclipse: Steel-hulled yawl. LOA 42'; LWL 34'; Beam 11'; Draft 6'. Le Tumelin, Jacques Yves. "Kurun"AroundtheWorld London: Hart-Davis. 1954; New York: Dutton, 1955.300pp. Reissued London: Travel Book Club. Le Toumelin, a Breton, built Tonnene between 1943 and 1945. The boat was ready to sail when the dieslanded in Normandy. She was taken over by a German naval party which wrecked her on a beach in Brittany. In 1946 Le Toumelin began building a replacement, the cutter firun, which he finished in 1948. At age 29 he set out to make a westward circumnavigation, via the Panama Canal and the Cape of Good Hope. The voyage lasted from 19 September 1949 to 7 July 1952. He had a companion as far as Tahiti, but sailed alone thereafter. The translation is awkward in some places, but that does not detract from the interest of the narrative. firun: A Colm Archer type without auxiliary engine. LOA 33'; LWL 27'- 10";Beam 11'-10"; Draft 5'-4";Displacement 8.5 tons. 120 Adventurers Afloat

444 Lewis, David. Daughters of the Wind. Charts, diagrams, and sketches by Fiona Lewis and others. London: Gollann; Wellington, Auckland, etc.: Reed, 1967.320~~. For notes, see below.

445 Lewis, David. Children of i?aree Oceans. London: Collins, 1969. 286pp. These two titles contain an account of a westward circumnavigation inRehu, Moana by the Lewis family. Lewis was a New Zealand-born doctor who practiced inEast Ham. In 1964, when he was in hi mid-forties, hemarried his second wife, Fiona, who was in her late twenties. At the time of the voyage they had two young daughters, Vicky and Susie. The first leg of the voyage was the second Singlehanded Transatlantic Race from Plymouth to Newport, Rhode Island. Lewis was joined by his family and Priscilla Cairns in Newport. They sailed to New Zealand via the Straits of Magellan. Lewis used Polynesian navigational methods in the Pacific, with Cairns keeping a conventional safety plot. The voyage continued to Englandvia the Cape of Good Hope. As the titles indicate, the books focus on the experiences of the young children. They give a bit too much of their childish conversations. For the story of Rehu Moana's shakedown cruise to Greenland, see Lewis' Dreamers of the Day, no.551, and Merton Naydler's Cook on a Cool Cat, no. 568. Rehu Moana: Catamaran designed by Colin Mudie and built in 1963. LOA 40'; LWL 35'-6";Beam 17'; Hull Width at the Waterline 2'-9";Draft 3'; Displace- ment 8 tons.

446 Long, Dwight. Sailing All Seas in the "Idle Hour." London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1938.352~~. The American edition had the title Seven Seas on a Shoestring: Sailing All Seas in the "IdleHour." New York: Harper, 1939. X, 310Pp. Reissued with the title SailingAll Seas ..., with a preface by Alan Villiers. London: Hart-Davis; Toronto: Clarke, Irwin, 1950. 320pp. (Mariners Library, no. 11). The account of a voyage westward from Seattle, 30 September 1934, to New York, 2 September 1937. Long reached New York just in time for the great hurricane of 1937, which wrecked Idle Hour in port and brought the voyage to an end. A plain, straightforward narrative of a voyage made with Limited means during the Great Depression by the author and one companion. Idle Hour: Gaff-rigged auxiliary ketch, built in 1921 for cruising the inland passage to Alaska. LOA 37-6";Beam 11'; Draft S-6".

447 Martin, Sheila. Seatramps: Five Years of Ocean Life. London: Elek, 1977. 192pp. Sheila and Norman Martin retired early. Because they had enjoyed holiday sailing, they decided to find out whether cruising would suit them. After eighteen months in the Mediterranean on the 31' fibreglass sloop Dionis they decided that it did, sold Diotris, and had Shebessa built. She was named after Deep Water Crukes: Around The World 121

Martin'swife and mother. Althoughvery difficult passages early on almost made Sheila Martin give up the cruise, the couple, with acrewoftwo, made awestward circumnavigation from Southampton. Their route: Teneriffe, the West Indies, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas and Tuamotus, Tahiti, Tonga, Fiji, Sydney and Melbourne, Melanesia, Indonesia, the Maldives, Seychelles, Comoro Island, Durban and Cape Town, St. Helena, Trinidad (the treasure island in the Atlantic), Rio, Salvador, Recife, the Cape Verdes and Azores, and Southampton again. Although they had some rough weather and some difficulties, the voyage was relatively trouble free. A smoothly written and readable account with perceptive descriptions of the places and peoples visited. South Africa was the only country on their route in which they felt uneasy. Shebessa: an enlarged Trewes class (originally 40' LOA) auxiliary ketch, built hthe Netherlands. LOA 42'; LWL 33'; Beam 12'-3";Draft 5'-5, Displace- ment 21 tons.

Mermod, Michel. The Voyage of the "Geneve:"Five Years Around the World.Trans- lated from the French by John Hoare. London: Murray, 1973. [101,310,[241~~. Translation of Des Oceans Pour Voir des Hommes. Mermod bought the partly-finished hull of Geneve in Callao and completed her. His cruise took him across the South Pacific via the Gallapagos Islands, Polynesia, and Melanesia, to the Philippines and Indonesia. He crossed the In- dian Ocean, rounded the Cape of Good Hope, and ended his voyage in Heyeres, having sailed 33,000 miles singlehanded and entered 76 ports. Slightly blemished by being told in the present tense.

Mielche, Hakon. Let's See ifthe World k Round Translated from the Danish by M. A. Michael. New York: Putnam, 1938.330~~. A luxury cruise westward from Denmark through the Panama Canal to the Pacific, where the expedition's yacht Monsoon was wrecked on Vanikoro in the Santa Cruz Islands. The voyage was to be paid for by collecting specimens for museums. Fortunately the cargo was salvaged. A humorous sketch of a ten- monthvoyage which was to have encircled the world. Many interesting marginal illustrations by the author.

Muhlhauser, G. H. P. The Cruke of the 'Ymaryllk,"with a memoir of the author by E. Keble Chatterton and an introduction by Claud Worth. London: John Lane; Boston: Small, Maynard, 1924. xx, 316pp. Reissued London: Hart-Davis; Toronto: Clarke, Irwin; New York: British Book Service, 1950.317pp. (Mariners Library, no. 10). Reissued London: Granada, 1985.317~~. Westward from Plymouth via the Panama and Suez Canals to Dartmouth, 5 September 19u) to 6 July 1923. Muhlhauser, a former naval lieutenant, died shortly after his return to England. A somewhat dry but valuable narrative. AmaryNis: Gaff-rigged yawl built in 1882 of oak and teak and coppered. LWL 53'; Beam 13'; Draft 10'-6". 122 Adventurers Afloat

451 Nicoll, Michael John. Three Voyages of a Naturdkt; being an Account of Many Little- Known Islands in Three Oceans vkited by "Vdhalla,"R. Y.S. Intro- duction by the Earl of Crawford. London: Witherby, 1908.246~~. The Earl of Crawford, who suffered from rheumatism and athsma, was in the habit of sailing to warm climates during the English winter in his 1700-ton, ship-rigged, steam-auxiliary yacht. A fellow member of the British Museum Board suggested that he collect biological specimens for the Museum during these cruises. The author, an ornithologist, was selected to do the collecting and, in the course of three voyages, became a close friend of the Earl. Only Nicholl's promotion ended his participation in the cruises. Thelargest portion of thebook is devoted to the voyage counterclockwise from Cowes (Valhalla's base) round Africa, 8 November 1905 to 13 May 1906, which, for a naturalist, was the most interesting of the voyages. There follows a brief account of the voyage to the West Indies, 18 December 1903 to 8 May 1904, and then a somewhat longer description of the voyage round the world, 19 November 1902 to 1August 1903. Much of the book is devoted to natural history, but each place visited is described, with notes on its history, and, when inhabited, descriptions of the people and their customs. There are also many interesting photographs. The places described are: African voyage: St. Paul's Rocks, Fernando de Noronha, Itaparica Island (near Bahia), South Trinidad (the scene of E. F. Knight's treasure hunt described in no. 545), Martin Vas Rocks, Tristan da Cunha, Das- sen Island (a nature preserve near Cape Town), the Comoro Islands, Madagas- car, Glorioso, Assumption and Aldabra Islands (coral atolls northwest of Madagascar), and the Seychelles. West Indies voyage: Martinique and Grand and Little Cayman Islands. Round the world voyage: The Straits of Magellan, Smythe's Channel, Easter Island, Pitcairn Island, Tahiti, and Pago Pago and Apia in Samoa. Also of interest are an account and drawing of a "sea serpent" sighted south of Fernando de Noronha and a description of weathering a hurricane in the Mozambique Channel.

452 Nielsen, Carl. The WorldkAllIslands. Translated by F. H. Lyon. London: Allen & Unwin, 1957.292~~. Translation of Jorden Run& med "Nordkaperen."Copenhagen: Braner og Korchs Folrog. Reissued London: Travel Book Club, 1958. Westward from Copenhagen and return via Madeira, St. Thomas, the Panama Canal, the Gallapagos Islands, Tahiti, Fiji, Cairns, Thursday Island, Timor, Batavia, Singapore, Selangor, Colombo, Alleppey (on the west coast of India), Aden, the Suez Canal and Port Said, Fumagusta, Malta, Algiers, Madeira, and the Kiel Canal. A well-written description of the voyage and of early postwar conditions. Nordkaperen: Steel-hulled yawl built in 1905 and bought and rebuilt by the author in 1944. LOA 50'; Beam 11'; Draft 8'; 18 tons.

452a Nossiter, Harold. Northward Ho! Being the Log of a 35-Ton Schooner Yacht, from Sydney to Plymouth. London: Witherby; Boston: Lauriat, 1937. 222pp. Deep Water Crukes: Around The World 123

Theplainly-told, straightforward story of a voyage which lasted from 14 July 1935 to 2 June 1936 and was the first leg of a round-the-world voyage. The itinerary included Rabaul, Komodo, Bali, Batavia, Singapore, Colombo, the Red Sea and the Suez Canal, Crete, Piraeus, the Corinth Canal, Malta, and Gibraltar. Pp. 177-278 contain notes on ocean sailing. The author strongly ad- vocates the Bermudan rig. Sinus: Staysail schooner with a Bermudan main sail. LOA 53'-6"; LWL 44'- 6"; Beam 13'-6".

452b Nossiter, Harold. Southward Ho!BeingtheLogof the35-Ton Schooner Yacht "Sirius" from England to Australia. London: Witherby; Boston: Lauriat; Toronto: Ryerson, 1937.223~~. Sinus' return voyage, with a crew of three, from Cowes to Sydney, 17 Sep tember 1936 to 20 May 1937, by way of Madeira, the Caribbean islands, the Panama Canal, Cocos Island, the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, Takaroa, Tahiti, Bora Bora, Rarotonga, and Nukualofa. Has notes on ocean cruising covering stormy weather, the crew, harbour and canal dues, sails, maintenance and repairs, engines, logs, ventilation, self-steering and steering gear, photography at sea, etc.

453 O'Brien, Conor. Across Three Oceans: A Colonial Voyage in the Yacht "Saoirse." London: E. hold, 1927. xi, 296pp. Reissued London: Granada, 1984.272~~. The chronicle of a return voyage eastward from Dublin via the Cape of Good Hope and Cape Horn, 19 June 1923 to 19 June 1925, made by the Irish yachtsman and patriot who, in company with Erskine Childers in Asgard, used his previous boat, Kelpie, to help smuggle guns into Ireland in July, 1914. A technical and slightly dry account of a voyage which experienced unusually good weather and unusually constant and severe crew problems. O'Brien called at Madeira, the Canary and Cape Verde islands, Pernambuco, Cape Town, Dur- ban, Melbourne, Tonga, the Falklands, Pernambuco again, and Fayal. Saoirse (pronounced Seer-Shay, Gaelic for Freedom): Gaff-rigged ketch built in Baltimore, County Cork, and launched in 1922. Patterned after a fishing boat of the 1860s. LOA 42'; Beam 12'; Draft 6'-9"; 20 tons.

454 Patterson, Pat. In the Wake of Drake. St. Ives, Cornwall: United Writers, 1981. 255pp. The detailed journal of a two-part voyage in the author's catamaran, Ocean, Wind ZI, following, as closely as possible, the route of Sir Francis Drake's circumnavigation. The itinerary for the first leg, 6 July 1978 to 3 July 1979, Plymouth to Victoria, B. C., included the Canary Islands; the Cape Verde Is- lands; Salvador and Rio Santos in Brazil; Monte Video; Port St. Julian; the Straits of Magellan; Valparaiso; Puntasarenas, Costa Rica; and Acapulco. That for the second leg, 18 September 1979 to 28 September 1980, Victoria, B. C. to Plymouth, included Eureka, California; San Francisco; Hawaii; the Marsballs; Nuku'oro and Kapinga Atolls; Kavieng; Rabaul; Port Moresby, Darwin, in Nor- thern Australia; Keeling Cocos; Rodrigues; Mauritius; East London, Port Elizabeth, and Cape Town in South Africa; Ascenscion; and Dakar. Patterson, I24 Adventurers Afloat

whomade the entirevoyage, hadvarious crew members along the way. He sailed solo, except for a short distance, from Valparaiso to Victoria. The appendices give Ocean Wind's specifications and discuss reasons for choosing a catamaran, thoughts on catamaran seamanship, especially in heavyweather, navigation, and food for long voyages. Ocean Wind 11: LOA 33'; Beam 16'; Draft 3'-3".

455 Pidgeon, Harry. Around the World Single-Handed. Z7ae Cruke of the "Islander." New York; London: Appleton, 1932. ix, 232pp Reissued London: Hart-Davis; New York: de Graff, 1955. 214pp. (Mariners Library, no. 12). Westward from Los Angeles via the Cape of Good Hope and the Panama Canal, 18November 1921 to31 October 1925, via theMarquesas, theTuamotus, Tahiti, Samoa, Fiji, the New Hebrides, New Guinea, the Torres Strait, Christmas Island, Keeling Cocos, Mauritius, Durban and Capetown, St. Helena, Ascension, and Port of Spain, Trinidad. Islander went aground on the west coast of South Africa, but was refloated successfully. One of the best early accounts of acircumnavigation by aman with a special aptitude for making friends. Islander A Sea Bird type yawl, built by Pidgeon. LOA 34'; Beam 10'-9"; Draft 5'.

456 Reynolds, Earle, and Barbara Reynolds. All in the Same Boat: An American Family's Adventures on a Voyage Around the World in the Yacht "Phoenix."New York: McKay, 1962.310~~. Reynolds, an anthropologist, was sent to Hiroshima in 1951 by the Nation- al Academy of Sciences to study the effects of the atomic bomb on the growth and development of the surviving children. During his three years there he designed Phoenix along Colin Archer lines and had her built in a Japanese yard. He, his wife, and three of their four children sailed the yacht westward around the world from Hiroshima, starting on 4 October 1954 and returning on 30 July 1960. Their itinerary: Hawaii, Tahiti, Raratonga, Samoa, Fiji, New Zealand, Sydney, the Great Barrier Reef and Thursday Island, Indonesia, Cocos, Rodrigues, Mauritius, South Africa, St. Helena, Ascension, Fortaleza, Belem, New York, Jamaica, Panama, the Galapagos Islands, and Hawaii again, where Reynolds joined in the attempt to prevent nuclear testing by sailing into the test area (see &Forbidden Voyage, no. 677). A very readable narrative by a trained anthropologist who understood the people he encountered in a way other voyagers could not. Hi description of the situation in South Africa is chilling. Phoenk Wooden double-ended ketch with a gaff main and a Bermudan mizzen. LOA 50'; Beam 14'; Draft 7-6"; Displacement 30 tons. 457 Ridgway, John, and Andy Briggs. Round the World Non-Stop. Wellingborough, Northants.: Patrick Stephens; Distributed in the United States by Sterling, New York, 1985.236~~. The story of a non-stop voyage, entirely under sail, made by Ridgway and Briggs eastward around the world in English Rose W,l September 1983 to 22 March 19W, beginning and ending at Ardmore, on the west coast of Scotland, just south of Cape Wrath, where Ridgway and his wife, Marie Christine, run Deep Water Cnrkes:Around The World 125

their School of Adventure. The authors, writing in alternate sections, and beginning with brief autobiographies, give a vivid and interesting day-to-day account of a voyage, even though there were no ports of call to provide variety. Because they had to be self-sufficientfor 203 days at sea, they provide much information which will be of help to ocean cruisingpeople. Although they passed Cape Horn in fair weather, they were knocked down twice, once north of the Falklands, and once, without warning and also in fair weather, in the Western Approaches. Briggs, who was 24 at the time of the voyage, discovered along the way that he had a desire to write and talent for it. English Rose U:Bermudan auxiliary racing ketch with fin keel and skeg, designed by Holman & Pye and built in 1975. LOA 5T; LWL 4T-6"; Beam 14'- 6"; Draft 8'-4"; Displacement 42,000 Ibs.

458 Roach, Peter. Voyage in a Barquentine. Introduction by Adrian Seligman. Lon- don: Hart-Davis, 1952.272~~. At age 18 the author became one of the paying crew of the Cap Pilar, which rounded the world in an easterly direction from London via the Cape of Good Hope and the Panama Canal, under the command of Adrian ~eligman,returning to London in September, 1938. For the account of the afterguard, see Seligman's The Voyage of the "CapPilar, " 110.461. Roach wrote his account while serving in the Merchant Marine during World War 11.

459 Robinson, William Albert. 10,000 Leagues Overthe Sea. New York: Brewer, Warren & Put- nam, 1932.379~~. Reissued New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1944.383~~. Published with the title Deep Water and Shoal, with an introduction by Weston Martyr. London: J. Cape, 1933. 359pp. Reissued London: Hart-Davis, 1949.318~~.(Mariners Library, no. 4). The account of Robinson's famous voyage westwafd from New York via the Panama and Suez Canals in Svaap, W June 1928 to 24 November 1931, written in a simple, straightforward manner. Although Robinson called at Haiti and Jamaica, the narrative really starts with the transit of the Panama Canal. His itinerary: The Galapagos Islands, the Tuamotus, Tahiti, the Cook Islands, Samoa, Tonga, Fiji, the New Hebrides, the Solomons, New Guinea, the East In- dies, India, Arabia and the Red Sea, various Mediterranean ports, and Moor- head City, N. C. Svaap: Bermudan ketch. LOA 32-6"; LWL 27'-6"; Beam 9'-6";Draft 5'4".

460 Rose, Sir Alec. My "Lively Lady." Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co.; London, Toronto, etc.: Harrap, 1968. xiii, 193pp.; New York: McKay, 1969. vi, 185pp. Reissued London: Pan Books, 1969. 220pp. Children's edition with the titleAround the World with "LivelyLudy," edited by Peter Muccini; illustrated by John C. Smith; planning and research by Leander Associates Ltd. London and Dublin: G. Chapman, 1968. 47~~. 126 Adventurers Afloat

The book opens with a brief account of Rose's early life and sailing experience. He made three unsuccessful attempts to start his single-handed circumnavigation, the first from Portsmouth on 7 August 1966, just before Chichester began his famous voyage. The first two attempts were frustrated by gear failures, and the third by a merchant ship which rammed him. While he was repairing the collision damage, Lively Lady fell over and was further damaged, causing thevoyage to be postponed for a year. The successful attempt began on 16 July 1967. Rose sailed eastward via the Cape of Good Hope and Cape Horn, making a planned stop in Melbourne and an unplanned stop in Bluff, N. Z., to repair a broken masthead fitting. He reached Portsmouth again on 3 July 1968 and was knighted for his achievement. Lively Lady: LOA 36'; LWL 31'; Beam 9.2'; Draft 6.67'; Displacement 13.75 tons.

461 Seligman, Adrian. The Voyage of the "Cap Pilar." The Tale of Seventeen Young Men and a Girl who Went Sailing to the South Seas; of a Baby who was Born to Spend the First Year of Her Life in a Ship; of Twelve who Sailed Round the World; of the Thirteen who Joined Them, and of How, after Two Years' Sea Wandering, They Brought their Ship Home to London during the Stormy Days of that Third Week in Sep- tember, 1938. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1939; New York: Dutton, 1947.360~~. Reissued London: Pan Books, 1954. 252pp. Abridged edition London: University of London Press, 1951. (Pathfinder Library). A voyage eastward from London, via the Cape of Good Hope and the Panama Canal, in a barquentine, with a volunteer crew whose members helped to pay the expenses. Seligman and Lars Paersch, his mate, had spent three years on Gustaf Erickson's sailing ships. Seligman's wife, Jane, gave birth to their daughter Jessica in Auckland. Excellent reading. For a view from the forecastle see Peter Roach's Voyage in a Barpentine, no. 458 . Cap Pilar: LOA 118'; Beam 27'; Gross tonnage 295; Depth of hold 13'; Height of main truck above deck 103'.

462 Slocum, Joshua. Sailing Alone Around the World. Illustrated by Thomas Fogarty and George Varian. New York: Century; London: Low, Marston, 1900. xvi, 294pp. Published in many editions and reissues including: New York: Century, 1911; London: Sampson, Low, Marston, 1930. 234pp,; Illustrated by James E. Mitchell. New York: Norton, 1984. 157 pp.; combined with The Voyage of the "Liberdade," with an introduction by Arthur Ransome. London: Hart-Davis. 1948.384~~. (Mariners Library, no. 1). Reissued Leicester: F.A. Thorpe, 1986. 436pp.; Reissued 1978 with a foreword by H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh. London: Pan Books, 1950. 254pp.; New YorkSheridan House, 1954.294pp.; New York:Dover Publica- tions, 1956. xxiv, 294pp.; combined with The Voyage of the "Liber- dude," edited and with commentaries by Walter Magnus Teller. Deep Water Cruises:Around The World 127

New York: Collier Books, 1962. 192pp. (originally published as part of a collection entitled The Voyages of Joshua Slocum. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press; London: Methuen,l959. ix, 401pp., no 247).; London: Collier-Macmillan, 1962; with an introduction by Walter Magnus Teller. New York:Sheridan House, 1963. xxiv, 294pp. (reissued 1984); abridged edition designed to abridge the enjoyment of young people and entitled Around the World in the Sloop "Spray;" a Geographical Reader describing Captain Slocum 's Voyage Alone Aroundthe World.. . New York: Scribner, 1903. xiii, 215pp. Reis- sued, with an introduction by Robert W. McNitt, Annapolis, Md.: Naval Institute Press, 1985. xxvii, 243pp. The classic account of a small boat voyage, which has been compared favorably to Thoreau's Walden. Slocum perceived his world in a poetic manner and described his vision of reality with grace. This vision, as Teller has shown in his biography of Slocum, grew out of profound and prolonged suffering. After rebuilding Spray, an ancient wreck of a boat given him by a fellow sea captain, Slocum sailed from Boston westward around the world via the Straits of Magellan and the Cape of Good Hope on an eventful voyage which lasted from 1895to 1898. Along the way he encountered the ghostly Pilot of the Pinta (after an indigestable meal), pirates of Salee, wild Indians of Tierra del Fuego, a fearful storm near Cape Horn which drove him through the reef-infested Milky Way back into the Straits of Magellan, and many other memorable people and adventures which are best seen first-hand through his narrative. For notes on The Voyage of the "Liberdade,"see no. 1067. For biographies of Slocum see nos. 247- 251. Spray: Gaff-rigged sloop, later converted to a yawl. Several modern replicas have been built (see below). LOA 33-9"; Beam 14'-2"; Depth of Hold 4'-2" 9 tons net; 12.1 tons gross.

463 Slocum, Joshua. Clark, James I. Three Years on the Ocean. Illustrated by Joe Van Severn. Milwaukee: Raintree Publishers, 1980.44~~. The story of Slocum's voyage, written for children.

464 Slocum, Joshua. Culler, R. D. The "Spray:"Building and Sailing a Replica of Joshua Slocum's Famous Vessel. Camden, Me.: International Marine Publishing Co., 1978.132~~. Culler built his replica in the 1930s and describes the task in detail. He and his wife lived on board for many years before retiring to land life. Culler died before the publication of his excellent book.

465 Slocum, Joshua. Fortman, James L. First to Sail Around the World Alone: Joshua Slocum. Illustrated by Gerald Smith. C. P. I. Publications, for sale by Contemporary Perspectives, New York, 1979. 48pp. For children. 128 Adventurers Afloat

466 Slocum, Joshua. Slack, Kenneth. In the Wake of the "Spray."New Brunswick, N. J.: Rutgers University Press, 1966. ii, 271pp. Reissued White Plains,New York: Sheridan House, 1981. xii, 274pp. By chance the author found Slocum's SailingAlone in the bookstore of a Sydney train station while waiting for a train. As a result, he not only missed his train, but also spent nine years finding out all he could about Spray and the many vessels built on her lines. The results of that search are reported in this book. Contents: The story of Spray's rebuilding; A brief account of Slocum's voyage; Spray's lines analyzed; The search for replicas; Origins of Spray (i. e., her working boat ancestors); How Spmy's lines were taken and published; Models and pictures; Changes in rig; The last voyage; Spray's good and bad qualities; Dis- cussion of each of the various replicas; Behavior, including balance, stability, seaworthiness in heavy weather, helm, speed, handling, motion, dryness, and accommodation. The appendices give analyses of quantitative data and of Ciprianno Andrade, Jr's. analysis of Spray's design. The author concludes that she was well designed for the voyage she undertook.

467 Slocum, Joshua. Slocum, Henrietta E. Sloop "Spray"Souvenir. Buffalo, N. Y.: Gil- liss, 1901.48~~.

467a Smeeton, Miles. Sunrise to Windward. London: Hart-Davis, 1966.260~~. An account of a leisurely voyage in Tzu Hang eastward from England to Japan by way of the Suez Canal in 1973 and 1974, which was the first part of an eastward circumnavigation of the world. For an account of the second leg, see The Misty Islandr, below. After wintering in Paris and replacing their engine in Dartmouth, Miles and Beryl Smeeton spent the next winter in Ibiza, made a circuit of the Aegean, left Tzu Hang inMombasa for sixmonths while they explored Africa by car, and spent another four monthsinDurban. They called at Seychel- les, Coeting, Rodriguez, Mauritius, Reunion, Lourenco Marques, and Mozam- bique before crossing the Indian Ocean by way of Mayotte Island, Addu Atoll, Galle, in Sri Lanka, and Nancowrie in the Nicobars. On the way from Singapore to Japan they visited Sarawak, Palawan, and many Philippine ports. From time to time they were accompanied by their daughter, Clio, and several friends. The descriptions of ocean passages, of the placesvisited, and of the people met along the way are excellent.

467b Smeeton, Miles. meMisty Islands. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co. in association with Harrap, London, 1969. New York: McKay, 1978. X, 214pp. The skillfully-told story of thevoyage in Tzu Hang from Japan to Stornoway, the final leg of an eastward circumnavigation of thc world. For an account of the first le& see Sunrise to Windward, above. After cruising in Japanese waters for a year, the Smeetons departed for Alaska via the Aleutians in May, 196.5. They sailed south along the American west coast, through the Panama Canal and the Caribbean, north along the American east coast, and crossed the At- Deep Water Crukes:Around The World I29

lantic from Nova Scotia, rounding Iceland to the north, and callingat the Faroes. They reached Stornoway in September, 1966.

468 Smith, Herbert. Dreams of Natural Places: A New England Schooner Odyssey. Camden, Me.: Down East Books, 1981.98~~.(A Peter Randall Book). After serving in the Coast Guard and the merchant marine, Smith studied at the Brooks Institute of Photography and became a wild-life photographer. His profession brought him enough wealth to build Appledore and to sail her around the world with his wife, Doris, their young son, and a paying crew of 18, eight of whom made the entire voyage. They cruised south to the Caribbean, through the Panama Canal to the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, Ahe, Tahiti, Moorea, Huahine, Bora Bora, Rarotonga, Pago Pago and Apia, Fiji, the New Hebrides, the Solomons, and New Guinea, Australia, Bali, Christmas and Cows Islands, Rodrigues, Mauritius, South Africa, St. Helena, Ascension, various Caribbean islands, Bermuda, and Portsmouth, N. H. The book is divided into nine geographical sections, each with a brief, information-packed introduction to the pictures which follow. In all, there are 128 spectacular photographs, making this the most beautifully illustrated cruising book so far and providing a testimonial to the quality of the Brooks Institute's course of study. One depressing lesson learned was that voyagers need to get visas before sailing because so many countries have uneasy relations with the United States. Appledore: Gaff-rigged two-masted topsail schooner, designed by Bud Mc- Intosh. LOA 82'; LOD 65'; LWL 53'; Beam 18'-9, Draft 9'-6"; Displacement 52 tons.

Stuermer, Gordon, and Nina Stuermer. Starbound New York: McKay, 1977.256~~. Westward around the world in Starbound from Norfolk, Va., 27 October 1973to Annapolis, Md., 1July 1976. In December, 1966, Steuermer, a naval architect, bought Starbound. She had been built in 1950 and much neglected since. He spent all his money and all his spare time over the next seven years making her seaworthy and then had to undertake a demanding maintenance schedule to keep her that way. The voyage: Bermuda, many Caribbean islands, San Blas, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos Islnads, the Marquesas, Ahe, Tahiti, Bora Bora, Pago Pago, Tonga, Suva, New Zealand, Australia and the Great Barrier Reef, Thursday Island, Indonesia, Christmas Island, Cocos, Mauritius, South Africa, St. Helena, the West Indies again, Morehead City, and home, in all 30,892 miles. A very seamanlike voyage and a readable account, with much valuable information for persons desiring to make such cruises. Starbound: Gaff-rigged auxiliary ketch, an enlarged version of Slocum's Spray designed by Bill Deed. LOA 50'; Beam 17'; Draft 6'-6".

Tangvald, Peter. Sea Gipsy. London: Kimber; New York: Dutton, 1966. X, 198pp. Around the world westward from England in Dorothea via Spain (where Tangvald separated from his third wife), Casablanca, the West Indies (where he met Simone, who crewed for much of the rest of the voyage and then married him), Tahiti, Honolulu, Papua, Christmas Island, the Indian Ocean and Red Sea, Suez, the Grecian isalnds, and France. 130 Adventurers Afloat

Dorothea: Built in 1934 in Whitstable. LOA 32'; LWL 29'; Beam 9'-10"; Draft 6'; 11 tons Thames Measurement.

471 Triplett, Raymond F. Voyage of Contentment: "Morning Star" Around the World New York: Dodd, Mead, 1983.315~~. Triplett, an admirer of Jack London and his yacht Snark, his wife, and their two youngest children, Teri and Ray, and Peter Fuller, a friend of Ray's, set out from San Francisco in the SnanG-like Morning Star for Polynesia via the Mar- quesas. Because the engine failed, they went instead to Hawaii for repairs, and then south to Fanning, Aitutaki, Maupiti, Bora Bora, Moorea, Tahiti, Manahi, and the Marquesas before returning to Hawaii. Like Jack London, they had in- conceivable and monsterous troubles, especially with the engine, but also between Triplett and the two boys. Having decided to sail around the world without a crew, they set out from Honolulu on 8 July 1975 and returned on 14 June 1981. The itinerary: The Marquesas, Tahiti, Tonga, Samoa, Fiji, New Zealand, the Solomons, Papua-New Guinea, Bali, Singapore, Sri Lanka, the Red Sea and the Suez Canal, Israel, various Mediterranean ports, Cape Verde, Grenada, the Panama Canal, Honolulu, and, on 28 August 1981, San Francis- co. The author appears to be rather nervous and rigid at the outset, but seems to relax and have more fun as the cruise progresses. He is properly outragcd by shoddy repair work done in New Zealand and Israel which later imperiled the boat and by the arrogant and nasty behavior of officials (as distinct from the people) of a number of countries. Interesting and helpful for those preparing to undertake cruises to the areas visited. Moniing Star: Garden-designed teak Bermudan auxiliary ketch, built in Hong Kong. LOA 46'; LWL 33'-4"; Beam 13'; Draft 5'.

472 Trobridge, Gerry. Conversations with a World Voyager: The Story of Geny Trobridge and his Circumnavigation in the Ketch "WhiteSeal," as told to Steve Doherty. 2nd ed., with a new chapter on White Seal since her circumnavigation. New York: Seven Seas Press, 1974.50~~ First edition 1971.43~~. Literally as-told-to: Brief connecting narrative portions by Doherty link the lengthy question-answer passages which are topically organized to provide technical information to the reader. The book is based on the experience gained by building the steel-hulled Whiteseal in South Africa and voya$ng63,0k miles in her over seven years. Part of the time Trobridge was accompanied by his wife, Marie. Their da&hter, Tracy, was born in ~istralia. he-circumnavigation began in Durban on 28 February 1953 and ended there on 25 November 1959. The route: Mossel Bay, Cape Town, St. Helena, Ascension Island, the Cape Verdes, the Azores, Falmouth, London, Upnor, Vigo, Lisbon, Teneriffe, British Guiana, Barbados, the Virgin Islands, Florida, New York and inland to Oswego and Toronto, through the Great Lakes and down the Mississippi to New Or- leans, Biloxi, Grand Cayman, Panama, the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, the Tuamotus, the Society Islands and Samoa, Fiji, Brisbane, Thursday Island, Darwin, Cocos, Mauritius, and Durban again. Trobridge stopped over in Toronto and Brisbane to earn money as a machinist. Soon after his return, Trobridge became disillusioned with South African life and politics. He emigrated to the United States in White Seal. There he sold his boat to Steve Doherty, who tells of his own voyaging in the last chapter. Deep Water Crukes: Around 7he World 131

White Seal: Hanna-designed Carol class sloop (a 36' version of the 30' Tahiti sloop), modified by Trobridge, with Hanna's approval, to chine form for steel construction.

473 Vanderbilt, William Kissam. Talcing One5 Own Ship Around the World.A Journal Descriptive of Scenes and Incidents, together with Observations from the Log Book, recorded on the Voyage around the Worl4 October 25,1928, to May 16, 1929, of the Yacht 'Xra," Commanded by the Author, William K Vanderbilt. New York: Privately Printed, 1929. xxii, 264pp. Five hundred numbered copies were printed for the author at the printing house of Edwin Rudge, Mount Vernon, N. Y., in Decem- ber, 1929. Nos. 1-200were bound in a Levant back and hand made paper sides. A 28,738-mile voyage westward by way of the Panama and Suez Canals starting in New York and ending in Miami. The author and his wife made the entire voyage. Several guests were along for part of it. The yacht had a crew of 34. Some of the ports of call: Havana; Manzanillo; Hilo, Lahaina, and Honolulu in the Hawaiian Islands; Jaluit in the Marshalls; Kusai, Ponape, and Truck in the Carolines; several ports in the Philippines, including Zamboanga and Manil- la; Saigon; Singapore; Malacca; Penang; Sabang; Colombo, Ceylon; Bombay; Aden; various Greek, Italian, and Spanish Mediterranean and Aegean ports; Gibraltar; Tangier; Casablanca; Las Palmas in the Canaries; Porto Grande in the Cape Verdes; Point-a-Pitre, Guadalupe; and San Juan, Puerto Rico. Vanderbilt includes a brief account of his seafaring life. The book is handsomely designed and printedand containsseventeen beautifully executed color plates of fish and one of shells. The appendices contain newspaper clippings about the voyage and a table of mileages. Ara: For details see the entry for Vanderbilt'sAcross theAtlantic with '!4ratq Summer of 1924, no. 608.

474 Vanderbilt, William Kissam. West made East with the Loss of a Day: A Chronicle of the First Cir- cumnavigation of the Globe under the United States Naval Reserve Yacht Penant, July 7, 1931 to March 4, 1932; ... and the taking of specimens for the Vanderbilt Marine Museum, by William K. Vanderbilt, in command, Motor Ship Alva. New York: Privately Printed, 1933. xx, 379pp.

475 Villiers, Alan. Cruke of the "Conrad:" A Journal of a Voyage Round the World, Undertaken and Cam'ed Out in the Ship970sephConrart," 212 tons, in the years 1934, 1935, and 1936 by way of Good Hope, the East Indies, the South Seas, and Cape Horn. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1937. xv, 368pp.; New York: Scribner, 1937. xv, 387pp. Reissued London: Pan Books, 1973. 396pp.; Abridged 132 Adventurers Afloat

edition London: University of London Press, 1955.187pp. (Path- finder Library). A well-written account of the voyage described in the title by the man who became one of the foremost nautical writers and sailors of the twentieth century. Joseph Conrad: Formerly the Danish school ship Geotg Stage, bought by Vierswhen she was to be broken up after 52 years of service. Built in 1882 of Swedishiron. Ship rigged. LOA 110'-6"; LWL 100'-8"; Beam 25'; Draft 12'; 187.8 tons net; 212 tons gross.

476 Vogel, Karl Max. '!4loha"Aroundthe World With an introduction by Commodore Arthur Curtis James. New York; London: Putnam, 1922. xvii, 274pp. A straightforward, unexcitingjournal describing the activities, ashore and afloat, of Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Curtis James and their four guests during the westward circumnavigation in the James' yachtAloha, 1921-1922,by one of the guests. The yacht carried a crew of forty-seven, including nine in the steward's department. The route: New York, Panama, Hawaii, Japan, Korea, China, the Philippines, the Dutch East Indies, Burma, India, Ceylon, Aden, Suez, Beirut, Marseilles, and Newport, Rhode Island. The yachting party took train and river boat tours in China. Detailed contemporary and historical descriptions are given of the major places visited. Aloha: Steam auxiliary barque. LOD 201'-8"; LWL 165'; Beam 35'-6; Draft 18'; 659 gross tons; 329 net tons.

477 Voss, John C. me Venturesome Voyages of Captain Voss. Yokohama: Japan Herald Press, 1913. xiv, 394pp. Reissued as second edition, with an introduction by Weston Mar- tyr. Boston: Lauriat; London: Hopkinson, 1926. xvi, 326pp. Second edition, with an introduction by Richard Hughes. Lon- don: Hart-Davis, 1955. 326pp. (Mariners Library, no. 3). Reis- sued Sydney, B. C.: Gray's Publishing, 1976.326~~. Narratives of three small-boat voyages: (1). In Xora, 1901, with two partners, to Cocos Island to search (unsuccessfully) for the Loot of Lima, a treasure which has been sought unsucessfully by a very large number of people who have written remunerative books about their expeditions. The need for secrecy led Voss, an experienced sailing captain, to choose a small boat for the expedition. His experience with Xora convinced him of the seaworthiness of small boats. (2). In 7iIikum, 1902-1904, originally with Norman Luxton, a journalist, who suggested thevoyage (see Luxton's "7iIikum:"Luxton's Pacific Cross- ing no. 662), from Victoria, B. C., westward by way of the Cape of Good Hope to London, where the voyage ended prematurely. 7iIikum was later salvaged there and brought to the Maritime Museum in Victoria, B. C., where she is now on display. (3). InSea Queen in 1912 from Yokahama, bound for the South Seas, but ran into a typhoon and turned back to Yokohama after being capsized. The survival of Sea Queen under such severe storm conditions confirmed Voss' belief in the seaworthiness of small boats and led him to become an advocate of the use of sea anchors in severe storms. The subsequent experience of a num- Deep Water Crukes:Around The World 133

ber of mariners indicate that he was right about small boats (except about their ability to survive freak waves), but not about sea anchors. Luxton's book is an indictment of Voss' character as well as an ardent testimonial to his skill as a seaman. Whatever his failings, Voss' book ranks with that of Slocum in the literature of small boat voyaging. A much-needed biography is being prepared currently by Bo Clawson. Xora: Gaff-rigged sloop. LOA 35'; Beam 12'; Draft 4'; 10 tons. TiIikum: Siwash Indian cedar dugout canoe with raised gunwales. Deck- ed, with a small cabin. Rigged with three small masts. LOA 38'; Beam 5'-6". Sea Queen: Gaff-rigged yawl, built on the lines of Sea Bird. LOA 25'-8"; LWL 19'; Beam 8'-3"; Draft 3'-6".

478 Wiele, Annie van de. The West in my Eyes. A Domestic Circumnavigation. Translated from the French by Edward and Diana Young. London: Hart- Davis, 1955.288pp. Translation of Penelope Etait du Voyage. Paris: Flammarion, 1954. Westward in Omoo from Ostend, via the Panama Canal and the Cape of Good Hope, to Zeebrugge, 5 August 1949 to 2 August 1953. Louis and Annie van de Wiele carried one additional crew member. Detailed, systematic, interesting, and instructive. Itinerary: Dunkirk, Dover, Newhaven, Cowes, Poole, Weymouth, Brixham. Falmouth, Corunna, Vigo, Leixoes, Lisbon, Cadiz, Malaga, Almeira, Valencia, Niece, Gibraltar,Tangier, Casablanca, the West In- dies, the Marquesas, Tahiti, Fiji, the New Hebrides, New Guinea, Cocos Keel- ing, Durban, Port Elizabeth, Cape Town, St. Helena, Ascension, the Canaries, the Azores, and Falmouth. Omoo: Auxiliarygaff-riggedsteel ketch. LOA W,LWL37'-10"; Beam 12'- 4"; Draft 6'-4"; Displacement 18 tons.

479 Zantzinger, Richard. Log of the "Molly Brown." Richmond, Va.: Westover Publishing Co., 1973.232~~.(A Media General Publication). The picaresque and humorous log of a westward circumnavigation made between June 1969 and August 1970.The tone of the bookis like that of aThorne Smith novel. The author was divorced, his contracting firm had become bankrupt, and he owed the Internal Revenue Service a considerable amount of money. By selling his assets he was able to pay all of his obligations except his back taxes, to buy Molly Brown, a 35' fiberglass auxiliary sloop, and to finance one year of cruising. The voyage started and ended in Chesapeake Bay. The itinerarv: St. Augustine, Miami. Kev West. Grand Cayman. Panama, the Galapagos ~slandi,the Marquesas, ~gnihi,~akatea, ~ahiti, N;ku'alofa,'New Caledonia. Australia and the Great Barrier Reef. Timor..Bali. . Cocos. Mauritius. Reunion, South Africa, St. Helena, Ascension, Surinam, British Guiana, Bar- bados, the Virgin Islands, Miami, Moorhead City. He had various crew members along the way, including his daughter Kyle at the beginning and end, Maryrose from the Marquesas to Cape Town, and Gail from Cape Town on. At the end of the voyage the Internal Revenue Service got at least part of its money by confiscating MobBrown. DEEP WATER CRUISES: ATLANTIC OCEAN

480 Allcard, Edward C. Single-Handed Passage. London: Putnam; New York: Norton, 1950.180pp. Reissued London: Hamish Hamilton, 1956. Helford to New York via Spain, Portugal, Gibraltar, and the Canary Isles, 27 August 1948 to 9 August 1949. The first voyage of a gifted writer who continued to seek the seclusion of single-handed voyages in much the same way as Alain Gerbault had after World War I. The return voyage is narrated in Temptress Returns, below. Temptress: Gaff-rigged yawl. LOA 34'; LWL 31'-6"; Beam; 10'-4"; Draft 6'- 8"; Displacement 14 tons.

481 Allcard, Edward C. Temptress Returns. London: Putnam, 1952; New York: Norton, 1953.288~~. Reissued London: Hamish Hamilton, 1956. 240pp. (Panther Books, no. 590). An almost single-handed voyage from New York to Plymouth via the Azores and Casablanca, 19 August 1950 to 13 July 1951. After barely su~ving a hurricane in mid-September and experiencing a severe storm in late October, Allcard put into Horta in the Azores to recover from his injuries and repair his boat. When once again at sea he discovered that a young lady, Otilia Frayao, who wished to escape to the larger world, had stowed away. She flew to England from Casablanca, while Allcard resumed his interrupted solitude. A brief and illuminating quotation from Frayao's diary describing Allcard is included.

482 Allcard, Edward C. Voyage Alone: An Adventurous Cruke in a Thirty-Six Foot Ketch, Sailed Single-Handed from the Englkh Channel to the Caribbean Sea and the River Plate. New York: Dodd, Mead; London: Hale, 1967.207~~. Deep Water Crukes:Atlantic Ocean 135

The story of five years of Allcard's life, 1956 to 1961. After a financial disaster, betrayal by a friend, and a broken marriage, Allcard made the prolonged voyage described here, earning his living by long periods of chartering along the way. An appealing and interesting book. Sea Wanderer Diesel auxiliary Bermudan ketch, originally built in Lubeck in 1911. LOA 36'; LWL 30'; Beam 11'; Draft 57-4"; Displacement 11 tons.

483 Allen, Arthur Samuel. Under Sail to Greenland; being an Account of the Voyage of the Cutter "Direction,"ArthurS. Allen, Jr., Captain, to Greenland in the Summer of 1929, together with the Log, Letters, and other Memoranda, illustrated with photographs taken on the cruise. New York: The Marchbanks Press, 1931. 91pp. (Nine hundred copies printed). Allen, after finishing the term at the Massachusetts Institute of Technol- ogy, sailed from Baddeck, Cape Breton Island, for Greenland on 17 June 1929. With him were Rockwell Kent, who was a family friend, and Lucian Cary, Jr. On 15 JulyDirection dragged her anchor during a williwaw and was driven onto the rocks and wrecked in Karajak Fjord, Greenland. The voyage is also described in Kent's N by E. Allcn's description of Kent during the voyage is not as flattering as Kent's of himself. Two weeks after his return home Allen was struck and killed by an automobile. Direction was salvaged, taken to Gothaab, repaired, and shipped back to Baddeck by Allen's father. This book was compiled and published by the senior Allen as a memorial to his son. For Direction's subsequent career, see Charles H. Vilas' Saga of "Direction,"no. 1072. l 484 Andersen, Lis. I Lk Sails the Atlantic. London: Routledge, 1935.240~~. I Reissued London: Hart-Davis, 1953. 191pp. (Mariners Library, ~ no. 22). A family voyage in Mortsurten from Copenhagen around the Atlantic in a figure eight touching England, Madeira, the Canary Islands, Cape Verde Is- land, Rio de Janeiro, Buenos Aires, Tristan da Cunha, Cape Town, St. Helena, Ascension, Barbados, St. Thomas, NewYork, and return. Thefamily: Knud and Helga Andersen and their children, Lis (age ll), and her two younger brothers, Jan and Ture. Several other crew members joined and departed from time to time. Very well written from the viewpoint of a child but with the skill of an adult. Mortsurtert:Gaff ketch built in 1895 as a French fishing smack. 23 tons net; 56 tons gross. l 485 Anderson, J. R L. ~ Xnland Voyage. London: Eyre & Spottiswoode; New York: Funk ! & Wagnalls, 1967.278~~. Published also as a children's book taken from a B. B. C. broadcast of the voyage with the title Voyage of the "Griffin"as Told in I Jackanory. London: British Broadcasting Corp., 1968.80~~. An attempt by the yachting editor of the Manchester Guardian to discover where Vinland was by sailing the Viking route across the North Atlantic in the chartered cutter Grifl~t.The voyage, undertaken in May and June, 1966, was 136 Adventurers Afloat

insoired by the Yale University Press' ~ublicationof 7'he Knland Map and the ~aiar~eition. Anderson feit that historians had not taken into account the ~racticalitiesof sailing in their attemots to identifv Vinland. He concluded that Martha's Vinyard was the most likely location. For the sailing master's account of the voyage see Peter Haward's High Latitude Crossing, no. 533. Gn;Yn: Gaff cutter, rerigged as Bermudan, built in 1938. LOA 44'; Beam 11.7'; Draft 5'7". 7.71 tons registered; 24 tons Thames measurement.

486 Andrews, William Albert. Dangerous Voyages of Captain WilliamAndrews. Compilation and commentary by Richard Henderson. New York: Abercrombie & Fitch, 1966. viii, 394pp. Includes reproductions of A Daring Voyage across the Atlantic Ocean, by two Americans, the brothers Andrews. 7he Log of the Voyage by Captain WilliamA. Andrews, with an introduction and notes by Dr. Macaulay ... . New York: Dutton; London: Griffith & Farran, 1880; and Columbus Outdone: An Exact Narrative of the Voyage of the Yankee Skipper, Capt. Wm. A. Andrews, in the Boat "Sapolio," compiled from the log and original documents by Artemis Ward ... .New York, 1893. A Daring Voyage describes the voyage of Nautilus from Boston to le Havre via Falmouth during the summer of 1878. Columbus Outdone describes SapolioS voyage from Atlantic City to Palos, Spain, 21 July to 20 September 1893. Andrews made a total of five small boat voyages. They were, in addition to the two above: Boston for Europe in Dark Secret, from which Andrews was rescued in mid-Atlantic, 18 June to 19 August 1888, a rowing race to England during the summer of 1891 in Mennuid against Josiah Lawler, with Andrews again rescued at sea; and a honeymoon voyage in 1901 with his second wife in Flying Dutchman. The boat and crew disappeared. The introduction gives a brief account of these voyages and of small boat voyaging through the mid-1960s. Nautilus: Lateen-rigged sailing dory. LOA 19'; Beam 6'-7"; Depth 2'-3". Sapolio: Canvas-covered folding sneakbox rigged as a gaff sloop. LOA 14'-6"; Beam 5'-5"; Depth 3'.

487 Barrow, Sir John, Bart. A Viit to Iceland, by way of Tronyem, in the "Flower of Yarrow" Yacht, in the Summer of 1834. London: John Murray, 1835. miv, 320Pp. The author, who was Second Secretary to the Admiralty from 1804 to 1845, a distinguished writer of travel books and biographies, and the founder of the Royal Geographical Society, strongly desired to visit Iceland after a trip to Tronyem (Trondheim) in 1834. Hearing of this, Mr. Smith offered to take him along on Smith's 130-ton schooner yacht, which was to make a return voyage to Iceland via Tronyem. Barrow gladly acceptcd. He begins his account of the voyage with accounts of earlier voyages, including that of Sir John Stanley (see no. W). His description of the voyage itself is brief; the description of Iceland is lengthy, detailed, and excellent. The Flowerof Yarrow sailed on 15 June from Liverpool. Barrow's voyage in her ended on 30 August in Scotland. Deep Water Cruises:Atlantic Ocean 137

488 Barton, Humphrey. "Cityof Ragusat' The Westward Crossing of the Atlantic in 1870 in a 20 ft. Boat. Supplement to The Yachtsman, Christmas, 1951. 16pp. For the original account of the voyage see J. C. Buckley's Thrilling Log of the Little Boat "Cityof Ragusa' '... , no. 500. 488a Barton, Humphrey. VertueXYXV. London: Ross, 1950.210pp. Reissued London: Hart-Davis, 1955. 180pp. (Mariners Library, no. 31). Reissued Shedfield, Hants.: Ashford Press, 1985. 180pp. The American edition has the title Westward Crossing, New York: Norton, 1951. X, 209pp. Barton sailed VeiiueXXXVfrom Lymington to New York to become sailing master of the Gulvain. He chose this way of crossing the Atlantic because travel on a passenger liner would have been dull and because selling his boat in the United States was the only way he could get enough money out of the United Kingdom at that time for a prolonged stay abroad. Very well written and filled with valuable ideas and information gleaned from many years of sailing.

489 Beaudot, Henry. The Lost One. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1957.192~~. A raft voyage in Egare IIfrom Halifax, N. S., to Falmouth in the summer of 1956 with a crew of four, one of whom became ill and was taken off by a fishing boat. The author's first attempted raft crossing, on Egare, began in Montreal and ended on the rocks of Newfoundland in the summer of 1955. Egare 11: Built of 9 red cedar logs and cross beams. Rigged with an A-shaped mast and square sail. She had six daggerboards and a sweep for steering. LOA 29'; Beam 16'; Cabin 10' X 6'.

490 Blyth, Chay, and Maurine Blyth. Innocent Aboard. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1970.196~~. Blyth was forced to drop out of the first single-handed round-the-world race in South Africa because of damage to his boat, Dytiscus III. His wife flew out to meet him and, after the boat was repaired, they sailed for England. Heavy weather forced them to leave the boat in the Azores. Blyth returned sixmonths later with a crew to complete the voyage.

491 Bok, Curtis. "Alphard's"Transatlantic Passage. No place. No date. [1954?] 17~~. An account of a 3,000-mile voyage from Camden, Maine, to Burnham-on- Crouch, Essex, 26 June to 5August, inAlphard, newly rigged from sloop to ketch for the ocean passage. The author was accompanied by a crew of four, among whom was Norris Hoyt. Along the way Alphard called at Halifax, Nova Scotia (on Dominion Day), Plymouth (on Regatta Week End), and Cowes (for Cowes Week). She took a Transatlantic course somewhat south of the great circle route to avoid icebergs, and, except for a strong gale which forced her to heave to for ten hours, had a pleasant passage. In addition to the narrative, there are obser- 138 Adventurers Afloat

vations on provisioning, maintenance, watch schedules, Atlantic weather patterns, and dangers to navigation on England's south coast.

492 Bombard, Alain. The Bombard Story. Translated by Brian Connell. London: Deutsch, 1953.214~~. Reissued Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1956.223~~.(Penguin Book 1079). The American edition has the title me Voyage of the "Heretique:" The Stoly of Dr. Bombard's 65-Day Solitary Atlantic Crossing in a Collapsable Life Raft, translated by Brian Connell. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1954.214~~.Children's edition, illustrated by Samivel and translated by Joan Selby-Lowndes, published with the following titles: Bombard's Voyage. London: Metbuen, 1959; Dr. Bombard Goes to Sea. New York: Vanguard, 1957. 144pp. Originally published with the title Naufrage Volun- taire. Bombard crossed the Atlantic from east to west in the rubber life raft Hereti- que without water or food to prove that survivors of shipwrecks could live on the food and moisture available to them at sea. He lived on fish, plankton and rain water. He met only one ship on his crossing. Heretique: LOA 15.65 metres (15.255'); Beam 1.9 metres (6.23').

493 Brassey, Annie Allnutt Brassey, Baroness. A Cruise in the "Eothen," 1872. London: Printed for private circulation, 1873. 166pp. Lady Brassey joined her husband on board the steam auxiliary barkentine Eothen in Quebec and sailed in her to Chesapeake Bay. Because the 345-ton yacht was too small for a comfortable crossing of the Atlantic, the family returned to England by liner. Essentially a travelogue, but extremely well written.

494 Brassey, Annie Allnutt Brassey, Baroness. In the Trades, the Tropics, and the Roaring Forties; or, 14,000 Miles in the "Sunbeam"in 1883. With 292 illustrations engraved on wood by G. Pearson and J. Cooper after drawings by R. T. Pritchett. New York: Holt, 1885. xiv, 532pp. The title is somewhat misleading. On 27 September 1883 Sir Thomas and Lady Brassey, with two of their daughters and seven guests, sailed from Dartmouth on board the Norham Castle to join thesunbeam in Funchal. From there they cruised to the Caribbean and back to England, visiting Trinidad, La Guayra, Jamaica, the Bahamas, Bermuda, and the Azores. In thevicinity of Ber- muda they experienced a hurricane.

495 Brassey, Thomas Brassey, 1st Earl. 11,596 Knots in the "Sunbeam"in 1883: Malta, Gibraltar, Madeira, West Indies, Bermudas and Azores. London: Printed for private circulation by Spottiswoode and Co., 1884.56~~. Deep Water Crukes: Atlantic Ocean 139

A stiff, impersonal account. See also Horace G. Hutchinson,A Saga of the "Sunbeam," no. 539.

496 Brenton, Francis. Long Sail to Haiti. London: Heinemann, 1965. 179pp. Brenton bought Nengo, a boat he could afford, in Las Palmas and sailed her to the Caribbean. His voyage ended prematurely in Haiti, where he was arrested. His boat was seized by the police and later wrecked while still in their custody. He gives a good description of the workings of the Haitian criminal justice system under the elder Duvalier.

497 Brenton, Francis. The Voyage of the "SierraSegadra:" Across the Atlantic in a Canoe. Chicago: Regnery, 1969.194~~. Accounts of a very complicated series of voyages and attempted balloon fights culminating in a voyage from Las Palmas to the Caribbean, New York, and up the Erie Canal to the Great Lakes and Chicago. A roughly-written but interesting account of rough-and-ready voyaging by a skillful amateur who is willfully and beligerently ignorant of nautical practices and terminology.

498 Bridwell, Rodger. Fidelio: My Voyage to a Distant Shore. New York: Truman Talley Books, 1986.227~~. The journal and narrative of a 68-day, single-handed voyage from England to Barbados in Fidelio, with many lengthy digressions on religious and mystical subjects, and with historical vignettes of a nautical kind. Fidelio: Hartley 32 ferrocemcnt sloop. LWL 27'; Beam 10'-3'.

499 Brown, Winifred. Duffers on the Deep. London: Peter Davies, 1939.328~~. After a preparatory series of short and nearly disasterous voyages in northern Welsh waters following the launching of Penlla in 1936, Brown and Ron Adams sailed to Norway and back in 1937 and then, in 1938, to Bear Island and Spitzbergen and back. A very interesting and enjoyable account of voyages made by gifted duffers. Perula: Bermudan yawl converted from a fishing boat (formerly Monavic), built in 1932. LOA 45'; LWL 40'; Beam 13'-6"; Draft 5'; Gross tonnage 26; Registered tonnage 17; Sail area 563 sq. ft.

500 Buckley, J. C. The Thrilling Log of the Little Boat "Cityof Ragusa" on Her Voyage across the Atlantic. Boston: Pilot Press, 1870.48~~. For another account see Humphrey Barton's City of Ragisa, no. 488.

501 Buckley, William F. Airborne; A Sentimental Journey. New York: Macmillan, 1976. 252pp. 140 Adventurers Afloat

A voyage in Cyrano from Florida to Marabella, Spain, which serves as a vehicle for memoirs of his sailing life. Cyrano, used as a yacht berween charters, was crewed by Buckley, his son Christopher, and four friends. Similar in its dis- cursiveness to Hilaire Belloc's 77te Cruise of the Norla (no. 794). Very interesting reading even for the non-sailor. Cyrano: Auxiliary Schooner. LOA 60'; LWL 54'; Beam 17-6".

501a Buckley, William F. Atlantic High. New York: Doubleday, 1982. xvii, 262pp. A 30-day voyage across the Atlantic by the author and six of his friends in Sealestial. Sealestial: Bermudan ketch. LOA 71'.

502 Callahan, Steven. Adrift: Seventy-Six Days Lost at Sea. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1985.234~~. The story of surviving in an inflatable raft after his 21' sloop Napoleo~iSolo was sunk 800 miles west of the Canaries by a vcry large wave encountered during a storm. Callahan had to abandon ship so quickly that he could take very little with hion the raft. For clothing he had only a T-shirt. He drifted 1800 miles before he was rescued by fishermen, within sight of land. It took him three months to recover sufficiently to resume a normal life, which still included sailing.

503 Carlin, Ben. Half-Safe: Across the Atlantic in an Amphibious Jeep. New York: Morrow, 1955. 309pp. The British edition has the subtitle Across the Atlantic by Jeep. London: Deutsch, 1955.279~~. An account of the first part of a projected round-the-world trip in a modified World War I1 amphibious jeep. A crudely-told story of adventure and heroic mechanical repairs during a voyage to England from Halifax, N. S., via the southern Atlantic islands, North Africa, and the Iberian Peninsula.

504 Carlisle, Fred. Journey with "Caravel:"We Ran Away to Sea. With an appendix on celestial navigation. Tuckahoe, N. Y.: de Graff; Toronto: Clarke, Irwin, 1971.241~~. A trimaran voyage from Lake Ontario, via New York and the Inland Water- way, to the Bahamas, the Azores, Cornwall, and the Mediterranean, then home again via the West Indies. A family voyage, with wife and daughter as crew. In- eptly written and unsatisfying. Caravel: Piver 40 auxiliary ketch. LOA 40'; LWL 38'-6"; Beam 22'-6".

505 Chapman, Bernard. Dream Cruise: From the Fj0rd.s of Noway to the CaribbeanIslands. Camden, Me.: International Marine Publishing Co., 1980.174~~. Deep Water Crukes: Atlantic Ocean 141

Chapman, a Chicago lawyer, reduced his work load at retiremant age so that he could live at Snowmass during the skiing season, cruise the Norwegian coast for several years in his British-built motor sailer Gabbiano, and then take a year off to sail Gabbiarlo to Florida. This is the story of that voyage, made by the author and his wife, from Bergen through Swedish and Danish waters to the Kiel Canal and England for a refit, then, via Funchal and the southern route, to Barbados and the Caribbean islands before putting in to North Palm Beach. Highly descriptive of the places visited. Gabbiano: Fisher 37 wooden-hulled ketch-rigged motor sailer. LOA 37'; LWL 32'-6"; Beam 12'; Draft S-3"; Displacement 14 tons; 19 tons Thames measurement 506 Charlton, Warwick The Second "Mayflower"Adventure. Boston: Little, Brown, 1957. 245pp. The British edition has the title 7'he Voyage of "Mayflower 11" London: Cassell, 1957. xi, 263pp. On the longvoyage home to England from Singapore, Charlton found Wil- liam Bradford's Jotm~alin the ship's library, read it, and decided to replicate Mayflower's in a reconstruction of the original vessel. Part 1describes efforts to secure support for the project, the raising of funds, the designing ofMayflower II by W. A. Baker with the help of Dr. R. C. Anderson, her building by Stuart Upham, securing Alan Villiers to command her, recruiting a crew, and her sea trials. Part 2 is a journal of her 55-day voyage, 20 April to 13 June 1957. For the Captain's account, see Alan Villiers' Give Me a Ship to Sail, no. 612, and for a crew member's story see Peter Padlield's Tlle Sea is a Magic Carpet, no. 579.

507 Choules, John Overton. The Cruke of the Steam Yacht "North Star:" A Narrative of the Ex- cursion of Mr. Vanderbiltk Party to England, Russia, Denmark, France, Spain, Italy, Malta, Turkey, Madeira, etc. Boston: Gould & Lincoln; New York: Evans and Dickerson; London: Black- wood, 1854.353~~. Cornelius Vanderbilt had Nortlt Star built for this voyage, which was undertaken to allow25 family mcmbcrs and guests to tour major European and Mid- dle Eastern cities. After grounding in New York Harbor and repairs in the Brooklyn Navy Yard, Norfh Starsailcd on 20 May 1853. She returned on 22Sep- tember. The ports visited were Southampton, Copenhagen, Cronstadt, Havre, Gibraltar, Malaga, Leghorn, Cevita Veccia, Naples, Malta, Constantinople, and Funchal, Madeira. Extensive land tours wcre taken fromeach of theports. Con- tains excellent descriptions of the places visited and of the upper classes and their ways of life. North Star: Wooden paddle-wheel stcamer. LOA 270'; Beam 38'; depth 2.8'4".

508 Cole, Guy. Sailing in Irons. London: Museum Press, 1954.224~~. The author, crippled with polio at the age of fourteen months, had a strong desire to go to sea in small craft. He crewed to the West Indies with Bill King in Galway Blazerand then crcwed onvarious charter yachts. Astoryof immense determination overcoming a very severe handicap. 142 Adventurers Afloat

509 Crapo, Thomas. Capt. and Mrs. Crapo's Feat of Crossing the Atlantic in the Thy Boat, the "NewBedford," from New Bedford, Mass., to Penzance, Eng. The Captain's Yam, Telling the Chief Events of the Voyage. New York: Volunteers of America Print, 1899.32~~. Crapo, a merchant skipper, and his wife, Joanna, sailed for England from Chatham, Mass., on 2 June 1877. They anchored off Penzance on 22 July. The time required for the voyage, 49 days 9 hours, was much longer than had been expected. Fortunately, the Crapos were able to obtain food and water from the many ships they met along the way. The voyage was a great feat, but the log describes it as free of major emergencies and discomforts, a tribute to Crapo's skill as a seaman. For his autobiography, see no. 1%. New Bedford: Two-masted, leg-of-mutton rigged, double-ended boat (there is a drawing of her on the back cover of the book). LOA 20'; Draft 13" Tonnage 1631100.

510 Crealock, W. I. B. Vagabonding under Sail. New York: Hastings House, 1951; Lon- don: Peter Davies, 1952.304~~. Crealock and three others, brought together by an advertisement for a crew for a voyage which did not materialize, bought Content and sailed her from Plymouth in August 1948 on a two-and-a-half year voyage to the West Indies and, finally, to New York. Crealock voyaged on into the Pacific on the yacht Ar- thur Rogers (see his Cloud of Zslandr, no. 708).

511 Crowninshield, George. Crowninshield, Benjamin William. An Account of the Yacht "Cleopatra'sBarge," built at Salem in 1816. Salem, Mass.: Salem Press, 1889.38~~. This paper describing the first recorded American yacht voyage was read before the Essex Institute, Salem, Mass., 4 June 1888. George Crowninshield, a member of a prominent New England shipping and mercantile family, was, like most of his male relatives, a sea captain. His first yacht, the 22-ton sloop Jefferson, was built in 1801. Cleopatra's Barge was built for him in 1816 after his retirement from business and was commanded by his nephew, Benjamin Crowninshield. In 1817 George Crowninshield sailed to the Mediterranean with a small group of friends as his guests. He was planning a voyage to northern Europe the following year, but died on board his yacht of a heart attack less than a month after returning home from the Mediterranean. His friend and companion, Captain Samuel Curwen Ward, who kept a journal of the Mediterranean voyage, died at exactly the same time in Salem. Benjamin William Crowninshield's paper was written from the log book, the journal of Captain Ward, letter books, letters of introduction furnished to Captain Crowninshield, letters written during the cruise to friends and family, and the private journal of Benjamin Crowninshield, Jr. Captain Crowninshield's yacht was sold and became a merchant ship for a time before she was purchased as a yacht by King Kamehameha of Hawaii. She was wrecked shortly thereafter. Cleopatra's Barge: Hermaphrodite brig. LWL 83'; Beam 22'-11.5"; Depth 11'-4"; Tonnage 191 41/49. Deep Water Cruises:Atlantic Ocean 143

512 Crowninshield, George. Crowninshield, Francis B. The Story of George Crowninshield's Yacht "Cleopatra'sBarge," on a Voyage of Pleasure to the Western Islands and the Mediterranean, 1816-1817, compiled from journals, letters and log book, by Francis B. Crowninshield. Boston: Privately printed by D. B. Updike, the Merrymount Press, 1913. 259pp. This volume contains the documents used by Benjamin W. Crowninshield in writing his account of the voyage. A very handsome book.

513 Cushman, John F. Cruise of the Steam Yacht "Watuni."Philadelphia: Allen, Land & Scott, 1906.249~~. A well-written log by the professional captain of Randal Morgan's yacht of a voyage from Delaware Bay to Gibraltar by way of Bermuda, Horta, and Funchal.The yacht entered the Mediterranean and visited Algiers, Port Mahon, Villefranche, San Remo, and Genoa, where the yachting party left her for a tour of Europe while the crew sailed to Southampton to meet some of them. From Southampton the yacht returned through stormy weather to Delaware Bay by way of Queenstown and St. John's, Newfoundland. An excellent log with all the things a log should have, viz., weather, sea state, and activities of the afterguard, and, in addition, excellent descriptions of many of the ports visited and of their peoples. Illustrated with photographs, but many of them are unclear. Morgan had a presentation statement printed in the front which praises Captain Cush- man as a seaman and a good friend of all who sail in Waturis.

514 Davison, Ann. My Ship k So Small. New York: Sloane, 1956.247pp.; London: Peter Davies, 1956.256~~. Reissued London: Odhams, 1958.256~~. Three years after the wreck of the yacht Reliance, in which her husband was killed (see no. all), Ann Davison sailed Felicity Ann single-handed from Plymouth, via the southern route, to Nassau, May 1952to May 1953. The voyage was therapeutic. Well-written, hut denigrates women. FelicilyAnn: Double-ended Bermudan sloop. LOA 23'; LWL 19'; Beam 7'- 6"; Draft 4'-6"; Sail area 237 sq. ft.

515 Day, Thomas Fleming. Across the Atlantic in "Sea Bird." With illustrations from photographs and paintings. Huntington, N. Y.: Fore an' Aft Co., Inc., 1927.201~~.Copyright 1911 Rudder Publishing Co. A voyage from Providence, R. I., to Gibraltar with a crew of four in the prototype Seabird yawl. Voss' Sea Queen (no. 477) and Pidgeon's Islander (no. 455) were based on the Sea Bird design. Sea Bird: Auxiliary gaff-rigged yawl. LOA 25'29"; Beam 8'-3". 144 Adventurers Afloat

516 Day, Thomas Fleming. 7ke Voyage of the "Detroit."Rev. ed. New York: Rudder Publish- ing Co., 1929.238~~. A voyage from New Rochelle, N. Y., to Kronstadt, the seaport of St. Petersburg, 16 July to 13 September 1912 in a gasoline-powered boat. Detroit was launched in Detroit and taken to New Rochelle under her own power, where Day took command. She had, besides Day, a crew of three, one of whom funked out in the first storm and was put ashore at Queenstown, where a good replacement was found. Detroit called at Southampton, crossed to Ostend, entered the North Sea Canal at Ijmuiden, crossed the Zuyder Zee to Delfiijl, passed through the Norderny Gat, and went up the Elbe, through the Kiel Canal and so to Kronstadt, where the crew were received with outstanding hospitality. The voyage was commissioned by E. W. Scripps to demonstrate the reliability of the Scripps engine. Detroit: Double-ended lifeboat-type hull with a 24-foot mast carrying 240 sq. ft. of sail to steady the boat and powered by a 16 h. p. heavy-duty engine. LOA 35'; Beam 10'; Draft 5'.

517 Dufferin and Ava, Frederick Temple Hamilton-Temple-Blackwood, Marquis of. Letters from High Latitudes: Being Some Account of a Voyage in the Schooner Yacht "Foam",85 0. M., to Iceland, Jan Mayen, & Spitzbergen, in 1856. London: John Murray, 1857. xvii, 425pp. This book was extremely popular and went through many editions. John Murray published the following editions (or reissues): 2nd and 3rd editions, 1857; 4th, 1858.282pp.; Sth, 1867.252pp.; 6th, 1873.248pp.; 7th, 1879. xiii, 248pp.; 8th; 9th; loth, 1895. xxiii, 248pp; llth, 1903. xxiii, 228pp.Oxford University Press first issued the title with an introduction by R. W. Macan as no. 158 of its World Classics series in 1910. xxxv, 261pp. Oxford issued another edition with the same introduction and notes by R. A. Cavenaugh in 1915.322~~.An Everyman's Library edition, no. 499, with the subtitle omitted, and an introduction by Jon Stefansson, was first issued in London by J. M. Dent and in New York by E. P. Dutton in 1905. xv, 252pp. English language editions were published in Paris, 1882. 302pp.; and in Leipzig: B. Tauschnitz, 1891. 302pp. American and Canadian editions with the title A Yacht Voyage. Letters from High Latitudes... were published as follows: Boston: Ticknor and Fields, 1859.406pp.; New York: Adam, Wesson & Co., 1873.248pp.; reissued 1876. xvi, 268pp.; New York: R. Worthington, 1878, 1882, and 1890. 268pp.; New York: J. W. Lovell Co., 1883. xvi, 268pp. (Lovell's Library, vol. 3, no. 95); Toronto: Adam, Stevenson & Co., 1872 and 1893.359~~.An abridged edition was issued in London by Blackie, 1912. 125pp. Lord Dufferin's 6,000-mile voyage in the 80-ton Foam began on 6 June in Oban and ended three months later in Copenhagen. He was accompanied by two guests, a valet, and a crew of 12. The letters which make up the book were Deep Water Cruzkes: Atlantic Ocean 145

written to his mother. Along the way he visited, besides the places noted in the title, Stornaway, Hammerfest, Trondhjem, Bergen, and Christiansand. Ice was a problem over part of the route. The yacht was beset for a time at Jan Mayen Island while the afterguard was ashore. Only a sudden reversal of wind direction freed her. The party sailed to Spitzbergen via Hammerfest, arriving at English Bay on 6 August. Because Bear Island was iced in and unreachable, the yacht next proceded homeward via Trondhjem, Bergen, Christiansand, and Copenhagen, where Dufferin and his party continued their travels by rail and passenger ship. Lord Dufferin'switty and learned account of his voyage is deservedly one of the most popular and important travel books of the nineteenth century. It is as readable and as filled with unforgettable characters as one of Dickens' novels. His descriptions of sea passages are exceptionally good.

518 Dye, Frank, and Margaret Dye. Ocean Crossing Wayjfarer:To Iceland and Norway in an Open Boat. Newton Abbot; North Pomfret, Vt.: David & Charles, 1977. 144pp. The story of two ocean voyages in the dinghy Wanderer, the first a rough and cold passage with Corporal Russell Brockbank as crew, from Kinlochber- vie, in northwestern Scotland, to the Vestmann Islands south of Iceland, and the second a passage to Norway via the Faroes with Bill Brockbank as crew. The voyage to the Faroes and the stay there were pleasant, but on the next leg of the voyage Wariderer encountered a force nine gale which capsized her at least three times and broke her mast even though it had been lowered and stowed. An improvised sea anchor helped boat and crew to survive, and a jury rig was finally devised after the storm was over which allowed them to continue their voyage. Margaret Dye wrote the narrative from the logs. The appendices will be useful to those who read these accounts and still plan to voyage in a dinghy. They discuss equipment and technique, gear for a 14-day cruise, and the design features of Wanderer class boats which make them seaworthy cruising dinghies. Wanderer:Wayfarer class centreboard dinghy, designed by Ian Proctor for family sailing, cruising, and class racing. LOA 15'-10"; LWL 14'-10"; Beam 6'- 1"; Draft 8"; Displacement 365 Ibs.

519 Eiloart, hold,and Peter Elstob. 7he Flight of the "Small World" NewYork: Norton,1959.257pp. An attempt to cross the Atlantic from Teneriffe to the West Indies in a balloon with a styrofoam boat as a gondola. All went well until, 1,200 miles west of Teneriffe, a violent thermal took the balloon up to 3,400 feet and caused an excessive gas loss. After ditching the balloon, the crew sailed the remaining 1,500 miles to the West Indies. Small World was designed by Colin Mudie.

520 Ellam, Patrick, and Colin Mudie. Sopranino. New York: Norton, 1953.288~~.London: Hart-Davis, 1954.222~~.Reissued Hart-Davis, 1958. (Mariners Library, no. 39). Reissued London: Grafton Books, 1986.222~~. Ellam wished to produce a boat with dinghy characteristics which would be safe at sea. After experimenting with a sailing canoe, he commissioned Laurent Giles to design Soprattino (named after the smallest of wind instruments). He was not permitted to enter the 1950 Plymouth to Santander race be- 146 Adventurers Afloat

cause of the size of his boat. He sailed the race unofficially and, on his return to England, he formed the Junior Offshore Group to sponsor ocean races in which small boats could compete. On 6 September 1951 he and Mudie began their voyage in Soprattino to Portugal, Casablanca, the Canaries, the West In- dies, and the United States, which ended in Delaware Bay on 7 January 1953. Ellam's narrative is the basis of the book, with Mudie's comments in Italics. There is a curious coyness throughout the book about names and dates. Sopranino: Bermudan sloop. LOA 19'-8"; LWL 17-6"; Beam 5'4"; Draft (plate up) 10"; (plate down) 3'-8".

521 Eloff, Dirk. Wind in My Seile: The Cruke of the "Sane Marak." Cape Town: 1932. On 30 October 1928 Eloff, a grandson of Paul Kruger, his bride, his best man, and two paid hands sailed from Cape Town toward Panama on what was intended to be a honeymoon cruise around the world. They called at St. Hclena and Ascension, had a very rough crossing to Trinidad, and encountered more bad weather in the Caribbean. They were nearly driven ashore on Tobago. Eloff sold his boat in Panama and went home.

522 Evans, Frank The Voyage of the "Petula." London: Hale, 1957. 189pp. A drifting voyage across the Atlantic in a 45-year-old ketch from Dakar to Barbadoswith a crew of three to study ocean life, water temperatures, weather conditions, drift of dust from the Sahara, etc. A raft built from three Carlcy floats was towed astern as an obscrvation platform. Thc voyage, financed by a wealthy Belgian, took about seventy days during the winter of 1955156.

523 Fairfax, John. "Bntmni~"RowingAlone across theAtlantic, the Record of anAd- venture. London: Kimber, 1972. 222, [16]pp. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1972.221~~. A dramatic portrayal of fund raising and of the 180-day voyage from Las Palmas to Fort Lauderdale. Britannia: Designed by Uffa Fox as a seagoing rowing boat. LOA 26'; LWL 24'; Beam 4-9";Displacement 1860 Ibs. On display at the Exeter Maritime Museum.

524 Fairley, George. Wide Ocean, Small Boat. Lymington: Nautical Publishing Co., 1969.159~~. A voyage around the Atlantic, starting at Chatham Dockyard and ending there after hurricanes and storms and parties in every port. The author is the most convivial person to write about small-boat voyaging so far. Dawn Star: Spartan Class auxiliary Bcrmudan sloop. LOA 23'-4"; LWL 18'- 6"; Beam 6'-6"; Draft 4'-6".

525 Filloux, Jean. The Crossingof "Copula," translated from the French by Gretchen Besser. Endpapers designed by Odette Filloux. New York: Dodd, Deep Water Crukes: Atlantic Ocean 147

Mead, 1954; London: Collins, 1955.255pp. Originally published as La Crozkiere du "Copula" Paris: Julliare, 1953. A leisurely voyage in a catamaran from Bordeaux to New York by the southern route, the Caribbean, and the Intracoastal Waterway, 2 July 1950 to 15August 1952. Readable, but with an amateurish flavor, possibly caused by the inappropriate translation of nautical terms. One of the earliest deep-sea catamaran voyages, made before multihull design principles were understood. Copula: Steel-hulled schooner with junk rig. LOA 48.23'; Beam 17.72'; Draft 4.92'; displacement 22 tons.

526 Genoves Tarazaga, Santiago. The 'Xcali" Experiment: 5 Men and 6 Women on a Raft across the Atlantic for 101 Days, translated by Asa Zatz. New York: Times Books, 1980. xxv, 469pp. The author, who went on Heyerdahl's two Ra expeditions, undertook this raft voyage with a crew of widely differing ethnic and racial backgrounds to explore the sources of stress and violence in a severe and inescapable environment. The story of the voyage is interesting, particularly for those contemplating similar voyages, but the anthropological material dominates the text. The raft was designed by Colin Mudie.

527 Gerbault, Alain. Fight of the "Firecrest:" The Record of a Lone-Hand Cruke from East to West across the Atlantic. New York: Appleton, 1926. 168pp.; London: Witherby, 1926.165~~. Reissued London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1929.226pp.; London, Newnes. 185pp.; London: Penguin, 1954; London: Hate-Davis, 1955. 134pp. (Mariners Library, no. 28). The first voyage, in an extremely unsuitable and decrepit boat, of a landlubber who was to become one of the greatest of single-handed sailors and a famous author of books on small-boat cruising. Firecrest was a dank-on-edge boat. designed by Dixon Kemp for racing at ;time when rating rules bred boats with extreme and unseaworthy characteristics which were eminentlv unsuitable for deep-sea cruising. Her rdtten sails kept Gerbault sewing during all of his spare time. The next leg of his voyage is described in Gospel of the Sun, no. 718.

528 Gladwin, Peter. Reaching for the Sun. London: Latimer House, 1948.128~~. A voyage in the ketch Windward from Poole toward Sydney, written by a crew member. The voyage ended, for the author, at Trinidad, because of the imminence of World War I1 and of the birth of his first child. The owner, who lived on a legacy, had fought the Fascists in Spain. Originally he had bought Wldward, on the advice of Adrian Seligman, to run arms to the Nationalist Government. The skipper was a conservative Tory. The other five crew members were communisticallyinclined. All were landlubbers. A very entertaining account of some very funny people trying to function in a completely unfamiliar habitat. Windward: Gaff-rigged ketch. LOA 55'; Beam 14'. 148 Adventurers Afloat

529 Graham, R D. Rough Passage; being the Nmative of a Single-Handed Voyage to Newfoundland, hbrador, and Bermuda in the Seven-Ton Yacht "Emanuel",and subsequent Return to England with a Soldier Crew, by Commander R. D. Graham; with an introduction by Claud Worth. Edinburgh and London: Blackwood, 1936; Boston and New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1937. xiii, 235pp. Reissued, with M. Helen Graham's The Adventure of the Faeroe Islands. London: Hart-Davis, 1952.219~~.(Mariners Library, no. 9); reissued New York: Sheridan House, 1984. Reissued Lon- don: Granada, 1984.256~~. A simple, well-written story of apioneeringvoyage undertaken from 10 May 1934 to 12 May 1935. Graham received the Royal Cruising Club's Challenge Cup. His daughter, in a separate narrative, describes a voyage in Emmanuel from Bridgewater through the Irish Sea and the Western Islands of Scotland to the Faroes and return, 1 August to 19 September 1929. She gives an excellent account of the Faroes and their people as well as of the voyage itself. Emanuel: Cutter. LOA 30'; LWL 20'; Beam 8'-6" Draft 5'.

530 Great Voyages in Small Boats: Solo Transatlantic Clinton's Corners, N. Y.: de Graff, 1982. 3 vols. in 1. Contents: Ann Davison. My Ship is So Small (no. 514); David Lewis. The Ship Would Not Travel Due West (no. 1518); Hannes Lindemann.Alone at Sea (no. 552).

531 Hampton, T. A. Alone at Sea. Guernsey, Channel Islands: Guernsey Press; sole distributers: 0. M. Watts, London, 1948.96~~. A cruise from Poole Harbour via Falmouth to Corcubion, Spain, and return. The author was forced to cut the voyage short because of a leg problem. Ling: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 35'; LWL 32'; Beam 11'.

532 Haughton, Henry 0. Homeward Bound from the Chesapeak to the Mersey in the schooneryacht "Nathalie,"200 tons, Clew Garnet, Esq., in the Sum- mer of 1881. Baltimore, Md.: Dowling & Co., Printers and Binders, 1882.296~~. A humorously-written, discursive account, mostly in journal form, of a voyage which lasted from 20 June to 6 July. The yachting party consisted of the owner, his wife, and their five children, ranging in age from 2 to 15 years. There were a doctor, a nurse, a maid, 2 stewards, and 2 cooks. Since the owner had a Board of Trade master's certificate, the crew was made up of 2 mates, a boatswain, a carpenter, and 10 seamen. Each day's entry opens with an account of the day's events followed by historical stories and anecdotes of a wildly varied kind. Much of the book resembles a Michael Scott novel in style and structure and a Lever novel in its whimsy and praise of the Irish. The one serious part of the journal tells of the death and burial at sea of Ryan, one of the seamen, who Deep Water Cruises:Atlantic Ocean 149

was hit on the head by the topsail clew cringle. The book opens with a history of the colonies of the Chesapeake Bay; the appendix covers arctic explorations, England's naval engagements, and the armamcnt of the latest British and French warships.

533 Haward, Peter. High Latitude Crossing: The Viking Route to America. Southampton: Coles, 1968. [13], 146pp. The Sailing Master's account of J. R. L. Anderson's voyage in Gn%fin,sponsored by the Guardian, to investigate the Vinland problem from the point of new of practical seamanship in a sailing vessel. For Anderson's account and details of the voyage, see no. 485.

534 Heyerdahl, Thor. The "Ra" Expeditions, translated by Patricia Crampton. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday, 1971. xi, 341pp.; London: Allen and Unwin, 1971.334~~. Originally published with the title Ra. Oslo: Gyldendal, 1970. 304~~. An ultimately successful serics of attcmpts to cross the Atlantic in a reed boat in order to prove that early African and European peoples using similar boats could have done the same. Such voyages, of course, prove very little about the past, but, when madc by Heyerdahl, they produce splendid accounts of contemporary nautical adventures. Ra I broke up in a storm in mid-Atlantic. Ra XI, built in Morocco by Bolivian Indians using rccds from the upper Nile, made the crossing.

535 Heyerdahl, Thor. Murphy, Barbara Beasley, and Norman Baker. Thor Heyerdahl and the Reed Boat "RawForeword by Thor Heyerdahl. Philadel- phia: Lippincott, 1974.64~~. An account of the voyage writtcn for children.

536 Hiscock, Eric C. Atlantic Cruise in "Wanderer111." London, etc.: Oxford University Press, 1968. xii, 159pp. From Yarmouth, Isle of Wight, down the coasts of France, Spain and Por- tugal, to Madeira, the West Indies, and, finally, Bar Harbor, Maine. Back to Yarmouth via the Inland Waterway, the Bahamas, Bermuda, the Azores, and southern Ireland. WandererIll:Designed by Laurent Gilcs and built for theHiscocks in 1952. Bermudan auxiliary sloop. LOA 30'-3"; LWL 26'-5"; Beam 8'-4"; Draft (designed) 5'.

537 Horr, Alfred Reuel. The Log of the Schooner "Bowdoin." Introduction and interpola- tions by Commander Donald B. MacMillan; photography and or- nithology by Alfred M. Bailey; with contributions by other 150 Adventurers Afloat

members of the crew. Cleveland, Ohio: World Publishing Co., [1974]. 140pp. A cruise from Boothbay, Maine, north to McDonald Bay in Labrador with a crew of volunteers just after the Bowdoin had been returned to her owner and captain, Commander MacMilan, following the end of World War 11. Two of the volunteers were over 70 years old. 538 Hudson, John M. Smallest Ship That Ever Crossed the Atlantic Ocean: Log of the Ship-Rigged Ingersoll Metallic Life-Boat, "Red, White and Blue," Across the Atlantic Ocean and Englkh Channel: Tempestuous Weather--TheyMeet a Sail which Declines to Speak--A Whale In- troduces Himself-A Vessel that Did Speak--On Beam Endr--A Shark with an Open Countenance--LandSighted--Death of Fanny- -Exhibition in Crystal Pallace, London--Am'valin Park--An Inter- view with the Emperor Napoleon--Boats, their Varieties and Uses, &C.,&c. New York: Bunce & Co., Printers, 1870.48~~. Captain John M. Hudson, his mate, F. E. Fitch, and the dog Fanny sailed from New York for England on 9 July 1866 in Red, White and Blue. They reached Gravesend on 19 August after a wet and uncomfortable passage during which they were knocked down four time. Fanny died just before making port. This book contains the log of the voyage, press clippings about it, and the log of the subsequent voyage from England to Le Havre, as well as information about Ingersoll metallic life boats and other Ingersoll boats. It also contains an interesting list of stores carried on board, designed to last for three months, which throws some light on contemporary nutritional ideas. Isaac Recklow provided two dozen cans each of roast beef, roast turkey, roast chicken, and mutton soup. William H. Rich provided 24M Ibs. of bread, 2 Ibs. of tea, 10 Ibs. of butter, 4 boxes of smoked herring, one dozen cans of milk, a 15-lb. piece of smoked beef, a 17- lb. cheese, six bottles of pickles, one can of mustard, one can of pepper, one box of salt, one bottle of Worcestershire sauce, 12 ten-gallon water kegs, two bottles of brandy, one bottle of whiskey, and two bottles of bitters. Re4 White andBlue: Double-ended, iron lie boat, built in New York by 0. R. Ingersoll. LOA 26'; Beam 6'-1"; Depth of hold 2'-8". Floatation: 4' watertight compartments in bow and stern and longitudinal sealed tubes along each side between the watertight compartments.

539 Hutchinson, Horace G. A Saga of the "Sunbeam."London; New York: Longmans, Green, 1911.211~~. A description of Lord Brassey's voyage from England to Quebec by way of Iceland and Newfoundland and return in the summer of 1910. See also the accounts by Lord and Lady Brassey of various other voyages in Eothen and Sun- beam.

540 Ingram, Michael. The Voyage of "Odin'sRaven." Clearwater Publishing, Ltd., 1982. 191pp. Deep Water Crukes:Atlantic Ocean 151

An account of a voyage from Norway to the Isle of Man in a replica of a Viking ship scaled down to u3 the size of the original. The crew of 17, including the author, endured severe hardships and faced grave dangers to com- memorate 400 years of Norse rule of the Isle of Man. Illustrated with excellent color photographs.

541 Jackson, Willis Carl. The Log of the "CarlaMia;" beingAn Account of a Single-Handed Passage across the Atlantic Ocean in a Thirty-FootAuxiliary Ketch in the Summer of 1978. Willis Carl Jackson, Master. Bloomington, Indiana: Raintree Press, 1980.95~~ Edition limited to 250 copies. The dacron covering the spine is from Carla Mia's main sail. The story of a single-handed crossing of the Atlantic, from Marblehead, Mass., to Crosshaven, Cork Harbour, Ireland, 8 July to 6 September 1978. The author, aged 55 at the time, was on leave from his position as Dean of Univer- sity Libraries, Indiana University, Bloomington. This interesting and meticulously written account is presented in a beautifully designed and printed book. The boat yard on Chesapeake Bay selected by Jackson to fit his boat out for a transatlantic crossing was outrageously negligent in performing its duties, with the result that Jackson had to waste precious leave time in making the boat habitable and seaworthy, and subsequently suffered failures of all sorts of gear, from the self-steering device and all exterior lights to the standing rigging and the voice radio (all installed or renewed by the boat yard). In the summer of 1979 the author and hi wife, Lib, sailed C& Mio to Oban, Scotland, where she was destroyed by a winter storm while laid up in a shipyard. Cm10 Mio: Seawind ketch, named after the author's daughter. Under her former name, Miss Fancy v she sailed around the world commanded by Raymond Rawls. LOA 30'-6"; LWL 24'; Beam 9'-3"; Draft 4'-2"; 8 tons net; 9 tons gross.

542 Johnson, Irving. "ShamrockV's" Wild Voyage Home, and Other Sea-Going Adven- tures, with photographs by the author and drawings by Charles J. A. Wilson. Springfield, Mass.: Milton Bradley Co., 1933.280~~. Johnson's first book. He was a crew member on Sir Thomas Lipton'sShom- rock Von her return to England in the autumn of 1930 following the America's Cup races. She encountered a hurricane and numerous storms. After working his way home on the steamer Olympic, Johnson joined Warwick Tompkins' Wanderbird as mate for the 1931 transatlantic race from Newport, R. I. to Plymouth. He crewed on George Roosevelt's Mistress for the Fastnet, and then rejoined Wanderbird for a northern European cruise and the voyage back to the United States. Wanderbid's paying crew included a girl named Exy (Elects), whom Johnson married in 1932 and with whom he spent a lifetime cruising, mostly with paying crews, on successive sailing vessels named Yankee.

543 Kent, Rockwell. N by E. New York: Brewer & Warren, 1930. xi, 281pp. Reissued New York: Literary Guild, 1930. xi, 281pp.; New York: Harcourt Brace, 1939. xi, 276pp.; Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan 152 Adventurers Afloat

University Press, 1978. i, 281pp. (Reprint of the Brewer & War- ren edition). Kent's account of the voyage in Arthur S. Allen's Direction to Greenland in 1929 (see Allen's account, no. 483), which ended in shipwreck in Karajak Fjord. Kent does not mention the personality clashes described in Allen's account. Beautifully illustrated by the author. Imaginative and episodic. For another account see Charles H. Villas' Saga of Direction, 110.1072.

544 King, Derek, and Peter Bird. Small Boat Against the Sea: The Stoy of the First Trans-World RowingAttempt. London: Elek, 1976.244~~. After circumnavigating Ireland under oars, King decided to row around the world via the Panama and Suez Canals. He was unable to raise the money to build the 40' boat which Uffa Fox designed for him, but persuaded Fairfax to loan him Britatinia II. King recruited Peter Bird and Carol Maystone as crew and sailed from Gibraltar to Casablanca. There Carol dropped out. The two men carried on and, after 93 days of difficult and hazardous rowing and drifting, reached St. Lucia, where they ended the voyage. The authors give an excellent account of the financial problems and anxieties of mounting such an expedition, of the difficulties of getting competent and honest workmen to make crucial repairs, and of the psychological problems arising from living in constant danger in confined and uncomfortable quarters.

545 Knight, E. F. The Cruhe of the 'Xlerte."London: Longmans, 1890.204pp. Reissued London: Hart-Davis, 1952. 205pp. (Mariners Library, no. 21); London: Hamilton, 1956. 190pp. (Panther Books, no. 599). Reissued Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House, 1984.205~~. A treasure-hunting voyage to the uninhabited, very rugged, and very dangerous volcanic island of Trinidad, off the coast of Brazil, in the winter of 1890191. The quest, carried out in an efficient and methodical way, was unsuccessful. Wilfred Pollock, in his 'The True Story of the Treasure Hunt," in Blackwood's Magazine, September 1890, gives another view of the expedition which, according to Knight, came entirely from that writer's imagination. The Mariners Library edition has an excellent short life of Knight by Arthur Ran- some.

546 Knight, E. F. The Cruise of the "Falcon."A Voyage to South America in a 30-ton Yacht. London: Sampson, Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, 1884.2 vols. (301,304pp.). Reissued New York: Arno Press, 1967.2 vols. (Abercrombie and Fitch Library). A twenty-month cruise in 1880-82from Southampton to Brazil, Argentina, and the Caribbean. Knight left the yacht in Barbados to return to England on business. Shortly after his return he came down with malaria and could not return to a tropical climate to resume the cruise. Deep Water Cruises:Atlantic Ocean 153

547 Koster, John. Presumed Lost: The Saga of Robert Gainer. New York: Popular Library, 1978. 192pp. Written in sports-page style by the reporter who followed the story of Gainer's disappearance at sea, the book contains enough pertinent material to make an article. It is padded, sensationdid by gaudy references to the Ber- muda Triangle, and trivialized by inappropriate references to irrelevant things. Gainer, a member of a well-to-do east-coast family, experienced the usual adolescent problems, dropped out of school, sailed, worked, acquired the Sea Sprite Hitchhiker, sailed her to England, sold her there, crewed on the yacht Isabel from England to Brazil, and flew home. After studying yacht design, he got the sponsorship of General Wine and Spirits, distributors of Boodle's Gin, for a single-handed, nonstop round the world voyage, bought the Chance 30130 Jamais, renamed her Boodle's Ginny, and sailed from New York on 11 October 1975. Almost immediately he ran into bad weather, and then into a very severe storm. On 30 October both his forestay and his main haliard parted, crippling the boat. He and the boat were rescued by the West German ship Hagen and taken to Hamburg, where the boat was sold. Gainer flew home again. The book contains enough pertinent material to make a good article.

La Borde, Harold. An Ocean to Ourselves. London: Peter Davies; New York: de Graff, 1962.189~~. La Eorde built Humming Bird in his native Trinidad on a very limited budget, persuaded his girl friend Kwailan to marry him, and set off with her from Port of Spain on a cruise through the Caribbean and then to England via the Azores. They met a number of well-known cruising yachtsmen along the way. La Borde, who is a gifted writer as well as an able shipwright and seaman, was the son of a Venezuelan mother of Carib ancestry and of a French and Black father. His wife's father emigrated from China; her mother was of Chinese, Indian, and Black ancestry. Humming Bird: Gaff-rigged hard-chine ketch, designed by Philip Goode. LOA 26'-9"; Beam 9'; Draft 4'.

Lamont, James. Seasonr with the Sea-Horses; or, Sporting Adventures in the Nor- them Seas. London: Hurst & Blackett; New York: Harper, 1861. 282pp. Voyages to Spitzbergen in 1858 and 1859 in the yacht Ginevra. In 1859 Lamont chartered thejagt (Norwegian coaster)AnnaLouisa, "an extremely ugly little tub of a sloop of about 30 tons British measurement ... ", to continue his voyage into ice-laden seas where hi lightly-built yacht would have been en- dangered. The main object of the two voyages was the killing of wild animals for sport. On the 1859 voyage 264 major animals (polar bears, walrusses, seals, reindeer, etc.) were killed. The cruelty and waste involved in such sport were not comprehended by Victorian hunters.

Lamont, James. Yachting in Arctic Seas; or, Notes of Five Voyages of Sport and Dis- covery in the Neighborhood of Spitzbergen and Nova Zemlya. 154 Adventurers Afloat

Edited and illustrated by W. Livesay, M.D. London: Chatto and Windus, 1876. viii, 387pp. In 1868 Lamont abandoned his scat in Parliament and had the schooner yacht Diana built for cruising in ice-fillcd Arctic watcrs. He cruised there each summer and killed animals for fun. Diana: Three-masted steam auxiliary schooner with square topsails on the fore and main masts. Composite construction, with wooden planking over iron frames and longitudinals, in the manner of a Scottish whaler, to withstand the pressure of ice. 251 tons.

551 Lewis, David. Dreamers of the Day;An Arctic Adventure, with sketches by Fiona Lewis. London: Gollancz; Wellington, N. Z.: Reed, 964.191~~. The maiden voyage from England to Iceland of the forty-foot catamaran Rehu Moana (Ocean Spray). The voyagc is also dcscribcd in Mcrton Naydlcr's Cook on a Cool Cat, no. 568. Gear failure plays a prominent part in the story. After this shakedown cruise Lewis raccd Rchu Moarla in the 1964 Singlehanded Transatlantic Race and then continued from Ncw England westward around the world with his wife and daughters and one fcmalc crew member (see his Daughters of the Mrld and Childrerl of 77lrec Ocearzs, nos. 444 and 445).

552 Lindemann, Hannes. Aloneat Sea, edited by Jozefa Stuart. New York: Random House, 1958.180~~. Translation ofAlleinuberden Ozean. Frankfurt am Main: Schlef- fer, 1957. The story of three ocean voyages in two vcry small boats, made by a Gcr- man physician who worked for the American Air force in Morocco and then for the Firestone Rubber Company in Libcria. He becamc interested in African canoes, bought an old one, modificd it, namcd it Liberia 11, and, in February, 1955, set out from Libcria for Haiti. Aftcr expcricncing a severe storm and a severe attack of malaria, he turned back and landed in Takoradi, Ghana. He shipped the canoe to Hamburg, modificd it further, and sailed down the coasts of Europe and Africa to Villa Cesneros, then to Las Palmas, Gran Canaria, and on 26 October 1955 sailed for the West Indics and Jacmel, Haiti. He had es- timated that the ocean crossingwould take40 days, but it took 65. Hc ate onions for vitamins and lived, in part, onbarnaclcs, triggerfish, and a dolphin hecaught. He returned to Hamburg in April 1956, bought a Kleppcr folding boat for the next voyage, took it to Las Palmas, and sailcd again for Haiti on 20 October. He experimented with survival tcchniqucs on this voyage and, in addition to food and water problems, had to deal with storms, capsizing, and broken gear. On U) December he reached the West Indics. He has some good advice for the shipwrecked, derived in the same manner as that of Dr. Alain Bombard. He planned, after marrying his fiancee, to sail with hcr around the world in a more conventional boat.

553 [Lloyd, Samuel]. Cruise of the "RedRose," April and May 1880. Birmingham: Hud- son and Son, Printers, (1880). 65, (3), viii.pp. Deep Water Crukes:Atlantic Ocean 155

A cruise from England to the Mediterranean in JohnLancaster's yacht with an afterguard of eight and a crew of eighteen. The book contains a first-hand account of the battle between the Kearsatge and theAlabama, witnessed by Lan- caster from his previous yacht, Deerhound. Lancaster rescued Raphael Semmes and part of his crew after thebattle at the request of Captain Winslow, the Union commander. The copy held by the University of California, Berkeley, which has extra illustrations, belonged to John Lancaster and had been presented to him by the ten daughters of the author on the occasion of his visit to their home, 13 September 1880.

Lormond, Ed, and Fran Lormond. How To Sail theAtlanticAlone. New York: McKay, 1980. 214pp. The story of two Atlantic voyages in Lomond's Second Folly. Part I gives a detailed account of preparations for the first voyage. Part I1 is a journal of the first voyage, which began on 10 June 1976, and was planned to be an eastward crossing from the United States to England. It was aborted when the jib was lost overboard. Lormond put in to Charleston and took a vacation trip down the In- tracoastal Waterway to Florida. Part 111 tells of the preparations for the second voyage, and part IV is a log of the voyage, which began on 11 June 1977, and which was successful. On the 44th day, Lormand hit a rock off Sark, damaged his rudder, and got a towto Guernsey to make repairs. He was received at Buck- ingham Palace. His next project is a non-stop, single-handed round the world voyage, with his wife doing the shore work as she did for the Atlantic voyages. Lomond's Second Folly: Yankee 28 sloop, designed by Robert Finch. LOA 27-9"; LWL 21'-11"; Beam 8'-6"; Draft 4'-8; displacement 6,500 Ibs.

McClean, Tom. I Had To Dare: Rowing the Atlantic in Seventy Days. London: Jar- rolds, 1971. [9], 149pp. McClean is Irish, was orphaned young, and was well on his way to becom- ming a Teddy Boy when he joined the army and changed his life completely. John Fairfax and Chay Blyth became his heros when they rowed across the At- lantic. He decided to make a similar voyage alone, and did, but only after surviving major difficulties and hardships. He set out from St. John's, Newfoundland, on 17May 1969, and reached Blacksand Bay, Ireland, on 27 July after capsizing, swamping, and suffering from serious foot problems. He had a hard time finding a safe landing place at the end of thevoyage. At the same time, John Fairfax was rowing westward from the Canary Islands to Florida. SuperSilver: Plywood Yorkshire dory. LOAU)'; Beam 5'-6", with5' buoyancy compartments foreward and aft and a 3' plywood canopy aft for shelter.

McConnell, Malcolm, and Carol McConnell. First Crossing. New York: Norton, 1984.246~~. An account of a voyage from New York to Tangier by a couple with little sailing experience and very little money. The author is a freelance writer who gave up a foreign service career, found living in Rhodes too expensive after five years, and found life on the fringes of academia in the United States too unrewarding. Having decided to return to the Greek islands in their own boat, the McConnells bought Mafata, refitted her as well as their circumstances permitted, and put to sea. They reached Tangier after a series of adventures which might have been avoided but which add color to the story and are vividly described with fascinating applications of mood words. The account of the 156 Adventurers Afloat

second part of the voyage is given in Middle Sea Autumn, no. 972. The appendices give information on safety and survival measures. The fecklessness dis- playedin the narrative (which may be a literary pose) undermines the credibility of this information. Matata: Arpege class sloop. LOA 30'; Beam 9'; Draft 5'.

The Maiden Cruise of the "Aloha,"Spring and Summer of 1900. Extracts from the Journals of V. A. and A. P. A. New York: W. C. Martin Printing House, 1900. 104pp. A journal without names of a voyage in a brigantine yacht from New York to Gibraltar via the Azores, and then to various Mediterranean ports including Tunis, Constantinople, the Puaeus, Cattaro, Venice, Taormina, Naples, Capri, and Marseilles, and then back to New York. The yachting party made excursions by automobile and train to various cities and, while the yacht was in Marseilles, went overland to England for a month's tour before rejoining for the homeward voyage via Gibraltar, Funchal, and Bermuda. The entire trip lasted from 23 March to 4 September 1900.

558 Manry, Robert. Enkerbelle. Drawings by Roy C. Hearn. New York: Harper & Row, 1966.254pp.; London: Collins, 1967.223~~. In the winter of 1958159, Manry, who worked at the copy desk of the Cleveland Plain Dealer, bought an Old Town boat which needed a great deal of work. After virtually rebuilding the boat and naming her linkerbelle, he used her for vacation trips with his family. He rebuilt her again in the spring of 1962, making her as seaworthy as possible. After a friend who had a 25-foot cruising sloop decided against a proposed transatlanticvoyage, Manry decided to make the crossing alone in Tinkerbelle.During the summer of 1965 he sailed her from Falmouth, Massachusetts, to Falmouth, England. An excellent account of avery unusual voyage written by a person one would lie to have known. Tinkerbelle: Sloop. LOA 13'-6";Beam S-3". 559 Marin-Marie . (pseud. of Marin Marie Paul Durand-Couppel de Saint-Front). Wind Alofi, Wind Alow, translated from the French ... containing narratives of his two single-handed crossings, under sail in W- nibelle, and under power in the Arielle ... . London: Peter Davies, 1945; New York: Scribner's, 1947. viii, 322pp. The gaff-rigged cutter Wnnibelle sailed from Duarnenez to New York via Madeira and the West Indies, May to August 1933. The diesel-powered Arielle motored from New York to Chausey, July to August 1936.

560 Mam, Robert F. The Voyage ofNinaII." London: Barker; Cleveland, Ohio: World Publishing Co., 1963.249~~. The story of an attempt to replicate the first voyage of Columbus. Carlos Etayo Elizondo, the designer, builder, and captain of Nina II, hoped that his vessel was an accurate reconstruction of the original Nina. The voyage became an ongoing series of disasters as the nearly unmanageable ship drifted across the Atlantic. Food was soon in short supply and rotted rapidly; the water Deep Water Crukes:Atlantic Ocean 157

smiled-. the crew bickered: and Etavo Eliwndo moved to be a ho~elesslv. ..ine~t commander. However, after 76 dais at sea, ~iiafinally reached the island of San Salvador. As the vovage neared its end. the U. S. Naw hel~edto sustain the - - . A crew by furnishing water daily by plane. Because she was virtually unmanageable, Nina was towed the last few miles and into port.

561 Mam, Robert F. Following Columbus: fie Voyage of the "Nina II." Cleveland: World Publishing Co., 1964.80~~. An abridged description of Nina 11's voyage written for young adults. Very well illustrated. Concentrates on people, animals, misfortunes, and the final success of the voyage.

562 Milnes Walker, Nicolette. When I Put Out to Sea London: Collins, 1972. 158, [8]pp.; New York: Stein and Day, 1972.191~~. A voyage alone in Aziz from Dale, Wales, to Newport, Rhode Island, 12 June to 26 July 1971, described in a rather dramatic manner. Good reading, however. Aziz: A Pioneer-class sloop. LOA 30'; Beam 8'; Displacement 3.5 tons.

563 Morison, Samuel Eliot. By Land and By Sea: Essays and Addresses. New York: Knopf, 1954.359, iv pp. Only chapter IV, "Letters on the Haward Columbus Expedition," pp. 99- 123, falls within the range of this bibliography, but this chapter is important because it brings together letters on the expedition which appeared in theHward Alumni Bulletin between 29 September 1939 and 1March 1940 and constitutes the only account of the Expedition. Morison wished to sail Columbus' course in order to understand hi voyage and include data from his replication in his biography of Columbus (which appeared later asAdmiral of the Ocean Sea and contains the results of the expedition). Paul Hammond, a business executive and experienced yachtsman, organizer, and fund raiser put the expedition together, just in time, because it sailed just after World War I1 broke out. Morison tells the story of the voyage and of the people who made it with hi usual narrative skill and artistry.

564 Moyne, Walter Edward Guinness, Baron. Atlantic Circle. London and Glasgow: Blackie, 1938.201~~. Lord Moyne cruised the Atlantic in his yacht Rosaura to visit Eskimo villages and extinct Norse settlements in Greenland, to collect pottery and other archaeological specimens of Central American cultures, and to collect zoologi- cal specimens.

565 Mulville, Dan. Trade Winds and Turtles. London: Putnam's, 1960.247~~. Also published London: Adventurers Club, 1960. 191pp. The author bought L'Aventurier in Las Palmas, Gran Canarias, and sailed her to and through the West Indies to meet his two partners, who were bring- 158 Adventurers Afloat

ing the Brixham trowler Biscaya from England for a commercial venture. The Biscaya was wrecked on Aves Island and the author, after seeking unsuccessfully for ways to make a living in the West Indies, had to sell L'Aventurier and return home. Amusing, cynical, and nostalgic. The voyaging occupied several years, beginning in the winter of 1954. LXventurier: Gaff-rigged cutter built in Camaret in 1935 after the design of a French fishing boat. LOA 40'; Beam 13'; Draft 4'-6"; 22 tons Thames measurement.

566 Mulville, Frank. In "Granma's" Wake--"Girl Stella's" Voyage to Cuba. London: Seafarer Books, 1970.302~~. The author, his wife, two children, and a friend voyaged from England by the southern route. They visited many small Cuban ports and were well received. They were impressed by the results of Cuban reforms and economic progress. Girl Stella was lost in the Azores on the return trip through the mal- feasance of a local official. (Granma was the boat which carried Fidel Castro from Mexico to Cuba in 1958 to begin his revolution). Girl Stella: Gaff-rigged ketch, originally built in 18%. LOA 40'; Beam 13'; Displacement 24 tons.

567 Mulville, Frank. Schooner "Integrity."London: Seafarer Books, 1979. 169pp. Integrify had a short, strange and disasterous career. The author was involved in the last, unsuccessful attempt to salvage her. A scaled-down version of an earlier working craft, she was built for Waldo Howland by Captain Culler, and showed signs of relationship to Slocum'sSpray. She was heavy, slow, slightly under-canvassed, did not point well, and had that ill-defined awkwardness of a vessel scaled down from a larger one. Howland sold her to a chartering syndicate which sent her with a delivery crew toward Granada. She was abandoned after a serious knockdown, severely damaged by the ship which rescued the crew, and left to drift. The subsequent salvage attempts, flawed by greed and incompetence, resulted in her burial at sea. The book is, in a sense, a tribute to this most unfortunate ship.

568 Naydler, Merton. Cook on a Cool Cat. London: Temple Press Books, 1965. xii, 206p. An acount of the shakedown cruise of David Lewis' new catamaran Rehu Moana from England to Greenland. For Lewis' account of the voyage see his Dreamers of the Day, no. 551. Naydler, who had no culinary experience, served as cook and wrote a very interesting account of an over-ambitious voyage in a new boat with untested (and failure-prone) gear.

569 Naydler, Merton. The Penance Way: The Mystery of "Puffin's"AtlanticVoyage. Lon- don: Hutchinson, 1968. New York: Morrow, 1969. xix, 252pp. An examination of the fatal attempt of David Johnstone and John Hoar to row eastward across the Atlantic in the summer of 1966. They drowned when Puffin was capsized by hurricane Faith. The boat, and Johnstone's journal, Deep Water Cruises: Atlantic Ocean I59

which is printed in this volume, were recovered. John Ridgway and Chay Blyth missed Faith and made a successful crossing under oars in English Rose ZZI during the same period (see their A Fighting Chance, no. 588). Pujj'in was designed by Coli Mudie. Unfortunately she sailed before tests had been completed and proved to be unsuitable for efficient rowing.

570 Nicolson, Ian. Sea Saint: The Building and Single-Handed Maiden Voyage of an Ocean-Cruiser. London: Peter Davies, 1957. 190pp. Nicolson had crossed from England to Vancouver, B.C., in a friend's boat, the Maken (see no.735 for his account of that voyage). He hitch-hiked to Halifax, Nova Scotia, via Long Beach, California, and Detroit looking for a boat to buy. In Chester, near Halifax, he found an unfinished hull, completed it, and named his new vessel St. Elizabeth. On 16 July he sailed singlehanded for Weymouth, arriving 41 days later. About half the book is devoted to finding and finishing the boat. Contains much useful information on fitting out and ocean sailing. St. Elizabeth: Bermudan sloop. LOA W-6";LWL 22'; Beam 7'-11"; Draft 4'-9" Sail area 285 sq. fr.

571 Nilsen, Ingvald N. Leaves from the Log of the "HomewardBound;" or, Eleven Months at Sea in an Open Boat, by Capt. Nilsen. Ed. by J. V. London: Chapman and Hall, 1887.133~~. Nisen, a Norwegian seaman, arrived in Cape Town as mate of a Dutch brig which was then condemned as unseaworthy. He enlisted in a cavalry regiment, saw action in the Basuto War, and became a builder and contractor in the Orange Free State. He then decided to build an open boat and sail for England. He, his brother Bernard, and their friend Olsen built her at Witzies Hoek, Orange Free State, between 5 December 1855 and 20 February 1856. They hauled her 250 miles on a waggon drawn by 18 oxen to Port Natal, where she was launched on 19 April. After surviving a series of storms, including one described as a hurricane, they rounded the Cape of Good Hope on 25 June, made Cape Town on 4 July, were very hospitably received, refitted and provisioned, and sailed again on the 20th. They had a prosperousvoyage, visited St. Helena and Napoleon's tomb, the Azores, Corobeda for provisions (which they procuredwith difficulty), and finally made Dover on 7 January 1857. A very interesting account of an early small-boat voyage. Homeward Bound: Gaff-rigged cutter built of pitch pine with air-tight compartments foreward and aft for storage of provisions and a tarp with which to batten down in heavy weather. LOA W;Beam 7'; Depth 4'-6"; Registered tonnage: 4 314.

572 Norman, Frederick, and George P. Thomas. The Log of the American Dory Boat, the "Little Western,'' on its Voyagefrom Gloucester, Mass., U.S.A., to England, etc. London: Wilkes & Co., 1880.16~~. Norman and Thomas sailed their 16-foot cutter-rigged dory to Cowes, 12 June to 28 July 1880. In the summer of 1881Little Western and its crew voyaged from London to Halifax, Nova Scotia, in 65 days. 160 Adventurers Afloat

573 Norville, Warren. StomJib and Running SaiLF. Editor: Church E. Barnard. Mobile, Alabama: Printed by Gill Printing Co., 1970.46~~. A log-like account of a voyage from Gibraltar to Barbados in Ken Com's 52' Trewes ketchAspidira II during the fall and winter of 1968.

574 Nutting, William Washburn. The Track of the "Typhoon."New York: Motor Boat, 1922. xvii, 270p. A voyage from Bras D'Or, Nova Scotia, to Cowes, and then to the Azores and New York, 18 July to 20 November 1921.Nuttingwas lost at sea a short time later in the sloop Lief Ericsson. In spite of its somewhat dated style, the book makes very interesting reading. Nutting's early death was a severe loss to American yachting and to yachting literature. Typhoon: Gaff-rigged auxiliary ketch designed by William Atkinson. LOA 45'; LWL 35'; Beam 12'; Draft 6'.

575 Olsen, Ivar A. "Reminiscencesof a Transatlantic Voyage in the Year 1881, Made in the 16 Foot Dory, City of Bath." Manuscript. 53pp. A photostatic copy and a typewritten copy are in Mariners Museum, New- port News, Va.

576 Orsborne, George Black The Voyage of the "GirlPat;" An Authentic Account, by Skipper Orsborne and his crew. London: Hutchinson, 1937.234~~. For no apparent reason, Orsborne and his crew took the fishing boat Girl Pat from Grimsby to North Africa and then, to escape arrest, from Dakar to Georgetown, British Guiana, where they were captured and returned to England. They were sentenced to 18 months in jail for stealing the boat. An hysterical account of an unexplained exploit.

577 Orsborne, George Black Master of the "Girl Pat," by Dod Orsborne, edited by Joe Mc- Carthy. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1949. ix, 278pp. The first 17 chapters deal with his earlier life and the GirlPat voyage. The rest tells of his single-handed voyage in the recently-bought and decrepit boat Lovely Lady along the coast from Dover to North Africa and then of his attempt to cross to the Caribbean with inadequate supplies. After 21 days without food he was rescued by a freighter. Lovely Lady was abandoned in mid-Atlantic. The strange story of a gallant attempt to cruise with insufficient funds.

578 Outhwaite, Leonard. Atlantic Circle; Around the Ocean with the Winds and Tides. New York; London: Scribner's, 1931. xi, 309pp. Outhwaite sailed his yacht Kinkajou from New York to Cowes via the Azores for Cowes Week, then down the coast to Africa, and finally across to the Caribbean for further cruising before returning home, 30 June 1929 to 7 Deep Water Cruises: Atlantic Ocean I61

June 1930. An extremely well-written and interesting book. Contains some interesting pages on Mount Pelee and its eruptions. Kinkajou: Bald-headed auxiliary f~herman-typeschooner designed by her former owner and John Alden. LOA 90'; LWL 71'; Beam 19.6'; Draft 10'.

579 Padfield, Peter. The Sea is a Magic Carpet. London: Peter Davies, 1959.232~~. The author, a graduate of the training ship H. M. S. Worcester, is a merchant marine officer. Most of the book deals with his seagoing expeiences on merchant ships. However, he was a crew member on Mayflower I1 when Alan Villiers sailed her from Plymouth, England, to Provincetown Harbor, Mas- sachusetts, 17April to 12 June 1957. He gives a lively day-by-day account of the voyage from the crew's viewpoint as well as brief portraits of fellow seamen and information about the ship, including drawings of rigging details. For the Captain's viewpoint, see Villiers' Give Me a Ship to Sail, no. 612, and for the account of the originator of the project, see Warwick Charlton's The Second Mayj7owerAdventure, no. 506.

580 Paine, Ralph Delahaye. The "Corsair"in the War Zone. Boston and New York: Houghton Mifflin, 1920. xiii, 302pp. Pierpont Morgan volunteered his yacht Corsair for service in World War I. She sailed to Europe with an amateur crew of volunteers. Payne describes the yacht's wartime activities and her return home in his usual readable way.

581 Petersen, Marjorie. "Stornoway"East and West. Princetown, N. J.: Van Nostrand, 1966. xii, 189pp. A1 Petersen received the Cruising Club of America's Blue Water Medal for his voyage around the world in Stornoway (see Jean Merrien's Lonely Voyagers no. 387 for a brief account of this voyage. He traveled across the Atlantic and to the Mediterranean in the33'gaff-rigged cutter Stornoway. Following his marriage, he and his wife, Marjorie, have cruised from New York to the West In- dies, the Mediterranean, and California. This book tells of the voyage to the Mediterranean via Horta and Lisbon. The Mediterranean itinerary included many North African, Spanish, and French ports, the Balearics, Corsica, Sar- dinia, Sicily, and Malta. They returned to New York via Madeira, the Canaries, the West Indies, and the Intrawastal Waterway. The voyage lasted 2.5 months and covered 13,000 miles. Stornoway called at 85 ports.

582 Piver, Arthur. Tramatlantic Trimaran. With a foreword by Dr. John Morwood. Mill Valley, California: Pi-Craft, 1961. 152,26pp. The story of Nimble's trip by land from California to Massachusetts and the voyage to England to participate in the Slocum Society race. She arrived too late. The text is full of outrageous claims for trimarans of speed, comfort, and safety and, like all of Piver's writings, infested with dashes. Piver was the pioneer of modern trimarans. His designs incorporated simplicity of construction with remarkable performance. Perhaps he foresaw the outstanding performance of the later highly-developed designs which he did not live to see. I62 Adventurers Afloat

Nimble: Sloop-rigged trimaran. LOA 30'; Beam 18'; Draft 2'.

583 Piver, Arthur. Trimaran nird Book. Mill Valley, California: Pi-Craft, 1965. 285pp. A confused, rambling, dash-filled book mainly about Bird, a 38' trimaran designed to be faster than Piver's earlier boats. She was disappointingly slow. The author describes cruising and racing in the Caribbean. The book contains many exaggerated claims of performance for trimarans.

584 [Potts, W.T.] Notes of the Crube of the "Caprice"Yacht, Royal St. George's Yacht Club, to Iceland and Norway in the Summer of 1850. Dublin: Alexander Thorn, 1851.159pp. A log-lie account of a luxury voyage, 18 May to 22 September 1850. The author hoped to find Franklin and get the 20,000 pound reward. Interesting engraved illustrations.

585 Powell, Ronald. I Sailed in the Morning. Foreword by Weston Martyr. London: Jarrolds, 1936. 272pp. A breezy account of crewing on two yachts and voyaging from the Mediter- ranean to the east coast of the United States. Powell sailed as part of Eric Muspratt's crew on the chartered schooner Constance from Haifa en route to England via Cypress, Crete, and Malta. He left Constance in Malta, spent some time ashore broke and then signed on as mate of the American yacht Providence, a former Brixham trawler, commanded by her owner, H. R. Lagarde. The yacht left the Mediterranean after visiting Mallorca, Ibiza and Gibraltar and experiencing heavy crew turnover. She sailed to New York by the trade wind route, and, some months later, to Norfolk, Va., where Powell left her to work his way home to London on a Scottish steamer.

586 Pye, Peter. Red Mains'l, with a foreword by Roderick Stephens, Jr. London: Jenkins, 1952; New York: Dodd, Mead, 1953.199~~. Revised edition London: Hart-Davis, 1961. 186pp. (Mariners Library, no. 44). A 13-month cruise from Fowey to Florida via Lisbon and the West Indies, and return, 1949-50. Pye gave up his medical practice after World War I1 and cruised with his wife Anne in Moonraker of Fowey. His books reveal a warm and engaging personality as well as an able seaman and writer. Moonrakec Gaff-rigged sloop, built as a fishing boat in 18% and converted by the Pyes. LOA 29'; Beam 10'; Draft 6'.

587 Ridgway, John. Storm Passage. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1975.220~~. The straightforward story of a pair of winter voyages in Englislt Role V a Nicholson 32 especially modified for heavy-weather sailing. On Boxing Day, 1973, Ridgway and a crew of two sailed from Camper and Nicholson's yard for Deep Wder Cru~es:Atlantic Ocean 163

Ardmore, on the west coast of Scotland, twelve miles south of Cape Wrath, whereRidgway and his wife, Marie Christine, run aschool of Adventure in summer months. The voyage was successfully completed after a rough passage, which included putting one crew member ashore at Portrush with appendicitis, getting a volunteer replacement, and running north in murky weather outside the Outer Hebrides. From September to December, 1974, Ridgway, his wife, their daughter Rebecca, and three instructors from the Adventure School sailed south to Madeira, the Canaries, Via Cisneros, the Cape Verdes, the Azores, and then back to Ardmore through the Minch. In Madeira Ridgway and the instructors hiked across the island. As expected, extremely heavy weather was encountered on the way home.

588 Ridgway, John, and Chay Blyth. A Fighting Chance. London: Hamlyn, 1967.255pp.; Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1967.242~~. Reissued London: Pan Books, 1968. 221pp. A rowing trip across the Atlantic from Cape Cod to Aran Island, Eire, in English Rose 111, 6 June to 2 September 1966. The trip was very difficult and dangerous. David Johnston and John Hoare, rowing across at nearly the same time inf'ufin, were lost at sea (see Merton Naydler's Penance Way, no. 569 for the story of their voyage). English Rose 111: Yorkshire dory, built by Bedford Boat Service, Bedford, Yorks. LOA 20'; Beam 5'-4".

589 Riding, John. fie Voyage of the "Sea Egg.'' London: Pelham, 1968.171pp. A voyage from La Rochelle, whereSj&~~(Sea Egg) was designed and built, to Plymouth for the 1964 Transatlantic Singlehanded Race. Riding was refused entry because his boat was too small, but he sailed along anyway. Following the race, he sailed to Bermuda, where the story ends. For the next leg see his "Sea- Egg" Again, no. 740. Sea Egg: Bilge keel sloop, designed and built by Philipe Hewe. LOA 12'.

590 Ridler, Donald. "EriktheRed:" 772eAtlanticAlonein a Home-Made Boat. London: Kimber, 1972.208, [16]pp. From England to the West Indies and back in EriktheRed a 26' junk-rigged dory.

591 Rigg, Philip. Southern Crossing. A True Account of a Mediterranean and Western Ocean Passage in a Small Ship. New York: Dutton, 1936. 255pp. The author was hired by the owner and his agent to bring the ketch Stor- tebeker back to New York from the Puaeus. This is the journal of that voyage. Stortebeker had been out of commission for a year, but before that had made two Atlantic crossings and had cruised in the Mediterranean. She was fitted out, startedwest through the Corinth Canal with a volunteer crew, while in the Canal was rammed from astern and lost her mizzen, was rerigged in Patras using a freshly-cut cypress tree for a mast, sailed to Messina, where Rigg picked up his 164 Adventurers Afloat

permanent crew, and reached Gibraltar after weathering a violent storm. From Gibraltar, Stortebeker sailed to Funchal, and then, after a voyage of 52 days, reached Jacksonville, Florida. Rigg was fortunate in having an owner who was willing to pay for all necessary repairs. The book is beautifully designed and printed, but, unfortunately, has no maps nor pictures.

592 Robinson, Hercules. Sea Drift.Portsea: T. Hinton and Co.; London: Pitman, 1858. 252pp. In 1813 Robison, then a captain commanding H. M. S. Prometheus, refitting at Portsmouth, was ordered to investigate a story of buried treasure in the Salvage Islands. He took on board Christian Cruise, a crew member of the treasure ship, who had told his story to the Admiralty, and proceeded to the islands. Because the captain of the treasure ship was said to be buried above the treasure, he told his crew that they were to look for a buried seaman and turned them loose ashore to dig. Nothing was found, but Robinson believed Cruise's story to be true. In 1856, when he was a retired Rear Admiral, he set off on another treasure hunting cruise to the Salvageswith Digby Murray and George Bentinck on Bentinck's yacht Dream. This is a journal of the second voyage, which began at Falmouth on 15 July 1856 and ended unsuccessfully in Portsmouth on 23 August. Robinson tells of other searches in the Salvages. He interrupts his narrative with long digressions on politics, philosophy, religion, and reminiscences of his naval career. Written in the humorous style of the time.

593 Severin, Tim. The "Brendan"Voyage. Drawings by Trondur Pattursson. New York: McGraw-Hill; London: Hutchinson;Wynberg, South Africa: Hutchinson of South Africa, 1978. viii, 292pp. Reissued New York: Avon Books, 1979. 299pp. London: Arrow Books; Don Mills, Ont.: Collins, 1979.265~~.London: Arena, 1983. viii, 291pp. Oxford: Isis Large Print, 1987. [407]pp. A voyage from Ireland to Newfoundlandvia the Hebrides, the Faeroes, and Iceland in a replica of a sixth-century Irish boat to show that the legend of St. Brendan's voyage to the New World in that century might be true. Very good reading, especially for the Irish. Brendan: A two-masted, square-rigged boat designed by Colin Mudie based on all available evidence about early Irish boats. The hull was built from ox hides stitched together and stretched over a basket-like frame in the manner of a curragh or coracle, with both hides and frame greased to protect them from the salt water. An a~~endix.. "eives details on the Erendan's oerformance. She can be seen in the Exeter Maritime Museum.

594 Sinclair, W. E. Cruises of the 'Iloan."London: Arnold, 1934.254~~. Four cruises: Around Britain via the Caledonian Canal, May to August 19u; To Madeira, 1925; To the Baltic, 1926, and to Iceland and Greenland, 1927. Joan sank south of Greenland. JOM: Yawl. LOA 22'-6";Beam 7'-6";Draft S-6".There is a brief account of Joan's sinking by Meredith Jackson in Cruising Yamsfrom the Y. M.,"no. 367. Deep Water Crukes:Atlantic Ocean 165

595 Sinclair, W. E. The Cruke of the "Quartette."London: Arnold, 1937.287~~. A voyage from Falmouth to Georgetown, British Guiana, via Madeira, the Canaries, and the Cape Verde Islands, Fernando PO, St. Thomas, Ascension, and Rio de Janeiro, 1934-35. Sinclair commanded, with a friend, Bob Roberts, a sailing barge skipper, as mate, and a crew of two. One of the last books in which last names are left out. The boat was sold at the end of the voyage. For Roberts' account see his Breeze for a Bargeman, no. 234. Quadefte: An ex-Brixham trawler. Gaff-rigged ketch. LOA 69'; LWL 55'; Beam 16'; Draft T-10".

5.96 Smith, Edgar Newbold. Down Denmark Strait. Boston: Little, Brown, 1980.212~~. A voyage in Reindeer from the east coast of North America to Norway, Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen Island, and down the Denmark Strait. Contains useful material on preparing for a difficult passage. Reindeer: A Swan 43. LOA 43'; LWL 31'; Beam 11'-8"; Draft 6'-11".

597 Smith, Stanley. Smiths at Sea. The True Story of the Smith Brothers Adventurous Atlantic Crossing. Southampton: Ross; London: Harrap, 1951. [~~IPP. A cartoon-and-caption account of the building of Nova Espero in Canada and of her maiden voyage from Dartmouth, Nova Scotia, to Dartmouth, England, 5 July to 18 August 1949.

598 Smith, Stanley, and Charles Violet. The Wind C& the Tune; The Eventful Voyage of "NovaEspero." Introduction by Eric C. Hiscock. London: Ross in association with Harrap, 1952; New York: Van Nostrand, 1953.198~~. Novo Espero was designed and built in Nova Scotia by Colin and Stanley Smith in 1949. The brothers sailed her from Dartmouth, Nova Scotia, to Dartmouth, England, that year. She was shipped back to Nova Scotia. Charles Violet then sailed her single-handed toward England, but had to put back from 500 miles out when he was severely burned in a galley fue. The boat was then shipped to Liverpool. This is the story of her subsequent voyage from Dartmouth to New York via the Azores, Nova Scotia, and the Cape Cod Canal, 24 May to 11 September 1951. The passage was a rough one and is vividly described. Nova Espero: Designed as a half-decked Bermudan sloop. She was given a cabin and rerigged as a yawl for this voyage. LOA U)';LWL 16'; Beam 6'-3"; Draft 2'-10".

599 Spiess, Gerald F. Alone Against the Atlantic, by Gerald F Spiess with Marlin Bree. Minneapolis, Minnesota: Control Data Arts; London: Souvenir Press, 1981.256~~. An eastward crossing in the smallest boat to date, from Virginia Beach to Falmouth, by a Minnesota man who, as he was planning and building his boat, 166 Adventurers Afloat

was also finishing the requirements for a teaching credential at the University. The book opens with the testing of Yankee Girl on White Bear Lake, north-east of St. Pad, in a severe storm. The story of the design and building follows, and then a detailed account of the voyage is given. This was the fourth boat Spiess had built. On the voyage he suffered severe skin problems from constant soak- ing in salt water and had an unseen friend who appeared early in the voyage and remained with him. He survived a very severe storm and a near collision to receive a warm welcome at Falmouth from his wife, parents, the mayor, the press, and a large crowd. His average day's run was 60 nautical miles; his longest 84 nautical miles. (A note at the end says that on 1June 1981he sailed in Yankee Girl from Long Beach, California, to Sydney.) Yankee Girl: Plywood and frberglass sloop. LOA 10'; LWL 9'-8"; Beam 5'- 6"; Draft 1'-10"; Auxiliary power 4hp. Evinrude outboard.

600 Stanley of Alderley, Sir John Stanley, Bt., 1st Baron. [An Account of a voyage to the Faroe Islands and Iceland in 1789 in the chartered brig John], in The Early Married Life of Maria Josepha Lady Stanley, with extracts from Sir John Stanley's Praetenta, edited by one of their grandchildren, Jane H. Adeane. London: Longmans, Green, 1899, pp. 55-86. Stanley undertook the voyage at age 23 on the John, of Leith, a hired vessel with "a careful captain and a sufficient crew...". She was victualled for six months. The captain was Mr. Pierie, a retired Naval lieutenant, and the crew comprised a mate (the owner), 12 seamen, and a boy. The afterguard included five guests and Stanley's servant. None of the persons who had pla~edthe voyage with Stanley actually went. The ship sailed on 26 May 1789, called at Stromness in the Orkneys, the Faroes, where nearly two weeks were spent, and then continued on to Iceland, where she arrived on 4 July. After a prolonged stay and extensive explorations, the party sailed for Denmark at the end of the summer. They reached Copenhagen on 27 September, where the ship had her bottom cleaned and was painted, after which she returned to Leith through a very severe storm. The account contains parts of journals as well as narratrives. The descriptions of the culture and the natural features of the Faroes and Iceland are excellent. Stanley's descendant, a later Lord Stanley of Alderley, was a yachtsman and wrote of his experiences insea Peace, no. 946. His nephew was the famous explorer, Owen Stanley.

601 Stimson, Lewis Atterbury. Cruke of the "Fleur-de-Lys"to Norway and Iceland. 1902.46~~. Having visited the Mediterranean the previous year, Stimson wanted to make a northern voyage in the summer of 1902. After careful planning, he sailed from Staten Island on 22 May 1902 with a yachting party of three and crew of two officers, eight men, a steward-cook, and a cabin boy. The itinerary included Southampton, Leith, Kirkwall, Lerwick, Bergen, Hardanger, Sogne, Froj, and Nord Fjords, the Faroes (bad weather prevented a landing), and Reykiavik. They skipped Greenland because of bad weather and sailed for home on 18 August. The passage, via Belle Isle, Sydney, and Newport, Rhode Island, was a rough and tedious one. Very descriptive and designed to be of use to future cruisers.

602 Tilman, Harold William. "Mhchief'in Greenland.London: Hollis and Carter,1964.192pp. Deep Water Cruises: Atlantic Ocean 167

The third book about Mischiefs voyages in search of cold mountains for her owner to climb (the first was described in Mischief in Pategonia, and the second, to the Crozet Islands and Kerguelen, in Mischief among the Penguins), and the first of those about a series of Greenland cruises. Tilman hoped to fmd suitable mountains nearer to the United Kingdom than those of his previous expeditions. Describes two return cruises, both starting from Lymington, the fust lasting from 14 May to 26 September 1961, and the second from W May to 29 September 1962. On the first, Mischief called at Belfast to pick up a crew member, made Gothalb after 40 days of contrary winds, then sailed north along the Greenland coast past Disko to Igdlorssuit and the Qioge Peninsula, where Ti- man made what he called various geriatric climbs with Major E. H. Marriott, and sailed home via Gothalb. The west coast fisheries of Greenland are well described. In 1962 Mischief reached Gothalb from Lymington in 30 days. Til- man and his crew climbed several easy mountains near there while waiting for the ice to go out further north. On 20 August they were able to reach Cape Dyer, where they climbed the false and the real Mount Raleigh before returning home. Tilman's narratives are rich in allusion and vivid description. Mischief: Gaff-rigged auxiliary cutter, built in 1906 as a Bristol Channel pilot boat. Bought by Tilman in 1954 from Ernle Bradford (see no. 134). LOA 45'; Beam 13'; Draft 7'-6";29 tons Thames measurement.

603 Tilman, Harold William. h "Mischiefs"Wake. London: Hollis and Carter, 1971. 167pp. Recounts the first three of the voyages by which Tilman tried to reach Scoresby Sound, 70 degrees north on the ice-bound east coast of Greenland. Mischief made her last voyage in 1968, reaching Jan MayenIsland. She was holed on a rock and foundered when under tow. She was replaced by Sea Breeze. In 1969 and 1970 Sea Breeze sailed to Greenland, but could not reach Scoresby Sound. Sea Breeze: Gaff-rigged auxiliary cutter, built in 1899 as a Bristol Channel pilot boat. LOA 49'; Beam 14-4";Draft 7-6";33 tons Thames measurement.

604 Tilman, Harold William. Ice With Evevthing. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1974. 142pp. An account of attempts to reach Scoresby Sound in 1971 and 1972 in Sea. Breeze. In 1972Sea Breeze struck a rock and foundered off Angrnagssalik. She was replaced by Baroque for a voyage to Umanak Fjord in 1973. Baroque: Gaff-rigged cutter, built in 1902 as a Bristol Channel pilot boat. LOA 50'; Beam 13'-6";Draft 7'-6";32 tons Thames measurement.

605 Tilman, Harold William. Triumph and Tribulation.Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1977. 1.53~~. The story of voyages in Baroque to Spitzbergen in 1974, to the west coast of Greenland in 1975, and to the east coast of Greenland in 1976. In 1976 the boat was holed but salvaged and left in Iceland for lack of a crew. Tilman hoped to spend his 80th birthday north of the Arctic Circle, but noted in closing that his strength was waining and his expenses were increasing. 168 Adventurers Afloat

606 Turin, Teppo. The Tuntsa, by Teppo Turin with Elizabeth Maddox McCabe. Chicago: Regnery, 1961.378pp.; London: Barker, 1962.254~~. The escape, in 1946, of a penniless party of six men and three women from Finland to the West Indies and eventually to the United States.They were fleeing a possible Russian occupation. Rather crudely written. See also Voldemar Veedam's Sailing to Freedom, no. 609 below. Tuntsa: Started as a ketch. The mizzen was sold in Safi to pay for repairs, but was replaced later. LOA 30'-6"; Beam 12'; Displacement 17 tons.

607 Uriburu, Ernesto C. Seagoing Gaucho. London: Barker, 1952. 224pp. Uriburu was an Argentinian diplomat stationed in the United States in 1939, when he commissioned the building of Gaucho in Argentina. In 1946 he was transferred to Turkey but somehow caught the wrong plane and found himself in Buenos Aires. He was able to get two years' leave and went on a cruise with his brother and several other companions. Between 28 July 1946 and 22 August 1948 Gaucho visited 59 Atlantic and Mediterranean ports before returning to Buenos Aires. This is a picaresque if not Rabelaisian account of the voyage which makes excellent reading. Gaucho: Double-ended Bermudan ketch designed by Manuel Campos along Colin Archer lines, but with less beam and displacement and a finer bilge. LOA 52'; LW42'; Beam 14'; Draft 7'-5"; Displacement 28 tons.

608 Vanderbilt, William Kissam. Across the Atlantic with 'Xra," Summer of 1924. New York: Brentano's, [1925]. xi, 147pp. In 1921Vanderbilt chanced tosee a sloop ofwar in Camper andNicholson's yard which appealed to him. He bought her and converted her into a yacht during 1922 and had cruised 26,891 miles in her before 1924. She carried a crew of 24 and had 10 in the steward's department. She had a yachting party of 5 in 1924, when she sailed from City Island to the Mediterranean via the Azores, Madeira, and Casablanca. From Gibraltar the yacht cruised the east coast of Spain, the south coast of France, the west coast of Italy, the coasts of the Adriatic, Sicily, and North Africa before returning to the United States via Gibraltar, Casablanca, the Canaries, and the West Indies. The 12,271-mile voyage ended in Miami, Florida, on 30 October. During the second visit to Casablanca, the party went by car to Rabat, Fez, and Marrakech. There is an excellent description of the Morocco of that time in log form. The log was kept by James R. Lincoln until he departed at Marseilles, and by Vanderbilt thereafter. Illustrated with numerous excellent photographs. Ara: Steel yacht, originally built by Camper and Nicholson in 1918,withtwin 860-h.p. diesels and a cruising radius of 10,000 miles. LW213'; Beam 32'. Draft fwd. 12.6'; aft 14.8'; Displacement 1200 tons.

609 Veedam, Voldemar, and Car1 B. Wall. Sailing to Freedom. New York: Crowell, 1952. 246pp.; London: Phoenix House, 1953.255~~. Reissued London: Transworld Publishers, 1955. 252pp. (Corgi Books, no. T114). London: Hutchinson, 1961. (Unicorn Series). Deep Water Crukes:Atlantic Ocean 169

The escape to the United States in the sloop Ema of 17 Estonians who feared deportation from Sweden to Russia. Excellent narrative of a suspense- filled escape and a very difficult voyage. First appeared as an article inReadersl, Digest with the title "The Cruise of the Erma," 1947. See also Teppo Turin's Tuntsa, no. 606. Ema: Double-ended Bermudan sloop. LOA 36-6"; Beam 13'.

610 Vihlen, Hugo. "AprilFool," or, How I Sailed from Casablanca to Florida in a Six- Foot Boat. Chicago: Follett, 1971.216~~. A former fighter pilot Delta Airlines copilot living on five acres in Home- stead, Florida, determined to sail the Atlantic in a six-foot boat. He had one specially designed and built, got a month's leave to add to his month's vacation, and in April, 1967, sailed from Agadir. He could not control the boat well enough to get away from the coast. He shipped her home, had alterations made, including mounting a small outboard motor, shipped her to Casablanca, and sailed again. He sighted the Canaries but sailed on, nearly grounded on Cuba on 15June, met a submarine on 16 June which gave him stores and water, survived a hurricane off Bermuda, and had his boat confiscated by the Coast Guard off the Florida coast after an 85-dayvoyage. The results of the voyage: a celebration in Homestead; promotion to captain by Delta; the making of a movie; being made a Florida Commodore; and $15,000 spent. A lively and zestful account, much of it in journal form. ApdFool: LOA S-11"; LWL S-19"; Draft l'-? Displacement 1222 Ibs.

611 Villiers, Alan. 7'he New "Mayjlower."New York: Scribner's, 1958.48~~. Thevoyage ofM&oweI to the United States from Plymouth, written for children, with a brief text and many pictures. Shows and describes William Baker's designing of Mayflower II as a typical merchant ship of the early seventeenth century, Stuart Upton's building her, her launching, crew, trials, and voyage.

612 Villiers, Alan. Give Me a Ship to Sail. New York: Scribner's, 1959.312~~. The Mayflower II and her voyage from Brixham via Dartmouth and Plymouth to Provincetown, Mass., and, finally, Plymouth, Mass., 17April to 12 June 1957. An extremely well-written account of the ship, the crew, and the voyage. The ship, unexpectedly, performed well at sea, but was slow. For a crew member's account, see Peter Padfield's The Sea is a Magic Carpet, no. 579, and for the story as told by the originator of the project, see Warwick Charlton's The Second Mayflower Adventure, no. 506.

613 The Voyage of "Aquarius." By Matt Herron, Jeannie Herron, Matthew Herron, and Melissa Herron. New York: Saturday Review Press, 1974. xi, 388pp. A voyage from New Orleans via the Okeechobee Waterway across Florida to Bermuda, the Azores, the Canaries, and Mauretania, 23 July 1970 to 16 February 1971. Sections were written in rotation by the four authors. An ear- thy and remarkably smooth narrative of a successful attempt of a family to move from a civilized to a more natural life. 1 70 Adventurers Afloat

Aquarius: Welded steel masthead sloop. LOA 31'; LWL 24'.

614 Walter, Ahto, and Tom Olsen. Racing the Seas. New York: Farrar & Reinhart, 1935.5,286pp.; Lonon: Hurst & Blackett, 1935. viii, 287pp. Three voyages, 1930-1933, from Tallin, Estonia, by the southern route to the Caribbean and New York, the fust inAhto I, and the others inAhto II. The first voyage ended in England, whereAhto I was sold. The second was a round voyage. The third ended in New York. Ahto l: Double-ended ketch, rerigged as a sloop. LOA 29'; Beam 9'; Draft 5'-6". Ahto II: Auxiliary Bermudan sloop. LOA 27'; Beam 8'-2"; Draft 6'.

615 Wells, Frank. The Horizon is Too Narrow: A Note-Book made on a Lone Jour- ney in the yacht "Fuego."London: Dent, 1951.207pp. The journal of a voyage from the Solent down Channel to Magellanes in the Strait of Magellan, part way through the Strait, into the ocean through the Milky Way, back into the Atlantic around Cape Horn and home to England via Port Stanley, Falkland Islands. Long discussions of many topics are inserted. Among them: the designing of Fuego; the food carried for the voyage; growing up in a clergyman's household in Ungar; life as a scientist; Living in the Chii- terns; religion, philosophy, and the bleakness of London life. His 1%-day voyage began on 29 September and ended on 6 April. Sometimes, in the context of the commentary and of the lack of ports of cdl, the voyage seems almost unreal.

616 Wells, Frederick De Witt. The Lust Cruise of the "Shanghai:"Being the Story of the Teakwood Boat over the Eking Trail. Illustrations by Philip Kappel. New York: Minton, Balch; London: Hurst & Blackett, 1925.244~~. An extremely well-written account of a voyage from Copenhagen to the Faeroes, Iceland, Greenland, Labrador, and Canso, Nova Scotia, 26 June to 26 August 1924. The boat was wrecked on White Bluff, near Canso, during a heavy storm. AU hands were saved, but with great difficulty. The author was a novice, but his son and the other crew members were experienced sailors. Shanghai: Gaff-rigged auxiliary Colin Archer-designed ketch built in China. LOA 47'; LWL 41'-6"; beam 16'-3".

617 Wharram, James. Two Girls, Two Catamarans. London: Abelard-Schuman, 1969. 192pp. In 1954Wharram built Tungaroa and, after sailing in European waters and earning money for the voyage, he and his two women, Ruth and Jutta, both Ger- mans, sailed down the Spanish and Portuguese coasts, were transported to the Canaries in the ship Orion, and then crossed to Trinidad. There a son, Hannes, was born to Jutta, and, since Tangaroa was infested with teredos and unseaworthy, Wharram built a newcatamaran,Rongo. In 1959Rongosailed north to New York and then crossed to Wales. In 1961, during a world cruise inRongo, Jutta became ill and died. Wharram then dropped out of multihull design and sailing for several years, but, at the time of writing he was building Tehini, a 40' Deep Water Cruises: Atlantic Ocean 171

catamaran, for an eastward voyage around the world following the clipper route. A readable book by a man with eccentric views.

618 Whiteley, Bruce. Tina. New York: McKay, 1979. 184pp. A family voyage in the 45' steel ketch Tina from Durban, South Africa, to Titusville, Florida, via St. Helena, Ascension, and Antigua, 1976-77. A humorous and well-written account by the father and skipper, a lecturer in English at the University of Durban-Westville.

619 Wightman, Frank A. The Wind k Free. Introduction by Lawrence G. Green. London: Allen & Unwin, 1949.233pp.; With photos by Graharn Young. New York: Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1949.304~~. Reissued London: Hart-Davis, 1955.267~~.(Mariners Library, no. 26).; London: Hamilton, 1956. 237pp. (Panther Books, no. 593). A voyage in the home-built yawl Wylo from Cape Town to the Caribbean, January 1947 to February 1948,via St. Helena, Ascension, Fortaleza, Brazil, and Georgetown, British Guiana, ending in Port of Spain, Trinidad, where Wlowas sold. Wightman returned to South Africa to work. In his My Way Leads Me Seaward no. 1075, and Wylo Sails Again, no. 1076, he tells of repurchasing his boat and sailing her through the Caribbean. For a biography of Wightman, see Lawrence Green's A Giant in Hiding, no. 261. Wylo: Gaff-rigged yawl. LOA 34'.

620 Woolass, Peter. "Stelda,"George, and I. Line drawings by William Burns. London: Arlington Books, 1971. 192pp. In two parts. Part I tells of Woolass' early sailing experience, his desire to sail to the Caribbean single handed, and the buying and fitting out Stelda. Part I1 is a journal of the voyage from Falmouth to Barbados via Funchal and Tenerife, 12 September to 25 November 1969. Stelda was shipped home on a banana boat. A retrospective chapter tells about what could have been done better. For example, he decided that a dog feeding bowl would have been helpful for eating in rough weather. The appendices give detailed information on modifications to the boat, preparations for the cruise, navigational instruments and aids used, stores, safety, first aid, tools and spares, daily milages, daily routine, etc. George was the self-steering device. Stelda: Veme class Bermudan sloop designed by Laurent Giles in 1936 and built by Cheoy Lee in 1963. LOA 25'-3";LWL 21'-6";Beam 7-2";Draft 4'-6".

621 A Yacht Voyage to Iceland in 1853. London: Arthur Hall, Vertue and Co., 1854.77~~. A voyage made between 10 June and 2 August. The author spent nearly a month in Iceland. The account is short on sailing, but has a good description of Iceland and its people. I72 Adventurers Afloat

622 Young, Sir Allen. fie Searchfor SirJohn Franklin, from the journal of Allen Young, Esq., F. R. G. S. London and Portsmouth: J. Griffin & Co., 1875. 43~~. Originally published in the Comhill Magazine. In 1854 the British government ended its search for Sir John Franklin and his two ships, Erebus and Terror, which had gone missing in 1847 while attempting to sail westward through the Northwest Passage. The Great Fish River area and King William's Land had not yet been searched. Lady Franklii who had already sent three expeditions, decided to send another to finish the job. She bought the 180-ton auxiliary steam yacht Far, fitted her out for arctic work, and appointed Captain M'Clintock her commander, with the author as second in command. Far sailed from Aberdeen on 1July 1857, called at various villages on the west coast of Greenland for supplies and coal, and then turnedwest. She was beset in Baffin Bay. When she was at last free of the ice, on 17 April 1858, she continued her westward voyage, reaching Bellot Strait in late summer, but finding it blocked and the way to the Great Fish River closed for the year. Fox wintered in Port Kennedy and, in the early spring of 1859, sent out sled teams to traverse the unexplored territory. The teams found records of Franklin and his ships, including the record of Franklin's death on 11 June 1847 and of Cap- tain Crozier's decision to leave the ships on 22 April 1848 and make for Hudson's Bay. Eskimos met along the way told of of Crozier's party having perished on an island in the mouth of the Great Fish River many years before. The work of the expedition was finished. In early August Far broke free of the ice and, after nearly being crushed on the way, reached Godhavn on the 26th. She brought the news of Franklin's fate to England on 20 September.

623 Young, Sir Allen. Cruise of the "Pandom" From the private journal kept by Allen Young, commander of the expedition. London: Clowes, 1876. viii, 90pp. Young, who was a former Merchant Navy captain and a veteran Arctic explorer, wished to traverse the Northwest Passage. This proved to be impossible in 1875. His yacht Partdora sailed from Portsmouth on 27 June, called at Ivig- tut, on the south-west coast of Greenland (there is an interesting description of the kryolite mine there), proceeded northward along the coast to Godhavn, Disco Island, and the Cary Islands, passed through Lancaster and Barrow Straits, visited Beachy Island, where the graves of members of the Franklin expedition were photographed, then traversed Peel Strait before meeting an impassable ice barrier. The weather turned bad. The ice advanced rapidly. Partdora barely made her escape back to the Cary Islands and freedom. On 15 October she was back in Portsmouth. An interesting narrative of an unusual voyage. The photographic prints which illustrate the text are, unfortunately, beginning to fade. Pandora: Steam auxiliary barquentine. Formerly a Royal Navy despatch gun vessel. She carried eight boats, including a steam cutter and three whale boats, and a crew of 30, including two officers of the Royal Navy and an officer of the Royal Dutch Navy. Deep Water Cruises: Atlantic Ocean 1 73

624 Young, Sir Allen. The Two Voyages of the "Pandora"in 1875 and 1876. London: Ed- ward Stanford, 1879. viii, 197pp. Part I, pp. 1-79, contains the full text of the above account of Young's 1875 voyage; part 11, pp. 81-197, tells of his second unsuccessful attempt at the Northwest Passage in 18%. While Panabm was being refitted for this voyage, the Commissioners of the Admiralty officially requested that Young undertake several tasks for them in western Greenland waters, including a search for a suitable winter harbour for a supply ship. Although he realized that compliance would preclude any real chance of getting through the Northwest Passage that year, Young felt that he could not refuse his services. On 29 May he sailed from Cowes with a crew of 32, most of them veterans of the previous voyage. Almost from the first he encountered bad weather and foul winds, and finally aviolent storm from the northwest. He reachedGodhavn in time to witness adisasterous fire there in the storehouse which destroyed the year's production of whale oil and blubber. Following his previous year's route he found wide lanes open through the ice near Cape York. A storm soon closed them. Pandora barely escaped being nipped. The storm was soon succeeded by a hurricane. After completing his Admiralty work, Young brought Panabra back to Portsmouth on 3 November. The appendices contain papers relating to the two voyages and Young's official report to the Admiralty. DEEP WATER CRUISES: PACIFIC OCEAN

625 Alsar, Vital. "LaBalsa;" The Longest Raft Voyage in History, by Vital Alsar with Emique Hank Lopez. New York: Reader's Digest Press, 1973. 219pp. After an unsuccessful attempt to cross the Pacific on the raft Pacificu, which sank north of the Galapagos Islands in 1966, Alsar and his crew made a successful crossing on La Balsa from Guayaquil, Equador, to Mooloolaba, Australia, 29 May to 5 November 1970. The raft was steered by raising or lowering nine guaras or keel boards (resembling dagger boards). The balsa log raft and its mast and rigging (a bipod foremast with one square sail and a mizzen with a tri- angular sail) were made entirely without metal. The text, while interesting, strains one's credulity, is replete with gaffes, and is completely innocent of nautical terminology.

626 Baker, DeVere The Raft "Lehi 69 Days Adriff on the Pacific Ocean. Long Beach, California: Whitehorn Publishing Co., 1959.357~~. A religiously inspired voyage from California to Hawaii to demonstrate the necessity for peace and to prove that the Jews fled on rafts to America at the time of be destruction of ~krusalem.Lehi I and Lehi II were lost at sea off San Francisco. Lehi III reached Los Angeles. Its cabin was then transferred to a new raft, Lehi on which Baker drifted to Hawaii during the summer and fall of 1958. Not easy to read. Lehi W:LOA 24'; Beam 18'.

627 Batham, Guy. DriftingAround the South Seas. London: Hale, 1959. 191pp. An odd reminiscence of crewing on Jack Hartt's yacht Spindrift from San Francisco to Tahiti sometime in the 1920s or 1930s, some subsequent drifting in the South Seas, and then of marrying and settling near Sydney. Spitrdrifr: Gaff-rigged yawl. LOA 34'.

628 Bigelow, Albert. The Voyage ofthe "GoldenRule;" an Experiment with Truth. Gar- den City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1959.286~~. Deep Water Cruises: Pacific Ocean 175

The author, with a crew of 3, sailed from California on 5 April 1958 for the nuclear test area of Eniwetok and Bikini to try to protest the 1958 nuclear test series. After they sailed, an executive order closed the area to American shipping. Because of water shortage and rudder problems, Golden Rule had to put in to Honolulu. Bigelow was jailed when he tried to sail for the test area. The protest voyage was continued by the Golden Rule's mate and by Earl Reynolds, who returned to Honolulu at this time from an around-the-world cruise on the ketch Phoenix. Both vessels were kept out of the test area and Reynolds was arrested. The tests went on, but the protesters made their point very publicly. This is a good seagoing story as well as an anti-nuclear tract. It contains valuable information for small-boat sailors. For Earl Reynolds' account, see his The For- bidden Voyage, no. 677. Golden Rule: Gaff-rigged auxiliary ketch designed by Hugh Angleman and Charles Davies. LOA 30'.

Bisschop, Eric de. "TahitiNui;" By Raft from Tahiti to Chili. Translated from the French by Edward Young. London: Collins, 1959.255pp.; New York: McDowell, Obolensky, 1959.284~~. A voyage toward Chile, 8 November 1956 to 28 May 1957. Near Juan Fer- nandez the crewwas taken offthe raft by the Chilean frigate Baquendano, which had come to help with repairs but accidentally rammed and wrecked the raft. Tahiti Nui was steered by guaras, or dagger boards, as was Alsar's La Balsa on her 1970 voyage (see no. 625). de Bisschop was a peppery, charismatic man whose personality permeates the book, to its advantage. He was drowned on the return voyage on the raft Tahiti Nui I1 when it was wrecked on Manahiki. For an account of both voyages as seen by Alain Brun and told to Bengt Danielsson and for details on the two rafts see Danielsson's From Raft to Raft, no. 638.

Bissell, Harvey Sutherland. Cruising with the " Wanderlusters"... Wherein the Real South Seas is Disclosed Los Angeles: Saturday Night Publishing Co., 1930. 230pp. The author sailed with his wife and two daughters, a captain, sailing master, cook, and a crew of two from San Pedro, California, to the South Seas in the summer of 1927. The yacht remained in Tahiti until the summer of 1928 when the family returned to cruise to Manga Reva, Pitcairn, Fiji, New Zealand, and thence home via Tahiti, Christmas Island, and Hawaii. The book consists mainly of letters from Bissell to his mother. Wanderlust: (ex-Edris). Steel auxiliary schooner, with centerboard which was later replaced with a keel. LOA 85'; Beam 19'-6"; Draft (board up) 6'.

Bourdens, Henri. Cruise to a Cruel Shore; Author's version in English, edited by Leslie Smith. London: Souvenir Press, 1969.240~~. Originally published in French with the title Croisiere Cruelle. Paris: Arthaud, 1967. Bourdens had the 45' Singa Betina (Lioness) built in Kuala Trengganu, Malaysia, using a local design known as the Bedor, said to have been introduced by a shipwrecked Frenchman about 1900. He sailed her through the Indonesian 1 76 Adventurers Afloat

islands to Bathurst Island, off Darwin, where he was wrecked in a typhoon in January, 1967. He was marooned there for almost two months and nearly starved while he built a raft from some of the wreckage of his boat. After four days afloat in the rapidly sinking raft he was rescued by the missionary schooner Beny Joan. He gave the wreck of the Singa Betina to the missionary society in gratitude. She was salvaged and put to use. The translation is inadequate but does not spoil the overall effect of the book. The chapter on the raft voyage is especially moving.

632 Briggs, Marie. Cocos Island Venture.Los Angeles: Borden Publishing Co., 1950. 214pp. A somewhat fictionalized account of the expedition of a treasure-hunting syndicate from Southern California to Cows Island and back, empty handed but alive, on a decaying and unseaworthy chartered yacht, formerly a Canadian patrol craft, belonging to a far-away corporation with larcenous intent blunted only by the incompetence of its management and employees. The leader of the expedition (who traveled to strategically-located hotels by plane), called primer0 in the book, had inherited thdtreaiure map from his great grandfather, who was su~posedlythe sea captain who had buried the treasure.This was his fourth and probabh his last expedition. Presents a picture of unharmonious living under difficult circumstances.

633 Buckley, William F. Racing through Paradise: A Pacific Passage. New York: Random House, 1987. xiv, 344pp. A month-long voyage from Honolulu to the Bismark Archipelago made in June, 1985, in the author's 71' ketchSeolestia1. Buckley had six companions, including his son Christopher. Parts of Christopher's diary are included. There were no untoward events and everyone had a good time, even Christopher, who got bored now and again.

634 Caldwell, John. Desperate Voyage.Boston: Little, Brown, 1949.324~~.British edition with an introduction by Negley Farson. London: Gollann, 1950. xvii, 324pp.; London: Corgi, 1957;Large print edition Glen- field, Leics.: F.A. Thorpe, 1967. 259pp. (Ulvercroft Large Print Series). When, after the end of World War 11, Caldwell, a merchant seaman, could not find any other way to reach his girl friend, Mary, in Australia, he bought the cutter Pagan in Panama and set out across the Pacific. He blundered along, learning to sail as he went. After a frighteningvoyage he reached Australia, married his girl, and used the rich material he had gathered en mute to write a story which completely overshadows his stylistic flaws. Pagan: Bermudan cutter. LOA 29'; LWL W,Beam 9'

635 Caldwell, John. Family at Sea. Boston: Little, Brown, 1956.309pp.; London: Hale, 1958.208~~. Deep Water Crukes: Pacific Ocean 177

A leisurely cruise in Tropic Seas with his wife, Mary, and two young sons, Johnnie and Stevie, from California through the South Seas to Sydney, touching the Marquesas, Takaroa, Apataki, Tahiti, Moorea, Huahini, Bora Bora, Samoa, Fiji, and New Caledonia, may 1952 to December 1953. Another son, Roger, was born in Tahiti. A plain, straightforward narrative of an eventful cruise. Tropic Seas: Double-ended auxiliary ketch, gaff-rigged on the main, designed by John Hanna and resembling the smaller (30') Tahiti ketch. LOA 36'; Draft 4-6".

636 Clifford, Brian, and Neil Illingworth. The Voyage of the "GoldenLotus" from Hong kbng to Auckland. Wellington: Reed; London: Jenkins, 1962; New York: de Graff, 1963.224~~. A voyage made by four men in a teak junk newly-built as a yacht in Hong Kong. They sailed via Singapore, Christmas Island, Portuguese Timor, Thursday Island, the inside passage and ports of the Great Barrier Reef, Bris- baine, and Sydney, 2 December 1961 to 30 June 1962. The junk handled well, but not as well as a properly-designed modern sailing yacht. Golden Lotus: Three-masted auxiliary junk. LOA 36'-6"; Beam 13'.

637 Corry, Will. l?ze Voyage of "SeaLion," illustrated by Bruce P. Bingham. New York: Norton, 1978.215~~. From Marina del Rey, California, to the Bay of Islands, New Zealand, via the Marquesas, Tuamotus, Tahiti, Huahine, Raratonga, Gladstone, and Bris- bane, 6 October 1970 to 21 October 1971. Corry had wanted to make such a voyage for many years and realized, as he reached forty, that he had to do it then or ncvcr. His daughter, Briewfn, three and a half years old, whom he was raising alone, went with him. She did not like the boat and lived ashore for as long as possible at each stop. Cory would like to have settled at the Bay of Islands, but could not make a living there. He gave Sea Lion to a young friend and flew back to California to get on with work and raising Briewfn. Sea Lion: Gaff-rigged cutter. LWL 25'; Beam 9'. The useless auxiliary engine was removed in Tahiti.

638 Danielsson, Bengt. From Raft to Raft. From the narrative of Alain Brun. Translated from the Swedish by F.H. Lyon. London: Allen & Unwin, 1960. 184pp.; Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1960.264~~. Eric de Bisschop's voyages in Tahiti Nui from Tahiti toward Chile (see his Tahiti Nui, no. 629 for notes on this voyage), 8 November 1956 to 29 May 1957, and in Tahiti NuiII from Chile toward Tahiti, 13 April to 30 August 1958. Tahiti Nui 11 had been devoured by teredoes and was in a sinking condition by late August. An escape raft was built from water tanks when the expedition was 30 miles east of Rakahanga. This raft was wrecked on Manahiki. de Bisschop, who had been in poor health, died from a broken neck and head injuries received in the wreck. The survivors were taken to Tahiti by the French gunboat Lotus. Danielsson's introduction (pp. 7-33) gives a brief account of de Bisschop's colorful life. 178 Adventurers Afloat

Tahiti Nui: Bamboo raft, hvo-masted, junk-rigged, steered by 14 dagger boards on the center lie, eight forward and six aft. LOA 14 meters (45.9'); Beam 5 meters (16.4'). Tahiti Nui II: Cypress-wood raft, rigged in the same way as Tahiti Nui, steered by 14 dagger boards, six forward and eight aft.

639 Eggleston, George T. Tahiti: Voyage through Par&e. The Story of a Small Boat Passage through the Society Islands. New York: Devin-Adair, 1953.252~~. 96pp. of photographs. George and Hazel Eggleston had long dreamed of going to Polynesia and had read much about the area before they sailed to Tahiti on a freighter which called there infrequently. They planned to charter a yacht and cruise the Society Islands, spending enough time on each to become well acquainted with the people and their culture. After a time spent exploring Tahiti, during which they met James Norman Hall and his wife, they sailed on Harry Close's 32' auxiliary schooner Viator, just arrived from San Francisco, for their dream cruise, which took them to Moorea (at that time almost deserted), Huahine, Raiatea, Tahaa, Bora Bora, Tubai, Maupiti, Mopelia, and Rarotonga. They describe the voyage and the islands and islanders vividly. Of all the islands, they found Mopelia, where von Luckner's Seeadler was wrecked, to be the most attractive because of the hospitality and friendliness of the 51 people living there, one ofwhom was Etera, who had sailed on Svaap with W. A. Robinson. At Rarotonga they saw the famous island trading schooners Tagua and Tiare Taporo, and yarned with their skippers, Andy Thompson and Captain Benton, who had succeeded Viggo Rasmussen on Tiare Taporo. Thompson had known Robert Dean Frisbie and his family on Puka Puka. The book also contains a splendid picture log of 95 black-and-white photographs, a section of hits for travellers (which clearly shows that the Egglestons explored a world nowvanished), and a vocabulary of 550 Polynesian words.

640 Fairfax, John, and Sylvia Cook. OarsAcross the Pacifc. London: Kimber, 1972; New York: Nor- ton, 1973.255~~. A rowing voyage from San Francisco to Hayman Island, Australia, via En- senada, Washington Island, Onatoa, and Tarawa, in Britannia II. Naturally the voyage was filled with hardships and narrow escapes from disaster. The boat, too large and cumbersome to be managed under oars except during the best of weather and sea conditions, narrowly missed total destruction on several occasions. The narrative, with alternating sections by each of the authors, runs smoothly and well. Brit~nia11: Double-ended rowing boat designed by Uffa Fox. LOA 35'- 6"; LWL 26'-3"; Beam 5'.

641 Finney, Ben R "Hokule'rr."The Way to Tahiti. Illustrated by Richard Rhodes; photographs by Frank Wendell and Ben R. Finney. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1979.310~~. The superbly told story of the building of a Polynesian double sailing canoe using plans made from ancient rock drawings, and of the canoe's voyage from Hawaii to Tahiti and return using Polynesian methods of navigation and carry- Deep Water Cruises: Pacific Ocean 1 79

ing Polynesian food. Terrible dissention and conflict along racial and cultural lies during the building and the voyage nearly wrecked the project. The voyage was undertaken in part to help to refute Andrew Sharp's and Thor Heyerdahl's theories of Polynesian migration. The author is an anthropologist from the University of Hawaii who specializes in Polynesian culture. David Lewis, the famous cruising yachtsman with a long-time interest in Polynesian methods of navigation, was one of the crew. The navigator, Mao, was a Micronesian. No Hawaiians had preserved a working knowledge of Polynesian navigation. Hokule'a: Two-masted double sailing conoe rigged in the Polynesian style. LOA 62'-4";Beam 17-6";Draft 2'-6'; Displacement (loaded) 12.5 tons; Sail area 540 sq. ft.

Freeman, Lewis Ransome. In the Tracks of the Trades: The Account of a Fourteen Thousand Mile Yachting Cruise to the Hawaiis) Marquesas, Societies, Samoas, and F@. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1920.380~~. An eight-month voyage in Harry F. Sinclair's 140' schooner Lurline which began in GnPedro, ~aiifknia.The biting is a bit stiff and dated, but there are excellent descri~tionsof the laces visited and of their social and ~oliticalsys- tems. The itinerary include2 the Hawaiian Islands, the ~ar~uesas,~ahiti, Samoa, and Fiji. The afterguard: the Mater, Claribel, the Commodore (Sinclair), and the author.

Gilboy, Bernard. A Voyage of Pleasure; the Log of Bemard Gilboy's Transpacific Cruise in the Boat "Pacific)"1882-1883. Edited and annotated by John Barr Tompkins. Cambridge, Maryland: Cornell Maritime Press, 1956. xiii, 64pp. Originally published with the title Voyage of the Boat "Pacific" from San Francisco to Australia. Sydney: O'Connor, 1883.53~~. The voyage, nearly ending with a disaster off the Australian coast which cost Gilboy his compass, rudder, and stores, lasted from 18 August 1882 to 2 February 1883. The book is in log style with excellent editing. Gilboy was later lost at sea on the merchant ship Centennial which, on a voyage from San Fran- cisco to Japan, was beset with ice and found six years later. Pacific: Double-ended schooner with removable masts. LOA 18'; Beam 6'; Depth 2'-6".

Guillemard, F.H.H. The Cruise of the "Marchesa"to Kamchatka and New Guinea, with Notices of Formosa, Liu-Kiu, and Various Islands of the MalayAr- chipelago, with maps and numerous woodcuts drawn by J. Keulemans, C. Whymper, and others, and engraved by Edward Whymper. London: Murray, 1886.2 vols.: 284,399~~. The Marchesq an auxiliary schooner yacht of 420 tons belonging to and commanded by Mr. C. T. Kettlewell, left Cowes for the Far East by way of the Suez Canal on 8 January 1882. She retraced her route in 1884, reaching Southampton on 14 April. The author omits descriptions of the yachting party, the crew, the voyages to and from the Far East, and the places visited which were frequented by tourists. Volume I devotes a chapter to Formosa (includ- 180 Adventurers Afloat

ing, as is the case in subsequent descriptions, voyaging in the area), two to the Liu Kiu (Ryukyu) Islands, ten to Kamschatka (Karnchatka), and one to the Bering Islands (the Komandorskiye of Commander Islands). Volume I1 has three chapters each on the Sulu Archipelago and New Guinea, and one each on Caeavan Sulu. British North Borneo. Labuan and Brunei Sumbawa ~elebe;, ;he ~olu&as,and Amboyna, ~anda,and the Aru ~slands.'~heappen: dicescontainLists of the bioloPical". suecimens collected. avocabularvof the Sulu language, accounts of the languages of Waigiou and Jubi Island, and a table of produce exported from the Netherlands Indies.

645 Hancock, Taylor, and Carol Brooks Hancock. Only a Damn Fool; the Pac$ic Voyage of the "DagnyTaggart," New York: McKay, 1979.273~~. A strange story of having Dagny Taggm a Garden-designed Force 50, built in Hong Kong and taking delivery there for cheapness, sailing toward the United States in May, 1W4,with a lunatic crew which soon broke up and was replaced, having to turn back after leaving Hong Kong because of faults which resulted from cost cutting, and sailing to Apra Harbor, Guam, where Taylor Hancock left for someunclear reason. Carol Hancock carried on to Californiavia Hawaii, but that is another story. The authors, followers of Ayn Rand, named the boat after the heroine of Atlas Shrugged Taylor Hancock was General Counsel, Secretary, Senior Vice President of Global Marine; Carol Hancock was Presi- dent of Applied Systems Group. They had planned to drop out and cruise, but whether they ever did is not clear.

646 Heyerdahl, Thor. "Kon-Tiki:"Across the Pacific by Raft. Translated by F.H. Lyon. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1950.304pp. The British edition has the title The"Kon-ITiW~edition:By Raft across the South Seas. Translated by F.H. Lyon. London: Allen & Unwin, 1950.235pp. Reissued with the American title New York: Permabooks, 1953. 240pp.; Garden City, N.Y.: Garden City Books, 1953. 218pp.; New York: Pocket Books, 1964. 240pp.; Large type edition New York: Franklin Watts, 1966.304~~.(A Keith Jennison Book). With British title in large type edition Glenfield, Leics.: F.A. Thorpe, 1966.251~~.(Ulverscroft Large Print Series). Issued with the title The "Kon-ITiki''fipedition. 11- lustrated by Eric Palmquist. Chicago: Rand McNally, 1968.224~~. The story of an expedition undertaken to prove that Polynesia was settled from South America by a mixed race who traveled westward by raft. The sailing raft Kon-Ehi left Callao on 28 April 1947. She was wrecked on the reef of Raroia 98 days later. A dramatic, designedly primitive, and adventure-filled voyage, this was the prototype for other voyages designed to prove various things about ancient peoples andvoyages. Although, as the author observes, he could not prove by his voyage that the mass migrations he envisioned actually took place, he did prove that they were technically possible. His account of the adventure has deservedly become a modern classic. Kon-Tiki is preserved and the voyage commemorated in the Kon-Tiki Museum in Oslo. Kon-Eki: Pointed balsa log raft with five fmed dagger boards and a square sail. LOA 45'; Nine logs wide. Deep Water Crukes: Pacific Ocean 181

647 Heyerdahl, Thor. Engel, Dolores. 'llte Voyage of the "Kon-Eki." Illustrated by Gary Bale. Milwaukee: Raintree, 1979.31~~. For children.

648 Heyerdahl, Thor. Hesselberg, Erik.l1Kon-Zla"and I; illustrations with text, begun on the Pacific on board the raft Kon-Zki and completed at "Sol- bakken" in Borre. London: Allen & Unwin, 1950; Chicago: Rand McNally, 1951.76~~. Lively drawings and hand-lettered text by the navigator describing the voyage.

649 Hinz, Earl R Sail Before Sunset. New York: McKay, 1979. xi, 224pp. Hinz, an engineer, and his wife, Betty, retired early to sail and enjoy Life. After the 17,000-mile voyage narrated in this book he still advises people to go soon, before it is too late. The Himselected a Morgan Out Island 41 for their voyage, named her Horizon, and sailed on 18 February 1975 from San Pedro, California, down the coast of California and Baja California, calling at San Diego, IslaSan Martin, San Quentin, Cabo San Lucas, and La Paz. They crossed to Mazatlan, where they spent the hurricane season (June to October) before sailing on to the Marquesas, Tahiti, and Moorea, where they met their friend, Norman O'Brien, who had flown out to meet them. He died of a heart attack shortly after arrival, reinforcing the concept of voyaging before it is too late. They sailed on to BoraBora, Samoa, Tonga, and New Zealand, where they spent sixmonths before returning toTahiti and returning to CaIifornia by way of Ran- garoa, Ahe, and Hawaii. The appendices discuss the qualities of Horizon, sup plies and equipment, route planning (for storm avoidance), and provisioning for a long voyage. Horizon: LOA 41'-3"; LWL W, Beam 13'-10"; Draft 4'-2"; Displacement 12 tons.

650 Hiscock, Eric. Two Yachts, Two Voyages. New York: Norton, 1985.167~~. When over 70 the Hiscocks sailed from New Zealand to Canada and back in their steel ketch Wanderer W. When they returned they decided to replace her with a smaller wooden sloop Wanderer K which was built for them. In her they made a stormy shakedown cruise to Fiji. At the end of this second voyage there were still unresolved problems with Wanderer K The book is up to the expected Hiscock standard of quality.

651 Horie, Ken'ichi. Sailing Alone across the Pacijic. Translated by Takuichi Ito and Kaoru Ogimi. Rutland, Vermont: Tuttle, 1964.223pp.; London: Collins, 1965.225~~. A clandestine voyage from Nishiiomiya, Japan, to San Francisco, 12 May to 12August 1x2, in the Mermaid. The author gives an intimidating account of the required training and q~~cationof Japanese yachtsmen through the 182 Adventurers Afloat

yachting clubs and of the hierarchical structure of Japanese yachting. The system does, however, provide discipline and training of great value to those who go to sea in small boats. Horie, to evade the Maritime Safety Board's boats, had to leave Japan at night without passport or visa and was fortunate enough to disappear into a gale. Mermaid was given to the City of San Francisco and is on exhibit at the Maritime Museum there. Mermaid: Kingfisher class sloop designed by Akua Yokoyama. LOA 19'.

652 James, Harriet Parsons. The Cruke of the Yacht "Coronet"to the Hawaiian Islands and Japan; Letters of H.P.J. New York: Martin, 1897. 145pp. This account is printed in full in Coronet Memories, no. 707, with illustrations (which this edition lacks), together with the brief account of the sailing master, Capt. C. S. Crosby, of the voyage westward around Cape Horn, and G. B. Spaulding's lengthy account of the voyage eastward around the Horn. That entry also contains details of Corona's dimensions and crew. Coronet took the Amhurst Expedition to Japan to observe the total eclipse of the sun on 9 August 18%. For another account of the expedition, see Mabel Loomis Todd's Corona and "Coronet," no. 689.

653 Kennedy, James Y. South Seas Odyssey; an Escape. Chatsworth, California: Kennedy Publications, 1979. 182pp. Kennedy confesses to having a disposition to rove. After his marriage broke up, he bought the sloopseeker, fitted her out, and lived on board in Marina del Rey, California, while working at his engineering job at North American Rock- well and preparing himself for extensive cruising after retirement nine years on. He began his long-deferred cruise, however, when he was laid off seven months before qualifying for his pension. On 18 May 1970 he sailed from Wilmington, California for the South Seas by way of Ensenada. He reached Nuku Hiva with difficulty, stayed for a time, and then went on to Papeete, where he spent six months. There he saw W. A. Robinson and his daughters and, with the help of a mutual friend, met Mrs. James Norman Hall. In Bora Bora he learned to fire walk. After his engine failed totally on a voyage to Huahine and Raitea, he sailed to Honolulu toget it fmdproperly. On his way back to the South Seas, he called at Christmas Island, where he had a wonderful time. He then visited Penrhyn, Raratonga, and finally Suvarov, where he met Tom Neal and heard the story of his life. Learning that Rockwell had received a large defense contract, he left Seeker in Pago Pago to fly home and qualify for his pension. When he returned, pensioned, he found that his boat had been looted and had to be refitted. He cruised through the New Hebrides and the Solomons, visited Nauru, the guano island, and then, after a Micronesian cruise, sold Seeker in Ponape. In a number of places, he had trouble with natives and officials, which he describes carefully for the benefit of future visitors. A well-told tale, but rather unstructured, and cut short at the end, when Kennedy returned to California to become a writer.

654 Kistner, Rita Custado. South Sea Adventure Cruke. New York: Vantage Press, 1960. 119pp. Deep Water Cruises: Pacific Ocean 183

The simple, straightforward story of a cruise from Hawaii through Polynesia made by the author and her husband, Ted, with a crew of 16 friends, on their 106' two-masted auxiliary schoonerDwyn Wen. They called at Ua Pou, Nuku Hiva, Ua Huka, Hiva Oa, Tahuata, and Fatu Hiva in the Marquesas, Takaroa in the Tuamotus, and Tahiti, Moorea, Uhahine, Raiatea, and Bora Bora in the Society Islands. They sailed from Hawaii on 13May 1956 and began their rciurn voyage from Bora Bora on 9 August. A great deal of time was spent in Tahiti, where they observed Bastille Day. There is little about the crew, but a great deal about the natives and their ways of lie.

655 Klemensen, Arvid. Strange Island: the "NoonaDun" in the South Seas. Translated by Joan Bulman. London: Souvenir Press, (1965). 189pp. The story of a cruise with a scientificjustification. The author wished to go to the South Seas and organized an expedition so that he could do so. Support was generated and then "Thefield of scientific research was at last determined." The Noona Dan spent two years in the Western Pacific exploring the islands of Palawan, Candaraman, Tasitawi, Musseau, and New Britain for biological specimens. Excellent descriptions of the places visited, but a bit short on seagoing narratives. Noona Dan: Schooner. Formerly the Danish coaster Havet. 100 tons.

656 Klestadt, Albert. 71te Sea was Kind London: Constable, 1959; New York: McKay, 1960.208~~. The author fled from Hitler's Germany in 1935, first to England, and then to Japan, where he got a job, learned the language, bought and sailed a21' sloop, Spray, and enjoyed himself until 1938, when Japan's increasing militarism made life more and more difficult. He tried to join the British army, but was rejected. He was in Manilla on his way to a new job in Singapore when the the Pacific war began. This book tells of his difficult and dangerous escape to Northern Australia between 8 December 1941 and 15 December 1942. Leaving Manilla by car in January, 1942, he made his way finally to Panay, which had not yet been occupied by Japanese troops. There he was able to buy the decrepit trading sloop Maring. In her he sailed for Surigao Strait, but met with such bad weather that he decided to go south along the Mindinao coast. There he was captured by Moro pirates, but adopted as a son by their leader. In Zamboanga he joined forces with Lieutenant Frank Young of the Philippine Army, who had acquired a larger native trading boat, a cumpit named Kahgan, in which to escape. He needed a navigator and experienced sailor. The pair, with a mutinous and mur- derous crew of four Morros, finally made their way through the Molucca Pas- sage and reached Northern Australia. They escaped only because the Japanese could not distinguish them from legitimate traders. Had they been captured, they would have been beheaded. Klestadt subsequently became an ofticer in the Australian Army and settled in Melbourne after the war with his Australian wife and two sons. Maring: Gaff-rigged sloop. LOA 24'; LWL 22'; Beam 7'-6"; Draft 2-3" Kakugan: Open Moro trading boat. LOA 35'; Beam 9'; draft 2'. 184 Adventurers Afloat

657 Knobl, Kuno. "Tai Ki:" To the Point of No Return, by Kuno Knobl, with Arno Denning. Translated from the German by Rita and Robert Kim- ber. Boston; Toronto: Little, Brown, 1976.276~~. Knobl hoped to prove, by sailing his 60' junk Tai Kni from Hong Kong to the west coast of North America, that the ancient Chinese had been able to make the crossing also. The junk had been built using the methods andmaterials of the ancients. The voyage started on 6 June 1974. Many storms were encountered. Off Japan Knobl was taken offbecause of chronic illness. Shipworms began to devour the hull. Another bad storm in early October broke the rudder and badly holed the hull. The remaining crew members were taken off by a merchant ship which picked up their SOS. Worth reading for those who like accounts of primitive voyages, and especially those designed to prove something astonishing about the ancients.

658 Lipscomb, James. Cutting Loose. Photographs by Chuck Bangert and others. 11- lustrated by Dennis Laskar. Boston: Little, Brown,1974.304pp. In 1971, with studio backing, Lipscomb took his son and a group of other young men in their late teens or early twenties, together with a film crew, on a South Pacific cruise. They sailed in Four Winds, a 65' staysail schooner, from San Pedro, California, to Cape San Lucas, Puerto Vallarta, Acapulco, Cocos Island. the Gala~aaos. Islands. the Tuamotus, Tahiti, the Australs, Raratonga, Samoa, the Tongas, the ~ewHebrides, Tikopia, the Solomons, New Ginea, ~ali, and. finallv. Sinrra~ore.where the ship was sold. In addition to telling the story , ,. U. of the voyage itself, thk book describes the many problems of youngmen who are, one hopes, in the last stages of growing up. The cruise was designed to provide moving picture footage with that theme.

659 London, Jack. 7he Crube of the "Snark"New York: Macmillan, 1911. xiv, 340p. Reissued Merlin Press, 1971.340~~. On 23 April 1907 London and his wife Charmian, with a small crew which included Martin Johnson as cook (see below) sailed the newly-built Snark, which was leaking badly and had a shattered engine bed, from San Francisco bound for Hawaii and the South Seas. The boat had been costly and was in a sorry state because London had changed his mind often during construction and because his builders had cheated him unmercifully. After refitting in Hawaii, London made the very difficult passage under sail to the Marquesas. From there Snark sailed to Tahiti, Raiatea, Bora Bora, Fiji, Samoa, and the Solomons, where London developed a severe skin disease caused by the sun which first put him in the hospital in Australia and then forced him to go home to northern California to recover in the shade of higher latitudes. Snark was left in the Solomons, where she was wrecked and lost. The book overdoes humorous self-deprecation. Snark: Auxiliary gaff-rigged ketch. LOA 55'; LWL 45'; Beam 14'-8"; Draft T-8". Deep Water Crukes: Pacific Ocean 185

660 London, Jack. Johnson, Martin. Through the South Seas with Jack London, with an introduction and postscript by Ralph D. Harrison. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1913. xi, 11,369~~. Another account of theSnanG voyage, W April 1907 to 5 March 1909. Later Johnson and Osa, his wife, became world-famous explorers and lecturers. A plain, straightforward account which gets better as it goes along.

London, Jack. London, Charmian Kittredge. The Log of the "Snark"London; New York: Macmillan, 1915.487pp. Still another account of this strangevoyage, but one which is, as the author says, the only accurate, continuous story of the adventures ofsnarkand her crew on their way from San Francisco to the Solomon Islands. It provides a good background for Jack London's fanciful account. The typewritten journal from which the log was taken was kept by Charmian at Jack's suggestion, to serve in lieu of letters. The portion which covers their prolonged stay in Hawaii has been published as a separate book.

Luxton, Norman Kenny. "Tilikum;"Luxton 'S Pacific Crossing, being the Journal of Norman Kenny Luxton, Mate of the "Tilikum,"May 20,1901, Victoria, B.C., to October 18, I901, Suva, Fiji. Edited by Eleanor Georgina Lux- ton with a foreword by George F.G. Stanley. Sidney, B.C.: Gray's Publishing, 1971.159pp. Luxton suggested to Captain John Voss that they make a small-boat voyage around the world in order to get material for a book. In exchange for fmancing the venture, Luxton was to have the literary rights to the book. The boat Voss chose, which he named TiIikum, was a Siwash Indian dugout canoe which he modified for the voyage. After he had received serious injuries when the boat went aground on a reef, Luxton abandoned the voyage. Luxton, who had had a terrible fight with Voss at sea, described him as an excellent seaman who had black moods and a vile temper. He was, Luxton said, very dangerous when drunk. For Voss' view of the voyage and details of the Tilikum see his Ven- turesome Voyages, no. 477.

McCain, Laura E. Waterspout. Los Angeles: Crescent Publications, 1976.223~~. The story of a voyage made by a retired policeman and his wife in Camelot, an Islander 32, from Marina del Rey to the South Pacific, 3 June 1972 to 17 June 1974, when Camelot encountered a waterspout and was driven on a reef in the Louisade Archipelago and lost. The vessel called at Cape San Lucas, Puerto Vallart, the Gallapagos Islands, and Tahiti, where the interior was destroyed by a fire caused by faulty wiring. After sixmonths of rebuilding, the McCains sailed on to Raratonga, Niue, Fiji, Efate, Esperitu Santo, and Guadalcanal before en- countering the fatal waterspout. The first 60 pages deal with the voyage; the remainder of the book describes the problems of getting home again after a shipwreck in a remote place. The writing is rough and ready, but curiously appealing. 186 Adventurers Afloat

664 McIntyre, Robert. Satan's Eye. Auckland; Sydney; London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1977.223~~. The author, a New Zealander, emigrated to British Columbia to escape the tedium of working on the family dairy farm at Flat Bush. He married and, after separating from his wife, decided to have a boat built in Taiwan, sail her to New Zealand, and sell her. After ordering the boat, he found he could not sell her in New Zealand. Therefore, he and a crew of three went to Taiwan to bring Flat- bush Man back to Vancouver. Off Marcus Island they were overtaken by a hurricane, passed through the eye of the storm, capsized, were holed, and abandoned the sinking yacht in a life raft. After a difficult 19 days of drifting they were rescued, given medical care, and finally turned over to the American Coast Guard on Marcus Island by Russian whalers. The author was reconciled to his wife by phone. To be read by those contemplating transpacific voyages. Flatbush Man: A center cockpit cutter desingned by Peterson. LOA 44'.

665 Mann, Alexander. Yachting in the Pacific, together with Notes on Travel in Peru and an Account of the Peoples and Products of Ecuador. London: Duckworth, 1909. xi, 286pp. An account of a nine-week voyage, made in February and March of 1907, mostly under power, in the motor schooner Scotia, from the Gulf of Guayaquil to the Galapagos Islands and back. The author, who had settled in Ecuador after years of residence in Peru and Chile, was accompanied by his brother and a crew of six men and a boy. There are vivid descriptions of the islands visited, Charles, Hood, Barrington, Duncan, Albemarle, Narborough, James, Jarvis, and Chatham, and histories of the various settlements in the Islands. There are also, unfortunately, many digressions of an odd and speculative nature.

666 Meredith, De Witt. Voyages of the "Valero III;" a Pictorial Version, with Historical Background of Scientific Ekpeditions through Tropical Seas to Equitorial Lands aboard MIV "Valero III." Los Angeles: Book- haven Press, 1939. 286pp. Voyages of Allan Hancock's yacht, operating under the auspices of the University of Southern California. An account of Allan Hancock's life and interests and pictures and episodes from the voyages of his yacht, which he gave to the University of Southern California in 1939 to be used in furthering the work of the University's Allan Hancock Foundation. Hancock was the grandson of the pioneer Californiawine maker, Agostin Haraszthy. His father owned Rancho La Brea, with its tar pits and fossils, which Hancock gave to Los Angeles City and County in 1915 as a site for a museum and park. This book records, in words and pictures, Valero Ill's visits to southern Peru, the Caribbean coasts of Panama, Colombia, and Venezuela as far as Trinidad, and to the Pacific islands of Clarion, Socorro, Clipperton, Culpepper, Alpelo, Cocos, Gorgona, and to the Galapagos Islands. It contains also an account of the mystery of Floreana Island.

667 Neal, John. The Log of the "Mahina." [Seattle]: The author, [1976]. 280pp. Deep Water Crukes: Pacific Ocean 187

The author, having tired of working during the day and going to school in the evening, decided to cruise the Pacific. He bought the27' Vega class auxiliary sloop Mahina for the voyage. His three-year itinerary included Seattle, San Francisco, the Marquesas, the Tuamotus, the Society Islands, the Cook Islands, Pago Pago, Christmas Island, Honolulu, and then Seattle again. He had pickup crew members for many of the crossings, but also sailed alone and found the boat easy to handle. Mahina: Built in Sweden by Albin. LOA 27'-1"; LWL 23'; Beam 8'; Draft 3'-8".

668 Neely, Harry Lee. Sail East through the Barrier Reef: Clayton, California: Neeley's Shoestring Publishing Outfit, 1972.208~~. Neeley bought an unfinished boat in Australia and completed it. He then sailed it through the Great Barrier Reef and to San Francisco. The story of the voyage is masked by an incoherant flow of colloquial and sometimes hysterical verbage.

669 Payson, Herb. Blown Away. Boston: Sail Books, 1980.251~~. Payson was a night club pianist and his wife a cocktail waitress. Each had three children from a previous marriage, all of whom joined for all or part of their parents' cruise. They had little experience at sailing and too little money, but they found Sea Foam, were able to buy and equip her by selling their house, and, on31 March 1973, sailed from San Diego southward along the BajaCalifor- nia coast. They had head problems, stove problems, anchor problems, and many others which they solved and from which they learned. They coasted down Mexico and Central America, visited the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas Fatu Hiva, Ahe, Tahiti, Bora Bora, Tonga, Fiji, and finally New Zealand, where they spent a considerable amount of time. They returned to French Polynesia, spent 19 days at Suvarov, and visited Samoa before returning to Moorea. There, being short of funds as usual, they contracted to deliver the leaky41' cutter Lisa to Los Angeles. After a difficult voyage, with two stopovers in Taiohae Bay to patch leaks, they reached Los Angeles Harbor on 30 September 1976. The book is a series of stories strung on the main narrative and contains a great deal of didactic material which is skillfully and unobtrusively worked in. There is a great deal of dufferish humor. The Paysons found they liked cruising and moving on. Sea Foam: Ketch. LOA 36'; beam 14'.

670 Payson, Herb. You Can't Blow Home Again. New York: Hearst Marine Books, 1984.195~~. The sequel to Blowrz Away. After delivering Lisa in Los Angeles, the Paysons sold her for the owner, and were trying to make enough money to continue their cruise when a friend wrote that Sea Foam, after six months on moorings at Moorea, had been burgled, was rat-infested, and deteriorating rapidly. If they wished to save her, they should return immediately. They borrowed the money necessary to do so and spent nearly three months of refitting before they could sail again. They sailed around Tahiti and then visited Huahine, Bellin- ghausen, Suvarov, Samoa, Tarawa, the Marshalls, Fiji, Tonga, and Hawaii 188 Adventurers Afloat

before returning to San Diego.There, after six and a half years of cruising, they reluctantly sold Sea Foam and moved to Maine to start a new kind of life.

671 [Pembroke, George Robert Charles Herbert, 13th Earl of, and George Kingsley]. South Sea Bubbles. By the Earl and the Doctor. London: Bentley; New York: Appleton, 1872.312~~. A luxury cruise on the yacht Albatross in 1870 to Tahiti, Moorea, Huahine, Bora Bora, and Samoa. She was wrecked in the Ringgold Islands. Listed among the 100 basic books in Day, Pacific Islandr Literature.

672 Petersen, E. Allen. Hummel Hummel. New York: Vantage Press, 1952. 256pp. Published with the title In ~JunkacrossthePacifc.London: Elek, 1954.224~~. In order to escape from the bombing of Shanghai by the Japanese in the 1930s, Petersen and his Japanese wife Tani bought the small junk Hummel Hummel. With two White Russians as crew they sailed her to Japan and then to the United States, April to August 1938. After refitting in San Pedro, Califor- nia, the couple sailed south to Panama and then across the Pacific on a voyage that ended in October, 1941, in Samari, Papua, where Petersen joined the New Guinea Volunteers. Hummel Hummel: LOA 36'; Beam 9'; Draft 2'6"

673 Piver, Arthur. Tram-Pacific Trimaran. Mill Valley, California: Pi-Craft, 1963. 297, (7)pp. The story of the building of Lodestar, one of Piver's most successful designs, and of her voyage, in three legs, to New Zealand via Hawaii, Tahiti, Aviatiu, and Rarotonga in the early 1Ws. Piver gave Lodestar to his crewman, John Daig- neault, in New Zealand. Choppy writing, bombastic in tone, filled with exaggerated claims for the capabilities of trimarans and with too many dashes to make for comfortable reading. Also filled with useful information. Lodestar: Ketch. LOA 35'; Beam U)'; Draft 30".

674 Putnam, David Binney. David Goes Voyaging. Ilustrated from photographs and decorations by Isabel Cooper, Don Dickerman, and Dwight Franklin. New York; London: Putnam, 1925.132~~. An account of a three-month voyage in the steam yacht Arcturns in 1925by the twelve-year-old son of George Palmer Putnam, who was accompanied by his mother. The yacht was on an oceanographic expedition directed by Wiliam Beebe, whom the author called Uncle Will. David presentsgraphic descriptions of Panama, where he joined the ship, the Galapagos Islands, Cocos Island, and life on board a research vessel. He writes clearly, but retains a kind of childish viewpoint which gives the book an extraordinary freshness. The illustrations are excellent. Deep Water Cruises: Pacific Ocean 189

675 Rawson, Geoffrey. The Strange Case of Mary Bryant. London: Hale; New York: Dut- ton, 1939.288~~. An account of the escape of Mary Bryant and ten others from the penal colony of Botany Bay and their 3,000-mile voyage to Timor in an open boat.

Rebell, Fred (pseud.) Escape to the Sea; the Adventures of Fred Rebell, who Sailed Single- Hanakd in an Open Boat 9,000 miles across the Pacific in Search of Happiness, with an introduction by Richard Hughes. London: Murray, 1939. xxii, 254pp. Published in the United States with the titleEscape to the Sea; the Log of a Home-Made Sailor. .. . New York: Dodd, Mead, 1939. xvii, 227pp. British edition reissued London: Youth Book Club, 1951. The author, born in Latvia, was a pacifist who fled to Germany to escape the draft. After many viscissitudes he settled in Australia in 1907 and married. In 1925 he was divorced, spurned by a lady named Elaine, and bought an old 18' centerboard sloop which he named for his lost love. InElaine he sailed across the Pacific to California via Fiji, Samoa, Danger Island, Christmas Island and Honolulu. A well-told tale of adventure and romance.

Reynolds, Earle L. 71te Forbidden Voyage. New York: Mckay, 1961; London: Cassell, 1962.281~~. Aprotest voyage in the yacht Phoenix into the United States' Pacific Ocean nuclear weapons testing area. Reynolds and his crew were arrested and removed so that testing could continue. A continuation of the aborted Golden Rule voyage. See also Albert Bigelow's Voyage of the "GoldenRule," no. 628.

Robinson, William Albert. To the Great Southern Sea. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1956. 230pp.; London: Peter Davies, 1957.223~~. l From Tahiti through the Roaring Forties to Chile, Peru, and the Panama Canal Zone with his young wife, Ah You, in their brigantine Vama. Their oldest daughter, Hina, was born in the Canal Zone. Varua then sailed back to the Robinsons' home in Tahiti. The voyage was made in 1952. This is the best of Robinson's several excellent books. Vania: Composite auxiliary brigantine. LOA 70'; Beam 16'-3";Draft 6'-T; Net tonnage 37; Gross tonnage 43.

Rockefeller, James S., Jr. Man on His Island New York: Norton; London: Jarrolds, 1958. 259pp. After war service in the U. S. Air Force and finishing college, Rockefeller bought the renovated Friendship sloop Mandalay and set out from Milford, Conn., to cruise the Pacific with two friends before deciding on his permanent future. The first friend dropped out in South Palm Beach to get married and 190 Adventurers Afloat

the second for the same reason in Cristobal. With various companions, who dropped out from time to time for similar reasons, Rockefeller visited the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, Ahe, Tahiti, Suvarov, and the New Hebrides, where Mandalay was sold. At Academy Bay, Santa Cruz Island, in the Galapagos, Rockefeller became well acquainted with the pioneering An- gemeyer family, whose story he tells; and on Suvarov he rescued Tom Neale, the island's sole inhabitant, who had injured his back and was unable to move (for the story of Neale's life, see his bookAn Island to Myself). Rockefeller continued his westward trip home by way of Norway where, just before he was scheduled to fly to the United States, he met Liv and decided on a permanent future. In the mid-1960s, while cruising the Maine coast, Morten Lund found the couple living on a farm on Bald Mountain, near Camden, and running the Bald Island Boat Works, which specialized in Friendship sloops.

680 Roth, Hal. Two on a Big Ocean; the Story of the First Circumnavigationof the Pacific Basin in a Small Sailing Ship. New York: Macmillan, 1972. 288pp. Reissued New York: Norton, 1978. A clockwise circumnavigation in Whisper beginning 3 May 1967 in San Francisco and continuing to the Marquesas, the Tuamotus, the Society Islands, the Cook Islands, Palmerston Island, Samoa, the Ellice Islands, the Gilberts, Kussae, Ponape, the Carolines, Guam, the Philippines, Japan, the Aleutians, Ketchkan, and down the Inland Passage and the coasts of Washington and Oregon to San Francisco, which was reached on 25 October 1968. Whisper: Spencer 35 Bermudan auxiliary sloop designed by John Brandlmayr.

681 Ruhen, Olaf. Minerva Reef. Line drawings by Clem Seale. Boston; Toronto: Little, Brown, 1964.304~~. On 6 July 1962 the yacht Ttiaikaepau, serving as an interisland trader, was wrecked on Minerva Reef, a reef without dry land, with 17 people on board. Thegroup was able to move on board a wrecked Japanese freighter where they built the small outrigger canoe Malolelei. The captain, his son, and one other sailed the canoe to Kandavu and sent help back. Twelve of the seventeen survived.

682 Shurcliff, Sidney Nichols. Jungle Islands: the "Illyria" to the South Seas; the Record of the Crane Pacific Expedition, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinoir. New York: Putnam's, 1930. xv, 298pp. Reissued New York: AMS Press, 1978. Cornelius Crane, the son of the owner of Crane Plumbing, was given the brigantine Illyria by his father. He hired a captain and crew and mustered a scientific expedition to make his South Sea cruise more interesting and worthwhile. Illyria: LOA 147-6". Deep Water Cruises: Pacific Ocean 191

683 Smeeton, Miles. Once is Enough. With a foreword by Neville Shute. London: Hart- Davis; New York: Norton, 1959.205pp. Reissued London: Hart- Davis, 1960. 207pp. (Mariners Library, 41). London: Panther, 1977.208~~.London; Toronto: Granada, 1977.207~~.London: Granada, 1984. 0xford:Isis Large Print, 1985.262~~.Shedfield, Hants.: Ashford Press, 1985. Miles Smeeton, his wife Beryl, and John Guzzwell sailed from Melbourne for England via Cape Horn on 26 December 1956 in Tzu Hang. On 14 February 1957, while still west of the Horn, they encountered a freak wave, pitchpoled, were dismasted, and lost the cabin trunk. They were able to cover the hole in the deck, set up a jury rig, and get to Chile for repairs. They sailed again for Cape Horn on 9 December 1957. On 26 December they capsized, lost the mast, and suffered damage to the cabin trunk. Again they reached the coast of Chile under jury rig and this time shipped the boat to England, where repairs would be cheaper. Like all of the Smeetons' books, very well written. Has an appendix on dealing with the problems of heavy weather sailing. For the story of the two voyages preceeding this one, see The Sea war Our Village,110.749.

684 Stevenson, Fanny Van de Grift. The Cruke of the 'Yanet NichoF' among the South Sea Islands; a Diary, by Mrs. Robert Louis Stevenson. New York: Scribner's, 1914.189~~. The Stevensons and Fanny's son, Lloyd Osborne, cruised on the chartered topsail schooner Jariet Nicliol from Sydney to Auckland, the Savage Islands (Nuieue), Samoa, Quiros, Nassau, Danger Island (Puka Puka), Suwarrow, Manahiki, Penrhyn, Fakarfo, Atafu, the Elice Islands, the Gilberts, the Loyalty Islands, and back to Syndney, 11 April to 25 July 1890.

685 Stevenson, Janet. Woman Aboard. New York: Crown Publishers, 1969.312~~. A crew of four, including Stevenson, her husband, Benson Rotstein, and the owner, Jack Baskin, sailed south in Aikane from Playa del Ray, California, to the South Seas. They visited the Marquesas (there is an interesting note on William Morris and pareu design there, p. 69), the Tuamotus, Tahiti, Les Isles sous le Vent, and Hawaii before returning home. Competently written and in- 'teresting, but perhaps overly serious in tone. Aikane: Kettenberg K43 sloop. LOA 43'; Beam 11.5'.

686 Stevenson, Robert Louis. In the South Seas: being an Account of Experiences and Observa- tions in the Marquesas, Paumotur; and Gilbert Islands in the Course of Two Crubes on the yacht "Casco" (1888) and the Schooner "Equator"(1889). New York: Scribner's, 1896. viii, 370pp. Other editions: Leipzig: Tauchnitz, 1901. 2 vols.; New York: Scribner's, 1908 and 1922; Issued with a preface by Rae Jeffs. London: Heron Books, 1969. X, 381pp.; Facsimile edition. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1971. vii, 343pp. (Pacific Classics, no. 3). 192 Adventurers Afloat

Because of Robert's poor health, the Stevensons chartered the 74-ton schooner yacht Cnsco in San Francisco at the end of June, 1888, and sailed in her to the South Seas, ending their cruise in Hawaii in early 1889. In June, 1889, they sailed in the 70-ton trading schooner Equator to Micronesia and the Gil- berts. The material in this book was selected from a series of articles which appeared in the New York Sun, February to December, 1891, part of which also appeared in Black and White during the same period.

687 Stock, Ralph. me Chequered Cruke; a True and Intimate Record of Strenuous Travel. London: Grant Richards, Ltd., 1916. 190pp. The author, his sister, Mabel, and a friend, known respectively in this book as Freckles, the Spinster, and the Nut, sailed to Australiaon board an immigrant ship in early 1914. There they bought the yawl Wanderlust for a cruise in the South Seas. They visited Lord Howe Island (there is a good description of the Kentia palm industry there) and Norfolk Island where, because of the pilot's mistake, Wanderlust was lost on a reef. After auctioning off the goods salvaged from the boat, the trio separated as they became involved in World War I. Writ- ten in the playful style affected by some writers in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Wariderlust:Auxiliary gaff-rigged yawl. LOA 40'; Beam 9'-6".

688 Thompson, Thomas. Lost! New York: Atheneum, 1975.248~~. The story of a trimaran capsize off northern California duringavoyage from the Puget Sound toward Costa Rica, where the builder and owner of the boat, Tritori, James Fisher, was going as a Seventh Day Adventist missionary. His brother-in-law, Robert Tininenko, and Robert's wife, Linda, went along as crew. The capsized boat remained afloat.The crew cut a hole in the bottom for access to the main cabin and its shelter, food, and water. Seventy-two days after the capsize, during which time Linda had died, Robert and James were rescued. James died in the hospital a short time later. The story is reconstructed from Robert's recollections. Something is amiss with the account. Triutt: LOA 31'

689 Todd, Mabel Loomis. Corona and "Coronet;"being a Narrative of the Amhurst Eclipse Expedition to Japan in Mr. James's Schooner-Yacht "Coronet,"to Observe the Sun's Total Obscuration, 9th August 1896. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin, 1898. wcxviii, 383pp. Written by the wife of the astronomer, Professor David P. Todd, who went to make the observations of the sun's corona during the total eclipse. The adventure side of the story. The party crossed the United States from Chicago in James J. Hill's railroad car while Coronet's sailing master and crew sailed her around the Horn to San Francisco to meet them. The yacht stopped inHonolulu while the afterguard toured the Hawaiian Islands, and then sailed for Japan on 25 May, reaching Yokohama on 22 June after weathering a severe storm with no difficulty. The party split there, the author going with her husband and the scientific party to Esashi to set up the observation equipment, while the rest cruised the Inland Sea in a chartered steamer. Mrs. Todd gives an account of this cruise based on the journals of her friends. After successfully observing Deep Water Cruises: Pacific Ocean 193

and recording the eclipse, the party left Japan on Coronet on 2 September, following the passage of a typhoon, and reached San Francisco on 2 October. From there they crossed the country by train while Coronet again rounded the Horn to return to the east coast. The Amhurst party sailed 10,000 miles on the expedition; Corona and her crew sailed 45,000 miles. The front matter contains a section on deep sea voyaging technique by Arthur Curtis Jarnes. For accounts of Coronet's, voyages around the Horn and for particulars on her dimensions and crew see Coronet Memories, no. 707.

689a Walsh, Edward A. Magnificent Ordeal. New York: Carlton Press, 1970. 186pp. (A Hearthstone Book). At the beginning of last year of service before retirement from the Air Force, the author contracted with a shipyard near Nagoya which had been recommended by Arthur Piver to build a Piver-designed Victress trimaran. He planned to sail her back to his home in Florida by way of Seattle and the Panama Canal and then to cruise the Caribbean. He had been stationed in Japan for a number of years and greatly enjoyed spending several months there in the summer of 1967 while his boat, called Oriental Lady, was completed and fitted out. On his shakedown cruise in Japanese waters almost everythingwent wrong. The autopilot had been mounted backwards. The engine drive belt shredded. The propeller shaft whipped about at more than a few knots and caused the pack- ing gland to leak. The steering system failed because the steering quadrant broke, the rudder post broke loose and began to punch through the hull, and the guide blocks for the steering cables failed. Finally, the mast went overboard. The yard fured everything and, on 7 November 1967, Oriental Lady sailed from Japan. She called at Hachijo Fuji and Chichi Jima in the Bonins, Pagan, Guam, Puluwat, Udot, Mortlocks, and Truck. He describes in detail the islands he visited and the people he met. He particularly enjoyed meeting a number of Peace Corps workers. However, he had a multitude of nearly disasterous gear failures along the way and barely escaped half a dozen unseasonable typhoons. In Truk he was hired to deliver a small freighter to Japan and then a fishing boat to Koror, after which he chartered his boat to the Peace Corps for a year and flew home. Told in the third person about a protagonist called the Skipper. Oriet~talLady: Ketch rigged. LOA 40'; LWL 37'-6"; Beam 22'; Draft 2'-9".

690 Webster, John. 77te Last Cruise of the "Wanderer." Sydney: F. Cunninghame, ca. 1854. iii, 128pp. Webster commanded the tender to Ben Boyd's yacht Wanderer. Boyd and Webster sailed from San Francisco for Papua on 3 June 1851 via Hawaii, the Gilberts, and the Solomons with the intent of establishing a republic in Papua. Boyd went ashore in the Solomons and vanished. The ships were attacked by the natives, but escaped. This is Webster's account of the voyage.

Willis, William. The Gods were Kind; an Epic 6700 Mile VoyageAlone across the Pacific. NewYork: Dutton,1955. 252pp. TheBritish edition has the title The Epic Voyage of the "Seven Little Sisters;" a 6700 Mile VoyageAlone across the Pacifc.London: Hutchinson,l956.244pp. I94 Adventurers Afloat

Willis, with financial backing from Werner Woehlk, went to Ecuador in January, 1954, and spent three months finding balsa logs big enough to use in building a raft. When it was finished, the raft was shipped to Callao so that it would have favorable winds and currents for a Pacific crossing. Wilis sailed on 22 June 1954 and reached Pango Pango on 12 October after a voyage made difficult by illness, injury, and shortage of water. Reminiscences of his earlier Sie are strung on the narrative of the voyage giving the effect of a stream-of-consciousness novel. Willisgave the raft to thegovernment ofSamoa and flewhome. Seven Little Sisters: Raft made of seven balsa logs and three mangrove crossbeams with two bipod masts, steered by a rudder and daggerboards. LOA (center line) 33'; Length (sides) 28'; Beam (fwd.) 18'; Beam (aft) 20'.

692 Willis, William. An Angel on Each Shoulder. London: Hutchinson, 1966.223~~ The American edition has the title Whom the Sea Has Taken. New York: Meredith Press, 1967. ix, 246pp. Willis wanted to make a second raft voyage across the Pacific, this time all the way to Australia, before he became old and feeble. His wife, Teddy, agreed that he should go. No longer were balsa logs available. He therefore built his raft in New York and shipped her to Callao. She was made of steel pipe, had a wooden deck and deck house, and was ketch rigged. He was 70 when he sailed from Callao on 4 July 1963. On 9 September 1964 he reached his goal after a long stopover in Apia. Along the way he had to cope with many hardships, including a strangulated hernia and a paralyzing back injury. The voyage ended with a very rough passage across coral of the Great Barrier Reef.

693 Wood, C.F. A Yachting Crube in the South Seas. London: H.S. King & Co., 1875.221~~. The author, who had voyaged among the South Sea Islands during the preceding eight years, published "these few imperfect sketches" of his latest cruise in order to record a description of the rapidly vanishingmanners and customs of the islanders. He took Mr. George Smith along to make photographs to supplement his descriptions. Photography proved to be difficult because the natives ridiculed those who agreed to pose and drove most of them away during the long exposure period. Wood journeyed from Liverpool across the Atlantic, the United States, and the Pacific to Auckland, which he reached on 1January 1873. There he bought a 92-ton Auckland-built topsail schooner, fitted her for a yachting cruise, and began his voyage on 18 April. He called at Rotuma, Futuna, Savaii, Niuafu, various islands among the Fijis, the New Hebrides, the Solomons, the Carolines, and the Ellice group, returning to Auckland Harbour by way of Rotumah on 7 December. He is a stout champion of the natives and deplores the destruction of their way of life by missionaries, traders, blackbirders, and other agents of "so-called civilization."

694 Wray, John Walter. South Sea Vagabonds.London: Jenkins, 1939.280pp.; New York: Appleton-Century, 1941. xiii, 305pp. Reissued Auckland, N.Z.: Reed, 1952. London: Jenkins, 1952. 252 pp. Auckland: Collins, 1977.252~~. Deep Water Cruises: Pacific Ocean 195

Wray, a New Zealander, was sacked after four years on the job and decided to build a boat and cruise. He had only $42.50, a motor bike, and parents who let him live with them while the boat was being built. He salvaged kauri logs for the hull and secured rigging materials from the wrecked ship Rewa. Building began on 16 April 1932; on 1 September 1934 he sailed north in the finished boat, Ngataki (Abode of the Elite), with several companions, to cruise among the islands. He cruised for two years in his own and other boats, visiting Australia, Tasmania, Norfolk Island, and many other places. In 1936 he was joined by Loti, a native of Bangimotu. He returned to New Zealand for a brief spell of working, but soon gave it up and sailed back to the islands and Loti. Ngataki: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 35'; Beam 12'-10".

695 Wright, Theon. 71te Voyage of the "Heman," by Theon Wright in collaboration with Ione Ulrich Sutton. New York: Hawthorne Books, 1966. 284pp. A treasure-hunting expedition in the schooner Heman from San Francis- W to the South Seas guided by the aged and half-mad Captain James Brown, a probable ex-pirate, who claimed to know where the treasure supposed to have been burried on Cocos Island had been reburied. It was not found. The story was reconstructed from the notes of Captain George Sutton, who took wm- mand of the Herman when Brown seemed to go completely mad, which were compiled by his daughter-in-law, Ione Ulrich Sutton. The epilogue contains a summary of the Cocos Island treasure-hunting expeditions. Interesting reading, but hard to believe.

696 Wynne, Barry. The Man who Refured to Die: Teehu Makimare's 2,000 Mile Drift in an Open Boat across the South Seas. London: Souvenir Press, 1966; New York: Paperback Library, 1977.158~~. In August, 1963 four boats went from Manihiki to Rakahanga to get fresh fruit and vegetables because the trading schooner was out of commission for months. On the 17th they started back, but were overtaken by a storm. Three of the boats were able to return to Rakahanga, but Tearoha was blown out to sea, dismasted, capsized, swamped, missed all land to leeward, and finally drifted to Eromanga, in the New Hebrides, on 21 September. Of the crew of seven, six drowned or died along the way. Teehu Makimare survived, but barely. The story of the ordeal of a brave and resourceful man told in a journalistic style with some padding and too many visions of the Hand of God. DEEP WATER CRUISES: ATLANTIC AND PACIFIC OCEANS

697 Arrow, Neill Vivian. Painted Ocean. Illustrations by Julia Faithful. Christchurch, N.Z.: Caxton Press, 1961. 174pp. The American edition has the title 10,000 Miles to Boston. New York: Stein and Day, 1961. 192pp. Opens with recollections of sailing in New Zealand waters, followed by an extensive account of crewing on the ketch Mim from New Zealand to Boston, Massachusetts, 31 May to 1 November 1952, via Rapa, Calao, the Panama Canal, Key West, and the Inland Waterway. Closes with a brief acount of Arrow sailing his boat Taihoa in the 1954 Sydney to Hobart race. Humorous style. See also the entry for Tom and Lydia Davis' Doctor to the Islands, no. 710.

698 Bailey, Maurice, and Maralyn Bailey 117 Days Adrift. Foreword by Sir Peter Scott. Drawings by Peter A.G. Milne. Maps by Alan Irving. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1974. 192pp. The American edition has the title StayingAlive: 117DaysAdrift- the Incredible Saga of a Courageous Couple who Outwitted Death at Sea for a Longer Period than Any Humans Before. New York: McKay, 1974.192~~. An attempted round the world voyage in Auralyn from the Hamble River, Hampshire, via Spain, Portugal, Madeira, the Canaries, the West Indies, and the Panama Canal. On 4 March 1973, somewhere north of the Galapagos, Auralyn was rammed by a killer whale. She sank in less than an hour. The Baileys abandoned ship in their Avon life raft and their Avon Redcrest inflatable dinghy. Unlike Dugald Robertson and his family in similar circumstances (see his Survive the Savage Sea, no. 742), the Baileys drifted awaiting rescue rather than attempting to make for shore. The eighth ship they sighted, a South Korean tuna boat homeward bound, sighted and rescued them on 30 June 1973. The dinghy survived well, but the life raft leaked and, toward the end, began to split apart. The couple lived mainly on turtles and trigger fish. They each lost forty pounds. Deep Water Cruises: Atlantic and Pacific Oceans 197

Aumlyn: Golden Hind class Bermudan twin-keel double-chime plywood sloopwith the hull sheathed in nylon. Designed by Maurice Griffiths. LOA 31'- 6"; LWL 26'-9"; Beam 8'-10"; Draft 3'-6"; Displacemant 2.28 tons; Sail area (cruising) 370 sq.ft.

699 Bailey, Maurice, and Maralyn Bailey. Second Chance. New York: McKay, 1977.305~~. The voyage ofAumlyn N from Llanelli, South Wales, to the waters of Tier- ra del Fuego and Patagonia via Vio, Teneriffe, the Cape Verdes Islands, and Montevideo, explorations in the channels of the stormy area around the southern tip of ~buth~merica, and a brief account of the voyage home via Juan Fernandez Val~araiso.Callao. the Panama Canal and the Chesaueake Bay. to Falmouth, l5~h~ 1975 to 27 August 1976. Gives a great deal of history oi the laces visited. describes animal and vegetable life in detail. and ~rovidesverv W . . complete technical information on their boat and voyage, including equipment, ~rovisions.and survival ~ack.The Bailevs' new boat. desipned to their s~ecifica- . W tions by Fred Parker, was built by a small concern in Teignmouth which proved to excel in incompetence, dishonesty and rudeness. Because the Baileys were living in a borrowed house in the Channel Islands, they did not exercise proper supervision of the job. As a result, they nearly lost this boat before she was launched and had to make difficult repairs during the early part of the voyage. Auralyn 11: Wooden masthead Bermudan ketch. LOA 45'; LWL W, Beam 12.75'; Draft 6'; Registered tonnage 16.61; 25 tons Thames Measurement.

700 Bardiaux, Marcel. fie Four Win& of Adventure. Translated from the French by Raymond Johnes. Southampton: Coles; New York: de Graff, 1961.271~~. Bardiaux projected a multi-volume account of his building of Les 4 Vents and his subsequent eight-year cruise around the world in her. The fust volume, which is the only one published so far, covers the building, 1943 to 1950, and the voyage from Paris to Tahiti, January 1950to May 1953. Bardiaux travelled slowly because he wanted to see places as well as to sail. In the total voyage he touched 543 ports. The author's personality irritated some of the people he met on his travels. The account rambles, the translation is awkward in places, and the humor is heavy-handed. Altogether, this is not the easiest book to read, but persistence is well rewarded. Les 4 Vents: Bermudan cutter modified from a design for a stock 9 meter boat by Henri Dervin. LOA 30'-8"; Beam 8'-10"; Draft 5'-9"; Displacement 4 tons; Sail area 435 sp. ft.

701 Bisschop, Eric de. fie Voyage ofl'Kaimiloa;"From Honolulu to Cannes via Australia and the Cape of Good Hope in a Polynesian Double Canoe. Trans- lated by Marc Coppi. London: Bell, 1940. vii, 310pp. de Bisschop, with one companion, Tatibouet, sailed from Ala Moana, Oahu, on 7 March 1937 and reached Cannes on 22 May 1938. Before sailing he met Papaleaiaina, who was waiting for him in Tangier and then in Cannes. The book ends with de Bisschop's plans to build a new boat, Koimiloa-Wu&eu, and to sail back to the Pacific with Papaleaiaina. For a brief account of de Bisschop's 198 Adventurers Ajloat

fascinating and colorful life see Bengt Danielsson's From Raft to Raft, no. 638.

702 Bjelke, Rolf, and Deborah Shapiro. "NorthernLight:" Its Epic Arctic-Antarctic Sailing Voyage.London: Macdonald Queen Anne Press, 1986.116~~. From Sweden to the pack ice north of Svalbard and then south through Denmark Strait, the Caribbean, and the Panama Canal to Polynesia, east through the Roaring Forties to South America, south to Antarctica, then north by way of the Falklands and the Caribbean to Boston, Mass., a 30,000-mile voyage, 18 June 1982 to 2 June 1984. The trip marked the beginning of the authors'life together. Theywrote alternate chapters, Bjelke presenting the technical material and Shapiro the descriptive passages. The detailed story really ends with the departure from Antarctica. Beautifully and spectacularly illustrated with more than 150 color pictures. The authors were jointly awarded the Cruising Club of America's Blue Water Medal for the voyage. Northern Light: Double-ended steel auxiliary ketch of especially heavy construction suitable for voyaging in icy waters. LOA 40'; Draft S-8";14 tons.

703 Campbell, Sir Malcolm. My Greatest Adventure: Searching for Pirate Treasure in Cocos Is- land. London: Butterworth, 1931.260~~. The American edition has the title Searching for Pirate Treasure in Cocos Island New York: Frederick A. Stokes, 1932. viii, 279pp. While on a pleasure trip to Madeira, Campbell learned of the Salvage Is- lands treasure. He persuaded his friend, K. Lee Guinness, who had arrived in his yacht Adventuress, and who had a diviner on board, to go there and search for it. Unfortunately, the sea was too rough to permit a landing. Campbell and Guinness returned to England determined to make a proper expedition to the Salvages. After a group of partners was organized, a report was received that the treasure had been removed years before by the crew of a British warship (probably a false report based on Captain Hercules Robinson's 1813 expedition; see no. 592). In addition, the detector designed to replace the diviner did not work, and Guinness received an offer to purchase his yacht, on which the expedition was to have sailed, which he could not refuse. In November, 1925, after the buyer had agreed to postpone delivery until the end of April, 1926 the partners decided to go to Cocos Island to hunt for the loot of Lima, reported to have been buried there by Captain Thompson. They hurried across the At- lantic, with stops for fuel at Madeira and the Canaries, passed through the PanamaCanal, and reached Cocos Island in time to have seven days for treasure hunting. Campbell and two paid hands camped ashore. They were made uncomfortable by insects, hot weather, the lack of proper camp sites, and a strong feeling of something evil about the place, a feeling reinforced by the behavior of their dog, who went almost mad with fear and rage each night. Exploration was severely hampered by thick jungle growth. They found no treasure, but left convinced that it was there somewhere. The author has the gift of clarity in writing. Adventuress: A converted Liverpool pilot boat, with the steam engine replaced by a 425 h.p. diesel. LOA 120'; Beam 24' 320 gross tons. Crew: 12. Deep Water Crukes:Atlantic and PaciJic Oceans 199

704 Campbell, Sir Malcolm. Day, James Wentworth. Speed. 7'heAuthenticLife of SirMalcolm Campbell. Foreword by Earl Howe. London: Hutchinson, 1931. 288pp. Chapters 6-10 give a brief and well-written account of Campbell's treasure hunting expedition to Cows Island. The rest of the biography deals with his work with motor cars and aircraft.

705 Carpenter, Wayne. The Voyage of "fitina'': The Story of a Family of Five and their 15,000-mileAdventure aboard a 27-foot Sloop in the Pa+c, At- lantic, and Caribbean. Introduction by Charles H. Vilas. Charts drawn by Kristina Carpenter. Annapolis, Md.: Azimuth Press, 1983.239~~. A two-year cruise from the west coast of the United States, via Panama, to Nova Scotia, back to the Caribbean, and then to Florida. The voyage was remarkably trouble-free.

706 Clark, Morton Gill. Captains Outrageous; the Amazing Story of the "GloryBe." New York: Morrow, 1938. viii, 293pp. The British edition has the title Glory Be: An Amazing Voyage. London: Barker, 1938.285~~. Fictionalized account of a voyage from Tahiti to Cannes via the Suez Canal, June 1933 to March 1935, on the chartered schooner Glory Be. Desperately funny. Apparently the names were changed to protect either the participants or the author, or both. The catalog of the Mariners Museum, Newport News, Vir- ginia, identifies the schooner as the White Shadow. Glory Be (pseud.). LOA 148'; Displacement 250 tons.

707 "CoronetnMemories. Log of Schooner-Yacht "Coronetnon her Off- Shore Cruises from 1893 to 1899. London; New York; Chicago: F. Tennyson Neely, 1899.372~~.

Accounts written by various persons of cruises on Coronet while she was owned by Arthur Curtis James. Cruises: to the West Indies in thewinter of 1894; to the Bras D'Or Lakes in the summer of 1894; to the West Indies again in the winter of 1895; carrying the Amhurst Expedition to Japan and return, 5 Decem- ber 1895 to 7 February 1897, to observe an eclipse of the sun on 9 August 18% (the crew took her around Cape Horn both directions while the afterguard crossed the continent by rail in Mr. Hill's private car); Newfoundland and the St. Lawrence in the summers of 1897 and 1898. G. B. Spaulding, who made the eastward voyage around Cape Horn, gives an interesting portrait of the sailing master and crew, who were his only companions. Harriet Parsons James' Cruise of Yacht "Coronet"to Hawaiian Islandr and Japan, no. 652, published in 1897 without illustrations, appears in full in this volume, with illustrations. Mabel LoomisTodd's Corona and Coronet, no. 689, also dealswith thevoyage to Japan. Coronet: Gaff-rigged schooner. LOA 133'; LWL 123'; Beam 27'; Draft 12'- 6"; Displacement 277 tons. Her crew A sailing master, 2 mates, 10 seamen, a cook, 2 assistant cooks, and 2 stewards. 200 Adventurers Afloat

708 Crealock, William I. B. Cloud of Islands; by Sail to the South Sear;. New York: Hastings House, 1955.254~~. The British edition has the title Toward! Tahiti. London: Peter Davies, 1955.263~~. Crealock had cruised from England to the Caribbean and New York, crewing on board Content (see his Vagabonding Under Sail, no. 510), during which time he had met Tom and Diana Hepworth, owners of the converted Brixham trawler Arfhur Rogers. When the Content voyage ended he joined the Hep- worths to cruise through the Panama Canal to Tahiti, April 1951 to January 1953. He gives good descriptions of the Galapagos Islands, the Gambier Ar- chapelago, the Marquesas, the Tuamotus, and Tahiti. ArfhurRogers: Gaff-rigged ketch. Built as a Brixham trawler in 1929. Served as a pilot boat at Falmouth before conversion to a yacht.

709 Davenport, Philip. ReVoyage of the "WaltzingMatilda" London: Hutchinson, 1953; New York: Dodd, Mead, 1954.232~~. From Sydney to the Solent, 29 October 1950 to 2 August 1951, via New Zealand, the Straits of Magellan, and the east coast of South America. The crew consisted of the author, a former Mosquito bomber and Quantas pilot, his new wife, a former Quantas Stewardess, and the author's younger brother. After reaching England Waltzing Matilda sailed in the Fastnet Race and then was laid up in a mud berth in the Medway for the winter. A straightforward narrative. WaltringMatilda: Bermudan cutter. MA46'-S; LWL36'; Beam 12'; Draft 6'6"; Sail area 1950 sq. ft.

710 Davis, Tom, and Lydia Davis. Doctor to the Islands. Boston: Little, Brown, 1954. 331pp. Lon- don: Michael Joseph, 1955.287~~. Tom and Lydia Davis were married in September, 1940, in Dunedin, New Zealand. Lydia lived there and was a second-year nursing student. She was expelled from the nursing program for marrying. Tom, whose home was in Rarotonga, was a second-year medical student in Dunedin. One of his grandmothers was Polynesian. The other three grandparents were Welsh. This is an account of the Davis' married life, written by each of them in alternate sections. By the end of 1945 Tom had finished his medical training and internship. He was appointed a medical officer in Rarotonga and returned home after 16 years away at school. There he battled hard and successfullyto establish an efficient medical service for the Cook Islands while his wife struggled, hard and successfully, to be accepted by her mother-in-law and the islanders. After receiving a small legacy from his grandfather's estate, Tom was able to buy the 45' ketch Soubrette, which he renamed Miru, and in 1952, he, his wife, their two sons, and two crew members, Niel Arrow and Bill Donovan sailed her from Wel- lington to Boston, Mass. There, Miru was wrecked when a hurricane drove her from her moorings onto a rocky shore. For Niel Arrow's account of the voyage, see the entry for his Arrow's Painted Ocean, no. 697. Deep Water Crukes:Atlantic and Pacific Oceans 201

711 Dewar, James Cumming. Voyage of the "Nyanza,"R. N. Y. C.; being the Record of a Three Years' Cruke in a Schooner Yacht in the Atlantic and Pacifc, and Her Subsequent Shipwreck. Edinburgh and London: Blackwood, 1892. xviii, 466pp. An impersonal account in diary format. TheNyanta, a 218-ton gaff-rigged schooner with a crew of 21, sailed from Portsmouth on 21 July 1887 and called at Palma in the Canaries, St. Vincent in the Cape Verdes, Fernando Noronha, Trinidad, Rio de Janeiro, Montevideo, and Port Stanley in the Falklands. The sailing master was fired in Port Stanley. Three months later, with a new sailing master, the yacht passed through the Straits of Magellan and cruised the Pacific, calling at many ports and islands. She was lost on Ponapi, in the Carolines. A luxury cruise.

712 Dibbern, George. Quest. New York: Norton, 1941.421~~. In the late summer of 1930, at the age of 41, unemployed and with no hope of a job, Dibbern left his wife and three children and sailed Te Rapunga, the only remnant of his failed boat business, through the Kiel Canal for New Zealand, where he had spent most of World War I. He coasted south to the Mediterranean, where he spent nearly a year. During this time he met Conor O'Brien and Cilette Ofaire and her husband Charles. He took the southern route to the Caribbean, passed through the Panama Canal, and, after 100 days of difficult sailing, reached San Francisco. He spent many months on the California coast before sailing, in a leisurely way, to New Zealand, where he continued to cruise and race. We do not learn what happened to his wife and children. TeRapunga: Sloop, converted to a ketch in St. Tropez. LOA 32'; Beam 11'.

713 Douglas, A. J. A., and P. H. Johnson. The South Seas Today; Being an Account of the Cruke of the Yacht "St. George" to the South Pacific. London: Cassell, 1926.296~. A pleasure and research voyage begun in the spring of 1924 from Dartmouth, England, via Madeira, Trinidad and the Panama Canal to the South Pacific under the auspices of the Scientific Expeditionary Research Associa- tion. The yacht visited Gorgona, the Pearl Islands, the Galapagos Islands, Cocos Island, Coiba, the Marquesas, Napuka, Fakarava and Rotoava in theTuamotus, Tahiti and Moorea, Maiao, Rurutu, Rapa, and Easter Island. Gives an account of the voyage as an adventure and colorful descriptions of the places visited and their peoples. It was hoped that a moving picture made during the trip would pay expenses and fund further voyages. It did not. Douglas wrote the introduction, chapters 7,9,11-13,1519, and L'Envoi, and Johnson the rest. St. George: Steam auxiliary barquentine, built in the 1890s as a yacht, with an iron hull sheathed in teak. LOA 191'; Beam 32'; Draft 17'-6", 694 tons gross.

714 Downs, Hugh. A Shod of Stars. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1967.288~~. A very readable account of a voyage from Miami to Tahiti through the Panama Canal made by the author with seven companions, including his 19- year-old son, on the chartered 65' gaff-rigged ketch Thane, June to September 202 Adventurers Afloat

1965. The ship visited Nassau, Great Inagua, Jamaica, the Galapagos, and Takaroa en route.

715 Drake, Thomas. The Log of the Lone Sea Rover. Stanwood, Washington: Private- ly printed, n.d. An unreliable narrative of three voyages made by Drake, who was born in Gravesend, England, in 1863, shipped as a cook on a fishing sloop, and settled on the shores of Puget Sound about 1900. He built four boats. In Sir Francis he cruised the Inland Waterway from Seattle to Alaska and back, then went south and through the Panama Canal to the Caribbean and the East Coast, returned through the Canal, and wrecked his boat a few hundred miles to the north. In 1920 he sailed Sir Frances II from Seattle through the Panama Canal to the Caribbean, where he was wrecked off Cape Corrientes, Cuba. He then built Pilgn'm in Seattle, sailed her south and through the Panama Canal in 1925, crossed to Europe, and was wrecked on the sands off Holland. He returned to Seattle, built Progress, and sailed south. He was not heard from again. See also W. L. White, The Log of the Lone Sea Rove6 being the Sfoyof the 8000 Mile VoyageAlone of Capt. Thomas Drake ... , no. 759. SirFrancis: Gaff schooner. LOA 32'; Beam 10'; Draft 3'-6". SirFrancis II: Gaff schooner. LOA 37'; Beam 12'; Draft 3'-6". Pilgrim: Gaff schooner. LOA 35'; Beam 11'; Draft 3'-6". Progress: Double-ended gaff sschooner. LOA 37'; Beam 12'; Draft 4'.

716 Fahnestock, Bruce, and Sheridan Fahnestock Stars to Windward. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1938. xii, 295pp. With a small inheritance the Fahnestock brothers bought the schooncr Director. On 1 January 1935 they sailed in her from Manhasset Bay, N.Y., for the South Seas via the Panama Canal. Their crew of four included Denis Pules- ton (see his account in Blue Water Vagabond, no. 227). After passing through the Canal they called at the Galapagos, the Marquesas, Tahiti, Bora Bora, Penrhyn, Pago Pago, Niafou,TongaTabu, Wallis Island, Fiji, the New Hebrides, Ndeni Island, Sikiana, the Solomons, New Guinea, the Dutch East Indies, Zam- boanga, and Manilla, where Bruce was stricken with a strangulated hernia and Sheridangot blackwater fever and nearly died. TheDirector was sold there. The Fahnestocks went north to Peking for health reasons, arriving just in time for the Marco Polo Bridge incident. A well-written story. Director: LOA 65'; Beam 16'.

717 Fahnestock, Mary Sheridan. IRan Away to Sea at Fifty. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1939. xii, 247pp. Mrs. Fahnestock joined her sons Bruce and Sheridan on the Director in Tahiti and cruised with them for about a year before returning home to New York. This travelogue describes experiences in Tahiti, Bora Bora, Penrhyn, Niafou (Tin Can Island), Tonga Tabu, Wallis Island, and Fiji, where she left the Director.

718 Gerbault, Alain. In Quest of the Sun; the Journal of the "Firecrest."London: Hod- der and Stoughton, 1929.315~~. Deep Water Cruises:Atlantic and Pacific Oceans 203

American edition with an introduction by Charmian London. Garden City, New York: Doubleday, Doran, 1930. xvi, 303pp. Reissued with the title The Gospel of the Sun. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1933.224~~.Reissued with the original title Lon- don: Hart-Davis, 1955.214pp. (Mariners Library, no. 30). A continuation of theFirecrest voyage (see his nte Fight of the Firecrest, no. 527) from New York back to France, 1924 to 1928, via Bermuda, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos Islands, Manga Reva, the Marquesas, the Tuamotus, Tahiti, Bora Bora, Samoa, Wallis Island, Fiji, the New Hebrides, Thursday Is- land, Timor, La. Reunion, Durban, the Cape Verde Islands, and the Azores. Gerbault received the Cross of the Legion of Honor for the voyage. This was the beginning of a lifetime of small boat sailing in the South Seas.

719 Gowen, Roger. Voyage to Paradise, by Roger Gowen as told to Bernard Mc- Elwaine. London: Muller, 1963. 191pp. Gowen and four other South Rhodesian policemen decided to sail around the world together. They saved money for 22 months (a total of 3,250 pounds), resigned, worked their way to England, and found a boat which they wuld afford. They named her Si Ye Pambili (Sindehele for Let Us Go Forward). After five months of refitting, they sailed to the Caribbean and Panama by the southern route. The Canariesproved to be a major obstacle. Twoof the partners dropped out there, and one of them returned from Barbados to marry an island girl. The money problems of the two remaining partners were solved by signing on two girls in Panama as a paying crew. After an extended cruise among the islands of the South Pacific, including New Zealand, Si Ye Pambili was wrecked on Rurutu. A very lively story. Si Ye Pambili: Gaff-rigged, double-ended ketch built on the lines of a Swt- tish fahing smack. LOA 38'-7"; Beam 10'-6";Draft 6'-3"; 16 tons Thames measurement.

720 The Guardian (Manchester). Easter IslandAdventure. Manchester: The Guardian and Evening News, 1965.8~~. Background notes on avoyage to Easter Island planned by Dr. David Le*.

721 Guillain, France, and Christain Guillain. Call the Sea, translated from the French by Caroline Hillier. New York: Harper & Row, 1976.198~~. Translation of Le Bonheursur 1a Mer. A well-written story of love, boats, sailing, marriage and children. France was raised in Tahiti by strict parents. She met Christain there and ran away with him as a crew member of the rotten and dangerous American yacht Cunnella. After seven months of cruising in Polynesia the wuple returned to Tahiti to take tourist photographs in order to raise money to have a steel-hulled sailing boat, the Alphq built in Holland. In her they crossed France to the Mediterranean via the RhBne, getting married on the way when France was eight months pregnant. They sailed, with their new daughter Laurence, to the West Indies via Casablanca and Las Palmas, where Christian's brother Didier joined them. They passed through the Panama Canal, called at the Galapagos, where Didier 204 Adventurers Afloat

shipped on another yacht with Bernard Moitessier, and reached Tahiti in Oc- tober, 1968. There they sold Alpha. They built another steel-hulled boat, Pyg malian, patterned after Moitessier'sJoshuu, built in Holland and sold her, after a brief cruise to the Mediterranean, in Barbados, had another daughter, Mareva, and built another Joshua-like boat, Le Tonnanf, which was ready for sea at the close of the book. Most of the book is about theAIpha cruise.

722 Guthrie, David. Dell Quay to Brkbane: an Account of the Gaff Cutter "Hope"on a Voyagefrom England to Australia, July 1961. Chichester, Sussex: Quentin Nelson, 1969.36~~. A brief narrative of a voyage home to Brisbane after the author's medical discharge from the army. Guthrie, with a crew of one, crossed the Atlantic to Panama by the southern route, transited the Canal, and called at a number of islands and ports on his way to Brisbaine, which he reached in early July, 1962. Hope: LOA 29'-5"; Beam 9'-S;Displacemant 9.4 tons.

723 Hamilton, Peter. (pseud. of Alistair Gavin Hamilton). The Restless Wind. Edinburgh: Blackwood; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1961.335~~. After retiring from the Royal Navy in 1956, Hamilton sailed his boat Salmo singlehanded by the northern route from Scotland to Montreal, where he laid her up for the winter while he returned to Scotland to be married. The next spring he and his wife, Jill, sailed south to the Caribbean, through the Panama Canal, and cruised among the South Sea islands for a year. After Jill became pregnant they sailed the boat to Los Angeles, sold it, and returned to the United Kingdom. Contains excellent descriptions of the Galapagos, Pitcairn, Rapa, and Tubuai. Salnao: Vertue class Bermudan sloop. LOA 25'-3"; LWL 21'-6"; Beam 7'- 2"; Draft 4'-6"; displacemant 10,080 Ibs.; Sail area 380 sq. ft.

724 Hayter, Adrian. Business in Great Waters. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1965. 191pp. Falmouth to New Zealand, 1962 to 1963, in Valkyr, crossing the Atlantic by the southern route, through the Panama Canal, and calling at the Galapagos Is- lands, Rikitea, and Manga Reva before reaching Nelson, N.Z. The author was searching for an understanding of the meaning of life and for escape from a civilization which seemed to be getting everything wrong. Valkyc Folkboat. LOA 25'; LWL 19'.

725 Hiscock, Eric C. Sou'west in "WandererN." London; New York: Oxford Univer- sity Press, 1973. X,224pp. Reissued London: Coles, 1986.224~~. The building and first voyage of Wanderer N; the Hiscocks' new floating home. She was built after the sale of their house ashore and of Wanderer III. They sailed the southern route from England through the Panama Canal, turned right to California, where they spent a year, then continued to New Zealand via Hawaii, Fanning Island, Samoa, and Fiji. Once in New Zealand waters they Deep Water Cruises:Atlantic and Pac$c Ocem 205

cruised to Australia and Tasmania as well as circumnavigating South Island. The book, aside from the account of the voyage, contains much useful information about cruising which can be retrieved with ease. Wanderer IV: Steel auxiliary ketch designed by S. M. Van der Meer and built in the Netherlands. LOA 49'-6"; LWL 39'-11"; Beam 12'-6"; Draft (loaded) 7'; Sail area 1045 sq. ft.; Displacemant 22 tons. Howard, Sidney. Isles of Escape; being the Adventures of Roydon Bhtow. London: Bell, 1934.304~~. Bristow answered an adventurer wanted ad in a London daily and found himself a paying member of a partnership which had been formed to sail a 52' ketch from England to New Guinea to prospect for gold. The partnership began to disintegrate in Lisbon. New partners, and their money, were needed. The dis- sension-ridden voyage continued to the Galapagos Islands, where Bristow left the ship and lived ashore with the Rader family at Academy Bay. After four months ashore he joined a yacht which was en mute to Tahiti. There he stayed for nearly a year, returning to England by ship in April, 1933.

Howard, Sidney. Thames to Tahiti. London: Bell, 1933. viii, 278pp. Reissued London: Hart-Davis, 1951. 219pp. (Mariners Library, no. 16). A 13-month voyage in Pacific Moon from Dover to Tahiti by way of the European coast, the West Indies, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos, and the Marquesas. The boat was sold in Tahiti. Good reading against a background of sorrowful distress. Pacific Moon: Gaff-rigged auxiliary cutter. LOA 38'; LWL 33'; Beam 10'- 6"; Draft 6'; 14 tons Thames measurement; 8.21 tons net.

Howell, William. White Cliffs to Coral Re+ a Clmsic Smd Boat Voyage, with a foreword by Humphrey Barton. London: Odhams Press, 1957. 224pp. Voyage in the Hiscock's Wanderer II, which the author bought. From Fal- mouth to Tahiti via Gibraltar, the Canary Islands, Barbados, St. Vincent, Be- quia, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos Islands, and the Marquesas. His companion left in Tahiti because of bad health. The author continued single- handed to New Zealand, Hawaii, and Victoria, B.C.

Iles, Colin. Rahui. London: Elek, 1975. [ll], 194pp. A leisurely cruise in Clarinda, autumn 1% to autumn 1969, from England to the West Indies and through the Panama Canal to the Pacific. After visiting many of the Polynesian islands, Clarinda reached New Zealand, where the two crew members left and the author met and married Rahui, aManahikigir1train- ing in New Zealand to be a nurse. The couple cruised through the Melanesian islands to Australia, where Clarinda was sold. Clarinda: West Country pilot cutter, a sister ship to Peter Pye's Moonraker. LOA 29': LWL 28'. 206 Adventurers Afloat

730 Konrat, Georg von. Escape to Adventure. London: Peter Davies, 1963.222~~. The escape from occupied Germany of a World War I1 Whermacht officer who was also a professional diver. Von Konrat, wounded and nearly killed on theEastern Front, managed toget back to Germanyjust as the war ended. After a series of misadventures, he assembled a crew of six, including Peter Vogel, a former submarine officer, and stole the two-masted diesel lugger Sea Rose to avoid possible deportation to the Russian zone. The fugitives sailed down the coast, outfitted their boat, and procured money and food by various dodges. They spent five years in the Mediterranean engaging in various shady but lucra- tive projects. Then they crossed the Atlantic, had adventures in Brazil and the Caribbean, passed through the Panama Canal, and crossed the Pacific to Cairns, where von Konrat left Sea Rose to settle in Australia.

73 1 Kretschmer, John. Cape Horn to Starboard Illustrations by Molly Potter. Camden, Me.: International Marine Publishing Co., 1986. 152pp. A complicated story of the cruising life of a young couple. When he was 20 and had dropped out of four universities, Kretschmer's widowed mother, Jeanne, a kindred spirit, gave him a year's tuition money and told him to go sailing. He bought a Bristol 27 sloop in Detroit, named her Jeanne, and shipped her to Miami, where his girl friend, Molly Potter, was in college. He persuaded Molly (also aged 20) to come away with him over her parents' objections. The couple learned how to sail by cruising among the Florida Keys for six months. Jeanne Kretschmer decided to quit work and join them for a cruise around the world. Mother and son sold Jeanne and bought a larger sloop Epoch for the trip. After the trio had cruised for a few months in the Caribbean and passed through the Panama Canal, they gave up the proposed circumnavitgation because of growing tension among them. After running a school of navigation and yacht delivery service in Fort Lauderdale for two years, John persuaded a client and friend, Ty Techera, to let him take Techera's sloop Gigi around the Horn to San Francisco on the old clipper route. The passage around the Horn was easy, but the yacht encountered heavy weather in the Pacific. Molly, who had left the yacht in Rio, met her in Valparaiso, and there she and John were married in a D. I. Y. ceremony made necessary by local residence requirements. Gigi finally reached San Francisco after a very slow voyage. Jeanne: Designed by Car1 Alberg. LOA 27-2";LWL 19'-9";Beam 8'; Draft 4'. Epoch: LOA 37-6"; Beam 12'-2";Draft 6'-2". Gigi: LOA 32'; LWL 24'; Beam 9'-9";Draft S-6".

732 Maury, Richard. The Saga of "Cimba."New York: Harcourt, Brace; London: Har- rap, 1939. viii, 254pp. Reissued London: Coles, 1971. 254pp.; New York: de Graff, 1973.253~~. From Stamford, Conn., November 1933 for the South Seas via the Carib- bean and the Panama Canal. Cimba capsized and was refitted in Bermuda. After cruising the Polynesian islands she was wrecked on a reef near Suva in September, 1935. Although she was salvaged, she finally had to be sold to cover the cost of repairs. Maury gives surprisingly graphic though brief descriptions Deep Water Cruises: Atlantic and Pacific Oceans 207

of the places he visited. Tahiti, for example, he describes as "... a round island, possibly thirty miles through, with a bulging peninsula, known as Tairapapou - Little Tahiti - on its southern coast." Cimba: Bermudan schooner, built in Nova Scotia. LOA 35'-3"; LWL 26'; Beam 9'-6"; Draft 5'.

733 Moitessier, Bernard. Cape Horn: the Logical Route: 14,216 Miles without a Port of Call, translated from the French by Inge Moore. London: Coles, 1969. 25 lpp. The American edition has the title First Voyage of the 'IToshua" New York: Morrow, 1973.251~~. From Marseilles, October 1965, to Casablanca, the Canaries, Martinique, and the South Pacific via the Panama Canal. After visiting the Galapagos Is- lands, the Marquesas, Takaroa, and Tahiti, Moitessier sailed home from Moorea via Cape Horn. He used Vito Dumas' idea of dealing with very large seas by meeting them 15 or 20 degrees off the stern and preventing pitchpoling by using surfing tactics. He also discusses the relative merits of glass, wood, and steel construction for heavy weather survival. Joshua: Double-ended steel Bermudan ketch designed by Jean Knocker. LOA 39'-6"; LWL 33'-9";Beam 12'; Draft 5'-3".

734 Newhall, Scott. The "Eppleton Hall;" being a True and Faithful Narrative of the Remarkable Voyage of the Last Tyne River Steam Sidewheel Pad- dle TugAfloat, Newcastle-upon-Tyneto San Francisco, 1969-1970. San Francisco: Howell-North Books, 1971.304~~. After an unsuccessful clandestine attempt to purchase the Reliant, which was still in working condition but promised to the National Maritime Museum for dissection and display (an attempt which almost landed hi in jail), Newhall bought her sister ship, Eppleton Hall, which had been sold to shipbreakers and gutted in preparation for scrapping her hull and metal parts. He restored her and sailed her as a yacht, with a volunteer crew, via the southern route and the Panama Canal, to San Francisco. She was presented to the Maritime Museum there, where she can now be visited. The cutaway display of the Reliant can be seen in the National Maritime Museum at Greenwich. The book is flippant, journalistic, discursive, and interesting. It describes a most unusual voyage which will probably remain the only one of its kind. Eppletott Hall: Sidewheel steel steam tug, built in 1914. LOA 100'-6";Beam 21'-1";Depth 10'-10";Gross tonnage 166.

735 Nicolson, Ian. The Log of the "Maken." With a colour frontespiece by David Cobb. London: Peter Davies, 1961. 192pp. A well-written and entertaining account of a voyage in a Norwegian Red- nigshoiter, or sailinglifeboat, from Plymouth to Vancouver, B.C. by the southern route and the Panama Canal during the winter and spring of 1953154. The boat was very heavily built and slow. She was crewed by the author and a Norwegian. Maken: Gaff-rigged double-ended ketch. LOA 45'. 208 Adventurers Afloat

735a Pardey, Lin, and Larry Pardey. Cruking in "Serafin." New York: Seven Seas Press, 1976.192~~. The story of four years of building the 24' cutter Serafin of Victoria in New- port Beach, California, and of three years of cruising from Newport Beach to Falrnouth by way of Baja California, the Sea of Cortez, the west Coast of Mexico and Central America, the Panama Canal, Carribbean islands and ports, Florida, Chesapeake Bay (where the Pardeys spent the winter of 1971-72), Bermuda, and the Azores. This is the first of a series of cruising books by the Pardeys telling of their voyaging and of their enjoyment of people and places along the way. It makesvery good reading and is filled with advice for prospective cruisers both in the narrative and in four appendices containing detailed data on cruising and on Serafin, a boat which Larry Pardey still found to be an ideal cruiser after seven years of experience with her.

736 Pinchot, Gifford. To the South Seas; the Cruke of the Schooner "MaryPinchot" to the Galapagos, the Marquesas, and the Tuarnotu Zslandr and Tahiti. Philadelphia: Winston, 1930. xiii, 500pp. This voyage, from 31 March to 23 December 1929, was the first vacation of his adult life for Pinchot, the famous conservationist, former chief of the Forest Service, former and future Governor of Pennsylvania,and Professor of Forestry at Yale University. The Mary Pinchot sailed from New York to the Caribbean and through the Panama Canal to the Pacific. The account deals mostly with people, places, and animals. The pressure of business forced Pinchot to return to the United States when the yacht reached Tahiti. The crew brought her back to Savannah. For his son, Gifford's, account of the voyage, see his Giff and Stiff in the South Seas, below. May Pirtchot: Ex-Cutfy Sark, ex-Ariadne. Steel three-masted auxiliary top sail schooner, built in 1902. LOA 148'; LWL 110'; Draft 16'; 250 tons gross; l20 tons net.

737 Pinchot, Gifford B. Giff and Stiff in the South Seas. New York: The Junior Literary Guild and Winston, 1933.241~~. Gifford, then 13 years old, accompanied his parents on the Mary Pinchol's voyage to the South Seas in 1929. His friend, Steve "StifT Stahlnecker, went along. This is a lively and literate account of the voyage from a juvenile point of view, profusely illustrated with black-and-white photographs. For the author's account of how the voyage shaped his life, see his Loki and Loon, no. 226a.

738 Plumpton, James. Treasure Cruke: The Voyage of the "figilant" to Cocos Island. In- troduction by Admiral A. V. Campbell, R. N. London: H. F. & G. Witherby, 1935. 191pp. A party of nine, including the author, sailed a converted 50-ton Brixham trawler to Cocos Island by way of the Panama Canal, leaving Brixham on 2 March 1932. On the way they tried to land on Grand Piton Island in the Salvage Group, near Madeira, to search for treasure there, but could not because of the weather. To locate the treasures they relied on the divining abilities of Frank Cooper, who used an old gramaphone spring instead of the usual hazel twig, Deep Water Crukes: Atlantic and Pacifc Oceans 209

and who had demonstrated his skill to his other partners. On reaching Cocos Island they found an expedition with a three-year exclusive treasure-hunting uermit from the Costa Rican Government already at work. After extended hegotiations, the two expeditions joined forces. The& search, made under very difficult conditions. was unsuccessful. Mm'Iant was sold in Punta Arenas and the expedition membeis returned home by various routes. The author still believed the treasure to be on Cocos Island, buried near the high water mark. The last chapter has tips for treasure seekers.

739 Pye, Peter. 7he Sea k for Sailing. London: Hart-Davis, 1957; New York: de Graff, 1961.192~~. A cruise in Moonraker, 1952-1954, from Fowey to the Society Islands via Bayona, Cascaes, Madeira, the Canaries, Barbados, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos Islands, and the Marquesas. The second leg of the voyage took Moonraker to Victoria, B.C., via Hawaii, where the Pyes wintered on the Smeetons' farm. From Victoria they cruised home, first going north to Ketchkan and then south to the Panama Canal, calling at Charlestown, S.C., and Bermuda on the way to Fowey. For details of Moonraker see Pye's Red Mains'l, no. 586.

740 Riding, John C. "Sea Egg" Again. From Atlantic to Pacific. London: Pelham Books, 1972.176~~. An account of a voyage from the West Indies through the Panama Canal andon toSan Diego, with a mishap in northern Baja California. The book closes with the author going off to be married. Sea Egg: For details and for the account of her voyage across the Atlantic see Riding's The Voyage of the "SeaEgg," no. 589.

741 Roberts, A. W. Rough and Tumble. London: Sampson Low, 1935.250~~. A voyage in Thelma from England down the European and African coasts, across the Atlantic to the Caribbean, through the Panama Canal, and to Cocos Island. The boat was driven ashore and wrecked at Cocos Island when the anchor chain was cut through by coral. The author and his companion returned to Panama after a very difficult voyage with a party of treasure seekers and then worked their way home on a freighter. Tlielnia: Cutter converted from a West Country fishing smack. LOA 26'- 10"; Beam 8'-3";Draft 5'.

742 Robertson, Dougal. Survive the Savage Sea. Drawings by Pam Littlewood. London: Elek, 1973. New York: Praeger, 1973.269~~.Large print edition, Boston: G.K. Hall, 1974.307~~.Reissued Parmondsworth: Pen- guin, 1975.223~~. Robertson, his wife Lyn, and their four children sailed from Falmouth in January, 1972, for a round the world cruise in the schooner Lucette. The oldest daughter remained in Nassau. A young Welshman, Robin Williams, took her place in the crew. The Robertsons passed through the Panama Canal, visited the Galapagos Islands, and then, en route to the Marquesas and about UX)miles 210 Adventurers Afloat

west of the Galapagos, Lucette was holed in two places by three killer whales. She sank in about a minute, leaving the Robertsons and Williams afloat in the fiberglass dinghy Ednamair and an inflatable dinghy with a dodger. They had a small survival kit, a small amount of food, 18 pints of water, and two knives. They rigged a sail for the dinghy and towed the inflatable northward to reach the doldrums and rain, then eastward toward Costa Rica, living on turtles and fish. On the 17th day the inflatable became unseaworthy. Parts of it were salvaged for use on board the greatly overcrowded dinghy. On the 38th day they were rescued by a Japanese fishing boat and taken to Panama. When rescued they had a good supply of turtle and dorado meat and as much water as when they had abandoned ship. Everyone was in good physical condition. This is the story of one of the most competently handled disasters on record. Based on this experience Robertson later wrote a very important and useful guide to surviving such a disaster entitled Sea Survival, no. 2467. For a similar experience dealt with successfullybut in a different and more passive way see Maurice and Maralyn Bailey's StayingAIive: 117 Days Ad*, no. 698.

743 Robinson, William Albert. Voyage to Galapagos; illustrated by Daniel T. West. New York: Harcourt, Brace; London: Jonathan Cape, 1936. viii, 279pp. A voyage in Svaap from New York through the Inside Passage and the Panama Canal, calling at Palm Beach, the Bahamas, Cuba, and Jamaica on the way. Robinson's wife, Florence, and his cousin, Dan West were along. They sailed from New York on 11 January 1933 and sailed from Balboa for the Galapagos on 23 January 1934. On 20 May Robinson was stricken with acute appendicitus. His life was saved by the crew of the fishing boat Santa Cnn, who packed him in ice and rushed him to Panama. Svaap was lost in his absence.

744 Roth, Hal. Two Against Cape Horn. New York: Norton; London: Stanford Maritime, 1979.288~~. Reissued New York: Norton, 1986.288~~. Detailed description of the Cape Horn part of a voyage from San Diego to the Atlantic. The Roths' Whisper literally sailed around Cape Horn, and the crew survived a serious shipwreck. Well written. The photography is spectacular.

745 Routledge, Mrs. Scoresby (Katherine Pease Routledge). lke Mystery of Easter Island The Story of an Expedition. London and Aylesbury: Printed for the Author by Watson and Viney, Ld., and sold by Sifton, Praed & Co., Ltd., London, 1919.404pp. The author, with honours in modern history at Oxford and an M. A. from Dublin University, and co-author, with her husband, of With a Prehistoric People: The Akikuyu of British East Africa, was the driving force behind this yachting expedition to Easter Island. Little was then known of this intriguing island because the only systematic observations of its artifacts and people occurred during the very brief visit of U. S. S. Mohican in 1886. The Routledges had the auxiliary schooner yacht Mana especially designed for their expedition by Charles Nicholson. She was manned by Brixham fishermen. The Royal Navy provided the services of Lieut. D. R. Ritchie to navigate and make surveys and tidal observations. A two-year voyage was planned. Part I is an interesting ac- Deep Water Cruhes: Atlantic and Pacific Oceans 211

count ofMana's voyage from Falmouth to Easter Island by way of Madeira, the Canaries, the Cape Verdes, the coasts of Brazil and Argentina, the Straits of Magellan, Valparaiso, and Juan Fernandez. Part I1 tells of the stay at Easter Is- land, a stay greatly shortened and made perilous by the outbreak of war in Europe and the presence of German warships and raiders in the Pacific. Part I11 tells ofManalsvoyage to San Francisco via Tahiti after leaving Easter Island on 18 August 1915. Part IV, by Scoresby Routledge, tells of the voyage back to England. Mrs. Routledge left the yacht in San Francisco to go home by train and passenger vessel. The Routledges received the Royal Cruising Club Cup for the voyage. Much of the first three parts is written from letters to Mrs. Routledge's mother, who died before the Routledges returned to England. This volume recounts the adventure side of the expkdition; the scientific results were reserved for another volume. Mana: LOA 90'; LWL 72'; Beam 20'.

746 Sherwood, Martyn. The Voyage of the "TaiMO Shan." London: Bles, 1935. viii, 269pp. Reissued London: Bles, 1942. [l], 269pp, [2]pp.; London: Hart- Davis; New York: de Graff,1957.202pp. (Mariners Library, no. 36). Four submarine officers and one naval surgeon servingin the British Asiatic Fleet clubbed together to build TaiMoShan and sail her home to England. The author was the cook. They sailed from Hong Kong for England on 31 May 1933 touching Formosa, Japan, Attu, Dutch Harbor, Victoria, B.C., San Francisco, Los Angeles, Acapulw, and Libertad in the Pacific. After passing through the Panama Canal they sailed via Jamaica, Nassau, and Bermuda for Dartmouth, which they reached on 30 May 1934. A very interesting book with useful information in the text and appendices. TaiMo Shan: (Named after the highest hi1 in Hong Kong, which is, translated, High Hat Hill). Bermudan ketch. LOA. 54'; LWL 42'; Beam 12'-2" Draft 8'-5"; Displacement 23.5 tons; Sail area 1.040 sq. ft.

747 Skinner, Gwen. "Swanhi1de:"Acrossthe Worldin a Concrete Boat. Auckland; Lon- don: Hodder and Stoughton, 1972.154~~. Bernie and Gwen Skinner built the 40' auxiliary sailing yacht Swanhilde in New Zealand. After fitting her out, they sailed, on 18 May 1968, with their two children, Megan, 15, and Paul, 5, for a lengthy cruise which might take them around the world in three years. Various friends accompanied them from time to time. This very readablk book describes the building of Swanhilde and tells of the Skinners' leisurelvvovage from New Zealand to Newport, Rhode Island. . .W A. by way of Raratonga, Tahiti, Rangaroa, Hawaii, west coasts of North and Central America from San Francisco to Panama, the Caribbean, and the Atlan- tic Intracoastal Canal. They arrived in Newport in time to seezntrepid's successful defense of the America's Cup. Along the way, in addition to visiting many American ports and Caribbean islands, they spent nine months in Hawaii and cruised the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta. They chose to build a ferrocement boat in part because Bernie, a dinghy racing champion, was also a metal worker. Ms. Skinner's description of their building project will be of help to prospective builders. 212 Adventurers Afloat

748 Smeeton, Miles. Because the Horn k There. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publish- ing Co. in association with Harrap, London; Sidney, B.C.: Gray's Publishers, 1970. [9], 169pp. Reissued Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House; London: Granada, 1985.169~~. Two previous attempts to round the Horn in Tar Hang from New Zealand to England ended in disasterous capsizes from freak waves (see Once is Enough, no. 683).Having reached England via the Panama Canal and made repairs, the Smeetons decided to return home to British Columbia by way of the Horn, this time in the most difficult direction, from east to west, against the prevailing winds. The voyage was difficult but successful.Smeeton has written his usual interesting account and includes valuable information and observations on heavy weather sailing.

749 Smeeton, Miles. The Sea was Our Village. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co.; Sidney, B. C.: Gray's Publishing, 1973.224~~. Reissued London: Grafton Books, 1986.224~~. The story of how Miles and Beryl Smeeton and their daughter Clio happened to take up deep-sea cruising and of their first two voyages. After Miles' retirement from the British Army, the Smeetons emigrated to Canada and bought a ranch on Salt Spring Island, British Columbia. Because of postwar fiscal restrictions, they could not remove their capital from the United Kingdom. Although they had no cruising experience, they decided to use their British money to buy a yacht in England which they could sell in British Columbia to get the money needed for modernizing their farm. In Dover they found Tar Hang, bought her, fitted her out, practiced sailing for nearly a year, and met Peter Pye, who helped with advice and introductons to friends along their projected route. In March, 1951, they sailed toward British Columbia.Theywent down channel slowly, across the Bay of Biscay, along the coasts of Spain and Portugal, to Madeira, across to the Caribbean, through the Panama Canal. to the ~ala~a~os~slands, and then north to Salt springisland. By this time they had become too fond of Tar Hanp and of cruising to sell the boat. Instead. after four years, they sold the farm. 1nVseptember19% they sailed toward ~ustralia viaSan Francisco, where they met John Guzzwell for the first time. They called at various Hawiian islands, Fanning, Samoa, Tonga, and New Zealand, meeting Guzzwell from time to time, and reaching Sydney in October 1956. From there Clio was sent home to England to school and the Smeetons planned to follow, around Cape Horn, with Guznvell as crew. For the story of this subsequent voyage, see Once is Enough, no. 683. 750 Stock, Mabel E. The Log of a Woman Wanderer. London: Heinemann, 1923. viii, 187pp. By Ralph Stock's sister, who went with him on the Dream Ship cruise (see below). Deep Water Crukes: Atlantic and Pacific Oceans 213

751 Stock, Ralph. Z%e Cruke of the "DreamShip" ... . Line drawings by Lynn Bogue Hunt. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, Page, 1921. xi, 292pp. From Brixham to Tonga Tabu immediately after World War I, via Spain, the Canary Islands, the West Indies, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, the Paumotus, Tahiti, Palmerston, and Niue. With Stock were his sister Peter (Mabel) and a demobilized fellow naval officer. The boat was sold in Tonga Tabu. Written in the flippant style of some of the popular 1920s books, but, even though thus dated, good reading and informative. Dream Ship: Colin Archer double-ended gaff-rigged cutter, built in Nor- way in 1908. LOA 47'; Beam 15'; Draft 8'. Lines given in appendix

752 Swale, Rosie. Children of Cape Horn. London: Elek; New York: Walker, 1974. 242pp. A voyage in the catamaranAnneliese from Gibraltar to Sydney and return to Plymouth, outward via the Canaries, Barbados, the Panama Canal, the Galapagos Islands, the Marquesas, Tahiti, Raratonga, and Tonga; homeward via New Zealand, Cape Horn, the Falklands, and, because of a miscarriage, Recife for medical help,December 1971 to July 1973.The crew wmprised Rosie and Colin Swale and their children, Eve, age two, and Mario, age six months. An interesting narrative, especially for the information it contains about the behavior of a multihull in very heavy seas. Anneliese: Ketch-rigged catamaran motor sailer designed by BiU O'Brien. LOA 30'; Beam 14'.

753 Tambs, Erling. Z%e Cruke of the "Teddy",with an introduction by Arthur Ran- some. London: Cape, 1933.264pp.; New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1934. xx, 237pp. Reissued London: Newnes, 1935. 247pp.; London: Hart-Davis, 1949.256~~.(Mariners Library, no. 5). Tambs and his wife sailed Teddy from Oslo down the European coast, to Madeira, the Canaries, Curacao, Aruba, and through the Panama Canal to Cows Island, the Marquesas, the Society Islands, Samoa, and New Zealand, August, 1928, to January, 1931. In February 1932 Teddy drifted onto the rocks near Aukland during a calm and was lost. Tambs was an engaging person and an expert writer, but, evidently, not an expert seaman. Teddy: Colin Archer type Norwegian pilot boat. LOA 40'.

754 Tilman, Harold William. "Mkchief' in Patagonia. London: Travel Book Club, 1956. 185pp.; Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1957. 185pp. The author's first voyage inMischief; 6 July 1955 to 9 July 1956. Tilman got a crew of mountain climbers and sailors together and sailed from Lymington to Las Palmas, Montevideo, Punta Arenas, and through the Straits of Magellan to Peel Inlet and Calvo Fjord. The climbing party went over Calvo Glacier, down the side of Bismark Glacier to Lake Argentino, and returned. Meanwhile Mis- chief had grounded, fracturing her propeller. The party sailed north to Val- 214 Adventurers Afloat

paraiso for repairs, then returned to England via the Panama Canal and Ber- muda. A witty account filled with aphorisms and interesting observations. For details of Mischief see Mischief in Greenland no. 602. 755 Tompkins, Warwick M. Fifty South to Fifty South; the Story of a Voyage West around Cape Horn in the Schooner "WanderBird'... .New York: Norton; Toron- to: Ryerson, 1938.268~~. New edition New York: Dodd, Mead, 1942.215~~. In 1928 Tompkins bought Wanderbird an 85' Hamburgh pilot schooner built in 1879, to carry paying crews on sailing voyages. Prior to the Cape Horn cruise she had crossed the Atlantic 13 times and introduced over 300 amateurs to deep sea sailing. The ship, with a crew of nine including the author's wife and two children and Irving Johnson and his future wife Electa (q.v.), sailed from Gloucester, Mass., on 26 June 1936 for San Francisco, arriving there 21 February 1937. The book emphasizes the Cape Horn passage below fifty degrees south latitude, 13November to 11 December 1936. The narrative of this difficult passage against wind and current is lively and well-written. Appendices give much useful information on the ship and seamanship including clear instructions for making baggywrinkle. 756 Tompkins, Warwick M. Two Sailors and their Voyage around Cape Horn. New York: Viking; London: Macmillan, 1939. 192pp. A description of the above voyage, written for children. 757 Utley, Temple. A Modem Sea Beggar; being the Story of his Cruise from Newlyn to Fiji in the Yawl "Inyala",with letters telling of his life in the South Seas. Edited by Frieda and Emily Utley. London: Peter Davies, 1938.349~~. Utley, aphysician, originally planned to sail to thesouth Seas with his friend and former brother-in-law Rab Buchanan and two others in Buchanan's yawl Inyala. The party sailed from Newlyn in September, 1930. When, early on, all the rest of the crew dropped out, Utley recruited a new group and continued the voyage. In the West Indies he met Emily, whom he married in Tahiti. In Fiji he practiced medicine on what was planned to be a temporary basis but died there of a streptacocic infection in April, 1935. Utley came from a family with a strong socialist and humanitarian tradition. He emerges from the pages of this posthumus book, edited by his sister and his second wife, as a person who was loved and respected by all who knew him. Readers will wish that they could have been among this favored group. Inyala: A plank-on-edge auxiliary yawl built in Falmouth in 1897. LOA 51'; LWL 45'; Beam 11'; Draft 9'-6".

758 Vanderbilt, William K. To Galapugos on the "Ara," 1926: 7he Events of a Pleasure-Cruise to the Galapagos Islundr and a Classification of a Few Rare Aquatic Findings, including Two Specimens of a New Species of Shark Never Caught Before and Here Described for the First The. Introduction Deep Water Crukes: Atlantic and Pacifc Oceans 215

by George A. Duon, M. D. Mount Vernon, N. Y.: Privately printed at the Printing House of William Edwin Rudge, 1927. 161pp. Colophon. 900 numbered copies printed. Nos. 1-500 are bound with Levant backs and handmade paper sides and nos. 501- 900 are bound in buckram. Ara sailed from Brooklyn, New York, for the Galapagos Islands on 20 January 1926. Before she had returned, she and her crew and afterguard of 42 persons had visited Jacksonville,Palm Beach, Little San Salvador, Hogsty Reef, Jamaica, Panama, Colon, Cows Island, Old Providence Island, Swan Island, Havana, Key west, Knight's Key, Turtle Harbor, Miami, Savannah, Charleston, Old Point Comfort, and Norfolk as well as Galapagos islands and harbors, including Tagus Cove, James Bay, and Darwin Bay. On Cows Island they met the Guinness treasure-hunting party, which included Sir Malwlm Colin Campbell (for his account see no. 703). The appendices include an account of the trip from the New York Times, a table of ports visited, mileage, etc, an outline of fishes and birds caught, and an outline of their geographical distribution. This is a beautifully-designed and printed folio volume with 30 color plates of marine animals and numerous black-and-white photographs, many of which have significant artistic merit. For a description ofAra, see no. 608.

759 White, W. L. The Log of the Lone Sea Rover; being the story of the 8000 mile voyage alone of Capt. nos. Drake, by Capt. W.L. White. Plant City, Fla.: Printed by the Plant City Publishing Co., 1917.32~~. The voyage was made inSirFrancis. See also Drake's book of the same title, no. 715. DEEP WATER CRUISES: OTHER OCEANS

760 Bradfield, Stanley Edward. Road to the Sea. London: Temple Press Books, 1964. viii, 250pp. A leisurely voyage, with prolonged stopovers, from Fremantle to the Solent in the ketch D'Vara via Port Moresby (where Bradfield spent a year working), Indonesia, Singapore, the Nicobars, Ceylon, the Maldives (of which he gives a particularly good description), Seychelles, the Red Sea, the Suez Canal and Mediterranean, the French canals, and Bordeaux. The voyage lasted from the winter of 1958 to the spring of 1963, during which time Bradfield sailed 18,000 miles and visited 167 ports in 22 countries. D'Vara: Auxiliary ketch of the Dream of Arden class, designed on the metacentric shelf principle by Herman Butler, with a wishbone rig designed by Fritz Fenger. LOA 29'-6"; Beam 8'-8";Draft 5'; Displacement 5.8 tons; 8 tons Thames measurement.

761 Brassey, Annie Allnutt Brassey, Baroness. ReLast Voyage. London; New York: Longmans, Green, 1889. xxiv, 490pp. A voyage to India and Australia via the suez Canal in the Sunbeam. Be- cause of poor health, Lady Brassey went out to Bombay in a P. & 0. liner. After she joined Sunbeam, the yacht cruised through the East Indies and sailed south to circumnavigate Australia. She was homeward bound from Port Darwin when Lady Brassey died and was buried at sea, 14 September 1887, lat. 15-50 S., long. 119-35 E. Sunbeam returned home by way of the Cape of Good Hope.

762 Brassey, Thomas Brassey, 1st Earl. In the "Sunbeam,"R. Y. S., to Bombay and Karrachee, 1913-14. Privately printed., 1914.28pp. Lord Brassey took Sunbeam to Bombay and Karachi to visit his daughter and her husband, Lord Wilingden, who had just been appointed Governor of Bombay. Sunbeam sailed from Marseilles on 30 November 1913, reached Bom- bay on 8 January 1914, departed for home on 1 March, and reached Devonport on 22 April. The fmal portion of the book is a commentary on Indian unrest and its remedy. Deep Water Cruises: Other Oceans 217

763 Brassey, Thomas Brassey, 1st Earl. In the "Sunbeam"to New Zealand Me1bourne:G. Robertson and Co.; Echo Publishing Co., 1897.32~~. From Melbourne to New Zealand, along the New Zealand Coast calling at various ports, and back to Melbourne via Sydney.

764 [Broughton, Urban]. Desultory Notes at Sea. Edinburgh: Printed for private circulation by T. and A. Constable, 1925.111pp. Descriptions of three cruises in the steam yacht Sapphire written by the owner, Urban Hanlon Broughton (1857-1929), who was 67 when the cruises were made. Contains lengthy and interesting digressions on political and historical matters which are conservative in tone but far from mindless. The author was accompanied by hi wife and from two to four guests. The crew numbered 57. The yacht, belonging to the Royal Yacht Squadron, was based in Southampton. Sapphire sailed to the Seine, Rotterdam and Harwich, 24 May to 16 June 1924, then to Copenhagen via the Kiel Canal, W July to 2 September 1924, and then to India, Ceylon and Singapore via the Suez Canal. On this third voyage she traveled 20,644 miles. The author was a British engineer who emigrated to the United States, became a highly sucessful and wealthy businessman, married the daughter of Henry Huttleston Rogers, also a highly successful and wealthy businessman, returned to England upon retiring from active work, and bought Sapphire from Viscount Furness of Grantley. He presentcd Ashridge Park to the ConservativePartyas amemorial toBonar Law, but died before an intended peerage could be conferred upon him. His eldest son, Urban Huttleston Rogers Broughton, became Baron Fairhaven in his place. His widow was given the courtesy title of baroness by Royal Warrant. A very interesting book which gives a fragmentary portrait of the author's personality. For ajournal of the East Indian voyage, see Lord Inverclyde'sPorpoises and People, no. 772. Sapphire: Steel twin-screw steam yacht designed be G. L. Watson and built in 1912. LOA 251'-4"; Beam 35'-5"; Draft 18'-5";1421 tons.

765 Cole, Jean Mullins. Trimaran Against the Trades. Appendix and sketches by George Cole. Wellington, Aukland, etc.: Reed, 1968; Tuckahoe, N.Y.: de Graff, 1969.187~~. When the Coles' retirement home, a farm in Kenya, was taken by the government for African settlement, the family built the Piver-designed Mctress class trimaran Galinule inwhich they emigrated to New Zealand. The crew consisted of George Cole, a retiredmaster mariner, hiswife Jean, their two youngest children, then in their teens, and George's mother, Emrnie, who was 92 at the time of sailing. Extremely well-written and readable. Galinule: Ketch-rigged outboard auxiliary. LOA 40'; Beam 22'; Draft 2'-9".

766 Cravath, Paul Drennan. Notes on the Cruise of the " Wam'or"in the Far East, 1927. Garden City, N. Y.: Privately printed by the Country Life Press, 1927. ix, 179pp. 218 Adventurers Afloat

A cruise on a large steam yacht by a party of six, three of whom, the author and the owners, Mr. and Mrs. Harrison Wiliams, joined in Naples, with the others joining along the way. Itinerary: the Suez Canal and Red Sea; Djibouti; Aden; Colombo; Madras; Rangoon; Penang; Malacca; Singapore; and Hong Kong. The party made extensive inland trips along the way, visiting Ethiopia, which is described at length, inland areas of Ceylon and Southeast Asia, and, at the voyage's end, China. The descriptions of the placesvisited are extraordinarily good. 76 7 Fenn, Charles. Journalof a Voyage to Nowhere. New York: Norton, 1971.194~~.

A story so strange as to be almost unbelievable. At age M) Fenn was sailing with a friend from Ceylon to the Maldive Islands when they were wrecked on a small atoll. The friend was drowned. Eventually an enormous wave swept the atoll, leaving behind a wrecked motor launch in which the author was able to make his escape. The book deals with the two voyages, but is principally concerned with life on the atoll and the author's thoughts while marooned.

768 Hart, Marion Rice. Who Called the Lady a Skipper? The Strange Voyage of a Woman Navigator. New York: Vanguard Press, 1938. xii, 313pp. Ms. Hart bought the 70' steel ketch Vanora in Cowes in 1936, refitted her, and sailed for the United States via the Mediterranean and the Far East. She had a crew of five and a sailing master. After firing four worthless sailing masters in rapid succession, she took command herself for the rest of the voyage. The story, in the form of letters to her brother, ends with Vanora at Banda in the Dutch East Indies on 25 December 1937. Ms. Hart, who was 45 at the time of this voyage, took to the air in later years. In 1975, at the age of 84, she flew her single-engine Beechcraft from Washington, D.C., to Cairo via Iceland, Ireland, England, France, Italy, and Greece.

769 Hayter, Adrian. "Sheila"in the Wind; a Story of a Lone Voyage. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1959.319~~. Published in the United States with the title The Long Voyage. New York: Harper, 1959.319~~.Reissued with the British title London: Companion Book Club, 1961.286~~. Reissued Collins (N. Z.) 1978. A mystical six-year voyage in the gaff-rigged canoe yawl Sheila from Lymington, Hants., to Nelson, N.Z., via the Mediterranean, the Red Sea, and the Indian Ocean, with frequent and lengthy stopovers. The itinerary included Oporto, Gibraltar, Algiers, Tobruk, Djbouti, Mukala, Bombay, Goa, Colombo, Bali, Fremantle, and Melbourne. The voyage is depicted as a nearly endless series of crises, most of which would not have occurred if Hayter had been a skilled seaman. He voyaged seeking enlightenment rather than nautical skills. Fortunately he is a highly skilled writer.

770 Herne, Eric. My Dangerous World bndon: Hale, 1966. 190pp. Deep Water Cruises: Other Oceans 219

Herne, an engineer working in a diamond mine in the Congo, escaped to Kenya with a bag of diamonds during an uprising following independence in which his four co-workers were killed. He bought Clhum and sailed to the Seychelles, Zanzibar, Dar-es-Salam, back to Zanzibar, and then returned to Mombassa, witnessing the upheavals of newly-won independence in the countries of East Africa, exascerbated by the rivalry of the great powers. The book ends with his preparations for another voyage. Clhum: Auxiliary ketch. LOA 42'.

771 Heyerdahl, Thor. lhe "Ti@ Expedition: In Search of Our Beginnings. New York: Doubleday, 1981.359~~. The reed ship Tigrs, built to Sumerian specifications, was sailed from Iraq (Sumer) to Djbouti at the entrance to the Red Sea to prove that such a thing could be done and that, therefore, in fact, it had been done by the Sumerians early on.

772 Inverclyde, John Alan Burns, Baron. Porpoises and People. London: Halton & Tmscott Smith, 1930. vi, 229pp. Accounts of two yacht cruises in journal form, with reminiscencesand anecdotes of other times inserted. Neither journal gives any indication that the author thought the old European world had ended or even changed very much during World War I. The fust voyage, in Urban Broughton's steam yacht Sap phire, R. Y.S., began and ended in Toulon and went, via the Suez Canal, to India, Burma, Singapore, Ceylon, and Aden, with visits to many Mediterranean ports on the way home. It lasted from 10 November 1924 to 24 March 1925. For Urban Broughton's observations on the voyage, see his Desultory Notes at Sea, no. 764. The second voyage was made in Inverclyde's steam yacht Beryl, R. Y. S., in the Mediterranean from 13 June to 2August 1929. Many ports were visited and social life was intensive. Sapphire: Twin screws. LOA 251'-4";Beam 35'-5";depth 18'-5"; 1421 tons. Beryl: Single screw. LOA 135'-1";Beam 24'-8";Depth 14'-2".

773 Kearns, Des. World Wanderer; 100,000 miles under sail; "Carronade", "Bluenose","Valrosa", "Monsoon", "Carthaginian", "Ondine." Lon- don; Sydney: Angus and Robertson, 1971.72~~. Crewing experiences on six sailingyachts. When he was 18, Kearns decided to go to sea in yachts, for pay when necessary, instead of living on shore. He sailed from Sydney around Cape Horn to the West Indies in Camonade, left her to join Bluenose, was paid off in Halifax, joined Valrosa in Rangiroa and was wrecked on a reef in the Tuamotus, was hired as skipper to take Monsoon from Tahiti to Hawaii, from there sailed to San Francisco in Carthaginian, and then sailed in Ondine from Corsica to Sydney, via the Cape of Good Hope, for the 1968 Sydney to Hobart race. Ondine left Gibraltar on 2 October and was 1500 miles east of Cape Town when the backstay and lower spreader failed and the mast was lost. She madeSydney under jury rig on 21 December, four days before the race, was fittedwith a new mast which had been flown out, and was first over the finish line at Hobart. Kearns' roving bachelor life ended on Lord Howe Is- 220 Adventurers Afloat

land on 17 January 1969 when he married Susie, whom he had met in Gibral- tar. Carronade: Carmen Class diesel auxiliary sloop, designed in Australia by Wally Ward and Ron Swanson and built in 1964. LOA 30'; LWL %'-P,Beam 9'-3"; Draft 5'; displacement 4.9 tons. B1uenose:Two-masted schooner, replica of the original, built in 1%3. LOA 143'; LWL 112'; Beam 27'; Draft 15'-10";Displacement 285 tons. Carthaginian: A Baltic trading boat, built in 1921, and originally a three- masted schooner, but rerigged as a bark. LOA 135'; LOD 105'; Beam 22'-5"; Draft 9'; 135 tons net. Ondine: Tripp designed racing ketch. LOA 73'; LWL 65'; Beam 16'-5"; Draft 11'; Displacement 59 tons. Monsoon: Schock designed two-masted auxiliary schooner, built in 1924. LOA 60'; LOD 45'; Beam 14'; Draft 6'. Valrosa: Two- masted schooner, built in 1901. LOA 99'; Beam 18'; Draft 13'; 110 tons gross.

774 Kilroy, Robin A. Boleh; illustrated throughout by the author's own diagrams, sketches, and photographs. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1951.227~~. The author, a Commander in the Royal Navy who was serving in Sin- gapore,designed Boleh and supervised her building. She was of modified junk design, with a high stern, blunt bow, and lug rig on a quadraped mast. There was a drabbler and bonnet between the mainsail and the boom, each of which was supported by a wishbone boom. He and three other officers, returning to England at the end of their tours of duty, sailed her to Salcombe by way ofsalam- bang, Colombo, Minikoi Atoll, Seychelles, Mauritius, Port Elizabeth, Simonstown, St. Helena, Ascension, and St. Vincent, in the Cape Verdes. Ap- pendix I describes the lessons learned about Boleh's hull and rig. Appendix I1 is a list of dry and fresh provisions for five men for six weeks.

775 Lewis, David. "IceBird." The First Single-Handed Voyage to Antarctica. London: Collins, 1975; New York: Norton, 1976.223~~. An attempt to circumnavigate Antarctica in 1972-73 which nearly succeeded in spite of many hardships and setbacks. Undertaken after separation from his wife. A colorful but somewhat melancholy story.

776 Lewis, David. Voyage to the Ice. 7heAntarctic Erpedition of "Solo."London, etc.: The Australian Broadcasting Commission in association with Collins, 1979. 144pp. The story of a voluntary exploring expedition funded by donations which sailed to the Balleny Islands (Sturge and Sabrina), 60 miles north of the An- tarctic Continent, and to the Continent itself, before returning to Sydney. The islands are usually iced in all year, but luckily a north wind drove the ice pack south and permitted a landing on Sturge, the southernmost island, and then, when the wind changed and the ice began to return, it was possible to make a brief landing on Sabrina Island. With the ice blown away from the continent, the expedition sailed to Cape Adare at the entrance to the Ross Sea and ex- Deep Water Cruises: Other Oceans 221

plored Scott's camp there. It proved to be impossible to return to the Ballenys, but Solo visited the scientific party working on Macquarie Island before returning to Sydney. The voyage lasted eleven weeks. The expedition, with a crew of eight, was able to get mineral and biological samples from the islands and make films. The appendices discuss the samples and describe a fund raising program for a proposed Oceanic Research Foundation and a research ship to be built, the Douglas Mawson. Solo: AuxiliaryBermudan ketch. LOA 17.4metres; Beam4.4 metres; Draft 2.4 metres.

777 Macpherson, Arthur George Holdsworth. Macpherson's Voyages, edited by John Scott Hughes. London: Methuen, 1944. xvi, 197pp. Reissued 1946. Macpherson, the son of a High Court Judge in Calcutta, spent his working life as a businessman in India. He assembled the collection of naval and maritime pictures comprising some 12,000 items which is now, thanks to Sir James Caird's generosity, the Macpherson Collection in the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich. In gratitude, Macpherson named his yachts Driac and Driac 11. In August 1930 Macpherson sailed to the Mediterranean in Driac, cruised there during the winter, returned to England in early July, and cruised to Ireland during the summer. In 1932 Driac I1 was ready for hi.Bill Leng, who was with Macpherson for the rest of his cruising career, was hired at this time as a paid hand but very quickly became a sailing partner and companion. This book is abridged from Macpherson's logs, which appeared in the Royal Cruising Club Journal. The editor has inserted biographical data and connecting passages. TheDriac 11 voyages were: 1932: The Azores. 1933: Around the British Isles, to the Faroes, and then to the Baltic. 1934: To the West Indies. 1935: From the West Indies to the eastern Mediterranean, where the yacht was laid up for the winter while Macpherson went to India to visit his daughter, Alexa, and a grandchild. 1936-1938: Into the Black Sea and then, via Suez, to India, Singapore, the Dutch East Indies, and then, after a summer in England, west to Durban, where Macpherson's chronic phlebitis forced him to give up small boat sailing. Driac 11 was given to Bill Leng, whose account of his voyage back to England is included. Macpherson did go to sea again in a small boat, however. At the outbreak ofworld War11 helied about his age, joined the Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve, and evacuated troops from the beach at Dunkirk. He died in 1942, aged 70.

778 Moitessier, Bernard. Sailing to the Reefs. Translated from the French by Rene Hague, with postscripts by K. Adlard Coles and Michael Richey. London: Hollis and Carter, 1971.295~~. Originally published with the title Un Vagibond &S Mers du Sud. Paris: Flammarion, 1960. On 4 September 1952, while sailing west across the Indian Ocean from the Malucca Straits in Mane Therese, Moitessier was wrecked on Diego Garcia atoll. He was rescued by a British corvette and taken to Mauritius, where he built Man'e Therese II, a replica of his lost boat. In her he sailed to Durban then west to the Caribbean, where he was wrecked again off Trinidad in March, 1958, and lost his boat. He returned to France towrite this book and to have his famous steel ketch Joshua built. 222 Adventurers Afloat

779 Pardey, Lin, and Larry Pardey. "SeraffynS" Oriental Adventure. New YorWLondon: Norton; Toronto: McLeod, 1983.285~~. Another of the Pardeys' interesting and informative books. It briefly describes the building of Serafin and tells how a short voyage to Mexico turned into an eight-year cruise to the Caribbean, Chesapeake Bay, England, Scan- diiavia, and the Mediterranean. In Malta the Pardeys decided to go to Califor- nia by way of the Suez Canal to build a new and larger boat in which to continue cruising. They had a leisurely cruise to Tel Aviv, but from there through the Canal and thd Red Sea the voyage became extremely difficult, dangerous, and un~leasantbecause of the never-ending Middle Eastern wars. From Aden they saGed to Sri Lanka, Malaysia, singapore (where they bought 12 teak logs and had them shipped to Los Angeles for the new boat), Brunei, Manila, Yokohama, and Victoria, B. C. They spent two summers cruising the Gulf Islands of northern Puget Sound and then, late in 1979, went south along the coast to Newport Beach, found a building place, moved ashore, and began the new boat, a 30' cutter. When the book was completed, in June 1982, Serafin had been sold, the new boat, still nameless, was nearly finished, and it was almost time to begin another cruise.

780 Pyle, David. Australia the Hard Way. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1972. 188pp. The story of a voyage from England to Australia in 1%9-70 in an 18' open sail boat, a modified Drascombe Lugger namedHermes (for details on and exploits of this type of boat see nos. 409,409a and 964.) The author and his companion, Dave Derrick, sailed from Chichester Harbour on 27 April, passed through the French waterways to the Mediterranean, trucked the boat to the Tigris, sailed down the Persian Gulf, and, running short of time, shipped the boat to Penang so that the final leg of the voyage could be made during the proper season. They reached Darwin in April, 1970, having successfully completed a very difficult, dangerous, and demanding voyage.

781 Quincey, Colin. Tasman Trespasser. Hodder & Stoughton (N. Z.); Distributed in the United States by International Publications Service, New York, 1977.203~~. On 6 February 1977 the author set out from Hokianga, on the northwest coast of New Zealand, in Tasrnan Trespasser, bound for Australia. He hoped to be the first to row across the Tasman Sea. Sixty-three days later, on 10 April, he made a rough landing through the surf at Marcus Beach, Queensland. This book consists of a nearly verbatim transcript of the log of the voyage together with brief accounts of the author's life before and after and a detailed account of preparations. The author, born in Hull, Yorkshire, had a considerable amount of sea experience beforehand, including service in the Royal Navy as a deck officer, a sailingvoyage with Alan Villiers, and a number of voyages on sail training ships. He studied wind and weather patterns carefully and sailed when he did, in spite of the danger of tropical storms, because only then could he expect favorable winds. The log, which is a very full and vivid account, gives the impression that the voyage consisted of as much bailing and drifting as it did Deep Water Cruises: Other Oceans 223

rowing. Appendices cover voyage statistics, currents, weather, safety equipment and food, and other ocean passages under oars. Tasmm Trespasser: Yorkshire dory, built of wood in New Zealand from plans sent from England. Dimensions (measured from scale drawing): LOA 25'-8"; LWL 21'; Beam 6'-8".

Rallier du Baty, Raymond. Fifteen Thousand Miles in a Ketch. London; New York: Thomas Nelson, 1948. vi, 218pp. In 1907-1909 the author, with a crew of four, took the I. B. Charcot to Ker- guelen to hunt sea elephants. The oil was sold at Melbourne to pay the crew and the shipwas sold to cover other expenses of what was essentially aprivatevoyage of exploration and discovery. Rallier du Baty had been Charcot's first officer on the Pourquoi Pas? Expedition, 1903-1905.

Salisbury, Edward A., and Merian C. Cooper. The Sea Gipsy. New York: Putnam's, 1924.289~~. An account of the final portion of Salisbury's cruise with a crew of 13 in his auxiliary ketch Wisdom (88 tons).The ship cruised through the East Indies and the Solomons and then crossed the Indian Ocean to Africa and the Red Sea, where she was accidentally destroyed by fire while awaiting drydocking. Except for the Red Sea portion, the book is more descriptive of the places visited than of the voyage.

Saunders, Mike. The Wa1kabouts:AFamilyat Sea. New York: Stein and Day, 1975. Futura Publications, 1979.285~~. The author, a South African whose family had moved to Mozambique when he was six, met his wife, Liz, when he was studying engineering at Manchester University. They settled in Rhodesia and had four children by the time Rhodesia's Unilateral Declaration of Independence (U. D. I.) and the deteriorating political situation there caused them to decide to return to England. Emigrants could take very little money out of the country. They could, however, invest their capital in a vehicle and sell it on the outside. Cross-country travel with a caravan was impossible. The solution: buy a seagoing sail boat (not easy to do in a land-locked country) and sail her to England, learning how to sail on the way around the Cape of Good Hope. This is the story of how they bought the nearly derelict Walkabout, then moored off the tiny island of Mar- tholomew Diaz in Mozambique, fitted her out, selling their house and posses- sions to pay for her and her equipment in Rhodesia, and sailed her to Falmouth in 18 months by way of Durban, East London, Port Elizabeth, Cape Town, St. Helena, Rio de Janeiro, Recife, Barbados, Martinique, Dominica, St. Bar- thelemy, St. Thomas, and Horta, in the Azores. By the time they reached England, the family had decided to go on cruising. Walkabout: Sister ship of W. A. Robinson7sSvaap,designed by John Alden, built in Australia of jarrah wood. Gagg-rigged on the main, Bermudan on the mizzen. LOA 33'-2"; LWL W,Beam 9'-6"; draft S-10"; 11.98 net tons. Tender: home-built Optimist dinghy named Crawlabout.

Severin, Tim. The Sinbad Voyage. New York: Putnam, 1983.240~~. 224 Adventurers Afloat

In 1980 the author persuaded the Sultan of Oman to finance the building of a replica of an early Arabian ship, tobe named Sohm after Sinbad's supposed birthplace, and a voyage which would replicate that of Sinbad, as described in the Arabian Nights. Sohm sailed from Muscat on 23 November 1980, crossed the Arabian Sea to Calicut, called at Galle in Sri Lanka, Sabang in Sumatra, Sin- gapore, and Hong Kong before arriving on 11 July 1981 for an official reception at Canton.

786 Temple, Philip. l%e Sea and the Snow: me South Indian Ocean Ekpedition to Heard Island Melbourne: Cassell Australia, 1966. 188pp. Major Warwick Deacock, who left the Australian army in 1959 after fighting in Malaysia because he felt there were better things to do than killing other people, and who became the first Warden of the Australian Outward Bound School, wished to take a second expedition to Heard Island, in the southern In- dian Ocean, in order to make the first climb of Big Ben. He had had appendicitis on his first visit to the island, and had nearly died before he could be brought back to Australia, 2,200 miles away. He raised the necessary funds, persuaded Major H. W. Tilman to command the expedition's chartered schooner Patanelu, recruited a party of eight climbers and specialists (including the author), overcame governmental obstruction, and sailed from Sydney on 5 November 1964. The voyage and the climb were difficult and, at times, dangerous, but successful. A well-told story of adventure. Patanela: Gaff-rigged welded steel schooner, 11 years old at the time of the voyage, but previously used under power as a work boat and fust rigged for sailing for the voyage. LOA 63'; Beam 16'; Draft 8'-6".

787 Tey, Jose Maria. Hong Kong to Barcelona in the Junk "Rubia"English translation by Ardish & Ley. London: Harrap, 1962.186~~. A voyage by way of South Viet Nam, Singapore, Penang, the Andaman Is- lands, Madras, Ceylon, Goa, Bombay, Socotra, Aden, Djbouti, Massawa, Suakim, the Suez Canal, and various Greek and Italian ports, 17 January to 9 September 1959. Crudely written, with structural and linguistic problems, but worth reading for its content. Rubia: Auxiliary three-masted junk, built to order in Hong Kong. LOA 60'.

788 Tilman, Harold William. "Mischief' Among the Penguins. London: Hart-Davis, 1961. 192pp. A voyage from Lymington to Kerguelen Island via Lisbon, Las Palmas, and Cape Town, and return, 30 July 1959 to 30 June 1960. Tilman and his party climbed mountains in South Africa and did extensive climbing and exploring in Kerguelen Island. Solid and worth reading, as are all of Tilman's books. For details of Mischief see his Ice with Everything, no. 604.

789 Tilman, Harold William. Mostly "Mischief':Voyages to the Arctic and to the Antarctic. Lon- don; Sydney: Hollis & Carter, 1966. 191pp. Deep Water Cruises: Other Oceans 225

The stories of three voyages from Lymington to the Arctic in Miscl~iefin the summers of 1963,1964,and 1965, and of a voyage from Sydney to Heard Is- land inPatanela in the winter of 1964165. In 1963, Mischief sailed to the north coast of Bylot Island, off the north-east corner of Baffm Island, by way of Gothaab. Tilman and a companion crossed the island fromnorth to south before sailing home. In 1964, Mischief sailed to the east coast of Greenland via the Irish Sea, the Minches, the Faeroes, and Reykjavik. She made the port of Angmagssalik after great difficultieswith the pack ice and escaped to the southward after even greater difficulties. She returned home by way of Rockall. In 1965 she sailed again to the east coast of Greenland, this time visiting Heimaey in the Vestmann Islands on the way, and made Angmagssalik easily. She cruised southward to Skjoldungen, a settlement which was about to be abandoned, and returned home. Climbing was limited on both Greenland voyages. In the winter of 1964165, Tilman agreed to command the schooner PatuneIa for the Warwick Deacock expedition to Heard Island to climb the hitherto unclimbed Big Ben. He took the ship to Kerguelen Island while the shore party made the climb. The expedition was a success.

Tilman, Harold William. "Mischief' Goes South. London; Sydney: Hollis & Carter, 1968. 19%~. The story of two voyages in Mischief from Lymington to southern waters. In 1966 she sailed for the South Shetland Islands by way of the Canaries, the Cape Verdes, Montevideo, and Punta Arenas. The objective: to climb the unclimbed peaks of Smith Island. Misfortune struck early and continuously. The mate disappeared during a night watch between the Canaries and Montevideo. Continuing dissention among the crew caused Timan to turn back after reaching Deception Island. He finally completed his pleasureless 21,000-mile voyage with great difficulty and a scratch crew. In June, 1957, Mischief sailed for the Crozets and Kerguelen. Off the south-east coast of Africa a heavy sea carried away the dinghy. No island landings could be made without it. Tilman had to content himself with a counterclockwise circumnavigation of Africa, during which he visited the small islands off the east coast and was robbed by officials during his transit of Suez. On this voyage he sailed 22,000 miles in 13 months. These stories of misadventure are told with apt literary allusions and with a lively wit.

Tiira, Ensio. Raft of Despair. London: Hutchinson, 1954.20%~. The escape of two French Foreign Legionaires from a troopship in the Malacca Straits. After a 700-mile voyage on the Indian Ocean they were rescued by a British freighter. COASTAL CRUISES: BRITISH ISLES

792 Andrews, Jim. Twelve Ships A-Sailing: Thirty-five Years of Home- Water Cruising. Newton Abbot: David & Charles, 1986.232~~. Cruising and sailing in 12 boats: Oread (28' gaff-rigged cutter, built in 1898) from Belfast Lough to the Firth of Clyde; Sea Cat (15' Wildcat racing dinghy, converted to cruiser), on the Orwell and the Blackwater; the 84' Thames sailing barge Centaur on a commercial voyage to the east coast and the Thames Es- tuary; Meny Maid (34' Bermudan sloop, built in 1906); building the Griffiths-designed Ocean Dove (28' gaff-rigged cutter, converted to a Ber- mudan ketch) and cruising in her in the Clyde and Western Islands; Maid of York (32' Bermudan sloop) off the west coast of Ireland; the catamarans Twin- tail (a Prout-designed 27' Ranger sloop, acquired after trying out the class in the sister shipParadis), Aku-Aku (29' Catalac sloop), first used for cruising, and then for chartering, and then Aku Mor, a twin inboard auxiliary sister ship of Aku-Aku; Sudvic (34' Colin Archer gaff-rigged ketch, built ca. 1890 and in very bad shape) on the Norwegian coast; and Farthing (19' Bermudan sloop-rigged offshore motor sailer).

793 Batstone, Tim. Round Britain Win&urjing: 1,800 Miles on a 12ft. Board. Photog- raphy by Chris Darwin. Newton Abbot: David & Charles, 1985. 224pp. The author decided to circumnavigate England on a windsurfer while still a student. When he left Oxford he began training, found a sponsor, Champagne Charles Heidseick, organized a nine-person support team, which included his girl friend, Alice Lumsden, chartered the 46' ketch Momi~tgtowrtand borrowed a Royal National Lifeboat Association inflatable as support vessels, procured a variety of custom and standard boards and rigs, and set off from Southend- on-Sea on 2 May 1984. He returned on schedule, at 1121 on 10 July, to meet waiting media persons He had sailed for 54 days on six different boards, 65% of the time on a custom board of unusually large size, called, appropriately, the Log. He had made over a hundred rig changes and had fallen off the board nearly 200 times. Pentland Firth and the various tide races along the way were dangerous obstacles, and much of the rest of the voyage was difficult and wearing, but, ironically, he was never in as much danger on the actual voyage as he had been on a preparatory cruise in the Scillies. It seems unlikely that this feat will be repeated in the near future. Coastal Cruises: British Isles 227

794 Belloc, Hilaire. The Cruise of the "Nona"London: Constable, 1925. xiv, 329pp. Reissued with an author's dedication to Maurice Baring and a new introduction by Lord Stanley of Alderley. London: Con- stable, 1955. dii,347pp.; Westminster, Maryland: Newman Press, 1956. 347pp.; Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1958. 249pp. (Penguin Books, no. 1327). The story of a cruise, synthesized from many which the author had made, from Holy Head to the Wash, which serves as a vehicle for his thoughts and reflections on life, religion, politics, and society. Belloc is a greatly gifted but wildly prejudiced and ill-disciplined writer whose format, enemies, and ideas are now quite out of date. One wishes that this might have been two books, both of which would have been improved by the bifurcation. Nonu, a cutter, is not described, a curious omission for a sailor, even in an impressionistic work where material objects and events are kept vague so as not to interfere with the flow of ideas.

Belloc, Hilaire. The Hills and the Sea. London: Methuen, 1906.272~~. Contains the following five pieces which have some cruising content: "The North Sea" describes a cruise in bad weather in an old, leaky, cranky boat from Lowestoft south and into the river Ore. 'The Slant off the Land" depicts a voyage down Channel toward the Isle of Wight. "The Channel" tells of a voyage from the South Goodwin to Calais. 'The Return to England'' narrates a rather stormy voyage back from Calais. "The Harbour in the North" is a mystical description of thesailingof a Cornishman from a westernScottish harbour north for the shores of paradise.

Belloc, Hilaire. On Sailing the Seas; a Collection of Seagoing Writings of Hilaire Belloc, made by W.N. Roughead. London: Hart-Davis, 1951. 269pp. (Mariners Library, no. 18). An attempt to bring Belloc's cruising pieces together and to wring out as much extraneous matter as possible. Belloc is so filled with religious, social, and political noises that whatever other topics he tries to deal with are drowned out. Even a good editor cannot cure the problem. All of Belloc's writings are worth reading for their style and wit and are, no doubt, thoroughly gratifying to those who share his era and beliefs. But, with all his talent, or even genius, he should have written the world's best book about his great love, sailing.

Bennett, AS. 'Yune"of Rochester, Topsail Barge: An Account of Converting a, Trading Barge to a Liveable Yacht, with experiences afloat. Cheaper edition. London: hold, 1949.256~~. Bennett and his fiancee, Dorothy, decided to live afloat in a boat with enough space tobe acomfortable home. They had littlemoney. They foundJune through a broker. She was ideal for their purposes. She was cheap (because sailing barges were becoming obsolete as commercial vessels), big, but not too big (LOA 72'; beam IS),and had a steel keelson, which did not intrude into poten- 228 Adventurers Afloat

tial living space as the traditional wooden ones did. They contracted with a yard for her conversion, met with the usual delays, and had delivery with only a few days to spare before their marriage. Bennett got a friend, Captain Webb, known as the Skipper, to teach him about barge rigs and their management. The Ben- netts mastered barge sailing with the help of many willing tutors, cruised the Thames Estuary and the east coast, found winter moorings near London (once in front of the Tate Gallery), and became acquainted with many bargemen, and were accepted into their fraternity.The book is filled with stories about many barges, including that of June's happy days. 798 [Blyth, l. The Cruise of the "Wyvem,"by Yarnspinner. Collingridge, 1902. ~OPP. From Tilbury to Parkeston on the River Stour via the Crouch and Black- water Rivers on a steam yacht. The yachtsmen were Mr. Gooday (the Presi- dent); Mr. J. Wilson (the Purser); Mr. Brown (Madder); and Mr. Blyth (Merry, also Yarnspinner).

799 Bowles, Thomas Gibson. Flotsam and Jetsam. A Yachtsman's Experiences at Sea and Ashore. London: W.H. Allen, 1882.iv, 400pp. Cruises on the coasts of England and Ireland in 1874, 1875, and 1881. To the Mediterranean in 1882. A sloppy, discursive book written by a bitter, snob- bish, woman-hating person who wished to write about his prejudices and hatreds rather than his cruises.

800 Buchanan, Robert Williams. The Land of lome, including the Cruise of the "Tem"to the Outer Hebrides. London: Chapman and Hall, 1871.2 vols. New York: F.B. Felt & Co., 1871.384~~. Reissued with the title The Hebrid Isles; Wanderings in the Land of Lorne and the Outer Hebrides. New edition. London: Chatto and Windus, 1883. xi, 328pp. Exploring the Futh of Lorne in Ocean Queen, which Buchannan claims to have been the crankiest boat ever built (he nicknamed her nte Coffin), and sailing through the southern Hebrides in Tern, wintering at Oban. Ocean Queen: LOA W, 9 tons. Tern: 7 tons.

801 Carslaw, Robert Buchannan. Leaves from "Rowan's"Log; Cruises on the West Coast of Scotland London: Ross, 1945.181~~. A very beautiful and engaging account by a physician of family cruising, 1927 to 1939. Contents: Part 1: "The Leaves are Green. 1927 to 1929 in Rowan I, a Centre-Board Sloop." Part 2: "In Full Bloom. 1929 to 1934 in Rowan II, a Bermudan Ketch." Part 3: "The Berries are Red. 1935 to 1937 in Rowan III, a Converted Six Metre." Part 4: The Leaves are Turning. 1938 to 1939 in Rowan W,a Loch Fyne boat." Conveys the beauty of living and the gentle pathos of growing old. Coastal Cruises: British Isles 229

Rowan I: LOA 27-6"; LWL 23'-6"; Beam 8'; Draft 3'-9". Rowan 11: LOA 37-6"; LWL 28'; Beam 9'; Draft S-5"; Tonnage (Thames Measurement) 11. Rowan 111: LOA 35'4"; LWL 22'; Beam 6'-9"; Tonnage (Thames Measure- ment) 5. Rowan IV: LOA 29'-6"; LWL 26'; Beam 9'; Draft 4'-9"; Tonnage (Thames Measurement) 8.8.

802 Cattell, Raymond Bernard. Under Sail Through Red Devon, being the Log of the Voyage of the "Sandpiper."London: Maclehose, 1937. xiv, 366pp. Descriptions of four voyages made between 1931 and 1935, on the south coast and rivers of Devon with Fist Mate Monica, Second Mate Jean, and various crew members, together with descriptions of hiking and of living on an isolated sand spit near Exmouth with Monica. Relationships with people are obscure.

803 Chatterton, E. Keble. Down Channel in "Vivette."With a frontispiece and fifty illustrations by Norman S. Carr. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1910. 218pp. A voyage made in bits on the week ends and short vacations of two summers, 1908 and 1909, from the River Crouch to Fowey and back to the Hamble River, with Norman S. Carr as crew. An interesting account of an imaginative- ly prolonged cruise made by two busy men with only one untoward incident. Off Dartmouth several fishermen mistook Mvette for a boat hired by the local game inspector to catch them while fishing in forbidden waters They attempted to ram and sink the yacht, but were evaded.

804 Clark, Wallace. Sailing Round Ireland. London: Batsford; Distributed in the United States by Hippocrine Books, New York, 1976. 176pp. Nine hundred miles, an idealvoyage, the author says, for a three-week vacation. Made counterclockwise from Wild Goose's home port, Portrush, on the north coast, by the author, his wife, June, and his brother Henry. Has graphic descriptions of the wilder parts of the coastline and of the people living there, many of whom he knew, as well as a great deal of history and folklore. The east coast, being a tame and well-known area, gets brief treatment. Appendix: The way to sail round Ireland. The yacht's name is reminiscent of the name given to the Irish chiefs who fled to Europe after the victory of William 111. Eloquent. Wild Goose: Designed in 1936 by Maurice Griffiths; formerly WildLone II. LOA 33'; 10 tons.

Clarke, Derrick Harry. East Coast Passage: The Voyage of a Thames Sailing Barge. Lon- don: Longrnans, 1971.224~~. In 1957 Clarke sailed the John andMary (115 tons; no engine; built in 1897) from Brig, Lincolnshire, to Mistley, Essex, with his wife Molly and their son Kester as crew. 230 Adventurers Afloat

806 Coles, Adlard. Sailing Days. London: Ross, 1944.144~~. Cruises on the south coast of England from the early 1920s to World War I1 in many boats, some his own and some belonging to friends.

807 Coles, Adlard. More Sailing Days. London: London: Ross, 1947.157~~. Postwar sequel to Sailing Days. Sailing and racing in Zara, a Tumlare class boat, in 1945; building MruyAdan for a sailing in 1946, building Cohoe in 1946 for ocean racing; and a voyage to the Channel Islands in October 1946 in Cohoe with his wife. MayAdan: Bermudan sloop. LOA W, LWL 23'; Beam 8'-1"; Draft 5'-2"; Displacemant 4.5 tons; 7.5 tons Thames measurement. Cohoe: LOA 32'; LWL 25'-4"; Draft 5'-2".

808 Collins, Wilkie. The Cruise of the "Tomtitt"to the Scilly Islanh. Postscript to his book Rambles Beyond Railways ... . London: Bentley, 1851.36~~. Second edition London: Bentley, 1852; London: Westway Books, 1948. An account of a six-day voyage to the Scillies from "Mangertown-on-the- Mud," near Bristol, and of a 43-hour return trip. The crew comprised the three seafaring Dobbs brothers, Dan, Dick, and Bob. Collins had one companion. Tomtitt: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 36'; beam 10'.

809 Condy, Mrs. N. M. Reminiscences of a Yachting Cruise, illustrated by four lithographic drawings by T. G. Dutton, esq., from sketches by the late N. M. Condy, esq., with a portrait of that gentleman, from a painting by his father. London: Ackerman & Co., 1852.47~~. A one-week cruise, taken long before, beginning with Cowes Week and its festivities and ending with a cruise to Plymouth via Weymouth and Torbay. Nicholas Matthews Condy and his wife were guests of Mr. Matsell on his yacht Anona, R. Y. S. Mr. Matsell lied to regulate his ship as though it were a unit of the Royal Navy, which led to some humorous occurrences.

810 Cooke, Francis B. In Tidal Waters, with illustrations by C. Fleming Williams. Lon- don: Chapman and Hall, 1919. ix, 241pp. Humorous accounts of many voyages in many boats, mostly among the sand banks of the mouth of the Thames, in the 1890s and early 1900s. Many of the accounts first appeared in yachting periodicals. In some cases the names of persons and places have been changed to protect the guilty and the foolish.

811 Davison, Ann. Lat Voyage; an Autobiographical Account of All that Led Up to an Illicit Voyage and the Outcome Thereof. London: Peter Davies, 1951.247~~. Coastal Cruises: British Isles 231

The American edition, has decorations by John O'Hara Cosgrave 11. New York: Sloane, 1952. 310pp. Reissued London: Heinemann, 1953. 238pp.; London: Davies, 1956; London: Pan Books, 1956. After su~vinga series of economic disasters, Frank and Ann Davison purchased the elderly ketch Reliance in 1947 and attempted to refit her for cruising. They ran out of money and, with the ship about to be seized, slipped away in an attempt to reach Cuba. Off Portland Bill the engine failed and the boat went ashore. The pair was carried into the Race on a Carley float. Frank died of exposure, but Ann was able to get ashore and climb a cliff to safety. For her later cruises see nos. 514 and 1324. Reliance: LOA 70'; Beam 18'-1"; Draft 9'-6".

Day, James Wentworth. Coastal Adventure: A Book about Marshes and the Sea, Shooting and Fishing, Wildfowl and Waders, and Men who Sail in Small Boats. London: Harrap, 1949.256~~. A very descriptive account of a voyage along the Essex coast from Muck- ing, on the Thames, to the Blackwater. Bargoose explored the Crouch and the Blackwater, the waterways among the coastal islands (Foulness, Havengore, New England, Potton, Walsea, etc.), and the coast of the Ray Sand and the Den- gie Flat. Bargoose: The barge yacht. Gaff-rigged, flat-bottomed, with leeboards.

Delmar-Morgan, Edward Locker. I Bought a Prawning Boat. London: Barker, 1954.146~~. The story of the purchase, refitting, and sailing, in English waters, of Laura, a Morcambe Bay prawning boat, 1951 to 1953. Chapter 11, "A Full Gale in the Channel," is by Sheila Goldsmith. A note on the verso of the title page says: "Many of the characters in this book are living to my certain knowledge, but they have been given other names and I hope they are adequately disguised. If they should recognize themselves, I hope they will bear me no grudge. Other characters are entirely fictitious. Exceptions to this are my own family and Sheila Goldsmith, who are given their real names." A composite book, readable but mysterious. Laura (the real name?) was Bermudan rigged and about 35' LOA.

de Selincourt, Aubrey. A Capful of Wind London: Methuen, 1948.136~~. Cruising on the south coast of England, especially in the Solent and around the Isle of Wight, from before World War I until after World War 11, in Tessa, a five-ton cutter, and Sybil, a 40' gaff-rigged yawl.

Dunnett, Alastair MacTavish. Quest by Canoe, Glasgow to Skye. London: Bell, 1950. vii, 183pp. During the mid-1930s, when they were very young men and ardent Scottish patriots, the author and his friend Suemas (James S.) Adam started Claymore, a weekly adventure magazine for boys featuring Scottish history and culture. It failed during its first summer, when its readers stopped reading and went on holiday outdoors. The pair decided to make a voyage in two Lochabar canoes 232 Adventurers Afloat

(kayaks), designed and built by John Marshall, one of their advertisers. The canoes, a product of Scottish inventiveness, were made in three pieces, with pointed bow and stern sections fastened to the cockpit section with wire loops tightened by turnbuckles. They were 13'-6" long, with a beam of 32", and a depth of 12".They weighed 80 Ibs. empty. The young men hoped to popularize them and to make living expenses and money to pay their debts by writing newspaper articles about their expedition, which was planned to take them from the Firth of Clyde northward through the Western Islands of Scotland to Stornoway. After a very difficult but interesting voyage, during which they visited relatives, made many new friends, and collected fascinating stories about the Highlands and Islands, they brought their canoes home by steamer from Skye because it was too late in the season to attempt the crossing of the Outer Minch. The following summer, Suemas Adam did cross by canoe to Stornoway. A beautifully written and evocative story of a fascinating area and a culture which seemed to be nearing extinction.

816 Duxbury, Ken. "Lugworn"Island Hopping, with drawings, maps and photographs by the author. London: Pelham Books, 1976. 134pp. After he and his wife had spent a year in Greek waters in Lugworm, and then sailed her home to Rock, on the northern Cornish coast (see nos. %4 and 996), Duxbury decided to take her to the Scilly Islands for a summer's cruise. He had miserable weather until his wife, B., joined him in his exploration of the Islands. Subsequently, he borrowed a house on the uninhabited island of Ensay, in the outer Hebrides, and spent a summer there exploring the area in Lugworm. Again, B. joined him for part of the time. For both voyages he built light-weight, cloth-covered tenders for Lugworm. They were nunled Ben Gunn (in the Scil- lies) and Obbe-Wobble(at Ensay).The book is descriptive, historical, introspective, autobiographical, and very readable.

817 Elwood, Rosalind. Botter Living: Life on a Dutch Sailing Botter. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1966.26~~. When Roy and Rosalind Elwood moved from Birmingham to Essex, they looked for aThames barge on which they could live, if one could be found within their price range. Someone suggested a Dutch fishing botter as an alternative. After a search, they found a suitable boat at Hartewijk on the Zuyder Zee, bought and converted her, named her Windl~averand lived on board and sailed in her for five years. During this time two children were born, their son Roderick on board, and his elder sister Caroline in hospital. At the close of the narrative, in 1963, the adjustment to Caroline's going to school is just beginning.

818 Featherstone, R A Rutland Yachtsman Round Britain in "Cygnet of Moume." Spiegel Press, 1981.32~~. An interestingly-written log of the cruise.

819 Feehan, John M. ReWind that Round the Fastnet Sweeps. Cork, Ireland: Mercier Press, 1978. 155pp. Coastal Cruises: British Isles 233

The author, in his seventies, and after the death of his wife and years of tw- moil and pain, undertook a coasting voyage alone in his sloop Dualla to find peace and healing. This volume describes the fust leg of that voyage, from Cork to Crookhaven, begun in fear and depression which were soon replaced by joy at sailig a familiar and beloved coast in a good breeze. Contains poetically beautiful descriptions of the coast and its historic places and long digressions relating to these places and ranging from his hatred of England, the Ascenden- cy, Churchill, Roosevelt, and all their works, to stories of O'Donovan Rossa, the gentlemanly rebel, WiamThompson (b. 1775). the Irish communist and men- tor of ~arl~arx, and Michael coilins. His daughter, Mary, joined him for a sail during hi week at Baltimore. where he recalled the career of Kay Summersby, who &as born on an island in the harbour, and bought a dog, M& for company on the rest of the voyage. The sea cure was beginning to work. Dualla: Bermudan sloop. LOA 31'; Beam 8'; Draft S-6".

820 Feehan, John M. The Magic of the Kerry Coast. Cork, Ireland: Mercier Press, 1979. 122pp. The story of the second leg of the healing voyage, from Crookhaven to Great Blasket, told in the same engaging and discursive way as that of the first leg, and endii with notice of fair weather for sailing on the next day, which gives the reader the cause to hope for another volume. This book, however, is permeated with anti-British feeling. At Derrynane, home of the O'Connells, he converses with the ghost of Daniel O'Connell, who explains his failure as being a result of trusting the British ruling classes, who really wished to exterminate the Irish, depending on non-violent means to win home rule, and failure to support the Irish language. In Ballyskelligs he finds an Ulster yacht and has a frank discussion of the Northern Ireland problem with her crew. He explains the potato blight and the ensuing famine in terms of British plans for the Irish, and so forth. However, he writes so well that even his enemies will enjoy hi work.

821 Ferrero, Franco, and Derek Hairon. Jersey Canoe Club Circumnavigation of Ireland, 1978. Jersey: n.p., n.d. 60pp. (Mimeographed). See also Mark Harrison's Circumnavigationof Ireland, no. 833.

822 Ferris, Richard. The Most Dangerous and Memorable Adventure of Richard Fer- k...who departed from Tower Wharje on Midsommer Day last past, with Andrew Hill and William Thomas, who undertooke in a small wherry boat, to rowe by sea to the citie of Bktowe, and are now safely returned.. .London: Printed for John Wolfe for Edward White..., 1590. At the end of the text is "A New Sonnet made upon the Arrival ...," and signed James Sargent. 3pp. STC (Pollard and Redgrave) no. 10834. Microfilm edition University Microfilms no. 13773 in the Early English Books (Pol- lard and Redgrave) series, reel 226. Reprinted in Collier, J.P. ZZ- lustrationsof Early Englkh Popular Literature. 1865. vol. 11. and in 234 Adventurers Afloat

Arber, Edward. An Englkh Gamer... . 1887 edition, vol. VI; 1906 edition vol. IX. Ferris, aminor court official, sailedwith a crew of two to Bristol fromTower Wharf in a new green wherry on 24 June 1590. The voyagers took leave of the Court at Greenwich, and continued by oar and sail via Gravesend, Margate, Dover, Newhaven (Sussex), Portsmouth, Sandwich (Swanage, Dorset), Ab- botsbury, Lyme, Seaton, Teignmouth, Dartmouth, Salcornbe, Plymouth, Low (Looe), St. Mawes, Mounts Bay (Penzance), St. Ives, Godrevy, Padstow, Bottrick's Castle (in the Hartland Race), Clovelly, Ilfracombe, Mynett (Minehead), and High Cliffs. They weathered a storm behind the Isle of Wight, traversed the St. Albans and Portland Races, met a pirate off Land's End, were entertained in many places, and especially well at Bottrick's Castle, where they were the guests of Master Hynder for 17 days. After a great celebration at Bris- tol, they returned to London on 8 August.

823 Fomell, William. A Thousand Miles' Cruke in the "Silver Cloud:"from Dundee to France and Back in a Small Boat. Glasgow: Blackie & Son, 1878. viii, 215pp. Second edition Glasgow, etc.: Blackie & Son, 1879. vx, 121pp. The author, a Scottish clergyman, and his fourteen-year-old son, made the voyage from Scotland to Calais and back. Forwell notes great deprivation during the voyage: for ten weeks they went without oatmeal. An excellent account by an excellent seaman and human being.

824 Gerard, Peter. WhoHath Desired the Sea. By Peter Gerard (Mrs. Charles Pears). London: Barker, 1962.236~~. The author was, for four years prior to 1933, Mrs. Maurice Griffiths. The story of many years of cruising, mostly in British waters, and of a very happy second marriage to Charles Pears.

825 The Governor (pseud). A Yachtsman's Holidays; or, Cruking in the West Highlands. Lon- don: Pickering, 1879. viii, 151pp. Lively and descriptive accounts of the following four voyages: In the five- ton cutterIlma from the Firth of Clyde along the west coast of Scotland; in the 34' schooner Concordia in the Firth of Clyde, Loch Ranza, and Kilbrannon Sound with a paid skipper; in the schooner Princess from the Firth of Clyde to the Western Isles, with a paid skipper; and in the twenty-ton cutter Mermaid from the Firth of Clyde to the Scottish Islands and the Crinan Canal with a skipper, a cook, and a general utility hand.

826 Griffiths, Maurice. The Magic of the Swatchways: Cameos of Cruking in Small Yachts. Illustrated by F.B. Harnack. London: Arnold; New York: Longmans, Green, 1932.235~~. Coastal Cruises: British Isles 235

Many reissues. 7th edition (i.e., reprinting): London: Conway Maritime Press, 1971.235~~. Cruising among the sandbanks in the Thames Estuary during the 1920s and early 1930s. Evocative and very attractive cameos. Griffith's boats during this period were Dabchick: (LOA 17'; Beam 6'; Draft 3'); Wild Lone;A[batross: (LOA 22'; Beam 7;Draft 3'); and Swan: (a leeboard barge yacht LOA 26'-6"; LWL 26'; Beam 7-3").

827 Griffiths, Maurice. Ten Small Yachts--and Others. London: Arnold, 1933.223~~. The author's early sailing years in Idunq a 6-ton cutter, the above yachts, and Storm (LOA 26'; LWL 24'-6"; Beam 9'; Draft 3'-3"). His father's death forced him to sell Storm after one season. Following a period of great poverty, he bought win II (LOA 31'; LWL 23'; Beam 7-3"; Draft 4'-8") and then Nightfall (LOA 31'; LWL 27'; Beam 9'; Draft 3'-3")

828 Griffiths, Maurice. Swatchways and Little Ships. London: Allen and Unwin, 1971. 192pp. Reissued London: Nautical Books, 1987. Further accounts of coastwise cruising and of his editing of YachtingMonth- ly until his retirement.

829 Griffiths, Maurice. The First of the Reminiscences of East Coast Cruising. Lon- don: Conway Maritime Press, 1979.157~~. Accounts of cruises not described in his previous books, beginning with three chapters on his fust cruise (in 1922) on the 17Dabchick, his first cruising boat, from his mooring near Ipswich to the Blackwater and back, and including a cruise from Pi Mill to Margate in Nightfall, also related in three chapters, among others. These accounts contain much material of interest to those con- cernedwith the history of yachting and of yacht design. The final chapter gives Griffiths' mature observations on cruising.

830 Grifiths, Maurice. Round the Cabin Table; or, Yarns of an Old Cruising Man. Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House, 1985. 157pp. Eleven yarns by an expert yarnspinner telling about his races and cruises in the Twenties and Thirties, before British waters became crowded with pleasure craft, and of two cruises in Dutch waterwaysjust after World War 11.

83 1 Gunn, Neil Miller. wina Boat. London: Faber; Toronto: Ryerson, 1938.348~~. Cruises in the Hebrides and on the west coast of Scotland in Thistle. The author finally gave up his job, sold his house, and he and his wife moved on board. Thistle: Auxiliary. LOA 27'; Beam 7';Draft 3'. 236 Adventurers Afloat

832 Hanson, Herbert James. Offthe Irish Coast: "Zanthe111," 1933. Cambridge: Fabb & Tyler, 1933.48~~. Log of a voyage from Falmouth round Ireland clockwise and back to Fal- mouth, with a chart and information designed to be helpful to others cruising in the area. Also published in 1950 as a chapter in hi "Ianthe" Cruises... (no. 911.)

833 Harrison, Mark. Circumnavigation of Ireland by WakErpedition, 1978. Durham: College of St. His1 and St. Bede, n. d. 42pp. See alsoJemey Canoe CIub Circumnavigation of Irelan4 by Franco Ferrero and Derek Hairon. no. 821.

834 Hartley, L. Conrad. Wind-Seekersin the Hebridean Seas; being the Story of a Yachting Holiday with Many a Side-Glance at Man and Hh Attitudes. Manchester: J. E. Cornish, 1906.285~~. A silly as well as very Victorian account of a luxury cruise by an extremely fanciful and incurably lubberly writer. The stage names for the yachting party are the Young Woman (probably the author's wife), The Master (owner of the yacht and close friend of the author), the Mistress (wife of the Master), Om- nividia, and the Lady (two females). The yacht had a captain and two crewmen. She sailed from Oban and visited Tobermory, Canna, Lochs Scavaig, Coruisk, Nevis, Morar, Hourne, and Alsh, Portree, and Gairloch. The descriptive passages omit the yacht, its crew, the afterguard, and most of the real incidents of the voyage.

835 Hawey, J. R, Capt., R N. (Ret.). Sailing Orders: Practical Instruction to the Yachtsman Zllustrated by the Author's Cruhes on the West Coast of Scotland London: Maclehose, 1935.144~~. Cheaper edition London: Witherby, 1937. Journals of six summer cruises made by a retired Royal Navy captain in his sailing yacht Wdgeon between 1930 and 1934. In the summer of 1930 he bought Widgeon in Wales and sailed her from Bangor to her permanent base in Oban, calling at Islay, where his family had property, along the way. In the succeeding years he revisited Islay and visited Appin, Loch Linnhe, Loch Aber, the Sounds of Mull, Sleat, and Raasay, Loch Fyne, the Clyde, Crinan, Gigha Sound, and West Loch Tarbert. Various of his four children, two sons and two daughters, accompanied him from time to time. Thejournals areinterspersedwith sections on yachts, navigation, maintenance, chart making, etc. Much of the didactic material is out of date.

836 Heckstall-Smith, Smitheyt. Isle, Ben and Loch: From the Clyde to Skye. hndon: E. Amold; New York: Longmans, 1932.248~~. Coastal Crukes: British Isles 237

A discursive description, salty in tone, of a three-phase luxury cruise, first from Plymouth to the Clyde and the western islands of Scotland, then northward among the islands, and, finally, from Crinan to Dartmouth. The yacht had a captain, crew, steward, and afterguard of four, including the author. Some parts of the text appeared as yarns told by Maris in Yachting World.

837 Hellings, Dorothy. Close Quarters. Illustrated by Peter Fraser. London: Ross, 1947. 77~~. Family cruising in the Solent after World War I1 in Zara. Zara: Tumlare class sloop, bought from Adlard Coles. LOA 27-8"; LWL 22'-2"; Beam 6'-3"; Draft 4'-2"; Displacement 1.77 tons; Sail area 215.5 sq. ft.

838 Henderson, John Lewis. Kayak to Cape Wrath. Glasgow: Maclellan, 1951.230~~. Accounts of four kayakvoyages in the waters off the west coast of Scotland, the last three of which were progressive stages of a voyage to Cape Wrath. The author made all four voyages in his canoe Vagabond. He was accompanied on the first voyage, from Fort William to Iona, by Eric in his Barracuda. On the second voyage, from Loch Ailort to Skye, he was accompanied by Eric and by Ian and Norman in the double canoe Kee Waydn. Ian made the third voyage with him from the Kyle of Lochalsh to Ullapool, and Eric the fourth, during which the canoists reached Cape Wrath during a short spell of good weather and then turned back to Loch Laxford, from which they proceeded to Lavig by loch, river, and portage. The voyages were made difficult and dangerous by frequent and severe storms and by tide rips and overfalls. Frequently it was necessary to portage around a headland because of the weather and water conditions. Gives an excellent description of the voyage, the country, the people, and their history and sufferings. The canoes were canvas-covered, wooden-framed, collapsable kayak-like boats. Approximate dimensions of the singles: LOA 14-6";beam 26; weight 40 Ibs.; Of the double: LOA 17'-6"; Beam 30"; weight 60 Ibs.

839 Hennessy, Richard. Leaves from the Log of the "Mona"and Amateur Cooking Afloat Made Easy, by Captain Richard Hennessy. London: C. W. Daniel Co. Ltd., 1936.96~~. The author bought Mona, a gaff-rigged bawley-type cutter, at Henley-on- Thames in 1905. This is the story of her sail to Rye for laying up (told by Ash- ton, the elder brother-in-law of the owner, and graduate of H. M. S Worcester, who took her there), and of her first season of cruisingwith Ashton and Jimmy (the younger brother-in-law) as crew for part of the time together with a paid crew, Hutch and Buggins. After several week end and holiday voyages fdled with appropriate adventures, they reached Poole and finally Hamble for laying up. The cooking section has fascinating menus and recipes, containing very en- ticing, very English, and very unhealthy dishes.

Hinton, Norman. Sailing with Esau; illustrated by Proudfoot. Edinburgh: Black- wood, 1969. (S), 208pp. 238 Adventurers Afloat

Well-written and truly humorous sketches of cruises in many yachts made by the author, medically retired from the Royal Navy after World War 1, and his friend "Esau," who reached the rank of vice admiral before retiring. The first cruise, in a Tumlare from Woodbridge to Ipswich, almost ended in asphyxia- tion from the cabin stove. The boat was stolen and wrecked. The pair built a comedy steamboat for a village fete named the Smuel Clernents. She had a short and humorously disasterous career on a lake. Later cruises were made (and filled with humorous incidents) on the coasts of England, Wales, Scotland, Ireland, France, Belgium and Holland in the author's Circe. The book contains an interesting account of the legendary Welsh drowned land of Cantre Gwaelod, over which the yacht sailed on the way from Cardigan Bay to Caer- narvon. Circe: Yawl. LOA 32'; Beam 9'-6".

841 Holding, T. H. The Cruise of the "Osprey:" Canoe and Camp Life in Scotland. Newcastle-upon-Tyne: Bell, 1878.61~~.

842 Holding, T. H. Watery Wanderings mid Western Lochs: A Practical Canoe Cruise. London: Marlborough, 1886.144~~.

843 Ionides, Cyril, and J. B. Atkins. Floating Home. Illustrations by Arnold Bennett. London: Chatto and Windus, 1918.199~~. Mr. and Mrs. Ionides bought the Thames barge WillArding before World War I, refitted it as a floating home for themselves and their children, renamed it Ark Royal, and lived and sailed on the Essex coast. They thus solved the problem of poverty (i.e., of sending their sons to a public school on an insufficient income) by avoiding rents and rates. They found an ideal mooring, which the author calls Happy Haven, and of which he says, " wild tugs with steel haw- sers will not drag the name from me." Ark Royal: LOA 70'; Beam 17'.

844 Jones, H. Lewis. Swin, Swale and Swatchway; or, Cruises down the Thames) the Medway, and the Essex Rivers, by H. Lewis Jones, assisted by C. B. Lockwood. London: Waterlow and Sons, 1892.203~~.

845 Kempson, Frederick Claude. The "GreenFinch" Cruise. London: Arnold, 1909. vii, 205pp. Discursive and interesting account of a clergyman's three-week cruise on the Solent and Spithead in a chartered 15' yawl.

846 Kempson, Frederick Claude. The Misadventures of a Hack Cruiser. London: hold, 1910. viii, 225p. Coastal Cruises: British Isles 239

From Bembridge to Poole, through the Portland Race, to Lulworth, and return, in Cock-a-Whoop, with his daughter and one paid crew member. Jovial, literary, filled with humorous trials and problems. Cock-a-Whoop: Sloop, built ca. 1890 by Summers and Payne and was one of the best-known "2-112 raters" of her day. Her plans appear in Yachting, by Sir Edward Sullivan and others (The Badminton Library), no. 71, vol. I, p. 234. A "plank on edge" boat. 7 tons Thames measurement.

847 Kerr, James Lennox. Cruising in Scotland; the Log of the "Migrant,"describing how a £35 Cruiser Gave Pleasure to a Distinguished Artist and His Family. With illustrations by S.J. Lamorna Birch. London: Collins, 1938. 224pp. Written eight years after Kerr had ceased to be a merchant seaman to become a writer (for his earlier years, see his autobiography, The Eager Years, no. 206). Hc had lived in a garret in Pimlico, where he did chores to pay for his room, wrote eight hours per day, walked on the Embankment to Battersea Bridge every evening, and received two checks in nine months. Becoming slightly more prosperous, he married, had a son, Adam, and desired a boat. Having no money to buy one, he decided to ask his publisher for a 25 pound advance with which he would buy and convert a lifeboat in which to make cruises which would provide material for a book. He got the money, bought an old29' lifeboat which had been discarded by a steamship line (beam 8'-6"),and, in an empty shipyard in the depression-ridden Clydeside area, converted her to a motor cruiser, powered by an old Morris engine, with auxiliary sail. He was helped (and hindered) by Chippy, who was very good at design work and at scroung- ing cheap or free materials and equipment, but who was totally unreliable in most other ways and got drunk whenever he had the means to do so. Kerr, his wife, his son Adam, and Judy, their fox terrier, cruised for two seasons in the Firth of Clyde and among the Western Isles of Scotland in Migrant with John Birch, the famous artist and illustrator of this book, and his wife, Mouse. Birch and Kerr's wife sketched and painted while Kerr piloted them from one picturesque place to another and laboured to mitigate the effects of the frequent failures of the boat's engine and other equipment. The voyaging ended for a time when Mrs. Kerr was found to have tuberculosis. Fortunately, she was cured, and the family could look forward to more Migrant cruises.

848 Lamsley, Arthur. Sea Lure; with a foreword by Lord Runciman and illustrated by William Fyffe. London: Heath Cranton, 1935. 184pp. The title article (pp. 13-108) tells the story of a cruise in the 15-ton cutter Papoose from Bosham Harbour to the various harbours behind the Isle of Wight and then along the south coast, with many stops, to Penzance and return. Several short pieces complete the volume, including a short story telling of the triumph of a yacht skipper over a nasty new owner and a first-hand account of the dead heat betwen George V in Britannia and T. B. F. Davis in Westward after a stormy race of 50 miles.

849 Ledger, Walter E. The "Blue Bird" in the South. London: Privately printed, 1913. 35~~. 240 Adventurers Afloat

A cruise on the south coast of England. 50 copies were printed. The Cruis- ing Association and the British Library each have one.

850 L'Estrange, Alfred Guy Klingan. Yachting Round the West of England London: Hurst and Black- ett, 1865.313~~. A voyage in the yacht Selene from Ilfracombe on the north coast of Devon to Lundy Island and return, and then, by way of various Cornish ports, to Plymouth. The yachting party left the ship at Ilfracombe and rejoined at Pen- zance. The crew brought her from Plymouth to the Solent. Selene: Gaff-rigged cutter. 40 tons.

851 Long, Aston H. Round the Bill; Small Cruises in Small Craft. Portsmouth, Hants.: Charpentier, 1932.90~~. Short, discursive accounts of sailing along the south coast of England from the Solent to Slapton Sands during the 19U)s in Lapwing (28' X 8'6"X 6'),and her replacements, a new Lapwing (24' X 8' x4'), built in 1923, and WldDuck (18' X 6'-10" X 27, built shortly thereafter. Long's last cruise, to Poole in 1929, was made shortly before the death of his sailing partner. 852 Lynam, Charles C. 7keLogof the "BlueDragon," 1892-1904.Written by various hands and now revised and set forth by C. C. Lynam. London: Sidgwick, 1908. xxi, 304pp. First edition London: A. H. Bullen, 1907.299~~. Records of 24 cruises in English and Scottish waters from the time of Blue Dragon's launching to her sale when Lynam bought a larger boat, the Blue Dragon II. Very readable. BIue Dragon: Centreboard yawl with roller-furling jib and main. LOA 25'; LWL 19'-6";Beam 9'; Draft (plate up) 2'-9'; (plate down) 5'-3"; 7 tons (Lloyd's); 2.5 tons displacement.

853 Lynam, Charles C. The Log of the "Blue Dragon Ir' in Orhney and Shetland, 1909- 1910. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1911. xvi, 176pp. The log, written by several persons, details eventful cruises and describes rarely-visited places. Blue DmgoiI 11: Gaff-rigged yawl, built in Lowestoft in 1882 and bought by Lynam in 1905 to replace BIue Dragon. LOA 43'-3"; Beam 10'-4"; Draft S-11".

854 Maccarthy, Dermod. Sailing with Mr. Belloc. London: Collins Harvill, 1986. 172pp. In 1927Nona sprang a leak off the coast of Normandy and barely made port without sinkiig. She was beyond repair. Belloc, although a famous author, was a poor man, a& could not akord to;eplace her. In 1931~rances~hi~~sdecided to give hian old boat (he would not have wanted a new one) and, with the help of other friends, including Mary and Elizabeth Herbert and Duff Cooper, Coastal Crukes: Britkh Isles 241

bought and refitted a hulk which proved to have been built in 1846 in Jersey as a pilot cutter with the unusual name Yacht. Belloc called herjersey. Belloc's son Peter, the author, and several other young men sewed from time to time as crew for a series of voyages along the south and east coasts of England and to France and the Netherlands. Belloc, who was 61 when Jersey was fitted out, became less and less active. In 1938 and 1939, his young crew sailed without hi.After the war, Jersey wasbought and rebuilt by two young Royal Air Force men. They restored her original name and cruised in her for several years. The sadness of old age and its debilities is vividly described. The author was a medical doctor who died just before hi book was published.

855 MacIver, H. Ian. Amateurs Afloat. London: Hopkinson; Boston: Lauriat, 1927. vii, 222pp. A chatty account of coastwise cruising from the river Mersey along the west coasts of England and Scotland, 1907-1926. Daimla, the author's first boat, bought in 1906, was a motor boat with auxiliary sails. In 1912 he bought Eureka, I& a gaff cutter, and in 1913 Iomhar, a gaff yawl. For postwar cruising Iomhar was converted to a cutter.

856 McLintock, John. West Coast Cruising. London and Glasgow: Blackie, 1938. xiii, 178pp. A highly descriptive account of cruising on the west coast of Scotland. Cruising is the connective tissue of a panoramic and historical account of the places visited. Very readable and informative. Does not contain sailing directions.

857 McMullen, Richard Turrill. Down Channel. With an introduction by Dixon Kemp and a biographical foreword by Arthur Ransome. London: Allen & Unwin, 1931. xxxvi, 418pp This is the most complete edition of McMullen7sclassic book and the basis for later reissues. This constitutes the third edition, being a photographic reproduction of the 1903 third impression of the second edition, 1893, with the foreword by Arthur Ran- some and a plan of the lines of the Orion added. First edition, with the title Down Channel,from London tohnd's End in the "Leo," 3 tons, and from London to the Scilly Islands in the "Orion," 16 tons, R.T.Y.C., with Other Crukes. Illustrations by Barlow Moore. London: Longmans, Green, 1869. X, 77pp.; Revised edition with an introduction by Dixon Kemp. London: Cox, 1893. xvi, 418pp.; Reissued with an introduction by Dixon Kemp and a biographical foreword by Arthur Ransome. London: Hart-Davis; New York: British Book Centre; Toronto: Clarke, Irwin, 1949. (Mariners Library, no. 7). (Reprint of the 1931 edition). There are many other reissues and reprints, including one 242 Adventurers Afloat

in the New Mariners Library by Armchair Sailor Pub., Newport, R. I., 1985.328~~. A pioneering work on Corinthian cruising. McMullen cruised from 1850 to 1857 in Leo, starting on the Thames in 1850, and gradually extending his range toRamsgate in 1851, to Ramsgate and Dover in 1852, from the Thames to Dun- geness in 1853 and 1854, from the Thames to Hastings in 1855, from the Thames to the Isle of Wight in 1856, and from the Thames to Land's End in 1857. In 1858 he had Serius built along the lies of Leo but two feet longer. In her he cruised the Channel and the North Sea annually from 1858 to 1864, making longer voyages in 1861 (to the Scillies) and in 1863 (round Great Britain). His next boat, Orion, was built in 1865. In her he cruised in British and European waters for more than 20 years. Persius, designed for single-handed sailing, was completed in 1891. In June of that year he sailed for France. On the 16th he was found dead in Persius' cockpit still holding her tiller. Leo: Gaff-rigged sloop. LOA 20'; Beam 6'-3"; Draft 4'; 2.75 tons; Sail area 211 sq. ft. Serius: LOA 22'. Orion: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 42'; Beam 10'-5"; Draft 7'; 16.5 tons; Sail area 962 sq. ft. In 1873 she was lengthened by 6' and converted into a yawl. Persius: Flush-decked yawl-rigged lugger. LOA 27'-2"; Beam 7'-4"; Draft 4'6".

858 McMullen, Richard Turrill. "Orion;" or, How I Came to SailAlone in a 19-ton Yacht. London: Wilson, 1878. 192pp. On 13July 1877 McMullen sailed in Oriort from Greenhythe, Kent, for the coast of France with a crew of two paid hands. He was in poor health and needed sea air. The crewmen, who proved to be worthless, were discharged on 1August and sent home. McMullen sailed the yacht home alone. His peppery personality enlivens this account of an early single-handed voyage in a large yacht.

859 McMullen, Richard Turrill. An Experimental Cruise, Single-Handed, in the "Procyon," 7-ton Luger. London: E. Stanford and C. Wilson, 1880.139~~. McMullen's inadvertant single-handed voyage in Orion in 1877 (see next above) aroused his interest in single-handed sailing. This was his second such voyage, this time deliberate. He sailed from the Thames to Dover, Deal, and Ramsgate. Procyort: Yawl-rigged lugger. LOA 21'-6"; Beam 7-9";Draft 3'.

860 Middleton, Empson Edward. The Cruise of the "Kate."London: Longmans, Green, 1870.292~~. Reissued edited and with an introduction by Arthur Ransome. London: Hart-Davis, 1953. xxi, 165pp. (Mariners Library, no. 23); London: Hamilton, 1956. 192pp. (Panther Books, no. 600); Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House, 1985. 163pp.; London: Granada, 1984. mi, 165pp. In 1869, inspired by John MacGregor's book VoyageAlone in tlte Yawl "Rob Roy" (see no. 922), Middleton decided to become the first person to sail round England single-handed. This story of that voyage is one of the classics of cruis- Coastal Cruises: British Isles 243

ing literature. Middleton sailed around clockwise from the Thames, crossing Scotland by the Crinan Canal. Kate: Gaff-rigged yawl. LOA W'; Beam 7'; Draft 3'-9";5 tons.

Miller, Hugh. The Cruise of the "Betsy;" or, A Summer Ramble among the Fos- siliferous Deposits of the Hebrides. mth Rambles of a Geologist; or, Ten Thousand Miles over the Fossiliferous Deposits of Scotland Edited by W.S. Symonds. Edinburgh: Constable, 1858. 486pp.; Boston: Gould and Lincoln, 1858. xiv, 524pp. The British reissues were all of 486pp., and the American of xiv, 524pp. The American edition was reissued by Gould and Lincoln in 1860, 1862, 1865, 1867, 1869, 1871, and 1872. In 1870 Virtue and Yorston issued the American edition in New York. Black issued the British edition in Edinburgh in 1861, and Nimmo issued it in the same city in 1870,1872, 1874, 1879, and 1889. A sailing tour in 1844 with the Rev. Mr. Swanson of Small Isles, who had been expelled from Eigg for adhering to the Free Church Movement and was living and conducting his parish business on board the Betsy. The book has a strongly geological emphasis, but has many excellent passages on cruising and splendid descriptions of the Western Isles -- Eigg (and the singing sands of the Bay of Laig), Skye, Ornsay, etc.

Morgan, D. W. Brief Glory: The Story of a Quest. Liverpool: The Brython Press; Hugh Evans and Sons, Ltd., 1948.299~~. The bulk of the book is a maritime history of the tiny Welsh port of Aber- dovey. The last chapters, pp. 265-287, and plates 64-89, deal with cruises of the author, a clergyman, and his wife, first in the cutter Dewdrop along the Welsh coast for fifteen years, starting with a honeymoonvoyage from Fishguard to Mil- ford Haven, and then in We Two, a 18'-6" shallow-draught boat, which was shipped by rail to a variety of cruising grounds including the Thames and the Solent. Sombre in tone because the maritime history chronicles the death of coasting sail and of the small ports. Dewdrop LOA 32'; Beam 10'.

Morrish, Leslie. Good Night, "Irene." Windsor, Berks.: February Press, 1986. 224pp. Irene was a cargo-carrying ketch which had been equipped with a diesel engine in 1939 and had worked until 1960. The author, a psychiatrist and university lecturer, bought her at the end of 1965, got her engine running, put her masts in tabernacles, and fitted her out as a home for his family. She served as a houseboat and cruised coastwise from her home in the Thames until March, 1972, when she was gutted by a fire while moored. Morrish's wife and children moved out permanently. He rebuilt her with insurance money and continued to cruise and live on board. He was soon joined by Pat, and then by their two children. Cruising continued, marked, as before, by numerous funny rather than tragic accidents while the Morrishes mastered the art of sailinglrene. The family moved to Windsor when Morrish started his own clinic. At the end of 1979 244 Adventurers Afloat

Irene's engine was rebuilt and immediately ceased to function. After it was replaced in the 1980 fitting out, the yacht cruised on the east coast and then went down channel and around Land's End to a new home in Bristol, which she reached after a number of near disasters. In 1982 she was drydocked and completely refitted before beginning a series of cruises which carried many working passengers to Portugal, the Baltic, and other distant ports. Irene: Launched in 1907. LOA 118'; LWL 83'; Beam 21'; 98 tons.

864 Newgass, Edgar I. The Log of a Sea Dog. An Amphibious Causerie. London: Muller, 1944.141~~. Mr. Bruce, the sea dog, was a very territorial cocker spaniel who was a puppy when Newgass bought his fust motor boat and died ashore after World War I1 put an end to boating. Alhouette, Newgass' fust boat, bought on impulse, was a 32' twin-screw Thornycroft cruiser. He took her upriver to Oxford, and then down to Newhaven and Christchurch, and then up the Medway to Tonbridge in her first season. He and Mr. B., it turned out, liked cruising. He had ~oshrsbuild him a larger boat, Fantasy, khich could accomodate hi two daughters when thev were on vacation from school and their governess. He also studied seamanship and navigation. After a difficult shakidown period, he cruised the east coast and the Norfolk Broads, and on later voyages went down channel, honeymooning in Dartmouth on one cruise. With the coming of war and the expected arrival of a child, the family moved into a new house and replaced the sea dog with a golden retriever. Fantasy: Twin diesel power cruiser. LOA 41'-9"; Beam 10'-6"; draft 4'-3"; 19 tons Thames measurement.

865 Newgass, Edgar I. Scottish and Other Sketches. An Amphibious Causerie. London: Mitre Press, 1973. 134pp. Sketches, written at various times, some of which are on motor cruising. Book 1 contains reminiscences of prewar cruising and of the Sea Dog, Mr. Bruce. Book 2contains stories of postwar cruising on board the 39' motor ketch Slainte Mhath II for several seasons in the Firth of Clyde, the Kyles of Bute, Loch Leven, and of passing through the Caledonian Canal to Inverness, and of later cruising in home waters, with a vacation on the Seine while his boys were growing up. When they joined the army and could no longer crew, he replaced SIainteMhath IIwith Fantasyll, built to the lines of the originalFantasy, cruised in Scottish and English waters in her with his wife, a paid hand and a Norfolk terrier, Henry.

866 North, Roger. The Lives of the Right Hon. Francis North, Baron Guilford; the Hon. Sir Dudley North; and the Hon. and Rev. Dr. John North, together with the Autobiography of the Author, edited by Augustus Jessopp, D.D. London: Bell, 1890.3 vols. One of the earliest first-hand accounts of yachting in England is given in the Autobiography, vol. 3, pp. 26-28. Although brief, the account is of great interest. North's boat was built and presented to him by John Windham, ca. 1675, when North was in his early twenties and practicing in Chancery. "This yacht was small, but had a cabin and a bed-room athwart-ships, aft of the mast, and Coastal Cruises: British Isles 245

large locker at the helm; the cook-room, with a cabin for a servant, was forward on, with a small chimney at the very prciw." The yacht was cutter-rigged with a boomed mainsail and stay foresail and jib, all of which could be controlled from aft. With a crew of one man, one boy, and one servant, North made five- or six- day voyages to Harwich, Gravesend, and Sheerness. Unfortunately for his yacht- ingcareer, North's professional duties soon became so demanding that he could spare no time for sailing.

867 Price, Nancy. The Gull's Way. Preface by Alfred Noyes. London: Gollancz, 1937.320~~. An impressionistic account of a season of cruising in Essex and Suffolk waters in the auxiliary cutter Thrush with the Skipper and Berge, the paid hand. Villages, towns, harbours, waterways, landscapes, churches, country seats, and other buildii are described in graphic and historical detail. The author is fascinated with Essex dialect and folklore. Burge, a native, obliges her with tales in dialectJhe next year's voyaging is to be in Holland. The identity of the Skip- per and his relationship with the author are not divulged. Thrush: LOA 49'; Beam 12'4"; Draft 5'.

868 Raban, Jonathan. Coarting. London: Collins Harvill, 1986.301~~. A discursive account of a series of coastal voyages of self-discovery in the 30' ketch GosfieldMaid undertaken after the completion of the author's voyage down the Mississippi River in Old Glory (see no. 1389), and lasting from April, 1982 to May, 1985. Initially Raban sailed eastward from Fowey, calling at Tor- quay, Portsmouth, Brighton, Dover, Harwich, Grimsby, Bridlington, Holy Is- land, Leith, Inverness, Oban, Stanraer, Dublin, and Fishguard before returning to Fowey. He discusses his past life (which had lasted 40 years when these voyages began), the evils of civilization, his neurotic cruising predecessors, would-be cruisers he meets, the process of coming to terms with his clergyman father, the idiocy of the Falklands War, and many other matters which are made extraordinarily interesting and meaningful by the author's style and mode of thought. The story ends as another voyage is about to begin following a winter spent in a cottage in the Dengie Marshes with a female companion while Gos- field Maid waited in a mud berth in the Blackwater.

869 Reynolds, Henry. Coastwke--CrossSear; the Tribulatiom and Triumphs of a Casual Cruiser. London: J.D. Potter, 1921.304~~. Voyages in Elaine, 1881 to 1884, and in Senorifa, 1885 to 1911, mostly in English and Scottish waters. Among his longer voyages: Felitowe Ferry north to the Firth of Forth, by canal to the Clyde and along the Scottish coast to Gourock, where he laid the boat up for the winter; around Land's End to the Deben River in 1896, the Deben to Falmouth via the Caledonian Canal in lW, and to the Orknys, Hebrides, and west coast of Scotland in 1906. Verywell written. Elaine: An Aldborough beach boat converted into a yawl. LOA 20'; Beam 6'; Draught 3'-6". Senorita: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 33'; LWL 29'; Beam 8'; Draft 6'. 246 Adventurers Afloat

870 Reynolds, Henry. Senorita. Preface by H.J. Hanson. London: Peter Davies, 1936. 236~~ For the most part, voyages not described in his Coashoise-Cross Seas. The ureface sketches his life. Revnolds was aschoolmaster. not by choice, but "needs must when the devil drives.';~e cruised during the ~aiterand ~u~uitholidays. Wnnie, his last boat, was bought in 1911 and lost on Ardlussa in 1925. He died in 1929 after a long illness. AU of Reynolds' books make excellent reading. See also his Spanish Waters, no. IOU.

871 Ritchie, J. Ewing. Re Cruise of the "Elena;"or, Yachting in the Hebrides. London: Clarke, 1877. 107pp. The author, glad to leave Fleet Street for a time, accepted the invitation of John Anderson of Glen Tower, Argylshire, to cruise among the Western Isles of Scotland in Anderson's 200-ton yacht. Sailing from Kirn, on the Firth of Clyde, the yacht coded off Ardrosan, rounded theMull ofKintyre, spent several rainy days in Oban, landed the afterguard in Ballachulih for a drive to Glen- coe, rounded Ardnamurchan, called at Portree, and made Stornoway in good weather. On the way home the yacht spent a night at Bunessan of the Ross of Mull, called at Staffa (the site of Fingal's Cave) and Iona, and then landed the guests at Campbelltown. There is a great deal of journalistic puffery and Vic- torian moralizing as well as historical and graphic description with the narrative.

872 Robinson, Edward. Down River and to Sea; Family Adventures in a Small Yacht. Altrincham: J. Sherratt, 1952.247~~. This book and the one below tell of fifteen years of sailing, first insunbeam, and then inRona. Sunbeam was bought in August, 1939. Five years later, after commanding small naval vessels during the war, Robinson refitted her, sailed her down the Weaver to the Mersey and the Dee, and then to the Menai Straits and to her moorings in Conway. Cheerfullyat Sea continues the story with coastal cruises, fitting Sunbeam with leeboards for pointing better in races, being neaped near a sewer outfall escaping, etc. Robiion became interested in racing, soldSunbeam, and bought Rona. He describes her races, including the midnight race to the Isle of Man which was the prelude to an Irish cruise. Sunbeam: Clinker-built auxiliary gaff cutter. LOA U)'-3"; LWL 19'-9"; Beam 7'; draft 2'.

873 Robinson, Edward. Cheerfully at Sea. Altrincham: John Sherrat & Son, 1961.252pp. For notes, see above.

874 Rutherford, Ian W. At the Tiller. London and Glasgow: Blackie, 1946. vi, 218pp. Part one describes cruises from 1927 to 1938, mostly on the west coast of Scotland and in the Hebrides, but with a trip to Norway and another to the west coast of Ireland. Prior to his purchase of the converted six metre Sheila (which Coastal Cruises: British Isles 247

he renamed Suilven), Rutherford cruised on other people's boats. In 1937, in partnership with hi sister-in-law, he bought the Norwegian-built eight metre Thamar, which the new owners renamed Pleiudes of Rhu. He married in the summer of 1939 and was honeymooning in Italy at the outbreak of the war. Part two describes his experiences as captain of a drier and of an M.L.

875 Taylor, Xichard. In Praise of Hempseed London: 1619. The story, told in verse of the lowest quality, of a voyage from London to Queenborough in a paper boat containing eight inflated bullock's bladders for floatation and propelled by paddles made from two unbeaten stockfish tied to two canes with pack thread. The paper disintegrated rather soon, but the bladders and paddles held out until the voyagers reached their destination.

876 Taylor, Richard. A VeyMeny Wheny-Feny Voyage; or, Yorkefor My Money. Lon- don: 1622. The story of a boat voyage from London to York with nightly stopovers at Gravesend, Harwich, Yarmouth, and Cromer, and thence across the Wash and up the Humber, told in execrableverse. The wherrywas sold in York, and hence the alternative title.

877 Taylor, Richard. A Discovey by Sea. London: 1623. The versified and almost unreadable story of Taylor's voyage from London to Christchurch, and then up the river Avon to Salisbury. He traveled in a wherry with four companions.

878 Tredwen, E.B. In Tidal Streams. London: J.D. Potter. The author bought the barge yacht Pearl from Mr. Berry, for whom he had designed the boat, in Inverness on 28 June 1910. This is the story of her voyage to Southampton in July. Cruising Yarnsfrom the "Y M,"no. 367, also contains an account of the voyage.

879 Tripp, Sir Herbert Alker. Shoalwater and Fairway; the Casual Erploratiom of a Sailing Man in the Shoal and Tidal Waters of Essex and Kent, by H. Alker Tripp ("Leigh Hoe"). London: John Lane, 1924. ix, 292pp. Reissued in facsimile reprint London: Conway Maritime Press, 1972. xi, 290pp. Interesting historical and descriptive material on the cruising area, but little is told about the author, his companions, or his boat, Irene, a gaff-rigged cutter with a draught of 4'-6".

880 Tripp, Sir Herbert Alker. Suffolk Sea Borders. London: John Lane, 1926.254~~ 248 Adventurers Afloat

A cruisingvoyage used to string together a description of the Suffolk coast in the form of a dialog between a young man eager to learn and a master of the local lore. Irene, the boat on board which most of the cruise was made, was sold and replaced by another boat in the course of the narrative. In addition, there is a description of sailing on the Broads in a hired yacht.

881 Tripp, Sir Herbert Alker. The Solent and the Southern Waters: a Casual Eqploration of the Seaways about the Isle of Wight and the creeks and inlets from Chichester to Poole, by H. Alker Tripp ("Leigh Hoe"). London: John Lane, 1928.228~~. Reissued London: Conway Maritime Press, 1973. xv, 228, [14]pp. The third attempt of the author to apply some of the techniques used to make and describe explorations of highways and byways ashore to the seaways of eastern and southern England. This voyage began in Wapping. Growler put into Dover Harbour for the first night and sailed at 0400 the next morning with the tide for the Solent. The author describes the coastal voyage in detail and describes his explorations of Bembridge, Cowes during Cowes Week, Wooten Creek, Yarmouth, Lymington, the Beauleau River, Southampton, Sandown Bay, Spithead, Portsmouth, and Poole Harbour, rounds St. Catherine's Point, before putting into Chichester Harbour to lay up for the winter at Itchenor. The book ends with Growler on the hard being prepared for another summer's cruising. Growler: Cutter-rigged auxiliary barge yacht with lee boards. 12 tons.

882 Tripp, Sir Herbert Alker. Under the Cabin Lamp; a Yachtsman's Gossip. With 15 oil sketches and 40 black-and-white drawings by the author. Lon- don: Published for Yachting World by Iliffe, 1950. 167pp. Short, nostalgic pieces on cruising the Thames Estuary and the Channel coast. Rather opaque in relation to the author himself and his boats. Contents: Part I. "Thames Mouth, comprising London River"; "Chances and Changes"; "Thames Mouth"; "Suffolk Seas"; and "By Night Again." Part 11. "Down Chan- nel, comprising Away to the Solent";"The Little Ways of aBarge Yacht"; "Cowes Week, "Westward from the Solent"; "Under the Cabin Lamp"; "Down West"; "Devon, 0 Devon"; "In Cornish Waters"; "Afloat on Shore." Part 111. "Those Happier Years, comprising When We Were Young"; "One Snowy Night Hunt- ing the Weather Shore"; 'The Way of Peace"; "Back to the Sea."

883 Wilkinson, C. By Ocean, Firth and Channel:Amateur Cruising on the West Coast of Scotland and North of Ireland, by Diagonal White (the Rev. C. Wilkinson). London: The Yachtsman Offices, 1894. 148pp. Learning to sail in Belfast Lough and subsequent voyages in Beflha from there, principally to the Clyde and the Western Isles of Scotland, in the early 1890s. Berfha: Gaff-rigged cutter. LWL 21'; Beam 7'-4";; Draft 4'-6". Coastal Crukes: Briikh Isles 249

884 Williamson, James Alexander. A Beginner in Suil. Illustrated by R.J. Puttick. London: hold; Toronto: Longmans, 1933.160~~. Williamson, the great historian of Tudor maritime enterprises, began his sailing career in the rented sloop Matgey doing foolish but educational things in the Solent for 21 days. In 1911, when he was 2.5, he bought the sloop Cloud for cruising the Solent ports, and later he had the Bermudan auxiliary cutter Content built for single-handed coashvise cruising between the Thames and the Solent. An excellent coastwise cruising book. Cloud: Gaff-rigged sloop. LOA 24'; LWL 18'; Beam 7-8";Draft 3'-6".

885 Willyams, H.V. Down West; Extracts from the Log-Book of a Single-Hander. Lon- don: Imray, Laurie, Norie and Wilson, 1902. 156pp. Cruises in four yachts, King/isher, Olivette, Rayonette, and Waterwitch, mostly single-handed and mostly in the West Country, during the 1890s, ending with the author's emigration to South Africa in 1900. King/isher: Centreboard yawl-rigged lugger. Originally LOA 19'; later 2' were added to the length, the bow was decked, and she was used for camping cruises in Falmouth Harbour. OliveNe: Canoe yawl. LOA 18'; Beam 9, Draft 2'-2". Rayonette: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 22'; Beam 6'-6";Draft S-6"; Sail area 832 sq. ft. Watenvifch: Gaff-rigged schooner, designed by Willyams, and later rerigged as a yawl. LOA 30'; LWL 26'-6"; Beam 9'-3"; Draft 6'-6". 886 Winter, Lewis Bland. We WhoAdventure; Cruises in British Waters.With a foreword by F. Fraser Darling. London, etc.: Oxford University Press, 1956. 188pp. Cruising in the chartered cutter Mapie, autumn of 1931, on the east coast of England, from the Crouch to the Ouse and back. In the winter of 1932he had Bynhildrbuilt and cruised in her in Scottish waters in the 1930s. For further adventures of Bynhildr see Winter's Nor They Understand, no. 264. Bynhildr: LOA 30.4'; Draft 5'. COASTAL CRUISES: NORTHERN EUROPE

887 Anderson, R C. Canoeing and Camping Adventures; being an Account of Three Cruises in Northern Waters, illustrated by pen and ink sketches by G. C. Boulderman. London: C. Gilbert-Wood, 1910. 192pp. The author, who began canoeing in 1898 while in school at Winchester, describes cruises made in company with various friends in 1907,1908,and 1909 in Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish, and Russian waters, mostly coastal. He gives plans of the sailing canoes used and discusses their strong and weak points.

888 [Amold-Forster, H. 0.1 The Cruise of the "ClanMatheson" in Northern Waters, June 1895, by One of the "Clan" (i.e., H.O. hold-Forster). London: Privately printed by Cassell, 1895. 156pp. C.W. Cayzer, M.P., took a party of guests, including Admiral Albert Hast- ings Markham, on a yachting cruise to the naval review in Kiel, to Norway, and through the Western Isles of Scotland on the Clan Lines' ship Clan Matheson.

889 Bennett, Amold. l From the Log of the "Velra" Pictures by E.A. Rickards and a

frontispiece by the author. New York: Century, 1914.307~~. iI Reissued London: Chatto and Windus, 1920. viii, 208pp. Through Holland; along the coasts of the Baltic, Belgium, and France; and exploring the East Anglian estuaries. Charming in style, but more of a travel book than a cruising book.

890 Brassey, Thomas Brassey, 1st Earl. Journal of a Voyage Through the Western Isles of Scotland and Along the Comt of Norway in the Yacht "Cymba"in the Summer of 1856. London: Mann Nephews, 1857.143~~. Published anonymously. The author has been identified from the presentation inscription in the Cruising Association copy and from data on the presentation of a silver cup to her owner in 1857 I at the Mersey Regatta. i Coastal Cruises: Northern Europe 251

The story of a voyage in a 54-ton cutter, built by Wiiam Fyfe of Fairlee, with a captain, a crew of four fishermen, a cook and a steward. On the outward leg Brassey had three fellow Oxonians as guests. Cymba sailed from Liverpool on 5 July 1856, put in to Ramsay for shelter from a gale, called at Tobermory, Staffa (where the Oxonians explored Fingal's Cave), Canna (where she was storm bound for four days), and Portree before rounding Cape Wrath on the 20th. She visited the Orkneys, passed through Pentland Firth, and reached Ber- gen on the26th. There the afterguard left her to travel northward along the Nor- wegian coast to Trondhjeim on foot, on horseback, and by coastal steamer. After they returned on 15 August, the yacht sailed south to Christiansand by way of Hardanger Fjord and Stavinger. There followed further explorations ashore and afloat in the neighborhood of Christians, after which Brassey's three companions departed by steamer. He went home in the yacht, finding great pleasure in learning how to steer and sail her. The voyage ended on 7 Septem- ber in Grimsby Roads. This is a lively account of the first long voyage of a great yachtsman and mariner. In part I1 there are interesting observations on the people, the fishing, and the economy of Norway.

Brook, David. Three Boys in a Boat. London: Coles, 1968.238~~. The author was left to raise his three young sons alone. Cruising proved to be central to holding the remainder of his family together and providing the boys with healthy interests and activities. After experimenting with the chartered Loffie Blossom, Brook bought the Nympheffe, in which he and the boys cruised on the east coast and in Holland. He also began ocean racing and became very successful. During this time he met Wendy, who joined the family cruises. He sold Nympheffe and hadBandif, a larger boat, built. On her they cruised to the Channel Islands after a season of racing, were overtaken by a storm on the way to Dover, and nearly lost the boat when the propeller shaft worked loose, partially jammed the rudder, and threatened to drop out entirely as they neared port. The family was once again made complete when Brook married Wendy. Loftie Blossom: Hillyard 7-tonner. Nympheffe: Bermudan sloop designed by Kim Holman. LOA W. Bandit: Bermudan sloop, designed by Kim Holman.

892 Burrowes, H. A Cruise in the Bay of Biscay, Sketched from the Log of the "Gabrielle."London: George Hogarth Turner, 1873.

893 Buzza, Robin. Survive the Arctic Sea. Edinburgh: Paul Harris Publishing, 1978. 176pp. A voyage from the Shetlands to Utsira on the Norwegian coast and thence northward along the coast to Nordkap during the summer of 1975 in the 18' Shetland rowing boat Torra.

894 Chubb, Percy. From Sirty Degrees North to Skty Degrees North. A Cruise from Bergen to Oslo. New York: Published for the author by Van Nostrand, 1951.52~~. 252 Adventurers Afloat

Limited to 250 copies, one of which is in the Library of Congress, and another in the Cruising Association Library, London. The author shipped his30'yawlLaughing Gull and Admiral Moran shipped his 32' cutter Deepwater to Bergen for the cruise, which lasted from 29 June to 24 July 1951. Both yachts were manned by the families and friends of the owners. They explored fjords and many small ports and villages along the way. An informal, day-by-day account.

895 Coles, Adlard. Close Hauled being the Adventures of the Author & his Wife Cruh- ingAlone, in a 29-foot Ketch amongst the Lesser Known Islands of the Baltic during a Voyagefrom Latvia to England. Illustrations by H. Alker Tripp ("Leigh Hoe"), & by photographs by the author. London: Seeley, Service, 1926. 187pp. Reissued London: Nautical Books, 1987. A cruise in Annene II from Riga via Gotland, Oland, the Swedish and Danish coasts, the Kiel Canal, and the Dutch Coast to Southwold, 31 July to 22 September 1926. Very well written. Annette 11 is Arthur Ransome's Racundra, bought and renamed by Coles. For Ransome's cruise in her in the Baltic see his Racundra's First Cruise, no. 931. Annette 11: Double-ended auxiliary centreboard gaff-rigged ketch. LOA 29'-7"; Beam 11'-4";Draft (centreboard up) 3'-g",(centreboard down) 7-9";Sail area 430 sq. ft.

896 Coles, Adlard. In Broken Water: being the Adventures of a Sir-Tonner through Holland and among the Frisian and Danish Islands. Frontispiece and three illustrations by L.M. Coles. London: Seeley, Service, 1925.181~~. Reissued Southampton: Coles in association with Harrap, Lon- don, and de Graff, New York, 1956.136~~. Adlard Coles' fust cruising book about his first long cruise, made with two friends, June to August 1923. The party made a return voyage from Southampton inAnnette tracing the route of the Dukibella of Erskine Childers' Riddle of the San& and the Falcon in E.F. Knight's Yalcon" on the Baltic. Such a voyage in a light displacement boat was then considered to be very dangerous. Annette: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 22'-6".

897 Coles, Adlard. In Finnkh Waters,from Estonia to Sweden. London: Arnold, 1932. 190pp. A voyage in the chartered yawl Sjofroken from Abo to Revel, thence to Stockholm, and finally back to Abo via the Aland Islands. A very complete account with an appendix for those wishing to cruise in Finnish waters. Sjofroken: Double-ended Bermudan auxiliaryyawl. LOA 33'; LWL 29'-6"; Beam 11'-3";Draft 6'; 15 tons Thames measurement; Sail area 770 sq. ft. Coastal Cruises: Northern Europe 253

898 Coles, Adlard. "MavAnne" among 10,000 Islandr. Cruising in the Finnish Ar- chipelago. London: Witherby, 1938. At the end of May, 1938, the author and his wife sailed from Helsingfors in their motorless chartered cutter to cruise among the islands of the Gulf of Fin- land and in the Aland Islands. They had fair weather andno excitingunpleasant- nesses. Very descriptive of the problems of sailing in such island-crowded waters, and, therefore, of special interest to anyone wishing to do so. Although they visited Mariehamn, there is very little about its famous fleet of sailing ships. A pleasant narrative. MaryAnne: LOA %'-F, Beam 8'-7"; Draft S-4"; 10 tons.

Collins, Douglas R Sailing in "Helen." London: Arnold, 1946. 156pp. In 1935Collins boughtHelen, a 10-ton yawl, which had been built in Ipswich in 1881. After a thorough refit he cruised the European Atlantic coast regularly. The book ends with Helen running for England in August, 1939, to get home before the outbreak of war. Well-written and interesting. In the 1950s Collins helped to finance the attempt to cross the Atlantic in the free balloon Small World (see The Flight of the "Stnall World", no. 519).

900 Cowper, Frank Jack-All-Alone: His Cruises, with illustrations by W. A. Wickham and the author. London: L. Upcott Gill, 1897.290~~. Accounts of nine cruises: 1). As a child, dressed for company, in an iron trough on a muddy pond on his parents' estate. He capsized, but learned, among other things, that iron could float. 2). In a Una or cat boat, rented from Salter of Oxford, through a rowing race on the Thames, out of control. The boat was left in a remote place to be retrieved by Salter. 3). In France, while learning something of the language. A faintly romantic and slightly dangerous voyage to retrieve a married lady's jewel case. 4). In Swanage, with a storm brewing. He entered Poole Harbour in the dark, with help. 5). To Hawe and back in Undine. He almost went aground on the Isle of Wight through failing to notice a wind shift. 6). A race as a guest on a racing yacht, with another faintly romantic episode. He saved a young lady who fell out of a dinghy. 7). Bringing a motor yacht back from Calais for a friend. He disappionted his friend by succeeding. 8). His first voyage in the yawl Lady Hawey. After exploring the east coast of England, he went down channel as far as Dartmouth before returning to the Solent. 9). Falmouth to Brest, then down the coast to Benodet, and back to Fal- mouth. Well-told tales in a hearty style.

901 Cowper, Frank Cruising Sails and Yachting Tales; being A Record of Some of the Gestes of an Illusive Personality known sometimes as Jack-All- Alone; Sphinx; Diogenes Junior; Nomad; Lady Harvey; Zaydeq Un- dine I and II;. Little Windflower; Ideal; Guardian Angel; Psyche; Ubique; Olehand; and many other pen names, collected and rewritten ... . Vol. I. London: J. D. Potter, 1921.325~~. The author's cruising experiences, mostly along British and French coasts, and mainly in the 1890s in Lady Hawey. In 1891 Cowper contracted with Up- 254 Adventurers Afloat

cott Gill to do hissailing Tours, which were to be informal yachting pilots, and bought Lady Harvey in which to make the necessaryresearch voyages.This book was written and compiled in 1921 on board Cowper's ketchdilsa, R. C. P. Y. C., in the Hamble River. Lady Harvey: Gaff-rigged yawl. LOA 43'; Beam 13'-6"; Draft 6'.

902 Cowper, Frank 7he Vagaries of Zady Harvey;" The Wanderingsof a Freak among the Orkneys and Elsewhere. Kirkwall: W.R. Mackintosh, The Or- cadian Office, 1930.200pp. Reminiscences of several boats and voyages strung on the story of Cowper's northern voyage in Lady Harvey in the 1890s.

903 Dixon, Douglas. A Sail to Lapland; Under Sail in a Boat through the Islands. Edin- burgh and London: Blackwood, 1938.278~~. A somewhat overly-salty account of a voyage made by the author and his wife in Dusmarie from Burnham via the Kiel Canal to the Gulf of Bothnia and return. The outward voyage was made in the summer of 1937; the return voyage in the summer of 1938. Dusmarie: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 37'; LWL 32'-6"; Beam 9'-6"; Draft 5'; 4.32 registered tons; 13 tons Thames measuremant; Sail area 1140.5 sq.ft.

904 Domizlaff, Hans. "Dirk III:" Jottings from the Log and Camera of a Cruising Yachtsman, translated by Dr. Stafford-Hatfield. London: John Miles, 1937.259~~.Translation of "Dirk IIk" Bilderund Gedanken aus der Welt des Fahrtenzeiglers. 1937. The author wished to convey to landsmen what yacht cruising is really like by showing them many pictures, supplemented by descriptive text. The result is a reflective and introspective text which is curiously impersonal and detached and gives a word picture which, if it were a visual one, would be a mosaic. One never learns much about the interrelationships of the yachting party or of the crew. Olsch, the only woman on board, is described in one place as cook and steward, but appears to be the author's wife. There is no mention at all of politics. Part 1 tells of a voyage from Kiel up the east side of Jutland, through the Skagerrak, to the Shetlands and Faroes, and along the west coast of Norway to Bergen, Stavanger, and Lyse Fjord, before returning to Kiel. Part I1 tells of a regatta in 1933 at Brunsbuttel with a race to Heligoland, three days there, and then a race around Jutland to Kiel. Part I11 describes the Copenhagen regatta followed by a voyage to the Aland Islands and then back to Kiel. Part IV tells of an autumn cruise, the last of the season, which began with a drunken party in Kiel and ends several days later with the departure, in Flensburg, of one of the partygoers who found himself unexpectedly at sea on the day after. Dirk III: Bermudan yawl. LOA 71'-7"; LWL 57-11"; Draft 10'-5".

905 Eve, Martin. An Old Gaffer's Tale. London: Seafarer Books, 1984.193~~. Eve bought the gaff-rigged cutter Privateer in 1966, fitted her out, and cruised the Colne, Stour, Blackwater and Orwell. Beginning in 1967 with a Coastal Cruises: Northern Europe 255

cruise to the French coast with his sons, he went foreign nearly every year, visiting Normandy, Brittany, the Frisian Islands, and the Baltic. Needing money, he chartered to three girls, one of whom, Pat, later became his wife. He compiled ahistory of the yacht, which isgiven in the appendix. In the seventies he replaced Privateer's mast with a newspar made from a redundant telephone pole, bought new flax sails, and, to celebrate her golden anniversary in 1981, he installed a new diesel engine. Privateer: Smack yacht, similar to the one built for W. H. Johnston (see Johnston's Building a Little Ship, no. 4905). Built in Boston, Lincs. LOA 32'; 1,WL 29'; Beam 9'-5"; Draft 4'-8".

Good, Fred. A Canoe Cruise in Danish Waters. Hull, 1879.

Goodson, Hugh. All Tkat and the Beauty of It; Being an Account of the Summer Cruise of the Motor Yacht "Watona," 1950. Gillingham, Dorset: Dorset Blackmore Press, 1951.95pp. A luxury return cruise from Dartmouth to the Solent, across the Channel, and up the Seine to Paris. Told in semi-diary form with emphasis on the Seine.

Gould, Cecily. "Gossip":Tke Biography of a Yacht. London: Gentry Books, 1972. 175pp. Cruises in northern European waters over many years in Gossip, bought by the author's father, Col. Brent-Good, in 1920. The author married Sir Basil Gould, who disappears from the book after six pages. Gossip: Gaff-rigged cutter, built in 1899. LWL30'; Beam 10'; Draft 6'; 13 tons.

Graves, S.R A Yachting Cruise in the Baltic. London: Longmans, Green, 1863. 39~~. An interesting account of a voyage in the yacht Irene in the summer of 1862 to Copenhagen, Gothland, Stockholm, and Upsala, and then, in company with H.M.S. St. George, to St. Petersburg (the yachting party also visited Moscow), and homeward to the Mersey via Stockholm and the Gotha Canal.

Grigsby, Joan. Anchors Aweigh. London: Cranton, 1936.207~~. Cruising in the six-metre sloopsinbindi to the Dutch coast, the Channel Is- lands, and the coasts of Devon and Cornwall, 1934-1935. A somewhat wordy account from the viewpoint of a rather dependant woman.

Hanson, Herbert James. "Ianthe" Cruises: Ushant-Gironde. London: MacGibbon & Kee, 1950.248~~. 256 Adventurers Afloat

Cruises, mostly along the French coast, 1921 to 1933. Written in a formal, log-like style, but not dull reading. Good charts and descriptions of places visited. Chapter VIII was published separately in 1933with the title Off the Irish Coast, no. 832.

912 Hanson, Herbert James. Zongshore from Ushant to La Charente. Cambridge: Fabb & Tyler, 1921.48~~. A journal with navigational and historical descriptions of the coast and harbours of the northern part of the Bay of Biscay, written in part to be of use to those cruising the area and in part to encourage yachtsmen to do so.

913 Hiscock, Eric C. Wandering Under Sail. 3rd ed. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press, 1977. xii, 244pp. First edition London: Arnold, 1939. The stock of this edition was destroyed during World War 11. Hiscock added much material and revised parts of the original text in the light of more mature experience for the revised idenlarged (2nd)edition, Yarmouth, Isle of Wight: the Author, distributed by Rolls House, London, 1948.215~~.The third edition has an added chapter on the first ocean voyage made by Hiscock and his wife Susan in 1950. Third edition reissued London: Coles, 1986.244~~. The story of how Hiscock became an accomplished seaman. He bought the 18'gaff cutter Pom Pom (built in 1898) and sailed her out of the Beaulieu River for three years. He crewed on Roger Pinckney's ex-pilot cutter Dyarchy and learned much. He also cruised with Clive Wright in Tem II. In the spring of 1936 he had Wanderer11built at Poole. That summer his shakedown cruise took him to the Channel Islands. The next summer he sailed to Ireland; in 1938 he went to Skye and the Hebrides; and in 1939 he sailed to the Brittany coast. After the war he and his new wife cruised on Dyarchy II, Pinckney's new gaff cutter, and on WandererII. Wandererll: Gaff-rigged cutter designed by Jack Giles. LOA 24'; Beam 7'- 2"; Draft 5'; 4.5 tons.

914 Hopkinson, E.C. Le Four and Further in M.Y. "Philouise."Liverpool: Littlebury Brothers, 1939.74~~. A lively journal of two cruises from Keyhaven Lake to the coast of Britan- ny. In the summer of 1936 Hopkinson bought Philouise, a converted 42' Ad- miralty pinnace, rebuilt her, and repowered her with a new60 h. p. diesel engine. In the summer of 1937 he cruised, with a party of friends, as far as Concarneau, and in 1938 coasted to L'Abewach, ending the season in Dartmouth.

915 Hughes, Robert Edgar. Two Summer Cruises with the Baltic Fleet, in 1854-5; being the Log of the "Pet"Yacht, 8 Tons, R.T.Y.C. 2nd ed. rev. London: Smith, Elder, 1856.341~~. Coastal Crukes: Northern Europe 257

First edition London: Smith, Elder, 1855.333~~. The Rev. R.E. Hughes, Fellow of Magdalen College, Cambridge, with two paid hands, sailed his cutter Pet from England to the Baltic twice, in 1854 via the Eider River and~canalto Kiel and thence to the war zone, returning by the Skagerrack, and in 1855by the Scaw, laying up Pet in Stockholm for the winter and returning to England by steamer. In 1854 Hughes watched the British and French fleets blockade the Russians in the Aland Islands and seize several Rus- sian forts. Three other English yachts, Esmeraldu, Mavis, and Foam were also present. The next year he observed the fleets in action in the Gulf of Finland.

916 Knight, Edward Frederick. The "Falcon"on the Baltic; a Coasting Voyagefrom Hammersmith to Copenhagen in a Three-TonYacht. With an introduction by Ar- thur Ransome. London: Rupert Hart-Davis, 1951. 300pp. (Mariners Library, no. 15). First published 1888. A charming account of a voyage in the spring and summer of 1887 by way of Holland and the Schleswig-HolsteinCanal to Kiel and then to Copenhagen, where the boat was laid up for the winter with the prospect of further cruising in the Baltic the following year. Falcon: Gaff-rigged ketch converted from a P. & 0. lifeboat. Built of teak and double-skinned. LOA 29'. 917 [Laing, Charles C.]. The Log of the "Speranza,"100 ton Yawl. London: Edward Jones, 1889.112~~. A one-month cruise along the English and French coasts in George Wadham's yacht. Laing was the log-keeper. In addition there were a captain and a crew of six. The voyage started from the Medina River. Ports of call were Swanage, Dartmouth, Helford, St. Ives, St. Mary's and Tresco anchorages in the Scillies, Newlyn, St. Peter's Port, Southampton, Cowes (for the naval review, 3August), Cherbourg (where one of the crewwas wounded by a rifle bullet fired by a ship of the French fleet during rifle practice), the Channel Islands, St. Malo, Dinard, and, finally, Dartmouth. A very interesting account.

918 Loomis, Alfred Fullerton. Fair Winds in the Far Baltic. New York: Ives Washburn, 1928. 265pp. Major A. W. Noot, owner of the schooner Lucene, wished to cruise the Bal- tic but felt unequal to commanding the vessel on such a trip. In the summer of 1927he offered to placeLucene at Loomis' disposal if Loomis would take command and include Noot as engineer. The offer was accepted. Lucene's crew included Paul Squibb (from the Hippocampus; see no. 1055), Mrs. Priscilla Loomis, and two paid hands. They sailed on 2 June and proceeded, via the Kiel Canal, to Denmark, Finland, and Sweden, and then to Dieppe via the Kiel Canal and the coasts of Germany, Holland, and Belgiumn. Mrs. Loomis returned to England from Stockholm by steamer to take care of the children. Lucene: Gaff-rigged auxiliary schooner. LOA 39'-6"; LWL 36'; Beam 11'- 6"; Draft 5'-3"; Displacemant 15.34 tons; Sail area 878 sq. ft. 258 Adventurers Afloat

919 Lynam, Charles C. To Norway and North Cape in "BlueDragon 11," 1911-1912. Lon- don: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1913. xxiv, 231pp. A serial cruise in four parts, ending with preparations for a fifth part. Lynam cruised with four friends. The Easter cruise, 1911, took Blue Dragon II from Lerwick to Bergen, where she was left awaiting the summer cruise. She cruised north to Trondhjem that summer, where she was laid up for the winter. The Easter, 1912, cruise took the yacht from Trondhjem to Sandnaesjoen; the summer cruise took her to the Lofoten Islands and North Cape, and then back to Narvik whence she was hauled overland to Stockholm in preparation for a Baltic cruise in 1913.

920 Maccullagh, Richard John. Eking's Wake; Cruising through Southern Scandinavian Waters. London; New York: Van Nostrand, 1958.239~~. A poetic account of cruises in Maid of Mourne (formerly the German Scltlem) from the Baltic to Britain in 1945, from Britain through the Danish islands to Elsinore in 1946, and from Elsinore back to Britain in 1947. There are pilot charts at the end of each chapter.

921 MacGregor, John. The "Rob Roy" in the Baltic: a Canoe Cruise through Norway, Sweden, Denmark, Sleswig, Holstein, the North Sea, and the Baltic. London: S. Low, Son, and Marston, 1867. viii, 312pp. A voyage in the boat which had been described in a pamphlet which appeared the preceeding year, written by Macgregor, and entitled Description of the New "RobRoy" Canoe, built for a Voyage tlzrough Norway, Sweden, and the Baltic, by the Captain. The secondRob Roy canoe was built of oak with a cedar deck and had a single mast and lug rig. Dimensions were: LOA 14'; Beam 2'- 2"; weight 60 Ibs. MacGregor's luggage weighed 9 Ibs. and his cooking gear and stores 3 Ibs. "Rob Roy" MacGregor was a charismatic eccentric, philanthropist and enthusiast whose writings caused thousands of people to take up canoeing. This is the second of his three influential canoeing books. The others are A nlousand Miles in the "RobRoy" Canoe..., no. 1250, and "Rob Roy" on the Jor- dan, Nile, Red Sea ..., no. 1457). MacGregor explored the inland and coastal waters of the countries listed in the subtitle, taking his canoe from one cruising area to another by steamer, train or cart.

922 MacGregor, John. 7'he VoyageAlonein the Yawl "RobRoy" from London to Paris and back by Havre, the Isle of Wight, South Coast, etc. 2nd ed. London: S. Low, Son, and Marston, 1868. xii, 399pp. First edition, 1867, reissued edited and with an introduction by Arthur Ransome. London: Hart-Davis, 1954. xxvii, 214pp. (Mariners Library, no. 24). In 1867 Napoleon 111, influenced by MacGregor's canoe campaign, ap- proved a boat exhibition in Paris. MacGregor determined to sail to the exhibition to distribute Protestant tracts and to influence the show. This is a thoroughly Coastal Cruises: Northern Europe 259

dated but seminal book which strongly influenced the course of English and American Corinthian yachting and boating. Rob Roy (yawl): Gaff main, lug mizzen. LOA21'; Beam 7'; Depth 3'; 3 tons. She had a cabin 9' X 3', with a 4' sliding hatch which could be raised in harbor to provide headroom of 5'.

923 Millar, George Reid. Oyster River; One Summer on an Inland Sea. London: Bodley Head, 1963; New York: Knopf, 1964. 190pp. In the early 1%0s Millar and his wife, Isobel, cruised in the yawlAmokura in the Gulf of Morbiihan, an island-studded areawith fierce tidal currents in the northern part of the Bay of Biscay. Millar, who was recuperating from serious surgery, knew the people of the area well because of his service there with the Maquis during World War 11. Amokura: Bermudan yawl. LOA 50'-3"; Beam 12'; Draft 7'; Sail area 1020 sq. ft.

924 Mortimer, Charles. Motoring Afloat: An Introduction to Motor Yachting. London: Foulis, 1958. 128pp. An account of a couple's inland motor cruising and of their first coastwise cruise in the summer of 1956, written to be helpful for beginners, but of interest simply as a story. Mortimer and his wife hadbeen motor car racers, but, with the birth of their sons, they wanted to find a family activity. They chose motor boating on inland waterways. After cruising in three boats, they decided to go foreign, bought Kelvinia, studied navigation, and, from their base in Poole Har- bour, motored to the Solent, Newhaven, Ostend, Dunkirk, and then home by way of Dover, Newhaven and the Solent. They encountered enough problems and heavy weather along the way and made enough mistakes to have an instructive tale to tell. Kelvinia: Double-ended, bridge-deck, raised-deck cruiser with twin parafin engines. LOA 45'; Beam 11'.

925 Mottistone, J. E. B. Seeley, Baron. Fear and Be Slain: Adventures by knd, Sea, and Air. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1931.305pp. Mostly about his military and business life, but contains an account of an interesting voyage home via the Kiel Canal and Dutch waterways to the Solent after racing in regattas in Elsinore and Copenhagen in the cutter Ime II (pp. 271-292). ImeII: "She looked like the King's yacht Britannia seen through the wrong end of a telescope...". LWL31'; 9 tons registered; 14 tons Thames measurement.

926 Mulville, Frank. Terschelling Sand!. London: Jenkins, 1968. 198pp Reissued London: Nautical Books, 1986. The author, his wife, Celia, and their two young sons set out from Bradwell, in Essex, for Denmark by way of Lim Fiord in their converted smack yacht Transcur, accompanied by a woman friend who was a frequent and valued ship- 260 Adventurers Afloat

mate. After one pleasant day things began to go wrong. They were becalmed. Fog closed in. After a near collision with a large ship, they decided to go into Ijmuiden, north through Dutch waterways, and to sea again through the pass between Terschelling and Vlieland. A series of mishaps began immediately and culminated in grounding on Terschelling Sand in low visibility and heavy weather because of a faulty (though new) chart. The women and children were sent ashore in the inflatable life raft while Mulville tried, ultimately successfully, to get the boat afloat again. She had pounded heavily and leaked badly. After temporary caulking in Terschelling, she was hauled in Harlingen and caulked well enough to continue the voyage to Denmark through the Kiel Canal. There she was hauled and caulked twice more before returning to England by way of the Kiel Canal and Heligoland. In spite of ominous weather predictions, the North Sea crossing was apleasant one. Averyinteresting and human book about a voyage which was almost too adventurous.

A Narrative of the Cruise of the Yacht "Maria"among the Feroe Islands in the Summer of 1854. London: Longmans, Brown, Green, & Longmans, 1855.89~~. Reissued as second edition 1856. The author has not been positively identified. The libraries listed below have made the conflicting speculations noted. The British Library, Reference Division, holds both editions and enters them under title with anote in the entry [by A. H. Davenport?]; There are cross references under Grieg with a note for the first edition [by ---- G.], and for the second edition, by---- Grieg]. The Cruis- ing Association (London) holds both editions and enters the first under title and the second under A. H. Davenport. The American National Union Catalog (Mansell) enters under [Grieg 1, with a cross reference from title, but none from Davenport.

928 Pardey, Lin, and Larry Pardey. "Seraffyn'S" European Adventure. New York: Norton, 1979. 311 pp. Reissued 1984.31 lpp. Two years of cruising in northern European waters in a 28' boat built by the authors. Larry worked in a shipyard in Poole during the winter to earn money for the cruising season. The book ends with Serafin's arrival in the Mediter- ranean. See "Seroffynn'sWediterraneanAdventure, no. 977, for an account of the continuation of the voyage.

929 Powell, James. Our Boating Trip, Bordeaur to Paris. London: 'The Field Office, 1880.40~~. The manuscript is in the Royal Cruising Club Library, London.

930 Pye, Peter. A Sail in the Forest; "Moonraker"in the Baltic. London: Hart- Davis, 1961. 174pp. From Fowey to the Baltic and return. The Pyes entered the Baltic through Lim Fjord, visited Copenhagen, explored the southern and eastern coasts of Coastal Cruises: Northern Europe 261

Sweden and the Aland Islands, and then visited a friend at Kotka on the Gulf of Finland. Very well written. For details on Moonraker see entry for Pye's Red Mains'l, 110.586.

93 1 Ransome, Arthur. "Racundra's" First Cruise (Sailing on the Eastern Baltic). New York: Huebsch, 1928.7,258pp. Reissued London: Hart-Davis; New York: de Graff, 1958. 157pp. (Mariners Library, no. 38). London: Sphere Books, 1967. 159pp. With an introduction by C. Northcote Parkinson. London: Century, 1984.221~~. This volume opens with the gratifying observation that "Houses are but badly built boats so firmly aground that you cannot think of moving them." It is a tasteful blend of the old and the new which foreshadows Ransome's marvelous series of nautical books for children of the intenvar years beginning with Swal- lows andAmazons in 1930. Racundra was built in Riga in 1921122 for Ransome, then a newspaper correspondent in Russia and the newly independant Baltic states. Between 21 August and 20 September 1922 Ransome sailed northward from Riga along the Estonian coast to Reval and Helsingfors and then returned to Riga. The crew consisted of the Cook (his future wife, Evgenia Shelepina, a partial prototype for Susan Walker in his childrens' books, who had been Trotsky's secretary, and whom Ransome had rescued from Moscow following the Revolution), and the Ancient Mariner (who was the prototype of Peter Duck in these same books). Racundra was bought by Adlard Coles and renamed An- nette 11. The story of Coles' voyage in her from the Baltic to England is told in his Close Hauled, no. 895. Racundra: Gaff-rigged double-ended centreboard ketch. LOA 29'-6"; Beam 11'-6"; Draft (centreboard up) 3'-6"; (Centreboard down) 7'-6".

932 Ratcliffe, Dorothy Una Clough (Afterwards Dorothy Una MacGrigor-Phillips). The Babes of the Sea; being an Account of their First Voyage in "Sea Swallow," recounted by Dorothy Una Ratcliffe. Leeds: North Country Press, 1928.139~~. 150 copies were printed. A 574-milevoyage in a professionally-crewed 38 ton yawl with her husband and three guests. The Sea Swallow sailed from Falmouth to various French ports, including Brest, Benodet, La Palais, Douarnenez and Camaret, and returned to Plymouth. Sea Swallow (designed by Claud Worth. 38 tons.)

933 Ratcliffe, Dorothy Una Clough (Afterwards Dorothy Una MacGrigor-Phillips). Swallow of the Sea. Pages from a Yacht's Log. Illustrated by Mar- garet Dobson. London: Country Life, 1937. 159pp. A medley of poetry, plays and sketches built around cruises of theSea Swal- low in Scottish and Scandinavian waters. 262 Adventurers Afloat

934 Raynes, Rozelle. North in a Nutshell. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co. in association with Harrap, London, 1968. 192pp. The author and her husband Dick sailed north in the Folkboat Martha Mc- Gilda via Calais, Ostend, the Dutch waterways, the Friisian Islands, the Kiel Canal, the east coast of Denmark, and the southwestern coasts of Sweden and Norway to Bergen en route to the Lofoten Islands, which they were unable to reach for lack of time. The boat was shipped home from Bergen. Martha McGilda: LOA 25'-3";LWL 19'-2"; Beam 7-2";Draft 3'-9"; 5 tons Thames measurement; Sail Area 222 sq. ft.

935 Richardson, Leslie. Brittany and the Loire. London: Bles; New York: Dodd, Mead, 1927.288~~. In the Spring and Summer of 1925 the author, his wife, and various guests cruised on inland waterways from Nantes to Brest and on Quiberon Bay and the Gulf of Morbihan in their auxiliary ketch Sylvabelle II. During the inland portion of the cruise, the Richardsons' chauffeur followed with their small automobile so that they could take side trips. This readable account of the voyage includes a great deal of the history and folklore of the countryside. Richardson's recommendations for successful cruising in sheltered coastal waters and inland waterways: Do not hurry. Do not plan stopping places for each night. Start when everyone is ready to go. Stop before 6:00 P. M. (except on very special occasions). Have full, well-prepared meals, and take time to sample the local food and drink. Sylvabelle 11: Bermudan-rigged. LOA 36'-1"; Beam 9'-10";Draft 4'-3".

936 Roberts, Glynn. Sailing in a Sieve. Illustrated by John Robinson. London: Methuen, 1963. 191pp. (Reality Books). While the author, a Canadian, was a student in Stockholm, he bought the ancient gaff rigged cutter Claire, sailed her for a summer, and then refitted her during the winter. Since he had little money, most of the materials for the refit came from junk shops. She was, therefore, far from fit by the following spring, when he and an English friend, Henry, set out in her for London. They sailed down the Swedish coast, passing inside Oland, and visiting the haunted Bla Jungfrun, Bornholm, and Copenhagen, among other places, on their way to Kiel. After being towed through the canal, they were driven aground off Cux- haven. When Claire began to break up, they escaped to shore in the dinghy. The young men finally reached London on a coasting steamer.

937 Ross, William A. A Yacht Voyage to Norway, Denmark, and Sweden in the "Irk." London: Henry Coburn, Publisher, 1848.2 vols. 359,304~~. Second edition London: H. Coburn, 1849. viii, 432pp. A voyage in Lord Rodney's cutter yacht in the spring and summer of 1847. On board were Rodney, in command, the author and one other guest, the sailing master, mate, crew of eiaht seamen.. cook. . steward. and boy. Iris sailed from ~ieenwichto Christiansanld, Elsinore, copenhagen; ~alkeibor~,Gotteborg, Chrisitiana, Fredrecksvaern, Larvig, Boom, Gron Fjord, Bergen, Scarborough, Coastal Crukes: Northern Europe 263

Yarmouth Roads, and back to Greenwich. The book is more descriptive of the places visited and the sport enjoyed than of the voyage itself.

938 [Rothery, Charles Williarn]. Notes on a Yacht Voyage to Hardanger Fjord and the adjacent Es- tuaries, by a Yachting Dabbler ... London: Longmans, Brown, Green, and Longmans, 1885. hi,105pp. A vivid account of a voyage in a 70 ton gaff-rigged cutter from Lerwick to Bergen and southward along the Norwegian coast in July, 1845. Contains very good descriptions of the Shetlands, Bergen, and the Norwegian fjords, and excellent illustrations by the author.

939 Russell, D. Stobart. Spindrip. Drawings by Alain Russell. London: Blackie, 1948. 224pp. Alain Russell, troubled by a game leg from the Battle of the Somme, wished to return to Belle Ile, where he had spent his vacations as a child. In the spring of 1929 he bought an undecked boat, which he named Vagrant, converted her, and spent the summer sailing round Belle Ile. The next year he sold Vaprrt and had Galahad built in a boatyard at Locmalo on the Lorient River. On her he spent the spring, summer, and early fall months each year during the early thirties, cruising the waters surrounding Belle Ile. An enchantingly-told story fded with anecdotes of Breton life. Vapt(ex-Josephine): Undecked, but converted for short cruises. LOA 18'; Beam T-6". Galahad: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 24'-6"; LWL 22'; Beam 9'; Draft 5'.

940 Scott, Morin. "Gerda's"Sea Saga; Crzlising in a Dragon Yacht from Scotland to Norway. London: Ross, 1950.152pp. Scott bought Ger& in December 1946 in Scotland and sailed her from the Clyde via Dublin, Milford Haven (where she was nearly driven on the rocks by tidal currents), Falmouth, Dartmouth, and Weymouth to her new home port of Newhaven. In the autumn of 1947 he took her to Holland, and in the summer of 1948 from Harwich to Laxvick and returned via the Kiel Canal. Shortage of money forced him to sell the boat after the 1948 season.

941 Seymour, John. "Willynilly"to the Baltic. Edinburgh: Blackwood, 1965. ix, 278pp. A whimsical, very descriptive, and entertaining account of a cruise in an unusual open boat, a cobble, a type of commercial fishing boat designed to be launched from the open beaches of northeastern England and to land through the surf stern first. The author and hisl8-year-old friend, Mogador, sailed from Brightlingsea toward Kiel. At Jaywick they were stopped by a contrary wind and, since there were no pubs there, sailed downwind to those at Burnham-on- Crouch. When the wind changed, they sailed eastward. Although they found a near gale at the Galloper, it was too late to turn back. After a very rough night, they made Blankenbwghe (which, until they were informed otherwise, they mistook for Zeebrugge). They sailed north along the coast to Flushing, then through Dutch waterways to the Ems Estuary, passed through the Riddle waters, stop 264 Adventurers Afloat

ping for dinner at Langeroog, where they became good friends of the convivial landlord, who had seen England many times -- through a bombsight -- and who felt, as did the author, that all politicians were gangsters. At Kiel Mogador left to join his family in southern France, and Seyrnour's wife, Sally, and their eldest daughter, Jane, joined for a cruise in the Baltic which ended, after vividly- describedvisits to many islands and harbours, in Copenhagen, whence WiNynilly was shipped back to England. WllyniNy: Rigged with a single mast and dipping lug sail. LOA 21'; LWL 18'; Beam 6'; draft of hull 1'4"; of rudder 2'-8".

942 Soward, Sir Alfred Walter. "ColleenDhu." To the Sands of the Riddle and Beyond London: Roworth, 1925. An account of Colleen Dhu's retracing of the route of Erskine Childers' fictional Dulcibella (and of his real Vuen) among the islands and shallows off the coasts of Germany and the northern Netherlands in the summer of 1924, a voyage of 1,568 miles, 1,226 of which were in shoal waters. His younger son, Frank, and his younger daughter, Biddy, were the crew. For accounts of Childers' actual cruises seeA Thirstforthe Sea, no. 144. For the account of the fictional cruise see The Riddle of the Sands, no. 5391. Colleen Dhu: Ketch. Gaff-rigged main, lug mizzen. LOA 29'; Beam 7'-6"; Draft 3'-3". 6 tons Thames measurement.

943 Soward, Sir Alfred Walter. A SummerAjloat: To Sweden and Backin "ColleenDhu." London: Roworth, 1927.28~~. Soward's crew through most of this cruise were his nieces, Helena Mason and Sylvia Mountain, the latter of whom became an expert helmswoman. Col- leen Dhu sailed from West Mersea on 1June 1926, crossed to Scheveningen, passed through the Dutch waterways and the Zuyder Zee, cruised through the waters of The Riddle while Soward read the book aloud to the crew, passed through the Kiel Canal, and continued north through the Danish islands to the Swedish coast. After a voyage of 1,831 miles, she returned to West Mersea on 16 November, having crossed from Calais after sailing south through the inland waterways.

944 Soward, Sir Alfred Walter. Loss of the "Colleen Dhu": A North Sea Adventure. London: Roworth, 1928. llpp. First published in the Royal Cruising Club Journal, 1927. Soward sailed from Pin Mill for Ijmuiden with a crew consisting of O., who was disabled from war wounds, 0's wife, M, and X, on 10 June 1927, having received a forecast of good weather. During the storm they encountered in the middle of the North Sea, the crew became frightened and urged Soward to accept a tow from a passing merchant ship. Reluctantly, and only because ofgreat pressure from his guests, he did so. After a time Colleen Dhu was left untended on the tow line, sheared abount so violently that her tabernacle was ripped out of the deck, and sank. The moral: Do not go to sea with such a crew, and do not go to sea in a boat with an open cockpit which is not self-bailing. Colleen Dhu was succeeded by Bryrlhildr (ex Sirius), a 16-ton leeboard Hengst. Coastal Cruises: Northern Europe 265

945 Soward, Sir Alfred Walter. Sea-7hrilIs: Some Memories. Colchester: Privately printed by E. N. Mason & Sons, 1948.12~~. Apotpourri of memories of cruisiigin the coastal waters of the British Isles and northern Europe, including a brief account of the loss of Colleen Dhu.

946 Stanley of Alderley, Edward John Stanley, Baron. Sea Peace. London: Peter Davies, 1954.157pp. Cruises in the Western Isles of Scotland, the Baltic, the Bay of Biscay, and the Channel, mostly during the interwar years, made in sixyachts:Antares (1932- 34), Jomna (1935), Argo (1936). Merlin (1937-38), Our Boy (1939), and Car- mella (1946). Modest and attractive in style. The author is a member of the family of the Lord Stanley of Alderley who cruised to Iceland in 1789 (See Tlte Early Martied Life of Maria Josepha Lady StanIey, no. 600), and of Owen Stan- ley, the naval captain who explored New Guinea in the early nineteenth century, and for whom the principal mountain range of that island is named.

947 Talcott, Dudley Vaill. Noravind Hartford, Conn.: Edwin Valentine Mitchell, 1929. Un- paged. Limited to 375 copies signed by the author. Printed facsimile of a manuscript, with numerous drawings by the author. Disjointed sketches of people, places and things on the west coast of Nor- way, with an equally disjointed account of a canoe voyage from Svolver Lofoten to Tromso, 10 August to 23 September 1926. The drawings are interesting and attractive and the word sketches evocative.

948 Thompson, William Mort. Sea Doggerel. By a Landlubber ... A souvenir of a Trip to Bologne on board "La Marguerite," read at Limrner's Hotel... London, 1894.16~~.

949 Whitworth, W. H. A. Rocks and Tides. Ipswich: Norman Adlard & Co., 1936.68~~. Ten short pieces on cruising the coast of Brittany in his yawl Alektor over the preceeding ten years, written with hopes of encouraging others to sail this dangerous but interesting coast for fun. To that end, he describes harbours and lists the appropriate Admiralty charts as well as narrating his adventures while passing through the Alderney Race, the Ile de Bas Channel and the Chenal du Four, sailing alone along the coast, etc. Alektor: Yawl, built in 1882. LOAN; LWL 34'; Beam 10'; Draft 6'; 12 tons. Used a sweep rather than an engine as an auxiliary.

950 Worth, Claud. Yacht Cruising. 4th ed. rev. and enl. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1934.538~~. 266 Adventurers Afloat

First edition, with the collaboration of George Green, C.J. Ben- nett, & C. Devereu Marshall. London: J.D. Potter, 1910.272~~. Second edition London: J.D. Potter, 1921. viii, 440pp. Third edition London: J.D. Potter, 1926. viii, 460pp. Excerpts from logs of cruises in ten boats from the late 1880s to the 1920s. The last part of the book contains technichal information and is, because of recent developments in design, techniques, and materials, somewhat obsolete. This is a classic work on cruising, however, and should be read by every serious yachtsman.

951 Young, Archibald. Summer Sailings. By an Old Yachtsman. Edinburgh: Douglas, 1898.225~~. An account of six cruises made during the 1880s and 1890s: North from about the Forth to the Clyde; westward through the Caledonian Canal; to the head of Loch Etive; to Loch Hourn; from Lerwick to Bergen; and among the Shetland Islands. Several of the passages were stormy. Has full descriptions of the people and places visited and gives a great deal of historical and economic information. An appendix on the Orkney oyster fishery is included as a con- tribution to its restoration. Has 16 interesting illustrations of the Scottish High- lands, the Orkneys, and Norway made from water-colour sketches. COASTAL CRUISES: SOUTHERN EUROPE

952 Anderson, Isabel Weld Perkins. A Yacht in Mediterranean Seas. Boston: Marshall Jones Co., 1930; London: Joiner & Steele, 1931. xvi, 428pp. A two-month cruise in Italian and Greek waters in the chartered 766-ton steam yacht Sayonara. Impersonal, with good descriptions of the places visited.

953 Bagot, Arthur Grenville. Shooting and Yachting in the Mediterranean, with Some Practical Hints to Yachtsmen. By Capt. A.G.Bagot ("Bagatelle"). London: W.H. Allen & Co., 1887. viii, 224pp. Second edition London: W.H. Allen & Co., 1888. viii, 224pp. The story of an eight-month cruise in the Mediterranean in the author's yacht, the principle object of which was to hunt in Albania. Bagot, his wife, C-, and their Yorkshire Blue terrier, Wigson, joined the yacht Eva in Gibraltar. They sailed to Albania by way of Algiers and Malta. After a long and successful hunting and sightseeing interlude, they travelled homeward by way of the major seaports and islands of the Western Mediterranean, pausing along the way for more hunting and for visits to interesting inland places. The afterguard went back to England in the yacht. The book contains interesting descriptions of voyaging as well as of the places visited, together with advice for cruising yachtsmen, cost estimates for similar voyages, and recipes of a useful sort, mostly for treating illnesses, but also for waterproofing boots and for preparing food which, if eaten, would soon cause one to test the efficacy of the medical recipes.

954 Bradford, Emle. The Wind Offthe Island London: Hutchinson, 1960; New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1961.190pp. A beautifully written account of a Mediterranean voyage made by the author and his wife in the Dutch boeier Mother Goose. The book is a tribute to the wife who left him at the end of the voyage to live in Greece. There is a brief account of this voyage in his autobiographical book The JoumeyingMoon, no. 134.

955 Brassey, Annie Allnutt Brassey, Baroness. Sunshine and Storm in the East; or, Cruises to Cyprus and Constan- tinople. London: Longmans, Green; New York: Holt, 1880. xx, 448pp. 268 Adventurers Afloat

Reissued by Longmans in 1881and 1886 and by Holt in 1889 and 1890. Issued in Leipzig by Tauchnitz, 1880.302~~. Part I is an account of a voyage in the western Mediterranean in 1874. Part I1 tells of a voyage in 1878 to Cypress, the Aegean, and Constantinople. Both voyages were made in Sunbeam.

956 Brooke, Ian. A Sea Blue Boat and a Sun God's Island, with photographs by the author. London: Coles, 1971.186~~. The author, to escape from London and his hated job as a fdm censor, bought the 18', two-masted Drascombe lugger which he named Aeolus, towed it across Europe to Greece, and shipped it by steamer to Rhodes. There he settled down to sail and to lead the kind of lie enjoyed by the local people. The book is more about Rhodes and its people, as perceived by the author, than about sailing or cruising. It is very well written.

957 Buckingham and Chandos, Richard Temple Nugent Brydges Chandos Grenville, 1st Duke of. The Private Diary of Richard, Duke of Buclcingham and Chandos. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1862.3 vols. (Vol. I: 320pp.; Vol. 11: 322pp.; Vol. 111: 300pp.). A prominent politician and head of the great Grenville family, the Duke eventually became a bankrupt, in part because of borrowing money to buy landed property, the interest on his loans exceeding the income from the property bought. The more land he acquired the poorer he became. By 1827, as his editor puts it, "it became imperative that his expensive establishments should be reduced, and that he should go abroad till his large estates could be nursed so as to meet the heaviest and most pressing demands." The Duke had a yacht built, named her the Anna Eliza, and on her he sailed into exile from Southampton on 3 July. He crossed to Havre de Grace from Ryde, and then sailed direct to Gibraltar, which he reached on the 15th. From there he visited the North Africancoast, Majorca, Sicily, Italy, Malta, etc., exploringin the ship's launch as he went along, meeting dignitaries, seeing all the sights. On 3 Sep- tember 1828 he took leave of his yacht and journeyed by land, returning to England in August, 1829. He wrote extremely good descriptions of everything he saw and experienced.

958 Cavan, Frederick Edward Gould Lambart, 9th Earl of. With Yicht, Camera and Cycle in the Mediterranean. London: Low, Marston, 1895. xv, 94pp. The story of a cruisein them-ton auxiliaryschoonerRoseneath. The afterguard, including the author, his daughter Ellen, three other ladies, and one other gentleman, joined her in Malaga. The itinerary included Oran, Algiers, Bone, Tabarca, Biierta, Tunis, Palermo, the Albanian coast, Ithica, the Gulf of Corinth, Puaeus, and, on the return voyage, ports of Italy and southern France and the Balearics. Because the author wished to convey to future navigators the appearances of Mediterranean ports and coastal areas and to describe for travelers and bicyclists the places of interest and the nature of the roads, the book is very descriptive and is illustrated by numerous full-page photographs. Coastal Cruzkes: Southern Europe 269

959 Cavan, Frederick Edward Gould Lambart, 9th Earl of. With Yacht and Camera in Eastern Waters. London: S. Low, Marston, 1897. xv, 128pp. From Leghorn to the Aegean via the Corinth Canal, with visits to Athens, the Greek Islands, Constantinople, and Gallipoli, in the steam auxiliary schooner Roseneath. 960 Chatterton, Edward Keble. "Chmina"on the Riviera. London: Hurst & Blackett, 1937. 285pp. Three years of cruising on the Mediterranean by one of the foremost popular writers on maritime subjects of the early twentieth century. The voyage out through the inland waterways of France is described in his books 7hrough Brittany in "Charmina,"no. 1217 and To the Mediterranean in "Channina",no. 1218. Charmina was shipped back to England at the end of the cruise. Charmina:Canoe-stern auxiliaryyawl with main mast in a tabernacle. LOA 28'; LWL 24'; Beam 8'; Draft 4'-4".

961 Collingwood, R G. First Mate's Log of a Journey to Greece in the Schooner Yacht "Fleur de Lys" in 1939. London: Oxford University Press, 1940. 187pp. In the summer of 1939Collingwood,the eminent philosopher and historian, went, as first mate, with a group of men from several Oxford colleges to cruise in theMediterranean, from Antibes toGreekwaters and then toNaples,whence Collingwood returned home. Collingwood's unequaled abilities as a writer make this account of the six weeks' voyage very readable. Fleur de Lys: Newfoundland Banks diesel auxiliary schooner. LOA 62'; Beam 15'-7"; Draft 8'-6"; 48 tons gross.

962 Cook, Theodore Andrea. The Cruzke of the "Branwen;"being a Short Hzktory of the Modem Revival of the Olympic Games, together with an Account of theAd- ventures of the English Fencing Team in Athens, MCm; with drawings by one of them and other illustrations, poems, odes, statistics, and much curious information, the whole printed this first of May, MCMVIII, for private circulation only, by the care and at the charge of the author, Theodore Andrea Cook. London: (Printed by Ballantyne & Co.), May 7, 1908. 164pp. The voyages described are from Naples to Greece (ch. 6, pp. 38-47), and from Greece to Venice (chs. 12 and U, pp. 146-164). Branwen: Steam auxiliary schooner. LOA 135'; LWL 108'; Beam 16'-6"; Draft 11'-3".

963 Deane, Shirley. fie Expectant Mariner. London: John Murray; New York: Mor- row, 1962.216~~. 270 Adventurers Afloat

A rather frivolous but entertaining account of pregnant peregrinations in the Mediterranean on board the ketch Joseph Conrad, culminating in the birth of the author's son Jonathan. Among the places visited: Elba, Livorno, Viareg- gio, La Spezia, Portotino, San Remo, Nice, and Villefranche. The crew: the author, her husband Malcolm, and his cousin David. Joseph Conrad: Colin Archer type auxiliary gaff-rigged ketch. LOA 50'; Beam 14'; 40 tons Thames measurement; Sail area 1300 sq.ft.

964 Duxbury, Ken. "Lugworm"on the Loose; Exploring Greece in an Open Dinghy. London: Pelham Books, 1973.200pp. After several nautical careers, including that of naval officer, Duxbury retired in 1970 to write full time. In the spring of 1971 he, his wife, and another couple trailed Lugworm from England to Volos, on the east coast of Greece. The Duxburys sailed south until, after experiencing the dangerous local windstorrnsgenerated by the meltemi (the north wind prevelant in the summer), they decided to accept an invitation to spend the rest of the stormy season in a borrowed cave home on Santori. In September they sailed along the coast of southern Greece, through the Corinth Canal, and north to Kassiopi, on Corfu, where they rented a house in which to spend the winter. The book ends in April, 1972, with preparations for the voyage back to England. For an account of that voyage see Zugworm" Homeward Bound, no. 996. Contains excellent descrip tions of the countryside, the people, and of the problems and pleasures ofvoyag- ing in Greek waters. Lugworm: Ketch-rigged Drascombe Lugger, with outboard motor. LOA 18'.

965 Edgcumbe, Lady Ernestine, and Lady Mary Wood. Four Months Cruise in a Sailing Yacht. London: Hurst & Black- ett, 1888.307~~. A superficial travel book based on a cruise on the 380-ton schooner Ariadne, which the yachting party ( seven people) reached in Algiers by train and steamer from Charing Cross. After a short cruise along the North African coast, the yacht proceeded to Malta, where it spent most of the four months. The voyage ended in Venice after a brief cruise through the Ionian Islands. The yachting party returned to Charing Cross. The description of the naval vessels and of the life of naval and military officers in Malta is of interest, although coy and silly writing makes for neither credibility nor readability.

966 Fitz-Patrick, T. An Autumn Cru2ie in the Aegean; or, Notes of a Voyage in a Sail- ing Yacht. London: Low, Marston, 1886.316~~. Charles Harrison, who left his 126-ton auxiliary schooner yacht Linda in Malta after finishing his summer cruise, offered her and her crew to the author and his party for an Aegean cruise. Because the Italian and southern French ports were experiencing outbreaks of cholera, and no passages to Malta could be secured on short notice, the yacht was sent to Greek waters to meet the yachting party. The author went from London by train to Trieste, and then on by steamer. Since there was time for the excursion, he went to Constantinople before returning to Piraeus and boarding the yacht. The next morning Linda sailed to Hermoupolis, on the island of Syra, to meet the other four members Coastal Cruises: Southern Europe 271

of the party, who came there directly from London by steamer. She sailed on to Smyma, where trips were made to inland points of interest. She sailed north to Nikelifor several more excursions, but the weather deteriorated and one of the party became ill. After calling at Mitylene, and then again at Smyrna for medical aid, the yacht returned to Poraeus by way of Sunium. From there was a further short trip to Nauplia, in the Peleponnesus, before the yacht sailed for home. The rest of the explorations were made by land. Captain R. Diaper, of the famous professional yachting family, commanded the schooner and its crew of seven seamen (which included Edward and John Diaper), a cook, a steward, and a ship's boy. Most of the text and pictures have to do with Greek history and antiquities.

967 Gardner, George Peabody. Turkhh Delight; a Cruise along the Southern Coast of Turkey. Salem, Mass.: Peabody Museum, 1964.64~~. A luxury/Corinthian cruise in August 1963 in Hod (Horace W.) Fuller's 80' Bermudan ketch Velila,chartered by Gardnerwith Fuller as skipper, in Turkish waters and the Aegean. For accounts of six other cruises Gardner made with Hod Fuller in Greek waters, see no. 1001.

968 Gosset, Renee Pierre. My Men in a Boat, translated by M. Heron. London: Allen & Unwin, 1959.259~~. Translation of Mes Hommes dans un Bateau. The Gossets, French journalists with three children, bought a converted 112' Royal Navy Fairmile motor launch, the Marsyu, in Poole, refitted her there and in Tangier, and, with a crew of two Breton fishermen, cruised the western Mediterranean. They found only Sardinia to be beautiful and that the boat contributed nothing to their enjoyment of the island. They sailed her to Cannes and sold her, resolving to give up small boat cruising. Told as a series of humorous mishaps.

969 Harvey, Mrs. A. J., of Ickwell-Bury. Our Cruise in the "Claymore," with a Visit to Damascus and the Lebanon. London: Chapman & Hall, 1861.309~~. The narrative opens on 5 May 1860, with the coast of Syria, or Lebanon, in sight. Claymore anchored off Beyrout (Beirut) the next day and stayed there while the yachting party went off to visit the Sheikh of the Druses and then traveled to Damascus and Baalbec. About half of the book is devoted to this journey through a countryside troubled by bandits and unhappy and violent Druses. On 5 June the party returned to Beyrout after some narrow escapes, and on the 6th Claymore sailed to Sidon, where she waited again while the afterguard visited Jerusalem and Palestine. From there she sailed westward, visiting Cyprus, Rhodes, Santorini, Zante, Cephalonia, Ithica, Santa Maura (or Leukas), and various Dalmatian ports before ending the cruise in Venice. An interesting account which reminds the reader that the problems of hatred and intolerance in the Middle East are long-standing and intractable.

970 Kinross, John Patrick Douglas Balfour, Baron. Europa Minor: Journeys in Coastal Turkey. London: Murray; New York: Morrow, 1956.167~~. 2 72 Adventurers Afloat

In part (pp. 35-94), this is a narrative of a cruise in Patrick Balfour's yacht Elfin from Pamphylia, the port of Antalya, on the southern coast of Turkey, westward and northward to Samos. Elfin called at a number of ports and islands including, Phaselis, Olympus, Kas, Castelorizo, Marmaris, Loryma, Symi, Cnidus, Bodrum (once Halicarnassus), and Rhodes. The book contains, in addition to an interesting account of the voyage, a number of excellent historical descriptions of places visited.

971 Loomis, Alfred Fullerton. "Hotspur's"Cruzke in the Aegean. Decorations by G.T.Hartmann. New York: J. Cape & H. Smith, 1931.239~~. A readable and descriptive account, with historical background, of a cruise made by the author and his wife, Priscilla. Hotspur was shipped to Piraeus, which became the base for the three phases of the cruise, the fust into the Gulf of Corinth, the second eastward to the Cyclades (Syos, Delos, Santorini, Can- dia, Milos, Siphanos, Faros, Tios, and Kythnos), and the third down the Pelepomesian coast to Nauplia and back. Contains much timeless information which is of interest to yachtsmen. Includes an account of designing, building, and launching Hotspur. Hotspur: Bermudan auxiliary cutter. LOA 32'-4"; LWL 24'-6"; Beam 8'- 10 ";Draft S-3";Displacement 7 tons.

972 McConnell, Carol, and Malcolm McConnell. Middle Sea Autumn. New York; London: Norton, 1985.219~~. From Tangier to Lindos, Rhodes, 11 September to 1 November 1979, by way of Almeria, Ibiza, San Pietro, Sardinia, Sicily, Malta, and Crete, in Matata. A continuation of the voyage from New York narrated in their First Crossing, no. 556. In this volume the McComells write alternate chapters in the fust person and write well, discussing the voyage and its pleasures and perils, current events, conservation, etc. The appendices offer information on Mediterranean weather patterns, moorings and anchorages, and seamanship, and on hot- weather sailing.

973 McDonald, Kendall. Viva "Penelope!"Just a Boat on the Costa Brava. London: Pelham, 1973. 153,8pp. An account of the motorboating holidays of a British family on the Costa Brava over a period of years. Early on, after difficulties in finding a boat to rent and a diiter in an inflatable, MacDonald hadpenelope built along the lines of a local f~hingboat. For eight years she was used regularly, but then, with the children grown and changing needs, including the need for a boat in England, she was replaced by the large inflatable speedboat Flipper IZ, which could be hauled back and forth between countries. Over the years the McDonalds established a base in a family hotel and became integrated with the local population. Unfortunately the Costa Brava was too pleasant a place to last. Now it suffers from overcrowding, impersonality, and pollution. The old days were, as always in reminiscences, better. 974 Marriner, John. Journey into the Sunrise. London: Kimber, 1970.253~~. Coastal Cruises: Southern Europe 273

A cruise inSeptember Tide which followed the route taken by Captain Fran- cis Beaufort, R. N., in 1811-1812 on a surveying expedition in H. M. S. Fredenbteen. Marriner motored from Rhodes along the south coast of Turkey to Iskenderuna, where he left the boat for a time to explore eastern Turkey and meet its varying religious groups by bus, before proceeding to Cyprus. An excellent blend of history, current affairs, boating, and information helpful to the visitingyachtsman. Closes with the sightingof a lighthouse on Cyprus just before dawn.

975 Marriner, John. Marriner in the Mediterranean. London: Coles, 1967. 186pp. Cruises east of Italy in the motor cruiser September Tide, 1960-1965. They were: 1960161: From the French Riviera to Greece, visiting Yugoslavia briefly, and wintering in the Piraeus. 1961162: To Istanbul by way of the Greek coast, south along the Turkish coast, with visits to the Aegean islands, and then to Malta for the winter. 1962163: Back to the Aegean, and then to Yogoslavia. 1963164: Anatolia, and then the Turkish coast from Sampos to Kas, then to Rhodes for the winter. 1964165: East along the Turkish coast to Finike, then Rhodes again, Cyprus, Beirut, and Cyprus once more. The appendix contains information for those who might want to cruise the same area.

976 Muspratt, Eric. Greek Seas. London: Duckworth, 1933. 190pp. Muspratt chartered a 78' Greek trading schooner, complete with crew, for a six-month voyage in the Aegean and the eastern Mediterranean. He had ongoing difficultieswith the owner, but was able to sail from Piraeus on 19 Novem- ber 1932. He sailed through the Corinth Canal to Patras and Zante, where he had severe crew trouble, and then rounded Cape Matapan in a storm and reached Suda Bay, in Crete, in time for Christmas. After more trouble with the crew and the owner, Musprat joined the British yacht Constance in Heraklion. She, also, was not trouble-free. He left her in Egypt to return to Greece by steamer in order to write the story of this twice-aborted cruise before going to Russia. Smoothly written, but thin.

977 Pardey, Lin, and Larry Pardey "Serafin's"Mediterranean Adventure. New York: Norton, 1981. 352pp. A continuation of the voyage described in "Serafin's"European Adventure, no. 928, from Gibraltar along the south coast of Spain to Malta, Tunisia, Italy, Yugoslavia, and back to Malta for the winter. Well written, with a great deal of information on cruising including a realistic picture of what cruising is really like.

978 Robinson, Keith. Is1and.s of Blue Water. London: Coles, 1968.254~~. The author took special early retirement from the British Army and bought Leiona in St. Lucia as a floating home. He sailed her to the Mediterranean and cruised there during the summers of 1964 to 1967, wintering in Puerto de Andraitx, Mallorca, each year. Appendix discusses prices and problems of Mediterranean cruising. 274 Adventurers Afloat

Leiona: Double-ended Bermudan cutter with centre cockpit. LOA 40.8'; LWL35'; Beam 11.3'; Draft 5'; 17 tons Thames measurement; 17.39 tons gross.

979 Robinson, Keith. Islanak Ahead. London: Hale, 1972. 190pp. Continues the cruising story begun in ZslandF of Blue Water, describing a summer of cruising in the Aegean, a winter in the northern Greek harbour of Volos, and a spring cruise along the Jugoslavian coast to Venice. At the end of the season, Robinson took Leiona to Puerto de Andraitx for the winter and in preparation for the return voyage to England the next year. Various friends crewed along the way. Contains contemporary descriptions of the placesvisited and realistic information on Mediterranean cruising.

980 Runciman, Sir Walter, Bart. "Sunbeam"in the Mediterranean during the Regime of Mussolini, 1926. me Private Log and Diary of Sir Walter Runciman, Bart. London: Hudson & Kearns, 1926.39~~.

981 Schildt, Goran. In the Wake of Odysseus. London: Staples Press, 1953.315~~. The American edition has the title In the Wake of Ulysses. Trans- lated from the Swedish by Alan Blair. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1953.299~~. In 1948 Schildt and his wife, Mona, took their ketch Daphne from Sweden to the Mediterranean through the inland waterways (see his In the Wake of a Wish, no. 1289). They left the yacht in Papal10 each winter thereafter when they returned toSweden to work. Each summer thereafter they sailedin the Mediter- ranean. This cruise, following the wanderings of Odysseus, took place in the summer of 1950. Schildt is a highly educated, creative writer whose books are educational in the best sense of the word as well as entertaining. Daphne: Bermudan auxiliary ketch with a central cockpit, built in Finland in 1936. LOA 34'; LWL 21'-7"; Beam 9'; Draft 5'-2"; Displacement 6.1 Metric tons; Sail area 46 sq. metres.

982 Schildt, Goran. me Sea of Icarus. Translated from the Swedish by Alan Blair. London: Staples Press, 1959.239~~. The Schidts motored south through the Alps to Murano, a suburb of Venice, where Daphne had been left 18 months before. After fitting her out, they set out down the Dalmatian coast on a summer voyage which took them to the Ionian Islands, through the Gulf of Corinth, north along the Greek coast and among the western Greek islands to Istanbul, south along the Turkish coast and among the eastern Greek islands to Turkey's southern coast, where they followed the eastward route taken by Captain Beaufort, R. N., on his suweying expedition. Although the story ends in Beirut, Daphne sailed on to Alexandria to spend the winter before her Nie voyage (for an account of that voyage, see no. 1469). Again, Schildt's account, with its rich historical background, is highly instructive as well as entertaining. Coastal Cruises: Southern Europe 275

983 Stark, Freya. The Lycian Shore. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1956.204~~. A beautifully-written cruising story so filled with vivid classical history that sometimes the reader seems to be living simultaneously in the past and the present. The author sailed along the southern Turkish coast and among its islands inElfin, a five-ton auxiliary cutter belonging to David Balfour, the British consul in Smyma. Balfour and his wife were along, together with a paid crew of two. The narrative is based on a voyage made in 1952. Notes on changes found on a second visit in 1954 are included. Stark traces the adventures of Alexander the Great and his immediate successors in this part of what is now Turkey. For an account of another voyage along this coast, see G.P. Gardner's Turkish Delight, no. 967.

984 Stimson, Lewis A. The Cruise of the "Fleur-de-Lys"in the Mediterranean. New York: Privately printed by the Knickerbocker Press, 1904.83~~. Narrative of two cruises across the Atlanticfrom New York to the Mediter- ranean and back, one made in 1902 and the other in 1904. On both voyages the yachting party joined in Gibraltar, but returned to New York by the southern route on board the yacht, stopping at Madeira in 1902and in the Azores in 1904. They also made extensive land tours while the yacht was in the Mediterranean. The book is largely made up of descriptions of the places visited, which were, in 1902, Palermo, Malta, Greece and the Aegean Islands, the Gulf of Corinth, the Adriatic, and the west coast of Italy, and, in 1904, the north coast of Africa, Sicily, the Dalmatian coast to Venice, Naples, Elba and Nice. Contains information on sailing conditions and anchorages. Pedestrian, but not uninterest- ing. FIeur de Lys: Schooner. LOA 108'; LWL 87'; Draft 14'; 86 tons. Had no auxiliary. Carried a power launch.

985 Townshend, F.T. A Cruise in Greek Waters With a hunting excursion in Tunis. Lon- don: Hurst & Blackett, 1870.286~~. On the evening of 10 August 1869 the schooner yacht Evadne sailed from Cowes for a leisurely cruise which was to take her through the Mediterranean and the Aegean to Constantinople and then back to Alexandria for the winter. After taking on provisions for sii months in Plymouth, she picked up the first of many fair winds to reach Lisbon in a week. She called at Gibraltar, Malaga, Algiers, Tunis, Pantallaria, Malta, Piraeus, andconstantinople, where she spent aweek before sailing south through anow-stormy Aegean for Alexandria, which she reached on 16 November, the day the Suez Canal opened. Townshend made several inland trips along the way. From Malaga he visited Granada and the Al- hambra; from Tunis he went on two long boar hunts far into the interior and explored the site of Carthage; from Piraeus he traveled over much of Greece; and from Alexandria he went to Cairo and there gave many indications of intend- ing to ascend the Nile in a dahabea.

I 986 Vanderbilt, William Kissam. I Fifteen Thousand Miles Cruise with '2ra". Privately printed, [1928].xi, 261pp. 2 76 Adventurers Afloat

An account of Ara's 1927 Mediterranean cruise, together with brief accounts of her transatlantic voyages from and to New York. During February and March, AM visited the islands and coasts of the western Mediterranean. This part of the voyage is described by Mrs. Wifield Scott Hoyt. The account of the rest of the cruise, up the Adriatic to Venice, down the Dalmatian coast, through the Corinth Canal, the Aegean, and the Dardanelles to Istanbul, south along the Turkish coast to Rhodes, and the voyage home, is written by Vander- bilt from notes made during the voyage. Several parties of guests were on board for parts of the voyage.

987 Vignes, Jacques. The Rage to Survive; translated from the French by Mihailo Voukitchevich; original drawings by Ardea; preface by Alain Bombard. New York: Morrow, 1976.215~~. Lucien Schiltz and Catherine Plessz sailed from Beaulieu for the Balerics on 11 September 1972 in Njord, a 26' double-ended steel-hulled yacht of the Colin Archer type. They enwuntered a severe storm. After being knocked down and pooped, they inflated their life raft to test it, could not deflate it, and abandoned Njord because they felt safer on the raft. They were not. The raft capsized. Most of their stores and equipment were lost. They drifted for12 days, completely unable to help themselves as they grew weaker and weaker, had spells of delirium and terrible dreams, and came to hate or be indifferent to each other. Fortunately the merchant ship Abel Tasman, en route to Holland, sighted and rescued them. Njord was sighted later by a passing ship, awash but still afloat. Two months after their rescue, when the author interviewed them for this book, both were still in ill health. However, afters six more months they had recovered completely. They were still together, and gone to sea again. his three-part book is done as a series of narratives and conversations. It shows clearly that neither Schiltz nor Plessz was equipped to deal with the problems they enwuntered and gives the reader a clear picture of what can happen, even under the most favorable circunstances, to those who go to sea intellectually and emotionally unprepared for emergencies.

988 Wharton, E.L. Wine-DarkSeas. London: Williams & Norgate, 1937.309~~. Sicily, Greece and the Aegean. The author and his wife were guests of "Jason"on a two-month cruise from Syracuse eastward to the Ionian Islands, Messolonghi, the Gulf of Corinth, Puaeus, and the Straits of Salamis and then back to Syracuse and on to Malta. The host's wife, Helen, and their two young daughters, Nausica and Phillipa, were along. Both the author and "Jason" were Royal Navy officers, the author retired, and "Jason" in the fmal months of his tour of duty as harbourmaster at Malta. The book is a dream-like and impressionistic account of thevoyage which skilfully intertwines past and present. The author's sketch illustrations add materially to the impact of the of the story.

989 Whitehouse, Mrs. Norman de R (Vira Boarman Whitehouse), and Paul Crevath. The Cruke of "Warnamor"in the Eastern Mediterranean, 1926. Gar- den City, N.Y.: Country Life Press, 1927.94~~. Coastal Crukes: Southern Europe 277

By two members of the party. Warrior sailed from Naples on 11 March with an afterguard of five and a crew of 43. She called at Messina, Malta, Alexandria, Cypress, Crete, Santorini, Lesbos, Constantinople, Mount Athos, Piraeus, Corfu, Brindisi, Durazzo, Cattaro, Ragusa, Spalato, Zara, Fiume, Pola, Brione, and, on 5 May, at Venice, where the voyage ended. Many side trips were taken to inland points of interest. Cravath chronicled the voyage as far as Brindisi, where Mrs. Whitehouse's journal begins. W-or: Diesel motor yacht with gyro stabilizers. LOA 250';Beam 34'-6". Cruising speed 12 knots. COASTAL CRUISES: NORTHERN AND SOUTHERNEUROPE

990 Bowles, Thomas Gibson. meLog of the "Nereid"illustrated by Lockhart Bogle. London: Simpkin, Marshall, 1889.229~~. A nine-month cruise from Cowes to the Mediterranean in an 80 ton schooner yacht commanded by the author and with a paid crew. His four children accompanied hi. His views on women, religion, and natives would cause him problems in today's society.

991 Cowan, Gibson. Re Voyage of the "EvelynHope." London: Cresset Press, 1946. 184pp. Cowan and his girl friend sailed from England to the Mediterranean via the French canals and rivers, emerging at Marseilles, in the summer of 1939. They were in Messina when Italy declared war. The boat was seized. They were deported to Yugoslavia, whence they escaped to Egypt through Greece and Crete. Cowan's further adventures are related in 7he Odyssey of Mister Man, no. 1106. Evelyn Hope: Gaff-rigged yawl built in 1906. LOA 33'-4";Beam 9'-3";10.27 tons gross; 5.54 tons net.

992 Crichton, Tom. Sailboat Tramp. New York: Norton, 1952.231pp.; London: Hale, 1954.187~~. Crichton, after a year as a prisoner of war in Japan, bought the ketch Rozinante (nee Seagull) in Sweden and sailed her south through the Kiel Canal and the French waterways to the Mediterranean, where he cruised for nearly three years. He gives frightening pictures of postwar Germany, France, Italy, Greece, and Israel. The story covers the years 1947 through 1949. Rozinante: LOA 25'. Beam 9'.

993 Crichton, Tom. Salt Water Vagabond London: Hale, 1961.190pp. Coastal Cruises: Northern and Southern Europe 279

The author and a partner bought Jack London in Poole in 1955 and sailed her down the European coast to Pasajes, where she laid up for the winter whiie Crichton worked to earn money. The next summer the owners bought an engine and sailed to Gibraltar to have it installed. They cruised the western Mediterranean during the summers of 1957 and 1958, when the book ends. Jack London: Gaff-rigged Colin Archer auxiliary ketch built in Norway in 1925 and formerly owned by Robert Somerset. LOA 50'; Beam 14'; Draft 7'; 39 tons; Sail area 1400 sq. ft.

994 Dixon, Douglas. A Sail to Gallipoli. Ipswich: East Anglian Magazine, Ltd., 1965. 148pp. The author, his wife, and their daughter, sailed in Dusmarie from Harwich to Gallipoli and cruised in the Aegean and Mediterranean, July 1955 to July 1958. Dixon, a Gallipoli veteran, was making a nostalgic return to the peninsula. Dusmarie: For details see entry for Dixon'sA Sail to Lapland no. 903.

995 Duncan, C.F. Cruise of the 'Xmpelisca,"1931-1932. London: Roworth, 1933. 64pp. Reprinted from the Royal Cruising Club Journal, 1932. Part I describes the voyage in 1931 from Dartmouth to Gibraltar and the Balearic Islands. Part I1 covers the voyage from Marseilles to Corsica, Naples, and Malta in 1932. Told in log style. Ampelisca: Built in 1929. LOA 38'; LWL 31'-6"; Beam 10'; Draft 7-3"; 10 tons gross; 12 tons Thames measurement.

996 Duxbury, Ken. "Lugwonn"Homeward Bound Greece to England in an Open Din- ghy. London: Pelham, 1975.182~~. After a summer of cruising in the Aegean and a winter in a rented house on Corfu, Duxbury and his wife, B., spent the spring and summer of 1972 sailing home to England in their Drascombe Lugger, Lugworm, an 18' open boat. They crossed the Adriatic, sailed along the southern and western Italian coasts and the French coast to Aigues Mort, passed through French waterways to Bor- deaux, continued by coast and canal to St. Malo and Cherbourg, and then crossed to Fowey, their home port, by way of Weymouth. Along the way they were driven onto a sandy lee shore and capsized, visitedTaranto and many other Italian port cities, cruised the Aeolian Islands of Vulcano, Lipari, Panarea, and Stromboli, lost money at Monte Carlo, after which they lived on crisps and spaghetti for a time, and had many adventures. For Lugworm's cruise in Greek waters, see no. W, for her subsequent cruises in British waters, see no. 816.

997 Featherstone, R A Rutland Yachtsman: "Cygnet of Mourne" to Corsica. Spiegel Books, 1981.30pp. An interesting log of a voyage made in order to participate in the 1982 World Rally of Swan Yachts. 280 Adventurers Ajloat

998 Flower, E.B. Under 'Ilane's" Wings. London: hold, 1936.314~~. A leisurely cruise made by a husband and wife from Ilfracombe, on the north coast of Devon, to Marseilles, by way of Porlock Wier (for refitting), Fal- mouth, Fowey, Plymouth, Salcombe, Dartmouth, Herm, and the coasts of France, Spain and Portugal. Descriptive of the places visited as well as of the voyage. lane: A former pilot cutter, built 1913. LOAM'; Beam 14'; Draft 8'-6";30 tons. No auxiliary.

999 Gainsford, W.D. A Winter's Cruise in the Mediterranean. London: Swan Son- nenschein, 1892.229~~. From Plymouth to the western Mediterranean and return to Lisbon in the yacht Tiara. The author commanded a paid crew.

1000 Gambier-Parry, Ernest. Sketches of a Yachting Cruise, by Major Gambier Parry. London: W. H. Allen, 1889.271~~. From Southampton to Constantinople in the 180-ton schooner Ptarmigan in the 1880s. The schooner sailed on 21 November, ran into a severe storm, broke her rudder head, got back to Dartmouth with jury rig (described by the author), refitted in a fortnight, and sailed again for a pleasant and relatively storm-free cruise of about five months. The yachting party visited, among other places, Gibraltar, Algeria, Sicily, Corfu, Albania, Ithica, Zante, Olympus, Navarino, Corinth, Mount Athos, and Constantinople. From Constantinople they went to Sebastapol by Russian steamer. The author gives full descriptions of these places and discusses the politics of each. He notes the devastation of the city of Sebastapol, unreconstructed after the Crimean War, as a contrast to the healthy condition of the city's defenses. The party returned to England by commercial transport.

1001 Gardner, George Peabody. Hard Alee: Cruising Foreign. Salern, Mass.: Peabody Museum, 1977. xvi, 224pp. Accounts of one cruise in the Baltic and six in the Aegean and eastern Mediterranean in chartered sailing yachts with professional skippers and crews. For each voyage a highly congenial afterguard was assembled. All of its members always had a very good time. The good feelings engendered come through in the book. Three Aegean cruises were left out because of lack of space (for an account of the 1963 cruise, see no. 967). The Baltic cruise was made in 1956 on Wolfgang Thomas' 53' ketch Polar, based in Stockholm. The Greek voyages were made in boats chartered from and commanded by Hod Fuller, the first two in his schooner Aegean, and the rest in his new 78' ketch Velila.

1002 [Grosvenor, E.M.]. Narrative of a Yacht Voyage in the Mediterranean, 1840-41. Lon- don: John Murray, 1842.2 vols.: 363,278~~. Coastal Crukes: Northern and Southern Europe 281

The author sailed from Portsmouth in the 217-ton schooner Dolphin, R. Y. S., with his wife and four children, 19 September 1840. The yacht carried a captain, mate, carpenter, ten sailors, a cook, cook's mate, and steward, and a maid and servant. Volume I describes the outward voyage to Constantinople via Lis- bon, Seville, Barcelona, Palma, Naples, Messina, Syracuse, and a number of Aegean ports. The return voyage, described in volume 11, included visits to the Gulf of Smyma, Ephesus, Samo, Athens, Mycenae, a number of Greek islands, Aante, Corfu, Malta, Gibraltar, and Lisbon. Off Portugal a great storm carried away the yacht's rudder. There is a detailed description of jury-rigging a steering device which enabled the ship to return to Lisbon for repairs. Dolphin reached Spithead in November, 1841.

1003 Hildebrand, Arthur Sturges. Blue Water. New York: Harcourt, Brace; London: Cape, 1923. 3 18pp. The story of a voyage in the yawl Caltha from Gourock to the Mediter- ranean and of the subsequent cruise there, July 1921 to October 1922, ending in Marseilles, where the boat was sold. Well-written, with excellent descriptions of the places visited. Caltha: Gaff-rigged yawl designed by H.P. Blake and built in 1900. LOA 54'; LWL 47'; Beam 10'; Draft 7-6".

1004 Kavenaugh, Arthur. The Cnrke of the R.Y.S. "Eva"Dublin: Hodges, Smith and Co., 1865.216~~. An expedition in a 130-tonyacht from the Waterford River to the Albanian coast for shooting. Eva sailed in October 1862 and returned in May 1863.

1005 Kynett, Harold Havelock. The "Mavic's"Log. Ramblings with Nautical Notes. [Philadelphia]: Privately printed, Christmas 1951. 152pp. Cruising in western European waters, 1926-1928. One of a long series of Christmas books published by the author.

1006 Landery, Charles. Whktlingfora Wind.London: Phoenix House, 1952.256pp.; New York: Knopf, 1953.308~~. The story of the author's adventures in the ketch Bessie in the eastern Mediterranean during the early post-World-War-I1 years. He and his friend, Sam Barclay, who had served in the Aegean during the war and sensed potential profits to be made there with a small trading vessel, bought Bessie in north Devon, fitted her out with great difficulty, and sailed her out to their base in Cypress. After eliminating teething difficulties, most of which were caused by the engine, they made modest profits hauling various cargoes, legal and illegal. After several interesting and exciting years, the author was forced, for un- disclosed reasons, to return to Canada. He sold his share of Bessie to a friend of his partner and regretfully put an end to what he described as the good life, but continued to follow Bessie's picaresque career through Sam's letters. 282 Adventurers Afloat

1007 Maillart, Ella Katherine. Gipsy Afloat. London; Toronto: Heinemann, 1942. xiv, 239pp. Crewing on large yachts in her early adult years. Most of Maillart's seagoing time was spent on the barge yacht Volunteer. She condenses the story of her seafaring career into 25 pages at the beginning of her autobiography, Cruises and Caravans. London: Dent, 1942. The rest of this latter book deals with caravans and other non-nautical matters.

1008 Maxwell, E.H. "Grifin"Ahoy! A Yacht Cruise to the Levant and Wanderings in Egypt, Syria, the Holy Land, Greece and Italy in 1881. London: Hurst, 1882.326~~. Thevoyage of a yachtingparty of eight from Falmouth to the Mediterranean in a 315-ton steam auxiliary barque.

1009 Millar, George Reid. Isabel and the Sea. Garden City, New York: Doubleday, 1948. 307pp. London: Heinemann, 1949. vi, 406pp. The first cruise of Millar and his wife, from Bursleydon to the Piraeus via the French waterways in Truant, 8 June to 4 November 1946, told in the rich and satisfying style which makes all of Millar's books very attractive. Truant: Gaff-rigged ketch, built in 1919. LOA 49'; Beam 13'; Draft 5'; 31 tons.

1010 Millar, George Reid. A White Boatfrom England. London: Heinemann, 1951. 308pp.; New York: Knopf, 1952.354~~. From Lyrnington along the Atlantic and northern Mediterranean coasts to the Riviera, June to August 1950, in the 16-ton sloop Serica. An excellent narrative.

1011 Nott-Brower, E.E. Ten Ton Travel. London: Murray, 1950; New York: Transatlantic Arts, 1951. 176pp. The author bought Smew from Edward Allcard in 1945 and refitted her. In 1946 he and his wife cruised from the Thames to Exmouth via the Channel Islands, and in 1947, in segments, to Gibraltar, Sete, and inland to Bordeaux and then to St. Christopher de Medoc, where the boat was laid up for the winter. The next spring Smew sailed to Torquay via the river Vilaine and the Ille et Rance Canal across Brittany.

1012 O'Brien, Conor. Voyage and Discoveiy. With illustrations by Katherine Clausen. Edinburgh: Blackwood, 1938.276~~. Coastal Cmkes: Northern and Southern Europe 283

The account of a voyage made by O'Brien, his wife, and one hand, from England to the Mediterranean, 1931-1932, inSaorse. Saorse (pronounced seer- shay) had been rerigged as brigantine.

1013 Reynolds, Henry. Spankh Waters... . London: Hurst & Blackett; Boston: Lauriat, 1924.304~~. Humorous accounts of adventure-filled voyages in the yawl Wnnie from Falmouth to Spanish waters in the summers of 1911,1912,1921, and 1922. Wnnie: Quay punt built in 1895 and converted to a yacht. Gaff-rigged yawl. LOA 31'-8"; LWL the same; Beam 9'-5"; Draft 7'.

1014 Richardson, Mary. "Sunbeam"Ahoy! 7ke First Cmke of the Yacht "Sunbeam II". Newcastle upon Tyne: A Reid, 1932. xi, 146pp. Acruise in Sir Walter Runciman's yacht from Southampton to the Mediter- ranean and return, March to May 1930. The author was Runciman's niece. See below for Runciman's account of the voyage.

1015 Runciman, Sir Walter, Bart. "Sunbeam II" in 1930. Newcastle upon Tyne: Privately printed, 1930.86~~. Runciman, who had sailed Lord Brassey's old Sunbeam until she became unfit for long voyages, had her broken up and replaced her with Sunbeam II. This is an account of the new yacht's first season of cruising. Runciman, a qualified master mariner under sail, took seven guests to the Mediterranean, visiting the major ports and islands from Gibraltar to Piraeus, made the English yachting season at Cowes, and then sailed to Blyth, her home port. He celebrated his 83rd birthday on board on 6 July. Contains many strong opinions on affairs of the day or of the past. He idolized John Paul Jones and thought of Lord Fisher as almost superhuman. Sunbeam 11: Three-masted auxiliary schooner, designed by G. L. Watson & Co., and built by Denny Brothers of Dumbarton in 1929. LOA 195'; LWL 152'; Beam 30'-1"; Draft 16'-10". Tonnage: Yacht measure 659; Gross register 505; Net register 292.

1015a Runciman, Sir Walter, Bart. "Sunbeam II" in 1932, with some Reminiscences of Sailing Ship Captains. Newcastle upon Tyne: Printed by Andrew Reid & Co., 1933. 10Opp. The author's personal log of voyages from Gibraltar to Constantinople via Palermo, Messina, Argostoli, and Syra, then via Cagliari, Port Mahon, Palma, and Torquay, to Cowes and Southampton. Voyages along the south and east coasts of England and to Denmark followed, with Sunbeam ending the season in Blyth. The sailing ship captains, professional heroes of the author, a merchant navy captain himself, were Captains Beckett, Duncan Smith and George Fulham. 4 284 Adventurers Afloat

1016 Rushworth-Lund, Anthony. By Way of the Golden Isles. London: Chapman and Hall, 1963. 20Spp. From Littlehampton to Marseilles via the French waterways and then to St. John Cap Ferrat, where the Rushworths' boat, Ragged Robin III, was based for five years of family cruising. The return voyage was made by the French waterways to Bordeauxand thence to Dartmouthvia St. Peter Port, Jersey. Well written and interesting. The author avoids all dates except those of the Bordeaux wine tasted (1958 and 1959) and of the copyright. Ragged Robin III: Double-ended Bermudan sloop. MA27'7'; Beam 7'- 8"; Draft 4'-3"; 5 tons.

1017 Rushworth-Lund, Anthony. By Way of the Spankh Isles. London: Chapman and Hall, 1966. 191pp. The author sailed Gay Gauntlet from Lymington to the Balearics by way of the Bay of Biscay, La Coruiia, Gibraltar, Estapona, Malaga, Almeria, Alicante, Calpe, Javea, Ibiza, and Formentera. By the time the yacht reached Alicante, the last of the crew had gone back to work. His wife flew out with four new crew members to take the yacht to Palma, Majorca, where they were joined by their young son and daughter. The summer was spent circumnavigating Majorca, Cabrera, and Minorca. A very descriptive book which includes history and culture as well as sailing and scenery. Gay Gauntlet: Double-ended sloop, built in 1948 as an ocean racing boat. LOA 40'-6"; Beam 9'-T', Draft 5'43".

1018 Stephenson, Ralph. 5,000 Miles in a Catamaran. London: Hale, 1974. 191pp. The author emigrated fromNew Zealand to England following World War 11. After a long period of sailingvarious boats hebought Pussy Cat in Holmsund in 1970. In her he cruised in English waters and then down the Atlantic wast to the Mediterranean. He returned to England through the French waterways and sold the boat to a South African couple at the end of the voyage. Pussy Cat: Full-battened ketch-rigged catamaran. LOA 35'; LWL28'; beam 16'; Draft 2'-6"; Sail area 600 sq. ft.

1019 To Gibraltar and Back in an Eighteen-Tonner. By one of the Crew. With chart. Illustrations from sketches by Barlow Moore and photographs. London: W. H. Allen, 1888. 131pp. A luxury cruise made in the spring of 1885 because Mr. Corry, the owner of Chitpu, who was in poor health, was ordered to take a two-month holiday by his doctors. He sailed with three companions, the author, "Mac," and Mr. Un- derhiil. Corry, known as the "Commodore" in the book, held a master's certificate. The crew wnsisted of Orvis, who acted as master in Corry's absence, one seaman, and a cabin boy. Chitpa crossed Biscay in a gale, touched Vigo, Lis- bon, Ceuta (under stress of weather), Tangiers, Algecirus, and Gibraltar before returning to England. A well-told story of a very stormy voyage. A brief account Coastal Crukes: Northern and Southern Europe 285

first appeared in Hunt's Yachting Magwne in 1886 and 1887. The story was brought out in book form at Mr. Corry's request. Chirpa: Built in 1884 to her owner's design. LOA 52'-6"; LWL 44'-3";Beam 10'-5";Draft T-6".

1020 Violet, Charles. Solitruy Journey: the Third Voyage of the "NovaEspero." With an introduction by John H. Illingworth. Southampton: Coles in association with Harrap, London; New York: Van Nostrand, 1954. 200pp. Reissued London: Hart-Davis, 1962. 208pp. (The Mariners Library, no. 45) From Yarmouth, Isle of Wight, to the Mediterranean and return by way of the French waterways. Nova Espero: Bermudan yawl with outboard auxiliaruy designed by Stan- ley and Colin Smith and built in Halifax, N.S., in 1949. LOA W;LWL 15'-11"; Beam 6'-3":Draft 2'-10". COASTAL CRUISES: EAST COAST OF THE AMERICAS

1021 Arthur, Richard. Ten Thourand Miles in a Yacht. Round the West Indies and Up the Amazon. New York: The Author, 1906.253~~. A cruise from New York to the West Indies and Brazil, with ayachting party of eleven, January to December 1905, in the U)O' steam yacht T/i'grinia,chartered by Commodore E.C. Benedict. Outward bound the yacht called at Bermuda, Anguilla, Dominica, Martinique, St. Lucia, and Barbados. After a month's cruise on the Amazon, M@nia returned home by way of Trinidad, Venezuela, Curacao, Jamaica, Havanna, and Nassau. Illustrated with excellent photographs. Describes people and places very well and has a good description of the operation of a rubber plantation.

1022 Bailey, Anthony. The Thousand Dollar Yacht. Illustrated by Peter Tripp. New York: Macmillan, 1968.214~~. Sailing on eastern Long Island Sound in a St. Pierre dory, which resembled one of Van Gogh's fishing boats of southern France Billy Ruffian (Bellerophon): Gaff-rigged ketch dory yacht, named after the British sailing battleship of the Napoleonic Wars. LOA 27'-10"; Beam 8'-4"; Draft 1'-9" (board up), 4'-3" (board down); Sail area 250 sq. ft.

1023 Barrie, Robert, and George Barrie, Jr. Cruzkes, Mainly in the Bay of the Chesapeake. Philadelphia: The Franklin Press, 1909.276~~. A collection of articles which appeared in American and British yachting magazines written by the Barrie brothers about their cruises to and on Chesapeake Bay in various yachts, mostly in the 1890s. Straightforward narratives. The yachts, in order of their appearance: Mona: 10 ton cutter. Liris: Gardiner-designed schooner, rerigged as a ketch. LOA 57'; LWL 40'; Beam 13'; Draft 11'. Azalea: Centerboard schooner, built by Lawlor in 1857. LOA 73'; LWL 61'; Beam 18'; Draft 5'. Coastal Cruises: East Coast of the Americas 287

1024 Baum, Richard. By the Wind. Edited by Eugene V. Cornett. Princeton, N.J.: Van Nostrand, 1962. 200pp. Reissued New York: Van Nostrand, 1973. xiii, 200pp. Sketches of cruising in LiffIe Dipper, a Bermudan auxiliary cutter, 1946- 1960, on the east coasts of Canada and the United States and in the Caribbean.

1025 Benjamin, S. G. W. (Samuel Green Wheeler). The Cruise of the 'NiceMay" in the Gulfof St. Lawrence andAd- jacent Waters. With numerous illustrations by J. Burns. Reprinted from the Century Magazine. New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1885. 129pp. The author and three companions chartered the coasting schooner Alice May in Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, added a seaman and a prince of cooks to her crew of captain, mate, and seaman, and built a temporary saloon with bunks in her hold for their living quarters. In her they cruised northward along the New Brunswick coast to the Bay of Chaleurs, up the Quebec coast to Gaspe, southeast across the Gulf to the Magdalen Islands, north to Newfoundland's Bay of Islands, south to St. Pierre, and then visited Sydney, the Bras &Or Lakes, and Baddeck on Cape Breton Island, ending the cruise in Georgetown, Prince Edward Island. Although they met with storms and fog, they also had excellent weather. There are excellent descriptions of the places they visited and of the people they met. One of the party, Burns, made the 57 very interesting drawings which illustrate the book. Alice May: Two-masted schooner. LOA 59'; Beam 16'; Draft (aft) 7'. 56 tons registered. The saloon measured 18' X 16.'

1026 Bertram, Kate, and Richard Bertram. Caribbean Cruise. New York: Norton, 1948.292~~. From New York to the Virgin Islands via the Inland Waterway, September 1941. Back to New York in 1946. Appendi has notes on ports of the West In- dies, galley hints, recipes, and supplies and equipment lists for longvoyages.

1027 Camp Life in Florida: A Handbook for Sportsmen and Settlers. Compiled by Charles Hallock. New York: Forest and Stream Publishing Co., 1876.348~~. Compiled from articles published inForest andStream. Chapter XVII, pp. 264-348,is an account of a cruise in the sailboat Spray on the southwest coast of Florida by "AI Fresco." The boat was sent by sea to Fernandina from New York, sent by rail to Cedar Keys, and then taken by steamboat to Manitee (near Palmetto), where she was launched. She sailed southward through Sarasota Bay to Charlotte Harbor. The boating party took an Indian canoe up Fisheating Creek to Lake Okeechobee, walking the last part of the way. After several weeks in Charlotte Harbor, Spray returned to Manatee, cruised in Tampa Bay, and then coasted back to Cedar Keys. The author made the trip for pleasure and to prove that a small boat could cruise these waters in safety. Spray: A cat-rigged, shallow-draft centerboard boat with two pairs of oars for auxiliary power. She was decked over foreward for 7' and had a 6'-6" move- able cabii and a canvas awning. LOA 21'; Beam 7'. 288 Adventurers Afloat

1028 Carter, Robert. A Summer Cruhe off the Coast of New England Boston: Crosby & Nichols, 1864. viii, 261pp. Reprinted 1969. A cruise in 1858 in a chartered 17-ton sloop. The boat, with a crew of two, cost $7.50 per day.

1029 Crichton, Tom. Caribbean Vagabond London: Hale, 1968.207~~. A winter of chartering the ketch Jack London in the Caribbean after having chartered her in the Mediterranean in order to make a living while cruising. (For the Mediterranean experience and for details on the Jack London see his Salt Water Vagabond, no. 993).Although he broke even financially in the Carib- bean, Crichton had some very bad experiences with his customers. He returned to the Mediterranean for the summer of 1%7.

1030 Crowninshield, Francis Boardman. The Log of "Cleopatra'sBarge 11," 1928-1942. Boston: Privately printed by D. B. Updike, The Merrymount Press, 1948.280~~. A log of cruises along the north-east mast of the United States made by the author, the last of the eccentric family whose fortune was made in shipping in the years following American independence, and his wife, Louise Evelina du Pont Crowninshield, between 1927, when the yacht was bought, and 1940, after whichshe was comandeered by the Coast Guard for wartime service. As a yacht she carried a crew of 13. The log is also a record of the way of life, during the interwar years and the Great Depression, of a small group of extremely rich Americans. In it Crowninshield forcefully expresses his hatred of Franklin D. Roosevelt, the Coast Guard, and the British. After World War 11, Cleopatra's Barge II, now ruined for Crowninshield by bad associations, was sold to new owners who rebuilt her and, to Crowninshield's horror, renamed her Gee Gee II. Ultimately she became the Caribbean charter yacht Janeen. For the story of the Crowninshield family, see David L. Ferguson's Cleopatra's Barge: The Crowninshield Story, no. 156a. The Log is beautifully designed and printed by one of America's finest presses. Cleopafm's Barge 11: Two-masted gaff-rigged auxiliary schooner, formerly Mariefte. LOA 109'; LWL 80'; Beam 24.5'; Draft 15'

1031 Davison, Ann. Florida Junket; the Story of a Shoestring Cruke. London: Peter Davies, 1964.150pp. A three-week voyage by the author and her husband in their 14' outboard skiff Shellgame from Clewiston on Lake Okeechobee down the Caloosahatchee River to the west coast of Florida and then south along the coast for 400 miles, mostly behind the coastal islands, to a fish camp at Jewfish Creek near the southern end of the peninsula.

1032 Day, Susan de Forest. The Cruise of the "Scythian"in the West Indies. London; New York: F.T. Neeley, [1897]. 297pp. Coastal Cruises: East Coast of the Americas 289

New York to the West Indies and back, calling at St. Thomas, Santa Cruz, Saba, St. Kitts, Dominica, Guadalupe, St. Lucia, Barbados, Nevis, SantoDomin- go, and Jamaica. The Scythian was a former coasting steamer converted to a yacht.

1033 De Gast, Robert. Western Wind Eastern Shore; a Sailing Cruise around the Eastern Shore of Maryland Delaware, and Vi'gr'nia.. Foreword by John Barth. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975. xiv, 176pp. In the spring of 1974, the author, a Dutch-born professional photographer, made a clockwise %day circumnavigation of the Delmama Peninsula, which forms the eastern shore of Chesapeake Bay and contains most of the state of Delaware. He sailed and motored his sloop, Slick CaJam,from Chesapeake Bay through the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal and down the peninsula's Atlan- tic coast inside the coastal islands. The story, based on Slick Ca'am's log, and the author's beautiful full-page and double-page photographs combine, in this well-designed book, to give the reader a vivid picture of the voyage, the peninsula, and of the cataclysmic changes which are rapidly transforming this hither- to primitive area into a series of vacation resorts and homes. Slick Ca'am: A Sailmaster 22 fiberglass sloop with outboard auxiliary engine, designed by Sparkman & Stephens. LOA 22'; LWL 16'-6"; Beam 7'; Draft 2'-4".

1034 Derson, Ward. Log of the Neptune Yacht Club Cruise, 1886. Norwalk, Conn.: Hour, 1896.

1035 Duncan, Roger F. "Eastward."A Maine Cruise in a Friendship Sloop. Camden, Me.: International Marine Publishing Co., 1976.210~~. Avoyagewith family and friends from Limekiln Bay toward Yarmouth, N.S. Because of fog, the voyage was cut short. Discursive, with a chapter on Friendship sloops, the Friendship Sloop Society, and the 1973 regatta. Easfward: Auxiliary Friendship sloop designed by Murray Peterson and built in 1956. LOA 32'.

1036 Eggleston, George. l7te Virgin Islands. Princeton, N.J.: Van Nostrand, 1959.208~~. In the autumn of 1958 the author and his wife, Hazel, were commissioned by Eugene V. Connett, the editor of Van Nostrand Sporting Books, to make a charter cruise in the American and British Virgin Islands and write about their experiences for the enjoyment and instruction of cruising yachtsmen. They sailed on Eunice Boardman's steel-hulled, Alden-designed Renegade, visiting many islands and harbors, including St. Thomas, St. John, Norman Island, Peter Island, Tortola, Beef Island, Guana Island, Virgin Gorda, Anegada Island, St. Croix, and Frederiksted. Their descriptions of people and places and historical notes are both interesting and helpful. Illustrated with black-and-white photographs. 290 Adventurers Afloat

1037 Fenger, Frederic A. Alone in the Caribbean; being the Yamof a Cruise in the LesserAn- tilles in the Sailing Canoe "Yakaboo." New York: George H. Doran, 1917.53~~.Reissued Belmont, Mass.: WellingtonBooks, 1958.353~~. During 1916 Fenger visited Saba, Statia, St. Kilts, Nevis, Redonda, Monser- rat, Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinique, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Bequia, Cariacou, and Granada. He met and talked to Victor Slocum about Joshua Slocum's voyage inliberdad. There are excellent descriptions of the islands. A sunstroke brought the voyage to a premature end. Yakaboo: Mahogany canoe gaff-rigged as a yawl, steered by adjusting the centerboard and the main sheet. LOA 17'; Beam 3'-3"; Weight 147lbs.

1038 Fenger, Frederic A. The Cruise of the "Diablesse," by Frederic A. Fenger, largely written from the letters of the mate--with extracts. New York: Yacht- ing Publishing Co., 1926. xv, 315pp. Reissued Belmont, Mass.: Wellington Books, 1958. xv, 315pp. Three and a half years of cruising in the West Indies narrated in an overly salty but readable style. Diablesse: Gaff-rigged schooner, formerly the Delna. LOA 52'; Beam 15'.

1039 Galloway, Robert. The Cruise of the Yacht "Daiy," New York to New Orleans, via the New England Coast, Bay of Fundy, Northumberland Strait, Gulfof St. Lawrence, St. Lawrence River, Lake Ontario, Lake Erie, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan, Green Bay, Fox River, Lake Winnebago, W~sconsinRiver, and Mississippi River, July 13 to Dec. 30, 1904, by Robert Galloway, Master and Owner. Memphis, Tenn.: Press of S.C. Toof, 1904. 85pp. Because Daisy was too large for the Erie or Chicago canals, this was the only possible route, except for that around Florida. Because of low water, and drawbridges that could no longer be opened, the trip from Green Bay to the Mississippi was a very difficult one. Daisy: Gaff-rigged auxiliary yawl, designed by H. J. Gielow, and built at W. P. Kirk's yard, Tom's River, New Jersey. LOA 80'; Beam 17'-6"; Draft 36"; 46 tons.

1040 Gardner, George Peabody. Bras D'Or and Back; or, The Old Men Made It, July 24-August 13, 1948. No place, no publisher, 1948.28~~. The journal of a long-deferred cruise made by Gardner and a group of old, and mostly elderly, men friends, from Marblehead, Mass., to the Bras D'Or Lakes and back in Glide. The outward-bound leg was calm and relatively fog- free. The homeward leg was fog-filled and stormy. Glide anchored almost every night. Most of the anchorages were in wilderness or sparcely settled areas. One crew member, who fell and injured his leg as the boat was leaving Bras D'Or, had to be hospitalized and could not complete the cruise. Two lubbers in a skiff Coastal Crukes: East Coast of the Americas 291

who were in danger in fog and high seas off the Nova Scotia coast were rescued. Several times, even with a local pilot on board, Glide grounded, but was easily backed off. These and other moderately dangerous happenings made the voyage challenging and exciting. The beautiful scenery and the hospitable people along the way, as well as the good fellowship and good cooking (by two Cordon Bleu chefs) on board made it thoroughly enjoyable. Glide: Diesel auxiliary yawl. LOA 49'-11"; LWL 37'; Beam 12'-6"; Draft 7'- 4".

1041 Gardner, George Peabody. ReadyAbout; SailingAdventures Down East. New York: A.S. Bar- nes, 1959.268~~. Gardner, whose family had owned Roaue Island. off the Maine coast. for more than a century and a half, describes hiimany cruises from the island along the Maine coast and north to Nova Scotia Cave Breton Island and Prince Ed- ward Island, 1931 to 1955, in five yachts. At tl;e end of the 1955 season he gave his cruising boat to a school because he and his friends were becoming too old for extended cruising. He replaced her with a smaller boat called Consolation for sailing local waters. An extremely well-written and appealing book. His boats were: Sunbeam, a Seawanaka class boat, chartered from Donald Watson for the 1931 season. LOA 58'; LWL 40'. Bantam, a cutter chartered from Stuyve Chandler, for the 1934 season. Rose, formerly Penzance, an Alden-designed schooner, which he bought and rebuilt. In her he cruised the Maine coast in 1936,1937, and 1938. She was wrecked in Marblehead in the 1938 hurricane. She had a Bermudan main with a fore staysail. LWL 40'. Rose, an auxiliary yawl designed for the author by John G. Alden and launched in 1940. He cruised in her in 1940 and 1941. She was acquired by the Coast Guard and lost in the hurricane of December, 1942, without loss of life. LOA 65'-6"; LWL 45'; Beam 14'-10"; Draft 8'-6". Glide, a one-design yawl, bought in 1947 and sailed on extensive northern cruises until the end of the 1955 season.

1042 Hamilton, Donald. Cruises with "Kathleen."New York: McKay, 1980.247~~. After 20 years of powerboating, and partly in response to the fuel shortage, Hamilton, a novelist who lived in Santa Fe, New Mexico, decided to take up cruising under sail. He had had earlier sailing experience. He tells how he found a suitable design for a cruising cutter, had her built in Vancouver, B. C., and, after a shakedown in local inland waters, sailed south to Marina del Rey, California, with his son as crew. He then shipped Karhleen to Houston, sailed her to New Orleans (with difficulty) through the Intercoastal Canal, and then took her south to her home port on Marathon Key, Florida. From there he sailed up Florida's east coast to Lantana, participated in the first post-Castro yacht club cruise to Cuba, and cruised the Bahamas. He sailed singlehanded on some voyages and was accompanied by his wife or his son on others. There are chapters and appendices which give valuable information and interesting opinions on the selection, management, and handling of cruising boats. There is also an interesting bibliographical essay on cruising. The book is written in a crisp, no- nonsense style, as a realistic discourse on a form of romantic behavior. 292 Adventurers Afloat

1043 Hamlin, Talbot Faulkner, and Jessica Hamlin. We Took to Cruising; from Maine to Florida Afloat. New York: Sheridan House, 1951.320~~. In the fall of 1944 the Hamliinsbought a24', 12-year-oldpower boat, refitted her, and renamed her Aquarelle (French for Watercolor). Over the next four years they cruised from their home port of Westcott Cove, Corn., to New England and Florida. In December, 1948, they bought Aquarelle II, a power boat with a steadying sail, as a retirement home afloat. Her dimensions: LOA 28-6"; Beam 9'-6"; Draft 3'. The book contains much information on fitting out a boat as a permanent dwelling place.

1044 Hayes, Nelson. The Roof of the Wind Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1961; Lon- don: Redman, 1962.216~~. Nelson Hayes and his wife Emmy were returning to Andros from a regatta at Georgetown, Exuma, in their twin-screw cruiser Sea Beast when they were overtaken by a severe and unexpected storm. This is a fascinating account of surviving by maneuvering around Green Cay clockwise for shelter as the wind shifted, starting on the north side of the island and, in spite of the risk, remaining inside the coral reef on the southern and southwestern sides.

1045 Helm, Thomas. The Sea Lark. New York: A.A. Wyn, 1955.253pp.; London: Har- rap, 1957.222~~. A breezy narrative of an eight-month, 5,000-mile cruise in a schooner owned and crewed by the author and a wartime friend, from Tampa to Key West, Haiti, Puerto Rico, Jamaica, Honduras, and the Isle of Pines, where she was lost in a hurricane. Helm had lost most of his left hand at Pearl Harbor and was convinced that he was condemned to an inactive life. His friend persuaded him to take the cruise. The experience was therapeutic.

1046 Henshall, James A. Camping and Cruising in Floridrr Cincinnati: Robert Clarke Co., 1884. 248pp. Henshall, a physician from central Kentucky, and an experienced camper and hunter, took a party of chronically ill patients to Florida for a winter of plain diet, pure air, sunshine, andexercise. He took two dyspeptics, one incipient con- sumptive, one bad liver, and his setter puppy, Gipsy Queen. In Titusville he bought BIue Wing, a sailboat, and Daisy, a 10' Stranahan folding canoe. The party had tents in which to sleep. Slowly they traversed various waterways to Biscayne Bay, passed down the keys to Key West, returned, passed Cape Sable, and made their way up the west coast to Cedar Keys, exploring Charlotte Har- bor, Tampa Bay, and various rivers along the way. The Florida part of the trip lasted from 19 December to 10 May. BIue Wng: Cat-rigged skipjack yacht, decked over fore and aft, with a roomy cockpit. LOA 18'; Beam 7'; Draft 15".

1047 Hepworth, George Hughes. Starboard and Port: the "Nettie"along shore. New York: Harper, 1876.237~~. Coastal Cruises: East Coast of the Americas 293

The story of the summer cruise of the author and five male guests, in the author's schooner, from Boston to Gasp6 and back by way of the Isle of Shoals, Halifax, Country Harbor, the Gut of Canso, Port Hood, the north coast of Prince Edward Island, and Perd. The yacht had a captain, crew, cook, and steward. The afterguard made hunting and fishing excursions ashore from time to time. A great deal of heavy weather and some fog made for adventure and seasick- ness. The author, a preacher, discusses the poor quality of American yachts and many other topics. There are very full descriptive and historical notes of places visited or, in the case of Prince Edward Island, observed in passing. Maintains a humorous and playful tone.

1048 Holdridge, Desmond. Arctic Lights, illustrated by Edward Shenton. New York: Viking, 1939; London: Hale, 1940.240~~. A cruise off Labrador in 192.5 in the Dolphin with an incompatible crew of three, ending when the boat capsized in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in a gale. Dolphin: Gaff-rigged auxiliary schooner, originally an open boat, but with a small, crude cabin added. LOA 30'-8"; Beam 8'.

1049 Howard, Henry. The Yacht 'Alice."Planning and Building, by Henry Howard; A Crukefiom New York to Miami through the Inland Watenvay, by Alice Sturtevant Howard; A West Indies Cruise, by Katherine Howard. Boston: Lauriat, 1926. xvii, 268pp. Alice: A light-draught, centerboard gaff-rigged ketch designed by Com- modore Ralph Middleton Monroe, with the offset table by John Alden. LOA 51'-6"; LWL 43'-10"; Beam 13'-7"; Draft (board up) 4'; (board down) 8'-6".

1050 Howard, Henry. The Yacht "Alice,"Twenty YearsAfter;andA Cruise to the West In- dies. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1946. xvi, 234pp. Part I: Planning and Building. Part 11: Complete specifications. Part 111: A Cruise to the West Indies, from Elizabeth City, N.C., to Nassau with a crew of friends, including Vincent Gilpin, and return with his wife and daughter as crew. The voyage lasted 112 days. This is the story of one of many cruises in Alice.

1051 Iselin, Columbus. The Log of the Schooner "Chance"fiomthe Port of New Rochelle, N.Y., to Boston, Mass., via Cape Chedley, Labrador, July third to September twenty-sixth 1926, by Columbus Iselin 11. New York: Privately printed by the Gilliss Press, 1927.90~~.The edition was limited to 125 copies. Iselin's diary of a 5,000 mile voyage, made when he was 21 years old, with a crew of seven volunteers and a cook. They collected biological and oceanographic specimens and data for Dr. Henry Bigelow of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. Chance: Auxiliary schooner yacht, built the preceding winter in Shelburne, N.S., by W. C. McKay and Sons, builders of fishing schooners. LOD 77'; Beam 16'; Draft 11'-6"; Displacement 37 tons. 294 Adventurers Afloat

1052 Leslie, Anita. Love in a Nutshell. London: Hutchinson; New York: Greenburg, 1952.208~~. A cruise in the West Indies by the author, her husband, Bill King, and their son, who was then less than a year old, in the 35' ketch Galway Blazer.

1053 Le Toumelin, Jacques Yves. "firun"in the Caribbean, translated and adapted from the French by Lawrence Wilson. London: Hart-Davis, 1959.173~~.Reissued London: Hart-Davis, 1963.173~~.(Mariners Library, no. 46). An account of a single-handed voyage from France to the Caribbean, a cruise there, and return, 29 September 1954 to 26 July 1955, written in log book style. A neat, shipshape, readable book. For details on firun see no. 443.

1054 Log of the Schooner "JuliusWebb," which Sailed from Norwich, Ct., July 23,1857, Having On Board the "Washusett Club" of Worcester, Mass. Commodore Geo. W. Bentley, Commanding. Worcester: 1850. 4%~. 1055 Loomis, Alfred F. The Cruke of the "Hippocampus."New York: Century, 1922. 252pp. Avoyage by three men, two of them former submarine chaser officers, from New York to Panama in the spring and summer of 1921. The boat was stored in Gatun Lake to be ready for a continuation of the cruise in a year. The style is dated. The contemporary convention of obscuring identities is aggravating. Neither unreadable nor unrewarding, however. Hippocampus: Gaff-rigged auxiliary yawl. LOA 28'.

1056 McCracken, James C. Innocents of the Sea. New York: Reader's Digest Press; distributed by Crowell, 1976.278~~. The author, a professional writer and editor, and his wife, Betty, cruised Long Island Sound in four boats and went down east in one of them. They began sailing by accident in a Snipe which belonged to a vacation cottage they had rented. When they went home they bought a boat which was so unsatisfactory that it remained nameless.Their other boats were, successively, Merimac (W), the H-28 Hornpipe, and the jinxed Old Squaw,the boat which went down east and was sold there. As the story closes, they are about to buy Phoenir, a 30- footer built on H-28 lines. The early incidents are over-dramatized and somewhat out of proportion, but the rest of the book makes good reading.

1057 McQuade, James. The Cruke of the "Montauk to Bermuda, the West Indies, and Florida New York: T.R. Knox, 1885.441~~. Coastal Cruises: East Coast of the Americas 295

The auxiliary schooner Montauk's afterguard comprised five members of the New York Yacht Club, Rear Commodore Samuel R. Platt, the owner, John R.Platt, Thomas B. Austen, and the author, General James McQuade. Among Montauk's ports of call on her voyage from New York to the Caribbean and back were Basse Terre,St. Kitts, St. Pierre, Martinique, Trinidad, Curacao, Port Royal and Kingston in Jamaica, and Havana. An ornately wordy account, fded with ironic humor, puns, and amusing turns of phase. Gives very detailed descriptions of social conditions in the placesvisited. Contains anti-semiticpas- sages.

1058 Mann, Zane B. Fair Winds and Far Places. Minneapolis: Dillon Press, 1978. 272pp. The author, a Minneapolis investment banker, got tired of working in a cold climate. When their sons had graduated from college, he and his wife, Es, sold their property, bought the 45' sloopSerenify in New York, took her to the Carib bean by way of the Intercoastal Canal, and cruised there for three years. This lively story, which is a curious and appealing blend of romanticism and realism, contains a great deal of useful and sobering information on cruising and chartering in the Caribbean as well as excellent descriptions of Caribbeangovernments, people, and places. Among the places visited and described are Great Inagua, the Dominican Republic, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Antigua, Nevis, St. Kitts, Barbuda, Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinique, St. Lucia, St. Vincent, Be- quia, and the Grenadines. Early in the voyage Es threatened to leave, but did not. The description of a six-month stint of operating a charter boat owned by a hotel will entertain the general reader and enlighten the reader considering a career in chartering.

1059 Martyr, Weston. The "Southseaman'> Life Story of a Schooner. Edinburgh and London: Blackwood, 1926.304~~. Reissued Blackwood, 1929; Harrnondsworth: Penguin Books, 1939.280pp.; London: Hart-Davis, 1957.222~~.(The Mariners Library, no. 33); The American edition with the title The Pegect Ship and How We Built Her. New York: Ives Washburn, 1928. 324pp. Martyr and his partner George decided to give up their jobs, use their capital ($9,000.) to have a 45' schooner built cheaply in Nova Scotia, and sell it at a profit in the United States. They had Southseaman built cheaply and sailed for New York via Bermuda. They could not find the island, but blundered into Rum Row on the way back and, finally, sold the ship at a low price to a bootlegger. After crewing in the Bermuda Race they returned to New York to fmd that Southseaman had been captured by the Coast Guard, was impounded, and was deteriorating rapidly. The partners burned her surreptitiously. The coy, salty, obscuritanist style used clogs the narrative, but the book is well worth reading for the sake of the story it tells.

1060 Miller, Betty J. By George! New York: Pageant Press, 1958.232~~. The author and her partner in a successful but demanding importing business, Vi March, decided to move to Florida and do something less demanding 296 Adventurers Afloat

and more satisfying for a living. They bought a 40' cabin cruiser, named her George, and started down the Intracoastal Waterway believing that automobile driving skills would be sufficient for successful boat handling. They went from mishap to mishap, always surviving, and making many friends in the process. When they finally reached Singer Island, they settled in to manage the George Apartments instead of George. The sustained hilarity of the narrative is rather wearing.

1061 Mitchell, Carleton. Islands to Windward; Cruising the Caribbean. 2nd ed. New York: Van Nostrand; London: Macmillan, 1955. xvi, 295pp. First edition New York: Van Nostrand, 1948. xv, 287pp. The second edition differs from the first only in having an eight-page postscript. A voyage by the author, his wife, and a paid hand in the ketch Corib from Trinidad to Annapolis, Md., via the Lesser Antilles, the Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, Hispaniola, the Bahamas, Charleston, N.C., and the Inland Waterway. Well written, well illustrated, and well designed. Carib: (formerly John Alden's Malibar XII). Bermudan auxiliary ketch. LOA 46-8"; LWL 34-3";Beam 12'; Draft 6'-9"; sail area 1043 sq. ft.

1062 Mowat, Farley. The Boat Who Wouldn't Float. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1969.243~~. Reissued as 2nd ed. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1969. 243pp. 3rd ed. 1970.4th ed. 1971. New ed. 1974.263~~.Seal Edi- tion Toronto: McClelland and Stewart-Bantam, 1981. 197pp. American edition Boston: Little, Brown, 1970.241~~.New York: Bantam, 1981,197~~.British editions London: Heinemann, 1970. 256pp.; London: Pan Books, Heinemann, 1978. 237pp. Large print edition Leicester: Ulverscroft, 1981.385~~. A humorous book telling of the misadventures generated by the leaky schooner Happy Adventure and by many seemingly lunatic backwoods characters living along the coasts of Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, and New Brunswick.

1063 O'Mara, Ethel R Calamity Cruise with Bright Spots: A True Adventure. Lincolndale, N. Y.: Sonovara Pub., 1985.152~~. 1064 Plummer, Harry Merrihew. The Boy, Me, and the Cat; Cruke of thel'Mascot,"1912-1 913. Rye, N.H.: C. Chandler Co., 1961.142~~. The original editionwas mimeographed and bound by the author, 1914. The log of a cruise down the east coast of the United States from Maine to Florida, partly in the Inland Waterway, in a cat boat. Coastal Crukes: East Coast of the Americas 297

1065 Robinson, Bill. South to the Caribbean. New York: Norton, 1982.342~~. The story of the fust cruise of the author, a well-known yachtingwriter, his wife, Jane, and two other couples in the Robinsons' new sloop Bnmelle, launched in St. Petersburg on 2 January 1979. Among the places visited: Miami, the Bahamas, the Dominican Republic, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, An- guilla, St. Martin, St. Bartholemy, Antigua, Barbuda, Guadeloupe, Dominica, Martinique, and St. Vincent. They had planned to sail as far as Venezuela, but ran short of time. With great difficultythey were able to make arrangements to lay up for the summer at a marina on Virgin Gorda, British West Indies. A well- written and interesting story with much helpful information for persons wishing to cruise the Caribbean. 1066 Rowland, John T. North to Bafin Land New York: Seven Seas Press, 1973.72~~. In 1911 Wired Grenfell, the famous Labrador missionary, sold the boat DryI, no longer needed for mission work, to the Hudson's Bay Company. She had to be delivered from Mecatina Island, on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, to the H. B. C. post at Eric Cove, at the west end of Hudson's Strait. The author, then a senior at Yale, and who knew Grenfell, was asked to make the 1,500-mile voyage. He and Robert B. English, who understood engines, reached D& at the end of June, found her an absolute mess, and, with great difficulty, refitted her at Mecatina and at St. Anthony, where there were better repair facilities. The pair, with an additional crew of two, left St. Anthony on 18 July and, after a series of adventures and near disasters, reached Eric Cove, where they had to wait for the supply ship Pelican to take them out. They got permission to use Daryl in the meantime to explore the Baftin Land shore and Salisbury Island. After more adventures and near disasters, they got back to Eric Cove with the fuel tank almost empty. This book is an extract from the author's North to Adventure, with new material inserted and new illustrations. A well-written account of an adventurous voyage in interesting and seldom- visited waters. For the author's autobiography, see no. 242. Dryl: Yawl-rigged motor sailer, powered with a kerosene engine, and called locally a hunting launch. LOA 30'.

1067 Slocum, Joshua. The Voyage of the "Liberdade;"Description of a Voyage "Downto the Sea". Boston: Press of Robinson and Stephenson, 1890. 171pp. Other editions: Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1894. 158pp.; New York: Arno Press, 1967. vii, 158pp. (Abercrombe and Fitch Library). (A reprint of the 1894 edition). Also issued bound with Slocum's Sailing Alone Around the World, no. 462 . In 1886 Slocum, accompanied by his wife and two sons, sailed in his bark Aquidneck for Montevideo. The uninsured vessel was subsequently lost on a South American sand bar. Slocum and his family were stranded without funds. He built Liberdade, modeled on a Japanese sampan and a Cape Anne dory, and sailed her through theCaribbean to NewYorkwith his family on board, avoyage of 5,500 miles in 53 days. An excellent account. 298 Adventurers Afloat

1068 Steinhardt, Frederick J. Sailor's Progress. New York: Dial Press, 1931.283~~. The story of the romantic period in the author's sailing life, the six or seven years from the time he was 16 spent in learning to sail, race, and cruise in his Victory Class sloop, Nike (LOA 31'-V), on Long Island Sound and along the New England coast. He lost races, survived storms and fog, and had many adventures, but finally mastered his craft with the help of an Old Timer. At the end he became a winner of races and a sea-wise cruising yachtsman, but, sadly, the romance of the early sailing days disappeared as he gained competence and maturity.

1069 Stokes, Anson Phelps. Cruising to the West Indies, &c. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1902. 126pp. A handbook for a 60-day New York Yacht Club cruise to the Caribbean during the winter of 1903 proposed by the author on 15 May 1902. Contents: The author's resolution; The author's speech in support of the resolution; The Club's appointment of a committee to consider the matter; Proposed itinerary; Notes on planning; Notes on Bermuda, Barbados, Antigua and the Bahamas. Illustrations of cruising from the author's personal experience: Sailing compared with other sports; Yachting in Grecian waters; Yachting in English waters. The future of the islands north and east of the Caribbean Sea; A list of some books about the West Indies; Plan book and log for 112 days (plan book and log on facing pages "to be filled in with lead pencil"). A curious work, designed for use as a work book on the cruise.

1069a Talboys, W. P. West India Pickles. A Diary of a Cruise through the West Indies in the Yacht "Josephine"[New York Yacht Club]. New York: G.W. Carleton & Co., 1876.209~~. A cruise from New York to Venezuela and back to Beaufort, North Carolina, with stopovers at many Caribbean islands and ports along the way, 7 November 1874 to 13 February 1875. At Beaufort the crew refused to continue thevoyage to New York around CapeHattaras because of the time ofyear. The afterguard consisted of the author, L-, the owner, C-, H-, and W-. The latter two persons departed for home from St. Thomas because of press of business. The crew consisted of two mates (the owner commanded), four seaman, a cook, cook's mate, and steward. The author describes the voyage, the places visited, their people, and their history. Unfortunately the tone of the book is extremely, if unconsciously, racist. Josephine: Centerboard steam auxiliary schooner. LOA 95'-6"; draft 8'-2"; 143 tons.

1070 Thompson, Winfield M. Little Cruises of the "Onkahye."New York: Rudder Publishing Co., 1908. New England cruises in a cat boat. Coastal Crukes: East Coast of the Americas 299

1071 Van Nes, Mary Felts. Into the Wind Philadelphia: Lippincott; London: Jarrolds, 1957. 208pp. The story of a young concert pianist from Chanute, Kansas who, when she was in New York after studying in Berlin, was sent by her agent to have publicity pictures taken by a young photographer from Ohio, Hans van Nes. She married him. They had six children(Hansi, Gordon, Bretta, Nicky, Andrew, and Heidi) and sailing boats. When the older children were adolescents, the van Neses wanted to buy a large boat so that the family could cruise together and so that the older children could participate in wholesome and interesting family activities. They bought the old and run-down 70' wooden staysail schooner Chauve-Souris,refitted her with great difficulty(with the older boys doing much of the work), and sailed from New York to Martha's Vinyard, where a hurricane struck and damaged the yacht. A second hurricane fortunately failed to arrive. All local shipyards were filled. They sailed to Portland, Maine, for repairs. The homeward voyage, late in the season, was interrupted by bad weather and family fights of a very serious kind. All problems were resolved, however, and the family voted to go on cruising in Chauve Souris.

1072 Vilas, Charles H. Saga of "Direction."Introduction by Melville Bell Grosvenor; illustrations from Nby E, by Rockwell Kent; sketches by Margaret Van Pelt Vilas. New York: Seven Seas Press, 1978. xxi, 217pp. The story of the Colin Archer cutter sailed to Greenland by Artur S. Allen, Jr., Lucian Cary, Jr., and Rockwell Kent and wrecked there in 1929. After Allen's death in an automobile accident a few days after his return from Green- land, his father decided to salvage Direction and bring her home. In 1946 the author bought her and and carried out modifications recommended during her first voyage, after which she sailed reasonably well. For 38 years he and his wife Margaret cruised in her along the east coasts of the United States and Canada. In 1984 she was donated to the Associated Marine Institutes, serving the youth (especially the troubled youth) of Florida and Texas (see Yachting, September 1984, pp. 27-28). See also Allen's Under Sail ro Greenland..., no. 483, and Rock- well Kent's N by E, no. 543. Among the contents: Lucus Beebe's "An Adven- turous Cruise," Arthur S. Allen, Jr.'s "A Summer Cruise to Greenland," and Alfred F. Loomis' "A Starboard Tack," (on Direction's limitations: she was tender, slow and would not point), all from Yachting; brief biographies of the people involved: Colin Archer, William Atkin, W. H. Miner, Sidney Miller, Ar- thur S. Allen, Jr., and Rockwell Kent; plans and offsets; observations on many aspects of cruising in Direction, with narratives and anecdotes. Contains many excellent illustrations.

1073 Waters, Don. "GypsyWaters" Crukes South. New York: Sheridan House, 1938. 287pp. Waters rebuilt a 51' Chesapeake Bay bugeye ketch which he found abandoned on the Maryland shore and, with his wife and daughter, sailed south in her for Florida and the Caribbean. This book tells of seven years of cruising in the Bahamas, the Gulf of Mexico, and Florida waters. 300 Adventurers Afloat

1074 Whiteley, George. Northern Seas, Hardy Sailors. New York: Norton, 1982.27%~. The author, a retired marine biologist, cruised the rugged and dangerous coast of Newfoundland, where he lived as a child, in his ketch Neptune. Con- tains much descriptive material as well as historical accounts of the lives and work of Newfoundland seafarers.

1075 Wightman, Frank Armstrong. My Way Leads Me Seaward. Cape Town: Published by H.B. Tim- mins for Allen & Unwin, London, 1952.k, 19%~. The first edition of the book which became, in a revised and enlarged edition, "WyloSaiLFAgain." (no. 1076.) The two books are nearly the same in structure, but have stylistic differences and, in many cases, substantive differences as well. My Way is illustrated with 16 photographs and a number of drawings; "WyloSailsAgain" has six photographs, only one of which appears in My Way, and no drawings. See below for a summary of the content.

1076 Wightman, Frank Armstrong "Wylo"Sails Again. With photos by Graham Young. London: Hart-davis; Fairlawn, N.J.: Essential Books, 1957.239~~. Wightman sailed his home-built yawl Wylo from his home in South Africa to the Caribbean, arriving in Port of Spain, Trinidad, in February, 1948. There, having run out of money, he sold her (for his account of this voyage see The Wind is Free, no. 619). In the spring of 1949, after 16 months of work, Wightman returned to the Caribbean with enough money to repurchase Wyo. From Port of Spain he cruised with Graham Young through the Caribbean, visiting many islands, to winter in Elizabeth City, N.C., where WyIo was frozen in while the author corrected proofs of The Wind isFree. Wightman's books make excellent reading. For a biography of him, see Lawrence Green'sA Giunt in Hiding, no. 261. COASTAL CRUISES: WEST COAST OF THE AMERICAS

1077 Alger, Don L. Cruise of the "Plugalong,"by a Catalina Cop ... . Los Angeles: Gem Publishing Co., 1926.73~~. A cruise taken in a 42' fishing boat by five men and a dog from Avalon, Catalina Island, to Santa Cruz Island, Santa Rosa Island, Santa Barbara Island, and return, 24 to 30 September 1925. The official purpose of the cruise was to explore the painted cave at Santa CruzIsland. The cave was found on the second day of searching by following an excursion boat which was taking people into it. A very interesting period piece. A copy is in the Los Angeles Public Library.

1078 Bancroft, Grifing. Lower California--aCruise; the Flight of the "LeastPetrel," written on board. New York and London: Putnam's, 1932. xi, 403pp. A voyage in a 50' converted fishing boat from San Diego, California, to La Bomba, on the estuary of the Colorado River. Bancroft and his wife (who is called throughout the book The Partner) had a personal staff of two and a crew of three. Two museum collectors from the east sailed with them, but became neurotic and left early on. The Le& Pehel visited all of the important places along the coasts of Baja California and rode behind the famous tidal bore to La Bomba. Descriptions of the places, flora, and fauna are excellent.

1079 Banning, George Hugh. In Mexican Waters. Boston: Lauriat; London: M. Hopkinson, 1925. xii, 196pp. A voyage on Alan Hancock's diesel electric yacht ValeroIZ from San Pedro, California, to San Diego, Guadelupe Island, Mazatlan, Manzanillo, La Paz, San Joseph Island, Carmen Island, Cape San Lucas, Santa Margarita Bay, and return. Hancock had a yachting party of six and a fuU crew. Good descriptions of the out-of-the-way placesvisited, but written in a dated, highly romantic style. l080 Barrett-Lennard, Charles Edward. Travelr in Britbh Columbia, with the Narrative of a Yacht Voyage Round Vancouver'sIsland London: Hurst & Blackett, 1862. [12], 307, [~IPP. 302 Adventurers Afloat

A voyage in the cutter yacht Templar (50 tons registered, flying the blue ensign of the Thames Yacht Club) counter-clockwise around Vancouver Island from Victoria, September to December, 1860. The voyage provided many dangerous and exciting adventures, all described with freshness and vigor. The author carried his yacht with hiby ship from England. The account of the yacht voyage itself is on pp. 27-38,69-128, and 135-137.It is an excellent and interesting narrative.

l081 Blanchet, M. Wylie. %e Curve of Time. Sidney, B. C.: Gray's Publishing; Bellevue, Wash.: Weatherly Press, 1985.224~~. Originally published Edinburgh: Blackwell, 1961. 1st Canadian edition 1968; 2nd, 1973; 3rd 1977. Muriel Wylie Blanchet, her husband, and their five children settled in Lit- tle House in a wilderness area on Curteis Point, Vancouver Island. In 1927 Muriel's husband died and she decided, against the advice of almost everyone, to remain in Little House to raise her children. During the summers the family cruised British Columbian waters in their 25' motor cruiser Caprice. The book is a series of stories about these summer cruises, together with, in the latest edition, a brief history of life at Little House which Mrs. Blanchet was writing at the time of her death. Mrs. Blanchet was an extraordinarily gdted writer.

1082 Borden, Courtney Louise Letts. The Cruke of the "NorthernLight;" Explorations and Hunting in the Alaskan and Siberian Arctic, by Mrs. John Borden; in which the Sea-Scouts have a great adventure. New York: Macmillan, 1928. xi, 317pp. The Northern Light, with eight Sea Scouts on board in addition to her owners and regular crew, sailed from San Francisco to Victoria, B.C., traversed the Inland Passage to Juneau, and continued northward to the edge of the polar ice pack. After visiting Alaskan ports and islands, the ship returned directly to San Francisco. The voyage lasted from 21 April to 10 September 1927. A good description of an unusual cruising area. Northern Light: Diesel auxiliary schooner expecially designed for Arctic cruising by Henry C. Greebe. Her hull, sheathed in iron bark, was 20" thick. LOA 140'; Beam 30'; Draft 15'.

1083 Dawson, Will. Ahoy %ere! Toronto: Dent, 1955.230pp. Will and Eileen Dawson bought the unfinished and neglected hull of a sail- ine boat immediatelv after World War 11. When she was comoleted, ri~ed,-- and named West Wirld the couple made her their home. In the summer months they cruised in British Columbian waters behind Vancouver Island. The book is an account of these cruises and especially of the people they met and came to know.

1084 Fons, Valerie. Keep It Moving: Baja by Canoe. Seattle: The Mountaineers, 1986. 305pp. Coastal Cruises: West Coast of the Americas 303

The author, who had just taken up kayaking, met Verlen Kruger and his son-in-law,Steve Landeck, on the Seattle Canoe Club dock at Green Lake. The pair was 18,583 miles along on a proiected 28,000-mile kayak tour of America. They were about to start down the Washington, Oregon, &d California coasts in preparation for rounding Baia California and ascending the Colorado River. Shk became very interestei in ;he voyage, kept in touch with the two canoeists, and, when Landeck had to withdraw temporarily because of the death of his infant daughter, accompanied Kruger on the leg of the journey from Long Beach, California, around the Baja Peninsula, and up river to Yuma, Arizona. This is a well-illustrated, impressionistic account of that difficult and dangerous voyage When the trip was over, Kruger and Landek completed their trip. The author became a racing canoeist, canoed down the Mississippi with Kruger, and then married him. The couple subsequently embarked on a kayak voyage from In- uvik, Canadian North West Territory, toward Cape Horn.

1085 Hill, Beth. Up Coast Summers. Ganges, B. C.: Horsdal & Schubart, 1985. 156pp. Edited from some of the journals of Francis and Amy Barrow, written during their voyages of exploration in the waters east of Vancouver Island, 1933- 1941, in their cabin cruiser Toketie. The extracts are arranged to make a meandering route, i.e., geographically, rather than chronologically. Many photographs are included. The Barrowsphotographed, sketched and described Indian petroglyphs and pictographs. These materials are in the National Museum in Ottawa and the Provincial Archivesin Victoria. The diaries describe the people making precarious livings along the waterways during the Great Depression, people who became the good friends of the Barrows. These are the only records of this era and part of Canadian society. May John, a close friend of the Barrows, saved the journals from a bonfire made of the posses- sions of the Barrows after Francis had died and Amy had been placed in a nursing home. Unfortunately moving pictures and other records have disappeared. At the time of publication, Toketie, with her sixth engine, was still being operated by her current owner, yacht designer William Garden.

1086 Hodges, W. J., and M. A. Swegle. Adventures of the "SeaSwallows." Lower Lake, Calif.: Mountain, 1981.122~~. Picaresque adventures in the Torfila Flat tradition of a group of elderly men and Sea Swallow of Sausalito, California, a metal-hulled diesel-powered ketch, converted by them from a life boat. The boat got her name because a pair of swallows built a nest in her and hatched their brood during the conversion. The principal adventurers include Col. Wm. J. Hodges, the Captain, Elling Johannesen, the mate, artist, and chief Rabelaisian adventurer, Robert A. Moore, 3d, and Charles Fowler, super-machinist and inventor. They had many friends, male and female, who joined them from time to time. Their Sea Swal- low adventures included the maiden cruise to Monterey and Santa Cruz with two scuba instructors and their class, an abortive trip to Humboldt Bay, which got as far as Bodega Bay before metamorphosing into a series of local trips for fishing and other sport, anda trip to SanDiego to begin anunsuccessfulMexican treasure hunt with an impossible old man. Illustrated with drawings, black-and- white photographs, and two of Johannesen's paintings in color. 304 Adventurers Afloat

1087 Kaufmann, Paul D. Paddling the Gate; a lbyak Trip on San Francisco Bay, illustrated by Jane Oka. Santa Monica, Calif.: Mara Books, 1978.78~~. A poetic, evocative, and fascinating story of a one-day kayak trip which started before daylight at the San Francisco Marina. Kaufmann crossed the bay to the north side of the Golden Gate, paddled out into the ocean with the end of the ebb tide, rested for a short time in the cove behind Point Diablo, then paddled back into the bay in the eddies along the shore, crossed the Gate near the bridge just before slack water, and continued eastward on the beginning of the flood to his launching place in the Marina. Has an excellent sketch map showing, as few such maps do, all the places named. The author makes it clear that solo canoeing in such dangerous waters is safe only after a decade of learning and practice. The beautiful design of the book is appropriate to the text.

1088 Lamb, Dana. Enchanted Vagabonds,by Dana Lamb in collaboration with June Cleveland. New York and London: Harper, 1938. viii, 415pp. Between9 October 1933 and9 October 1936,Dana and Ginger Lamb made a 1600-mile voyage from San Diego to Panama in the canoe Vagabunda. They encountered storms, rum runners, adventures, hardships, and friendly people along the way. A Costa Rican warship took them and their boat to Cocos Island on one of its regular patrols. They explored by sea and land while waiting for the ship's return. Dan had a severe appendicitis attack and was taken to the mainland, packed in ice, by a tuna clipper. After transiting the Panama Canal, the couple and Vagabunda returned home by freighter, the passage paid for by gold panned along the way. Illustrated by 48 excellent photographs. Vagabunda: A canvas-covered, double-ended canoe, resembling a Vig ship, designed and built by the Lambs. LOA 16'; Beam 3'-6"; depth 2'; Sail area 100 sq. ft.

1089 Lawrence, RD. Voyage of the "Stella"New York: Holt, 1982. 221pp. After his wife's death Lawrence, deeply depressed, decided to buy the 24' power boat Stella Mans, live on board, and cruise the coasts of British Colum- bia and Alaska. While not a cruising guide, the book contains much information of use to those cruising these waters.

1090 Leigh, Randolph. Forgotten Waters: Adventure in the Gulf of California. Philadel- phia: Lippincott, 1941.324~~. A cruise in the 35-ton staysail schooner Lrrscar II. The book speaks more of the places visited than of the voyage. It contains an excellent description of the tidal bore at the mouth of the Colorado River and of shooting it in a skiff.

1091 Miller, Max. The Cruise of the "Cow;"being an Introduction to San Diego, Mexico's Baja CQlifornia, and a Voyage into the Gulfof California- This Combined Region of the Southwest Corner. New York: Dut- ton, 1951.256~~. Coastal Cruises: West Coast of the Americas 305

The famous San Diego journalist's humorous and readable account of cruising from San Felipe to Bahia de Los Angeles on the east coast of Baja Californiain them power boatscared Cow (originallySacred Cow,but accidentally renamed during painting).

1092 Mortlock, Colin, and Barry Smith. fie British Pacific Alaskan &yak Expedition. Dunfermline, Fife, 1979. 1093 Murray, Spencer. Cruising the Sea of Cortez. Revised 2nd printing. Palm Desert, Calif.: Best-West Publications, 1967.242~~. Originally published Palm Desert, Calif.: Desert-Southwest, 1963.240~~. An exploratory voyage, in preparation for writing a guide book, from San Felipe to La Paz and Cabo San Lucas, touching at San Luis Gonzaga, Bahia de Los Angeles, Santa Rosalia, and Loreto on the east coast of Baja California and at Puerto Topolobampo on the mainland. Made in the 25' Owens cruiser Pew Sue. Contains much useful information on cruising this area. 1094 Murray, Spencer, and Ralph Poole. Power Boating the West Coast of Mexico. Palm Desert, Calif.: Desert-Southwest, 1965.304~~. A voyage in the 21' Glasspar outdrive boat PewSue III from San Felipe south along the Mexican wast to El Golfo, Isla Tiburon, across to Bahia de San Francisquito and Bahia de Los Angeles in Baja California, back to the mainland, and further south to San Blas, where the voyage ended. Excellent handbook for cruising the Mexican wast combined with an interesting account of the trip.

1095 O'Dell, Scott. The Cruke of the '!Arctic Star." Maps by Samuel Bryant. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin, 1973. xiv, 206pp. Written for children. The story of a cruise from San Diego to Portland, Oregon, via Oceanside, Dana Point, San Pedro, San Miguel and Santa Rosa Is- lands, Monterey, San Francisco, Drake's Bay, Bodega Bay, Noyo, Eureka, Cres- cent City, Port Orford, Nemrt. and Tillamook. O'Dell. his wife. Elizabeth. who navigated, and a gentleman friend who liked to fish made thevoyage. A aid crew member who ium~edshio inSan Francisco ~rovideda certain amount bf drama both before and aiter his'departure. There \;as an especially dramatic episode at the Columbia River Bar. Much space is devoted to historical accounts of events from the period of exploration and early settlement to the story of the loss of six destroyers at Honda Head in 1923. During the following three summers Arclic Star went on north via Seattle and the Inland Passage to Alas- ka. Arctic Star: Wooden diesel yacht, designed by Ed Monk, patterned after Alaskan fishing trawlers. LOA 50'; 32 tons. 306 Adventurers Afloat

1096 Pinkerton, Cathrene Sutherland Gedney. %reek a Crew. New York: Carrick & Evans, 1940.316~~.Lon- don: Jenkins, 1941.286~~. Coastal cruises in the Pacific Northwest, British Columbia, and Alaska in the power cruisers Yakima and Triton made by the Pinkertons and their young daughter.

1097 Scott, Annette. Cruising and Sketching Baja Flagstaff, Ariz.: Northland Press, 1974. X, 116pp. A brief text accompanyingsketches of harbors, villages, houses, hotels, res- taurants, boats, landscapes, people, birds, etc., chronologically arranged to describe avoyage made by the author and her husband, Don, in the sailing yacht Annene, from San Diego south around the tip of Baja California, up the east coast to Santa Rosalia, and then across to Guaymas. Among the ports of call were Ensenada, Isla Cedros, Bahia Magdalena, Cabo San Lucas, Pichilinque, and La Paz. The sketches, some of which are in wlor, were done with felt pen and water colors. The black-and-white ones have a Japanese quality. An effective combination of words and pictures.

1098 Steinbeck, John. The Log from the "Seaof Cortez'; the Narrative Portion of the book, "Seaof Cortez," by John Steinbeck and Ed Ricketts, 1941, here reissued with a profile, "About Ed Ricketts," by John Steinbeck. New York: Viking Press, 1951; London: Heinemann, 1958. hii, 282pp. Reissued New York: Viking, 1963. hii,282pp. (Compass Books, C120). A voyage from Monterey, California, to Cape San Lucas, up the Gulf of California, and return by way of La Paz, in the chartered fishing boat Western Flyer, made in the spring of 1940. Although the author's interest was primarily in natural history, this is a much better cruise book than one expects from a novelist or literary person.

1099 Walkinshaw, Robert. On Puget Sound. Drawings by Jeanie Walter Walkinshaw. New York: Putnam's, 1929.294~~. Chapter 10, pp. 241-276, describes a cruise through Saratoga Passage, Deception Pass, the San Juan Archipelago, to the Pender Islands, and return in Quadru, a two-masted auxiliary schooner of about 30 tons. The crew are the ~k&cr, the Philosopher, and thk Bos'n. The Bos'n, a young greenhorn, is the author. The remainder of the book -gives a description and informal history of Puget Sound.

1100 Webb, Jess. Going North . La Conner, Wash.: Lone Star Press, [1985]. 161pp. The story of a cruise made by the author and his wife from La Conner, Washington, to Glacier Bay and back by way of the Inside Passage in the diesel Coastal Crukes: West Coast of the Americas 307

motor cruiser Lone Star, told to show the reader as clearly as possible what it is like to make such a cruise and how to do it. Each chapter has an introductory section which gives a brief summary of the area or subject covered. Webb discusses fitting out the boat after awinter's storage, special preparations for cruising to Alaska, and storesand equipment needed, and describes the voyage itself, the places visited, the hazards and beauties of the route, fishing, prawning, and social life of the crews of the many boats which make the passage each season. Readable, but some of the metaphors used escape from control.

1101 Wortman, Elmo. Almost Too Late: the True Story of a Father and Hk Three Children Shipwrecked off the Coast of Wintery Alaska. New York: Random House, 1981; London: Allen & Unwin, 1982.211~~. Reissued New York: Berkley, 1983.211~~. The author, a carpenter disabled by ankylosing spondylitis, lived on a small pension while raising his four teen-aged children alone. The family home was their 33' auxiliary sailboat Home and a log-and-salvaged-lumber floathouse, both of which they had built. They were moored in Port Refugio on Suemez Is- land, Alaska, where they could secure most of their food from land and sea. The three youngest children had to be sailed regularly across 180 miles of dangerous ocean to Prince Rupert to visit an orthodontist. On 14 February 1979, as she was returning to Port Refugiq Home was driven onto a reef off the southern tip of Long Island by a violent, unpredicted storm. The entire family reached the shore, but without almost all of their stores and equipment. After nearly a month of struggling for survival in sub-freezing weather, they reached a cabin on Rose Inlet, where they found heat and food. Most of the trip was made on a raft built from logs, salvaged lumber and Home's tiny Sport-Yak di- ghy, with only a salvaged sail for shelter. COASTAL CRUISES: OTHER COASTS

1102 Beddington, Claude. We Sailed from Brirham, by Lieut.-Colonel Claude Beddington. London: Peter Davies, [ca. 19381.301pp. Two voyages in the Cachelot with a sailing master and full crew, fust to the Mediterranean and Red Sea, September 1935 to March 1936, and then down the west coast of Africa to the Cameroons, November 1936 to March 1937. Ex- cellent descriptions of the sea passages and of the places visited, with historical accounts of many of the more interesting places. Cachelot: Gaff-rigged ketch yacht built for the author on the lines of a Brix- ham trawler. LOA 76'; LWL 68'; Beam 19'; 98 tons.

1103 Birtles, Dora Toll. A Journal of a Voyage. Northwest by North. London: Cape, 1935. 432pp. A neurotic voyage, heavily laced with conflict, made in the cutter Skaga in 1932 by three men and three women, including the author, from Sydney toward London, which, after much conflict, ended in Singapore. A very descriptive book. Sknga: LOA 34'.

1104 Bundy, W. H. Reminiscences of Twenty-Five Years' Yachting in Australia... . Adelaide: E. S. Wigg & Son, 1888.223~~. The largest part of this volume deals with the author's yachting adventures whiie sailing in the waters around Port Adelaide, South Australia, in four yachts from 1868 to the late 1880s. The remainder is a survey of the history of yacht clubs in New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia (the author was Com- modore of the South Australia Yacht Club until lW),and an account of a voyage to England in 1880 to improve his health in which he describes English yachting. His yachts: White Cloud: Cutter. 8 tons. 1868-1873. Zephyr: Cutter. 22 tons Thames Measurement. 1873-1880. Wanderer: LOA 64'; Beam 14'-8"; 48 or 49 tons Thames Measurement. 1880-1886. Pastime: LOA 42'; Beam 8'4;Draft 8'. 1886. Coastal Cruises: Other Coasts 309

1105 Cam,Paul. Obscured by Waves:South Island Canoe Odysey. Dunedin, N. Z.: John Macindoe, 1979. 192pp. The author made a clockwise circumnavigation of New Zealand's South Is- land between 21 December 1977 and 23 April 1978. The trip was made in four stageswith layovers in between, starting at Te Waewae Bay, on the south coast. The fust layover was at Jackson's Bay, north of the Fjord Country, the second at Greymouth, and the third at Nelson. Caffyn had a companion on the first leg and on part of the second, but was alone at sea for the rest of the voyage. He had a motorized shore support group over the whole distance and camped ashore with them almost every night. His Nordkap canoe, Zsadora, was 18' long with a beam of 21" and had a carrying capacity of uX) Ibs. A readable account of a voyage which was not without dangers and excitement.

1106 Cowan, Gibson. The Odyssey of Mister Man. New York: Norton, 1951.224~~. The British edition has the title 7'heLogof the "Pelican."London: Cresset Press, 1952.236~~. Sequel to the author's Voyage of the "Evelyn Hope,," no. 991. The author spent World War I1 as a crew member, skipper, and then caretaker of the 150- ton schooner yachtPelicun, en route from Port Said to the Chesapeake Bay via the Suez Canal, the Red Sea, and the Cape of Good Hope. Manned by a constantly changing crew of eccentrics, Pelicun got as far as Mombasa before the United States entered the war and the planned voyage had to end. She returned to Suez, was rejected for war service, and, at the end of the war, was sold to King Farouk. A fascinating story of unofficial bumbledom.

1107 Deuel, John Vanderveer. White Cayuca: The Log of anAdventurous Voyage to Devil's Islana', 7'he Valley of Creeping Death, the Isle of Buried Treasure, the Bed- bug Islandr, and the Land of Savage Majesty. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin, 1934.280pp. The author, an aviator, accompanied an expedition commanded by Willits J. Hole on his yacht Samona II. Besides a naturalist, Albert E. Coburn, there was a crew of 12 and a steward. The yacht sailed south from Los Angeles, visiting White Friars Pinnacles, north of Acapulco, Fonseca Bay, and Cocos Island on the way to the Panama Canal. On the eastern side of the continents they visited Cayanne and Devil's Island (there is a verygood description of a visit to the prison), cruised up the Amazon, and then continued south through the Straits of Magellan touching Recife, Rio de Janeiro, and Buenos Aires. On the west coast of South America they called at Valparaiso, the Chincha Islands (Bedbug Islands; the Guano Islands), the Isla de la Plata, and the Pearl Islands on the way back to Los Angeles. Samona 11: 147' diesel yacht.

1108 Doyle, Adrian Conan. Heaven Has Claws. London: Murray, 1952. 203pp.; New York: Random House, 1953.245~~. Doyle and his wife, Anna, travelled south from Zanzibar in the 30' power boat Gloria Scott, with a native captain and small crew, to explore the coast and 310 Adventurers Afloat

the islands of Tanganyika. The author dramatizes the dangerous character of the area.

1109 Flynn, Errol. Beam Enh. New York; Toronto: Longmans, Green, 1937. vii, 241pp. Flynn woke up one morning after a party and found that he was the owner ofSirocco, although he could not remember how he had acquired the boat. This is a well-written picaresque account of her voyage, with a crew of four young men, along the Great Barrier Reef from Sydney to New Guinea, ca. 1928. Sirocco: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 44'; Draft 7'.

1110 Goodman, Frank R British Kayak Expedition Cape Horn. Wcial Expedition Report. Nottingham. 1978.24~~. 1111 Gunn, John. Barrier Reef by Trimaran. London: Collins, 196. 192pp. Gunn, a former navigator in the Australian Navy, and a refugee from the public relations business, built a Piver Lodestar trimaran, named her after his wife, Barbara, and sailed her north along the Great Barrier Reef and then back to Sydney, May 1%4 to June 1965. A well-told story by a competent professional writer. Some of the disasters encountered have a Snark-lie ring to them. Burbara III: Ketch-rigged trimaran. LOA 35'; Beam U)';Draft 2-6".

1112 [Hamilton, Sir Ian]. A Jaunt in a Junk A Ten Days Cruise in Indian Seas. London, Kegan Paul, 1884.269,39pp.

1113 Houghton, Philip. Landfrom the Masthead. a Circumnavigation of New Zealand in the Wakeof Captain Cook. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1968. [2241~~. Visiting Cook's anchorages in 1966 in the sailing yacht Murihiku. An ex- cerpt and brief biographical note on the author are given inBefore the Wind (no. 271), pp. 89-93.

1114 Karlsson, Elis. Cruising off Mozambique. London, etc.: Oxford University Press, 1969. X, 189pp. The author, aged 61, and his wife made a very difficult cruise on the Mozam- bique coast which nearly ended in the author's death from blackwater fever. They sold their boat, Symphony, at the end of the voyage, but would like to make another cruise in the same area. Symphony: Caprice-classtwin-keel sloop designed by Robert Tucker. LOA 18'-6"; LWL 15'-3"; Beam 6'-3"; Draft 2'-3". Coastal Crukes: Other Coasts 311

1115 Kent, Rockwell. Voyaging Southward from the Strait of Magellan. Rev. ed. New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1968. xviii, 184pp. First edition New York and London: Putnam's, 1924. xv,184pp. ffithleen was bought by the author in Punta Arenas and converted into a sailing yacht. He sailed, with his mate, Ole Yterock, to Admiralty Sound, travelled across country to Usuaia, and there persuaded one Lundberg to take him to Horn Island, the Wollaston Islands, etc., in his five-ton boat. Forced to turn back before he reached his goal, Kent returned to Punta Arena by land and sold Kathleen there. Ole went to fetch her for her new owner. ffithleen:Former lifeboat. Double-ended, clinker-built, gaff-rigged sloop. LOA 26'; Beam 8'-6"; Depth 3'-2".

1116 Marriner, John. Sailing to Timbuctoo. London: Kimber, 1973. X, 278p. A cruise in the summer and autumn of 1971 along the coast of Algeria in the power cruiser September Tide, with motor trips into the interior. Contains much information on North African history.

1117 Marriner, John. Trebizond and Beyond London: Hart-Davis, 1969. 212pp. A Black Sea cruise following the route of Jason and the Argonauts from the Bosphorus along the north coast of Turkey to Hopa, just short of the Rus- sian border, in the author's power cruiser September Tide. Marriner continued by train, car, and bus to Kara and the Russian border before returning to Istan- bul. Very descriptive, with a great deal of historical material. The first recorded yacht voyage in the area.

1118 Mason, Michael Henry. Where Tempests Blow Upon the Land of Magellan. Photographs by A.S.M. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1933. xiv, 181pp. On 10 April 1930 Mason and his wife, Annette, started out from Puerto Bories on a two-month cruise in the chartered steam launch Koleta They had a crew of four, including a Sicilian captain, Felice Rando, a Dalmatian seaman, Natalio Fiipic, a Greek engineer named Juan, and a Chilean ship'sboy, Isidoro. They explored the Chilean waterways below the Golfo de Penas as far north as Estero Eyre, then turned south, passed outside Islas Hanover, took the inside route to the western end of the Strait of Magellan, and passed through to Punta Arenas. The boat's boiler tubes began breaking loose as they entered the Strait, and only heroic efforts by Juan kept the boat moving. The boiler failed completely 200 yards short of the mole at Punta Arenas. A well written and well illustrated account.

11 19 Niemier, Jean. Wild Blue Water: Cruise of the "Shield." Portland, Ore.: Metropolitan Press, 1962.283~~. A year-long cruise by Ed and Jean Niemier in a powerboat from Poulsbo, Wash., down the Pacific Coast, through the Panama Canal across the Carib- bean to the Intracoastal Waterway, up to New York, and by waterways and lakes 312 Adventurers Afloat

to Troy, Buffalo, Cleveland, Detroit, and Chicago, then down the Mississippi and across the Caribbean again to Panama, where they shipped Shield and themselves home on the S. S. Havelstein because they had run out of time. Shield Diesel-powered fishing-boat type cruiser designed by Ed Monk and built in 1943. LOA 40'; Beam 12'; Draft 4-6";Fuel capacity 1100 gallons; Water capacity 600 gallons. 1120 North Wales Kayak Expedition to Greenland, 1977. Repolt. 54pp. 1121 Orsborne, George Black. Voyage of the "Hctory,"by Captain Dod Orsborne. London: Muller, 956.255~~. From Whitstable, July 1954, to the West African coast, with his wife, Jean- nie, na the Channel, the Bay of Biscay, Ferrol, the Portuguese coast, the Sal- vage Islands, and Las Palmas. After exploring the African coast and several rivers from Cape Blanco south, the Mctory was lost in Sierra Leone. Relates some strange stories of juju. Mcto'y: Work boat, converted to an auxiliary ketch. 1122 Price, Willard. Journey by Junk: Japan after MacArthur. New York: John Day, 1953.317~~. In order to penetrate the barrier of Occupation censorship and see what was really happening in Japan, the author and his wife, Mary, chartered a manned Japanese fishing boat from the port of Kanonji, in past centuries a stronghold of Indonesian pirates, and for six weeks sailed the Inland Sea from east to west, from Kobe to Moji on the Shirnonoseki Strait, on a 1120-mile zig- zag track, calling at numerous small ports along the way. Because the voyage was hazardous, they named the junk Kompira after the Japanese sea god who protects mariners, and they installed a shrine to him at the foot of the mast. Tidal currents ran up to twelve knots in places, causing giant whirlpools, one of which nearly engulfed Kompira. They were caught out in Typhoon Ruth and barely escaped shipwreck. Because they had lived in Japan for five years before World War I1 and spoke some Japanese, they were able to talk to people and, by accident, to witness and understand some disturbing patriotic ceremonies. One interesting conclusion: Japan must either sell or fight to su~ve.A very interesting story of an unusual voyage and a fascinating picture of a section of early postwar Japanese society. Kompura: Two-masted junk. LOA 45"; Beam 10'; 7 tons. The Prices slept on deck under a canvas shelter or in the fish hold, which was only 18" deep. A wooden enclosure overhanging the stern to serve as a head was installed for the cruise. 1123 Ricciardi, Lorenzo. The Voyage of the "Mir-El-Luh."Photographs by Mirella Ricciar- di. London: Collins; New York: Viking, 1980.256~~. The author, who lives, with his wife and two daughters, in Kenya, secured financial support in London to make a film and write a book about dhows. He found a site suitable for filming at Smuggler's Cove, Arabia, and found an unfinished dhow, which he bought. This is the story of 10 voyages, nine of them in Coastal Crukes: Other Coasts 313

the dhow Mir-El-Lah, named after his wife, who was along on most of them. Mir-El-Lah sailed up the Persian Gulf to Shat a1 Arab, back down again, then along the coast of Yemen and down the African coast as far south as Mafia Is- land. She then made a trip to Aldabra and the Comoros, where Mir-El-La was wrecked. She was later salvaged by a trader for a half share in her ownership andcarried Coca Cola to the outer islands untilshe wasstolen. The other voyage was made in the 70' schooner La Belle Vue from Kilife to Seychelles, the atolls of Providence, Farquhar, Cosmoledo, Assumption, and Aldabra, and return. A well-told adventure story with spectacular illustrations . Mir-EI-Lah:LOA 22.3 metres; LWL 16 metres; Beam 6.25 metres; Draft 1.5 metres; 46.23011s.

1124 Ridgway, John. Cockleshell Journey: The Adventures of Three Men and a Girl. London, etc., Hodder and Stoughton, 1974.213~~. John and Marie Christine Ridgway, Richard Shuff, and Krister Nylund transported two Avon Readseal 10' inflatable dinghies, with Seagull outboard motors, to a base camp at Estancia Skyring on Skyring Sound for an attempt to cross Gran Campo Nevada Ice Camp and climb Monte Inaccessible. They attempted to make the climb from the head of afjord branching off Skyringsound, could not, and had to make a perilous circumnavigation of Peninsula Munoz Gamero to fmd a feasible route. Only Ridgeway and Nylund were able to complete the climb under very difficult weather conditions.Thevoyage back to Skyr- ing Sound was as difficult and dangerous as the voyage out. A good account of what people determined to find adventures can discover.

1125 Roos, Willy de. North West Passage. London: Hollis & Carter; Camden, Me.: In- ternational Marine Publishing Co., 1980.209~~. Issued with the same title as a sound recording on 8 cassettes. Newport Beach, Calif.: Books on Tape, 1984. One of the best adventure thrillers written. de Roos is a French-speaking Belgian who, after being an underground agent, soldier, and prisoner of war during World War 11, married, had four daughters, succeeded in business, and, lieSlocum before hi,found that he and his wife got along better when apart. He took up yachting, which she did not like, and, at age M, decided to spend three years sailing around the world alone. After rounding the Cape of Good Hope, he decided to do something more &cult and worthwhile. He would traverse the Northwest Passage. After modifying hi boat, Wiwaw, for the voyage, he sailed from Falmouth for Davis Strait on 21 May 19n. He expected to make the passage, with luck, in two seasons. By good luck and good management, he did it in one, andset a record. Thestory of his race withice and weather, particularly on the last leg of the journey, where no shelter was available and ice would mean total disaster, reads like an adventure novel. Wiwaw: Steel hulled diesel auxiliary ketch designed by Louis Van de Wiele. LOA 13 metres; Beam 3.8 metres; Draft 1.9 metres.

1126 Severin, Tim. The Jason Voyage: The Quest for the Golden Fleece. Drawings by Trondur Patursson; Photographs by John Egan, Seth Mortimer, and Tom Skudre. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1985.263~~. 314 Adventurers Afloat

Severin, who had replicated two fabulous voyages in modern recreations of the original ships (the voyages of St. Brandon, recounted in The "Brendan" Voyage, no. 593, and Sinbad's voyages, recounted in The Sinbad Voyage, no. 785), wished to prove that Jason could have sailed from Greece to Colchis (now part of the Georgian S. S. R.) Colin Mudie, who had designed his two previous boats, designed a 20-oared galley of the kind probably built in the 12th Century, B. C., using all available near-contemporary pottery and other pictures. Shc was built, using ancient methods, on the island of Spetses by a truculent boat builder with a golden heart named Vasilis Delimitros, launched with great ceremony, and named, of course, Argo. She sailed (really mostly rowed) from Volos, Jason's home city, to Vani, on the Rhioni River, the principle modern city in what was once Colchis, during the Spring and Summer of 1984. Manned by a corps of volunteers supplemented along the way, she travelled along the Greek coast, crossed to Lemnos, passed through the Hellespont, Dardanelles, Sea of Marmora, and Bosphorus, cruised the north coast of Turkey, and finally cleared for Poti, U. S. S. R, from the Turkish port of Hopa. Off Poti she was greeted and escorted by the Russian sail training ship Tovarisch. A relay of Georgian rowers came on board to help. After she had been displayed in Vani and been the center of prolonged festivities, Argo was towed back to Istanbul by Tovarisch for winter storage. Getting clearances from all governments involved was almost as difficult as the original quest for the Golden Fleece had been, but once arrangements had been made the modern Argonauts, unlike their predecessors, were received with hospitality and enthusiasm all along their route.

1127 Steele, David J. Yachtsman in Red China Tuckahoe, N.Y.: de Graff, 1970. vii, 208pp. The author is a career engineer for Standard Oil of New Jersey. On his various overseas assignments he has built boats and sailed them, a pram dinghy and asailjish at Cartegena, Colombia, and then, in Saigon, two trimarans, both Piver designs, a 24' Nugget named Linda Nina and a 32' Herald named Linda Nina II. In Linda Nina I he explored the Saigon river and found, after some very uncomfortable and dangerous adventures, a ruined temple from which he salvaged a beautiful ceramic dragon. In Linda Nina II he set out for his next assigned post, Singapore, via Hong Kong and the Philippines. He was captured off Hainan Island by Chinese fisherman, taken ashore, interrogated, and made to sign a confession of wrongdoing before being released. His boat was acciden- taly wrecked by his captors. At the time of writing he was building a new boat in Singapore. His descriptions and photographs of boat building are excellent and would be helpful to anyone undertaking such a project.

1128 Sutherland, Audrey. Paddling My Own Canoe. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 1978. 136pp. Eight successive trips to avalley on the north-east coast of Molokai, accessible only by sea, in search of a vacation retreat. The first two trips, in 1962 and 1964, were made by swimming. The others, done annually between 1967 and 1974, were made in inflatable boats, first a six-footer, and then a nine-footer. The valley was about 20 miles from the launch point. Coastal Cruises: Other Coasts 315

1129 Von Kohorn, Ralph Steven. "Columbia" Cruises South: Circumnavigating the South Island of New Zealand Whatamongo Bay, N.Z.: Cape Catley, Ltd., 1977. 117pp. Von Kohorn, an American who emigrated to New Zealand, made this voyage counterclockwise from Nelson in February and March of 1972 with his wife, Jill, a New Zealander. Gives a picture of meticulous preparation and careful, seamanlie cruising. Coutains much information which would be of use to anyone cruising these waters. Columbia: Modified deep V hull designed by JiCole of California. Built in Auckland of 2 layers of laminated wood covered by dyne1 and then fibreglassed. Diesel powered. LOA 13.7 metres; Beam 4.27 metres; draft 1.4 metres. Fuel capacity: 454 gallons. Consumption rate: 3-8 gallons per hour.

1130 Von Kohorn, Ralph Steven. "Columbia" Cruises North: Circumnavigating the North Island of New Zealand (Acompanion volume to Columbia Cruises South). Whatamonga Bay, N. Z.: Cape Catley, Ltd., 1979. 166pp. After careful and thorough preparation, the Von Kohorns circumnavigated North Island counterclockwise, crossing from Nelson to Wanganui to start, and thus completing a figure eight circumnavigation of New Zealand. Cruising on the the west coast, which is exposed to the Tasman Sea and has difficult bars at each harbour, was the most dangerous part of the voyage. Aside from being good reading, this and its companion volume are text books on how to cruise a difficult coast in safety by making maximum use of all information and devices to avoid danger. INLAND CRUISES: BRITISH ISLES

1131 Aubertin, C. J. Caravan Afloat. London: M. Simpkin, 1951.155pp. A collection of sketches which appeared in the Daily News, Manchester Guardian, and the Star. Many describe cruises in Noah's Ark; several deal with commercial usage of the canals and with the usage and wastage of the waterways. Very pleasant reading of a bucolic sort. Noah's Ark: Barge houseboat. Propelled by poling or towing. LOA 33'; Beam 6'-6"; Cabin 18' long.

1132 B, B (pseud. of Denys James Watkins-Pitchford). A Summer Cruke on the River Nene. London: Kaye and Ward, 1967.158~~. B, his wife Cecily, and his daughter Angela cruised down the Nene (rhymes with hen) from Oundle Marina to Alwalton in May, 1966, and up the Nene to Wellingborough in October, 1966 in the rented motor cruiser Jolly Enterprise. B, who grew up in the area, paints beautiful word pictures of the countryside, its wild plants, animals, and buds, its villages and towns, and of Life there early in the century. He includes a short biography of the fourth Lord Lilford, the great Victorian ornithologist, whose estate lay on the river. The appendiigives Mrs. Julyans' recollections of life as a young girl in the 1890s in the river village of Aldwincle, Dryden's birthplace. The author's illustrations are numerous and attractive. The physical book is well designed; words, pictures, and book combine to convey the peace of the Nene Valley. 1133 Barnes, Eleanor. As the Water Flows; a Record of Adventures in a Canoe on the Rivers and Trout Streams of Southern England London: G. Richards, Ltd., 1920.190pp. Six dream-like sketches of river journeys made with Sabrina in a green Canadian canoe at different times of the year, beginning on the Arun in the unlikely and unkindly month of December, and progressing through the year to

harvest time on the Stour in Kent and Canterbury. Each page has either a I photograph, a painting, or a drawing on it. The other rivers are, in succession: the Mole; the Avon of Wiltshire and Hampshire, with its tributaries, the Wylie and the Nadder; the Thames in late summer; and the Dorsetshue Stour. The people in the narrative, including the author, who later became the second wife of Sir Alfred Yarrow, are dim figures moving through a mist on a romantic but Inland Cruises: British Isles 317

mysterious quest. Text and illustrations are somewhat reminiscent of an illustrated tale by William Morris.

1134 Black, Malcolm. Our Canoe Voyage: How We Launched at Hereford and Landed at Reading. Manchester: For private circulation, 1876.371~~. The Minnie and Undne on the River Wye and the Thames and Severn Canal.

1135 Bliss, William. The Heart of England by Waterway: a Canoeing Chronicle by River and Canal. London: H.F. & G.Witherby, 1933. 192pp. A rich, lyric, nostalgic, bucolic description of many trips and voyages on the Thames above Oxford, on the Severn, the Berkeley Ship Canal, the Stroudwater Canal, the Cherwell and Oxford Canal, the Napton and Warwick Canal, the Avon, and the Teme.

1136 Blue Peter (pseud.). A Week in a Wheny on the Norfolk Broaa!v. Illustrated by the Pur- ser. London: Leadenhall Press, 1890; New York: Scribner & Wel- ford, 1891. 140pp. A mock-heroic, humorous account of the cruising vacation of two men and their wives, referred to as Purser and Commodore and Mrs. Purser and Mrs. Commodore, all ardent whist players, in the crewed wherry Kate on the Nor- folk Broads. Kate visited Wroxham Broad, Little Salhouse Broad, Horning, Heigham Sound, Hickling Broad, and St. Benet's Abbey, went up the Ant to Sutton Broad, and then returned to Wroxham.

1137 Bontheron, E. G. My Holidays on Inland Waterways:2000 Miles Cruising by Motor Boat and Pleasure Skiff on the Canals and Riven of Great Britain. 3rd ed. 1919.186~~. First edition 1916; 2nd ed. 1917; 3rd ed. reprinted London: Mur- ray, 1929. Chatty but straightforward accounts of a series of cruises on most of the extant navigable waterways of England, Scotland, and Wales. Based on articles which appeared in The Motor Boat, The Motor, The Autocar, and The Lock to Lock Times. A complete itinerary, with mileage, is given on pp. xi-xvi.

1138 Boumphrey, Geoffrey. Down River: A Canoe Tour on the Severn and Thames. London: Allen & Unwin, 1936. 127pp. From Newtown on the Severn to Pangbourne on the Thames with George Humphrey in a 17' 9" canoe, a voyage of 140 miles on the Severn and 70 on the Thames. The upper waters of the Severn were filled with rapids and other obstacles, including a barbed wire fence. By the third day the river became easier to travel, but on the fourth day another obstacle was encountered, the cider at the Dragon Inn. A portage by car was made from Chalford to Lechlade 318 Adventurers Afloat

because the Severn-Thames Canal was overgrown and dry. From Lechlade the voyage was easy, but there were still a few obstacles to a quick passage, such as the Rose Revived. A very vivid geographical and historical account of the trip by a man determined to remain a Victorian. The two voyagers met and became friends because both of them discovered through reviews that they had published books about housing at the same time.

1139 Bryce, Iris. Can& Are My Home. Havant: K. Mason, 1979. White Plains, N.Y.: Distributed by Sheridan House, 1980. 144pp. Owen and Iris Bryce, grandparents, organic market gardeners, and, respectively, jazz trumpeter and freelance writer, decided, after living and working in Wrotham, Kent, for twenty years, to Live on a narrow boat on the British waterways for a trial period of two years. This is the story of the success of that experiment on board the Biu.

1140 Bryce, Iris. Canals are My Life. Havant: K. Mason, 1982.104~~. Well-written account of adventures on the English canals in Bir following the successful experiment noted above. The contents give an idea of the wealth of the experience: Winter plans; On the Bridgewater Canal; Liverpool and a cold welcome; In home waters; Happy days on the river Lee; Winter work at Bishop's Stortford; Drama in Limehouse; On the lovely, unknown Avon; Strange happenings at Gothersley; On the Trent and Mersey again; A heron to breakfast; Biu on the Medway; Back on the river Stort; Reunion on the river Wey.

1141 Bumps (pseud.). A Trip Through the Caledonian Canal and a Tour of the Highlands. Illustrated by "Chalk." London: Privately printed by Blanchard, 1861.290pp. The story of a trip made by a large party to Gourock by train and then continued on in the 80-ton cutter Whipper and the 23-ton cutter Snapper in July 1860. Humorous, in the style of a contemporary Irish novel, with fictitious names. The boats were towed through the canal by a tug.

1142 Campling, CA. The Log of the "Stranger;"a Cruise on the Brad of Norfolk. 1871. Tungate, the Mariner and Reliable Man, worked Stranger while the yachting party of four young men from Norwich enjoyed themselves and gathered material for a travel book. They were the author ("The Steward"), Harry Cam- pling ('The Master"), Fred Burstall ("The Captain"), and Nelson Burstall ("The Purser"). Itinerary: Yarmouth, Accle Bridge (lunch and the first mast lowering), Weybridge Priory, Horning Ferry, Salhouse Broad, Wroxham Broad, Lud- ham Bridge, St. Benet's Abbey; Barton Broad, Stalham by skiff, and the night at the Maid's Head Inn. Second day: Irstead, Horning Ferry, Ranworth Broad, and Horning Ferry again for the voyage's end. Told as a very humorous story. Inland Cruises: British Isles 319

1143 Clark, W.A. An Inland Cruise. 1887. 22pp. Offprint of an article which appeared in Hunt's Yachting Magazine, Feb. and Mar. 1887. The Sheilo was shipped to Hull from Dundee. In her the author made a 321-mile voyage on the Humber, Ancholme, Ure, Swale, Ouse, Dunvent, Dutch, and Trent rivers and on the Stamford and Keadby Canal, 7 July to 2 August 1886. Sheilo: Double-scull boat of the Dundee Rowing Association, built of yellow pine. LOA 17-6: Beam 3'-9"; Depth 1'-4";Weight 110 Ibs.

1144 Clarke, J.F. Mostyn. nree Weeks in Norfolk being a Portion of the "Rover's"Log. With illustrations from pictures by Edward W. Fahey. London: Wyman & Sons, 1887.53~~. The story of five days spent with an artist friend who was making an extensive cruise on the Broads preparing pictures for a London exhibit. The yacht was hired. The first skipper provided by the agent was unsatisfactory, the second was worse, but the third was all right. The two friends explored Yarmouth, Breydon Water, the Wavenny, and the Bure to Walsham Broad, where the author departed to return to work.

1145 Clough, S. Cruises and Curses. London: Selwyn & Blount, 1926. viii, 254pp. On the Thames and the Regent's Canal.

1146 Cotes, V. Cecil. Two Girls on a Barge. New edition. London: Chatto and Windus, 1894.177~~. Two young ladies, the narrator and Edna Devize (known as Girton because she was a graduate), having finished a school term, desired a "week of happy id- leness." They hired a narrow boat which normally carried salt, together with her crew, a husband and wife, had a carpenter build temporary living quarters in her hold, brought in furnishings and supplies, hung Liberty curtains in their new windows, and set off from Paddington for Coventry by way of the Grand Union Canal. The narrator's brother and a young artist as company, andGirton's uncle, General Essington, who had already furnished them with gourmet foods, met them at Leighton Buzzard. After a number of mild adventures, such as passing through the Braunston Tunnel, and much relaxation, they finally reached Coventry.

1147 Curtis, Roy. Thames Passport. Illustrated by Cecile Curtis. London: Mac- donald, 1970. 189pp. Motor boating on the Thames.

1148 Cubbon, T. W. The Wuard Dee: A June Voyagefrom Bala to the Sea. London: H. F. & G. Witherby, 1934. 176pp. 320 Adventurers Afloat l

A humorous and interesting account of a voyage down the river Dee from its source at Bala Lake to Chester in the 14' rowing boat Ladybird and from Chester to Heswall through the bore on the Dee estuary in Bluebird, a smd open teak motor boat with hoops and a canvas cover.

1149 Cubbon, T. W. "Onlya Little Cockboat:"Roughing It from Dee to Severn andAvon and Canals Between. London: George Roberts, 1928.192~~. A lively, humorous narrative of the adventures and misadventures of a month-long voyage in Bluebird with descriptions of barges and barge life, scenery, and history.

1150 Dashwood, J. B. The Thames to the Solent by Canal and Sea; or, The Log of the Una Boat "Caprice."London: Longmans & Green, 1868.91~~. On 8 July 1867, at noon, Dashwood, his wife, and their Pomeranian dog, Buz, set out from Weybridge for Christchurch, rowing up the river Wey to its fust lock, where they met their groom who had brought their favorite pony to tow them. They passed through the Wey and Surrey and SussexCanal, and, finding that the Portsmouth and Arundel Canal no longer existed, descended the River Arun to Littlehampton. From there they traveled westward to the Solent by sea with a fisherman as pilot. They saw the naval renew, visited Portsmouth and Ryde, and, overtaken by a storm in Lyrnington, continued by train to Chriitchurch. They did not experience severe hardships or even inconvenience. The first two nights of their voyage they spent at the White Hart Inn at Guildford, the third at The King's Arms in Billinghurst, the fourth at an inn in Littlehampton, and the fdth at the Kent Hotel in Ryde. Caprice: LOA 16'; Beam 6'; Draft (board up) 8".

1151 Davies, George Christopher. Norfolk Broaak and Rivers; or, The Water-Ways, Lugoonr, and Decoys of East Anglia New ed. Edinburgh and London: Black- wood, 1884. viii, 328pp. First edition 1883. viii, 290p. Contents: The Broad District; Bird life; Fish; Wherries; Cruise of the Coya: Olton to Yarmouth; The Hundred Stream; Horsey Mere; Hickling and Barton Broads; On the Bure; Wroxham Broad; Wroxham in winter; Week end at Sal- house; Antingham Ponds; Merry cruise on the Ant and Thurne; The marshes; On the upper Yare; Norwich and Coldham Hall; Surlingham Broad; Rockland Broad; On a wherry; Coldham Hall to Somerleyton; The Waveny; Fritton Decoy; Oulton Broad; Lake Lothing; Whitsuntide cruise; Breydon Water; Great Yarmouth; Ormesby, Filby and Rollesby Broads; Merriest cruise of all: A run down the coast (in Swan). Coya: Centreboard sloop. LOA 20'; Beam 7-9". Swan: LOA 24'.

1152 Donovan, Grahame. Clown in the Cockpit. Lavenham: Dalton, 1977.154~~. Five years (1948-53) of very amateur cruising by the author, his wife Claire, and their two daughters, on the Severn, near their home in the Midlands, in Inland Cruises: British Isles 321

Springflower, a very inappropriate boat for a river. The book is a series of funny disasters. The family finally sold the Springflower and bought a caravan. Springflower: Auxiliary cutter converted from a Mevagissey fishing boat. 10 tons.

1153 Doughty, Henry Montagu. Summer in Broadland Gipsyng in East Anglian Waters. 4th ed. London: Jarrold's, 1890. 136pp. Doughty, his son and four daughters, a steward, and a paid hand started their cruise at Aylsham, on the Bure. They descended to Yarmouth, crossed Breydon Water, went up the Yare to Rockland Broad and up the Waveny to Beccles and Bungay, and visited St. Olaves and Oulton Broad. Returning to Yarmouth, they sailed up the Bure, exploring the Thurne and Ant and their dikes and broads along the way and ending the voyage at Wroxham. Rich descriptions of history and scenery. For Doughty's continental voyages see nos. 1223 and 1224. Gipsy: Norfolk wherry yacht. LOA 53'; Beam 13'. Gipsy had two tenders: Whiting and Snail, a sailboat and a punt.

1154 Downie, Robert Angus. The Heart of Scotland by Waterway; CanoeAdventure by River and Loch. London: H.F. & G. Witherby, 1934.167~~. The author, disillusioned and depressed by World War I and its results, wished to return to nature to restore his spirits. Ironically, it was a German who gave him the means to do so. On a rainy Sunday in 1904, one Heurich visted the Munich museum and saw an Eskimo kayak which fascinated him. By the following spring he had built a collapsable canoe along kayak lines which, in turn, fascinated his friend J. Klepper. By 1907 Klepper began manufacturing his famous canoes. Just after World War I the author saw one on the Rhine, ordered a two-seater model, (16' X 3' X 27, and began the series of cruises which he describes with rich historical and geographical detail in this volume. Since he lived on the Clyde, Downie explored it first, then extended his cruising grounds to include the Firth of Clyde, the Forth and Clyde Canal, the Firth of Forth, the Cumbries and Loch Fyne, Loch Lomont and the Trossachw, the River Tey, the waters from Inverness to Largs, Annan and the Solway Firth, Loch Awe and Loch Entive. He gives suggestions on canoeing Scotland, has a chapter on building a canoe, and an appendii on Scottish place names and how to pronounce ihem.

1155 Eddy, Clyde. Voyaging down the Thames; an Intimate Account of a Voyage 200 Miles across England down "theriver of liquid hktory." New York: Frederick A. Stokes Co., 1938. xiv, 317pp. The author visited the source of the Thames and then proceeded down the river in a 16' rowing skiff with a canvas hood supported by three hoops. Very descriptive; almost a guide book.

1156 Emerson, Peter Henry. On Englkh Lugoons: being an Account of the Voyage of Two Amateur Whenymenon the Norfolk Broad, with an appendir, The 322 Adventurers Afloat

Log of the Wherry Maid of the Mkt, from September 15, 1890, to August 31,1891. London: David Nutt, 1893. viii, 298pp. Cruisingwith a hired hand during an exceptionally cold winter and an exceptionally wet summer. Emerson sailed from Hickling Broad down theThurne and Bure to Great Yarmouth, up the Yare to Norwich, down again and up the Waveny to Beccles and Bungay, and then down to Oulton Broad, where he was frozen in for nearly two months. When free of the ice he sailed up the Bure to Aylsham, up the Ant to Antingham, and finally up the Thurn to Somerton Broad, Horsey Mere, and Hickling Broad, where he spent the remainingweeks of his stay. Along his route he explored virtually every broad and point of interest. His talent for photography carries over into his prose descriptions. They are photographically clear and artistic. The pictures in this volume, on the other hand, are small and unclear. 1157 Emerson, Peter Henry. Wild Life on a Tidal Water: theAdventures of a Houseboat and Her Crew... . Illustrated with thirty etchings by P.H. Emerson and T.F. Goodall... together with an appendix "Breydon Past and Present." London: Sampson Low, Marston, Searle, and Rivington, Ltd., 1890. xiii, 145pp. During the summer of 1887, Emerson stayed with his painter friend, Dick Goodall, on the latter's 56' houseboat Electra, a former pilot cutter, which was moored to four staked anchors in Breydon Water, near Great Yarmouth. They had punts and a jolly boat for various kinds of expeditions. Joey, a local fisherman, was crew and factotum. As the two friends discovered later, he was also drunken and larcenous. They learned eel babbing, darting for dabs, and shrimp- ing from professionals, almost saved four people from drowning in a boating accident, were blown onto a lee shore, and saw, painted, and photographed many beautiful landscapes. On one of hi trips to Great Yarmouth, the author met The Lady in White, who came to the Electra to see Goodall's painting, "The Last of the Ebb," when it was finished, and with whom he was corresponding as the book ended. His descriptions are as graphic as those of On English Lagoons. The illustrations are excellent.

1158 Fairholme, Elizabeth, and Pamela Powell. A Dinghy on the London River. London: Peter Davies, 1937. * 222pp. Reissued cheaper edition London: Peter Davies, 1939.222~~. A mock-serious account of the adventures and misadventures of Liz and Poo after they bought asailingboat for theThames, a 14' half-decked Lymington scow type, with a centreboard. Their friend George found her, negotiated the purchase, and tried to teach them how to sail. They learned slowly and experienced almost every possible mishap. George, meanwhile, bought an old ship's lifeboat, equipped her with an old and failing steam engine, and added greatly to the mishaps which could be experienced. As a result of all this experience, L4Poo, George, and their friends are able to make cruises to places as far away as Burnham-on-Crouch in relative safety and with much enjoyment. Inland Cruises: British Isles 323

1159 Farrant, A. Rowing Holiday by Canal in 1873, Oxford-Oxford via Hereford, Chepstow and Bnitol, edited by Dr. Edwin Course. Blandford, Dorset: The Oakwood Press, 1977.31~~. A Lively journal of the author's twenty-day cruise, made in some sort of rowing and sailingboat in company with three friends, mostly by canal and river, with a long explanatory introduction, and illustrated with M photographs taken in the 1970s of places mentioned in the journal. The party slept each night in a tent and carried a wheeled device upon which to haul their boat overland on short portages, such as those around the the many obstructions of the upper Avon and the derelict locks of the Kennet and Avon Canal. The route: The Thames/Oxford Canal; the Warwick and Napton Canal; the River Avon and the Avon Navigation; and the Hereford and Gloucester Canal. From Chepstowe the travellers took the train to Bristol, and then returned to Oxford by way of the Kennet and Avon Canal and the Thames.

1160 Farrar, C. F. Ouse's Silent Tide. Bedford: Sidney Press, 1921. xi, 225pp. Reissued Wakefield, Yorks.: S. R. Publishers, 1969.225~~.and 32 leaves of photographic plates keyed to the text. The author, who grew up on the banks of the Great Ouse at Cauldwell Priory, canoed his beloved river from Brackley to the gates of Denver Sluice. In his account of the voyage, he describes the scenery and history of the river valley and makes excursions into the past, recreating a night at Cauldwell Priory in 1230, the attack of the Danes on Bedford in 921, a royal visit to the Ouse in 1541, Hoc Tide (a spring celebration, the second Tuesday after Easter) in 1230, etc.

1161 Feehan, John M. The Magic of the Shannon. Dublin and Cork: The Mercier Press, 1980.122~~. A long, vivid prose poem filled with melancholy,joy, sunlight, greenery and flowers, history, riverside characters of the present and past, and the peace of old age, composed while the author traveled through time as well as space on a leisurely motor cruiser voyage on the Shannon from Killaloe to Lough Key.

1162 Finch, Robert. To the West of England by Canal. London: Dent, 1912.63~~. 1163 Gardyne, Allan. The Log of the "Lalage';being, A Description of a Cruise on the Norfolk Brod. Stratford: B. Perry, 1892.32~~. Reprinted from Tinrley's Magazine, August and September 1889. A comfortably hilarious account of a cruise on the Norfolk Broads of four men, the Capitalist, the Admiral, the Pioneer, and the Dandy. They sailed down the Bure from Wroxham, up the Ant and Thurne to their meres and broads, through Yarmouth and Breydon Water, to Oulton Broad on the Waveny, and up the Yare to Brundall before returning to Wroxham. They had mishaps. 324 Adventurers Afloat

1164 Gayford, Eiley. The Amateur Boatwoman: Canal Boating, 1941-1945. Newton Abbot: David and Charles, 1973. 139pp. Early in 1941, the author, known as Kit, accepted an invitation to crew on HeatherBell, a narrow boat which had been built as a canal cargo and pleasure boat before the war. She went on to serve an apprenticeship of five weeks on a regular cargo boat and to run a program to train women to operatenarrow boats as war work, as well as to operate two pairs of boats (boats operated in pairs, a motor and butty, or unpowered boat, which was towed), Bainton (motor) and Saltly, and Battersea (motor) and Uttmeter. In this brief, topical book, she describes her own training, how cargoes and boats are handled, typical voyages, how she selected and trained other women, the boatman's life as it had been, and end of cargo carrying on the canals in the postwar years. She also appears in Susan Woolfit's Idle Women, no. 1210.

1165 Gibbings, Robert. Sweet Thames, Run Softb. London: Dent, 1940; New York:Dut- ton, 1941. X, 229pp. A charming and discursive account of a descent of the Thames from Lechlade to London in the rowing boat Willow.

1166 Gould, John. Avon to Thames: The Log of a Journey on the Kennet & Avon Canal. 1947.

1167 Hayward, John Davey. Camping Out with the British CanoeAssociation. London:George Philip & Son, 1891.99~~. A vivid picture of British canoeing in the late 1880s. Contents: Camping; Canoes and Canoeing; The British Canoe Association; With the B.C.A. to Lake Windemere and to Falmouth; Photography for canoers.

1168 Heaviside, George. Canoe Cruise uhwn the Leam, Avon, Severn and Wye. London: Whitfield,1871. 102pp.

1169 Inwards, James. Cruise of the "Ringleader."London:Simpkin, Marshal1 & Co.,and John King and Co., 1870.126~~. An account of a tour of the Highlands by canoe during August. The author traveled by sea to Aberdeen and by rail to Inverness. From there he paddled downLochNess to Fort Augustus and, by portaging and paddling, crossed Swt- land by Loch Lochy and Loch Linnhe, visiting Loch Eil, Loch Leven, Loch Etive, Loch Lomond, the Crinan Canal, and Loch Katrine, whence he and the canoe went home by wt. Ringleadec Cedar canoe. LOA 17-6";Beam 2'; Depth 11". Inland Cruises: British Isles 325

1170 Kimbrough, Emily. And a Right Good Crew. Drawings by Mircea Vasiliu. New York: Harper, 1958.273~~. Accountsof two waterways voyages, each beginning in Stone, Staffordshire. The fust, in the converted narrow boat Venturer ended at Llangollen; the second, inMaid Maryme, a power cruiser, ended at Hampton Court. A crew of one worked the boat and locks. The author and Sophy Jacobs made the first trip in late May and June, possibly of 1956 or 1957. They were joined by Howard Lindsay, Dorothy Stickney, and Arthur Kober in mid-June for the second trip. The author's literarypose is one of humorous helplessness. This and highly mag- nified trivia in strange juxtaposition make for an atmosphere of frothy humor.

1171 Kimbrough, Emily. Erne Enough. Drawings by Mircea Vasiliu. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.216~~. An account of a voyage up the Shannon from Killaloe, on Lough Derg, to Lanesborough, at the north-east end of LoughRee, in the chartered motor yacht St. Patrick. The Shannon was, unfortunately, at too low a stage to permit the yacht to continue upstream. The author and her party of elevenvery compatible friends continued by bus to Carrick-on-Shannon, where they boarded a smaller boat to go to Lough Key. From there they returned by bus to the St. Patrick for the voyage back to Killaloe. The members of the party were kept busy and amused by sightseeing, meeting unusual people, and solving trivial but interesting problems.

1172 Laffan, Mrs. de Courcy. The Cruise of the "Tomahawk" London: Eden, 1892.132~~. A rowing holiday on the Thames, Oxford to Cookham.

1173 [Laing, Charles Coleman]. A Weekon the Bure, Ant, & Thume. Privately printed, 1895.58~~. On the yacht May Fly with a paid skipper. The party: Alexandra Isabel Cunynghame, a painter in water colours; Arthur Hardinge David Cunynghame, her husband, Sidney Joseph Pollare, her half brother, and Charles Coleman Laing, her great uncle. The Cunynghame baby was left with Mrs. Laing at Sheringham. They voyaged down the Bure and up the Ant and Thurne, visiting their associated broads and places of interest, before ending the trip at Wrox- ham. Enlivened by stories, historical sketches, haunted houses, and bloody scenes.

1174 Ledger, Walter E. The "Blue Bird" among the Norfolk Reeds, with some Reflections on the Water. London: Privately printed, 1911.25pp. Fifty copies printed. 1175 Leslie, George D. Our River. London: Bradbury, Agnew & Co., 1881.272~~. Reissued 1888.260~~. 326 Adventurers Afloat

Life on the Thames, by an artist. Describes rowing on the river with his brother in 1849.

1176 Liley, John. Journeys of the "Swan." London: G. Allen, 1971. 192pp. Voyaging on the British waterways with John Sheldon, who bought and rebuilt the narrow boat Swan, beginning in 1964. The author laments the neglect of the waterways and describes the founding of the Inland Waterways Associa- tion and its good work toward their preservation and improvement.

1177 Llewellyn, Sam. The Worst Journey in the Midlanh. London: Heinemann, 1984. 191pp. The author took an aluminum canoe down the wild part of the Severn to Welshpool and proceeded from there in a rotted 8'-6" rowing boat appropriately named Magdalen. She was patched and painted together and hard to keep doat. He made his way to Westminster by way of the Severn, the Worcester and Birmingham Canal, the Stratford on Avon Canal, the Grand Union Canal, the Oxford Canal and the Thames, a 300-mile voyage in all. The story is told in a tediously humorous and rather obscure way. The canoe voyage is alluded to, but not described.

1178 Lloyd, Montague, and Ann Lloyd. Through England's Waterways. London: Imray, Laurie, Norie & Wilson, 1948. 117pp. A series of summer voyages made by the author, his daughter, Krithia, and his daughter-in-law, Ann, shortly after World War 11, in lieu of a continental cruise. The first, in Silver Stream, was through the decrepit Kennet and Avon Canal from Reading to Bristol. The canal owner, the Great Western Railway, sent a crew along to help them through decaying locks and bridges to prove that the canal was open so that the company would receive its maintenance subsidy from the Government. The voyage took twelve hard days, but it proved to be fun. Lloyd and his crew ran down to Avonmouth and, after another rough passage marred by the breaking of a shaft bracket and being partially crushed by a barge in the canal between Sharpness and Gloucester. reached that countv to&. While SilverStream was being repaired, Lloyd lived and cruised on board RodweN in the Thames and exolored in Lazyland. WhenSilverStream was readv, the cruise continued on the hiidlands can& and Lloyd wrote this book. At the end of voyaging, while coming down the Thames, he had a fatal heart attack, just before he had written that the summer had been the happiest he had ever known. His daughter-in-law finished the book. A very interesting account by a very interesting and attractive person. Rodwell: Motor cruiser. LOA 29'; Draft 18". L.azyIand: Canoe. LOA 17'. Silverstream: Mahogany open launch for fivers. Nearly flat-bottomed,with collapsible hoops and a canvas cover. LOA 29'; Beam 5'; Draft 18";Freeboard 3'-6".

1179 Lord Orford's Voyage Round the Fens in 1774. Edited by John Walbanke Childers. Doncaster: E. White, 1868. 107pp. Inland Crukes: Britkh Isles 327

Thejournals of Thomas Roberts, George Farrington, and George Walpole, 3rd Earl of Orford. The yachting party sailed on a small fleet of ships, the Whale, thelflligator, the Shark, and the Dolphin. There were also the tenders Pristis, Centaums, and Chimera, together with the victuallers Fireaway, Bumketch, and Cocoa Nut, to cruise "the narrow seas of Cambridgeshire, Lincolnshire, Northamptonshire, Huntingdonshire, and Norfolk and Suffolk." They towed by horse in one line up the Ouse 'six leagues past the Straits of Martin to Salters Lode, and passed through a narrow strait to the River Nene. From there they went upriver about seven leagues past Nordelph, Ouhvell, Upwell, and March, and anchored at Whoresnest Ferry. They went up the March River a short way, returned to the Nene, and went six leagues farther up to one milebelow Whittlesey Mere. They broke up four low bridges on the way. They had a sailing race on the mere, then passed through Fasset's Sluice into the old Nene and got to Peterborough through a weedy channel with some difficulty. They then returned to Whittlesey Mere and spent many happy days on the mere and in Peterborough before going on to Ramsay River and Mere, and then back down the Ouse. Thevoyage, which was a series of parties and social occasions as well, began on 16 July and ended on 6 August as the water levels began to fall. An interesting account of a society and a countryside which have since changed almost beyond recognition. Whit- tlesey Mere, for example, had become an extremely fertile farm by 1868 and was growing huge crops of mangle wurzel and of the finest wheat in England for its owner, Mr. Wells, of Holme. 1180 Lowndes, George. Camping Sketches. London: Bentley, 1892. 247pp. Chapter six contains a vivid description of descending the Dorsetshire Stour from the highest possible point, near the village of Fifehead Magdalen, about 10 miles below the source, to the mouth, in an outrigged dinghy. The author was accompanied by a friend named Smith, who was an amateur photographer, and a dog named Comlo. The camping voyage took 10 days. Although there were several navigational difficultiesand some rain, there was a great deal of time for fishing, hunting, and enjoyment. The rest of the book describes camping and fishing trips.

1181 Malet, Hugh. Voyage in a Bowler Hat. London: Hutchinson; 1960. 256pp. Reprinted London: M. & M. Baldwin, 1985.251~~. During the winter of 1957158, Malet, who wanted to escape from London and a dull job, bought MatyAnn, a 16' open dory with a 5'-6" beam, took her to Shotley, and converted her into an inboard cabin cruiser, powering her with a 1932 Austin engine which he rebuilt. After a brief shakedown trip in the Stour estuarywith Harry, who had helped him on the conversion, and Kay, whom he later married, he got a tow to London in June and began his canal voyage in Regent's Canal. His itinerary: Islington, the tunnel under London (half a mile long), St. Pancras (where he stopped for a beer), Regent's Park, Little Venice, Wormwood Scrubbs, Northolt, Bull's Budge (and engine repairs), and through 44 locks to Cow Roast Summit. He had problems working the locks at first and found the work tiring, but enjoyable. At Leighton Buzzard he had to repair tiller, rudder, and engine. Kay joined him there for a sample canal trip. He went on across England on the Grand Union Canal, the Shropshire Union Canal, the Stafford & Worcester, the Welsh Canal toLlangollen, and then went to the Mer- 328 Adventurers Ajloat

sey by way of the Shropshire Union and Wirral Canals. From there May Ann was shipped to Ireland, where she crossed that island by way of the Liffey, the Grand Canal, the Shannon, and Lough Derg, passing through Limerick into the tidal estuary before partly retracing his steps and cruising Lough Ree. He left the boat near Waterford, returned to England, and married Kay. His book was published at what proved to be the right time, was inspirational, and sold well. Sadly, the introduction of the 1985 reissue notes that Kay died of cancer in 1983, that many of Malet's friends are also gone, and that BowlerHat is a young man's book. It is also a timeless and fascinating account of a happy adventure as well as source of vivid historical and geographical descriptions.

1182 Malet, Hugh. In the Wake of the Gods: On the Watenvays of Ireland London: Chato and Windus, 1970.224~~. Hugh and Kay Malet refitted May Ann in Waterford and took her north by waterway to Lough Ree, where they explored the lake islands, sacred to the Druids and early Christians alike, examining their buildings and artifacts and talkingwith natives of the area as they worked their way northward. In the middle of their explorations, they helped friends take a newly-purchased barge south from Dublin to Waterford on the Barrow River. When they had seen all of the Lough Ree islands, they entered the upper Shannon, explored its waterways and lakes, and, leaving MwyAnn at Jamestown on Lough Corry, went by car to Lough Corrib, where they explored islands from a borrowed motor boat. When they returned, they portaged their boat on a cart to Enniskillen on Lough Erne for more island exploration. Because autumn was setting in, and because Lough Erne has 156 islands, they had to select for exploration only those with the most important remains and legends. MayAnn was laid up for the winter in a shed. The Malets then motored to the west coast to see some of the sea islands before returning home. The story is filled yith history, folklore, and legend which is blended into the narrative in a skillful and artistic way.

1183 Morley, F. V. River Thames, illustrated by Laurence Irving. London: Methuen, 1926.255~~. A very descriptive account of a hike, canoe trip, and motor boat trip, from the source of the Thames to Gravesend, made by Grimble, the artist, Crump, the banker, and the author. The party moored the motor boat Wife of Bath at Inglesham, hiked to Lechlade, continued on to Thames Head, and returned to Lechlade. They canoed downstream to Inglesham and completed the voyage in WifeofBath.There are long and interesting historical accounts of famous places along theThames and of persons associatedwith them. Among them: Kelmscott and William Morris; Stanton Harcourt and Pope; and the Beetle and Wedge pub and a treasure hunt.

1184 A Narrative of a Very Merry Wherry Expedition through the Rivers & Broads of Norfolk & Suffolk By one of the crew. Stamford, 1886. A dozen young men hired the wherryhte in Norwich, fitted her cargo hold with enough bunks for half of them (the rest slept on deck), and proceeded to have avery active, noisy, and vulgar good time on the Bure, Ant, Thurne, Yare, and Waveny, on their dikes, broads, and meres, and in their towns and villages. Inland Crukes: Britkh Isles 329

In the spirit of fun, and perhaps to preserve their anonymity, they all went by nicknames: The Barber, the Scribe, the Major, the Professor, Chitimaru, Mr Essau, Mr. Noah, the Commodore, the Purser, the Zulu, Dumbo, and the Monkey.

1185 Patterson, Arthur. Through Broadland in a Breydon Punt ... . Norwich: H.J. Vince, 1920. xvi, 112pp. 1186 Patterson, Arthur. The Cruke of the Walm on the Broads. London: Jarrolds, [1923?]. 175pp. The author bought a salvaged ship's lifeboat, had her repaired and fitted with mast and cabin in St. Olaves, and, on 9 August, set out from there to Breydon Water, then up the Bure to Horning, up the Ant to Barton Broad, then back to Great Yarmouth and Breydon Water. He then sailed up the Yare to Reedhan and Brundall, up the Waveney to Beccles, and finally to Oulton Broad and home to St. Olaves. Patterson shares with the reader, in the most charming and interesting way, his extensive knowledge of Broadland history. His ghost of St. Benet's Abbey is worth meeting. The maps in Arthur Ransome's Cool Club are useful when reading about this cruise.

1187 Patterson, Arthur. Through Broadland by Sail and Motor. London: Blake's, 1930. xi, 141pp.

1188 Pennell, Joseph, and Elizabeth Robins Pennell. The Stream of Pleasure: A Narrative of a Journey on the Thames from Oxford to London. Together with a practical chapter by J. G. Legge. London: T. Fisher Unwin, 1891.159pp. The Pennells spent August, 1888, on the river in a rowing boat with three hoops and a green awning which they rented from Salter's of OxFord. They named her Rover and equipped her for camping with stove and provisions. Elibeth, the narrator, steered and Joseph rowed. Neither was experienced in the assigned task. It rained the first day. They made three miles, passed one lock, and stayed at an inn in Sandford. Toward the end of the second day they bumped a bridge column in Abingdon, were aided by an i~ keeper, and felt that they should stay the night at his inn, the Nag's Head. The next day they stowed the hoops and awning out of the way and stopped at the Barley Mow, near Clion Hampden, where they met the Publisher (Fisher Unwin) and the Parson (Frederick Green) by appointment, and stayed the week end. Elizabeth Pennel, in her biography of the husband, says that they shared the boat on week ends sometimes with Unwin, sometimes with Green, and sometimes with J. G. Legge, son of the Professor of Chinese at OxFord, who was in the Home Office (Life and Letters of Joseph Pennell. Boston: Little, Brown, 1929.2 vols. Vol. I, pp. 209-10). (Pemell, in his memoirs, 7leAdventures of an Illustrator, does not mention the voyage). And so they drifted on, from inn to inn, to Richmond, where Salter's retrieved the boat. A good and artistic description of the river and its vicinity, which Pennell was sketching as part of a series. 330 Adventurers Afloat

1189 Pilkington, Roger, Thames Waters. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Lutter- worth Press, 1956.211pp. On the Thames in the converted navy launch Commodore.

1190 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat on the Thames. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1966. xviii, 220pp. Pilkington sold his old converted navy launch Commodore and had the larger steel-hulled names Commodore built. This is the story of her maiden voyage up the Thames to the head of navigation and then back down to Mar- gate in preparation for a European cruise. This is also a loving tribute to the Thames, rich in history and association.

1191 Poole, John. Narrow Boat Venture. Gloucester: Thornhill Press, 1975. 63pp. The story of the conversion of the narrow boat Banheadinto a cruising narrow boat by the author's son and son-in-law beginning in 1969 and of cruises in the converted boat in 1973 and 1974 on the Odord, Llangollen, and Grand Union Canals. Barrhead. LOA 70'; Beam 7'.

1192 Quiller-Couch, A. T. The WanvickrhireAvon.Notes by A. T. Quiller-Couch; Illustrated by Alfred Parsons. New York: Harper, 1892.144~~. Parsons and Quiller-Couch walked the Avon towpath from Naseby to Rugby, where they retrieved the Canadian canoe in which they made the rest of their journey to the junction of the Avon and the Severn at Tewkesbury. The text is unusually rich in descriptions of the countryside and its historical and literary associations. The illustrations complement it perfectly.

1193 Red Rover (pseud.). Canal and River: A Canoe Cruise from Leicestershire to Green- hithe. 1873.

1194 Robertson, E. hot. Thames Portrait. Photographs by Henry. E. Turner. New York: Macmillan, 1937. 168pp. The author says that she and her husband, Henry E. Turner, were among the tiny minority of people who had a good time in England in the summer of 1936. They bought a motor boat with a canopy in which to voyage down the Thames from Lechlade to the sea. They went by motor to the Cirencester and Cheltenham sources of the river. descended to Woolwich (with the canopy down during the last part of the vdyage), and went the rest of the way by barge. In this book they have created two beautiful and complementary portraits of the Inland Crukes: Bntkh Isles 331

1195 Rolt, L. T. C. Green and Silver. With photos by Angela Rolt. London: Allen and Unwin, 1949.275~~. Rolt and his first wife, Angela, chartered the converted motor lifeboat Le Cog, which was at the foot of Lough Ree in Athlone, for a three-month cruise on Irish waterways. They went to Dublin by way of the Grand Canal and returned to the upper Shannon through the Royal Canal. After descending the Shannon through Lough Ree and Lough Derg, they called at Limerick before returning to Athlone. Excellent descriptions. A warm and friendly book with a plea for creating a new Anglo-Irish friendship to parallel the personal friendships they found in Ireland.

1196 Rolt, L. T. C. Narrow Boat, illustrated by Denys Watkins-Pitchford, with a foreword by H.J. Massingham. 2nd rev. ed., reprinted. London: Eyre Methuen Ltd., 1971. (g), 212pp. Reissued 1978.216~~ First edition London: Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1944.212~~. An account of a 400-mile voyage in Cressy, based on Banbury, through the western Midlands canals during the summer and fall of 1939. In 1946 Rolt revisited most of the same routes and found many changes for the worse. He describes the industrial areas in terms Tolkien might have used in describing Mordor and makes a plea for the old values and the old way of life. Cressy: Former Shropshire Union Canal narrow boat, originally a horse- drawn fly-boat, converted for living on board and fitted with a model T Ford engine converted for marine use. LOA 70'; Beam 7'.

1197 Rye, Walter. A Month on the Broads on board the Wheny "Zoe,"and its Tenakr, the tub, "Lotus."Illustrated by Wilfred Ball. London: Simpkin, Marshall, 1887. IlOpp. 1198 Scott-James, RA. (Rolfe hold). An Englishman in Ireland. Impressions of a Journey in a Canoe. London: Dent, 1910.264~~. The author traveled some of the Irish waterways in a 17' Canadian canoe built of soft, light basswood, which proved to be suitable for rivers and canals and for portaging, but not seaworthy enough for the loughs. He left Belfast on the Lagan Canal and reached Upper Lough Erne by way of Ellis' Cut, Lough Meagh, the Blackwater River, the Ulster Canal, and donkey cart from Clones. From Lough AUen he descended the Shannon through Lough Ree and Lough Derg, leaving the canoe at Portumna, at the head of Lough Derg and taking the steamer to Killaloe at its foot. He did a great deal of walking to see the countryside and meet the people.

1199 Seymour, John. Sailing through England Drawings by Sally Seymour. London: Eyre & Spottiswoode,l956.256pp. Jenny was in Portsmouth for the winter when the author and his wife, Sally, decided to cruise the wider inland waterways. They fitted her out in Upnor and, 332 Adventurers Afloat

on 30 May 1955, they sailed, together with their baby and two friends, to the Wash and King's Lynn, explored the Ouse, Cam, and the Nene, went up the Witham through Lincoln, reached the Trent by way of Breyford Pool and the Foss Dyke Canal, passed down through Nottingham to the Humber, and went up the Yorkshire Ouze to Ripon, across the Peninnes on the Leeds-Liverpool Canal, and ended the voyage in Suffolk. During much of the trip they were in- terveiwing for a B.B.C. program which described the countryside, its people, and the kids of lives they lived. The descriptions carry over into the book. Very warm and human as well as readable. As more children came, the Seymours sold Jenny and took up self-sufficient farming to avoid the unpleasantness of twentieth-century urban living (for this story see his The Fat of the Land, Lon- don: Faber and Faber, 1%1; rev. ed. 1974). Jenny the Third: A steel-hulled Dutch Hoogaerse flat-bottomed lee board sloop. Draft 3". 1200 Seymour, John. Voyage into England Newton Abbot: David & Charles; New York: Taplinger, 1966.158~~. Reprinted New York: Augustus M. Kelly, 1968.158~~. An account of Seymour's four-month waterways cruise with his wife and daughter in the chartered narrow boat WaferWow, beginning in Nottingham on 3 May 1963. The voyage through the Midlands canals took the family as far as Llangollen, Evesham, and Ely before they returned to Nottingham. Water MlIow: The forward half of an old steel Grand Union Canal narrow boat, converted for cruising and powered with a diesel engine. LOA 40'; Beam 6'-10"; Draught 2'. (The after half had also been converted into apleasure boat).

1201 Smith, Cyril Herbert. Through the finnet and Avon Canal by Motor Boat. London: George Roberts, 1929.77~~. Smith had a 20' motor boat on the Thames which he wished to move to the Avon at Bath so that she would be closer to his home in Seend. The route led from Reading to Newbury on the Kennet, then through the Kennet and Avon Canal to Bath. He planned to end the trip by going down the Avon to Bristol and returning to Bath. The canal had long been closed to commercial traffic and was in bad repair. Smith gives a lock-by-lock description of thevoyage, with locks almost refusing to function, and the waterway choked with weeds in between. The lock keepers came along through each reach to make sure the boat got through. The fust leg of the voyage, which took the last six days in June, brought the boat through 19 locks and the Savernake Tunnel to Honey Street Wharf in Pewsey, where she was to be overhauled. Over the weekend of 7-8 July 29 locks were passed, with the boat left at an inn until the August holiday, when the voyage was completed. A straightforward account.

1202 Smith, Emma. Maiden's Trip. London: Putnarn's, 1948.208~~. Reissued London: MacGibbon, 1949. Large print edition Bath: Cedric Chivers, 1977. 336pp. Another edition, edited and abridged by the author. London: Chatto and Windus, 1953. 154pp. (The Queen's Classics Series). Inland Cruises: Britirh Isles 333

The author and two other young ladies, Nanette and Charity, volunteered, during World War 11, to learn to handle cargo-carrying canal boats as their part in the war effort. This is the story of their fist voyage in the motor boat Venus towing the unpowered butty Ariadne from Limehouse to Burningham with steel billets and from Coventry back to London with coal. From the point of view of the girls, the voyage was definitely an amateur effort. This is a very interesting account of three young women entering and reacting to a foreign culture.

1203 Squire, Sir John. Water Music; or, A Fortnight of Bliss. London: Heinemam, 1939. 28%~. Squire, a well-known writer, mentioned to his famous canoeing friend, Wil- liam Bliss, that he had never taken a canoe trip. Bliss asked for Squire's diary and marked out the last days of May, 1938, for his younger friend's first inland voyage. Their planned route: from Salter's, at Folly Bridge, Oxford, where they rented a canoe, up the Cherwell and Oxford Canal to Warwick, down the Avon, then by rail to Cricklade and down the Thames to Oxford again. During the first day Squire found that he liked to spend most of the time seeing churches, visiting friends, and dining and sleeping well at inns. When he came down with a cold in Warwick, the canoe was sent directly to Cricklade by train, Squire following by car when his health had improved. The pair resumed their journey, but as they reached Bablockhythe it began to rain very hard. They left the canoe there for Salter's to collect and returned to Oxford by car. Very humorously written, but, like the trip, the beginning is superior to the end.

1204 Taylor, John. John Taylor's Last Voyage, and Adventure, Performed from the Twentieth of July Last (1641) to the Tenth of September following. In which time hepast, with a scullers boate, from the Citie of Lon- don to the cities and towns of Oxford, Gloucester,Shrewsbury, B&- toll, Bathe, Monmouth and Hereford.. .London: For the Author, 1641.26~~. A voyage in a wherry up the Thames from London, down the Severn, up the Wye, and back to the Thames at Burford after much portaging. The author was about 61 years old at the time. He made a similar voyage in 1650. Told in awful verse.

1205 Thurston, E. Temple. (Ernest Temple). i?ze "Flowerof Gloucester."London: Williams & Norgate, 1911. xi, 224pp. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1912. X, 244pp. Reissued New York: Dodd, Mead, 1921. Reissued with an introduction by L.T.C. Rolt. Newton Abbot: David & Charles; New York: Augustus M. Kelley, 1968.244~~.Reissued with an introduction and commentary to illustrations by David Viner. Gloucester: Alan Sutton Publishing, Ltd., 1984. xii, 146, [16]pp. Thurston hied the FIower of Gloucester, a horse-drawn working narrow boat, for a pleasure cruise on the English canals. He hied Evesham Harry to crew. He traveled on the Oxford Canal, the Warwick and Napton Canal, the Stratford-on-Avon Canal, the Worcester and Birmingham Canal, and the Thames and Severn Canal. In the latter canal he and Evesham Harry legged the 334 Adventurers Afloat

boat for nearly three miles through the Sapperton Tunnel. The voyage ended at Inglesham. An exceptionallywell-told story. The 1984 reissue by Alan Sutton Publishing is beautifully illustrated with photographs and colour reproductions of paintings.

The Waterway to London, as Explored in the "Wanderernand "Ranger"with Sail, Paddle and Oar, in a Voyage in the Mer- sey, Perry, Severn, and Several Canals. Manchester: Simpkin, Marshal1 & Co., 1869. Three men, the author, Harry, and Will, and Charlie, the terrier, voyaged five hundred miles from the Bridgewater Canal Basin, Manchester, to Cannon Street Railway Bridge, London. They started on a Monday in August. The voyage was pleasant, but not without difficulties.While portaging from the Mer- sey to the Ellesmere Canal, they nearly sank in soft mud; at Gloucester they had to wait until the Severn bore had passed; and on the Thames and Severn Canal they had to portage18 locks.

1207 White, Walter. Eastern England from the 7ltames to the Humber. London: Chap- man and Hall, 1865. 2 vols. Chapters 3-13 give the story of a voyage on the Norfolk Broads in the 30' dandy-rigged (i. e., a gaff-rigged ketch) wherry Adelaide from Coltishall down the River Bure to Yarmouth and back, with trips up the Ant to Stalham and up the Thurne to Horsey Mere. White was accompanied by "The Vicar;" the boat was sailed by "the Captain," (i. e., the wherry man). He watched the Wroxham regatta, collected dialect words, noted rare birds, investigated decoying, etc. A good and useful record of the Bure and its tributaries in the 1860s.

1208 Wibberley, Leonard Patrick O'Connor. 7lte Shannon Sailors: A Voyage to the Heart of Ireland. New York: Morrow, 1972.157~~. A voyage in the chartered 44' diesel cruiser Lady Catherine from Lough Derg up the Shannon to the head of navigation and then, by canal, to Dublin, made to acquaint the author's four sons, all born in California, with Ireland. There are navigational hazards along this course which were overcome, but sometimes only barely. Wibberley lacks the ability to write a dull book.

1209 Wilkinson, Tim. Hold On a Minute. London: Allen & Unwin, 1965. 187pp. Reissued 1970. As a result of a chance meeting at the Fishery Inn in Berkhampstead, the author and his wife went to work for the South-Eastern Division of the Docks and Inland Waterways Executive, which needed canal boat sailors. They took over a butty (a narrow boat without power) and a monkey boat, hauled steel to Birmingham, coal to London, milk powder to Leicester, slag back to London, wheat to Northampton, etc., for the best part of a year, when further damage to the vertebrae of Wilkinson's neck, originally damaged by a war wound, forced him to give up canal boating. Inland Cruises: British Isles 335

1210 Woolfitt, Susan. Idle Women. London: Bern, 1947.223~~. In September, 1944, with both of her children in boarding school, Susan Woolfitt felt free to do war work. She answered an ad for women to work on canal boats, was trained in the narrow boats Battersea (the motor boat) and Ut- toxeter (the butty, without an engine) by Kit Gayford. She made a number of trips between London and Birmingham, returning home during school vacations to be with the children. After V. J. Day her job ended. This saddened her, because she had lied the life and the canal people very much. In her book she gives a full, vivid, and readable description of narrow boating in its last years as a commercial operation. For her instructor's account of wartime narrow boating, see Eiley Gayford's The Amateur Boatwoman, no. 1164. INLAND CRUISES: EUROPE

1211 Baden-Powell, Warrington. Canoe Travelling. Log of a Cruise on the Baltic, and Practical Hints on Building and Fitting Canoes. London: Smith, Elder, 1871. 172pp. Across Sweden in the canoe Nautilus I from Goteburg to Stockholm, 300 miles on lakes and rivers, 50 miles on the Gotha Canal, and 80 miles in the Bal- tic, 21 July to 21 August 1869. Covered part of Lake Vanern by steamer because of rough weather. Shipped canoes to Malmo by train and canoed from there to Copenhagen, and in the Hamburg area. Good description of rough canoe cruising, but very little of it was on the Baltic. The canoe proved to be unsatisfactory because it buried its bow in heavy seas. The author is the elder brother of General Sir Robert Baden-Powell, later Lord Baden-Powell, the hero of Mafek- ing and founder of the Boy Scouts. He went to sea with the P. & 0.Line and then became a barrister and Q. C. Nautilus I: Same dimensions as Rob Roy, no. 2, viz. LOA 14'; Beam 26"; Depth 1'. Nautilus I1 and ZZZ, versions improved in light of experience on this cruise, are also described. 1212 Bigelow, Poultney. Paddles and Politics. Down the Danube. London: Casell; New York: C.L. Webster, 1892.253~~. Bigelow sailed and paddled from the town of Donaueschimgen, in the Black Forest, to the Iron Gates with two friends, F. D. Millet and Alfred Parsons. There he had to leave the party to carry out reporting duties in Hungary and then in Russia. He tells a great deal about the people and culture of the Balkans and about Balkan politics. His solution to the area's problems: Give it to Kaiser Wilhelm to rule. For Millet's account of the voyage and for information on the canoes, see 7Re Danube from the Black Forest to the Black sea, no. 1256.

1213 Bird, A. F. Ryder. Boating in Bavaria, Austria and Bohemia: Down the Danube, Mol- dau, and Elbe,by A. F. Ryder Bird and the rest of the boat's crew. Hull: William Andrews & Co., The Hull Press, 1893. Three men, the Skipper, Stroke (Bird's brother), and Bud rowed in an outrigged pair-oar boat from Ulm down the Danube to Vienna, from Budweiss in Bohemia down the Moldau and Elbe to Dresden. They shot 29 weirs and passed through the St. Johann Rapids, which were six miles long, on the way to Dres- den. After visiting Berlin and Hamburg, they returned to England, glad to be going back to a land where passports were not needed and conscription was unknown. Inland Cruises: Europe 337

1214 Brougham, Hon. R. A Cruise on the Friesland "Broads." New ed. London: Ward and Downey, 1891.207~~. A journal of five weeks of happy Corinthian sailing on the waterways of Friesland by the author and his friend R., with whom he had cruised on the Nor- folk Broads. Both men returned to home and everyday lie with reluctance. Descriptions of people and places are on the tourist level, partly because of the language barrier. The appendix gives outdated information on boats, supplies, equipment, waterways, bridges, and other navigational matters.

1215 Chase, Mrs. Lewis. A Vagabond Voyage through Brittany. London: Hutchinson, 1915. 316pp. Starting their trip in late August at St. Malo, the Chases were able to buy the rowboat Fly in nearby Dinan. They had planned to rent a boat, but no one would risk renting them one for such a mad journey. They rowed and towed the Fly through 319 miles of canal and 280 locks, visiting Rennes, Redan, Pontivy, Chateaulin, and Chatauneuf, as well as many small villages. They made long stopovers in the spare rooms or lofts of lock keepers and became well acquainted with the Breton people and communities along their way. Their descriptions of rural Breton life are especially rich. For many days they stayed in an empty lock keepers' house in Malvran, found it to be ideal for them, and applied to the French government for permission to live there. There had been no reply to their request by the time the book was completed. TheFly was sold to the innkeeper at Chateaulin, who allowed the Chases to take her to Chateauneuf, whence she was returned to her new owner. The Chases completed their voyage to Brest in a barge.

1216 Chater, Melville. Two Canoe Gypsies: Their Eight-Hundred-Mile Canal Voyage through Belgium, Brittany, Touraine, Gascony, and Languedoc; being an Account of Backdoors Life on a Bargeman's Highway. New York: Brewer, Warren & Putnam, 1932; London: Lane; New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1933.230~~. Melville and Lucine Chater bought a 16'green Canadian canoe at the Army & Navy Store, fitted her specially for cruising with a stem-to-stern canvas shelter, a water tank, etc., shipped her to Bruges, and went by Belgian waterways to Brussels and Namur before shipping her to St. Malo for seven weeks on French waterways, ending on the Seine. Their third voyage took them from Bordeaux on the Atlantic to Cette on the Mediterranean. Contains interesting observations on people and places, but little historical material. Somewhat dated. Published in part in National Geographic. Excellent photographs.

1217 Chatterton, Edward Keble. Through Brittany in "Chmina"from Torbay to the Bay of Biscay in a 6-Tonner. London: Rich & Cowan, 1933. xiii, 256pp. After 21 years of cruising in Vivette, Chatterton sold her and purchased Chamitia. This is the story of Chamina's first cruise, by way of the Channel Islands to St. Malo, then by waterway to Redon, down the coast to St. Nazaire, and finally up river to Nantes, where the boat was laid up. This is the first of 338 Adventurers Afloat

three books on Charmina's cruises. The second is To the Mediteranean in "Charmina,"next below, and the thud is "Charmina"on the Riviera, no. 960

1218 Chatterton, Edward Keble To the Mediterranean in "Chamzina" London: Rich & Cowan, 1934. xii, 239pp. The second in the trilogy on Charmina's cruises (see next above). The voyage continued from Nantes down the Biscay coast to Bordeaux, and then on the Canal de la Garonne and the Canal du Midi to Sete, Marseilles, and Toulon. Interestingly and clearly written and containing much useful information.

1219 Chatterton, Edward Keble Through Holland in the "Vivette;"the Cruke of a 4-Tonnerfrom the Solent to the Zuyder Zee, through the Dutch Waterways. London: Seeley, Service; Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1913. xvi, 247pp. Mvene sailed from the Hamble River to Amsterdam in the summer of 1910, where she was laid up for the winter in the De Vries Lentschs yard. The following summer she sailed from Amsterdam to Pin Mill on the Orwell.

1220 Davies, George Christopher. On Dutch Waterways. The Cruke of the S.S. '!4talantaWon the Rivers and Canals of Holland & the North of Belgium. London: Jarrold, 1886. viii, 379pp. An excellently illustrated folio telling the story of a voyage in a chartered yacht from Lowestoft via Ymuiden to the principal places of Holland and Bel- gium and ending in Flushing. Atalanta: Steam yacht. LOA 60'; Beam 10'; Draft 5'; 33 tons gross; 16 tons net.

1221 Davies, George Christopher. Cruking in the Netherlanh: A Handbook to certain of the Rivers and Canals of Holland, Friesland, and the North of Belgium. Lon- don: Jarrold, 1894.208~~. Intended as a guide book for cruising people, but, of course, too out of date to be of great use except for historical and non-navigational material. However, it is still worth reading because it is done in the form of an interesting narrative of a cruise made by the author, his wife, and their daughter, with a paid crew, in Speedwell, with bits from a previous cruise in Chrysalis fitted in to improve geographical coverage. It has additional historical interest because some of the cruising areas described no longer exist. Speedwell: Cutter. MA54'; LWL43'; Beam 12'; 27 tons Thames Measure- ment; 18 tons registered. Chrysalis: LWL 33'; Beam 9'; Draft 4'-9".

1222 Donner, Mrs. Jos Alex. Down the Danube in an Open Boat. London: Blackwood, ca. 1895. 145pp. Inland Crukes: Europe 339

From Ratisbon to Pressburg, a distance of 550 kilometers, in the rowing and sailing keel boat Praealhts, which the Donners, experienced river and coastal cruisers, had built in Venice for cruising Mediterranean shores. At Pressburg they were advised not to go further down stream because of dangers and the monotony of the countryside. Praealhts: LOA 12.53'; Beam 4'2";draft 18.9".

1223 Doughty, Henry Montagu. Friesland Meres and Through the Netherlands. The Voyage of a Family in a Norfolk Wheny, 4th rev. ed. London: Jarrolds, 1900 The Doughty family, after cruising the previous summer on the Norfolk Broads, decided to see more of the world. They sailed to Great Yarmouth, were towed across the North Sea to Camperdown, hired a Dutch pilot, and cruised Dutch waterways. Gipsy: Norfolk wherry. Clinker built. 50' mast, counterbalanced by a ton of lead, in a tabernacle. No shrouds. One large gaff sail without boom. Luxurious accomodations for seven plus crcw. LOA 53'; Beam 13'-6";Draft 3'.

1224 Doughty, Henry Montagu. Our Wherry in WendishLands: From Friesland through the Meck- lenburg Lakes to Bohemia London: Jarrolds, 1893. 406pp.Fac- simile edition issued as 2nd ed. Southampton: Ashford Press, 1985. The author, two of his daughters, and a crew of three sailed from Leeuwar- den in Friesland by canal, with a short coastal voyage, to Bremen and up the Elbe, the Neue Eide and the German lakes to the upper Elbe and Dresden in 1809. A very descriptive account of northern Germany and of the voyage in a narrative which is a bit formal.

1225 Farnell, Lewis. An Englkhman 'S Adventures on German Rivers. London, 1892. 1226 Farson, Negly. Sailing across Europe. New York: Century, 1926. xv, 354pp. Reissued New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1931. xii, 354pp. The author and his wife, Eve, (who is known in the book as The Crew) motored up the Rhine and Main from Rotterdam and then motored down the Danube to the Black Sea in the centerboard (up) gaff-rigged (masts down) yawl Flame in 1924. The Crew took many excellent photographs, which are reproduced in the book. Very descriptive of the countryside and the people encountered. Contains a very interesting account of an interview with Admiral Horthy. First appeared serially in the Chicago Daily News. Flame: LOA 26'; Beam 7'; draft (board up) 2'-6".

1227 Fiennes, Sir Ranulph, Bart. Ice Fall in Norway. London: Hodder and Stoughton. Feinnes and his party parachuted to a small plateau in the Jostedal Moun- tains, surveyed the area, made the first descent of the Briksdalsbre Glacier, and ended their journey in inflatable boats. 340 Adventurers Afloat

1228 Forester, Cecil Scott. The Voyage of the 'Xnnie Marble." London: John Lane, 1929. 177pp. The account of a three-month cruise made by the author (later of Horatio Hornblower fame) and his wife on the French waterways in an outboard motor launch. The cruise started at Rouen and was made dificult by engine trouble (whichwas fmally overcome) and bad weather (which continued for three weeks and had to be endured). It ended in Nantes after explorations of the Seine, Loire, and Vie~e,withvisits to many cities, towns, and villages, including Paris, Orleans, and Samur. Annie Marble: flat-bottomed dinghy powered by an Elto Speedster outboard motor. Named after a character in one of Forester's early novels. LOA 15'; Beam 5'.

1229 Forester, Cecil Scott. The 'Xnnie Marble" in Germany. London: John Lane, 1930. 3 1lpp. A four-month motorboat cruise of the author and his wife from Hamburg up the Elbe by way of canals, rivers and the Mecklenberg Lakes to Magedburg, Brandenburg, Potsdam, and finally to Stettin, whence the boat was shipped back to England.

1230 Gibbings, Robert. ComingDown the Seine. London: Dent; New York: Dutton, 1953. 217pp. The author walked along the Seine from its source to just below Troyes, where he launched hi 11'-6"rowing boat and descended the river to Valvans. There he sold his boat and continued to Havre on a barge. This is essuntially a guide book written in a discutsive manner, after the fashion of Stevenson's In- land Voyage.

1231 Gordon, James Henry Hamilton. A Canoe Voyage in "Pothion." Cambridge: Metcalfe, for private circulation only, 1868. 74pp. Reprinted from The Light Blue, a Cambridge University magazine. Gordon took his canoe from Searle's yard in Lambeth, where she was built, to Dover by cab. The next day he started for Boulogne, but was forced back to the beach by strong winds. About 5:00 P. M. the wind died and he started again, paddling all through what proved to be a fearful night, but reached Boulogne safely. He went by train to Macon, and thence down the Xaone to Valence, Avignon, and Arles. From there he went down the RhBne to the Mediterranean, experiencing great difficulty at the mouth of the river in marshes and fog. He paddled with difficulty to Marseilles and Genoa, and then shipped the boat to Lake Maggiore. Here his narrative ends, the rest of the book being made up, after his death, of his edited notes. He went down the Reuss to the Rhine, over- turned and damaged his boat shooting the boat bridge near Strasburg, and sent her to Mayence for repairs. Here his notes end, but the editor says that Gordon had an easy voyage to Rotterdam and took a steamer home, arriving in Scot- land on 11 September. Inland Crukes: Europe 341

Pothion: Humped profile, with bow and stern low to the water and a v- shaped wooden cutwater fastened to the bow to prevent diving. Had a sheet metal centreboard and a large mast and sail. LOA 14'; Beam 2' =2";Depth 12".

1232 Grahame-White, Montague. Through the French and Dutch Waterways by Motor Cruker. 1931. 1233 Hamerton, Philip Gilbert. The Unknown River: An Etcher's Voyage of Dkcovery. London: Seeley, Jackson and Halliday, 1871.58~~.Reprinted 1874. In 1870 Hamerton made the fust descent of the Arroux River in a paper canoe which he had designed and built. Hi dog, Tom, swam along behind. He prepared 50 experimental copper plates for etching, packed them in boxes, took one along, and sent the rest ahead to be picked up at the inns where he spent the nights. His first two days were difficult, with fallen trees to clear and rapids to negotiate, but after that the river grew deeper and quieter. Unfortunately he ran into a more difficult obstacle, the Franco-German war, witnessed the Ger- man attack on Arroux, and was nearly arrested as a spy because he was a for- eigner drawing scenes in the war zone. He planned to revisit the river and complete his etchii when the war ended, but the spy mania went on. His method of etching in the field was successful,however.The book is verydescrip- tive of the countryside and filled with stories of people and legends of the area. Unfortunately, Tom disappeared as the voyage ended.

1234 Hamerton, Philip Gilbert. 7he Sdne: a Summer Voyage. Illustrated by Joseph Pennell. London: Seeley, 1887; Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1888. xix, 368pp. Reprinted with the title A Summer Voyage on the River Sdne. Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1897. xix, 368pp. The author planned avoyage down the SaBne in his sailing catamaranArar in order to produce an illustrated book. Robert Louis Stevenson and Joseph Pemell were to be members of the expedition and contributors. Stevenson became ill and dropped out. He was replaced by the author's friend, Captain Kornprobst. Arar needed urgent repairs and could not be used. Hamerton chartered Boussemroum, a bem'chon, or river boat, to take her place. She was designed to work on the narrow canals of Beri. Although she was 80' long, she had an inside width of only 7'2." She came equipped with skipper and crew. The trio boarded her in Chalon-sur-Saone, set up housekeeping in tents in her hold, and had her towed upriver to Corre for the real beginning of the voyage. As the boat drifted downstream, things began to go wrong. Without a cargo, the boat floated too high to be manageable. She could not be ballasted because of the tents in the hold. The tents, not being waterproof, made extremely uncomfortable living quarters. Pennell and Hamerton proved to be completely incompatible. ~&e;ton and Kornprobst had diagrkements as well. everthe he less, Pennell and Hamerton sketched their way to Verdun. There, because of a spy- - mania, they were nearly arrested. Pennell and Kornprobst seized this oppor- tunity for an early and graceful withdrawal from the voyage. Hamerton went on inArurwith his son Stephen, and his nephew Maurice, as crew. The trip ended at Ile Barbe, just above Lyons. Hamerton's very descriptive account does not mention any unpleasantness among the three voyagers. Pennell and his wife, Elizabeth, do at some length in her Life and letters of Joseph Pennell. [Boston: 342 Adventurers Afloat

Little, Brown, 1929. 2 vols.], and his The Adventures of an Illustrator [Boston: Little, Brown, 19251. Arm Consisted of two large pontoons joined by six cross beams upon which the main hull was mounted. She was a gaff-rigged schooner with rudders mounted on the pontoons.

1W5 Harper, Mike. Through France to the Med: Any Yachtsman'sAttainable Dream. London: Gentry Books, 1974.216~~. Advice for British yachtsmen, based on a six-month cruise made by the author and his wife to the Mediterranean by way of Paris and the inland waterways, around the western Mediterranean, and home by way of Bordeaux and the Brittany waterways.

1236 Hawey, Edmund George. Our Cruise in the "Undine":the Journal of an English pair-oar erpedition through France, Baden, Rhenish Bavaria, Prussia, and Belgium, by the Captain. The etchings by one of ourselves. Lon- don: John W. Parker and Son, 1854.156pp. A three-week expedition of 1,000 miles up the Seine, etc., to the Rhine below Basle; down the Rhine to Cologne; by train (with the Undine on board) from Cologne to Bruges, where the boat wasstored for the winter. Thevoyagers, who are known throughout the book as The Professor, the Captain, and the Doctor, showed a remarkable tolerance for the outlandishness and ignorance of the natives they encountered.

1237 Havard, Henry. The Dead Cities of the Zuyder Zee. A Voyage to the Picturesque Side of Hollan4 from the French of Henry Havard by Annie Wood. Illustrated by Van Heemskerk, Van Beest & Havard. New and rev. ed. London: Richard Bentley, 1876.328~~. Van Heemskerk, Havard's Dutch friend and companion for the month- longvoyage, engaged a tradingvessel, a Tjalk, of 60 tons, together with her schip- per, his wife and child, and one crew member. They sailed from Amsterdam in June of 1873 through the sluces of Schellingwoude into the Zuyder Zee, a large inland sea, filled with shifting sand banks and dangerous to navigate, which was formed during the last part of the thirteenth century and which is disappearing as it is being reclaimed in one of the greatest such projects ever undertaken. The dead cities of the title had lost their sea-borne trade to the great coastal ports by the nineteenth century. The itinerary: Marken; Momikendam; Vollen- dam; Edam; Hoorn; Enkhuizen; Medemblik; Nieuwe-Diep; the Oude Schild to the Texel; Friesland; Harlingen; Leeuwarden; Franeker; the shores of Fries- land; Stavoren; Schokland, Yssel, Kampen, and Zwolle, whence they returned to Amsterdam by train. The author describes the landscape, towns, buildings, and people in detail and gives much historical information.

1238 Heaviside, George. Canoe Cruiie in Central and Northern Germany, on the Fulda, Schwalm, Werra, Wesser, and Geeste in 1874. Leamington: Vin- cent, 1875. 175pp. Inland Cruises: Europe 343

1239 Irving, Laurence Henry Forster. Windmills and Watenvays: i%e Log of a Summer Cruise through Holland London: Heinemann, 1927. viii, 290pp. The author and his wife, with a paid hand, sailed from Whitstable in the cutter Pmela Mary for Flushing and the Dutch Canals via Dover and Dunkir- que. They had Captain Sturmey's Mariners Magazine of 1690 as a guide. The boat was laid up for the winter in Hoorn. Pamela May: Gaff-rigged auxiliary yawl built by a German spy before World War I and confucated. LOA W, Beam 11'; Draft 4'-6".

1240 Jameson, W.M. "Sunjinders:"A Floating Home. London: H.F. & G. Witherby, 1937.46~~. A woman's straightforward account of cruising on European and English waterways after the retiremant of her husband, C.M.M. Jameson, a former estate manager in India. The couple cruised in Sunfinder1 from 1928 to 1930, and inSunfinderII from 1931 to 1934. In 1934 they planned to cruise to the West In- dies, but Mr. Jameson became seriously ill. They went instead to the Norfolk Broads. On their return to London he died. Sunfinder II: Ex-naval sailing pinnace, rebuilt as a motor sailer. LOA 42'; Beam 12'.

1241 Johnson, Iwing, and Electa Johnson. "Yankee"S& across Europe. New York: Norton, 1962.352~~. Voyaging from Holland south through France to Marseilles and on to Greek waters, then back north through France to Kiel and the Baltic, and finally south again through German and French waterways to Marseilles and Ischia in the new Yankee. Yankee: Twin diesel auxiliary ketch designed by Irving Johnson and Olin Stephens and built in Holland, 1958-59. LOA 50'-7'; Beam 15'-4"; Draft 4'-3".

1242 Kimbrough, Emily. Floating Island. Drawings by Mircea Vasiliu. New York: Harper & Row, 1968.234~~. In the spring of 1968 the author, accompanied by 10 of her very congenial friends, made an inland voyage in France on the canal boat Palinutus, owned and commanded by a young Englishman, Richard Parsons. They took a Voskswagon minibus along (not on the boat) for excursions. The voyage began at Samois, near Fontainbleau. The boat finally reached Montbard by way of the Seine, the Yonne, and the Canal de Burgoyne. There were many humorous mishaps along the way. Donewith an extremely light touch, but the reader learns a great deal about the lives, hopes, and character of members of the party and the captain and crew of Palinutus.

1243 Kimbrough, Emily. Better than Oceans. Drawings by Mircea Vasiliu. New York: Har- per & Row, 1976.231~~. Large print edition Boston: G.K. Hall, 1977.365~~. 344 Adventurers Afloat

In 1974 the author, with as many of her earlier French canal boat party as could come, and with some new and equally congenial recruits, returned to Richard Parsons' Palinurns for another river and canal cruise, again with a Volkswagon minibus in attendance. They boarded Palinurns at Clemency and left her two weeks later at Digoin, having travelled the Canal du Nivernais, the Loire, and the Loire canal.-MS. ICimb;ough describes the many towns they visited by boat and car, their numerous humourous misadventures, and the lives and aspirations of captain, crew, and guests. The very brief second section describes a voyage of a small and equally congenial party on the cruise boat American Eagle from Haddam, Connecticut, to Albany, New York, and return. Both accounts are written with an extremely light touch.

1244 Klitgaard, Betty J. Sailing Troubadour. Foreword by Lieut.-Commander John Ir- ving. Philadelphia: Lippincott; London: Seeley, Service, 1936. 266pp. A very well-written account of Betty and Manitto Klitgaard's attempt to cope with unemployment, poverty, and Manitto's growing blindness in the depths of the Great Depression. The couple bought Talofa, a naval sailing pinnace, in 1928, and began to convert her for living on board. Manitto was a professional singer and Betty a dancer. By 1930 they were out of work and broke. Manitto was nearly blind. A friend gave them enough money to finish the boat so that they could make a singing tour of the European canal country to earn a Living. He also gave them an Airedale named Mike for company. In 1934 they sailed through Belgium and France, earned a meagre living from the gifts of their audiences and from paid engagements, and wintered with friends in Scheidam. 1245 Klitgaard, Betty J. Troubadour Sails On. London: Seeley, Service, 1938.283~~. A continuation, in 1935, of the singing tour begun in the volume above. Mike, the Airedale, died at the outset andwas replac& by ~ardenburg,a Welsh terrier. They sailed through Holland and the Kiel Canal to Co~enhagen.meet- - A ing with increasing financial success.

1246 Koebel, A.F. Dinghy Dawdle; Danubian and Other. From names to the Black Sea London: H. Cox, 1902.79~~.

1247 Latham, John. Adventures of "Hebe."Chicago: Regnery, 1976.200~~. An incredibly gauche account of a voyage from the Netherlands through France to the Mediterranean and Greece in the summer of 1969. After a bit of reading its vulgarity becomes infectious. The story of a tiny intelligence, ac- tivated by too much money, charging around the world smugly fouling things up can be amusing. The author may be doing a Cruise of the "Snark"narrative without Jack London's narrative skill. Inland Cruises: Europe 345

1248 Lloyd, M. A. Up the Seine and Down the Rhine. Being the account of a 2,000 mile cruise in a 21-foot Motor Cruiser. London: Imray, 1938. 102pp. The journal of a three-month family cruise beginning in early April and done on asmall budget. Lloyd and his 18-year-oldson took the newly-purchased and refitted boat from Southampton across to Le Havre, where his wife and two smd children joined them. They went up the Seine and Yonne, through the Bourgogne and Rhone au Rhin Canal to Basle, down the Rhine and Meuse through Germany, Holland, and Belgium, and by canal to Ostend for the homeward crossing. Before sailing, Lloyd installed a small auxiliary engine, which proved to be very useful. A tent on the saloon top provided the necessary extra bunk room.

1249 Macdonnell, Arthur A. Camping Voyages on German Rivers. London: E. Stanford, 1890. The author was born in India and made his fust river voyage during the Mutiny when he escaped from the rebels with his parents. During school days in Germany he rowed the Leine and Werra with school friends, and while at Oxford, he and his friends rowed down the Thames from Lechlade to Rich- mond, rowed the Wye in 1881, and rowed the Severn in a pair-oar boat from Welshpool to Tewkesbury and the Avon from Tewkesbury to Warwick. The book tells of five subsequent summer voyages on German rivers. In 1883 the author adtwo friends made a 232-mile trip on the Werra and Weser in an oak skiff. In 1884 he and four companions traveled 350 miles on the Neckar, Rhine, and Moselle, in a four-oared boat. In 1886 he and a friend went from Donaues- chingen to Vienna, where the author, a distinguished linguist, attended the In- ternational Congress of Orientalists. In 1887 he canoed the Moldau and Elbe, and in 1888 canoed 330 miles on the Maine from its source almost to the Rhine. The style is a bit formal and stiff but the adventures and descriptions are interesting

1250 MacGregor, John. A 7housand Miles in the "RobRoy" Canoe on Rivers and Lakes of Europe. London: Sampson Low, Son, and Marston, 1866.318~~. Reissues and Reprints: 2nd-4th eds. London: S. Low, Son, and Marston, 1866. 318pp. 5th ed. 1867. 7th ed. Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1871. 10th ed. London: S. Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, 1878. viii, 255pp.; 13th ed. London, 1881. vii, 255pp. 15th ed. Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1880. viii, 255pp. 13th ed., reprinted. London: British Canoe Union, 1963.255~~. The fust of MacGregor's three highly influential books on canoeing (for the others see The Rob Roy on the Baltic, no. 921, and The "RobRoyHon the Jor- dan, Mile, Red Sea ..., no. 1457). This voyage was made in the summer of 1865. Because of its light weight, Rob Roy could be transported from one cruising ground to another by steamer, train, or cart, and it could travel on waters which were not normally navigable. Macgregor cruised the Meuse, Rhine, Danube, Moselle, and Marne as well as Swiss and German lakes and lesser rivers. Whenever possible he went to the source of the river. In the summer of 1866, following the publication of the book, which began a prolonged canoe 346 Adventurers Afloat

craze, MacGregor and his friend, James Inwards, founded the Canoe Club, with MacGregor as the Captain and Inwards as the Mate.

1251 Mansfield, Robert Blatchford. fie Log of the "Water Lily" during Three Cruises on the Rhine, Neckar, Main, Moselle, Danube, Sdne, and RhBne. 5th ed. enlarged. London: Hotten, 1873. 181pp. Earlier editions were published in a cumulative way as follows: The Log of the "Water Lily" (jour-oared Thames gig) during a Rowing Excursion on the Rhine and other Streams of Germany. By an Oxford man and a Wykehamist. London: J.W. Parker and Son, 1852. iv, 59, (1)pp.; The "WaterLily" on the Danube: being a Brief Account of the Perils of a Pair-Oar during a Voyagefrom Lambeth to Pesth. By the author of Log of the "WaterLily." London: J.W. Parker and Son, 1853. X, 216pp. The following and later editions were published under the author's name: The Log of the "Water Lily" (Thames Gig) during Two Cruises, in the summers of 1851-52 on the Rhine, Neckar, Main, Moselle, Danube, and other Streams of Germany. Illustrated by Alfred Thompson. 2nd ed., rev. and enl. London: N. Cooke, 1854. 124pp. (Note: "In this edition the Log of the "WaterLily" has been rewritten and combined with the "WaterLily" on the Danube forming a continuous narrative."); 3rd ed. rev. and enl. London: Office of the National Illustrated Library, 1854.124~~.The 4th and 5th editions are reprints of the 3rd rev. ed. A note in the fifth edition states that the Water Lily was the first English rowing boat to be taken to the Continent. In 1872 a boat builder told the author that he had sent a great number of his rowing boats abroad for English and foreign crews and he felt that this was in large part because of the voyages of the WaterLily. A very interesting series of accounts.

1252 Marriner, John. Afloat in Europe. London: Coles, 1967. 172pp. Cruising in two motor yachts, Dame des IIes and September Tide, through French, German, and Polish inland waterways, 1955-1960.The author compiled data from these cruises for the benefit of those to come. Dame &S Iles: Steel motor yacht. LOA 48'; Draft 4-6".Sold in 1956. September Tide: Twin diesel wooden motor yacht. LOA 54'; Beam 12'; Draft 5'; 32 tons gross.

1253 Marriner, John. Black Sea and Blue River. London: Hart-Davis, 1968.240~~. An account of a voyage from Istanbul north along the west coast of the Black Sea and up the Danube to Vienna in September Tide. Marriner had con- tinual problems with the local authorities who were attempting to prevent escapes of their citizens. He likened it to a voyage through a large lunatic asylum in which the inmates have overpowered the keepers and are running the show. Inland Crukes: Europe 347

1254 Maxwell, Donald. A Cruke across Europe; Notes on a Freshwater Voyage from Hol- land to the Black Sea. With 100 illustrations by the author and Cottington Taylor. London and New York: John Lane, 1907. 253pp. A cruise in the Walrus in 1905 up the Rhine and Main, through Ludwig's Canal to the Danube, and down to the Black Sea. The author and his companion were arrested twice as spies, once in Holland and once in Hungary. The voyage took approximately five months. Walrus: Dutch-style leeboard gaff-rigged sloop. 1.5 tons displacement.

1255 Maxwell, Donald. The Log of the "Griffin;"the Story of a Crukefiom the Alps to the Thames. With illustrations by the author and Cottington Taylor. London and New York: John Lane, 1905.303pp. In August, 1901, Maxwell had Gn;Yin built to his plans in the mountains of Switzerland. She was a pram-shaped sprit-rigged yawl with a flat bottom and leeboards. In October he had her hauled to Schmerikon and launched. He made his way by lake and canal to Zurich. From there the boat was hauled to the Rhine whence she made her way, partly on her own and partly on board a tug and a mail boat, to Teddington by 2 November. Two years later she was lost at sea while under tow.

1256 Millet, Francis Davis. The Danube from the Black Forest to the Black Sea. New York: Harper, 1893. Alfred Parsons, Pultney Bigelow, and the author launched their three iden- tical New York-built sailing canoes on the Danube at the Black Forest town of Donaueschingen and set off on an eight-week voyage to the Black Sea. Bigelow, the most experienced traveller and canoeist, was the Admiral. They soon mastered the shooting of weirs and, in spite of dire warnings about the river gorge and the Iron Gates, they had few serious navigational problems. Bigelow was forced to withdraw from the expedition at the Iron Gates to get on with reportorial assignment, but Parsons and Millet sailed and paddled on to Sulina, in the Danube Delta, where they took ship with their canoes for Constantinople and points west. They were received very hospitably by people along the way, but had some problems with officials. They speak especially fondly of Hungary and Hungarians. For Bigelow's account, see his Paddles and Politics, no. 1212. The Canoes: Wooden. LOA 15'; Beam 30"; Depth 18";weight 80 Ibs. Cock- pit: 6' X 20",with coaming and folding hatches which could deck over the cockpit. Double-ended, with watertight compartments 3' long at each end. Ketch-rigged, with leg-of-mutton sails. A tent was rigged on a liebetween the masts for sleeping on board.

1257 Moens, W. J. C. Through France and Belgium by River and Canal. In the Steam Yacht "Ytene."London: Hurst, 1876. The author, with a crew of three, left Southampton on 1September 1875 and returned 31 October, having cruised 1,100 miles, and visited, among other places, Havre, Rouen, Conflans, Compiegne, St. Quentin, Cambrai, Valencen- 348 Adventurers Ajloat

nes, Mons, Malplaquet (notable for its modern sugar beet factory), Termonde, Antwerp, Ghent, Bruges, Ostend, Nieuport, and Dunkirk. The book was written to show prospective travelers how, with the advent of steam power, they could tour Europe, taking their own hotels with them, with new enjoyment and pleasure. Ytene: coal-burning steam yacht. LOA 72'-6"; Beam 11'; Draft 4'-8"; 45 tons. Coal capacity 4 tons. Coal consumption (low speed in inland waters) 75 Ibs. per hour.

1258 Molloy, James L. OurAutumn Holiday on French Rivers, illustrated by Linley San- bourne. London: Bradley, Agnew & Co., 1874.391~~. Reprinted 1879. A humorous story of the six-week rowing holiday of four young men, called, in the narrative, Bow, Two, Three, and Stroke. They began by swamping their boat, Mane, in the wind waves of the lower Seine. After drying out at an inn and exploring the countryside around Rouen, they went upstream on a barge to just below St. Germaine, then rowed and were towed sometimes on up the Seine through Paris to Fontainbleau. From there they portaged by waggon to the Loire, rowed downstream 250miles to Nantes, passed through the Breton Canal to Dinan, and descended the Rance to Redon, where the tour ended. They explored cities and towns along the way and spent each night in comfortable inns or hotels. Reads like an Irish novel of the period. Mcuie: Four-oared outrigger. LOA 40'; Beam 2'.

1259 Morgan-Grenville, Gerard. Barging into France. Newton Abbot: David & Charles, 1972. 15pp.; New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1972.217~~. The author and his wife, in search of a floating studio, bought a powered barge yacht in Rotterdam and motored in her through ~elgiumio~rance. He had never before handled such a boat. As a consequence.-. the voyage . - was a series of mishaps punctuated by several disasters which provided a wealth of humorous material. In Namur the engine failed and had to be replaced; in France a frogman had to be hired to replace the propeller, which had broken on an obstruction. After cruising the Meuse, Marne, Moselle, and various canals, the boat was laid up for the winter at kpinal where the mishaps continued. M@nia Anne: Diesel-powered steel barge, built in 1912, and converted after World War I1 by a husband and wife. Purchased from the widow, LOA approx. 100'; Beam 15'; Draft 5'. Named after the author's wife.

1260 Morgan-Grenville, Gerard. Barging into Southern France. Newton Abbot: David & Charles; New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1972.239~~. The story of four pleasurable, satisfying, and trouble-free summers cruising the waterways of central and southern France. After rehabilitating the winter-damaged MaryAnne, the Morgan-Grenvilles, now experts at barge handling, descended the SaBne, following the route of Philip Gilbert Hamerton and Joseph Pennell. (Pemell, disillusioned with Hamerton, left in mid-voyage). During the second summer they went north to Dijon, wintering in nearby Ton- nerre. The third summer was spent going down the Saone and Rhone to the Inland Crukes: Europe 349

Mediterranean. They followed the Canal du Midi the next year, wintering near Bordeaux

1261 Morgan-Grenville, Gerard. Barging into Burgundy. Newton Abbot: David & Charles, 1975. 176pp. The story of four more pleasurable, satisfying, but not trouble-free summers cruising the waterways of central and north-eastern France from St. Jean- de-losne to Vitry for a yard overhaul of hull and equipment, which took a very long, frustrating time and was not well done, and then to Paris for an interlude by way of the Canal Lateral ti la Marne and the Marne. From there, succeeding summers, Mary Anne explored the Yonne, the Canal de Nivernais, the Canal Lateral ti la Loire, the Canal du Centre, the SaBne, and the Canal RhBne au Rhin, wintering successively at Decise, Roanne, and Baume les Dames. Filled with humouous anecdotes and historical and scenic description.

1262 Ofaire, Cilette. The "San Luca." Translated from the French by Beren van Slyke. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1935.307~~. Ofaire and her husband, an artist, began living on board San Luca because they could not afford a house. They came to like cruising and living on a boat and continued to do so from choice rather than necessity. In 1924 they cruised the Elbe, wintering at Hamburg. The next year they went to Dresden and Prague, and then down to Amsterdam for thewinter. There they sold San Luca. There also they found an abandoned hull which they rebuilt as a sloop and named San Luca II. In 1926 they made their way south through France to the Mediterranean, where they cruised through 1931. The book closes with San Luca II being overhauled for continued cruising on the Mediterranean. 1263 Parker, Cornelia Stratton. German Summer. New York: Livenvurght, 1932.336~~. A chatty, discursive, and readable account of a faltboat voyage of 750 miles made by the author and her daughter, June, on eight German and Austrian rivers in the summer of 1931. The rivers: Isar, Salzach, Inn, Danube, Drau, Main, Weser, and Lahn. During intervals of heavy rain, the pair left their boat, Goldbug, behind and toured cities by land. At the end of the season the collapsible boat was taken to Geneva by train and stored in the basement of the author's flat for use again the next summer. Goldbug: Two-seater, supported by a %piece wooden frame. LOA 18'; beam 3'.

1264 Pears, Charles. From the 7%arnesto the Netherlands: A Voyage in the Waterways of Zealand & down the Belgian Coast. London: Chatto & Windus, 1914. xvi, 210pp. 32 leaves of plates. In the Rose from Greenhythe to Burnham on Crouch with his wife (Peter Gerard), and then to the Netherlands and back with his son. Written in early 20th century salty English, but amusing and interesting. Rose: Gaff-rigged cutter. LOA 25'; Beam 9'-3";Draft 4'-9"; 7 tons. Adventurers Afloat

Pears, Charles. From the Thames to the Seine. Philadelphia: G.W. Jacobs, 1910. W,212pp. From Hammersmith to the Seine and the Somme and return, visiting many places along the way, in the Mave Rhoe. Illustrated with excellent water colours and sketches. A well-written period piece. Mave Rhoe: Centreboard sloop. LOA 26'; LWL 19'; Beam 6.6'; Draft 3' (board up), 6' (board down); 2.65 tons registered; 4 tons Thames measurement.

NOTE: Pilkington, Roger. Pilkington, formerly a Cambridge research scientist, has explored the inland waterways of Great Britain and Continental Europe with his family in two motor cruisers, Commodore, a converted navy launch with a paraffin (kerosene) engine (UIA 49, Beam 10.5'; Draft 3'), and Thames Commodore, a twin-screw steel-hulled diesel cruiser which he had built in 1965 (LOA 45'; Beam 13'-1"; Draft 3'-6"). He has published more than 15 books about his cruises, all of which convey large amounts of excellent historical and descriptive material without obliterating the stories of the voyages themselves. In addition, he has used his cruising experiences to provide background for material for seven mystery books for older children. The books describinghis Continental cruises are listed below in chronological order. Usually the voyages took place in the year prior to publication. Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat through Belgium. Illustrated by David Knight. Lon- don: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1957.218~~. Reissued London: Macmillan, 1965. vi, 215pp.

Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat through Holland Illustrated by David Knight. Lon- don: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1958.217~~. Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat to the Skagerak London: Macmillan, 1960. viii, 216pp. Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat through Sweden. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1961.227~~. Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat to Alsace. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Mac- millan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1961.214~~.

Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat to Bavaria. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Mac- millan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1962.217~~. Inland Cruises: Europe 351

1272 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat through Germany. Illustrated by David Knight. Lon- don: Macmillan, 1963; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1964. xi, 214pp. 1273 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat through France. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1964. X, 211pp. Reissued London: Macmillan, 1965. xii, 212pp. 1274 Pilkington, Roger. SmallBoat in Southern France. Illustrated by David Knight. Lon- don: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1965. xi, 219pp.

1275 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat on the Meuse. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Macmilan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1967. ix, 214pp.

1276 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat to Luxembug. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1967. X, 230pp.

1277 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat on the Moselle. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1968. X,246pp.

1278 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat to Elsinore. Illustrated by David Knight. London: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1969. X,230pp. 1279 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat to Northern Germany. London: Macmillan, 1969. 224pp. 1280 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat on the Lower Rhine. Illustrated by David Knight. Lon- don: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1970. xvi, 208pp. 1281 Pilkington, Roger. Small Boat on the UpperRhine. Illustrated by David Knight. Lon- don: Macmillan; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1971. xiii, 210pp. 1282 Planche, J. R Descent of the Danube from Ratkbon to Vienna during theAutumn of 1827, with anecdotes and recollections, hktorical and legendary, ofthe towns, castles, monastaries, &C.,upon the banks of the river 352 Adventurers Afloat

and their inhabitants and proprietors, ancient and moakm. London: Printed for James Duncan, 1828.320~~. The author hired a river boat and its crew for the voyage. He noted that the river boats were all of the same shape, but were called by different names according to their size. Hi, a Weitz-zille, was 40' long, made with rough deal planks, had ribs of natural branches, and was caulked with moss. Two men rowed her and one steered. These boatmen, called Jodelen, were uneducated, superstitious, and cut off from the rest of society by being constantly on the river when it was free of ice. They believed that each year some of their number had to be sacraced to the spiriiof the river, and wo;ld, therefore, never try to save a drowning comrade. Planche says that, compared to these rude characters, an English dustman or drayman might pass for a scholar and gentleman. The voyage lasted five days and one night, with the other three nights spent in inns by the river. The book ends with a table of names of towns, villages, castles, monastaries, etc. encountered along the way.

1283 Raven-Hart, Rowland. Canoe Errant, by Major R. Raven-Hart. London: John Murray, 1935. W,291pp. The first of Major Raven-Hart's many books on his canoe trips throughout the world. He had survived World War I with impaired health, had little money, and wished to see Europe, especially those parts of it not yet spoiled by tourists. One day in 1928 he saw two Germans assembling and launching a folding canvas canoe on the Seine below his home in Herblay. After chatting with them, he bought one, named her CoeurFidele (the family motto), made some experimental trips, and, in 1930,began seriousvoyaging.He tells of his cruises in the spring, summer, and autumn of each year through 1934. By the latter year, having traveled many of the rivers of France and Germany, he went down the Danube to Budapest and then cruised Dalmatian waters. The book ends with plans for the next three years and contains many helpful tips for beginners. His descriptions of people and places do not have a historical component.

1284 Richardson, Leslie. Motor Cruking in France from Brittany to the Riviera London: Bles, 1926.286~~. An account of cruising in two custom-built boats, both constructed in Nan- tes. In the summer Richardson cruised in French coastal waters from Brittany to Bordeaux He then passed up the Gironde and through the Canal du Midi for winter cruising in the Mediterranean with his base at Menton. h 1922-23 the author cruised in Sylvabelle I, a motor boat with auxiliary sail. For the following season, desiring a larger boat which would embody improvements suggested by his cruising experience, he had the auxiliary ketch Sylvabelle II built. In the spring of 1924, desiring to explore Provence, he ascended the RhBne to Beaucaire on his way to Bordeaw and Brittany. The yacht was laid up in Nan- tes during the followingwinter so that alterations could be made in the yard in which she had been built. Very descriptive of navigation, countryside, and people. Inland Cruises: Europe 353

1285 Rising, T., and T. Rising. "Engfisher"Abroad London: Cape, 1938.247~~. Inspired by reading Major Raven-hart's fust book, Tommy and Tean Rising (Thomas Crask Rising and E. J. Rising) bought a folding canoe which packed into two bags and traveled overland on a wheeled troUy. They went by train from London to Trier, where they started their voyage on the Moselle on 26 July. From Koblentz they went to Ulm by train and then canoed down the Danube to Budapest. They were back in Victoria Station on 10 September. Little his- toricalor political content, but rich in descriptions of interaction with the people they met along the way.

1286 Robinson, Charles Edmund (afterwards Charles Edmund Newton- Robinson). The Cruise of the "Widgeon;" 700 Miles in Ten-Ton Yawl. From Swanage to Humbug through the Dutch Can& and the Zuyder Zee, German Ocean, and the River Elbe. London: Chapman & Hall, 1876.268~~. A cruise, with a hired skipper, mostly in inland waters, made in the summer of 1874. Descriptive of the countries visited and of their people. Widgeon was laid up for the winter in Altona. Widgeon: Gaff-rigged yawl. LOA 34-7"; Beam 8'-10"; Draft 7-4".

1287 Robinson, Ethelbert McKennan The Sailor's Foot. London: Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1954. 189pp. The author, an American woman, bought VeIona in England after a comic search, and sailed her to Bordeaux on the first leg of a voyage to the Mediter- ranean by way of the Seine and RhBne. Her friend, Gordon, accompanied her to Bordeaux and tried to teach her how to sail on the way. Her cousin, the cousin's husband, and their small daughter then joined to crew on the inland voyage. They proved to be hopelessly incompetent and stupid, left, and were succeeded by equally incompetent and stupid pilots and paid hands until Gor- don came to the rescue and recruited a pilot for the Rhone portion of the voyage. A comedy of rampant ineptitude.

1288 Rowland, Henry Cottrell. Across Europe in a Motor Boat: a Chronicle of the Adventures of the Motor Boat "Beaver" on a Voyage of nearly Seven Thousand Miles through Europe by way of the Seine, the Rhine, the Danube,, and the Black Sea Illustrated by Herbert Deland Williams. New York: Appleton, 1908. ix, 304pp. Reissued London and New York: Appleton, 1915. viii, 306pp. A witty account of the voyage outlined in the title, undertaken by three Americans living in Paris, the author, Sanford B. Pomeroy, and A. N. Ranney. Linton Hope and Company built Beaver in London and powered her with the Dan, a two-cylinder Danish paraffin engine weighing a ton and a half. The boat was a standard Admiralty launch design with a cabin forward, the engine amidships, and a large cockpit aft with a framework of tubing above it which supported a canvas canopy. It took a series of disaster-filled shakedown cruises on the Thames to work out problems of adjustment which caused the engine and 354 Adventurers Afloat

the steering system to fail frequently and at embarrassing and dangerous times. Finally the engine was mastered and thereafter performed faithfully, but the steering cables continued to break from time to time. Deliverywas a month late. By the time the voyagers reached Frankfurt a month late, the Main had become too shallow for further navigation. Beaver went to Regensburg, on the Danube, by flat W.After an adventurous journey downstream to Sulina, on the Black Sea, Beaver and crew set out for Istanbul, again a month late, and with Dan unhappy about the quality of his fuel. The boat was wrecked on the Turkish coast by a violent equinoctial gale which overtook her a few hours before she would have reached safety. With the boat lost, the voyage, which had been planned to include a cruise back to England through the Mediterranean, was aborted.

1289 Schildt, Goran. In the Wakeof a w~h.Translated from the Swedish by Alan Blair. London: Staples, 1954; New York: de Graff, 1958.288~~. An account of the voyage of the author and his wife, Mona, south through France to the Mediterranean and Italy in the Daphne. The boat was left in the Mediterranean for future summer cruises, some of which are described in subsequent books (In the Wake of Odysseus, 1953, no.981; nte Sun Boat, 1957, no. 1469; nte Sea of Icarus, 1959, no.982).

1290 Stevenson, Robert Louis. An Inland Voyage. London: C.K. Paul, 1878. X, 237pp. Other issues and editions: Boston: Roberts Brothers, 1883. 261pp.; New York: G. Munro, 1886. 112pp. (Seaside Library. Pocket Ed. no. 889).; New York: Scribner's, 1910. ix, 251pp.; With the title An Inland Voyage; along the Escaut River, the WiIlebroek Canal, the Sambre and the Oke. Illustrated by Jean Hugo. Stam- ford, Conn.: The Overlook Press, 1938. 136pp. (Limited to 150 copies).; published with Travels with a Donkey in the Cevennes. London: Distributed by Heron Books, [1969?]. Stevenson, in the canoe Aralhusa, accompanied by Sir Walter Grindlay Sipson in the canoe Cigarette, paddled from Antwerp to Pontoise by river and canal in the autumn of 1876. On the way home he met Mrs. Osborne, whom he later married. Twenty-eight years later J.A. Hammerton followed Stevenson's route on a bicycle and published an account of his trip, together with some excellent pictures and descriptions of places visited by Stevenson, in the book In the Track of R.L. Stevenson and Elsewhere in Old France. Bristol: J.W. Ar- rowsmith, 1907.

1291 [Strutt, Elizabeth]. Six Weeks on the Loire, with a Peep into La Vendee. London: Simpkin and Marshall, 1833. ii, 408pp. InTours the author bought a boat large enough to carry eight persons, hired a pilot, and set off for Nantes. The largest part of the book (pp. 69-279) deals with this five-day voyage. Each night was spent at an inn. Except for an extensive description of a dispute over a bill for lodging at St. Florent, the text is almost entirely made up of historical accounts of the places seen. Inland Cruises: Europe 355

1292 Suffling, Ernest R A Cruise on the Friesland Meres. London: Gill, 1894.50pp. 1293 Thorpe, Edward. me Seine from Havre to Ph.London: Macmillan, 1913. xxi, 493pp. A highly historical and descriptive account of people and places along the Seine embodying the experiences of a voyage in the author's steam auxiliary schooner yacht Cysne made in the summer and early autumn of 1912, but incor- porating material gathered on earlier holiday voyages on the same waters. The author desired to inform his countrymen of the delights of such cruises and to convey to them helpful information on navigation and sight-seeing. The events of the voyage tend to disappear among historical accounts and descriptions of the area. The account includes a description of the Seine bore and of commercial traffic on the river. Cysne's main mast was left behind for the cruise and her foremast was removed before bridges were encountered.

1294 Three in Norway. By two of them, with a map and fifty-nine illustrations on wood from sketches by the authors. 3rd ed. London: Longmans, Green, 1887.307~~. First edition 1882.341pp.; reprinted 1883. A journal of canoeing Norwegian lakes and rivers in Canadian canoes which were shipped from England to Lillehammer. The canoe voyage lasted from 18 July to 23 September. The participants are called the Skipper, Esau, and John in the book. The two of them mentioned in the title were James Arthur Lees and Walter J. Clutterbuck.

1295 Tomalin, H.F. Three Vagabonds in Friesland with a Yacht and a Camera. Photographs by Arthur Marshall. London: Simpkins & Marshall; New York: Dutton, 1907.251, xxvi pp. The account of the holidayjourney of the Architect (Marshall), the Printer, and the Scribe (Tomalin) in June, 1906, told in 99 photographs with text as obligato. The trio traveled from Liverpool Street Station by train and steamer to Stavoren, where they rented the booier yacht Mruie, with skipper and ship's boy, for f3 per week. The pre-yachting itinerary included Amsterdam, Edam, Merken, and Enkhuizen; the cruising itinerary, Sneek, Leeuwarden, Lemmer, and Workum, as well as many villages in between. A readable account of a pleasant voyage which is very descriptive of a people, a way of life, and a countryside which have changed beyond recognition in the intervening years.

1296 Tomlinson, Harry, and James Powell. Camp Life on the Weser. London: n.p., 1879.53~~. The authors and two others shipped a pair-oared skiff from London to Bremen, rowed and towed 372 kiolmetres up the Weser to Munden, and then floated back to Bremen for the return voyage to England. They were very hospitably received everywhere. A barge owner had them towed upstream for three days on one of his barges. They lived on board and became friends with the skipper and crew, whom they visited for several days in his home town of 356 Adventurers Afloat

Bodenwerder, which was on the river. Very descriptive of the countryside and people. Illustrated with cartoons.

1297 Tudsbery, Marmaduke Tudsbery. The Sea to the SchwmaId and Back London: Printed for private circulation, 1934.44~~.Second edition 1934. In early July 1934Tudsbery and hisguests spent two weeks on on the Rhine and the Necker in his lY, 17-knot mahagony motor launch Red Spinner, stop ping each night to put up in a hotel. They met many friendly people, including police, nearly lost the boat trying to go up the Moselle, and, in general had a very good time until, in Heidelburg, the gateway to the Black Forest, they heard a radio speech by Hitler which was broadcast and rebroadcast everywhere until Red Spinner's crew found themselves fleeing to escape THE VOICE. They did, but only after crossing the Dutch frontier. The author summarized his experiences with Hitler and the German people he met in a curiously mild way: 'We accepted 'Heil Hitler' as an idiosyncrasy of a great nation--and the hand of friendship as a manifestation of the burial of a past we had all endured and a thing to be forgotten."

1298 Van Til, William. The Danube Flows through Fascism; Nine Hundred Miles in a Fold Boat. New York: Scribner's, 1938. xiii, 301pp. The story of a voyage in the 18' Kleper boat Long Island Duck ZI in 1937. Beginning at its source, Van Til travelled 1266 miles down the Danube. The book is full of chilling fust-hand observations of the activities of Nazis and other fascists met along the way. The author was convinced of the inevitability of a general war. This well-written story of a cruise also helps to illuminate an obscure part of the background of World War 11.

1299 Vine, P. A. L Pleasure Boating in the Victorian Era. Chichester: Phillimore, 1983. 159pp. Contains summary accounts of voyages together with lengthy introductions and biographical notes. Contents: Halkett and his boat cloaWcloak boat (1844); Mansfield and WaterLilIy (1851-1853); Harvey's cruises in Undine (1853); Mac- Gregor and the Rob Roys (1865-1872); Hamerton on the Unknown River (1866); Mr. and Mrs. Dashwood's voyage from the Thames to the Solent (1967); from Manchester to London bv canoe and skiff (1868);. .. Baden-Powell and Nautilus (1869); James ~01loy';holida~on French waters (1873); Moens and

the steam vacht Ytene (1875): Stevenson's Inland Vovaae.v. (1876); Hamerton and Pennell oithe Saone (1886); and Jerome K. Jerome's Three (1888). Con- cludes with sections on other cruises, cruising, and guide books, and a bibliography.

1300 Waring, George E. The Bride of the Rhine: Two Hundred Miles in a Mosel Row-Boat. Boston, Mass.: Osgood, 1878.312~~. The author and his wife traveled to Metz by train, where they bought a rowing boat, rigged her aft with a canvas-and-hoop wagon cover, and set off down the Mosel or Koblentzwith a hired oarsman on 4September 1875. InTrier Inland Crukes: Europe 357

the boat was modified to provide greater comfort, a rudder with tiller ropes was added, and the author became a coxed oarsman with rather light rowing duties because, much of the time, the boat was allowed to drift with the current. They reached Koblentz on 25 September, having taken time to see points of interest throughout the Moselle Valley, sometimes by horse cart. The area, its people, villages, towns, cities, castles, forts, vinyards, and countryside are described in detail. The author pays particular attention to reactions of the populace in formerly French areas to their German conquerers. He has a slight German bias. Illustrated with numerous attractive drawings.

1301 Warren, E. Piroleau, and C. F. M. Cleverly. The Wanderingsof the "Beetle."London: Griffith, Farran, Okeden & Welsh, 1885. vi, 178pp. A humorous account of a summer voyage fromLiege up theMeuse to Char- leville, an4 following a portage by train to Soissons, down the Aisne and Seine to Rouen. The four English voyagers are called, in the book, the Commander, the Doctor, the Quartermaster, and the Gunner.

1302 Wilson, John. Canoeing down the RhBne. London: Chapman & Hall, 1957. 157pp. The author, his wife, Anne, Yoma Crossfield, and John King voyaged from above Lyons to the Mediterranean in two folding canoes. The river was difficult in places and impossible at the mouth. Their guide book was out of date and reliable only for distances. Yoma and John's rented canoe, Crosspatch, was short, broad-beamed, and clumsy. The author's 18' Silver Fish was slim and maneuverable. The voyage was pleasurable. The author hopes this account will persuade others to go canoeing. INLAND CRUISES: NORTH AMERICA

1303 Allyn, Rube. "WaterWagon:" through Florida Waterwaysby Scow and Outboard Motor. New York: Farrar, Straus and Young, 1952.242~~. While he was stationed on Midway Atoll during World War 11, the author spent his spare time designing a houseboat with removable wheels which could be moved from one Florida lake or waterway to another by road. When he got home, he had his boat built. The builder named her Water Wagon. She was a rectangular, flat-bottomed barge, U)' X 8', with a large cabin, powered by two outboard motors, and towed by a jeep. This book tells of her design and building and of her fust three cruises, Lake Dora by waterway to Jacksonville, Everglades City to Sugarloaf Key, and the Black River via Jacksonville to Mel- bourne. The well-illustrated story is full of humorous mishaps and happy adventures.

1304 Anderson, William C. The Headstrong Houseboat; or, Barnacles are Better than Blowouts but Beware of a Leaky Basement. New York: Crown, 1972.243~~. A voyage in a 3T Boatel houseboat from Hudson, Wis., down the St. Crok and Mississippi Rivers, coastwise to Florida, and by inland waterway to Punta Gorda. The author, a retired Air Force colonel, was accompanied by his wife, teen-aged son, and daughter. The humor is forced and the danger overdone. The voyage seems to have been undertaken to provide material for the book.

1305 Bagby, George W. Canal Reminiscences: Recollectionr of Travel in the Old Days on the James River & Kanawha Canal. Richmond, Va.: West, Johnston & Co., 1879.37~~. Among various melancholy reminiscences and lamentations over the current hard times, the author remembers the building of the Kanawha Canal in his childhood, his travels upon it with his father, a merchant, and its demise, after a dozen years of full use, with the coming of the railroad. With it died the dream of a canal with a nine-mile tunnel which would have liked the James and Ohio Rivers. His description of a typical canalvoyage on a packet boat gives a vivid picture of the canal in its heyday. Inland Cruises: North America 359

1306 Bailey, Robert G. River of No Return (The Great Salmon River of Idaho): A Centuly of Central Idaho and Eastern Washington Hiitoly and Develop- ment, together with the Wars, Customs, Myths, and LRgends of the Nez Perce Indim. Rev. ed. Lewiston, Idaho: R. G. Bailey Print- ing Co., 1947.754~~.First edition 1933. The book is madeup of short articles organized topically and cross indexed. Three of them tell of voyages down the Salmon River. "Down the River of No Return" describes the author's trip in 1903 with Captain Harry Guleke as his boatman. "Utah Boatmen Conquor Wild Salmon River" is an article from the Lewiston Tribune telling of an expedition led by Dr. Russell G. Frazier in 1939 in six shallow draft boats, one of them rubber. "Amos Burg makes Trip through Hell's Canyon" tells the story of Burg's expedition in 1942, his third in 19 years, with four persons, made in 11 days in three rubber boats and one wooden boat.

1307 Berton, Pierre. DriftingHome. Toronto: McClelland & Stewart, 1973; New York: Knopf, 1974.174~~. A journal, with history and reminiscences, of a nostalgic 600-mile voyage down the Yukon River from Lake Bennett to Dawson, readably written by a professional writer and gifted story teller. In the party of 15, in three rubber boats and a freight canoe, were Berton, his wife, Janet, their two sons and four daughters, a nephew, a boy friend of one of the daughters, and four guides. The expedition was following the route and reliving the experiences, recorded in hi diary, of Francis George Burton, Pierre's father, who made the same trip in June, 1898, when 7,000 boats left Lake Bennett for the Klondike gold fields. Berton was also showing his family his birthplace and childhood home, Daw- son, where his father had settled as the government mining recorder, and telling them about his father's and his own life there. 1308 Bishop, Nathaniel Holmes. Voyage of the Paper Canoe; a GeographicalJourney of 2500 Miles, from Quebec to the Gulfof Mexico during the Years 1874-5. Bos- ton: Lee & Shepard; New York: C. T. Dillingham, 1878. xv, 351pp. Reissued by the same publishers in 1882. Bishop voyaged from Quebec to Albany, N.Y., in the wooden canoe Mayet- ta. He then commissioned a builder of ultra-light, very strong racing shells to build the canoe Maria Theresa using hi laminated paper process. She was equipped with mast and sail, which he soon discarded, steel outriggers for oars, and a double paddle. He paddled down the Hudson to Staten Island, where he stayed for several months with a friend, and then, by river and waterway, to the Mississippi, and down to the Gulf of Mexico. The voyage ended in Cedar Keys, Florida. A very interesting account of the voyage and of the rural South nine years after the close of the Civil War. Mayetta: Wooden clinker-built decked canoe. LOA 18'; Beam 3'-9"; depth 2'; Weight 300 Ibs. Maria Theresa: Laminated paper canoe of the Baden-Powell Nautilus design. LOA 14'; Beam 2'-4";Depth 9";Skin Thickness VS";Weight 58 lbs. 360 Adventurers Afloat

1309 Bishop, Nathaniel Holmes. Four Months in a Sneak Box. A Boat Voyage of 2600 Miles down the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers, and along the Gulfof Mexico. Bos- ton: Lee & Sheppard; New York: D. T. Dillingham, 1879. xii, 322pp. Reissued in photographic reprint Detroit: Gale Research,l975. A very well-written account of a voyage in Centennial Republic from Pittsburg to Cedar Keys, Florida, in the winter of 1875-76. A plan of the boat and a discussion of it appears in L. Francis Herreshoft's The Compleat Cruiser (no. 3889), pp. 85-89. Centennial Republic: Barnegat Sneak-Box LOA 12'; Beam 4'; Depth 13".

1310 Blaustein, John, and Edward Abbey. The Hidden Canyon: A River Journey. [Photographs by John Blaustein]. A journal by Edward Abbey. Introduction by Martin Litton. New York: Viking Press, 1977. (A Studio Book). Reissued New York: Penguin, 1977. 135pp. Martin Litton runs Grand Canyon Dories, a small company which takes tourists through the Canyon in rowing boats. John Blaustein has guided one of Litton's dories on the river trip, making multiple voyages each season, since 1970. The 99 superb color photographs which illustrate the book are the pick of each of six year's work. Abbey's lively journal complements them very well. He traveled in Blaustein's boat, one of the sixwhich made the 277-mile journey from Lee's Ferry to Lake Mead. He tells of enjoyment punctuated with brief periods of terror as he reacts to rapids, capsizing, the landscape, and his fellow voyagers. Litton, Blaustein, and Abbey deplore the destruction of beauty and wildness in the environment by the bureaucratic savages who design and build such improvements as the Glen Canyon Dam. The book shows and tells why such people must be curbed.

1311 Bloomfield, Howard van Lieu. Sailing to the Sun. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1942. h, 267pp. Reissued with revisions New York: Dodd, Mead, 1946.231~~. A pleasantly-written account of the author's voyage with his wife and baby in the sloop Kittiwake down the Inland Waterway from New York to Florida in the fall of 1940 and the return voyage to Chesapeak Bay the following summer. Kiniwake: Gaff-rigged auxiliary sloop built in 1926. LOA 30'; LWL 25'-4"; Beam 8'-8"; Draught S.

1312 Bolz, J. Amold. Portage into the Past: By Canoe along the Minnesota-Ontario Boundary Waters. Chapter drawings by Francis Lee Jacques. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1960; London: Ox- ford University Press, 1961. 181pp. A voyage in October 1958 following the paths of the voyageurs. Written in popular magazine style with a large historical content. Inland Cruises: North America 361

1313 Boster, Mark Alan. Colorado River Trips within the Grand Canyon National Park and Monument:A Socio-EconomicAnalysis.Tucson, Ariz.: University of Arizona Department of Hydrology and Water Resources, 1972. (Natural Resources Systems Report, no. 10. Based on a master's thesis). Commercial river trips through the Grand Canyon became so popular that theNationa1 Park Service had to limit their number per year in order to preserve the environment and the pleasurable nature of the trips themselves. The author undertook this study to provide information to help in making use limitation decisions which would deny as few people as possible access to wild areas. He sent questionnaires to a representative sample of those who had made the river trip and analyzed the answers he received to determine what kids of people who made river trips, their expectations, the degree of satisfaction they experienced, their attitudes toward use limitation, etc. An interesting profile of the user emerged together with some new ideas which could, in use limitation situations, provide the greatest good for the greatest possible number.

1314 Boyd, Pliny Steele. Up and Down the Mem'mac. Boston: Lathrop, 1879. 185pp. A rambling, facetious, descriptive, and highly embroidered account of a rowing, towing, and sailingvoyagein a dory up the Merrimac from Newburyport to Passaconway Island, of camping there, and of the voyage home. The author was accompanied by his two sons,Wendell and Parsons, and, part of the way, by his wife. Contains lengthy reflections on many areas of human affairs, such as the good life, coeducational colleges, virtue, heroes, and Sunday services.

1315 Browning, Peter. The Last Wilderness. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 1975. 117pp. The journal of a 600-mile, 11-week canoevoyage by river, lake, and portage from Black Lake, Saskatchwan, to Snowdrift, on Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territory, made by the author and John Blunt. The pair met through Blunt's advertisement for companions to share the adventure. The canoe was rented from the Hudson Bay Co. at Black Lake and returned to them at Snowdrift. The pair suffered early in the trip from being out of condition and later from being out of food, both kinds of suffering being the product of inadequate preparation. The canoe: A Grumman aluminum Indian canoe. LOA 17'; beam 3'; depth 13-li3".

1316 Bullock, S. H. Journey through the Old Everglah; the Log of the "Minnehaha." Edited by Pat Dodson. Tampa, Fla.: Trend House, 1973. 75pp. The log had the title Cruise in the "Minnehaha"One version appeared serially in the St. Cloud News beginning on 24 November 1950; another version, edited by Pat Dodson, appeared in the Florida Historical Quarterly, April, 1972. The book version is taken from the original log in the possession of the author's son, William. 362 Adventurers Afloat

The log of a cruise made by the three Bullock brothers, R. S. (Bob), S. H. (Harry, author of the log), E. S. (Ned), and A. E. Woodham, 26 November 1891 to 2 February 1892. Minnehaha started her voyage at the eastern end of Lake Tohopekaliga, passed through Hamilton Diston's newly-dredged channels to Lake Okeechobee, descended the Caloosahatchee River, went south along the coast from Myers to Marco, returned to Myers, and went inland again. The ocean portion of the voyage was unsatisfactory because, without a pilot, ~innehiha'screw could nbt find the among the many islands. A handsomely-designed and exceptionally well-edited book. ~innehaha:centerboard sloop. LOA 30'; Beam 9'-6" Draft (board up) 2'; (board down) 6'.

1317 Cantin, Eugene. Yukon Summer. San Francisco: Chronicle Books, 1973. ix, 198pp. Twelve hundred miles down the Yukon River from Lake Bennett to Tanana, in Quisnam, a Klepper Arius kayak, between 7 June to 8 July. The author has a gift for photography and for vivid writing about voyaging, people, scenery, and history, together with a remarkable ability to pack a great deal of information into a few words. His previous kayaking experience had been on the California waters of Berkeley's Aquatic Park, Del Val Reservoir near Liver- more, and the quiet rivers near Modesto. He had problems with ice barriers early on, and with rough water on Lake La Berge, but Five Finger Rapids, the last ones remaining on the river, caused no trouble. He had mosquito problems, especially near Minto which, he notes, was abandoned in 1954 because of unexplained murders. Just after crossing into Alaska, he encountered three days of heavy rain, and had developed a sore hand from paddling by the time he reached Tanana, but he gives the impression that his preparatory canoeing was entirely appropriate practice for descending the Yukon.

1318 Chambers, Julius. fie Mksks$pi River and its Wonderful Valley; Twenty-Seven Hundred Milesfiorn Source to Sea New York: Putnam, 1910. xvi, 308pp. In 1872 the author, a New York journalist, was ordered by his doctor to spend three months in the wilderness for his health. He launched an Indian canoe on White Earth Lake and proceeded by lake, river, and portage to Brainerd, whence he continued his voyage in a yawl-rigged Baden-Powell canoe. In Nauvoo he interviewed Joseph Smith's widow, and from Quincy, 11- linois to New Orleans he traveled by river steamer. He sandwiches this interesting account between chapters on the exploration of the Mississippi and topical chapters about the river and its hinterland.

1319 Clark, Georgie White. DeRoss, Rose Marie. Adventures of Georgie White, Ws"Woman of the River." Palm Desert, Calif.: Desert Magazine Press, 1958. 84~~. Written by Georgie White's sister. The river is the Colorado. Contains a briefbiography, Georgie White's account of her 185-mile swim of the lower river with Harry Aleson in 1946, and a history of her pioneering River Rat trips for large groups in motorized rubber barges, beginning in 1955. There are also Inland Cruises: North America 363

descriptive accounts of rafting trips through various parts of the river designed to show the reader what it would be like to make such a voyage.

1320 Clark, Giles. Voyages of Rediscovery, 1673-1963. Menasha, Wis.: Educational Enterprises, 1976. 124pp. A brief, artless narrative of a 2500-mile voyage made by three men in a Grumman canoe retracing the routes of Joliet and Marquette.

1321 Collis, Oliver Dallyn. "RobRoy III," Home Port Clinton, Iowa (Log of the master of the Rob Roy III, Oliver Dallyn Collis). n.p., (1946?). Unpaged.

1322 Cooper, Morley. CruisingtoFlorida via the Intracoastal Waterway. New York; Lon- don: Whittlesey House, McGraw-Hill, 1946. vii, 201pp. Intended to tell how to make the cruise, but done as a narrative of a cruise made just after World War I1 and of interest as a story rather than a guide book because of its age. This account of the voyage, which was made in the 37' Hand- designed bridge-deck cabin cruiser Luberta, powered by a converted Pierce- Arrowengine, enables one to appreciate the great changeswhich have occurred since the War in boats and cruising conditions.

1323 Davis, Norah Deakin. The Father of Watem:AMississippi River Chronicle. Text by Norah Deakin Davis; photographs by Joseph Holmes. San Francisco: Sierra Club, 1982. [180]pp. The story of a canoe expedition from Lake Itasca to New Orleans undertaken by 15 people serves as a narrative thread for a description and history of the river and a discussion of its geological, biological, and economic features, and of its potential for creating disasters. Very interesting and informative, with excellent illustrations

1324 Davison, Ann. By "Gemini," or, Marshmallows in the Salad; a Coast-Wue Cruise from Miami to Miami. London: Peter Davies, 1962.239~~. The American edition has the title In the Wake of the "Gemini." Boston: Little, Brown, 1962. 174pp. In 1949 Ann Davison lost her second husband in the wreck of their 70' ketch Reliarice (See her Last Voyage ..., no. 811). In 1952 she sailed single-handed across the Atlantic inFeliciryAnn (see her My Ship is so Small, no.514). During the next five years she cruised between Florida and the Bahamas. While planning the Gemini cruise she met and married Bert Billheimer. After her recovery from a cancer operation which delayed their trip a year, the couple took Getnini north through the Inland Waterway, up the Hudson, through the Great Lakes to Chicago, down the Illinois and Mississippi Rivers to the Gulf of Mexico, and then back to Miami, June 1%0 to January 1961. The British edition has many more illustrations than the American edition. 364 Adventurers Afloat

1325 Dean, Sidney Walter. All the Way by Water. New York: Funk; Toronto: Ryerson, 1954. 305pp. From 1942 through 1951, Dean and his wife, Marguerite, spent six months of each year in Quebec on their 30' cabin cruiser Mqot. Dean, a newspaper man and editor, retired at 65 and began a second career of freelance writing. He cruised northward from New York to Quebec for the first time when he was 71. The cruises ended with his death at 80. He had made a large number of friends in Quebec and had had mostly happy experiences, spiced with some danger, as when a piston rod broke while the boat was in a wide and deserted area of the St. Lawrence. The voyages, people, and countryside are described vividly in an episodic treatment by a highly competent professional writer. There is much of interest to persons wishing to cruise these waters. Dean, renowned cook, gives 15 of his New England recipes in the text (pp. 18,33,54, 65,67,72,73,165,186,187,188,193, and 204).

1326 Dean, Thomas. Journal of 7hornas Dean. A Voyage to Indiana in 1817. Edited with a biographical sketch by John Candee Dean. [Indianapolis: J. C. Dean], 1918.78~~. Another edition, edited by John Candee Dean and annotated by Randle C. Dean, was published as pp. 273-345 of the Indiana His- torical Society Publications, vol. VI, no. 2. Indianapolis, 1918. Another edition, prepared by the staff of the Public Library of Fort Wayne and Allen County, [Fort Wayne?], 1955.74~~. Dean, a Quaker and attorney and agent for the Brotherton tribe of Indians, built a boat in Deansboro, New York, and took her, with five of the tribal leaders and two of their wives on board, to the junction of the Mississinewa and Wabash Rivers in Indiana on a search for new lands for the tribe. The boat drew 21" and had a sail. The route: Oneida River and Lake; Oswego River; Lake Ontario; Niagra River (portaging the falls); Lake Erie; portage to Chatauqua Lake; Al- legheney River; Ohio River; Wabash River. After Dean sold the boat, the party explored on foot and made their way to Fort Wayne. There Dean could not fmd a boat to buy. He felled a tree, made a large dugout canoe in two days, and in it he and the Indians descended the Maumee River, sold the canoe at Fort Meigs, and took his Indians home by steamer across Lake Erie. A fascinating journal. The Indians finally resettled in Wisconsin.

1327 Diamond, Bill, and Kathy Diamond. Across the U. S. A. by Boat. New York: John Day, 1970. 150pp. A breezily-written story of a publicity stunt. The author and his wife answered a radio ad for a young couple to take an outboard motor boat across the United States. They got the job. The boat, Triumph I, was a Glastron Gulfstream V-204,u)' X 6', with a deep-V hull and hard chine, and two 55 h. p. Evinrude motors. The cruising range at 26 knots (30 miles per hour) was 247.5 miles. The sponsor, Evinrude, provided the boat, its equipment, limited living expenses, and numerous rendezvous with reporters and photographers. The route: Juneau south through inland waters, up the Columbia after a portage, down the Missouri after another portage, by rher, canal, and short po;tagesto company headquarters in Milwaukee, on to New York via the Trent-Severn Inland Cruhes: North America 365

Waterway, Montreal's Expo 67, and the Champlain Canal, and fmally, after a meeting with the Chairman of the Board on board his yacht Chantacleer, to Key West by way of the Intercoastal Waterway. The author became Sales Promo- tion and Training Manager for Evinrude.

1328 Dorrance, Ward Allen. Three Ozark Streams. (Log of the "Moccarin"and the "Wilma"). Richmond, MO.: The Missourian Press, 1937.58~~. Trips down the Black, Jack's Fork, and Current Rivers, Missouri, with impressionistic descriptions of the rivers and landscape, and sympathetic descriptions ofthe Ozarkpeople, their culture, and their dialect.The author descended the Black River with a companion in Moccasin, a 28' X 2'-6" boat with a pram bow. He was alone on the voyage on Jack's Fork and the Current River in the 12' Wilma.

1329 Dorrance, Ward Allen. Where the Rivers Meet. New York: Scribners, 1939.252~~. An impressionisticand discursive account of a trip in an outboard-powered canoe made by the author and two companions down the Osage River, the Mis- souri, the Mississippi, up and down the Ohio, Tennessee, Cumberland, and, finally, at the end of the summer, up the Wabash a short distance on the way to Vincennes, where the canoe was to havebeen shipped home. The bank on which they made their last camp caved in during the night. The canoe was capsized and buried in mud, and much of their equipment was lost. However, no one was hurt and any losses or damage wuld be made good for the next year. The story of the cruise is narrated in the present tense; historical material is in the past tense. As used here, this is an effective technique for keeping the two categories clearly separated.

1330 Eddy, Clyde. Down the World'sMost Dangerous River. New York: Frederick A. Stokes Co., 1929. xx, 293pp. Published in the United Kingdom with the title Danger River; Being an Account of the Only Successful Attempt to Navigate the Rapids of the World'sMost Dangerous River. London: Skeffington, 1930.288~~. An account of a very dangerous and diff~cultvoyage down the Green and Colorado Rivers to Needles, California in the summer of 1927, made by thirteen men, a dog (mostly Airdale), and a bear cub, in three boats, the skiffs Coronado, Powell, and Delenbaugh. During the voyage, four men departed and one joined. The skiffs, two of them 22' long and one 16' long. were heavily built and patterned after those used by Powell on his 1869 expedition. eve rib oats causized and the Powell was lost when she iammed aeainst rocks and could not be moved. The appendix describes a second voyage, by 13 men in 6 boats, from Lee's Ferry to Bright Angel Creek, to make a feature film. For the account of the man who joined in mid-voyage, see Oscar R. Jaeger's The Great Grand CanyonAdventure, no. 1353. 366 Adventurers Afloat

1331 Fellows, Henry Parker. Boating Trips on New England Rivers. Boston: Cupples, Upham & Co., 1884. 176pp. Voyaging on the Sudbury, Concord, Merrimac, Housatonic, and Nashica Rivers.

1332 Ferrier, Marion, and Ben Ferrier. God's River Country. Photographs by Ben Ferrier. London: Oldbourne Press, 1958.213~. A chronological account of the voyage of the Ferriers and ten others who went, in three 19' Chestnut freight canoes, from Norway House, in Manitoba, to God's Lake, down God's River to York Factory on Hudson Bay, and up the Nelson River to Norway House again in eight weeks. Ben Ferrier, a north country guide and leader of the expedition, had spent 26 years on canoe trails. This was his eighth trip to Hudson Bay. In addition to their crews, the canoes carried 2,131 Ibs. of food. Some members of the expedition had previous experience. Most had none. They learned to paddle the Cree way, to use tumpliies, to portage, to rope down rapids and lineupstream, to cope with black flies, mosquitoes, and other insect pests, and to press on in spite of all difficulties (and there were many). Two botanists accompanied the party to suffer, enjoy, and collect specimens. A helpful book for canoeists planning an Arctic trip.

1333 Fiennes, Sir Ranulph, Bart. The Headless Valley. Jkndon: Hodder & Stoughton, 1973. 222, [~~IPP. Sir Ranulph Fiennes earns a living by having adventures and then writing about them. He gives his readers good value for money. The principal part of this adventure, which grew out of what was to have been a field exercise of the Scots Greys, was a partially-sponsored canoe voyage south from Watson Lake, in the Yukon Territory, through the Rocky Mountain Trench to Vancouver in celebration of the centennial of British Columbia's joining the Canadian Con- federation. It was preceded by a voyage up the South Nehani River, through the Headless Valley (named for the headless skeletons which have been found there), to Virginia Falls. Feinnes, who had raised some of the funds for the expedition by doing a BBC documentary on the London sewers, had BBC cameramen along to film the Nehani trip. The voyage through the Rocky Moun- tain Trench proved to be extremely difficult. Only the expedition's collapsible kayaks could be carried through the hundred miles of wilderness between the north and south watersheds, and only Feinnes, of all the expedition members, made the complete the journey.

1334 Fisher, Allan C. America's Inland Waterway. Photographs by James L. Arnos. Washington, D. C.: National Geographic Society, 1973.207~~. A very descriptive account of a six-month southward voyage on the Atlan- tic Intercoastal Waterway in a 43' motorsailer. Contains much helpful information for persons planning to use the Waterway. Inland Cruzkes: North America 367

1335 Fisher, Ron. Still Waters, White Waters: Ejploring America's Rivers and Lakes. Photographed by Sam Abel. Prepared by Special Publications Division, National Geographic Society. Washington, D. C.: The Society, 1977.199~~. Following the seasons on American canoeing waters. Excellent photographs.

1336 Footner, Hulbert. New Rivers of the North: The Yam of Two Amateur Explorers, with photographs by Auville Eager and the author. The Head-Waters of the Fraser: The Peace River: The Hay River: Alexandra Falls. New York.: Outing Publishing Co., 1912. Reissued New York: Macmillan, 1918; New York: George H. Doran Co., 1919.281~~. A very readable and interesting account of an ambitious trip, with excellent descriptions of the wilderness and its people. Footner and his partner went west to the end of the Grand Trunk Pacific Railway, took a construction train to the end of the tracks 62 miles farther on, went another 26 miles by ox cart, and portaged the remaining distance to the Fraser River because, as Footner notes, the ox cart driver had been unduly influenced by his oxen and was dangerously inept. From the Fraser, the pair made the Griscome Portage to the Parsnip River in a wagon owned by extortionate and clumsy farmers who punc- tured the canoe's fabric en route. They followed the itinerary outlined in the subtitle, ending the canoe journey on Lesser Slave Lake.

1337 Freeman, Lewis Ransome. By Waterways to Gotham; the Account of a Two Thomd Mile Voyage by Skiff and Outboard Motorfrom Milwaukee to New York through the Great Lakes, Trent Canal, St. Lawrence, Richelieu, Champlain and Huhon. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1926. viii, 444pp. A well-writen account. Freeman used a Rhinelander Special skiff, decked over forward, with a canvas spray shield and an Elto outboard motor.

1338 Freeman, Lewis Ransome. Down the Columbia. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1921. xx, 383pp. A lively account of traveling from the headwaters down the wild stretches of the river in a canoe and then in a 16' skiff to Portland.

1339 Freeman, Lewis Ransome. Down the Grand Canyon. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1924.371~~. The title is somewhat misleading. The book tells of four different voyages on the Colorado and its tributaries over a number of years. Since the various parts were written at different times and then put together, the book is a bit patchy. Also it lacks the maps necessary to make the text comprehensible. Con- tents: Part I: Down the Hardy, in an 18' punt. Contains an interesting description of the Delta country and of the tidal bore at the mouth of the river. Part 11: 368 Adventurers Afloat

Glen Canyon, 1922. An account of the dams survey made by the La Rue group, of which the author was a member. Part 111: The Delta again, 1922. Freeman wrecked his rowing skiff in Alamo Waste on the way to the Saltonsea. He rebuilt it and reached his goal. Part IV: Down the Grand Canyon, 1923. Freeman accompanied the Birdseye Expedition which made a geological survey of Marble Canyon and the Grand Canyon.

1340 Freeman, Lewis Ransome. Down the Yellowstone. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1922.12,282pp. Freeman made his first attempt to descend the river in 1901 in an abandoned flatboat which he named the Yankee Mule. He got through Yankee Jim's Canyon, but shortly thereafter the boat broke up. Forced to abandon the trip, he walked to Livingston, Montana, where he got a job as a baseball player and newspaper editor and met Calamity Jane. In 1921 he made a successful descent from Billings, Montana, to the junction with the Missouri in a two-piece steel skiff which was bolted together.

1341 Freeman, Lewis Ransome. Waterways of Westward Wandering; Small Boat Voyages down the Ohio, Missouri, and Mkskskpi Rivers. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1927. xii, 368pp. Voyages made between 1921 and 1926 in various boats and canoes with early outboard motors. Well-written by a professional journalist, with much material of historical and geographical interest.

1342 Gardner, Erle Stanley. The World of Water; Exploring the Sacramento Delta. New York: Morrow, 1965.160pp. Gardner, who had to continue his writing to meet deadlines, cruised the Sacramento, Mokelumne, and San Joaquin Rivers in a fleet of sixboats. Helived on board a 1964 River Queen houseboat (LOA 38'). His office staff traveled on a Whit-Craft houseboat. Two outboard skiffs, a double-ended dinghy, and a Trojan express cruiser (which was used to get stores and to deliver manuscripts to the Post Office) completed the fleet. A lively, anecdotal account of a cruise by a busy man who could take his office with him.

1343 Gardner, Erle Stanley. Gypsy Days on the Delta. New York: Morrow, 1967.271~~. Cheery accounts and vignettes of Life on a new hvin-screw River Queen houseboat, with her attendant fleet and staff (see above), on the waterways of the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta, together with some reminiscences of the author's early life.

1344 Glazier, William. Down the Great River; embracing an Account of the Discovery of the Tnre Source of the Mksksippi together with Views, Descriptive and Pictorial, of the Towns, Cities, Villages and Scenery on the Banks of the River. .. by Captain William Glazier. Philadelphia: Hubbard Brothers, 1888.443~~. Inland Crukes: North America 369

Glazier, two companions, and three Indian guides paddled upstream in three birch bark canoes to the lake (named by the author Lake Glazier) which he believed to be the source of the Missiiippi. As J. V. Brower, Commissioner of Itasca State Park, has shown in his The Mississippi River and its Sources (no. 3340), Glazier's supposed discovery was actually Elk Lake, and not the source of the Mississippi at all. At Aitkin, on the wayback, two of the canoes were abandoned. Glazier, accompanied by his brother and one other person, continued down the Mississippi in the birch bark canoe Discovery, a Rob Roy canoe, the Itasca, and a 16' Rushton no. 93 touring canoe, the Alice. At Hastings, Min- nesota, the brother and the Discovery left the expedition. Paine, in the Itasca, and Glazier, in theAlice, reached Eads, Louisiana, the terminating point of the voyage, on 15 November 1881. Brower's evidence indicates that much of this canoevoyage was spent with the canoes and their crews onboard riversteamers. An interesting tale in spite of the author's curious source mania and his ignorance, and one which would be informative if it were not for Glazier's lack of veracity.

1345 Goldwater, Barry Morris. Delightful Journey: Down the Green and Colorado Rivers. Photographs by the author, with supplementary essays "Prehis- toric Man in the Grand Canyon," by Robert C. Euler, and "Geological Review of the Colorado Canyons," by Carleton B. Moore. Special Consultant: 0. Dock Marston. Tempe: Arizona Historical Foundation, 1970.209~~. Various publications have been based on a diary written each evening of thevoyage and first published in an edition of 300 mimeographed copies. A portion of it appeared inArizona Highways for January, 1941. An abridgement, with the title An Odyssey of the Green and Colorado Rivers: The Intimate Journal of Three Boats and Nine People on a Trip down Two Rivers, was published in March, 1941. 32pp. The Arizona Historical Foundation edition contains the original journal, slightly expanded and corrected, with the additions noted above. A handsomely-designed,well-illustrated book containing an interesting account of a 1463-mile voyage made in June and July, 1940, from Green River, Utah, to Lee's Ferry, Arizona.

1346 Hamilton, Joyce. White Water: The Colorado Jet Boat Expedition, 1960. Christchurch, N. Z.: The Caxton Press, 1963.259~~. The author's father-in-law, Bill Hamilton, invented the jet boat to use on the turbulent rivers of New Zealand's South Island. Bill Austin, an American passing through New Zealand, became convinced that there would be a large market for suchboats in the United States. He became the agent for the Hamil- ton jet unit and contracted with John Buehler of the Indiana Gas Works to produce the boatsin a unit of his company organized for that purpose and called the Turbo-Craft Division. The voyage up the Colorado, considered impossible by all experts on the river, was sponsored by Buehler to promote the new type of boat. Two 24' boats, Big Red and Big Yellow, and two 16' boats, Wee Red and Wee Yellow, made the trip downstream from Lee's Ferry to Boulder City, leaving caches of fuel along the way for the upstream run. The author made this part of the trip and then became a rim runner for the next. Her husband, Jon Hamil- ton, proved to be the ablest boat handler of the expedition and piloted most of 3 70 Adventurers Afloat

the boats through the most difficult rapids. He later took part in many other jet boat trips on turbulent rivers, including Sir Edmund Hillary's expeditions on the Sun Kosi River in Nepal (1968) and on the Ganga (Ganges) in 1977. For an account of the latter expedition see no. 1453. The big boats were not maneuverable enough for the upriver journey and were replaced by two more 16-footers,Dock and Kiwi. The return trip was very difficult and dangerous,but was successful. One boat, Wee Yellow, was lost. This well-written account captures the excitement of the voyage while giving a great deal of information on the Colorado and on jet boats. The feat will never be repeated because the Glen Canyon Dam has turned this formerly wild and dangerous part of the Colorado into a series of ponds.

1347 Haworth, Paul Leland. On the Headwaters of the Peace River. New York: Scribner, 1917. 295pp. A fascinating account of a voyage in a Chestnut sponson canoe by a history professor who, ailer a month-long wilderness fishing trip, grew tired of teaching at "a great university beside the Hudson." After reading accounts of explorers, he planned a trip through one of the few remaining wilderness areas, the Peace River Country. He bought his equipment and supplies in Edmonton, went by train on the newly-constructed railway to Prince George, on the Fraser River, where he hied a guide, Joe Lavoie. His itinerary included Griscome Portage, Summit Lake, Crooked River, Pack River, Parsnip River, Finlay River, and Peace River to Hudson's Hope, where he sold his canoe and went on by motor boat to the railroad at Peace River Landing. He made a side trip on foot in the Long Canyon country of the Finlay River, returning to his canoe by raft down the Quadacha River. Haworth describes a world of Indians, trappers, and traders which has since vanished.

1348 Helmricks, Constance. We Live in Alaska Boston: Little, Brown, 1945.266~~. Reissued Garden City, N. Y.: Garden City Publishing Co., 1945 Bud and Constance Helmricks married, at age 23, in 1941, and went to Seward to find jobswith the help of Great Uncle Fred. They did, with the Army, at Fort Richardson. After a year in a log cabin and with the coming of spring and a vacation, they planned a canoe trip on the Yukon. Since they could not buy a canoe, they built one of wood and canvas, which they named Queen ofAN the Beavers. She was 19' long, 40" wide, and weighed 130 Ibs. empty. They went by train to Fairbanks, down the Tanana and Yukon Rivers to Russian Mission, portaged to the Kuskokwin River, and descended to Bethel, where they caught a plane which took them back to the railroad in Fairbanks. They had many adventures along the way, met many interesting people, visited a gold mine, and returned, refreshed and invigorated, to go back to work for the Army.

1349 Hoff, J. Wallace. Two Hundred Miles on the Delaware River. A Canoe Cruke from its Headwaters to the F& at Trenton. With an historical appendix. Trenton, N. J.: Brandt Press, 1893. 180pp. The author writes to give a succinct account of his canoe cruise so that others will be able to estimate the time required for such a trip and to know of the obstacles to be met and the pleasures to be encountered along the way. He Inland Cruhes: North America 3 71

has also included items of interest concerning scenery, towns, etc. His party of five, in five canoes, made the trip in one week in July. The narrative is interesting as well as helpful.

1350 Hogg, John Edwin. TwiceAcross North America by Motorboat. New York: Ziff-Davis, 1960.209~~. In 1925the author skippered the outboard-poweredboat Transco from As- toria to New York City with Frank Wilton as crew, portaging from Lewiston on the Snake River to Fort Benton on the Missouri, a voyage of 5286 miles which took 137days. In 1959 he made the samevoyage in reverse in 102 days in Trartsco ZI, with John Richard Dahl as crew. The route: the Hudson River, Lake Champlain, the Richelieu River to Sorel, the St. Lawrence past Montreal, the St. Lawrence Seaway, Lake Ontario, the Trent Canal, the Strait of Mackinac, Lake Michigan, the Illinois River, the Mississippi, the Missouri to Fort Benton, the portage to Lewistown, and then down the Snake and Columbia Rivers to Astoria. This is an account of the second voyage, with recollections of the earlier one interspersed. Rather stiff in tone, but interesting and instructive. Trmsco: Built in Los Angeles by Emil Aarup. LOA 18'. Powered by twin two-cylinder Evinrude outboards. Trmsco 11: Glasspar Club Mariner cruiser with custom interior. LOA 19'.

1351 Hubbard, Harlan. Shantyboat. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1953.352~~. Reissued with the title Shantyboat: a River Way of Life. Foreword by Wendell Berry. Lexington, Ky.: University of Kentucky Press, 1977. ix, 352pp. Hubbard built his shanty boat from salvaged lumber in Brent, Kentucky, and lived on board for two years. In 1946 he began a three-year drift down the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers to New Orleans, making prolonged stops along the way and living mostly on fish and on vegetables which he raised in gardens at his stopping places. In all he covered 1385 miles.

1352 Hubbard, Lucius Lee. Woo& and Lakes of Maine: A Canoe Trip from Moosehead Lake to New Brunswickin a Birch-Bark Canoe, to which are added some Indian place-names and their meanings, now first published. 2nd ed. rev. Boston: Ticknor & Co., 1888.223~~. Reissued Somersworth, N. H.: New Hampshire Publishing Co., 1971. First edition Boston: J. R. Osgood and Co., 1884. The story of a voyage from the north-east corner of Moosehead Lake to Edmundston, New Brunswick, made in a birch bark canoe and a canvas-covered canoe by the author, his artist friend, Captain Sartor, and two Indian guides. The itinerary included the Penobscot River, Lobster Stream and Lake, Chesun- cook, Caucomgomoc, Mud, Chamberlain, Eagle, Churchill, and Musquacook Lakes, and the Allagash River. Low water made the trip difficult. At Musquacook Lake the canoes had to be shoed with cedar strips to protect their hulls as they were dragged over rocks in the many shallows. Describes the wilderness and the people living in it as well as the trip. 372 Adventurers Afloat

1353 Jaeger, Oscar R The Great Grand CanyonAdventure: A Narrative of Rapid-Shoot- ing on the Colorado, the World's Wildest River. Dubuque, Iowa: The Author, 1932.196~~. The author was on a painting and photographingvacation tour when he met two men at the V. T. Ranch, 75 miles from Lee's Ferry, Arizona. They were from Clyde Eddy's river running expedition, sent out to make contact with the outside world. The expedition's photographer had just been called away to another assignment. Jaeger joined in his place. This lively narrative of the voyage from Lee's Ferry toNeedles, California, begins withavivid description of the author's first experience of white water. He was knocked off his thwart by his oar into the waiting arms of the expeditions pet bear cub. For Eddy's account of the voyage, see no. 1330.

1354 Jaques, Florence Page. Canoe Country, illustrated by Francis Lee Jaques. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1938. 102pp. An account of a three-week canoe trip on the lakes of northern Minnesota made by the author and her husband.

1355 Jonk, Clarence. River Journey. New York: Stein and Day, 1964.221~~. A houseboat on the Mississippi. A diary-like record of the adventures of a Minnesota university student and his friends, September 1932 to December 1933, as they try to cope with poverty and the Great Depression by fmding odd jobs and sharing the cost of renting a cottage on the shores of Lake Johanna, near the Twin Cities. Their landlord soon hates them because, according to the author, one of the group is an East Indian, and so they have to move. The author and Carl decided to build a houseboat on Lake Johanna from cheap materials and live on board rent free. During the winter, they built Befsy-Nell on the ice of the lake. In the spring she launched herself. However, their former landlord filed a complaint. They were told to get off the lake in 60 days. With great difficulty, Betsy-NeN was moved overland to the Mississippi, where she was powered with two old Model T Ford engines (to steer with as well, but, after several near disasters, they had to make a rudder out of an old Coca Cola sign). Jonk and Carl, with Jinny and Virginia, set off on a voyage down river toward New Orleans. When the story closes, Betsy-NeII, after having made an adventurous winter voyage, is iced into a safe mooring in La Crosse. The voyage is to be resumed in the spring, with Virginia as part of the crew. Befsy-NeII: Home-made rectangular houseboat buoyed with 4 rows of steel 50 gallon drums, 22 per row, under the wooden structure. LOA 44'; Beam 14'; Cabin 32' X 10'.

1356 Kissner, Jakob. Foldboat Holidays. New York: Greystone Press, 1940.316~~. Vacations on the Connecticut River, in the Adirondacks, in Maryland, Delaware, Kentucky, and on Midwest rivers, together with advice on the handling of Foldboats. Inland Crukes: North America 3 73

1357 Klein, Clayton. Cold Summer Wind Fowle~lle, Mich.: Wilderness House, 1983. 277pp. Narratives of five canoe trips, made over a period of years, in Canada's north wuntry, in parties of two or more persons. The wuntry traversed is described, but there is no history of exploration. The trips: 1). Woolaston Lake, Saskatchewan, to Reindeer Lake, Manitoba; 2). Snowbud Lake, Northwest Territory, to Jackpine Narrows, Reindeer Lake; 3). the entire length of Kazan River, Northwest Territory, to Chesterfield Inlet and Hudson Bay; 4). down the Thelan River to Chesterfield Inlet; and 5). down the Back River from Muskox Rapids to the Meadowbank River. Other trips on the Elk, Kunwak, Little Partridge, Thlewiaza, and Meadowbank Rivers are alluded to.

1358 Klein, Clayton. One Incredible Journey. Fowle~lle,Mich.: Wilderness House Books, 1985. 445pp. The day-by-day account of a 6,716-mile canoe trip from Lachine, Quebec, a suburb of Montreal, to the Bering Sea, made in 1971 by Verlen Kruger (then 48) and Clinton Waddell (then 36). The book is written from Kruger's notes and is told in the fust person from Kruger's viewpoint. Because the thaw was late, the trip startedwith long and difficult portages past ice barriers. It ended amid great difficulties in getting transportation from the Bering Sea to civilization. In between it went well, for the most part. The route included the Ottawa and La Vase Rivers, Lake Nipissing, French River, Georgian Bay, Lake Superior, Rainy River, Winnipeg, Cedar, and Cumberland Lakes, the Sturgeon Wier and Churchii Rivers, Lac La Loche, Clearwater River Athabasca River and Lake, Slave River, Great Slave Lake, and the Mackenzie,the Rat, Bell, Porcupine, and Yukon Rivers. The people and places of the trip are described and the history of the area outlined. The pair even had time to enter the Gold Rush Canoe Derby at Flin non. For an account of another of Kruger's canoe trips, see Valerie Fons' Keep it Moving, no.1084.

1359 Kolb, Ellsworth. Through the Grand Canyon from Wyoming to Mexico, with a foreword by Owen Wister. New edition, with additional illustrations (76 plates) from photographs by the author and his brother. New York: Macmillan, 1930.344~~. First edition 1914. The text is unchanged in the 2nd ed. In 1903 the Kolb brothers, Emery and Ellsworth, who were gifted photographers, established their home and studio at the upper end of Bright Angel Trail, on the rim of the Grand Canyon. This is the story of their longest photographing expeditions on the Colorado, from Green River, Wyoming, to Needles, California, in 1911, and from Needles to the Gulf of California in 1913. The latter trip was made by Ellsworth alone. On the first voyage, the brothers spent 101days on the river in two wooden boats, stoppingalong the way at Bright Angel for three months. This is a simple but graphic description,illustrated with excellent photographs, of a difficult and dangerous voyage down the wild part of the Colorado, and of a different kind of voyage down its the navigable waters. 3 74 Adventurers Afloat

1360 Krakel, Dean. Downriver: A YellowstoneJoumey. Sierra Club, 1987.272~~. The story of aphotographer's700-mile voyage down the Yellowstone River, from the National Park to the confluence with the Missouri. in an inflatable boat with various companions, including his dog, Stryder. he author interweaves historical and geographical description and raises the issue of the destruction of wilderness areas by the encroachment of tourism and urban needs for water and electrical energy. Unfortunately, the book has no illustrations.

1361 Lavender, David. River Runners of the Grand Canyon. Tucson: University of Arizona Press; Grand Canyon, Ariz.: Grand Canyon Natural His- tory Association, 1985. 147pp. The story of John Wesley Powell, Robert Brewster Stanton, George Flavell, Nathaniel Galloway, William Richmond, Bert Loper, the Kolb brothers, Clyde Eddy, Julius Stone, and others, by a well-known writer on the American West. The author made use of the Marston manuscripts at the Huntigton Library, San Marino, California, and of the transcripts of Colorado River journals at the Grand Canyon National Park Library. He also discusses the campaign which made Glen Canyon Dam the last to be built on the Colorado, and the growing problem of regulating boat traffic on the River. Lavender, by exercising the writer's arts, has written a simple and comprehensive account of a complex reality.

1362 Leslie, Robert Franklin. Read the Wild Water: 780 Miles by Canoe down the Green River. New York: Dutton, 1966.192~~. A voyage from the Green River Lakes to the Colorado with seven teen- aged boys in four 15' Aluma-Craft canoes. A straightforward story of a difficult voyage with much information on technique.

1363 Lewis, Henry. Making a Motion Picture in 1848: Henry Lewk'Joumal of a Canoe Voyage from the Falls of St. Anthony to St. Louis. St. Paul: Min- nesota Historical Society, 1936.58~~. Reprinted, with revisions and additions, from Minnesota Hktory, June, September, and December, 1936. During the 1840s and 1850s, several artists made panoramas to show in theatres with accompanying commentary. In a sense, these picture shows were forerunners of moving picture travelogues. One of the largest of them was four miles long. In 1848 one of these artists, Henry Lewis, made three voyages on the upper Mississippi, and one on the lower, to make sketches for such a panorama. This volume contains the journal of the canoe voyage on the lower Mississippi to New Orleans. His canoe, the Mine-ha-hah, was actually a catamaran, built of two 50' canoes, which he bought in St. Peter, Minnesota. He fured the hulls together with stout cross-beams, about 3' apart, built an 8' X 11' platform with a cabin on the beams, and rigged the boat with a square sail and jib. He also used oars to propel it. He made his sketches from the cabin roof. Lewis describes places, people, and especially Indians, with an artist's eye and a writer's skill. In Nauvoo, Illinois, he met the widow of Joseph Smith and describes her vivid- Inland Cruises: North America 3 75

ly and flatteringly. His panorama, when completed, was 12 feet high and 1,325 yards long. He toured the United States with it, and then took it to Europe. In 1851 he settled in Dusseldorf. Apparently, none of the mid-century panoramas has sunived. This book is illustrated by reproductions of Lewis' paintings and with illustrations from a book which was probably written by him, Dos illustri~e Mississippitha1 (Dusseldorf: Arnq 1858).The introduction contains a brief biography oiLewis, and a brief history of the panorama painters and their work.

1364 Lighty, Kent, and Margaret Lighty. Shanty Boat. New York; London: Century, 1930.321~~. From the head of navigation of the Mississippi to New Orleans, October, 1929, to February, 1930, in the shanty boat TheArk, with a 14' outboard skiff in tow. A well-written account of the voyage and of river people, together with generous portions of the history of the places visited. Nothing is revealed about the background of the authors. The Ark: A completely enclosed houseboat. LOA 30'; Beam 10'; Draught 9". 1365 Lorraine, Madison Johnson. The Columbia Unveiled;Being the Story of a Trip, Alone, in a Row- boat, from the Source to the Mouth of the Columbia River, together with a Full Description of the Country Traversed, and the Rapih Battled by an old voyager and whitewater man. Los Angeles: Times-Mirror Press, 1924.446~~. The author, at age 68, built the boat Columbia at the headwaters of the river and made the 1400-milejourney to Astoria in 150 days, June to November 1921. This interesting account is meticulously factual and even exciting in places.

1366 McAlpine, Don. Don McAlpine's "White Knuckles" Log, edited by Melba Mc- Alpine. Tulso, Okla.: Council Oak Books, 1986. 185pp. The author grew up on an Oklahoma farm and hated it. The sea was his Shangri-La. After serving in World War 11, he returned to Oklahoma to work in the Post Office. When he retired, he bought White Knuckles, a 25' fiberglass sloop, and began his long-deferred voyaging. This log tells of his trip from the head of navigation in Oklahoma down the McClellan-Kerr Arkansas River Navigation System and the Mississippi River, and then to Florida on the Gulf Intrawastal Waterway. The log covers the period 3 November 1979 to 20 March 1980, and ends with White Knuckles anchored at Fort Myers. McAlpine spent the spring and summer cruising in Florida waters, sold his boat, and returned home in August. Later that year he bought a new boat, shipped it to Houston, and was cruising near Galveston in preparation for an around-the- world cruise when he went aground and was drowned by a barge's wake as he tried to refloat hi boat. The story of his fust voyage is very well told and contains much information of value to those who wish to cruise these waters. McAlpine's wife, Melba, who edited the logs, did not go along on either cruise, but met him for a holiday in New Orleans.

1367 McGuire, Thomas. 99 Days on the Yukon: An Account of What was Seen and Heard in the Company of Charles A. Wolf, Gentleman Canoeist. 376 Adventurers Afloat

Anchorage, Alaska: Alaska Northwest Publishing Co., 1977. 184pp. A summer voyage in McGuire's 17 Grumman canoe Sans Souci from Johnson'sCrossing on the Teslin River to Holy Cross on the Yukon. Wolf, nearly 70 years old at the time of the voyage, was an experienced trapper and canoeist. Part of the text is devoted to the wisdom of the wild as told by Char- lie Wolf.

1368 Mathews, John Lathrop. TheLogof thel'EaryWay." Boston: Small, Maynard and Co., 1911. xi, 268pp. The honeymoon voyage of John and Janet Mathews down the Mississippi from Bridgeport, Illinois, to New Orleans, September 1900 to March 1901. Well written by a highly competent newspaper reporter. Ea~yWay: Shanty boat. LOA 30'; Beam 12' Cabin 8'xU)' with a 2' walkway on three sides and an S'x12' foredeck.

1369 Mead, Robert Douglas. Ultimate North: Canoeing Mackenzie's Great River. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday, 1976.312~~. A descriptive account of a canoe trip made by the author and his son, Jim, retracing, as closely as possible, the route of Mackenzie's 1798 expedition. Mead had canoed from childhood with his parents, and then with his wife and family, oftenin theMinnesotaBoundaryWaters.Thecanoe, an OldTown Chip- pewan Tripper, and two months' supply of freeze-dried food, were carried from Pennsylvania to Fort McMurray, on the Athabaska River, by station wagon. From the fort the pairwent down river toLake Athabaska, down the Slave River to Great Slave Lake, down the Mackenzie to Inunk, and then to Whaling Camp on the Beaufort Sea, which they reached in time to hear Richard Nixon's resig- nation speach. Flooding prevented them from going on. After complicated negotiations, an unsatisfactory partnership with another voyager, and a difficult trip by airplane, barge, truck, and car, they managed to get themselves and their canoe back home. The Canoe: Vinyl and ABS on a foam core. LOA 17-2"; Beam 37".

1370 Mondale, R Lester. The Mi.ssouri River Still Runs Wild Kansas City, MO.: Westport Publishing Co., 1943. %pp. An account of an eight-day, 378-mile canoe voyage from Kansas City to St. Louis, made by three men, Ivan Dillee, a lay Mormon minister who was in the enamelig business, the author, the pastor of All Souls Unitarian Church in Kansas City, and Capt. Kelly, the head machinist for linotype maintenance for the Kansas City Star and former river man. The journey began on 11 July, 1940. Their 18' orange canoe had been purchased second-hand by Capt. Kelley in 1914. They camped along the way, mostly on sand bars, had many excellent meals, including one of frog legs as big as chicken legs, experienced severe storms and much rain, visited towns along the way, including the state capital, Jefferson City, and had a very good and safe time in spite of earlier warnings of probable disaster. Inland Cruises: North America 377

1371 Neide, Charles A. The Canoe "Aurora;"a Cruise from the Adirondackr to the Gulf. By Dr. Charles A. Neide. New York: Forest and Stream Publish- ing Co., 1885.215~~. A voyage from Lake George, New York, to Pensacola, Florida, August 1882 to January 1883, in company with S. D. Kendall. Neide traveled in the Rushton canoe Aurora; Kendall the home-built canoe Comforf. The pair portaged from Lake George to Lake Champlain, and then went by canal to Buffalo. Because of a severe storm on Lake Erie, they portaged 72 miles to Olean, N. Y., near the headwaters of the Allegheny River. From there they descended the Allegheny, Ohio, and Missisippi Rivers to the Gulf of Mexico. A well-written period piece, descriptive of people, places, and mores. Aurora: Princess model. Two-masted, lateen-rigged. LOA 15'; Beam 31"; Hull wweight 85 Ibs. Comfort: Single-masted, battened lug rig. LOA 14'; Beam 3'.

1372 Neihardt, John Gneisenau. The River and I. New York and London: Putnam's, 1910. ix, 325pp. Reissued 1938.1938 edition reissued Lincoln, Nebraska: Univer- sity of Nebraska Press, 1968. ix, 325pp. (A Bison Book). Made up of a series of articles on the Missouri River commissioned by Out- ing Magazine. Neihardt and two companions traveled downstream from the head of navigation at Fort Benton in the outboard-powered canoe Atom I. At MondakAtom I was traded for a steel boat which was given a new engine and named Atom II. The expedition succeeded in reaching the confluence of the Missouri and the Mississippi. Atom I: Cypress-planked canoe with oak ribs. LOA m';Beam 3'-4". Atom 11: LOA 18';beam 3'-4".

1373 Newell, George H. Chigs from our Log; or, Glimpses of Life Aboard the Yacht "Rip- ple." Rochester, N. Y.: R. H. Dennis, 1887. [53]pp. Accountsof nine summer and autumn sailing cruises on Lake Ontario made in the years 1878-1886from moorings at Charlotte, New York, near Rochester. These voyages took Ri~vleto Thousand Islands, Presaue Isle. Oak Orchard, ~ummerGnld~sland,~iitie~sland, ~lcott,~ia~ra, ~oronio, port Darlington, and Port How. Sometimes she sailed in company-. with other yachts and sometimes alone. Often she had many passengers on board who enjoyed camping, fishing, and many unofficial races with other boats as well as a Toronto regatta. The author took up sailing in hopes of recovering from a near breakdown which was a consequence of prolonged overwork. He did recover. He recommends sailing for prevention of such breakdowns as well as for curing them.

1374 Nickerson, E. B. (Elinor Barkley). Kayaks to the Arctic. Photographs by Richard A. Nickerson. Berkeley, Calif.: Howell-North Books, 1967. 197pp. The author and her husband, Nick (Richard), celebrated their twenty-fifth wedding aniversary with a canoe trip down the Mackenzie River from Fort Providence to Inuvik, on the Delta, in the summer of 1966. With them were their 3 78 Adventurers Afloat

three younger sons, Devon, Brian, and Lincoln. They shipped their gear by air from San Francisco to Yellow Knife. It weighed 900 lbs., including the three folding kayaks. They reached the launch point by bus and proceeded down river, making dozens of friends along the way and Living an intensely active social life punctuated by brief periods of wilderness camping. From Inovik they visited the old delta town of Aklavik in a borrowed outboard scow, and Tuktoyaktuk, on the Arctic Ocean, by chartered airplane, before flying out from Inovik on a scheduled air line. A chatty, warm account, which tells much about summer life in an Arctic area and about the disappearance of true wilderness with the coming of the airplane and outboard motor.

1375 Nims, Franklin A. The Photographer and the River: The Colorado Canyon Diary of FranklinA. Nims, with the Brown-Stanton Railroad Suwey fipedition, edited by Dwight L. Smith. Salt Lake City: Stagecoach Press, 1967.75~~. Early in 1889, S. S. Harper suggested to Denver business man Frank M. Brown that a water level railroad line should be built along the Colorado River. Brown liked the idea, formed the Denver, Colorado Canyon & Pacific Railroad Company in March, and set out on 22 May to survey the route below the confluence of the Green River by boat. Nims was hired as photographer to provide survey photographs and photographs to show to prospective investors. The boats and boatmanship were inadequate. Brown and two others were drowned. Robert B. Stanton, the Company's Chief Engineer, led the survivors out of Marble Canyon. He then organized a second expedition, which was to start from Lee's Ferry, where, on 1January 1890, Nims, while trying to get a photograph from a ridge, fell 20 feet, fractured his skull and several bones, and was carried out to hospital in a coma. This ended his employment with the company, which did not even pay his hospital expenses. The two parts of the diary cover 22 May to 24 July 1889, and 25 November 1889 to 15June 1890, when he had recovered from his injuries. The text is taken from Nims' typewritten transcript of his original shorthand notes, which have disappeared. For Stanton's account of the voyages, see no. 1406. Boats of the fust expedition: Clinker-built, double-ended cedar boats, LOA 18'; Beam 30" Depth 24". The cook had a flat-bottomed punt named Brown Betiy. Boats of the second expedition: Oak-planked, hickory-framed, double- ended. LOA 22'; Beam 4'-6"; Depth 35". 1376 North, Mary Remson. Down the Colorado, by a lone Girl Scout, with an introduction by Frederick S. Dellenbaugh. New York and London: Putnam's, 1930. iii, 164pp. The author made the voyage with her mother, father, and one young man in the boat North's Ark. A remarkable book for a ten-year-old to write. North's Ark: Decked at the bow. LOA 15'; Beam 4'-6"; Depth l'-10". 1377 North, Robert Cawer. Bob North by Canoe and Portage: A Twelve Year Old Boy Explores theAlbany RiverandJames Bay, Canada. Foreword by the Indian, John Wesley. New York and London: Putnam's, 1928. xii, 195pp. Inland Crukes: North America 3 79

North, the precocious brother of the precocious Mary Remson North, wrote this account of his two-month canoe trip with Bishop Anderson, Anglican Bishop of Hudson Bay, on a tour of the diocese. The Bishop's party went by rail from Montreal to the Albany River, down river to Fort Albany, on James Bay, northward along the coast, and then back to Fort Albany and up river to the railroad. The descriptions of the country and of the people met along the way, Indians, traders, clergymen, etc., are very well done. North carried with him a letter of credit on the Hudson Bay Company and letters of introduction from Vincent Massey, then Canadian Minister to the United States, Herbert Hoover, Al Smith, Theodore Roosevelt, and others. 1378 Norton, Charles Ledyard, and John Habberton. Canoeing in KMuckia; or, Haps and Mkhaps Afloat and Ashore of the Statesman, the Editor, the Artist, and the Scribbler. Recorded by the Commodore and the Cook (C. L. .Norton and John Habberton). New York: Putnam's, 1878.254~~. A mockingly humorous account of a canoe cruise on two tributaries of the St. Lawrence River in Quebec, made in two pairs of canoes by the Editor, in Becky Sharp, Commodore; the Scribbler, in Cherub, Cook (both of the preceding canoes being of the Chrysalid type); the Statesman, in Rochefort, Vice Com- modore; and the Artist, inArethusela, Purser (both of these canoes being of the Red Lake type). The Chrysalids were variants of the Baden-Powell Nautilus canoe, and were canvas covered. Arethusela was named after two cats, Arabel- la and Methusela. The voyagers came by canoe to Montreal from New York and returned home by steamer. The book contains a discourse on the beginnings of modern canoeing in England in the early 1860s and, in the appendix, tells who was building canoes in the United States in 1878, where they are located, and what kinds of canoes they built. Included are James Everson, Wil- liamsburg, N. y., W. Jarvis, Ithaca, N. Y., and George Roahr, Harlem, N. Y., who built Nautilus models of lap strake cedar planking on oak frames; J. H. Rushton, Canton, N. Y., who built Nautilus and Rob Roy models, as well as a design of his own, and whose special methods of construction made his boats very strong and serviceable; Walters & Son, of Troy, N. Y., who built Nautilus and Rob Roy boats of paper, D. Herald, Rice Lake, Ontario, and English, of Ottawa, who built birch bark Indian canoes; J. F. West of East Orange, N. J., who built canoes of ash strips covered with canvas, etc. A remarkable amount of information and humor is included in this enjoyable spoof.

1379 Olson, Sigurd F. The Lonely Land New York: Knopf, 1961. 272pp. The story of a three-week canoe trip made by six men in three 16' Peter- borough Prospector canoes from Ile-a-la-Crosse, in Saskatchewan, down the Churchill River, and up the Sturgeon Wier River to Cumberland House in Manitoba, following one of the principal routes of the voyageurs. The author, who died in 1982, was a well-known ecologist and interpretive naturalist who wrote many books about the wilderness and who taught biology and was dean at Ely Junior College in Minnesota. In his youth he had been a guide in the Quetico-Superior wilderness area. He uses quotations and paraphrases from voyageur narratives in his depiction of his party's recreation of a voyageur trip on which he served as bourgeios, or commander. That Olson's book has had 15 printings between 1961 and 1985 is a testimony to the quality of his writing. 380 Adventurers Afloat

1380 Patterson, Raymond M. 7%eDangerous River, London: Allen & Unwin, 1954.260pp.; New York: W. Sloane Associates, 1954.314~~. Reissued as first Canadian edition. Sidney, B. C.: Grays Pub., 1966.272~~. The story of two canoe trips up the Nahani River in 1927 and 1928 and visits to Deadman or Headless Valley, which was so named because the headless skeletons of several prospectors and trappers hadbeen found there. The author discounts the sensational stories of Indian or supernatural attacks on travellers. He came out on foot after the second trip and months of prospecting and hunting without incident in this supposedly dangerous area. A fascinating account.

1381 Patterson, Raymond M. Finlay's River. Toronto: Macmillan; New York: Morrow, 1968. xiv, 315pp. The story of a canoe trip made by the author in 1949 serves as a framework for a history of the exploration of the Finlay River area and of the people who travelled and settled there from the days of Mackenzie, Fraser, and Filay to 1916, the year of the coming of the outboard motor. Of the subsequent period he describes only the travels of Nicholas Ignatieff and hi own trip. He and his son, Alan, launched their canoe insummit Lake, descended the Crooked, Pack, and Parsnip Rivers to the Finlay, and then took the canoe up the Finlay in a river boat to Bower Creek. Alan flew out to go back to school whiie Patterson explored the area on foot, descended again to Finlay's Forks, met his wife, Marigold, there (she had flown in), and, with her, descended the Peace River.

1382 Pecher, Kamin. Lonely Voyage: By Kayak to Adventure and Dkcovery. Saskatoon, Saskatchewan: Western Producer Prairie Books, 1978. 185pp. Almost an inch-by-inch account, by a Central European immigrant, of a lone canoe trip in Saskatchewan from Waterhen Lake via Beaver River, Chur- chill River, Sturgeon River, and the Maligne, to Cumberland House. There is an account of the mine at Flin Flon, named after the character Flintabbety Flonatin of nte Sunless City, by J. E. Preston, and of sighting a large humanoid, a sasquatch, at Grand Rapids. Shortly after the sighting, as he was starting up the Reindeer River, Pecher developed stomach pains and internal bleeding. A plane, summoned by Indian radio, carried him to hospital, where he was treated for a duodenal ulcer for a month before resuming the voyage. He had carried city tensions into the wilderness. In the epilogue he tells of going back to many of the places he had visited on hi voyage. Although he returned to Grand Rapids, he did not see the sasquatch again.

1383 Porter, Earl. In the Wake of the fie1 Boats: A 2200-Mile Canoe Trip from Lake Erie to the Gulfof Mexico in 1932. New York: Vantage Press, 1978. 221pp. An account of a voyage from Cleveland, Ohio, to New Orleans. The author and hi companion started up the Cuyahoga River on Friday, 13 May, in a 15' Thompson all-wood canoe. That evening they had to clean the canoe with gasoline to remove the filth from the urban stretch of the river. They reached Inland Crukes: North America 381

the Tuscarawas River by disused canals and ten portages. The remainder of the voyage was without portages, down the Tuscarawas, the Muskingum, the Ohio, and the Mississippi Rivers, although there were 34 locks to pass on the Ohio between Marietta and the Mississippi. They hitched numerous rides from tow- boats and, below Leavenworth, put the canoe on a sand barge. The account contains a great deal of descriptive and historical material, includinga section on the recently completed movable dam system on the Ohio. 1384 Powell, John Wesley. Exploration of the Colorado River of the West and its Tributaries, Explored in 1869,1870,1871, and 1872 Under the Direction of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. Washington, D. C.: The Smithsonian Institution, 1875.291~~. Published with the title First Through the Grand Canyon; beingthe Record of the Pioneer Exploration of the Colorado River in 1869- 70. New York: Outing Publishing Co., 1917.32Opp. (Outing Ad- venture Library, edited by Horace Kephart). Reissued New York: Dover, 1961. Abridged edition, i%e Exploration of the Colorado River, abridged from the first edition of 1875, with an introduction by Wallace Stegner. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1957.138~~. Powell, who had lost an arm at the battle of Shiloh, was mustered out of the army at the end of the Civil War as a major, a title by which he was known for the rest of hi life. After the war, he taught geology at a small Illinois college. While he was on field trips to Colorado with students in 1867 and 1868, he decided to explore the Colorado River. On 24May 1869 the four boats and nine men of his expedition left Green River Station, Wyoming Territory. On 30 August four boats and nine men reached Callville, Nevada, having made what was possibly the first passage through the Grand Canyon. Oneman left the party at a trading station on 5 July; three others, who left on 28 August, were probably killed by Indians as they tried to make their way back to civilization overland. After Powell and four others left the expedition in Callville, the four remaining men went on to Yuma, and two of them continued down river to the Gulf of California. Powell led asecond, federally funded, river expedition of eleven men in three boats. which started from Green River Citv on 22 Mav 1871 and ended prematurely at Kanab Creek on 9 September. PO~~U'Sreport, which he finally produced in 1874 at the insistence of Congressman James Garfield, combined events of the two expeditions into what appeared to be a journal of a single voyage. Questions have arisen over the years about Powell, his leadership, and his strange attitude toward the second expedition, but his report has become a classic account of adventure and exploration. He went on to a distinguished career as head of the Bureau of American Ethnology and then as head of the United States Geological Survey. For various views on the claim of James White to have run the Grand Canyon in 1867, see nos. 1427,1428, and 1429. The boats: First expedition: Three of LOA 21'; Beam 4'; Depth 22" and one 16'. Second expedition: Three 21' boats.

1385 Powell, John Wesley. Canyons of the Colorado. Meadville, Pa.: Flood & Vincent, 1895. 400pp. 382 Adventurers Afloat

Reprinted and published by Argosy-Antiquarian, New York, 1964.400~~. Prepared by Powell in response to requests to publish a more complete account of his explorations in Colorado and on the Colorado River for the general public. Includes chapters 1-9 of his original report, Exploration of the Colorado River of the West, no. 1384. The fust four chapters deal with the geography and geology of the area; chapters 5 to 11 contain his account of the river trip; and the remainder of the book describes his land explorations. 1386 Powell, John Wesley. Bass, William Wallace.Adventures in the Canyons of the Colorado by Two of its Earliest Explorers, James White and W. W Hawkins, with introduction and notes by William Wallace Bass. Foreword by George Wharton James. Grand Canyon, Ariz.: The Author, 1920. 38pp. Bass came from a hospital for incurables in New York to die in Ariina. He was 72 when he wrote this book. When he had regained his strength, he went exploring, using a Geological Survey map with John Wesley Powell's name on it. He nearly died because of the map's inaccuracies. Over the succeeding years he came to doubt Powell'sveracity. Part I, the largest part of the book, examines Powell's first river trip using an account of James Hawkins, the cook, written at Bass' request in September 1919, a few months before Hawkins' death. Haw- kins and Powell have very different recollections of many of the events of the voyage. Bass tends to believe that Hawkins's account makes better sense than Powell's. Part I1 gives James White's account of his inadvertant, pre-Powell raft trip in Grand Canyon waters. From his own observations of the Colorado River and White's description of his voyage, Bass concludes that White probably did pass through the Canyon. 1387 Powell, John Wesley. Dellenbaugh, Frederick S. A Canyon Voyage: The Narrative of the Second Powell Ekpedition down the Green-Colorado River from Wyoming, and Explorations on Land, in the years 1871 and 1872, by Frederick S Dellengaugh, artist, and assistant topographer of the expedition. New York and London: Putnam's, the Knickerbocker Press, 1908. xx, 277pp. Reissued New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1962. The fust published account of Powell's second Colorado River expedition, on which Dellenbaugh was artist and topographer. This is virtually the second volume of his Romance of the Colorado River, no. 3375 below, the second half of which has brief accounts of Powell's expeditions. This is the second adventure classic to come from the Powell Colorado River expeditions.

1388 Powell, John Wesley. Hillers, Jack. Photographed All the Best Scenery: Jack Hillem's Diary of the Powell Expeditions, 1871-1875. Edited by Don D. Fowler. Salt Lake City: University of Utah Press, 1972.225~~. A day-by-day account of the second Powell Colorado expedition in a beautifully designed and illustrated book. The author, then a teamster, was Inland Cruises: North America 383

hied by Powell as a boatman. After instruction in photography by James Fen- nemore, a Londoner, who had converted to Mormonism, he became the expedition's photographer, made the fust photographs of the Grand Canyon, andbegan a lifelong associationwith Powelland Powell's brother-in-law, topographer-Almon ~&risThompson. After serving as photographer for Powell's geological and geographical survey of the Rocky Mountain Region, Hillers became Chief Photographer of the U. S. Geological Survey in 1881. He is one of the greatest of the photographers of the early American West. Illustrated with his photographs. Contains brief biographies of the members of the expedition.

1389 Raban, Jonathan. "Old Glory," an American Voyage. New York: Simon and Schuster, 1981.409pp. The story of an Englishman's voyage down the Mississippi in a 16' boat following his dream of Hucklebeny Finn. He encountered many kinds of people, became closely acquainted with a number of them as strangers often in, and tells the reader much about the dreams and realities of the people living in this long, narrow, usually sordid, depressing and often frightening world. He seems really to be following Dickens' dream of Martin Chuzzlewit on the Mississippi rather than that of Mark Twain's more famous character. Raban's river even has pale ghosts of the Esau SIodge and of its politician passenger. The author has written an engrossing book, but at a price. It seems unlikely that he could revisit many of the places he has described so well.

1390 Raven-Hart, Rowland. Canoe Errant on the Mississippi, by Major R. Raven-Hart. Lon- don: Methuen; Toronto: Saunders, 1938.251pp. The American edition has the title Down the Mississippi. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1938. viii, 243pp. Not having time to start his voyage from Lake Itasca, the author launched his 17' Faltboat at Hannibal and descended to the coast. He had two companions, one as far as Memphis, and the other from Memphis on. A literate, informed, and interesting account of the voyage and of the pre-integration South, especially Louisiana.

1391 Remington, Frederick. Pony Tracks. Introduction by J. Frank Dobie. Norman: Univer- lity of Oklahoma Press, 1961.176~~. First edition New York: Harper, 1895. viii, 269pp. Reissued 1898,1899,1900,1903,1923.Reprinted Chicago: Long's College Book Co., 1951.10,269pp. Chapter 7, "Black Water and Shallows," originally published as an article in Harper's Magazine, records thoughts and events of an Adirondacks trip with a guide named "Harrison" in a 16', 70 lb. Rice Lake Canoe named Necoochee from Cranberry Lake down the Oswegatchie River, 2-7August 1892. Reproduc- tions of five illustrative drawings are included. A brief but eloquent piece which captures the atmosphere of the wilderness and the feelings of people escaping to it from the boredom and anxieties of city life. 384 Adventurers Afloat

1392 Richards, Joe. "Princess"--NewYork Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill, 1956.314pp.; London: Hollis & Carter, 1958.258~~. Richards bought Princess in 1938 and, since she was rotten, rebult her. In 1939-40 he sailed her south to Florida through the Inland Waterway, and then was called away for war semce. After the war he married, sailed Princess back to New York, and rebuilt her again. Princess: Friendship sloop. LOA 26'; Beam 9'.

1393 Rose, Peter. Sailing through America. London: Coles, 1971.160pp. Rose bought Odd l7mes in 1961, sailed her around Britain, to the Mediter- ranean, and, in 196.5, to the West Indies and north to Newfoundland. On the voyage home in 1966, he was incapacitated by a strange illness and taken off the yacht by a passing ship. Odd Ernes was lost while under tow. Rose had a new boat built, named her Odd limes, married Monique, and, in August, 1968, sailed with her for the United States by the southern route and the Caribbean. The principal part of the book describes their voyage north from Florida through the Intracoastal Waterway, up the Hudson and the New York canals to Buffalo, then across the Great Lakes and down the Illinois River and the Mis- sissippi to New Orleans, where they repaired and stored the boat temporarily in order to write the story of the voyage before sailing home. Their many adventures and misadventures are instructive as well as interesting. Odd rimes (new): Auxiliary gaff-rigged cutter, designed by John Leather. LOA 37'; LWL 33'; Beam 11'; Draught 4'-6".

1394 Rothrock, J. T. (Joseph Trimble). Vacation Ciuising on the Chesapeake and Delaware Bays. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1884.262~~. The author, a professor of botany at the University of Pennsylvania, decided to vacation afloat in 1883 in order to have a different way of life which would be cheap and healthful, and which would permit him to pursue botanical studies in a leisurely way. Having fitted his boat with wire netting to keep insects out, he laid in stores, and, with his dry-plate camera, books on nautical and botanical subjects, and works of Charles Kingsley, sailed from Delaware City on 9 June. He went down the Chesapeake and up the James, then down the James and up the Chesapeake, and then cruised the Delaware River and Bay. On 29 August, a day of great storms, he took the boat to the Choptank River to be laid up and handy for the 1884 season. Friends accompanied him from time to time, and his two little boys were with him for several weeks.

1395 Rothrock, Joseph T., 111, and Jane C. Rothrock. Chesapeake 0dysseys:An 1883 Cruise Revisited, with photographs by Joseph T. Rothrock 111. Tidewater Publications, 1984.138~~. JosephT. Rothrock'saccount of the originalvoyage, above, and the account of the 1983 voyage are printed on facing pages. Inland Cruises: North America 385

1396 Schultz, James Willard. FZoufing on the Missouri. Edited by Eugene Lee Silliman. Nor- man, Oklahoma: University of Oklahoma Press, 1979. 142pp. First published in Forest and Stream, 15 February to 24 May 1902. In 1901 Schultz and hi Piegan Indian wife, Natahki, made a nostalgic trip down the Missouri from Fort Benton to its junction with the Milk River in the skiff Good Shield (the English translation of Natahki). During the voyage Natahki became ill with what proved to be terminal heart disease. A really excellent account of a boat trip and of frontier lie. Goodshield: Flat-bottomed wooden skiff. MA19'; Beam 5'. 1397 Schwatka, Frederick. Along Alaska's Great River: A Popular Account of the Travels of the Alaska Exploring Ejcpedition of 1883, along the Great Yukon River) from its Source to its Mouth, in the British North- West Ter- ritory, and in the Territory of Alaska. New York: Cassell, 1885. 360pp. Reissued with the title A Summer in Alaska, the same sub-title, and three additional chapters on the discovery and history of Alaska, its people and industries, and its geographical features. St. Louis, MO.: J. W. Henry, 1894.418~~. In 1878 President Hayes withdrew the Army from Alaska and ordered that it exercise no further control there. Therefore, in 1881 funds for an Army expedition to explore the upper Yukon were refused. However, at midnight on 22 May 1883, Lieutenant Schwatka, U. S. A., left Portland, Oregon, on a coasting steamer bound for Alaska. With him were his wife, five Army officers and men, and one civilian miner. The local paper, which had learned of the trip, was told by one official that it was a junketing party, and, by another, that it was a prospecting party. The party, whatever it was, debarked near the site of what is now Skagway. Mrs. Schwatka returned home. Her husband hired a large number of Indians to carry his baggage over Chilkoot Pass to the headwaters of the Yukon. Just above Lake Bennett, on a lake which Schwatka named Lake Lin- deman (Schwatka felt free to name geographical features because he was the fust person to survey and map the Yukon above Selkirk) a raft was built of small logs with smaller crossed logs as decking. It could only cary three men and a portion of the stores, but it could pass the narrows into Lake Bennett. The remaining stores were sent by native boats while the rest of the party of Whites and Indians walked. On Lake Bennett the raft was enlarged to its ultimate size of 40' X 15' and stabilized by the addition of four 40' logs. The junketers, or miners, or Army surveyors, drifted downstream for 1303 miles through gorges, rapids, lakes, and placid stretches of river, constantly plagued by mosquitoes and other insects, and experiencing groundings and other mishaps. At Nuk- lakayet Trading Post, 322 miles below Fort Yukon, they abandoned the raft and proceeded on board a "barka," a small schooner of about ten tons, belonging to the local trading company, whose river steamer, Yukon,picked them up further down stream and took them to St. Michael's, where they caught a small steamer to San Francisco. The country and its Indians and traders as well as incidents of the voyage are carefully and interestingly described. One chapter deals with rafting technique. The book is illustrated with plates which were taken from photographs and drawings made during the trip. The quality of these plates has greatly deteriorated in the 1894 edition. 386 Adventurers Afloat

1398 Sears, George Washington. The Adirondack Letters of George Washington Sears, whose Pen Name was "Nessmuk"With explanatory notes and a brief biography by Dan Brennan. Blue Mountain Lake, N. Y.: Adirondack Museum, 1962.177~. Sears (1821-1890), as Nessmuk, became famous for his wilderness articles and his classic book Woodcraft (no. 4018). He was a tiny person, S-3"tall and weighing 105 Ibs. as an adult, and a natural rover. He was supposed to be a shoemaker in Wellsboro, Pa., a family man with three children, but became a backwoodsman, angler, hunter, philosopher, poet, and canoeist. He shipped out on a whaler when young, got sick, and was put ashore. A volunteer in the Civil War, he was soon invalided out of the army. Hewas unwell and weak during the period described in this book, which is a selection of 18 letters published in Forest and Stream which describe his three Adirondacks canoe cruises, made between 1880 and 1883in three of the five specially built, extra-light canoes constructed for him by J. Henry Rushton of Canton, New York, between 1880 and 1885. He and Rushton helped to make each other famous. His fame as a writer was well-deserved. The five canoes: 1880: Nessmuk No. 1. Voyage 1. LOA 10'; Beam 26"; Weight 17 Ibs. 13 314 oz. 1881: Susan Nipper. Voyage 2. LOA 10'-6"; Beam 28"; Weight 16 Ibs. 1883: Sairy Camp. Voyage 3. LOA 9'; Beam 26"; Weight 10 Ibs. 8 oz. 1884: Bucktail. LOA 10'-6";Beam 26"; Weight 22 Ibs. 1885: Nessmuk No. 2. LOA 8'-6" Beam W"; Weight 9 Ibs. 15 oz.

1399 Sevareid, Eric. Canoeing with the Cree. New York: Macmillan, 1935. xii, 201pp. Reissued St. Paul, Mim.: Minnesota Historical Society, 1968. xv, 206pp. A very-well written account of a voyage from Minneapolis by way of many rivers, lakes, and portages, to York Factory on Hudson's Bay, made at age 17 by Eric Sevareid, who was to become one of the most famous newsmen of the twentieth century, and a 19-year-old companion. The pair travelled 2250 miles in their Old Town canvas canoe Sans Souci in 14 weeks during the summer of 1930. The Minneapolis Star helped to finance the trip and published a series of articles about it.

1400 Seymour, Frederick H. A Canoe Trip; or, A Lark on the Water. CCrue of the "Ulysses"from Lake Huron to Lake Erie. Detroit: Detroit Free Press, 1880. 105pp. Inspired by John MacGregor's Rob Roy voyages, Seymour bought a 60-lb. Racine veneer canoe (laminated and formed from three layers of wood, each V8"thick) which was equipped with a jointed mast and sail and a jointed double paddle. In her he made a one-week voyage from Port Huron down the St. Clair River to Lake St. Clair, around the eastern and southern shores of the lake, and down the Detroit River to Lake Erie, then back to Detroit. His friend, Joe, was with hion the two river portions of the journey. On Lake St. Clair he found troublesome Indians, a fascinating ashery, which made pearl ash from wood ash, and the seductive Hunter's Home Inn on Mitchell's Bay which gave him good Inland Crukes: North America 387

food, drink, and company, and a room for a night. Told in a humorous way. Revised version of the serialized account which appeared in the Detroit Free Press.

1401 Shepardson, Carl. The Family Canoe Trip: A Unique Approach to Canoeing. Merrillville, Ind.: ICS Books, Inc.; distributed by Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pa., 1985. 299pp. (ICS stands for Indiana Camp Service). A well-written and interesting account of a three-year, three-stage canoe voyage, by an experienced canoeing family with two young children, Tina (born January, 1972), and Randy (born December, 1974) from Marlborough, New Hampshire to Fort Yukon, Alaska. The fust year: 17May to 26 August 1980, to Kenora, Ontario. The second year: 22 May to 13 August 1981; to Fort Smith, North West Territory. The third year: 14May to 1August 1982; to Fort Yukon, Alaska. The parents made the journey alone from home to Mooer's Forks, N. Y., where they picked up the chiidren from their grandparents' house. They were able to use a 67-lb. ABS canoe to make the many portages. The rest of the trip was made in a big, yellow, 20' canoe which weighed more than 100 Ibs. It was left at the terminal point of each stage, to which the family returned overland the next year. Before the third stage, the Shepardsons quit their jobs and sold their house. At the end of the trip, since there were no teaching jobs in Alaska, they went on to San Francisco, where they worked and wrote about the voyage.

1402 Sloan, A. Tony. Blackjlies and White Water. Toronto: McClelland & Stewart, 1977.191~~. Eleven pieces on adventures, misadventures, and fun in Canadian waters, where the author has canoed for many years. Among them: a description of the evolution of the voyageur; regenerating the spirit by being alone in the wilderness for a week or more; canoeing with a friend in western Quebec on Duval Lake, Bryson Lake, and Antoine Lake, together with a discussion of insects and their bites; canoeing the Spillamacheen River in the Purcell Range, British Columbia, with a party of five; canoeing Black River, Quebec, where he grew up; his honeymoon on Smoke Lake, where his bride mistook a turtle for a bear; etc.

1403 Snedeker, Florence W. A Family Canoe Trip. New York: Harper, 1892.137~~. An account of a six-week trip in the modified Indian canoe Gernegross from New York City up the Hudson to Troy, by canal to Glens Falls, by portage to Lake George, and on to Lake Champlain. The trip up the Hudson to Troy was made on a tug and a canal boat. The author and her party attended an American Canoe Association rally, visited Fort Ticonderoga, searched unsuccessfully for a brass cannon in waters near the fort, went down MO feet in a bucket to see an ironmine, met many interesting people, and returned home on a passenger boat after a very enjoyable holiday. The final chapter tells how to canoe camp. 388 Adventurers Afloat

1404 Speakman, Harold. Mostly Mississippi. With a number of drawings by Russell Lindsay Speakman and the author. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1927; Lon- don: Arrowsmith, 1928.360~~. Reissued New York: McBride, 1932.360~~. A cleverly-written, information-filled, and very readable account of a two- stage voyage down the Mississippi made by the author, a professional writer, and his wife, Russell. From Bemidji to St. Paul they traveled by canoe; from St. Paul to New Orleans they drifted and motored in an old, shabby shantyboat named Isadore P. Finkehtein. She was 20' X 7' with a 7' X 14' din, and had an outboard motor. Until its escape below Hannibal, they also had a rowboat tender namedAbject Sfupidity. Along the way they had adventures and misadventures, met many people, learned about their lives, and made some happy discoveries, such as a store in Palisade, Minn., which sold wild rice at an eighth of the New York price. For the first few days they cruised in company with Lewis Ransome Freeman, who was doing an article for the National Geographic. In Hannibal they met and interviewed Mark Twain's "Becky Thatcher," Mrs. Frazer, aged 90. Her recollections of Mark Twain are on pp.175-179. Isadore was sold in New Orleans, together with Abject's worthy replacement.

1405 Spears, Raymond Smiley. A Trip on the Great Lakes; Description of a Trip, Summer, 1912, by a Skiff Traveler, who Loves "Outdoors."Tells of Fish, Fur, Game and Other nings of Interest. Columbus, Ohio: A. R. Harding, 1913.212~~. An ingenuous story of a voyage in a 16' double-ended clinker-built, whaleboat-style rowing boat. Spears visited all of the Great Lakes except Lake Michigan. Contains many localisms, but interesting reading.

1406 Stanton, Robert Brewster. Down the Colorado, edited and with an introduction by Dwight L. Smith. Norman: University of Oklahoma Press, 1965.237~~. Stanton was the highly-competent Chief Engineer of the Denver, Colorado Canyon and Pacific Railroad, formed by Denver businessman Frank M. Brown in March, 1889, to carry out S. S. Harper's idea of a water level railroad along the Colorado and on the Pacific Coast. On 25 May 1889 Stanton accompanied Harper on a surveying expedition down the Colorado from its junction with the Green. The inexperienced crew set off in five unsuitable, light, 18' boats with no safety equipment and inadequatesupplies. Brown and two others were drowned before Stanton, the second in command, led the survivorsout of Marble Canyon. A few months later, having raised $12,500. from the Company's backers, Stan- ton returned to complete the survey. He bought three stout boats which resembled those used by the Powell expedition. Each was 22' long, 4'-6" wide, weighed 850 Ibs., and had watertight compartmants. They were named Bonnie Jean, Water Lily, and Sweet Marie. On 10 December 1889 the party started out from Glen Canyon. On 26 April 1890 Stanton, his boats, and his men all reached tidewater at the Gulf of California. The only casualtywas Franklin A. Nis, the expedition's photographer, who fell from a ledge at the start of the voyage while trying to take a picture. He was badly injured and had to be taken to hospital. For his story, see his The Photographer and the River, 110.1375. Stanton had a distinguished engineering career and, after retirement, wrote a long, un- Inland Cruises: North America 389

published book about the Colorado River and its explorers upon which this volume and his study of the mysteries of the Powell expeditions, Colorado River Controversies, no. 1429,are based. His papers and pictures are in the New York Public Library and the library of Miami University in Ohio.

1407 Staveley, Gaylord. Broken Waters Sing: Rediscovering Two Great Rivers of the West. Boston; Toronto: Little, Brown, 1971. 283pp. (A Sports I1- lustrated Book). After giving a brief history of the exploration and running of the Green and Colorado Rivers, the author, a part-time leader of river running expeditions, tells of atwo-stage voyage down the two rivers with a group whose size and composition varied from time to time. He first led a party of skdown the Green in two cataract boats from Flaming Gorge Dam to Green River, Utah. After a pause of three weeks, he led a party of twelve in five boats downstream to Hite, where five people departed and seven joined. After trucking past Lake Powell, the party ran thecolorado through the Grand Canyon. There were mishaps and injuries along the way. An interesting cautionary tale. The boats were wooden except for two, one of fiberglass, and one of aluminum, a prototype for a future fleet. Each was about 16' long, 5' wide, had 7 watertight compartments, and weighed about 600 Ibs.

1408 Steber, Rick. New York to Nome: The Northwest Passage by Canoe, by Rick Steber from the recollections of Shell Taylor. Croton-on-Hud- son, N. Y.: North River Press, 1988.168~~. Sheldon Taylor and Geoffrey Pope made their voyage on inland waters, not by way of the Northwest Passage, between April, 1936 and August, 1937, in the badly-designed canoeMyrtle. Taylor remembers himself as being the leader and planner of the expedition and Pope as being a rather dull, unimaginative fol- lower. Readable, but possibly embodies some of the well-known failings of memoirs written long after the events they describe.

1409 Steele, Thomas Sedgwick. Canoe and Camera A Two Hundred Mile Tour through the Maine Forests. New York: Orange Judd Co., 1880. 139pp. The author made this canoe trip down the East Branch of the Penobscot River with two companions, the Quartermaster (a title reflecting his army service in the Civil War), and the Artist (who was responsible for the camera and its glass plates). They had three guides, three birch bark canoes, and Steele's 15' 45 lb. folding canvas canoe made expressly for this voyage. From Moosehead Lake they made the Northeast Carry (by horse cart) to the West Branch of the Penobscot, descended it to Chesunwok Lake, crossed, and reached Chamber- lain Lake, near the headwaters of the East Branch of the Penobscot, by way of Umbmksus River and Lake, and Mud Pond carry, Lake, and Stream. From there they descended the East Branch, ending their trip at its junction with the West Branch. Contains interesting accounts of the contemporary scene along the rivers and lakes visited. 390 Adventurers Afloat

1410 Steele, Thomas Sedgwick. Paddle and Portage: From Moosehead Lake to the Aroostook River, Maine. Boston: Estes and Lauriat, 1882. 148pp. The author and a friend, Colonel G., made this trip in three birch bark canoes with three guides during a dry September when it was necessary to do more carrying and dragging of canoes than usual. The party paused at various lakes for fishing and hunting an4 at First Mansungun Lake, shoed their canoes with cedar strips (16 to a canoe) to prevent damage during the final 12-miledrag through the almost dry bed of the Mansungun River to the Armstook. The trip ended at Caribou, on the Armstook.

1411 Stern, John A. To Hudson's Bay by Padde and Portage. With an introduction by Wallace W. Kirkland. Illustrated fromphotographs made by Wal- lace W. Kirkland and Harris Barber. Chicago: Privately Printed, 1934.54~~. The author was part of a party of ten men in four canoes who travelled from Norway House, on Lake Winnipeg, down God's River to York Factory, on Hud- son Bay, and returned to Norway House by going up the Nelson River, 22 June to 14 August 1934. The trip was difficult and uncomfortable, but not really dangerous. Stern kept his very complete journal at his father's request.

1412 Stokes, J. Bispham. Down the West Branch. A Canoeing Trip in Maine, 1899. Philadel- phia: Press of the Leeds and Biddle Co., 1900. Canoeing on the Penobscot River.

1413 Stone, Julius. Canyon Country: 712e Romance of a Drop of Water and a Grain of Sand. New York and London: Putnam, 1932.442~~. Part I, pp. 1-42, on the geology of the area, is what the author calls a borrowed chapter on erosion. Part 11, pp. 44-107, is the journal of Stone's boat trip through the canyons of the Green and Colorado Rivers from Green River Sta- tion, Wyoming, to Needles, California, 11 September--19 November, 1909. Part I11 contains approximately 300 black-and-white photographs of scenes along the two rivers, with explanatory text. The journal was edited to fill out the fragmentary text of the contemporarydocument, but not otherwise altered. Stone's companions on the trip were Charles C. Sharp and R. A. Coggswell. His guides were Nathan D. Galloway and S. S. Dubendorff. Sharp and Coggswell both left along the way to get back to work. The trip was a difficult one, with upsets in the rapids, leaking boats, and a bout of pleurisy for Stone which nearly incapacitated him, but this was the first pleasure trip down the Green and Colorado.

1414 Stresau, Marion. Canoeing the Boundary Waters:An Account of One Family 's Ex- plorations, edited by Betty Miller. Edmonds, Wash.: Signpost Books, 1979. vi, 154pp. Inland Crukes: North America 391

The Minnesota Boundary Waters and the adjoining Quetico Provincial Park in Canada provide over 3,000 square miles of wilderness canoeing territory. The author and her husband, Dick, first went canoeing there to celebrate their 25th wedding anniversary. They apprehensively took a four-day trip in a rented canoe. Thereafter they bought canoes and equipment and cruised as often as possible, progressing from beginners to experts over the next twelve years, and involving their children in the sport. In 1975 Dick was caught in a landslide in the wilderness area and broke his sacrum. This ended the elder Stresaus' voyaging, at least temporarily. Prospective wilderness canoers can learn much from this book. Anyone at all interested in the subject will enjoy it.

1415 Sumner, Cid Ricketts. Traveller in the Wilderness. New York: Harper, 1957.248~~. Ms. Ricketts, then in her 60s and with her four children grown up, answered an ad in the SafurdayReview for volunteers to make a trip down the Green and Colorado Rivers to photograph the canyons which might soon be flooded and lost if proposed dams were built. She was the only woman and an extremely valuable member of the party headed by Charles Eggert and Don Hatch. She was flown out from Anderson's Bottom to avoid Cataract Canyon, but rejoined at Hite. The 31-dav. 719-mile tri~was made in two inflatables. the larger. about 27' long, having Abutboard moior. Avery satisfying description of t6e voyage, the scenery, and the members of the expedition.

1416 Thoreau, Henry David. A Week on the Concord and Mem'mack Rivers. Reissued as The Illustrated A Week on the Concord and Mer- rimackRivers, edited by Car1 F. Hovda and others. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton University Press, 1983. First published Boston: James Monroe and Co.; New York: George P. Putnam; Philadelphia: Lindsay and Blackiston; Lon- don: John Chapman, 1849.413~~.New and revised edition Bos- ton: Tickner and Fields, 1858. 415pp. Many reissues by various publishers during the 19th and 20th centuries. Published with a prefatory note by Will H. Dircks. London: W. Scott, 1889. xviii, 349pp. Illustrated by Clifton Johnson. New York: Crowell, 1911; London: Harrap, 1912. v-xxii, 492pp. Abridged edition in Thoreau: Wdden and Other Writings, edited with an introduction by Joseph Wood Krutch. New York: Bantam Books, 1962.435~~. In the autumn of 1839, Thoreau and his brother, John, descended the two rivers from Concord. Thoreau planned to write about the voyage, but did not until he went to Walden Pond in 1845. This was the first of the two books he published during his lifetime. It was filled with literary and philosophical passages to the extent that the narrative was broken by them. Joseph Wood Krutch's abridgement retains the voyage materials, the rich descriptions and poetical passages, to give a clear presentation of the trip.

1417 Thoreau, Henry David. me Maine Woodr. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin, 1892. 364pp. (Writings, vol. 111). First published Boston: Ticknor and Fields, 1864. 392 Adventurers Afloat

Thoreau teUs of his three trips from Bangor into the Maine woods by stage and canoe in the summers of 1846,1853, and 1857. On the first trip, with a party of four and two guides, he ascended the Penobscot and its West Branch to Pemadumcook and Millinocket Lakes, climbed Mt. Katahdin, the highest mountain in Maine, and then returned to Bangor. On the second and third expeditions he took companions, guides, and canoes to Moosehead Lake by stage. On the second trip he explored Chesuncook Lake and surrounding streamswith a moose hunter; on the thud, he explored the AUegash River and East Branch of the Penobscot. The story of the 1857 trip has been published separately with the title Cmoeing in the WiIderness, edited by Clifton Johnson and illustrated by Will Hammel. Boston: Houghton MiffXm, 1916.191pp.

1418 Thoreau, Henry David. The River. Selections from the Journal of Henry David Thoreau, arrangedwith notes by Dudley C. Lunt. New York: Twayne, 1963. 244pp. Excerpts from A Week on the Concord and Menimack Rivers and the Jour- nal which describe Thoreau's river boating, structured by season with no reference to date. Citations are in a table at the end, Listed by page and opening phrase.

1419 Thwaites, Reuben Gold. On the Storied Ohio; an Historical Pilgrimage of a Thousand Miles in a SkifJfrom Rehtone to Cairo... ,being a new and revised edition of Afloat on the Ohio, with a new preface, and full-page illustrations from photographs. Chicago: McClurg, 1903. xvii, 334pp. On the Storied Ohio reissued New York: Arno Press, 1975. (The Mid-American Frontier). Original edition, Afloat on the Ohio, Chicago: Way & Williams, 1897. xiv, 334pp. The log of thePiIg~m,4 May to 11 June 1894, on an 1100-mile voyage down the Monongahela River from Brownsville, Pa., to Cairo, Ill., on the Mississippi. The author, a famous historian, was collecting local color for his writings; the others, his wife (known as W- in the journal), their young son, and the Doctor, were on vacation. They met many interesting people and saw many interesting sights. all of which are superbly described in historical perspective. The appen- d&s contain a historicaioutline of the settlement of thk 0hio Valley andabib- liography of journals of travellers and settlers in the area.

1420 Thwaites, Reuben Gold. Down Historic Waterways: Sir Hundred Miles of Canoeing upon Il- linob Md Wnconsin Rivers. 2nd ed., rev. and with full-page illustrations from photographs. Chicago: McClurg, 1902. 300pp. The first edition had the title Historic Waterways: Sir Hundred Miles of Canoeing down the Rock, Fox, and Wsconsin Rivers. Chicago: McClurg, 1888. A very readable descriptive account, with no historical material, of three canoe trips on three rivers, the Rock, the Fox (of Green Bay), and the Wicon- sin in 1887. In May, Thwaites and his wife, W-, went down the Rock from Inland Cruises: North America 393

Madison to Rock Island, Ill., where the canoe was put on a train for Portage, Wis. From there, in June, Thwaits and the Doctor went, by way of Lake Wi- nebego, to Green Bay. The story of the second voyage is told in letters from Thwaites to W-. In August, Thwaites and W-. descended the Wisconsin to Prairie du Chien, where it joins the Mississippi.

1421 Tousley, Albert S. Where Goes the River: A Canoe Tripfrom the Source of the Mksis- sippi River to the Gulf of Mexico, Twenty-Five Hundred Miles, in which its Physical Features, History, Legends, and People are Portrayed with Word andpicture. Decorations by Gustave Wigren. Iowa City, Iowa: The Teepe Press, 1928.296~. The account of a 65-day canoe trip, begun at Douglas Lodge, Lake Itasca, on 30 May 1925, in the Indian canoe Charles H. Curley of St. Paul. Tousley, a young reporter from the Mineapolis Journal, had three different companions along the way: From Lake Itasca to Aitken, Minn, William 0. Forssell; from Aitken to Davenport, Iowa, Richard Pattee; and from Davenport to the mouth of the Mississippi, Men Sulerud. The book opens with a history of explorers of the headwaters of the Missippi, Schoolcraft, Julius Chambers, Glazier, and Jacob V. Brower, the last of whom, at the request of the Minnesota Historical Society, investigated Glazier's claims of discoveries and found them to be false. Thevoyage was a difficult and adventurous one, and its well-told story also gives a picture of life along the river in 1925 against an interesting historical background.

1422 Tryck, Keith. Yukon Passage: Rafting 2,000 Miles to the Bering Sea New York: Times Books, 1980.218pp. The story of four young men on a rafting voyage down the Yukon River from Lake Bennett to Dawson in the summer of 1972and from Dawson to Holy Cross the next summer. The raft, originally 37' X 22', built of rather unbuoyant green logs surmounted by a platform and tent, went through several metamor- phoses, shrinking and changing to cope with various obstacles and meet various needs. It finally became a cabin at Holy Cross. From there the rest of the trip to the Bering Sea was completed on skiis. Support was received from the Na- tional Geographic for the second year and several reruns were made to produce a National Geographic--KQED television show, also called Yukon Passage. The writing exhibits the exuberance of youthful adventure and, as the book proceeds, a growing maturity.

1423 Wainer, Nora Roberts. WaterwayJourney; the Voyage of "Nora'sArk"New York: Funk & Wagnalls 1968.247~~. Bert and Nora Wainer (aged 20 and 39 years respectively) wanted to build a 51' Piver trimaran on which to make an extended cruise, but they could not raise thenecessarymoney. Instead, they built a 24' Piver Nugget trimaran, named her Nora's Ark, and, after the birth of their son, Kit, sailed south on the Atlan- tic Intracoastal Waterway to Miami. There they decided to give up the last leg of their planned trip, the ocean voyage to Puerto Rico and, reluctantly, the dream of cruising to exotic places. They sold Nora's Ark and returned to the world of work in New York. The author, an experienced and able reporter gives 394 Adventurers Afloat

a vivid and very readable account of her family's adventurous and difficult voyage and of the many extrememly friendly and helpful people they met along the way.

1424 Waters, Don. Outboard Crubing. New York: L. Furman, 1939.282~~. An account of the author and his wife roughing it in comfort while exploring Florida rivers and swamps and cruising through T. V. A. waters in an outboard-powered canoe.

1425 Wells, Kenneth McNeill. Trailer Boating: Where the North Begins. Toronto: Kingswood House, 1961.104pp. In Ontario, Canada.

1426 Wells, Kenneth McNeill. The"MoonrtruckTwo." Illustrated by Lucille Oille. Toronto: Mc- Clelland and Stewart, 1965. viii, 149pp. Travels on the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers in the motor boat Moonstmck II. 1427 White, James. Dawson, Thomas Fulton. The Grand Canyon. Washington, D. C.: Government Printing Office, 1917. (65th Congress, 1st Session. Senate document 42). Dawson was retained by Senator Shafroth of Colorado and other interested persons to prepare a justification for legislative action which would officially recognize James White as the first man to have run the Colorado River through the Grand Canyon. He includes several early accounts, two of which are highly unreliable, an account written in 1916 by White at Dawson's request, and a discussion of White's comments on the early accounts. No action was taken on the document.

1428 White, James. Lingenfelter,R.E. First Through the Grand Canyon. Foreword by Otis Marston. Los Angeles: Glen Dawson, 1958. 119pp. (Early California Travels Series, XLV). Edition limited to 300 copies.

On 7 September 1867 James White was taken off a raft at Callville, on the Colorado River below the Grand Canyon. He was the sole survivor of a party of three who had been prospecting in the San Juan River country. One was killed by Indians in the canyon of Navajo Creek; White and the other fled down the creek to the Colorado River, built a raft of logs using four lariats they had saved from their camp, and attempted to escape down stream. Luckily, because there had been an unusually wet winter, the river was still high and its rapids were somewhat less difficult to negotiate than would normally have been the case at this time of year. The two refugees soon discovered that their small raft was too unstable for such a voyage. They built a larger one. Shortly afterward, White's companion was swept overboard and drowned. Several days later the raft Inland Cruises: North America 395

grounded and could not be refloated. White used the lariats and built a third raft further down stream. After a total of fourteen days of drifting, he reached Callville. He had been without food for most of the voyage and, since he had lost much of his clothing, he was badly sunburned. He was too weak to stand. As he was being nursed back to health, he told his story. There has been a controversy ever since as to whether he came through the Grand Canyon or entered the Colorado below it. Robert Brewster Stanton concluded, after sifting the evidence andinterviewing White in 1906, that the voyagemust have begun below the Canyon. Since that time new evidence has been found and, in 1922-24, the United States Geological Survey made the first accurate maps of the River. The author presents the evidence, describes the controversy, and presents an account of what he believes to be the most likely story of White's river voyage. He thinks it likely that White was the first man to run the Grand Canyon of the Colorado River. A very interesting presentation. 1429 White, James. Stanton, Robert Brewster. Colorado River Controversies, edited by James M. Chalfant. Foreword by Julius F. Stone. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1932.232~~. Excerpted from a much larger, unpublished work which was unfinished at the time of the author's death. The first section deals with the Colorado River voyage of James White in 1867 and the claim that White passed through the Grand Canyon two years before John Wesley Powell's first Colorado River expedition. Stanton, after interviewing White and reviewing all evidence then available, concluded that White had entered theRiver below the Grand Canyon, probably near Pierce's Ferry, and that Powell was really the first man through. The second part deals with the reasons for four men leaving Powell's first expedition, three of them at the cost of their lives. He interviewed Powell and two other survivors. He also found Powell's journal, which had been lost in the files of the Bureau of American Ethnology. He concludes that a serious dispute, probably involving incidents with Powell's brother and the loss of a watch, led to the departures. The ill feeling which caused the breakup of the party is reflected in the inscription on the Powell Monument. It omits the names of the three who left at Separation Rapid. Of all the surviving members of the first expedition, only Powell's brother-in-law, Almon Harris Thompson, went on the second. For Powell's account of the breakup, see no. 1384. Stanton was the Chief Engineer of the Denver, Colorado Canyon and Pacific Railway. He survived the Brown expedition and ran the Grand Canyon while surveying for the railroad company.

1430 Wilkinson, Marguerite Ogden Bigelow. The Dingbat of Arcady, by Margaret Wilkinson. New York: Mac- millan, 1922. 188pp. The story of descending the Willamette River in a flat-bottomed boat, together with accounts of camping trips by boat and bicycle in the United States and the United Kingdom. 1431 Williamson, Robert. The Cruise of the Schooner "Drifhyood."London: Cape; Toronto: Clarke, Irwin, 1962. 160pp. 396 Adventurers Afloat

Facetiously written account of a voyage by the author and another young man from Toronto to Fort Meyers, Florida, via Lake Ontario, Rochester and Oswego, New York, and the Inland Waterway. Dnfrwood was brought back to Toronto by the other young man, where she rotted in fresh water. Dnfhuo0d:Auxiliarygaff-rigged schooner.LOA34' Beam 17; Draught 4'-6".

1432 Willoughby, Hugh Laussat. Across the Evergl&; a Canoe Journey of Exploration. Illustrated with photographs taken by the author. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1898.192~~. After a preliminary trip up the Miami River in a cypress Indian canoe in 1895, the author decided to explore and survey the Everglades. He bought two light, canvas-covered Canadian-style canoes, Coocochee (16' X M"), and Hissee (14' X M"), took them to Miami, bought a 30' sloop, Cupid, and set off with Ed Brewer, a trapper, and the sloop's crew for Florida's west coast. He and Brewer began their canoe voyage at the Harney River, while the crew took the boat back to Miami. The voyage through the Everglades proved to be extremely difficult and, sometimes, dangerous, but the pair fmally found a way around the saw grass, their principle obstacle, reached the Miami River, and descended it to the then small town of Miami. Their inland voyage across the Florida peninsula took three weeks. A short vocabulary of the Seminole language is included.

1433 Winn, H. Rosevear. The Cruise of the "Angler;"or, Three Weeks off Hickory Island Detroit: n. p., 1889. vii, 103pp. The story of a leisurely cruise on a 27 cat-rigged ketch on western Lake Erie.

1434 Witmer, Dale E. 3,000 Miles by Canoe. Mountain View, Calif.: World Publications, 1979. After waiting and planning for seven years, Witmer took his three sons by a previous marriage on a canoe trip down the Missouri and Mississippi Rivers fromThree Forks, Montana, to New Orleans. The two younger sons were forced by their mother to leave at St. Louis to prepare for the school term, but their father, the eldest son, and another crew member who had joined along the way continued to New Orleans. Thevoyage, whichbegan in June and lasted for three months and 18 days, was a very exciting one for all the participants and gave Witmer and his sons a chance to become acquainted. Unfortunately the story, is not well told. It would be worth rewriting because of its intrinsic value.

1435 Zwinger, Ann. Run, River, Run: A Naturalist's Journey down One of the Great Rivers of the West. New York, etc.: Harper & Row, 1975.317~~. The author hiked in to the source of the Green River, hiked down to where a canoe could be launched, and then canoed, with a companion, to the confluence of the Green and Colorado Rivers. She tells about the events of the trip, describes and draws plants and flowers, sketches the history of the river, and discusses and diagrams the dynamics of rivers and the geology of the Green River country. She does all of these things very well. INLAND CRUISES: OTHER AREAS

1436 Bacon, Lee. OurHouseboat on the Nile, with illustrations from water colors by Henry Bacon. Boston and New York: Houghton, Mifflin, 1901. X, 286p. The Bacons, an American couple, cruised in the two-masted dahabeah (or sailing houseboat) Terrapin, with crew, and sailed to Philae from Aswan during the winter of 1899-1900.The return trip was made by train. Very interesting observations on contemporary Egypt and the ~gyptik.Notes that the ~&tian methods of doine- business seem dishonest to Americans and Euro~eans.Writ- ten in a humorous style.

1437 Barber, Alan. Marsyandi: The lllusive River Annapuma: First Britkh Canoe Ex- pedition, Annapuma, Himalayas, 1980. Doncaster, South Yorks.: The Author, 1984.127~~.

1438 Bartlett, W. H. The Nile Boat; or, Glimpses of the land of Egypt. 2nd ed. London: A. Hall, 1850. A summer voyage up the Nile from Cairo to a small Nubian village above Philae and the first cataract, where the voyage came to a premature end after about two weeks because of the illness of the author. Bartlett hied a small river boat, a kangia, about 30' long, and lateen rigged on two masts. He had a dragoman, a reis, and six boatmen. The reis proved to be a scoundrel who had to be kept in line with threats of a bastioado. For the most part, the boat sailed with the Etesian wind and laid up when it failed because tracking was so slow against the strong current. Vividly descriptive of Egyptian life and of contemporary sights, but weak in historical description because of the recency of the translation of the Rosetta Stone (which Bartlett describes) and the beginnings of real historical knowledge of ancient Egypt. Illustrated with 35 full-page engravings and 17 wood cuts.

1439 Blakiston, T. W. Five Months on the Yang-Tze; with a Narrative of the Exploration of its Upper Waters and Notices of the present Rebellion in China Illus. by Alfred Barton and a folding map. London: John Murray, 1862.380~~. 398 Adventurers Afloat

A private exploration undertaken for discovery, amusement, and adventure by the author, a former captain in the Royal Artillery, Lt. Col. H. A. Sarel, 17th Lancers, and Dr. Alfred Barton. The exploringpartywas taken on a British warship to Nanking, 200 miles up river, whence they proceeded in an 80' rented junk (beam 10'; draught 29, planning to ascend the river as far as possible before proceeding overland through China and the Himalayas into India. Because of unstable relations with the native population, it was not possible to complete the journey, but the party reached a point 1800 miles from the mouth of the Yang-tze before turning back. The junk was towed by a succession of locally recruited crews and carried, in adition to the Englishmen, four Sikhs and three Chinese. 1440 Bland, John Otway Percy. Houseboat Days in China, illustrated by W.D. Straight; cover design and frontespiece by Mrs. Ronald MacLeod. London: Ar- nold, 1909. Reissued London: Heinemann; New York: Doubleday, 1919. viii, 289pp. A facetious but affectionate account of the quiet but satisfying holiday adventures of a number of men of the British colony in Shanghai on board their houseboats in Edwardian days, together with descriptions of the boats and their crews, their accomodations, and their management. The Yangtze houseboat was a British innovation, providing transport to hunting and sporting areas otherwise unreachable, and comfortable accomodations wherever they went. They were poled, sailed, towed from the shore, and, on longjourneys, towed by steam boats. The author's Saucy Jane was typical. She was 45' over all with a beam of 8', an owner's cabin amidships measuring 12' x8', with kennels and sun deck forward and galley and accomodations for the lowdah (captain) and crew of five or six aft.

1441 Boggis, Robert James. Down the Jordan in a Canoe. An Account of theAuthor's Descent of the Jordan, with Records of Previous Attempts by Others and Chapters on the Geology, Natural History, Geography and Hktory of the Jordan Valley.London: S. P. C. K., 1939.193~~. The author gives a history of the exploration of the Jordan Valley and of the attempts to descend the river made by Christopher Costigan, an Irishman, in 1835, Lt. Thomas Howard Molyneux, R. N., in 1847, Lt. William Francis Lynch, U. S. N., in l&@, John MacGregor in 1869, Lt. James Henry Ferguson in 1931, and his own in 1932. Only Ferguson's and the author's attempts were successful.After descending the river, Boggis explored the Dead Sea in a motor boat. The last part of the book is devoted to the geology, geography, and natural history of the valley, its Biblical associations, and to a description of its present condition. The author and a companion made the voyage in two double-seat folding kayaks made by Hans Hart of Munich which were 13' long and had a beam of 30".

1442 Boyton, Paul. The Story of Paul Boyton; Voyages on All the Great Rivers of the World, Paddling over Twenty-Five Thousand Miles in a Rubber Dress; a Rare Tale of Travel and Adventure; Thrilling Erperiences, Inland Crukes: Other Areas 399

in Dktant Lands, among Strange People. A Book for Boys, Young and Old Milwaukee: Riverside Printing Co., 1892.358, (2)pp. Voyages in a Dry Suit, 1873 to 1889, using a sail (mounted on hi head) and a paddle for propulsion, to demonstrate the usefulness of the suit in saving lives in marine disasters. He began by launching in a storm off Cape Clear and landing successfully. In 1875 he voyaged down the Thames, crossed the English Channel, and cruised down the Rhine from Basle to Cologne. Later voyages took him to the Dutch, French, and Belgian rivers and waterways, down the Danube to Budapest, and down the PO,h4ississippi, Ohio, AUeghany, Connec- ticut, Yellowstone, Missouri, Arkansas, and Sacrament0 Rivers. In addition, he made voyages along the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the United States and on the Great Salt Lake. He demonstrated the suit to Queen Victoria, King Victor Emmanuel, President Hayes, and Jules Verne (who used it in his Tribulations of a Chinaman).He interested the Italian navy in using it in mining work. Un- doubtedly this is the smallest vessel used for cruising so far. me Dry Suit: Invented by C. S. Merriman, of Iowa. Consisted of pants and tunic of heavily vulcanized rubber, covering all but the face. The tunic fastened to a steel band at the top of the pants. Five air chambers gave buoyancy. They were at the back of the head, on the back and breast, and on each leg from hip to knee. Weight: 35 lbs.

1443 Carey, M. L. M. Four Months in a Dahabeeh; or, Narrative of a Winter's Cmke on the Nile. London: L. Booth, 1863.414~~. The author, her "Cousin Phil" (aged 75 and partially paralyzed by an accident), and Phil's daughter, Selina, together with a man servant and a ladies' maid, ascended the Nile as far as Wadi Halfa and returned to Cairo in the five- cabin boat Cairo. The account is in journal form and records a happy time in Egypt in spite of problems with natives. The colour illustrations are outstand- ingly good.

1444 Davy, Andre. 4,000 Miles ofAdventure:Down the Nile by Canoe. Preface by Jean LaPort. Translated by Douglas McKee. London: Hale, 1958. 191pp. Account of a voyage made by Jean LaPort, the promoter, Davy, and John Goddard. For another account see Goddard's Kayak down the Nile, no. 1450.

1445 Denis, Alberta Johnston. Houseboatingin Kashmir. Los Angeles: Times-Mirror Press, 1934 55~~. A Californian's description of a pleasant summer on board the houseboat Long Melford, mostly on a sheltered site near Srinagar, but also including a voyage up the Jhelum River to Islamabad, with an automobile excursion into the hills there, and then back to Srinagar (it took 4 days to go up the river and 18 hours to return). The party also went down river to Lake Wular, the largest freshwater lake in the Indian subcontinent, in their shikara (a gondola furnished as tender) because the lake was too rough for houseboat navigation. The boats and crews were furnished by a charter company. Among the crew members was the Khansaman, or business manager, who bought all stores. The origin of 400 Adventurers Afloat

houseboats in Kashmir, the sights of the vale, (icludiig the famous Shaliar) and the people and their society are vividly and carefully described. LongMelford dunga houseboat (pointed in bow and stern, unlike the plain houseboat, which had square ends). Occupied for the previous 9 summers by an English artist, who named the boat for a town in Suffolk. LOA 75', with a sit- ting room, a dining room, two bedrooms, two bathrooms, and a roof veranda. She was accompanied by a cook-boat, almost as big as she was, which housed the galley and servants.

1446 Eden, Frederic. The Nile without a Dragoman. 2nd ed. London: King, 1871. 312pp. In the spring of 1869 the author's doctor ordered him to Bad Gastein for his health. He and his wife, wishing to spend the following winter in a warm climate, chose to travel up the Nile to Wadi Halfeh in the dahabeah Lofus. In order to save money, they decided to do without a dragoman (a caterer fond of making large profits on everything supplied) They also decided to write of their experiences for the benefit of those wishing to follow their example. The Reis (captain) and crew handled the boat, but the author did all the fitting out and victualling. He gives lists of supplies, hints on dealing with the problem of back- sheesh, and a full description of the voyage, which included a thrilling and dangerous descent of the cataract below Philae. Because the antiquities had been described so often, he says little about them. Lofus: Two-masted dahabeah with three cabins. LOA 53'.

1447 Edwards, Amelia Ann Blandford. A Thousand Miles up the Nile. With upwards of seventy illustrations engraved on wood by G. Pearson after finished drawings executed on the spot by the author. 2nd rev. ed. London: Routledge, 1899. 499pp. First edition 1877. The author and her female friend, L., went to France in September, 1873, but the weather was so bad that they decided to seek a place with a warmer and drier climate. By chance they chose to go to Egypt and to rent PhiIae, a dahabeayh. Their outward voyage actually ended at the second cataract, 964 112 miles from Alexandria. They rounded out the distance traveled by including what they could see from their stopping point. They employed a dragoman and were more sympathetic to contemporary Egyptians than were most of their countrymen. There are lengthy descriptions of antiquities. Philae: Two-masted. LOA 100'; Beam 20'. Had spacious saloons and sleeping cabins which were 8'x 4'-6".

1448 Edwards, William Henry. A Voyage up the River Amazon, including a Residence at Para. London: John Murray, 1847. viii, 210pp.; New York: D. Ap- pleton; Philadelphia: G. S. Appleton, 1847.256~~. From Para up river to Bara and return, May to September 1846, in a gal- liota, a pleasure craft, 30' LOA with a beam or 7,which could sleep three under a shelter. Edwards had trouble recruiting and keeping Indian crewmen. An extremely interesting book. Inland Cruises: OtherAreas 401

1449 Flaubert, Gustave. Flaubert in Egypt: A Sensibility on Tour. A Narrative drawn from Gustave Flaubert's Travel Notes & Letters, translated from the French and edited by Francis Steegmuller. Boston; Toronto: Lit- tle, Brown, 1972.232~~.(An Atlantic Monthly Press Book). Flaubert went to Egypt with Maxime du Camp in October, 1849, where the pair spent three months on the Nile in acange, a Nile boat, painted blue, with a crew of nine. They ascended the river to Wadi Halfa and then returned to Thebes. In order to provide status, the pair got nominal assignments from the French Government, Flaubert to collect commercial and agricultural data, which he did not do, and du Camp to make photographs of the country, which he did so well that the Government published them and gave him the Legion of Honor for his work. The book is made up of letters from Flaubert to Louis Bouil- het, a fellow free spirit, and to his mother, his travel notes, and excerpts from du Camp's writings which are included to show the difference between the style of a genius and that of a journalist. Flaubert and his circle were dedicated and competetive sinners. He was strongly attracted to whores. His favorite in Egypt, Kuchuk Hanen, from Damascus, was infinitely attractive when he met her on the way up river, but she had become ill and unattractive by the time the voyagers returned. He went home to write Madante Bovary and to take mercury treat- ments for the rest of his life for the chancre Kuchuk Hanen (or one of her col- leagues) had given him.

1450 Goddard, John M. &yaks down the Nile. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1979.319~~. Aday-by-day account of the descent of the Nile in canvas kayaks in the early 1950s with Andre Davy and Jean LaPort. For another account of this difficult and dangerous voyage see Davy's 4,000 Miles ofAdventure, no.1444.

1451 Golding, William. An Egyptian Journal. London; Boston: Faber and Faber, 1985. 207pp. Golding was commissioned by a publisher to go to Egypt and do a book about it in which he would also tell much about himself. Having been a seafaring man, he chose to take a chartered motor yacht, Huni, up the Nile. A minder (m earlier times called a courrier, with the duties of facilitator and guide) was provided. Huni had a failing engine, steering cables which broke from time to time, leaked, and had two heads that failed to function until cleared by the in- tensevibrations set up by the engine when the shaft bearings failed. The expedition reached Luxor before returning to Cairo. There were side trips, the most notable being one by car to the Red Sea and back by car on what seemed from the map to be desert tracks, but which turned out to be excellent military highways. The travelers experienced numerous and intense frustrations with the crew's ineptitude and with Egyptians in general, but, in spite of this, felt a strong affection for these people and their culture. This is an unusually descriptive and sympthetic account of contemporary Egypt and Egyptians in which the ancient monuments appear mostly as parts of the modern landscape. 402 Adventurers Afloat

1452 Guyer, Samuel. My Journey down the Tigris; a Raft-Voyage through Dead Kingdoms, by Dr. S. Guyer. Translated by Joseph McCabe. Lon- don: T. Fisher Unwin; New York: The Adelphi Co., 1925.251~~. From Diyorbekv to Baghdad on a raft supported by inflated camel skins. Marginal as a cruising book, but interesting for descriptions of people and places.

1453 Hillary, Sir Edmund. From the Ocean to the Sky. New York: Viking, 1979.273~~. A voyage up the Ganga (Ganges) from Ganga Sagar Island at the mouth of the river to the first water fall in Nandaprayag, 1,500 miles upstream, in three 16' Hamilton jet boats specially modified for the trip. Jon Hamilton, son of the inventor of the jet boat, who had made many whitewater voyages in them, including the 1960 trip up the Grand Canyon section of the Colorado River (for an account see Joyce Hamilton's White Water, no. 1346), and the 1% Sun Kosi River trip with Hillary (portrayed in a video movie), was in charge of the boats. Hillaryreceived a hero's welcome all along the river. The whitewater part of the voyage was exceptionally difficult and dangerous, but the goal was reached without the loss of a boat or a person. A part of the company continued overland to climb Akash Parbat. Hillary was evacuated from the mountain by helicopter when he collapsed with altitude sickness, but the rest of the diminished party made a successful climb. The appendices contain an expedition diary by Mike Gill, a discussion of the Ganga and Hinduism by Jim Wilson, and a discussion of jet boats by Jon Hamilton. The book itself tells much about India as well as giving a very lively account of the trip. Excellent and profitable reading.

1454 Holman, Alan. White River, Brown Water:A Record-Making Kayak Journey down the Amazon. Seattle: The Mountaineers, 1985.190pp. In 1979, at the beginning of the last two years of his service in the Royal Australian Air Force, the author began careful planning and preparation for a projected 1982 solo Amazon journey. He made a two-week note-taking recon- naissance trip by steamer on the Amazon and visited Great Bitain and the ~nited'statesin search of maps and information. In 1981, after his discharge from the service he took a job at Gladstone and bought a touring kayak (LOA 13'-6"; Beam 2'; capacity 110 kilos). After using it for several months, he made a number of modifications. In July, 1982, he set out by air for Limavia Los An- geles. From there he traveled to the village of Quitem by truck. From there on 9 August he launched his kayak. He descended the Urubamba River, the Ucayali, and then to the Amazon. On 20 December, after a difficult, rather uncomfortable, and sometimes dangerous voyage, he reached San Louis, on the Atlantic coast of Brazil. His account includes good descriptions of the countryside along the rivers, the people who live there, and their way of life.

1455 Johnson, Irving, and Electa Johnson. "Yankee"Sails the Nile. New York: Norton, 1966.256~~;London: Hale, 1967. 188pp. Inland Cruises: Other Areas 403

A very readable and well-illustrated account of a voyage up the Nile in the auxiliary ketch Yankee as far as Abu Simbel and the Second Cataract, then back down river and across the eastern Mediterranean through stormy seas to Rhodes. The Aswan High Dam was already under construction, but Yankee was allowed to pass the site. (The dam, now finished and built without locks, prevents ocean-going vessels from reaching the upper river). The account includes many descriptions of Egyptian antiquities as well as of the contemporary Egyptian scene. The Johnsons were joined by various guests along the way and had a National Geographic photographer and an Egyptian facilitator along as well. The voyage was not without misfortunes. In Abu Simbel a wall collapsed on Irving Johnson while he was preparing to take a picture. Fortunately, a capable doctor was near by to stitch him up. Yankee was hit and dismasted by a hit-and-run barge on the way from Cairo to the Mediterranean, but the damage was not serious and was quickly repaired in preparation for the voyage to Rhodes.

1456 Jones, Mike. Canoeing Down Everest. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1979. I 192pp.

The story of the British Everest Canoe Expedition of 1976, which descended the Dudh Kosi River from the village of Pheriche to the river's confluence with the Sun Kosi. Jones describes the process of finding sponsors and the period of arduous training which was undertaken before the expedition's six canoeists and their 12 canoes set from England for Nepal in a van. The overland journeys out and back alone could have provided enough material for an adventure story. The river descent was extremely perilous and difficult, with continuous rapids and falls for longdistances. Although most of the canoes were wrecked or severely damaged, no lives were lost. The author, a physician, had led previous canoe expeditions in Austria, Africa, South America, and Asia. Unfortunately, before the publication of this book, he was drowned in the Bral- du River in Pakistan while trying to save the life of a friend.

1457 MacGregor, John. 7het'RobRoy" on the Jordan, Nile, Red Sea, and Gennesareth, etc. A Canoe Cru~ein Palestine and Egypt, and the Waters of Damas- cus. 3rd ed. London: John Murray, 1870. xiii, 474pp.; New York: Harper, 1870.464~~. Reissued New York: Harper, 1875.464~~. The third of MacGregor's immensely influential canoeing books (for the others seeA Thousand Miles in the VobRoy" Canoe, no. 1250, and The "Rob Roy" on the Baltic, no. 921). The Rob Roy canoe used on these voyages was the fifth of that name and was especially designed for these waters. The voyages lasted from October, 1868, to March, 1869. MacGregor began writing the book in May, 1869, and completed the final proofs the following November. This is probably the best of MacGregor's canoe books, partly because of his previous experience in writing them and partly because, as a very religious man, a cruise in the Holy Land was of special significance to him. Rob Roy: Lug-rigged canoe sloop. LOA 14'; Beam 7-2";Depth 1'. Built of oak with cedar deck. Equipped with waterproof apron and waterproof cloth cover which could form a cabin 5' high and 6' long. 404 Adventurers Afloat

1458 Mackay, John. Wild Rivers. Auckland, etc.: Hodder and Stoughton, 1978.174~~. Accounts of voyages in various craft made by the author and his friends on New Zealand's wild rivers and tjords. The voyages: The Upper Buller Gorge in a raft made from inflated truck tubes lashed together on a light wood frame; The valley of the Middle Clarence in rafts made of two truck tubes lashed together; The fjords in canvas kayaks; The Motu River in six two-tube rafts and three canoes; The Wanganui in a Canadian canoe; and the Karamea in tube rafts. In addition to lively and interesting accounts of adventures on very wild waters, the book contains instructions for making tube rafts and brief descriptions of the New Zealand rivers.

1459 Maw, Henry Lister. Journal of a Passage from the Pacific to the Atlantic, crossing the Andes in the Northern Provinces of Peru, and descending the River Maranon orAmazon, by Henry Lister Maw, Lieut. R.N. London: John Murray, 1829. xv, 486pp. In November 1827 the author was recalled to England from H. M. S. Menai, which was then at Lima. He obtained permission to travel by way of Peru and the Amazon. The journey to BalsaPuerto was made on foot.There he embarked in a canoe with an Indian crew on 15 January 1828. On 13 February he was deserted by his crew near San Pablo. He took passage on a river craft to Barra and from there to Santarem. He was then arrested as a spy and sent to Para, where he arrived on 19 April. Soon after he was freed and took ship home. An interesting narrative of a very unusual trip.

1460 Newby, Eric. Slowly Down the Ganges. New York: Scribner, 1966.326~~. During the winter of 1963-64,Newby and his wife, Wanda, travelled 1200 miles down the Ganges, starting their voyage inadvertantly some miles above where it became navigable for small boats and ending it at the Sandheads, 40 miles offshore in the Bay of Bengal. They used borrowed and rented boats and bridged the gaps between boats with trains, busses, and lorries. Although they were armed with a letter from the Prime Minister, they encountered the ex- asperations, delays, evasions, extortions, stomach upsets, and other annoyances normally experienced by Westerners in India. The descriptions of the country, the river, the people, and Indian religion, customs, and way of life are excellent.

1461 Nightingale, Florence. Letters from Egypt: A Journey on the Nile, 1849-50. London: Bar- rie & Jenkins, 1987.223~~. In the winter of 1849-1850,Florence Nightingale made a three-month voyage with her friends, Charles and Selina Bracebridge, in a dahabieh (or dahabeeyah) named Parlhenope after Florence's elder sister. The dahabieh sailed and tracked a leisurely 750 miles upstream to Abu Simbel before returning to Cairo. The travelers had prepared for the voyage by studying Egyptian history and antiquities, and therefore the descriptions given in these letters of ancient monuments as well as the contemporary landscape and culture are full and learned. Thereisan excellent account ofascending a cataract, and another of surviving a severe wind and sand storm, a khamsin, which sank several other Inland Cruises: Other Areas 405

boats and drowned a score of people. These letters of Florence to her family were edited and privately printed by her sister in 1854, but are the first actually published in this beautifully designed book which is illustrated by numerous color reproductions of paintings from many museums and private collections as well as by drawings and photographs in black and white.

1462 Perez Triana, Santiago. Down the Orinoco in a Canoe, with an introduction by B. B. Cun- nunghame Graham. London: Heinemann; New York: Crowell, 1902. xv, 253pp. Originally published in Spanish with the title De Bogotri a1 Atlcintico por la Vfade 10s Rios Meta, Vichada, y Orinoco. Paris, 1897. Perez Triana, a politician, fled by canoe from a dangerous uprising. He found that he greatly enjoyed the voyaging life. An excellent adventure story.

1463 Petrocokino, A. Cashmere: Three Weeks in a Houseboat. London: Longmans, Green, 1920.88~~. The author, a civil servant, was given a one-month holiday in India in 1917 and used most of it to travel the rivers, lakes, and canals of Kashmir in a houseboat, or, properly, in a more humble boat, a dunga, which is a decked punt with a lightly-built matting cabin with sides and partitions which can be rolled up. Dungas are cooler than houseboats and, because they draw little water, can visit places inaccessible to houseboats. His dunga was about 70' long, with a beam of about 8', and was accompanied by a cook houseboat about two-thirds its size which housed the crew as well as the cook. There are vivid descriptions of the countryside and people as well as of the boats and their crew.

1464 Player, Ian. Men, Rivers and Canoes. Cape Town: Simondium Publishers, 1964.147~~. Accounts of canoeing in folboats on the Umzimkulu and other rivers of Natal. When the author was fired from his job for being two days overdue from a canoe trip, he became a game ranger and had much more time for canoeing. He also tells of organizing a canoe club and of the early days of Natal canoe racing.

1465 Prime, William Cowper. Boat Life in Egypt and Nubia. New York: Harper, 1857.498~~. In the autumn of 1855 two American couples, William C. and Miriam Prime, and J. Hammond and Amy Trumbull, hired a dragoman who in turn procured a boat, the Phantom, a crew, and all necessary provisions for a Nile voyage. The boating party was able to buy valuable antiquities, including mum- mies, in Thebes, and had many interesting experiences, the most dangerous of which was the exploration of the crocodile pits near Maabdeh. This is the most interesting of the nineteenth-century Nile cruising books. Phantom: Two-masted river boat. LOA 70'; Beam 13'. 406 Adventurers Afloat

1466 Raven-Hart, Rowland. Canoe Errant on the Nile, by Major R. Raven-Hart. London: John Murray, 1936. X, 269pp. After the wet, sunless summer of 1935, the author went to Egypt to seek better winter weather. He went by train and river boat to Wadi Halfa and then returned by canoe. Has excellent descriptions of contemporary Egyptian life and interlude pieces which illustrate contemporary popular culture.

1467 Raven-Hart, Rowland. Canoe in Australia. Melbourne: Georgian House, 1948.220~~. Following World War 11, Raven-Hart took his canoe to Australia to descend the Darling River. Because the Darling was dry, he went down the Mur- rumbidgee instead, from Waga Waga to Balranald, tracing the route and campsights used by Captain Sturt's party when he explored the area by whaleboat in 1829. Raven-Hart went by road to Muldura and from there descended the Murray Morgan, where the river became too big to be interesting. He also canoed on the Sale and Gippsland Lakes, east of Melbourne, and traveled by train to end the season canoeing on the Nepean and Hawksbury Rivers. He tells a great deal about Australian history and customs and about the unusual and attractive language spoken there.

1468 Raven-Hart, Rowland. Canoe to Mandalay. London: Muller; Toronto: Saunders, 1939. 244pp. Another edition: London: Book Club, 1941.241~~. Down the Irrawaddy River from Myitkyina to Mandalay and Rangoon shortly before World War I1 in a two-seater folding canoe made by Hart of Munich. Anurbane and descriptive account with tolerant glimpsesofthe British administration and sympathetic and understanding portraits of his native friends.

1469 Schildt, Goran. 7he Sun Boat; a Voyage of Dkcove~.Translated from the Swedish by Alan Blair. London: Staples Press; New York: de Graff, 1957. 314pp. From the Aegean to Egypt and 12QO miles up the Nile past the Aswan High Dam to the Second Cataract at Wadi Halfa in his auxiliary ketch Daphne. He was granted official status and given help by the Egyptian Government. Help- ful to anyone wanting to make such a cruise as well as interesting and profound in considering the human condition.

1470 Smyth, William, and F. Lowe. Narrative of a Journey from Lima to Para, across the Andes and down the Amazon; Undertaken with a View of Ascertaining the Practicability of a Navigable Communication with the Atlantic, by the Rivers Pachitea, Ucayal, andAmazon. London: John Murray, 1836.305~~. Lieutenant Smyth and Mr. Lowe, of H. M. S. Samarang, on the South American station, were scheduled to return to the UnitedKingdom. They asked Inland Crukes: Other Areas 407

leave to cross the continent to explore the country and its waterways and were warmly supported by their Captain and by the Commodore of the Station. They left Lima on U)September 1834, crossed the Andes on horseback and on foot, bought two canoes at Chiichao and descended the Chinchao River to the Hual- gaga. At San Pablo they bought a 25' boat (8' beam) with mast and oars for the rest of the river journey. In Para they were welcomed on board H. M. Sloop Dis- patch and then took passage to London in a merchant brig. They made maps of their river journey which are published with this account. Very interesting.

1471 Snailham, Richard. The Blue Nile Revealed: The Story of the Great Abbai fipedition, 1968. London: Chatto & Windus, 1970.239~~. A nine-weeks expedition on the Ethiopian Blue Nile, sponsored by the British Army, the Daily Telegraph, and the Royal Geographical Society, and led by Capt. John Blashford-Snell, R. E., and conducted before the overthrow of Haile Selassie I. The service men's duty was to get the scientists in and out again safely. This is the adventure side of the story, told by a civilan lecturer at the Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst. Phase I was a six-weeks survey of the river by boat from the Gojam Bridge to the Sudan border, including the great gorge, and phase I1 was the exploration of the river from Bahardar to the Gojam Bridge. Phase I1 proved to the the most difficult and dangerous. Army asault boats (17-6" x6'-6" of metal alloy) and AvonRedsbanks were used. A fast-paced story of a dangerous voluntary mission.

1472 Snailham, Richard. A Giant among Rivers: The Story of the Zaire River Expedition, 1974-75. London: Hutchinson, 1976.294~~. A complex expedition with multiple objectives, sponsored by Walter An- nenberg, Barclay's Bank, Gestetner Duplicators, Avon, British Airways, etc., with British troops doing much of the boat driving on a volunteer basis. Many scientists, medical personnel, and technicians carried out the multitude of technical activities which had been planned. The expedition had three giant inflatable~(LOA 379, two Avon S400s for advanced recco, 4 Avon Professionals (LOA IS), and a jet boat team led by Jon and Joyce Hamilton, the New Zealand experts. A well-written story of the adventure side of the expedition.

1473 Snow, Sebastian. My Amazon Adventure. London: Odhams Press; New York: Crown Publishers, 1954.224~~. An adventurous and difficult series of voyages down the Maranon and Amazon on rafts which had to be abandoned at impassable rapids. Snow reached Iquitos by raft and continued by river steamer. He had gone to the head of the Maranon to take meteorological observations as a member of John Brown's expedition to discover the source of the Amazon and had decided to return alone by river if possible. Brown tells the story of the land part of the expedition in his Two Against the Antaton (London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1952). 408 Adventurers Afloat

1474 Warburton, Eliot. The Crescent and the Cross; or, Romance and Realities of Eastern Travel. London: Henry Colburn, 1845.2 vols. Numerous reissues. Chapters 9-15, pp. 71-165, describe a two-month Nile voyage made in 1849 in a ffinjiah class boat, which was about M' long and had two lateen-rigged masts. It was sunk prior to the trip to remove insects. Warburton sailed on 8 February, reached Wadi Halfa, about a thousand miles from the sea, in five weeks, and turned back because the Second Cataract was impassable. He describes contemporary life in Egypt and Nubia, tells of slave caravans and the treatment of the miserable captives, of massacres of villagers by marauders, of the corruption of officials, and, throughout, discusses the natives as if they were sub-human. The account of the descent of the First Cataract is a thrilliig one. Hi prose is flowery, but descriptive.

1475 Warner, Charles Dudley. My Winter on the Nile. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1888.496~~ An account of avoyage on the Nile, ca. 1887, from Cairo to Wadi Halfa and back, in a dahabeih, a sailing river boat, named Rip Van Winkle, by an experienced travel writer. He gives excellent descriptions of the scenery and of contemporary Egyptian life as well as a dramatic account of passing up the First Cataract.

1476 Whitney, Caspar. The Flowing Road; Adventuring on the Great Rivers of South America. Philadelphia: Lippincott; London: Heinemann, 1912. 319pp. The author describes three river voyages in the South Americanwilderness in dugout canoes of various kinds, sometimes hired with their native crews, sometimes purchased and paddled alone or with a singlc native companion, undertaken on holidays between ca. 1902 and ca. 1907. The first trip, the story of which makes up two-thirds of the book, took the author from Santa Isabel, Brazil, at the head of navigation, up the Rio Negro, the Guainia, the Pimichin, a 10-mileportage, and down the Temi and Atabapo Rivers to San Fernando de Atabapo. Failing to find a canoe and crew there, Whitney returned to Maroa, on the Guainia, hired a boat and crew which took him up a cafio to the Casi- quiare River and thence to Esmerelda on the Orinoco. There he bought a canoe, hired a companion (who turned out to be untrustworthy and tried to rob and desert him), explored the headwaters of the Orinoco above the Barrier in search of primitive peoples (whom he observed without being seen), and then continued down stream to Ciudad Bolivar, Colombia, abandoning his canoe at Maipares, above 40 miles of rapids, and hiring boats and crews for the rest of the journey. His other voyages were on the Portuguesa, Apure, and Orinoco Rivers in Venezuela, and on the Parana, Salado, and Feliciano Rivers in Argen- tina. One chapter is devoted to camping gear and technique. He gives expan- sive descriptions of the country, its exploration, its people, and an historical account of past prosperity and present poverty along the rivers. RACES UNDER SAIL: OCEAN RACES

1477 Anderson, John Richard Lane. The Greatest Race in the World. Solo across the Atlantic. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1964. 126pp. An account of the Singlehanded Transatlantic race of 1964, starting at Plymouth on 21 May. Eric Tabarley, in Pen Duick II, finished fust on 19 June in 27 days 3 hours 56 minutes; Axe1 Pederson, in Marco Polo, fmished last on 26 July in 63 days 13 hours 30 minutes. Contains an account of the development oflong-distance radio telephones and of newspaper coverage of the races based on radio reports. A concise, interesting account of a complex group of events by the Yachting Editor of the Manchester Guardian.

1478 Angel, Nicholas. Capsize in a Trimaran: a Story of Survival in the North Atlantic. Translated from the French by Alan Wakeman. London: Stan- ford Maritime Press, 1980. 178pp. The American edition has the title Capsize: a Story of Survival in the North Atlantic, with a preface by Alain Bombard; translated from the French by Alan Wakeman. New York: Norton, 1981. Translationof Chavirageen Trimaran "R.T. L. Emex." Paris: Edi- tions du Pen Duick, 1979. R. T. L. Tims formerly Three Le~sofMan ZI, with a crew of three. was causized by a freak wave. The boat began to-sink. The crew abandoned ship in the life raft, which proved to be faulty and to have defective emergeno, stores. The W. three were rescued before the rait broke up.

1479 Asaria, Gerald. Challenge: Lone Sailors of the Atlantic. Translated by Frank George. New York: Mayflower Books, 1979.176~~. Translation of Les Heros Solitaire & IIAtlantique. A readable history of the Observer Singlehanded Transatlantic Races, with accounts of earlier crossings, including those of Alfred Johnson in 1876, Wil- liam Andrews and Si Lawler in the first transatlantic race, 1871, Howard Black- burn, Joshua Slocum inspray in 1895, at the beginning of his circumnavipation. Alain Gerbault in ~irecr&fin 1923, ~omerin hG kayzin 1928, Alain ~okbard in his life raft in 1952. John Naylor. Harbo and Samuelson. Blvth and Ridewav. William Andrews in.SaPolio, i8e, R. D. Graham in ~km;el, 1933, ~ibe;t 410 Adventurers Afloat

Manry in Tinkerbelle, 1965, John Ridingin S~OA~,and AnnDavison. Emphasis is on the 1976 OSTAR, celebrating the American Bicentennial and won by Eric Tabarly. A chapter is devoted to each of the earlier races (1960, followingBlon- die Haslet's challenge of 1957, and won by Chichester; 1963, won by Tabarly; 1968, by Geoffrey Williams, and 1972, by Alain Colas).

1480 Atkinson, Jenni. A Girl in Square Rig: Four Months Before the Mast. London: Ar- lington Books, 1977. 203pp. The author took to sailing after being stuck in a London tube at rush hour. She booked a sailing holiday on Phoeniu, an old square rigger originally named Frederika, which had maintenance and fitting-out problems. She was entered in the 1976 Tall Ships Race and was the only ship to complete all four legs. They were: Plymouth to Tenerife (1727 mi.); Tenerife to Bermuda (2852 mi.) Ber- muda to Newport, R. I. (603 mi.), and Boston to Plymouth (3386 mi.).

1481 Beilby, Alec. To Beat the Clhers: The "FinancialTimes" Clipper Race, 1975-6. London: Allen Land, 1976. 212pp. Four boats raced to beat the record time for the voyage eastward from London to Sydney to London set by the clipper ship Patriarch in 1869-70. Great Britain I1 won the race and beat the record.

1482 Bell, Helen Griscom. Winning the King's Cup; an Account of the "Elena's"Race to Spain, 1928. New York; London: Putnarn's, 1928. xi, 135pp. A very complete account of the race and description ofElenatogether with observations on how to win such races. Contents: The race; The reception; The Race to Bilbao; The Elena; Getting ready; Problems in navigation; Appendix: Extracts from racing rules; Committees; Participants in 1928; List of Elena's crew; Amateurs on board the large yachts; Amateur crews of smaller yachts; Log; Program of festivities in Spain; Acknowledgements; Spanish Royal Fami- ly; Cubic Capacity of Elena; Sail area of Elena.

1483 Blagden, David. Very "Willing Griffin: the Story of the Smallest Boat ever to Com- pete in the Singlehanded Transatlantic Race. London: Peter Davies, 1973. xvi, 273pp. The author trained to be a Merchant Navy officer on H. M. S. Conway, sailed on the German sail training ship Gorch Fock in the 1%2 Tall Ships race, gave up the sea to become an actor (mostly unemployed), married Sandy, an art history graduate student and lecturer, and wanted to sail in the Observer Single Handed Transatlantic Race. He had a modified version of Oliver Lee's popular Hunter one-design day-sailor built for the race. He found sponsors, survived their withdrawal, made the necessary qualifying voyage, and, finally, was accepted by the Committee for the 1972 race. Willing Grifin was the smallest boat in the race. She sailed the southern route, stopping in the Azores to replace the water supply, which had gone bad and made Blagden ill. He finished in 52 days, on 8 August. The appendices give technical data on Grifin's design and modifications, her self-steering gear and stove, a list of food and medical Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 411

supplies, and a list of competitors in the 1972 OSTAR, with data on their crew, boats, and performance.

1484 Blyth, Chay. 7heirs isthe Glory. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1974.222 pp. A very readable personal account of sailing the 72' fibreglass ketch Great Brilnin IIin the 1973 Whitbread Round-the-World Race, from the preliminary work of finding sponsors, selecting a boat, and recruiting a crew, to a descrip- tionof thevoyage itself, which was sailed in four legs: Portsmouth to Cape Town; CapeTown to Sydney;Sydney to Rio; and Rio to~ortsmouth.Blyth took overall tine honours and tine honours on legs 3 and 4.

1485 Bruce, Erroll. When the Crew Matter Most; an Ocean-Racing Story. London: S. Paul; Princeton, N. J.: Van Nostrand, 1961. 184pp. Reissued London: Nautical Books, 1987. 184pp. Belmore was loaned to the Royal Naval Sailing Association by Tommy Steele for the Cruising Club of America's Bermuda Race and the transatlantic race for the King's cup of the Royal Swedish Yacht Club. She was commanded by Lieutanant Commander Bruce. In suite of injuries to two crew members and other problems, Belmore was second on corrected time in the Bermuda Race and won in class C of the King's Cup Race. An excellent textbook on ocean racing as well as an interesting narrative.

1486 Bruce, Erroll. Cape Horn to Port, by Erroll Bruce, assisted by Rear Admiral 0. H. M. St. J. Steiner, R.N. and Captain E. D. N. Norman, R. N.; technical appendix by Captain J. A. Hans Hamilton, R. N., Cap- tain M. A. Jones,R. N., and Lieut. Commander R. 0.F. Evans, R. N. Lyrnington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co.; New York: McKay, 1978. 175pp. A readable, well-organized account of the second Whitbread round-the- world race, 27 August 1977 to 23 March 1978, run in four legs: Portsmouth to Cape Town; Cape Town to Auckland; Auckland to Rio; Rio to Portsmouth, a total course of about 27,000 miles. Fifteen boats entered, one of them commanded by a woman, Clare Francis. The Dutch boat Flyer, commanded by Cor- nelis van Reitschoten, won. Appendix 1discusses gear and failures; appendix 2 gives details on yachts and crews; and appendix 3 lists results and prizes. For an account of the first race in 1973 see Peter Cook and Bob Fisher, The Longest Race, no. 1493. John and Marie Christine Ridgway tell the story of Debertharn's race in Rourld the World with Ridgway, no. 1534.

1487 Bryer, Robin. Jolie Brise. London: Secker & Warburg, 1982. 255pp. The story of the long and fascinating career of a pioneering, highly successful, and famous ocean racing boat. Jolie Brise was launched as a pilot cutter at Le Havre in 1913. In 1923, when the days of sailing pilot boats had ended, E. G. Martin bought her. He raced her in the first Fastnet (1925), and in the 1926 Bermuda and Fastnet races before selling her to Warren Ferrier and Dr. Brownlow Smith, who refitted her below decks for cruising and installed an en- 412 Adventurers Afloat

gine. After racing in the 1927 Fastnet, she was bought by Bobby Somerset, who won the 1929 and 1930 Fastnet and the 1929 Santanders race in her. She sailed the Fastnet for the last time in 1931. During the 1932 Bermuda Race, she made her famous rescue of the crew of the burning Adriana. She spent the remain- ingprewar years cruisingunder various owners, the war in a mud birth, and then sailed for New Zealand with new and inexperienced owners and crew. The voyage was abandoned at Lisbon, where she was bought by Luis de Guimaraes LdbGo and a consortium. ~obatobecame sole owner in 1955 and used JoIie Brise as a family boat until 1975, when he and his family sailed her to England following the Portuguese revolution. The Sailing Club of the author's school, Dauntsev's.. , raisedmonevwhich wasloaned interest-free to the Exeter Maritime Museum to buy her. She was extensively rebuilt and sails under the auspices of the Museum as a training vessel. The author has served on board as crewman and skipper. Jolie Brise's seakeepingqualities weremost recently demonstrated when she rode out the 1979 Fastnet storm with no damage.

1488 Burchard, Peter. Ocean Race; a Sea Venture. New York: Putnam's, 1978. 127pp. A fust-hand account of a Bermuda Race, written for children.

1489 Chichester, Sir Francis. Alone across the Atlantic. London: Allen and Unwin, 1961. 191pp. An account of winning the first Transatlantic Single-Handed Race, east to west, 11 June to 21 July 1960. Chichester sailed Gipsy Moth III rigged with a 45-square-foot mizzen sail self-steering device adapted from a model yacht system. The other competitors: Val Howells in Eira (see his Sailing into Solitude, no. 1512), David Lewis in Cardinal Vertue (see his rite Ship would not Travel Due West,no. 1518), Blondie Hasler in Jester, and Jean Lacombe in Cap Horn.

1490 Chichester, Sir Francis. Atlantic Adventure. Edited by J. R. L. Anderson. London: Allen & Unwin, 1962; New York: de Graff, 1963. 95pp. A successful attempt to beat hi 1960 Transatlantic Single-Handed Race record. He sailed Gipsy Moth III with a new rig designed by John Illingworth and with an improved self-steering device. With backing from the Manchester Guardian he installed a long-range Marconi Kestrel transceiver and made daily reports of thevoyage which were printed in the Guardian. This book comprises those reports and material from the working logs edited by Anderson, the Yachting Editor of the Guardian, while Chichester was at sea on the return voyage to England. Very weU written.

1491 Chichester, Sir Francis. The Romantic Challenge. London: Cassell, 1971. 194pp.; New York: Coward, McCann, and Geohegan, 1972. 255pp.

An attempt to sail 4,000 miles at an average rate of UW) miles per day at 8.35 knots. Gipsy Moth Vwas specially designed for the effort. Chichester's chow course was from Bissau, Portuguese Guinea, to San Juan del Norte, Nicaraf He sailed it in 22.3 days instead of his hoped-for 20 days, making over 2CQ per day for five successive days. He then sailed from the Caribbean sout' Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 413

the trade winds in a second unsuccessful attempt and then repeated the northwest course. Although he failed to achieve hi goal, he set a new record for a single-handed crossing. He sailed back to England via Horta. Off Horta he was knocked down three times, injured, and feared that he might founder. Good reading especially for persons approaching 70, Chichester's age when he made the voyage.

1492 Coles, Adlard. North Atlantic: Boat against Boat over 3,000 Miles. London: Ross, 1950; New York: Norton, 1951.192pp. The stow of three yachts in a transatlantic race, Samuel Pems (Cdr. Errol Bruce, R. ~.j,Cohoe (~dlardColes), and Mokoia (Maj. ~amesM;rra~)from Bermuda to Eneland for the Illinworth CUDfollowing the Bermuda Race in 1950. ~amuelP&S f~shedfust ofthe threeby four hours. Cohoe won on corrected time. Two larger boats, Gulvain and Knrin III followed on corrected time, although Gulvain actually finished first of all boats. For an account of the race by a crew member on Karin mseeG. C. L. Payne's Out of Poole, no. 1528.

1493 Cook, Peter, and Bob Fisher. The Longest Race. London: Stanford Maritime; New York: McKay, 1975. 191pp. The first WhitbreadR. N. S. A. Round the World Race, starting on 8 Sep- tember 1973 off Southsea Castle. Chay Blyth in Greaf Britain II was first to finish. Ramon Carlin won in Sayula ZI, a Sparkman & Stephens Swan 65, in 144 days. Contents: Concept; Organization; Boat Preparation; The Yachts (with line drawings and specifications of each); Legs One to Four; Performance of Boats and Gear; Capsize, Life On Board; Medical; Navigation; Communica- tions; Organizers' Comments; Reflections; Appendices; Conditions of Entry; Sailing Instructions; Crew List; Results and Prizes. Well-organized, well-illustrated, and well-written.

1494 Davis, Murray. Australian Ocean Racing. Sydney; London: Angus & Robertson; New York: Taplinger, 1967. 142pp. A well-illustrated history of ocean racing clubs, yachtsmen, boats, and designers, which includes an account of the 1962AustralianAmerica's Cup challenge. The races include the Sydney-Hobart, suggested and won by John II- lingworth in 1945 and now one of the three great ocean races, the Southern Circuit of the Cruising Yacht Club of Victoria, founded in 1949 and now consisting of six races, and the Trans-Tasman. There are biographical sketches of 16 outstanding racing men, including Trygve and Magnus Halvorsen, Gordon Ingate, Ron Swanson, R. C. Hobson, Sir Arthur Warner and his son, Peter, and V; Mkyer. Line drawings and descriptions of 14 boats include those of Rani and Westward. A~uendicesinclude safetv regulations of the C. Y. C. A. and the results of the sYdnky-~obartRaces from 1945-1965.

1495 Dear, Ian. Fastnet: l7ze Story of a Great Ocean Race. London: Batsford, 1981. 192pp. 414 Adventurers Afloat

This is arace-by-race account of the Fastnet, the brainchild of Weston Mar- tyr, from its inception with E. G. Martin's victory in 1925 in Jolie Brise to the tragic 1979 race in which two unexpected, converging storms caused the loss of 15 men and 5 boats. This 605-mile biennial event, one of the most dangerous and demanding of ocean races, is sailed westward from the Solent around Land's End and the Fastnet, and then back to Plymouth. John Illingworth's revolutionary Myth of Malham won the 1947 and 1949 races, and changed the way ocean racers were designed. In 1957 the Fastnet became the final race in the series for the Admiral's Cup. Dick Carter continued Illiorth's revolutionary tradition with his Rabbit, which won in 1965, and Red Rooster, the 1969 winner.

1496 Dear, Ian. The Champagne Mumm Book of Ocean Racing:An Illustrated Hk- tory. London: Severn House; New York: Hearst Marine Books, 1985. 157pp. A race-by-race history, chronologically arranged, beginning with the Fleetwing-Vesta-Henri&a race of 1866 and covering the proliferation of races following both World Wars, the advent of regularly sailed races and racing series, and the appearance of offshore multihulls racers. The final chapter deals with around-the-world races. Clearly written and well illustrated in color and black-and-white.

1497 Ebsen, Buddy. Polynesian Concept, by Buddy Ebsen with George A. Gunston. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall, 1972. 142pp. An account of the third biennial Multihull Transpacific Race, 1968, by Buddy Ebsen, who won in Polynesian Concept, a catamaran designed by Rudy Choy. The crew of sii talented and experienced but sometimes contentious men included Choy, Holger Rolf and Jurgen Wagner, who had just completed a circumnavigation in the Choy-designed catamaran World Cat, Bob Howland, Norm Walker and DonBurns. The narrative portrays Ebsen as an authoritarian person with almost pathological doubts about his ability to retain command of such a crew. He need not have worried. The crew were able seamen dedicated to winning. In addition, the hand that holds the checkbook rarely loses control. Interesting in several ways. Polynesian Concept: LOA 35'-6"; LWL 30'; Beam 16'-6"; Draft 1'-7". 1498 Fisher, Bob. TheAdmiraLs Cup. London: Pelham Books, 1985. 192pp. The history of the series of two ocean and three inshore races, held biennially since 1957, and open to teams of three yachts, each representing a nation. The 605-mile Fastnet, raced biennially since 1925, and open to other racers as well, is the final one of the series. The Channel race, the other ocean race, is 220 miles long. The inshore races are held in the Solent. 1499 Fisher, Bob. The Fastnet Dkaster and After. London: Pelham Books, 1980. 191pp. Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 415

The author was covering the 1979 Fastnet Race as a reporter when an unpredicted force 10 storm hit the area in which over 300 yachts were racing. He was able to follow the complex story of the subsequent disaster from the Race Control Center in Plymouth. Afterward he interviewed many of the participants. This is avery comprehensive, detailed, and thoughtful presentation of what happened and why, what might have prevented or reduced the loss of life, and what should be done in the future to avoid such disasters. Among the subjects discussed: The history and importance of the race; significant stories of those who did and did not have to be rescued; the rescue services and their work; the Royal Ocean Racing Club's role; the meteorological story; the aftermath; thoughts on survival technique and equipment. The appendices include tabular data on starters and results of the 1979 race and the Wolfson Report on the stability and sea keeping qualities of the yachts involved.

1500 Fisher, Bob. Great Yacht Races. New York: Stewart, Tabori & Chang, 1984. 256pp. l This book is made up of a very large number of excellent color photographs accompanied by a very clear and readable text. The races described and their related trophies include: theAmerica's Cup (including the first successful challenge by Australia in 1983); the Fastnet and the Admiral's Cup; the Bermuda Race and the Onion Patch Trophy; the Sydney-Hobart and the Southern Cross CUD:the China Sea Race: the Round-the-State [Hawaii) Race and the Pan-Am clipper cup; the~rans~ac;the~ardinia cup; thk ~iddlksea ace (from Valet- ta around Sicilv and return): the OSTAR (Observer Sindehanded Transatlan- tic Race);the dbserver/Eurkpe two-handed ~ransatlanzcRace; the round the worldraces; the B. 0.C. Around Alone Race; the One Ton Cup and other level- rating championships; the Route du Rhum; the Transat en Double (Lorient to a buoy off Bermuda and return, nonstop); and the Southern Ocean Racing Cir- cuit.

1501 Follett, Tom, Dick Newick and Jim Morris. Project "Cheers:"A New Concept in Boa Design. Foreword by H. G. Hasler. With many photographs by Fritz Henle. London: Coles, 1969. 158p. The story of designing, building, and sailing the proa Cheers in the 1968 Ob- server Singlehanded Transatlantic Race. Newick designed, Follett sailed, and Morris paid. The race committee was convinced of Cheers' seaworthiness only when she had sailed from the West Indies to England. She finished third in the race in 27 days 20 minutes. She was the first American boat ever to finish the race. Part 1, by Morris, is an account of organizing the effort; part 2, by Follett, is the story of sailing trials, the preliminary voyage from St. Croix to Gosport, and the race itself; part 3, by Newick, tells of design and construction and the trials and race from the designer's viewpoint. Cheers: LOA 40'; LW36'; Beam 16'4"; Draft 4'-3"; Weight 2,800 lbs.

1502 Francis, Clare. Come Hell or High Water. London: Pelham Books, 1977. 198pp.The American edition had the title WomanAlone: Sailing 1 Solo across the Atlantic. New York: McKay, 1977. 184pp. British edition Reissued London Sphere Books, 1977. 199pp. 416 Adventurers Afloat

The 1976 Singlehanded Transatlantic Race, sailed in a borrowed Ohlson 38 named (for the race) Robinson's Golly for her sponsor, Robinson's, makers of jam and marmalade. Francis finished thirteenth of 125 competitors. Excel- lent description of her life at sea.

1503 Francis, Clare. Come Wind or Weather. London: Pelham Books, 1978. 224pp. A very lively account of the 1976i77 Whitbread Round the World Race by Clare Francis, who commanded the Swan 65, A D CAcutrac, and was the only woman skipper in the race. Her principal sponsor was B S R, Ltd., a British maker of turntables, who named the boat after a new product. She had a crew of 11, including her husband, Jacques Redan, and two other women. She did not win.

1504 Gardner, Leon. Fastnet 79. The Story of 'Xilkh 111." London: George Godwin, 1979. 102, [lO]pp. A chronological account of one crew's expcriences in the disasterous 1979 Fastnet Race. Ailish ZZZwas about two-thirds of the way from the Scillies to the Fastnet Rock when she suffered her only knockdown. However, she was left with only a jib halliard in usable condition. In spite of this handicap, she reached Falmouth Harbour the next day. Illustrated with impressive photographs.

1505 Gilles, Daniel. Alone, edited by Frank Page. Translated by John Buchanan- Brown. Preface by Eric Tabarly. New York: Norton, 1978. 214pp. A history of the quadrennial Singlehanded TransatlanticRaces, 1960-1976, sponsored since 1968 by the Observer and known as the OSTAR.

1506 Groser, John. Atlantic Venture: the "Observer"Singlehanded Transatlantic Race. London: Ward, Locke, 1968. 160pp. The 1968 Observer Single-Handed Transatlantic Race by the sports editor of the Observer.

1507 Grutter, Wilhelm, and Gerhard Last. Rio '71: The Story of the First Cape to Rio Race. Tafelberg, 1971. Even though relations between South Africa and Brazil were not good, it was possible to arrange the race. Among the contestants were Robin Knox- Johnston, Eric Tabarly, and Alain Gliksman. One boat, Pioneer, was sunk by a whale. but the crew was rescued.

1508 The Guardian manchester). Transatlantic Adventure: the Singlehanded Transatlantic Race, 1964, Plymouth to New York, Start: May 23. Manchester: The Guardian and Evening News, 1964. 16pp. Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 417

1509 Hambly, Peter. Race under Sail. London: Stanford Maritime, 1978. 144pp. An account of sailing in the 1976 Tall Ships Race in Sir Francis Chichester's Gipsy Moth K then owned by Midland Bank. The race (founded in 1955 primarily for square-riggers, but later opened to boats of 30' LWL and more), sponsored by the Sail Training Association, began on 2 May. The three legs were Plymouth to Sante Cruz de Tenerife (1,424 miles), thence to Bermuda (2,517 miles), and thence to Nemrt. R. I. (627 miles). followed bv an unofficial race home to England. ~p~dndi&sinclude the S:T. A. racingand sailing rules, the race entrants and results.. and .~rizes awarded. Illustrated with black- and-white photographs.

1510 Heath, Edward. Sailing: A Course of My Life. New York: Stein & Day, 1976. 185pp. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1978. 187p. In 1966 at age 49, Heath, the leader of the Conservative Party, decided to take up sailing as a recreation suitable for the ageing and healthful for a busy politician. He took lessons at his native Broadstairs in the Foreland One-Design class (Edwin Monk's Curlew class; plans are in Monk'sSmallBoat Building, no. 512.5). He bought a fibreglassSnipe, named her Blue Heather, raced her for one summer, and sold her. He then had aFireball built, named her Blue HeatherII, and raced her for one season before deciding to get a bigger boat for ocean racing in all weather. He bought a Sparkman and Stephens 34, named her Mom- ing Cloud, and in her won the 1969 Sydney to Hobart race. Needing a bigger boat for the Admiral's Cup races, on the advice of Uffa Fox he commissioned Sparkman & Stephens to design a 40' wooden racing machine, which became the secondMoming Cloud. In her he captained the winning 1971Admiral's Cup team. He then had the misfortune of becoming Prime Minister, which prevented him from sailing another Sydney-Hobart race and captaining a second Admiral's Cup team. The thud Moming Cloud, a 45' Sparkman & Stephens design, was launched in 1973 and had a short but distinguished racing career. She foundered with the loss of two of her crew during a heavy storm in the North Sea. Sparkman & Stephens designed a fourth Moming Cloud, a complex 45' boat which still had to be put in proper racing trim at the time of writing. Heath meanwhile had been released successively from office and party leadership. This is a beautifully written and illustrated book which tells of a truly remarkable racing career.

1511 Holmes, Noel. Go, "Rainbow,"Go: Chrk Bouzaid and the Dramatic Quest fot the One Ton Cup. Foreword by Olin J. Stephens SS. London: Hod- der and Stoughton, 1970. ix, 207pp. A brief biography of the Australian racing skipper of Lebanese descent, Chris Bouzaid, son of a sailmaker and racing skipper, an account of his highly successful racing career, and of its high point, the winning of the One Ton Cup at Heligoland in 1969 in Rainbow II.

1512 Howells, Val. Sailing into Solitude. London: Newnes; New York: Dodd, Mead, 1966. 190pp. 418 Adventurers Afloat

An impressionistic, emotional, stream-of-consciousness account of sailing in the 1960 (and first) Singlehanded Transatlantic Race in the Folkboat Eira. The race started on 11 June. Howells was forced to spend seven days in Ber- muda to repair the boat, but finished the race. The other competetors: David Lewis in Cardinal Vertue (see his The Ship would not Travel Due West, no. 1518) ;Francis Chichester in Gipsy Moth III (the winner) (see his Alone Across IheAtlantic, no. 1489); Blondie Hasler in Jester; and Jean Lacombe in Cap Horn.

1513 Hubbard, J. T. W. The Race: An Inside Account of What It's Like to Compete in the Observer Singlehanded Transatlantic Race from Plymouth, England, to Newport, Rhode Island New York: Norton, 1986. 240pp. An account of sailing in the 1984 race. The author built his boat, the Johan, Lloyde, from a Westsail 32 "SailawayKit." Construction began nine years before the race, in Syracuse, New York, 800 miles from the ocean by way of the St. LawrenceRiver. In 1983he sailed down river to NovaScotia with his son, Rufus, as crew, and then crossed to Falmouth single-handed, where he met his wife and daughter. Because he planned to sail back alone the next year, he decided to try to enter the OSTAR. He was finally admitted two weeks before the race. He gives a graphic and detailed account of his experiences from the pre-race briefing to his arrival in Newport, R. I., on 19 July, the 61st contestant to fmish. The author, who was born in Suffolk, teaches at Syracuse University, as does his wife.

1514 Jones, Ted. The Dogwatch. New York; London: Norton, 1981. 224pp. A selection of articles telling about yachting experiences of the author which appeared in the "Dogwatch" column of One Design and Offshore Yachlsman. Included are accounts of ocean races and several cruises in many boats with many skippers, reporting theAmerica's Cup Race, and learning to sail and race as a boy. Among the races are six to Bermuda, with an account of coping with the Gulf Stream meander, one across the Atlantic, several coastal races, and a gridlock-style Ensenada Race. Many of the accounts tell of humorous mishaps, the most humiliatingly humorous of which began when Kit- tiwake went ashore under the Triborough Bridge while en route from New York Harbor to City Island. Before the day was over hundreds of spectators saw a fire boat fail pathetically in its rescue attempt and a harbor police boat rescued by the Coast Guard after its failed rescue attempt.

1515 Kenny, Dick To Win the Admirals Cup. Lymington: Nautical Publishing Co., 1974. 156,32pp. An account of the 1973 Races, won by Germany. All previous winning teams had been British, Australian, or American. The participants were Ar- gentina, Australia, Belgium, Bermuda, Brazil, Denmark, Finland, France, Ger- many, Holland, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, South Africa, the United Kingdom, and the United States. Concentrates on the British team. For a history and description of the races, see Bob Fisher's The Admiral's Cup, no. 1498. Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 419

1516 King, William Donald Blian. Capsize. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co. in association with Harrap, London, 1969. 136pp. Commander King's attempt to sail non-stop singlehanded around the world in Galway Blazerll, especially designed for the voyage by Angus Primrose. He became part of the non-stop Golden Globe race, sponsored by the Sunday Times, and sailed on 24August 1968. He was capsized and dismasted by a freak wave 1,000 miles southwest of the Cape of Good Hope. He reached Cape Town under jury rig and shipped the boat back to England to be refitted. 1517 Knox-Johnston, Robin. A World of My Own: the Single-Handed,Non-Stop Circumnaviga- tion of the World in "Suhaili."London: Cassell, 1969; New York: Morrow, 1970. xv, 240pp. Reprinted London: Corgi Books, 1971. 255pp.; New York: Pocket Books, 1971. Abridged edition published with the title Robin Round the World Cadet edition. London: Cassell, 1970. xvi, 176pp. An account of the first Golden Globe race written by the winner, a Mer- chant Marine officer. He sailed from Falmouth to Falmouth by way of the Cape of Good Hope, the Bass Strait, the seas south of New Zealand, and Cape Horn in 313 days, from 14 June 1968 to 22 April 1969. A very well-written account of a history-making voyage. The epilogue gives useful comments on single-handed voyaging.

1518 Lewis, David Henry. 7he Ship would not Travel Due West. London: Temple Press, 1961; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1962. xii, 154pp. Lewis sailed Cardinal Vertue in the first Singlehanded Transatlantic Race, 1960. After finishing third he sailed back to England via the Shetlands. Ex- tremely well-written and full of useful information. The other contestants: Francis Chichester in Gipsy Moth IIZ (see his AIone across the Atlantic, no. 1489), Val Howells in Eira (see hisSailinginto Solitude, no. 1512 above), Blon- die Hasler in Jester, and Jean Lacombe in Cap Hom. Curdinal Vemte: Vertue class sloop designed by J. Laurent Giles and built in 1948. The cabin trunk was reinforced for the transatlantic passage. LOA 25'- 3";LWL 21'-6, Beam 7'-2"; Draft 4-6";Displacement 4.5 tons; 5 tons Thames measuremant.

1519 Loomis, Alfred Fullerton. Ocean Racing. Rev. ed., with a chapter on racing rules by Her- bert L. Stone. New York: Yachting Publishing Corp., 1946. viii, 278pp. First edition published with the title Ocean Racing: the Great Blue-Water Yacht Races, 1866-1935, with a chapter by Herbert L. Stone. New York: Morrow; London: Lane, 1936. xii, 295, (8)pp. This edition was reprinted by Arno Press, New York, 1967. (The Abercrombie & Fitch Library). 420 Adventurers Afloat

An excellent reference book. It starts with the Henrietta, Fleetwing, and Vesta transatlantic race in 1866 and covers other transatlantic races, the Ber- muda race, the Fastnet, and the transpacific races. The author includes track charts and a register of ocean racing yachts.

1520 Luard, L. (pseud. of William Blaine Luard). Celtic Hurly-Burly. London: Blackwood, 1931. 319pp. The story of building Maitenes II in a rather chaotic boatyard in Brittany. She was finished behind schedule and sailed for England with only two weeks to prepare for the Fastnet Race. Luard was fourth around the Fastnet and fourth to finish. In 1930, in a very diMicult race, he fmished second.

1521 Luard, L. (pseud. of William Blaine Luard). All Hands. Seven Stories of the Sea. London: John Lane the Bod- ley Head, 1933. 273pp. Three of the true stories deal with yachting, and two of them with ocean racing. 'The Ocean Racers," (pp. 189-228) is the story of Maitenes, a converted 10 metre, in the thud Fastnet Race. She had to put in to Fowey after a heavy buffeting. The next year she was disqualified because she was too small. A shorter race was substituted for smaller boats. Luard began building a bigger boat, Maitenes II, for the next Fastnet (see above). "Atlantic Circle" tells of Maitenes' participation in the race from Newport, R. L, to Plymouth in 1931. Dora& won; Maitenes was ninth on corrected time. "Phantom Delivery"tells of the attempted delivery of a 50-ton yacht to a new and lubberly owner in Monte Carlo. She was thoroughly rotten and nearly sank in the English Channel. Luard and the crew beached her in a Channel port and left her to rot.

1522 Mitchell, Carleton. Passage East. New York: Norton, 1953. 248pp. Reissued by Norton, 1977. 248pp. A diary of the 1952 race from Bermuda to Plymouth. Mitchell, in the yacht Caribbee, was first to finish. The race was won on corrected time by Errol Bruce in Samuel Pepys. Other boats racing were Marabu, Janabel, and Joliette. Very well written. Caribbee: (Class I). Bermudan centerboard yawl. LOA 57.5'; LWL 42.6'; Beam 14'; Draft 6.3' (board up). Janibel: (Class I). (French). LOA 57.T; LWL W,Beam 12.5'; Draft 8.2'. Mambu: (Class I). Ex-German 100 sq. metre, prize, given to H. M. S. Hor- net and with a Royal Navy crew. LOA 57.7; LWL 39'; Beam 11.2'; Draft 7.6' Joliette: (Class 111). LOA 37.6'; LWL 28.6'; Beam 9'; Draft 6.6'. Samuel Pepys: (Class 111). Light displacement boat. LOA 31.1'; LWL 24'; Beam 7.4'; Draft 6.6'.

1523 Moitessier, Bernard. The Long Way, translated by William Rodamor. St. Albans: Coles, 1974. 252pp. Reissued Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House, 1984. The 1968 Golden Globe Race, won by Robin Knox-Johnston. After Moitessier, in Joshua, had completed his circumnavigation and was approaching the Cape of Good Hope for the second time, he decided to go on to Tahiti Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 421

rather than return to Europe. The appendix is helpful on the technical aspects of saiting and steel-hulled vessels.

1524 Ocean Racing Around the World. London: Angus and Robertson; Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Pren- tice-Hall, 1975. 234pp. Contents: "Admiral's Cup," by Paul Antrobus; "Southern Cross Cup," by Bob Ross; "Southern Ocean Racing Conference and Onion Patch," by Geoffrey Hammond.

1525 Page, Frank Solo to America: the Observer Single-Handed Race, 1972. Lon- don: Coles, 1972. xvii, 91pp. The American edition has the title Sailing Solo to America New York: Quadrangle Books, 1973. 91pp. A well-written account of the fourth race by a reporter for the Observer. Gives brief summaries of the 1960,1964, and 1968 races, with lists of yachts and skippers completing each race in the order of finishing. Five boats sailed the course in 1950, fourteen in 1964, nineteen in 1968, and forty in 1972.

1526 Pakenham, Stephen. Separate Horizons: a Survey of the Singlehanded Transatlantic Race. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1970. 184pp. An excellent description and analysis of the 1968 race.

1527 Palmer, David. TheAtlanticChallenge: meStory of Trimaran "FT."London: Hol- lis & Carter, 1977. 187pp. The author, an experienced racing sailor, became news editor of the Finan- cial Times in 1972. By 1974 he was racing FTwith the financial support of the Times and Lord Drogheda. He raced her for three seasons, winning four firsts and one second in eight starts. In his fmal race, the 1976 Observer Singlehanded Transatlantic, he fmished thud. He then gave up serious ocean racing in order to spend more time with his wife and two children. FT: A trimaran racing machine, designed and built by Derek Kelsall. LOA 34-10"; LWL 27-9"; Beam 26'.

1528 Payne, Gerald Charles Leonard. Out of Poole. London: Murray, 1951. 135pp. Written by the Bishop of Toronto, who was a crew member on the gaff- rigged cutter Karin III when she sailed to the United States, took part in the 1950 Bermuda race, and then raced back to England with Samuel Pepys, Colto, Mokoia, and Gulvain. Discusses the problems of the gaff rig. For another account of the race, see Adlard Coles, Nofih Atlantic: Boat Against Boat, no. 1492. Knrin III: Built in 1919 in Sweden. LOA 41'-3"; LWL 38'; Draft 6'-3". 22 tons Thames measurement. 422 Adventurers Afloat

1529 Phillips-Birt, Douglas. Bntkh Ocean Racing. With an introduction by the Commodore of the Royal Ocean Racing Club. London: Coles; New York: de Graff, 1960. 266pp. Organized ocean racing has a rather short history. One key date is 1905, the year of the fust Bermuda Race and the fust race to Honolulu, later known as the TransPac. The other is 1925, the year of the first Fastnet and of the beginnings of what became the Royal Ocean Racing Club. The end papers show the enormous development of ocean racing since then, with 31 principal R. 0. R. C. events alone. The author, a naval architect and writer of yachting history, gives a comprehensive account of this development and of many of the most important individual races.

1530 Pickthall, Barry. To Beat the Clipper Ships: The Stoly of the Nedlloyd Spice Race. Glasgow: Brown, Son, & Ferguson, 1980. 128pp. In April, 1978, Cornelis van Rietschoten returned to Rotterdam in Flyer after having won the Whitbread Round the World Race. He was greeted by a crowd of 80,000 and aroused great interest in long-distance ocean racing in the Netherlands. A few months later the Spice Race Foundation was organized to encourage such races. Later the Royal Nedlloyd Group, Europe's largest shipping company, offered to sponsor a race from Jakarta to Rotterdam which would follow the route of the old spice ships of the Dutch East India Company. This is the detailed story of the resulting race, sailed in 1980 by 10 yachts from Australia, the Netherlands, Great Britain, France, Singapore, and South Africa, with a historical background of discovery and exploration and of the commerce between Europe and the Far East. Flying Wlma, a Dutch boat, won, with the French Galoises second, and the Dutch Leringfon third.

1531 Pickthall, Barry. The Ultimate Challenge. New York: Norton, 1984. 176pp. The BOC Challenge 1982-83 single-handed round the world race from Newport, R. I., August 1983 to April 1984, in four legs, passing Cape Horn and the Cape of Good Hope and running the Roaring Forties. Seventeen boats started. Ten fmished. Of those not finishing, two sank, one was wrecked, and four dropped out. This brief account needs to be supplemented by accounts from the various contestants.

1532 Purves, Libby, and Trevor Grove. Single Handed London: Ebury Press, 1984. 208pp. A handsome, unusually well-illustrated book on the Observer Sie- Handed Transatlantic Race with accounts by participants.

1533 Rayner, Denys Arthur, and Alan Wykes. The Great Yacht Race. London: Peter Davies, 1966. xi, 178pp. This is an attempt to tell the story of the first Transatlantic race, New York to Cowes, in December, 1866. Henrieffa,Fleetwing, and Vesta raced for a purse of $90,000. Henrietta won. FIeehving was second. The race was occasioned by a dispute over the relative merits of keel and centerboard boats (Vesta was a Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 423

centerboarder). During the race six men were washed overboard from Fleet wing and drowned. The loss of lie in such a trivial affair, undertaken for the amusement of the wealthy, caused a great deal of adverse comment among the general public. The race was important. A well-written and full account of it is needed. Unfortunately this book is badly organized, devotes only slightly more than half of the text to the race (the rest being unrelated sensational material), and is written in a form of English normally eschewed by the literate. For example, the following is used to describe Sunday religious services: "Aboard the yachts there was a certain amount of reverence going on." (p. 79). Fleehving: 212 tons. Owned by George and Franklin Osgood. Master: Al- bert Thomas. Crew 23. Henrietta: 205 tons. Owned by J. Gordon Bennett, Jr., who was the only owner to sail the race. Master: Samuel Samuels. Crew 31. Vesta: 201 tons. Owned by Pierre Lorilard. Master: George Dayton. Crew 26. Lorilard's young brother George went along, but had no authority over Dayton. He complained constantly about Dayton's handling of the vessel. Judging from the material presented, George Lorilard was right. Dayton appears to have lost because of timidity and blundering.

1534 Ridgway, John, and Marie Christine Ridgway. Round the World with Ridgway. New York: Holt, Reinhart and Winston, 1978. 317pp. A brief introduction which gives the history of the Ridgways is followed by a day by day account of Debenhums' participation in the 1977-78 Whitbread Round the World Race. The authors have written separate signed portions of the daily journal. Funding was very difficult for the Ridgeways, who run a School for Adventure at Ardmore on the northwest coast of Scotland. They bought the hull and deck of their boat at a reduced rate and finished her with the help of Arun Bose of the Cape Wrath Boatyard. Debenhams furnished 25,000 pounds in exchange for the boat name. ATV sent two camera men along to make a television presentation of the race. Heinemanns contracted for a book on the trip. In all, there was just enough money to make the voyage and pay for the boat. When the race was over, Deberihams was added to the School's fleet. There were serious personnel problems during the race, problems which were aggravated by crew members fearing what the Ridgeways might write about them and their using the television crew to make their case against the couple. The book is a remarkably straightforward acount which is as nearly un- biased as one could expect from participants in such a difficult operation. It reads well and should be especially helpful to those contemplating sailing in a long and difficult ocean race. Debenhams: Bowman 57 ketch. LOA 58'; LWL 47.5'; Beam 14.5'; Draft 8.3'; Displacement 42,000 Ibs.

1535 Rietschoten, Cornelis van, and Barry Pickthall. "Flyer"--ReQuest to Win the Round the World Race. Forewords by Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands and Rod Stephens, Jr. London: Stanford Maritime, 1979. The story of how van Rietschoten, who had won the first WhitbreadRoyal Naval Sailing Association Round the World Race in 1977fl8, also won the second in 1981182. Born in 1926, he began sailing at an early age. After service in World War 11, he sailed with his friend, Morin Scott, in the latter's Dragon- class sloop Gerda, and crewed in the Fastnet and other offshore races until, at age 30, he became ill with tuberculosis. Two years later, after hi recovery, he 424 Adventurers Afloat

took charge of the family business and gave up sailing until after his retirement in 1971. Then, as a very serious contender, he applied business methods to ocean racing. This involved meticulous and complete planning of entire projects. He worked closely with Sparkman and Stephens in developing Flyer as the optimum long-distance ocean racer. Her hull form and rigging reflected the latest ideas in design. She was built of aluminum to save weight. Her layout was planned for crew comfort as one element of operational efficiency. The race itself is described vividly. There were layovers between each of the first three legs, at Cape Town, Auckland, and Rio de Janeiro. It finished at Portsmouth in a 55-knot gale which blew out Flyer's spinnaker. The book contains a great deal of valuable information for serious ocean racers.

1536 Robinson, Bill. A Berth to Bermuda. Foreword by Alfred F. Loomis. Princeton, N. J. and London: Van Nostrand, 1961.120pp. The author attempts, with brief text and plentiful pictures, to give the reader a vicarious berth on P. S. duPont's Barlovento II as she won fourth prize in Class A of the 1960 Bermuda race. He succeeds. He tabulates the race results as well. Carleton Mitchell won overall in Finisterre.

1537 Rousmaniere, John. Fastnet Force 10. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co.; New York: Norton, 1980. 287pp. The author was second in command of the American sloop Toscanu, which survived the storm that struck during the 1979 Fastnet Race. The race began on 11 August when 303 boats with 2,700 people on board sailed from Cowes. Three days later an extremely violent storm generated by two merging lows had killed 15 people, caused 24 boats to be abandoned, and triggered a massive rescue operation by sea and air which saved many lives. It was the worst storm experienced by Rousmaniere in 50,000 miles of offshore sailing. He tells the stories of the most unfortunate boats, including Grimalkin and Ariadne, of his own boat, of the rescuers, who did their work under extremely perilous conditions, and of the larger boats, whose siimade them better able to survive the confused and dangerous seas and whose speed kept them clear of the worst part of the storm area. Ted Turner won the race in one of them, Tenacious. There is a chapter on lessons and an appendix with tabular data.

1538 Royal Ocean Racing Association and Royal Yachting Association. 1979 Fastnet Race Inquiry Report. London, 1979. 76pp. 1539 Sandison, A. C. To Sea in Carpet Slippers: the Autobiography of an Ocean Racing Cook. London: Coles, 1966. 208pp. After crewing on cruising and ocean racing yachts, the author decided that what he enjoyed most about going to sea was being part of a really good racing crew. He was a reasonably good deck hand, but was not ambitious, lacked the dinghy racing experience and many of the skills needed by a mate or skipper, and was aging. However, he had a cast iron stomach, could turn out gourmand meals, and knew enough about racing and seamanship to do a timely and proper cooking job as well as help on deck when wanted. In order to maintain efticien- cy, boats with crews of six or more needed a full-time cook. And so he became Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 425

a sea cook and a highly valued crew member on a multitude of races in British and Atlantic waters. He sailed his last race before retirement, his sixth Fastnet, in Cm'na,in the Autumn of 1958.

1540 Smith, Geoffrey Guy. i%is is the Story of "Ticonderoga"and Ocean Racing, 1937-1952. (New York?), 1958. 49pp. The 72' sloop Ticonderoga, designed by L. Francis Herreshoff, was launched in 1936 with the name Tioga. Her lines were based on those of the Salem pilot boats. She was designed primarily as a cruising yacht and only secondarily as a racer. Until 1941she was owned by Harry E. Noyes. After service with the Coast Guard during World War 11, she was bought and renamed by Allan P. Carlisle, and then, in 1951, was acquired by John Hertz, Jr. This book, originally written in 1953, was updated by Hertz. It is a roughly constructed work which gives a race-by-race summary of Ticonderoga's remarkably successful racing career and is illustrated with black-and-white photographs.

1541 Snaith, William. Across the Western Ocean. New York: Harcourt, Brace and World; London and Melbourne: Macmillan, 1966. xii, 210pp. Sailing Figm 111 to England for the 1961Admiral's Cup Races, and in the 1963 Transatlantic Race. Snaith won in Class B of the Transatlantic race. He quotes a friend as saying that ocean racing "... is like standing in an icy shower tearing up $1,000. bills." Written in sports page style.

1542 Snaith, William. On the Wind's Way. New York: Putnam's, 1973. 256pp. On the perils of Figm 111 in the Newport to Bermuda and Bermuda to Sweden races, told in an undisciplined but forceful way.

1543 Soiland, Albert. The "Hla'ng"Goes to Se& being an Account of the Honolulu Race of 1923. Los Angeles: Times-Mirror Press, 1924. 126pp. A period piece. Santa Barbara to Honolulu, 21 July to 6 August 1923, with a crew of seven. A professional crew and skipper raced Viking from Hawaii to San Francisco. only one owner made this uphill voyage.

1544 Soiland, Albert. Transpacific Ocean Races and the Transpacific Yacht Club: Facts, Fancies, and some Gossip about one of the Most Unique [sic.] and Interesting Yacht Clubs in the World and the Races it Sponsors. Los Angeles: Privately Printed by Tower-Lee, Inc., 1937. 205pp. An anecdotal history of these pleasant ocean races from San Pedro, Califor- nia, to Honolulu, first sailed in 1906 and subsequently in 1908,1910,1912,1926, 1928,1930,1932, and 1934. The book was finished as preparations were being made for the 1936 race. There is also an account of the San Francisco to Tahiti Race in 1925, the formation of the Pacific Coast Yachting Association in 1923, the Transpacific Race Committee in 1924, and the Transpacific Yacht Club, whose members are those who have sailed in the race. 426 Adventurers Afloat

1545 Stevenson, Paul Eve. The Race forthe Emperor's Cup. New York: The Rudder Publish- ing Co., 1907. 21 lpp., 12 plates. A brief history of transatlantic yacht voyages and races, beginning with the voyage of Cleopatra's Barge, followed by journals of the transatlantic race, the Heligoland Race, and Kiel Week in Henry S. Redmond's yawl Ailsa, New York Yacht Club, Capt. Lem. Miller, with the author and one other as guests. The book contains a log and summary of the transatlantic race, but gives no summary account of the Kaiser's Cup and its antecedents.

1546 Stimson, Lewis Atterbury. The Crube of the "Fleur-de-Lys"in Ocean Race. New York: Privately printed by the Knickerbocker Press, 1905. 41pp. Stimson hired Captain Thomas Bohlin to fit out his schooner yacht FIeur- de-Lys and command her for the 1905 racing season. Bohlin was a Gloucester fishing captain and the prototype of Tommy Olsen, the hero of James B. Connoly's book Out of Gloucester. During her fitting out, her sailing qualities were greatly improved. Bohlin hired a mate, a crew of eight seamen, and two galley hands. The afterguard consisted of the author, his daughter, Connoly, and Eliot Tuckerman. The first race, from New York to the Lizard, started on 17 May. Fleur-de-Lys finished seventh. She sailed in the Dover to Heligoland race, participated in Kiel Week regatta, and sailed for the United States by way of Copenhagen, Christiania, Edinburgh, and Pentland Firth, reaching Golucester on 7 August. Fleur-de-Lys:Schooner, designed by Burgess in 1890. LOA 108'; Beam 22'; Draught 14'.

1547 Tabarly, Eric. Lonely Victory: Atlantic Race, 1964. Translated by Len Ortzen. London: Souvenir Press, 1965; New York: C. N. Potter, 1966. 221pp. Translation of Victoire en Solitaire. Paris: Arthaud, 1964. When Tabarly, a serving French naval officer, found that he could handle a larger boat than the one he was planning to sail in the 1964 Observer Single- handed Transatlantic Race, he borrowed the money necessary to build Pen. DuickII (Breton for Little Blackbird, a Breton tomtit, and the name of an old boat he had owned). She was delivered one week before he had to leave for Plymouth and the start of the race, and so he had many teething problems to contend with. However, he was first to finish, with Chichester second by four days. Pen Duick II was shipped home by freighter. Contains brief biographies of the other contestants. Pen Duick 11: Ketch. LOA 44'; LWL 32'; Beam 11'; Draft 7'.

1548 Tabarly, Eric. "PenDuiclc" Translated by Len Ortzen. London: Coles, 1971. 171pp. The American edition has the title Ocean Racing. New York: Norton. 1972. Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 427

Translation of De "PenDuick" en "PenDuick;" de la Transatlanti- que a la Transpac$que. Paris: Arthaud, 1970. 269pp. Ocean racing in four Pen Duicks subsequent to winning the 1964 OSTAR in Pen Duick II. Among his races: In Pen Duick ZI: Yarmouth to Santander; Santander to La Trinite; the Bermuda race; and Bermuda to Copenhagen. He did not do well in any of them. In Pen Duick III (l%7): won 2 races at Cowes, the Morgan Cup, the Round Gotland race, the Fastnet, the Plymouth to La Rochelle, and La Rochelle to Benodet races, and placed second in the Sydney- Hobart race. In Pen Duick N (trimaran): After collision with a freighter and steering gear failures, he dropped out of the 1968 OSTAR, but won the Transpacific Race by 20 hours. Pen Duick E Won the single-handed San Fran- cisco to Tokyo race. Pen Duick 111: Aluminum. LWL 42'-3". 2 masts. Pen Duick IK Aluminum Trimaran. LOA 65'. 2 masts. Pen Duick K Aluminum. LOA 35'. Sloop.

1549 Tetley, Nigel. Trimaran Solo: the Story of "L4ctress"Circumnavigation and Last, Voyage. Lymington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1970. 176pp. The author sailed the Piver-designed trimaran Kctress in the 1968 Golden Globe non-stop, single-handed, round-the-world race. He completed the circumnavigation and, believing that Donald Crowhurst, in another Piver trimaran (see no. 1551), was close behind him, drove Kctress hard through a storm. The vessel began to disintegrate. During the night of 21 May 1969 the bow of the port float broke away and holed the main hull. Tetley abandoned his sinking boat and was rescued from his inflatable life raft. Had he known that Crowhurst'svoyage was fraudulent, he might well have spared his boat and won the race. Kctress: Bermudan ketch-rigged trimaran. LOA 40'; Beam 22'.

1550 The Times (London). Torbay to Lisbon International Sail- Training Ships Race, July 1956; over thirty photographs of the entries with a list of the finishing times, the presentation of the trophies and the sinking of the Moyana. London: Times Publishing Co., 1956. 31pp.

1551 Tomalin, Nicholas, and Ron Hall. The Strange Voyage of Donald Crowhurst. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1970. 317pp. The American edition has the title The Strange Last Voyage of Donald Crowhurst. New York: Stein and Day, 1970. 317pp. Crowhurst sailed a modified version of the Piver Ectress trimaran, the TeignmouthElectron, in the 1968 Golden Globe single-handed non-stop round- the world race. The boat was hastily constructed after he failed to get permission to sail in Chichester's Gipsy Moth N. Plagued by problems with his boat and equipment which made a successful voyage almost impossible before he reached the latitude of the Azores and by fiscal and psychological problems which made a successful voyage absolutely necessary, Crowhurst decided to 428 Adventurers Afloat

make a counterfeit voyage by sailing around in the south Atlantic for a suitable period, faking his logs, and "finishing" the race at an appropriate time. As the consequences of this decision began to torment him hi behavior became increasingly irrational. Finally, in all probability, he solved his problem by step- ping overboard. The Teignmouth Electron was found abandoned by a merchant ship and taken into port. This book is based, in part, on the written records and tapes found on board. One probable consequence of Crowhurst's deception was the loss of Nigel Tetley's trimaran Victress when she had almost won the race. She disintegrated as Tetley, who was far ahead of his nearest real competitor, drove her through a storm to stay ahead of Crowhurst (see no.1549). Teignmouth Electron: Ketch. LOA 40'; Beam 22'.

1552 Vaughan, Roger. Fastnet: One Man's Voyage. New York: Seaview Books, 1980. 184pp. The author, who refers to himself as Fingers in this third-person composite of narrative and flashback, tells what it was like to sail this deadly Fastnet in Jim Kilroy's79' maxiboat Kialoa and what his life has been like up to and subsequent to the race. Kialoa and the other laree boats. beine faster than the smaller boats. W . W escaped some of the worst of the storm. However, Kailoa was nearly desmasted, her owner broke three ribs, and Fingers was washed overboard. This book is like a recording of the traditional flashing by of one's entire life during moments of peril. Vaughan gives a short biography of Kilroy and describes his ocean racingenterprise in some detail. He also gives a candid and unflattering portrait of Ted Turner waiting to be declared the winner as the disasterous news pours in to race headquarters. There were 303 boats in the race, of which 85 finished, 194 dropped out safely, and 24 were abandoned. Of these 24, 19 were subsequently recovered. There were 15 deaths, seven of which were related to life rafts.

1553 Weld, Philip S. "Moxie:"TheAmerican Challenge. Foreword by William F. Buck- ley, Jr. Boston: Little, Brown, 1981; London: Bodley Head, 1982. 245pp. Marie was Weld's fourth trimaran, built to compete in the Observer Single- handed Transatlantic Race. His first boat, Tninlpeter, was becalmed off the Azores in the 1970 OSTAR; his second, GuIfStreanler, was capsized by a rogue wave on the way to England for the 1976 race. Weld spent five days on the boat's bottom before being rescued. The boat was salvaged by Russians. His third boat, Rogue Wave, was built for the 1980 race, but was excluded by a rules change. Mm'e was then built with great rapidity and won the race in the record time of 17 days 23 hours and 12 minutes. Weld was sixty-five at the time of his victory. A day-by-day account strings reminiscences together.

1554 Weld, Sandy. The Leading Edge. Introduction by John Carter. Barre, Mass.: Barre Publishers, 1971. 184pp. Thestory of Dick Carter's revolutionary racingdesigns: Rabbit (1965), Tina (1966),Rabbit II, andRedRooster. The book illustrates both the productive influence of ocean racing on yacht design and the unfortunate influence of keen competition on human behavior. Races Under Sail: Ocean Races 429

1555 Whitbread Round-the-World Race: an Account of the First-Ever Round the World Race for Class 1 Fully Crewed Ocean Racers. London: Whitbread, distributed by Seymour Press, 1974. 65pp. 1556 Wibberley, Leonard. Hound of the Sea. New York Ives Washburn, 1969. 152pp. Reprinted New York: McKay, 1978. 152pp. The story of Cu Na Mara (Hound of the Sea), a Morgan 34, bought after his gaff-rigged Bahia was rejected for the Transpacific Race. Wibberley discovered, too late, that his new boat was three feet too short on the waterline to qualify. He sailed along anyway, and, in 1968, raced from Victoria, B. C., to Lahaina, Maui, f~shingsecondin class and sixth of fifteen. Wibberley probably could not write a dull book.

1557 Williams, Geoffrey. "Sir i'7zoma.sLipton" Winr. London: Peter Davies; Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1970. [10], 174pp. Wingthe 1968 Singlehanded Transatlantic Race in the Sir Thomas Lip- ton, designed by Robert Clark. The boat was sponsored in the race by the Lip- ton fum. Sir Thomas Lipton: Bermudan ketch. Fin and skeg design. Hull fibreglass over Plasticell core. LOA 56.16'; LWL 42'; Beam 12'; Draft 8';Displacement 12.25 tons; Sail area 1171 sq. ft.

1558 Woods, Stuart. Blue Water, Green Skipper. London: Stanford Maritime; New York: Norton, 1977. 190pp. Woods, from Georgia, had spent fifteen years in advertising in New York, London, and Dublin, and was working on a novel in Galway when he began sailing in a Mirror dinghy. In 1974 he made his first offshore passage. Even though he had very little experience, he sailed Golden Harp in the 1976 Observer Singlehanded Transatlantic Race. He finished 63rd. More than four-fifths of the text is devoted to preparations for the OSTAR. RACES UNDER SAIL: THE "AMERICA'S" CUP

1559 Adler, Peter. The Swedkh Challenge '2mericaY Cup, 1977. New York: Inter- national Publications Service, 1977. 97pp. A lavishly-illustrated pre-race publicity pamphlet. Contents include the following: King Car1 XVI Gustav and the challenge; a history of the Royal Yacht Club of Gothenburg, the challenging club; Swedish industry; kwedish yachting waters; Swedish sailing races, 1927-1977; a history of America's Cup challenges; the 1977 race; Pelle Pettersen, designer and helmsman; organizing the challenge; Sverige; designing and buildingsverige; Contributors; Newport, R. I.; and [vain] hopes for defending the Cup at Marstrand in 1980.

1560 America's Cup Book By John Rousmaniere and others. New York: Norton, 1984. 200pp. A multi-national account of the 1983 challenge in an historical setting by John Rousmaniere which is well-informed and fair. The viewpoints and writers: U. S. A.: Jack Somer; U. K.: Jonathan Eastland; Australia: Bob Ross; France: Thierry Ranou; Canada: Richard Holmes; Italy: Ratti and Ricardo Viarossa. Beautifully illustrated.

1561 "America's" Cup '87: Sail of the Century. By Stuart Alexander and others. London: Stanford Maritime; Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House, 1987. 128pp. A very enlightening and interesting composite account of the 1987 races which is made up of chapters by seven writers and includes pieces about Perth and Fremantle, by Tim Jeffery; the Twelve Metre Class, by Adrian Morgan; the high costs and narrow margins of victory, by Barry Pickthall; the economic impact of the races, by Chris Freer; the British contenders, by Tim Jeffery; how British newspapers reported the races, by Stuart Alexander; the New Zealand contenders, by Chris Freer and Adrian Morgan; Bond vs. Parry in defense of the Cup, by Adrian Morgan; and Dennis Conner's successful campaign, by Stuart Alexander and Adrian Morgan. Jonathan Eastland's humorous piece on reporters covering the races closes the book. The America 's Cup 431

1562 Baverstock, William. lke '!America's" Cup: Challengefrom Down Under. Sydney: Mur- ray, 1967. 175pp.

1563 Bavier, Robert Newton. A Viewfromthe Cockpit: Winning the '!America's"Cup. Illustrated with photographs by Morris Rosenfeld & Sons, John Hopf, and George Silk. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1966. xi, 157pp. Won with embarrassing ease in Constellation, racing against the poorly- designed challenger, Sovereign, commanded by Peter Scott, who was drafted into the job on very short notice.

1564 Bavier, Robert Newton. '!America's"Cup Fever; an Inside View of 50 Years of '!AmericaS" Cup Competition. New York: Ziff-Davis, for sale by McGraw- Hill; Lymington, Hampshire: Nautical Publishing Co., 1980. 240pp. (Yachting Books). The author, as helmsman of Constellation, successfully defended the America's Cup in 1964 against the 19th challenger, Sovereign, commanded by Peter Scott. He describes the race and also discusses J boats, a race on Weetamoe in 1930,America'sCup skippers, match race tactics, the role of computers, the rationale for adopting Twelve Meter boats to replace the Js, designers, famous protests, defenses which almost failed (in 1920, 1934, and 1970), and losing the cup. He believed that there could be no startling design changes in the Twelves.

1565 Bertrand, John. Born to Win: A Lifelong Struggle to Capture the 'Xmerica's"Cup, as told to Patrick Robinson. New York: Hearst Marine Books, 1985. 385pp. In 1983Bertrand became the first challenger to win theAmerica's Cup. His boat, Australia II, designed by Ben Lexcen (formerly Bob Miller), which had the now-famous and revolutionary winged keel, was clearly superior to Dennis Connor's Liberty in maneuverability and on most points of sailing under most weather conditions. Outmaneuvering the New York Yacht Club in having the keel declared legal was clearly the most important event of the race series, however. Even though he was sailing an inferior boat, Conner and his crew came very close to winning the match races. Bertrand shows clearly the in- human demands placed upon serious contenders in this famous, interesting, attractive, expensive, high-pressure, and rather unloveable race.

1566 Bleekman, George. lke "BlueRibbon of the Sea." Authentic Hktory of the '!America's" Cup from 1851 to the Present Day. Pictures by Parker Newton. Letter press by George Bleekman. New York, London, etc.: F. Tennyson Neely, 1899. 260pp. A history of the winning of the Cup and a match-by-match account of its rather seedy but successful defenses through the fiasco of 1895, of which the 432 Adventurers Afloat

author gives an extensive account. He is violently prejudiced against Dunraven. Closes with a description of preparations for racing Sir Thomas Lipton's fust Shamrock. The appendices include a summary of the Cup races to date, the Deed of Gift, and a brief survey of advances in the design of racing yachts.

1567 Boston. City Council. A Testimonial to Charles .L Paine and Edward Burgess, fiom the City of Boston, for their Successful Defeme of the "America'S" Cup. Boston: Printed by order of the City Council, 1877. 159pp. The 1887 race, Volunteer (U. S.) vs. Thistle (U. K.). Contains a history of the Cup races, biographical sketches of Paine and Burgess, and an account of the reception for them at Faneuil Hall. 1568 Boswell, Charles. The '!Americawthe Story of the World's Most Famous Yacht. New York: McKay, 1967. xi, 275pp. TheAmerica was designed by George Steers and built by William H. Brown. Boswell describes the fleecing of the builder by the syndicate formed by John Cox Stevens to finance the yacht; the voyage to England; the fateful race round the Isle of Wight, 23 AU~UH~1851; the latdr career of the vessel as a yacht and then as a blockade runner during the American Civil War; her capture and later purchase by Ben Butler through a triple fraud; her presentation to the United States Naval Academy; and, finally, her destruction in a blizzard in 1942 while undergoing repairs. She was crushed by snow because of negligence. This is a sad story of a beautiful ship which outclassed most of her owners.

1569 Boyd, Jeff, and Doug Hunter. Trials: "Canadar' and the "America's"Cup. Toronto: Macmillan of Canada, 1985. 352pp. Tells part of the story of Canada's first America's Cup Challenge. Boyd was Canada I's tactician; Hunter is a boating writer. The story is put together from personal experience, documents, and inte~ews.Presents the fust relatively complete account of Canada's "keelgate" scandal of being caught spying on Australia II, a partial account of which appeaAlso has a description of political inf~ghtingand maneuvering which have become integral parts of this sporting event.

1569a Bradford, Ernle. 'The '!America's"Cup. London: Country Life, 1946. 123pp. A brief and very readable account of the Cup races from their beginning, closing with a justifiably gloomy assesment of Sovereign's chances in the 1964 challenge. He believes Iselin and the New York Yacht Club to have been completely in the right in the Dunraven affair of 1895.

1570 Brooks, Jerome Edward. The $30,000,000 Cup: The Stormy Hktory of the Winning and Defeme of the '!America's"Cup. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1958. 275pp. The America's Cup 433

A readable history of the Cup races from 1851 to the beginning of the 12 meter era, with the usual conclusions on the Dunraven affair.

1571 Burnell, R D. Racerfor the 'Xmerica's"Cup. London: Macdonald, 1965. 222pp. Asimple, readable history of the races through the nineteenth defense. Has a brief history of the America ending with the fatal neglect of the U. S. Navy during World War 11.

1572 Carrick, Robert W. A Pictorial History of the 'Xmerica's" Cup Races, by Robert W. Carrick, assisted by George Calvert Simons. Stanley Rosenfeld, photographic consultant. New York: Viking, 1964. 194pp. (A Studio Book). Brief accounts of the races with excellent photographs and other illustrations. Claims to have the only accurate race statistics published in the past 50 years.

1573 Carrick, Robert W., and Stanley Z. Rosenfeld. Defending the 'Xmerica's" Cup. New York: Knopf, 1969. 189pp. The 1967 race, Intrepid (U. S.) vs. Dame Pattie (Australia). Contains brief sections by the participants which have been edited into a narrative of the preparation of Intrepid and an account of the race.

1574 The Challenge 1983. Edited by Philip Gore; designed by Craig Osment. Sydney: Lyon Productions, 1984. 310pp.

1575 Coffin, Roland Folger. i%e 'Xmerica's" Cup: How it war Won by the Yacht "America" in I851 and har been since Defended. New York: Scribner, 1885. viii, 155pp. Coffin describes the winning of the Cup and its defenses through that of 1881. Because he was present at all but the first race in Cowes and had access to New York Yacht Club files, he writes with authority. Contains an extensive account of the Ashbury controversy.

1576 Conner, Dennis. Comeback My Race for the 'Xmerica's" Cup, by Dennis Conner, with Bruce Stannard. Foreword by Walter Cronkite. Paul C. Larsen, consulting editor. New York: St. Martin's Press, 1987. 239pp. Conner tells of his unique and unenviable experience of losing the America's Cup to John Bertrand and Ben Lexcen's winged keel in 1973, of his determination to win the cup back, and of how he did it in spite of Kiwi Magic, Kookaburra III, and the New York Yacht Club. His method was simple, but difficult to put into practice. He built a smoothly-functioningbureaucracy which 434 Adventurers Afloat

used teamwork to achieve strength in the areas of need and which responded to his leadership. The areas of need: raising money (lots of it), designing and testing boats (many of them), espionage, training the sailing crew under race conditions, and developing solid on-sight logistical support for the races themselves. A modest and readable account of a great and unique achievement which plays down the animosities and bitterness engendered by such excessively competetive events. Contains a helpful glossary.

1577 Cook, Francis Bernard. The 'Xmerica's" Cup. London: Yachtsman Publishing Co., 1930. 135pp. Ends with the Shamrock V challenge, Lipton's fifth and last (he was 80 years old). Has an important account of the Dunraven affair. Well illustrated and written.

1578 Dear, Ian. "Enterprise"to "Endeavour:"The JClass Yachts. New York: Dodd, Mead, 1977. 160pp. A fascinating history of these fast and graceful boats, their careers, their designers and builders, their crews, and their owners. The American boats usually raced in oneAmerica's Cup series only, but the British boats raced with the Big Class. The British boats were made of steel; the American of tobin Bronze. All were built to the American Universal Rule with waterline lengths of between 76' and 87.' All were more than 120' over all. They could displace up to 160 tons, had masts of over 160,' mainsails weighing over a ton, and spinnakers of up to 18,000 square feet. Strictly speaking, only 10 of them were built. The American boats: 1930: Entetprise, Weetamoe, Whirlwin& and Yankee; 1934: Rainbow; 1937: Ranger (the greatest J-boat ever built). British boats: 1930: Shamrock K 11932: Velsheda; 1934: Endeavour; 1937: Endeavour II. Two American yachts (Vanitie andResolufe), and four British yachts (White Heather II, Britannia, Astra, and Candida) were altered to rate in the J Class. Some of these boats are still in use (and the author tells which and where).

1579 Dear, Ian. The 'Xmerica's" Cup: An Informal Hktory. New York: Dodd, Mead; London: Stanley Paul, 1980. 191pp. A readable, astute, and fair-minded account of the races which have engendered so much ill-will and bad behavior. Closes with the 1977races between Australia and Courageous. Has a table of data on defenders and challengers. Some of the color photographs have very strange tints.

1580 De Wolf, Katherine Herreshoff. The Story of 'Xmerica's" Cup. North Plymouth, Mass.: Plymouth Cordage Co., 1930. 15pp.

1581 Dilke, Sir Fisher Wentworth. Observer on the "Ranger"during the Races for the 'Xmerica's" Cup, 1937. London: Jenkins; Toronto: McClelland, 1938. 11%~. The America 's Cup 435

1582 Dunlap, G. D. 'Xmerica's"Cup Defenders. Paintings by Melbourne Smith. New York: American Heritage Press; London: McGraw-Hill, 1970. 91~~. Covers the winning of the Cup in 1851 and the twenty defenses through 1967. The paintings are clear, accurate and attractive. Contains data on defenders and challengers and a brief description of each.

1583 Fairchild, Tony. The 'Xmerica's"Cup Challenge: nere Is No Second. Dobbs Ferry, N. Y.: Sheridan House, 1984. 233pp. An account of the 1983 challenge by the correspondent of the Daily Telegraph. 1584 Fisher, Bob. 12-Metre Images. London: Pelham Books, 1986. 152pp. A lavishly illustrated, readable, and informative history of the 12-Metre Classwritten by alifelongyachtsman, yachting correspondent for the Guardian, Observer, and Standard, and author of many books and articles on yachting. Most of the book deals with theAmerica's Cup Races, which kept the class alive and led to match racing among challengers as well as defenders in recent years.

1585 Fisher, Bob. The "America's"Cup, 1987: The OfSiciaI Record Introduction by John Bertrand. Published with the cooperation of the Royal Perth Yacht Club. New York: Henry Holt & Co., 1987. 256pp. A detailed, well-written account of the races beginning with the pre-race preparations, which included the construction of excellent facilities at Fremantle as well as fund raising and boat design and testing by participants. Detailed accounts are given of the elimination races for challengers and defenders as well as of the Cup races themselves. The largest part of the book is made up of truly outstanding color photographs, most of which are by Sally Samins. 1586 Freer, Chris. The Twelve-MetreYacht: Its Evolution and Design, 1906-1987,by Chris Freer, assisted by Peter Bateman. London: Nautical Books/Macmillan, 1986. 160pp. A technical history of the class and, of course, of the America's Cup races, together with a discussion of hulls, construction, rig, sails, gear, and sailing technique. The appendices include a table of data on 12-Metre America's Cup defenders and challengers, the 12-Metre boats listed in Lloyd's Register, dimensions of significant boats, a budget for defense of the Cup in 1974, the cost of a two-boat Cup campaign in 1985-87,and extracts from the International Rule on 12-Metre sails and accomodations. The author, who has his own design office, has worked in boat yards and sail lofts, crewed in Cup races, and designed and built two 12-Metre boats. His book provides the interested reader with a key to understanding past Cup races and, if 12-Metres continue to be used, future ones as well. 436 Adventurers Afloat

1587 Griswold, Frank Gray. Clipper Ships and Yachts. New York: Dutton, 1927. 225pp. Contents pertaining to the America's Cup and yacht racing: The origin of the America's Cup; Log of the yacht America (by James R. Steers); The HyphenatedAmerica; Westward; The first ocean yacht race; Resolute andsham- rock W;Kona.

1588 Hammond, Geoffrey F. Showdown at Newport: The Race for the '!America's"Cup. New York; London: Walden Pubs., for sale by Delacorte Press, New York, 1974. 216pp. A well-written, well-illustrated, chauvinistichistory of the Cup races, which begins with a brief history of the New York Yacht Club, followed by an account ofAmerica's exploits and history (which excludes Ben Butler). About half of the historical portion of the book deals with the post-World War I1 period. Challengers, including Lipton, and, of course, Ashbury, Henn, and Dunraven are treated with some asperity. Other chapters deal with defending and challenging boats, design, sails and rigging, and tactics. Race data, 1851-1970,are given in tabular form.

1589 Hoyt, Edwin Palmer. The Defenders. New York: A. S. Barnes; London: Yoseloff, 1969. 107pp. Written for popular American consumption. Readable. Gives detailed accounts of races and background information on design, organization, fund raising, etc. The unpleasant side of the races is not ignored, but is not dwelt upon.

1590 Hoyt, Norris D. The Twelve Meter Challengesfor the '!America's"Cup. New York: Dutton; Cremorne Junction, N. S. W.: Angus & Robertson, 1977. 252pp. (A Brandywine Press Book). Covers all of the twelve-meter races through the 1977 defense by Ted Turner in Courageous. Written with insight by an expert reporter.

1591 Illingworth, John Holden. Twenty Challenges for the "America's" Cup. London: Hollis & Carter, 1968; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1969. 158pp. A readable and temperate account of the Cup races, beginning with America's victory in 1851 and continuing through the period of the early challenges, Sir Thomas Lipton's and T. 0.M. Sopwith's unsuccessful challenges, the J Boats, the coming of the Twelves, and ending withDame Pattie's challenge and Intrepid's successful defense in 1967. Illingworth, the naval architect and engineer who designed the revolutionary ocean racer Myth of Malham after World War 11, is especially well qualified to write about sailing races. A list of challengers, defenders, and designers is provided. The America's Cup 43 7

1592 International Yachting Contest for the "America's"Cup, 1851-1901. Providence, Rhode Island: The Platt Albertype Co., [l9 ?l. 21, 13pl., l lpp. 1593 Johnston, J. G. (pseud.). Which was Right? A Story of an International Yacht Race. By Capt. J. G. Johnston of Key West. New York: A. G. Sherwood & Co., Printers, 1898. 51pp. On the 1895 Dunraven controversy. The unknown author claimed that Defender had large hidden ballast tanks which could be flooded or pumped dry. No one else perceived them.

1594 Jones, Theodore A. Racingforthe 'Xmerica's"Cup, 1974:A Eewfrom the Candy Store. New York: Quadrangle, New York Times Book Co., 1975. xiii, 177pp. The races as seen from the spectator fleet and from the two open-air bars in Newport, Rhode Island, where the America's Cup people used to like to gather during Cup races, the Pearl and the Candy Store.

1595 Jones, Theodore A. Challenge '77:Newpolt and the 'Xmerica's"Cup. New York: Nor- ton, 1978. 266pp. Ted Turner's successful defense in Courageous against Australia. The bulk of the account deals with the elimination of potential defenders and challengers in the trials.

1596 Kemp, Peter K. Racing for the 'Xmerica's"Cup. London: Hutchinson, 1937; New York: McKay, 1941. 304pp. A history of all Cup races through Y. 0. M. Sopwith's 1937 challenge in En- deavourII. which was defeated bv Harold Vanderbiit in Runner.., . told bv a distinguished naval historian. The account of the Dunraven controversy is particularly good.

1597 Kenealy, Ahmed John. Yacht Races for the 'Xmerica's"Cup, 1851-1893. Being an Account of "America's" Victory at Cowes in 1851, and Subsequent Contests for the Trophy; also the International Hktory of the Brenton 's Reef and Cape May Cups and the Mksion of the "Navahoe" in 1893. New York: Outing Co., Ltd., 1894. 180pp. A history of the race, discussing all challenges whether or not they resulted in races. The author witnessed the second Canadian challenge race of 1881and subsequent races. His history ends with the first Dunraven races. In addition, several chapters deal with the development of the English racing cutter, the Marquess of Anglesey and yacht racing, the building of four Cup defenders, and the curious racing careers of the American yachts Sappho and Navahoe in England. 438 Adventurers Afloat

1598 Levett, Michael, and Barbara Lioyd. Upset:Australia Wins the 'America's"Cup. New York: Workman Publishing: London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1983. 212pp. (A Nautical Quarterly Book). This volume is remarkable for the speed of its production, the quality of the parts which had to be written after the 1983races were sailed, and the weak- ness of some of the parts which should have been written beforehand. The account openswith a description, in depressingly portentious language, of the fmal race of the 1983 challenge. Among other things the book contains a provincial and uninformed history of the origin of the cup; a justifiably hostile account of the New York Yacht Club's stewardship; a silly account of the development of the international racing rules; interesting studies of Dennis Conner, Tom Black- aller, and Ted Turner; a description of the increasingly repulsive world of un- paid professional racers and their patrons; a description of the elimination races and the match races; a good history ofAmerica's Cup yacht designs, including an account of the influence of Bill Lapworth's Calm on Intrepid; a discussion of the keel wings, including the controversy and the advantages; and a brief biography of the designer ofAustralia II, Ben Lexcen (originally Bob Miller).

1599 Lindsay, Nigei. The 'America 's" Cup; a Short Account of its Origin and the Various Challenges which have been Made for it since 1870. London: Heath, Cranton, Ltd., 1930. 187pp. A history of the Cup and the first (1870) through the 14th (1930) challenges. Gives an even-handed account of Lord Dunraven and the controversial 9th challenge (1895). Appendices give a description ofAmericq dimensions of challenging and defending yachts, times, courses, and results of races, wind direction and strength, and conditions of the 1930 challenge.

1600 Lipton, Sir Thomas. Leaves from the Lipton Logs. London: Hutchinson, [1932?] 278pp. The American edition had the title Lipton'sAutobiography. New York: Duffield and Green, [1932?]. William Blackwood assisted the author in writing this book of personal recollections.

1601 Lipton, Sir Thomas. Bateman, Charles Thomas. Sir Thomas Lipton and the 'America's" Cup. Edinburgh: Oliphant, Anderson & Ferrier, 1901. 90pp. 1602 Lipton, Sir Thomas. Hickey, John J. The Life and Times of the Late Sir Thomas Lip- ton from the Cradle to the Grave: International Sportsman and Dean of the Yachting World New York: Hickey Publishing Co., 1932. 259pp. An incredible jumble of material, a little of it trivia about Lipton and his contacts with the author, but most of it about the author himself, an Irishman The America 'S Cup 439

who emigrated to America, became a policeman, and obviously craved the distinction of connections with the rich and powerful.

1603 Lipton, Sir Thomas. Waugh, Alec. The Lipton Stoly: A Centennial Biography. New York: Doubleday, 1950. 277pp. A well-written account of the curious career of the poor Irish boy who, through his genius for advertising and publicity, and his devotion to hard work and frugality, became a millionaire grocer, a friend of Edward V11 and his Queen, and the most admired of all those whose yachts contended for or defended theAmerica's Cup. Although all five of hisShamr0ck.vlost their Cup races, Lipton remained cheerful and, unlike many of his predecessors, behaved in the most sportsmanlike manner on all occasions. In a larger sense, his challenges were not entirely unsuccessful. They made him even more rich and famous.

1604 Lipscomb, Frank Woodgate. A Hundred Years of the 'America's" Cup, illustrated by John Gardner. London: H. Evelyn, 1971. 52pp. Contains outline drawings and dimensions of contending boats with a description and statistics of each race. In addition, there are beautifully-drawn color profiles ofAmerica (1851),Magic (1870), Cumbria (1870), Genesta (1885), Defender (1895), Columbia (1899 and 1901), Reliance (1903), Shamrock III (1903), Resolute (1920), Endeavor (1934), Ranger (1937), Columbia (1958), Sceptre (1958), Gretel(1%2), Intrepid (1967 and 1970), and Gretel 11 (1970). All drawings are to scale and are extraordinarily clear and attractive.

1605 May, Julian. 'America's"Cup Yacht Race. Mankato, Minn.: Creative Educa- tion, 1976. 47pp. (Sports Classics Series). For children. The author is Mrs. Ted E. Dikty.

1606 Mitchell, Carleton. Summer of the Twelves. New York: Scribner, 1959. 224pp. An extremely lucid, detailed, and interesting history of the Twelve Meter races for theAmerica's Cup and of the Twelve Meter class. In 1955-56the New York Supreme Court gave the races a new lease on life by sanctioning changes to the Deed of Gift which permitted contenders to have a minimum waterline length of 44' instead of65' and relieved the challenger of the unsupportable bur- don of sailing to the site of the races. The first challenge under the new rules came from the Royal Yacht Squadron in the spring of 1957. The author was navigator on Weatherly, one of the contenders for defending the Cup. A portion of the text deals with technical matters, including sail handling technique, Bus Mosbacher's ideas on starting, and main boom control. The appendices contain the Deed of Gift and the report of the 1958 Race Committee of the New York Yacht Club. 440 Adventurers Afloat

1607 Morris, Everett B. Sailing for the '!America's" Cup. Foreword by Emil Mosbacher. Photographs by Morris Rosenfeld. New York: Harper and Row, 1964. 216pp. A very enlightening topical duscussion of the races which covers the Cup, the skipper, the crew, developing a team, match race tactics, the role of the ladies (including Dunraven's two daughters, Ladies Rachel and Eileen Wyndham-Quinn, who sailed the races with him), the Deeds of Gift, and looks ahead and back. Appendices give the Cup record, vital statistics of competing yachts, owners of defenders and challengers, and contenders eliminated in the selection of defenders.

1608 Morton, Hamilton. The '!America's"Cup: A Nautical Poem Descriptive of the Five In- ternational Races Between the Yacht "Livonia," Representing the Twelve Yacht Clubs of the Royal Yacht Squadron of England and the Yachts "Columbia"and "Sappho," of the New York Yacht Club, forthe Possession of the Challenge Cup Won by the Yacht "America" in the year 1851. New York, 1874. [4], 123pp. Descriptive of five international races for possession of the Cup.

1609 New York Yacht Club. Report of the 'Xmerica's"Cup Committee... of the Challenge Con- ditions and Result of the Match "Defender"against "Valkyrie"1894- 95. New York: Corlis Macy and Co., 1895. 62pp.

1610 New YorkYacht Club. Report of the Special Committee... Relative to Certain Charges m& by the Earl of Dunraven Concerning the Recent Match for the '!America's" Cup. New York: Printed for the Club, 1896. xxx, 556pp. The unfortunate 1895 challenge led to controversy more bitter than that engendered by James Ashbury's two challenges. After winning the first race, the Club and its Cup defender, C. Oliver Iselin, were charged by Dunraven with illegal removal of ballast from Defender. The Club conducted a thorough investigation into the matter and exonerated itself. Even though the accused organization conducted the investigation, it seems to be almost certain that Dunraven was mistaken. Apparently there was movement of ballast onDefender without net change of displacement (see Edwin P. Hoyt's The Defenders, no.1589.). At the start of the second race, the intrusion of the spectator boat Yorktown led to a collision between Valkyrie Ill's boom and Defender's rigging. Valkyrie won the race, but was disqualified by the race committee. She started the third race and then withdrew.

1611 Oliver, E. Wesley. 71te 'America's" Cup, 1970. New York: American Rolex Watch Corp., 1970. 47pp. The America 's Cup 441

1612 Rayner, Ranulf. The Winning Moment: Paintings of the 'Xmerica's"Cup, 1851- 1987. Oil paintings by Tim Thompson; foreword by Ted Turner. New York: Norton, 1987. 86pp.

1613 Riggs, Doug. Keelhauled The History of Unsportsmanlike Conduct and the "America's"Cup. 1986. 308pp. The prologue deals with the prolonged "Keelgate"crisis which led the New York Yacht Club to end attempts to disqualify Alan Bond'sAustralia IZfor the 1983 challenge because of her winged keel. The controversy was especially embarrassing to the Club because, toward the end of it, the public learned that the defenders had tried unsuccessfully to get a winged keel themselves after they learned that Australia had one. Part I deals with the dubious behavior in connection with the race before World War 11, with Sir Thomas Lipton and T. 0. M. Sopwith restoring luster to the competition. Part I1 deals with the challenges and defenses from 1958 to 1980, which the author calls the period of decline, ending in the dreary endless campaign tactics of Demis Corner. Part 111 is a detailed account of the unthinkable, the loss of the cup. Riggs, who tells a good story, sees a strong possibility of the rebirth of sportsmanship in Perth--perhaps because rebirth and Perth rhyme. Extremely high-pressure and expensive competition can only appear to be sportsmanlike.

1614 Rousmaniere, John. 'Xmerica's"Cup Book, 1851-1983. New York: Norton, 1983. 200pp. An extremely well-illustrated, well-written, balanced, and comprehensive general history of the Cup Races, which closes with the first successful challenge and the beginning of a new era.

1615 Rousmaniere, John. The Low Black Schooner-Yacht "America,"1851 -1945:A New Hk- tory of the Yacht "America,"based on the Exhibit held at Mystic Seaport Museum November 1986 through March 1987cosponsored by the New York Yacht Club. Essay written by John Rousmaniere, Yacht Historian; Captions written by B. A. G. Fuller, Curator, Mystic Seaport Museum, and Stuart Parnes, Associate Curator for Exhibits. Mystic, Corn.: Mystic Seaport, distributed by Nor- ton, New York. 1986. 71pp. A short, well-illustrated account of the career of the famous yacht, which tells of her design and construction, the winning of the famous cup, running the Civil War blockade, and Ben Butler's loving care of her during the last 20 years of his life. In her final years she belonged to the Navy. She was neglected during World War 11. On 29 March 1942 she was crushed when the shed in which she was housed collapsed under the weight of snow. She was scrapped on 2 Novem- ber 1945. Her salvage value was $990.90. 442 Adventurers Afloat

1616 Somenille, Hugh. "Sceptre:"The Seventeenth Challenger. London: Cassell, 1958. 185, xviipp. After a brief history of the Cup races, the author describes in some detail the designing, building, trials, and four races of the unsuccessful challenger. This is a readable layman's account rather than a behind-the-scenes, technical one.

1617 Southern, Leonard William. Five "Shamrocks"and the 'Xmerica's"Cup, 1851-1951. London: Lyford Publications, 1951. 47pp.

1618 Stannard, Bruce. The Triumph of "AustraliaII:" The "America's"Cup Challenge of 1983. Preface by R. J. L. Hawke, Prime Minister of Australia; Foreword by Ben Lexcen. Sydney, etc.: Lansdowne Press, 1983. 128pp. A brief history of the races followed by a detailed account of howAustralia II was designed and qualified and became the first challenger to win the Cup. The author deals with festivities as well as races. Illustrated in color.

1619 Stone, Herbert L, and Alfred F. Loomis. Millions for the Defense: A Pictorial Hktory of the Races for the "America's"Cup. New York: The Derrydale Press, 1934. 98pp. A well-illustrated history of the first 14defenses of the Cup, 1870-1930,written before the 15th successful defense in 1934. The authors, both well-known yachtsmen, present a synoptic history which is designed to show the development of racing yachts and of sporting ethics over the period discussed.

1620 Stone, Herbert L, Williarn H. Taylor, and William W. Robinson. The "America'S" Cup Races, by the Editors of Yachting... . New York: Norton, 1970. viii, 31lpp. Earlier editions: Stone is sole author of the first two editions: New York: Outing Publishing Co., 1914. 327, (2)pp.; and New revised edition New York: Macmillan, 1930. 356pp. Revised edition, edited by Eugene V. Connett. Princeton, N. J.: Van Nostrand, 1958. (7), 254pp. A very readable description of yachting in the 1850s,America's campaign in British waters, and all Cup defenses through 1967. Has a record of results of all Cup matches.

1621 Thompson, Winfield M., and Thomas W. Lawson. The Lawson Hktory of the "America's"Cup; a Record of FiSty Years. Boston: Privately Printed, 1902. 402pp. A detailed and well-documented history of the early races which displays some hostility to the New York Yacht Club. The America's Cup 443

1622 Thompson, Winfield M., William P. Stephens, and William V. Swan. The Yacht '!4merica,"together with materials from contemporary records. Boston: Lauriat; London: Martin Hopkinson & Co., 1925. 335pp. First published in 1905with the order of authors Stephens, Swan, and Thompson. The story of the building ofAmerica and of those who were involved in it, of her campaign in British waters and her effect on the design of British and American yachts, her Civil War career, and her postwar ownership by General Benjamin F. Butler. She was laid up in 1901 and given to the nation in 1921, after which she was kept at Annapolis. Had her new owners done their duty, she would still be there as a national treasure.

1623 Tower, Charles Putnam. The Story of the '!4merica's"Cup; How it was Won in Cowes in 1851 and How it has been Defended for Halfa Century by the New York Yacht Club. New York: Rudder Publishing Co., 1901. 156pp. A detailed history of the races through the first of the Lipton era, with an- ticipatory comments on the upcoming race of Shamrock 11. The controversies of the past are played down.

1624 Turner, Ted. Vaughan, Roger. The Grand Gesture: Ted Turner, Mariner, and the "America's"Cup. Boston: Little, Brown, 1975. 298pp. (A Sports Illustrated Book).

1625 Turner, Ted. Vaughan, Roger. Ted Tumer: The Man Behind the Mouth. Bos- ton: Sail Books, distributed by Norton, New York, 1978. 230pp. Turner's defense of the America's Cup in 1977 in Courageous. Gives the background and an account of the race together with a sketch of Turner's life. Written by an admirer.

1626 Vanderbilt, Harold S. "Enterprise:"The Story of the Defeme of the "America's" Cup in 1930. New York and London: Scribner's, 1931. 230pp. The story of the first, and easiest, of Vanderbilt's two successful defenses. Covers the Sir Thomas Lipton's challenge, the design of Enterprise by Starling Burgess, and her building by the Herrishoff Manufacturing Company, the selection and housing of a crew, trials, preliminary races and tuning up, elimination races with other prospective defenders, and the match races themselves. The appendices contain the text of the Deed of Gift of the Cup, the 1930 Operating Instructions, and a record of all Cup races. Illustrated with charts, drawings, and photographs, most of which are by Morris Rosenfeld and Edwin Levick. 444 Adventurers Afloat

1627 Vanderbilt, Harold S. On the Wind's Highway: "Ranger,""Rainbow" and Racing. New York: Scribner's, 1939. 259pp. A handsome book, illustrated with black-and-white photographs and drawings, which describes the evolution of the J-Class boats fromResolute toRanger, Vanderbiit's defense of the America's Cup in Rainbow in 1934, and the design, construction, and successful Cup defense of the super-J-Boat Ranger, designed by W. Starling Burgess and Olin J. Stephens in close consultation with the author. A technical section discusses tactics and problems of right of way. Ranger was so superior to all other boats in her class that Vanderbilt feared she might be, as she was, the last of them to be built.

1628 Westley, Eileen. 'Xmerica's" Cup 83: The Complete Story. Sydney, New South Wales: John Fairfax Marketing, 1983. 128pp.

1629 Whall, Hugh D. The "SouthernCross;" Australia's 1974 Challenge for 'Xmerica's" Cup. Illustrated by Melbourne Smith. Annapolis, Md.: Adrniral- ty Publishing House, 1974. xiii, 172pp. The incredible success stories of Alan Bond, from Ealing, and Robert Miller (in later life tobecome Ben Lexcen), from the outback, and theirpartner- ship in producing the 1974 Australian Cup challenger. Unfortunately, the book appears to be hastily written and does not do justice to its important subject.

1630 Wilson, Lorraine. The '!America's"Cup 1983, illustrated by Alex Stitt. Melbourne: Nelson, 1984. 27pp. For children.

1631 Young, John. Two Tall Masts: The "America's"Cup Challenge from "Cambria" to "Sovereign."London: S. Paul, 1965. 123pp. From the first challenge, in 1870, through the 19th, in 1964, with more than half the book devoted to the twelve metre race series. Sovereign was commanded by Peter Scott, the ornithologist and painter of birds, who had alsobeen a championship dinghy racer, co-inventor of the racing trapeze, and President of the International Yacht Racing Union, who, although he had not raced for many years, proved to be a better helmsman than any of the other candidates. Unfortunately for the challengers, Sovereign was slow, and the skipper of the faster defending boat, Constellation, was Bob Bavier, a very able and experienced twelve meter sailor. The author was yachting correspondent for the London Times. RACES UNDER SAIL: OTHER RACES

1632 Backman, Brian, and Phi1 Backman. Bluenose. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1965. 112pp. In 1919 Senator Dennis of Halifax, Nova Scotia, challenged the fishermen of Gloucester, Massachusetts, to race the fishermen of Nova Scotia for a cup in what became known as the Fishermen's International Competition. In 1920 the American fishing schooner Esperanto won the fust series of races. Bluenose was commissioned by a Nova Scotian syndicate, designed by Wiiam Roue, and built by Smith & Ruhland in Lunenburg, Nova Sctoia, to recapture the Cup for Canada. Under the command of Captain Angus Walters she not only recap- tured it, but also defended it successfully for as long as there were fishing schooners to race. A serious controversy, of the kind which often grows out of sailing competitions, caused these races to be suspended between 1923 and 1931. Then the Great Depression rapidly drove the sailing fishermen from the seas. After a voyage to England in 1935 for Royal Review at the Silver Jubilee, which included a visit from the King and Queen, Bluenose won the last Cup series in 1936. In 1939 her captain retired. Bluenose was sold at auction. She was owned for a time by Captain Walters, and then sold in 1942 to be used as a diesel-powered trading ship in the Caribbean. In 1946 she was lost off the coast of Haiti. As Nova Scotians began to appreciate what they had lost with her, a movement to replace her gained strength. Sponsored by the Oland & Son Brewery, Bluenose I1 was built from the original plans by Smith & Ruhland, launched on 24 July 1963, and continues to sail on good-will voyages. One sec- tionis devoted to photographs ofBIuenose taken by R. W. MacAskill. For other accounts of Bluenose and Captain Walters, see nos. 1652,1665, and 1669. Bluenose: LOA 143'; LWL 112'; Beam 27'; Draft 15'-10".

1633 Cooper, Frederick Stephen, and J. Chancellor. Racing Sailomen. London: Peter Marshall, 1963. 109pp. A history of the races of English cargo-carrying sailing barges on the East Coast and its rivers, the Thames, and the Medway, from the beginnings of these important competitions through 1962. The sailormen were the professional barge men. These sprit rigged, lee board vessels were designed to be handled by a skipper and one crew member. Racing competition was taken very seriously by owners and sailormen. In some cases, the results affected rates of pay. Before World War I there were 2,100 such sailing barges registered. By the early 1930s the number had been reduced by half. By the 1980s, those fewwhich remained were no longer carrying cargo. Appendices 1,3, and 5, which are at theends of chapters 4,8, and 12 respectively, give data on bargesin their respec- tive preceding sections, which includes when and where built, owners, and racing records. Appendices 2, 4, and 6 give race results for the periods and areas covered in these groups of chapters. 446 Adventurers Afloat

1634 Crosby, William Flower. Racing Small Boats: an Analytical and Critical Review of the En- tire Racing Season. New York: Macmillan, 1940. viii, 116pp. A discussion of interesting and instructive racing situations and conditions, many of which are of continuing interest, with diagrams and illustrations. The dates and names of yacht clubs are given; the names of contestants are not.

1635 Diaper, Thomas. Tom Diaper's Log: Memoirs of a Racing Skipper. London: Ross; Sole distributers: Rolls House Publishing Co., 1950. 163pp. Diaper (1867-1949) was the son of a fisherman who was also a professional racing skipper. His career at sea began in 1879 on the yacht @een of PaImyru, which sailed from Southampton for the Mediterranean in February, and ended with his retirement in 1936, when he had become one of the most famous and successful of professional yacht skippers. He worked for the Earl of Dunraven, Kaiser Wilhelm 11, Sir Thomas Lipton, and many other famous yachtsmen. At the height of his success, it was difficult to get other skippers to race against him. His account of his varied career is fascinating and depressing. It clearly shows how precarious was the livelihood gained even by the most gifted of professional yachting seamen. The passing of this kind of exploitation cannot be regretted.

1636 Elder, George Waldron. Forty Years among the Stars. Port Washington, Wis.: Schanen & Jacque, 1955. 352pp. The history of the famous Star class one-design Olympic racing keelboats, written by a pioneer Star skipper and President of the International Star Class Racing Association. The Stars, designed in 1910 by William Gardner and modernized by a change to the present Marconi rig in 1930, continue to race.

1637 Elvstrom, Paul. Elvstrom Speaks--To his Sailing Friencis on his Life and Racing Career, edited and introduced by Richard Creagh-Osborne. Lyrnington, Hants.: Nautical Publishing Co., 1970. 224pp. Elvstrom, a famous and highly successful sailor, designer, sailmaker, and businessman, disliked writing. He recorded hi memoirs on tape. Creagh-Os- borne arranged the transcriptions of the recorded sections and provided link- ing passages. Coverage: Family, early life, and sailing; racing, 1954-1962, and two Olympic gold medals; nervous breakdown, lW, racing again, 1966-67, and two more gold medals; his sailmaking and design business; boat tuning; handling and tactics; thoughts on the past and the future. A readable autobiography of the most successful racing sailor of his time, filled with valuable information about racing and sailing.

1638 Findlay, David W. Reminiscences of Yacht Racing and Some Racing Yachts. Glas- gow: Smith & Son, 1910. 279pp. Anecdotal racingmemoirs, 1850-1871, and 1891-1906,with observations on the yawl rig in racing, Corinthian racing, single- and double-handed matches, Races Under Sail: Other Races 447

and racing reports, together with details of races in which the author sailed. His boats were: Le& (6 tons, 1850-60); Cinderella (15 tons, 1862-63);Kilmeny and Torch (30 and 15 tons respectively, 1864-69); Satanella (15 tons, 1869); Phan- tom (27 tons, 1870-71); Playmate (20 tons,1891-1904); and Normm (1904-06).

1639 Friendship Sloop Society. Enduring Friendships, edited by AI Roberts; written by Roger F. Duncan (and others); Carlton Simmons, official photographer, with notes from Bill Thon's sketchbook; with a foreword by Howard I. Chapelle. Camden, Maine: Published for the Society by International Marine Publishing Co., 1970. 74, [78]pp. 1640 Goodbody, Llewellyn Marcus. The Shannon One Design Class: A Hktory. Athlone: Shannon One Design Association, 1972. 98pp. In January, 1920, representatives of the Lough Derg, Loch Ree, and North Shannon Yacht Clubs commissioned Morgan Giles to design a one-design racing boat for them. This is a detailed history of this remarkably successful and long-lived class, which continues to add boats and to race. Between 1922 and 1971,77 boats have been built. The only changes in the boats have been from dipping lug to Bermudan rig and from cotton to Terylene sails.

1641 Goodey, Charles. The Brown Boats: The Story of the Broads One-Designs, a Fleet of Racing Yachts Unique in Great Britain--ifnot in the World Lowes- toft: The Author, 1972. 124pp. The history of a long-lived Norfolk racing class, designed by Linton Hope in 1900 and still racing unaltered on the Broads. Successive generations of several families have raced, sailed, and cherished them. They are certainly unique in possessing one desirable quality. Although many attempts have been made to capsize them, none has been successful. The author includes a brief biography of Linton Hope. The Broads One-Design: Gaff-rigged sloop. LOA 24'; LWL 16'; Beam 5'- 10"; Draft 3'. Sail area 252 sq. ft.

1642 Hamilton-Adams, C. P. The Racing Schooner "Westward." New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1977. 109pp. Awell-researched history of the yacht from her design and building by Her- reshoff in 1910. She was owned by Alexander S. Cochran and skippered and raced by Charley Barr in the United States, England and Germany. She was German-owned for a short time before World War I, then had two English owners, and finally became the highly-prized yacht of T. B. Davis, an ex- stevedore millionaire who held extra masters' papers in sail. He raced her for many years and maintained her himself with the help of her permanent crew. After his death his family could not get any charitable trust to accept her as a bequest. She was finally scuttled in deep water near Davis' "beloved Jersey." 448 Adventurers Afloat

1643 Heckstall-Smith, Brooke. "Britannia"and Her Contemporaries. New York: Dutton, 1929. X, 142pp. A chatty, informal history of the favorite royal yacht of Edward V11 and George V. She was designed, on a skimming rather than a ploughing form, by George Watson in 1893 and was a remarkably successful racing yacht throughout her long racing career, which ended with the death of her second royal owner, by whose orders she was scuttled in the Channel. The author was a participant in many of the races described and watched most of the rest.

1644 Henderson, John George Drysdale. Gareloch Goa'desses. Peaslake, Surrey: The Author, 1959. 46~~. 1645 Hewitt, Richard Lovell. The RoyalDragon. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1958. xii, 137pp. The history of Prince Philip's Dragon-class racing sloop Bluebottle, a wed- dinggift of the Island Sailing Club of the Isle of Wight, for which the RoyalNavy provides sailing masters on one-year tours of duty. The author was sailing master in 1953-54. The class, which originated in Norway in 1928, was introduced in Great Britain in 1933 and has retained its popularity. The author describes wing for and improvingBluebonle, transporting her to regattas, and provides her racing career, 1948-1957,with descriptions of selected races.

1646 Hunloke, Sir Philip. Dixon, Douglas. The King's Sailing Master: The Authorized Story of the Life of Major Sir Philip Hunlo ke...and of the House of Yvery, the Family of Hunloke in Darbyshire, together with a Hktory of Yachting, etc. London: Harrap, 1948. 319pp. A jumble of family, naval, and yachting history, which, although it is ffled with interesting things, tells little about King George V's Sailing Master.

1647 Jobson, Gary, and Martin Luray. World Class Sailing. New York: Hearst Marine Books, 1987. 255pp. A personalized portrait of contemporary yacht racing and of its immediate past, which includes the authors' experiences. Contents include discussions of changes in the sport (growing professionalism, commercialism, the influence of television, and ultimate sailing), important regattas and races (the America's Cup, Cowes Week and the Fastnet, match racing, the China Sea Race, the Ber- muda Race, the Southern Ocean Racing Conference, and the Hall of Fame Regatta), racing places (Barnegat Bay, Long Island Sound, Newport, R. I., An- napolis, and California), yachts (multihulls, maxi yachts, dinghies, scows E through M, classic yachts, and Twelves), and yachtsmen (Herbert van Karajan, Buddy Melges, Con Findlay, George Coumantaros, Ted Turner, Walter Kronkite, Sam Merrick, and Joe Prosser). Races Under Sail: Other Races 449

1648 Lambert, Gerard Barnes. "Yankee"in England New York and London: Scribner, 1937. 203pp. Lambert took his yacht, Yankee, to England for the yachting class season of 1935. This is a well-written account of pleasurable social events as well as of sailing and racing.

1649 Leather, John. fie Big Class Racing yacht^. London: Stanford Maritime, 1982. 191pp. A brief, overall history, in which are discussed the development of rating rules, famous owners, designers, builders, sailmakers, and skippers, professional crews, a typical day's racing, and the decline of the class, followed by detailed discussion of racing in the periods 1893-1900, 1900-1914, 1919-1930, and 1933-1937. The illustrations are copius and beautiful.

1650 McNamara, John J. White Sails, Black Clouh. Boston: Burdette & Co., 1967. 192pp. The story of the author's racing career. He tells of building the 5.5 metre yacht Quivolic and of how she lost in the 1956 American Olympic trials; of rerig- ging the schooner LordJim and how she won the Lambert Cup in 1961; of races between Lord Jim and Nina; and fmally of the designing and building of the wooden 12 metre Nefetfiti and of his commanding her with Ted Hood until he was fired after she was defeated in the 1962 America's Cup trials. He closes with a plea for preserving amateurism in yacht racing. Illustrated with many excellent black-and-whitephotographs.

1651 Mander, Peter, and Brian O'Neill. Give a Man a Boat. Wellington, N. Z.: Reed, 1964. 276pp. Sailboat racing in New Zealand from the early 1940s to the early 1960s, focusing on Peter Mander's experiences and those of his brothers, Graham and David. A happy book.

1652 Merkel, Andrew. Schooner "Bluenose."Toronto: Ryerson Press, 1949. 70pp. An account of the famous racing fishing schooner, 1921-1946. For a summary of her career and her dimensions see no. 1632. For other accounts of her and her captain, Angus Walters, see nos. 1665 and 1669.

1653 Nichols, George, and William Upham Swan. "Vanitie:"Her First Ten Racing Years, under the Colors ofAler S. Cochran, George B. Lambert, Geotge Nichols, Comelius Vander- bilt, Hany Payne Whitney. New York: Nichols, 1933. 57pp. 1654 O'Neill, William. A Yacht Master's Racing Record; being Some Reminiscences of Wil- liam O'Neill, edited by Charles Besley. London: H. Cox, 1895. 163pp. 450 Adventurers Afloat

O'Neill, born in Dublin in 1848, failed as an apprentice shipwright at 13, and was sent to sea. He made many deep seavoyages in the Atlantic and Pacific, was shanghaied in San Francisco, became a herring fisherman, and spent a brief period in command of the 15-ton yacht Gipsy. His professional yachting career began in 1871 on the 20-ton cutter Surprise, owned by Dunbar McMaster, his first and very patient patron. While he was learning his profession in 1872,73, and 74, he had a long string of losses, first in Surprise, and then in Myosotis. In 1875, the year he took his master's certificate, he began to win. At the end of the very successful 1878 season, McMaster gave up racing. In 1879, O'Neill commanded Holmes Kerr's 92-ton yawl Cukoo on a Mediterranean cruise (an account of which, by Kerr's business partner, Hedderwick, appeared in Hunt's Magazine). From 1880 to 1882 he raced Hederwick's Annusonu, winning 30 prizes in 35 races. Thereafter, because Hedderwick also withdrew from racing, he sailed yachts belonging to J. Jameson: Sa17toerta (1883-84), Irev (1885-86), 7histle (1887-W), and Iverna (1890-93). As the story closes, the author, who had been at the top of his profession for a decade, felt that there was still life in the old dog.

1655 Parker, Owen. Tack Now, Skipper. London: ColesIGranada, 1979. 139pp. The deftly-written autobiography of a former paid crew member who, when races were being closed to professionals, regained his amateur status by going to work for a succession of boat equipment and supply firms which were glad to give him time off for racing. He was skipper ofKu~~ewaVin the competition for the 1964America's Cup challenge, sailed in the Sydney-Hobart race, and joined Ted Heath in racing and developing successiveMonting CloudF. He discusses one-design offshore racers, the duties of the sailing master, the marine supply and equipment business, and possible future developments in hull and equipment design and materials, sponsorship, racing, and cruising.

1656 Prather, Donald Fry, comp. There Will Always Be a Mackinac Race: The History of the Races for the Mackinac Cup. Chicago: D. F. Keller & Co., 1925. 218pp.

This Chicago Yacht Club race was first sailed in 1898 and regularly scheduled in 1904. The course is 330 direct miles long through often stormy weather. The race is usually sailed in July. Contains logs, accounts and other data of the 1898 and 1904-1924 races.

1657 Reynolds, Clifton. Sailing Small Waters. London: John Lane, 1946. 96pp. Narrative of the author's first year of serious sailing and racing Internation- al Fourteens on the upper Thames. A charming and interesting story.

1658 Ross, Bob. The Sailing Australians. Photographs by Malcolm Gray. Adelaide: Rigby, 1973; London: Hale, 1974. 215pp. A description of contemporary Australian yachting, yachtsmen, and yachts in coordinated photographs and text. Contents include Australian racing classes and the design work of Bob Miller (soon to become Ben Lexcen); skiff (din- Races Under Sail: Other Races 451

ghy) racing, the racing career of Ken Beashel; ocean racing, including the Syd- ney-Hobart Race, the One Ton and Admiral's Cup Races, and the career of Graham Newland; Olympic competition and the career of Bill Northam; catamaran racing and the career of Charles Cunningham; and America's Cup challenges and the career of Jim Hardy.

1659 Steavenson, Robin. Marks to Starboard, with a foreword by Stewart H. Morris. Lon- don: Jenkins, 1958; New York: de Graff, 1962. 187pp. 1660 Steavenson, Robin. When Dinghies Delight. 2nd ed. London: Jenkins; Toronto: Longmans, Green, 1955.159pp. First edition, with a foreword by John Scott Hughes. London: Jenkins, 1955. 159pp. Racing, 1946-1954, in the British restricted class dinghies Witch, a Nation- al 12built in 1936, Sorcerer, a National 14, designed and built by the author, and Wilchcraff,designed by Ian Proctor, a new National 12 which replaced Witch.

1661 Steavenson, Robin. The Story of the National Twelves. London: Jenkins, 1966. 15lpp. A history of the National 12-Foot Dinghy, a progressive, restricted class, serving the needs of one-design sailors whose interest in racing has gone beyond tactics and rules and who could not afford to buy the National 14foot Dinghy. The class began with Uffa Fox's Uffa-Xing the plans of which were published in Yachting World on 12 March 1936. The author describes class races from the earliest years through 1965, the formation of the Owners' Association in 1948, the adoption of new materials (including glued, clinker-built plywood hulls and terylene sails), and the new postwar designs of Morgan Giles and Ian Proctor.

1662 Storey, Dana. Hail "Co1urnbia.p Barre, Mass.: Barre Publishers, 1970. 175p. Racing to market was an important part of fishing off the New England and Nova Scotia coasts, and from such commercial and unofficial racing a sporting series of races emerged. This is the story of the Gloucester, Mass. fishing schooner Columbia, designed by W.Starling Burgess and built by A. D. Storey of Essex, Mass., to race Bluenose for the Dennis Trophy. Bluenose was also designed to race for the trophy. The author describes the 1920-23racing series, the chicanery involved when winning became more important than sport (as it did the second year of the races), the building of the last of the fishing schooners and, in detail, Columbia's construction, fishing, and racing careers. The 1923 racing series, in which Bluenose and Columbia faced each other for the only time, was declared "unfinished"by the race committee after a nasty display of bad sportsmanship. Columbia was lost with all hands in the terrible storm of 24 August 1927, which claimed many fishing schooners and lives. She was to have raced Bluenose again in a few months. In December, 1927, she was seen for the last time when the trawl of the Venosta snagged her and hauled her to the surface for a few minutes from 40 fathoms of water 115 miles SSE of Sable Is- land. Then the trawl cables parted and and net and schooner sank again to the bottom. A solid and well-written book. Columbia: LOA 141'-3"; LWL 110'; Beam 25'-8";Draft 15'-8,152.67 gross tons. 452 Adventurers Afloat

1663 Teacher, John H. The Recorh of the Clyde 29/24 Feet Class of Small Racing Yachts. Glasgow: Jackson, Wylie & Co., 1926. 58pp. Using Jeanene (LOA 21'; LWL 19') as a prototype, a rule was developed to establish a seaworthy racing class which would avoid the pitfalls of one-designers. Bulb and fin keels were outlawed. Maximum concavity without penalty of the cross section 0.6 of the LWL from the bow was set at 12". The sloop rig could not have more than 500 sq. ft. of sail. The beam could be from 7'to 7'4, with minimum waterline beam at that section 6'-6."This is a detailed history of the races of this long-lived class from 1897 through 1926. There was no racing, of course, during the four war years.

1664 Vaughan, Thomas John. 7he International Fourteen Foot Dinghy, 1928-64;Handbook and History. Northwood, Midlesex: International Fourteen Foot Din- ghy Association of Great Britain, 1964. 76pp.

1665 Walters, Angus. Gillespie, Gerald Joseph. Bluenose Skipper: The Story of the "Bluenose"and her Skipper. Fredericton, N. B.: Brunswick Press, 1955. vii, 129pp Reissued as 2nd ed. 1964. The career of the Lunenburg, Nova Scotia, fishiigskipper who commanded the famous racing fisherman Bluenose during her entire racing and fishing career. Captain Walters, the son of a fishing schooner captain, was born in Lunenburg in 1882, went to sea with his father in 1895, and a few years later became a mate and then a skipper. He owned a succession of schooners, brought in the largest catch ever recorded (790,400 lbs), and, in 1920, lost the fust Fishermen's International Competition to the Gloucester, Mass. boat Esperan- to when his foretopmast snapped off during the race. When Bluenose was built to retake the Fishermen's Cup, he was given command. For a summary of Bluenose's career and her dimensions, see no. 1632. For other accounts of the schooner and her skipper, see nos. 1652 and 1669.

1666 Whipple, A. B. C. The Racing Yachts. New York: Time-Life Books, distributed by Silver Burdette, 1981. 176pp. (Seafarers Series). A history of yachts and yacht racing from the seventeenth century to World War 11. Much space is given to the earlyAmerica's Cup yachts. Good color illustrations and diagrams.

1667 wacht Racing Log]. With an introduction by Herbert L. Stone. New York: Derrydale Press, 1933. Unpaged. A fine press book designed for use as a racing log.

1668 Yacht Racing on the Solent. Southampton: 1892- . Annual. Races Under Sail: Other Races 453

First edition edited by "Thalassa" and published by H. King. Title varies slightly.

1669 Zinner, Feenie. "Bluenose,"Queen of the Grand Banks. Illustrated by Zeke Zin- ner. Philadelphia; London: Chilton, 1970. xii, 113pp. The history of the famous racing and faring schooner and her skipper, Angus Walters. For a summary of Bluenose's career and her dimensions, see no. 1632. For other accounts of her career see nos. 1652 and 1665. ROWING AND PADDLING RACES

1670 Alma, Malcolm R Mark of the Oarsman: A Narrative History of Rowing at Syracuse University. Syracuse, N. Y.:Syracuse Alurnni Rowing Associa- tion, 1963. 370pp. In 1894 Chancellor James Roscoe Day began the rowing program at Syracuse University. He built suitable facilities and had football coach Edwin Regur Sweetland, a Cornell graduate and oarsman, assemble and train a crew. The following year Columbia, Cornell, and the University of Pennsylvania formed the Intercollegiate Rowing Association, known by the then innocuous contraction I. R. A., which grew in membership over the next several decades. There followed a golden age of American rowing, dominated in coaching by Charles E. Courtnev of Cornell. Hiram Connibear of the Universitv of Washington, and James Ten Eyck of Syracuse. Syracuse is the focus of this his- tom. but it necessarilv deals with all of American comuetitive rowing from 1894 to i9%,a year of viciory for Syracuse under her fifthcoach, ~orenSchoe1. 1671 Annals of Public School Rowing. Contributed by old boys, rowing masters, or captains of boats, from each rowing school, edited by L. Cecil Smith. Oxford: Blackwell, 1919. xii, 168pp. The schools which contributed articles: Eton, Radley, Shrewsbury, Bed- ford, St. Paul's, Westminster, Beaumont, Bedford Modern, Winchester, Chel- tenham, Tonbridge, King's School (Canterbury), Merchant Taylor's, Durham, St. Edwards (Oxford), Magdalen College School, Monkton Combe, Abingdon, Haileybury, Emanuel, Christ's Hospital, and Oundle. The editor provided brief notes on Kingston Grammar School, Hereford School, King's School (Wor- cester), Derby School, St. Mark's (Windsor), and London International Col- lege.

1672 The Aquatic Oracle: A Record of Rowing from 1835 to 1851, Alpha- betically Arranged. Compiled from Bell's Life in London by an Amateur. London: Simpkin, Marshall & Co., 1852. iv, 142pp. Part I: "Gentlemen Amateurs, Oarsmen, Scullers, and Winning Coxswains; comprising Results of University Challenge Races, Public Eight-Oar Matches, Regattas, etc." Part 11: "Watermen, Tradesmen, and Landsmen." Rowing and Paddlng Races 455

Lists, under each competitor's name, his races, in chronological order. The notes on the winner of scullers' matches contain the prize or stake, distance, date, and, if important, the time.

1673 Armytage, H. fie Cam and Cambridge Rowing. Cambridge: W.R. Spalding; London: W. Kent, ca. 1886. 47pp. A history of rowing at Cambridge Universitywith a list of distances on the Cam.

1674 Atchison, George Turnour, and Geoffrey C. Brown. The History of the ChrktS College Boat Club. Cambridge: W.P. Spalding, 1922. xii, 272pp. A detailed history beginning with the Club's founding in 1829, together with lists of crews (including weights), competitions, and winners of major events.

1675 Ball, W. W. Rowse. A History of the First Trinity Boat Club. Cambridge: Bowes & Bowes, 1908. vi, 190pp. A chronological account, beginning in 1825. From 1835, based chiefly on the Club Minute Books. The appendixlists officers and winners of major events.

1676 Bateman, J. F. Aquatic Notes; or, Sketches of the Rise and Progress of Rowing at Cambridge, by a member of the C. U. B. C.; with a letter containing hints on rowing and training by Robert Coombes. Cambridge: J. Deighton; London: G. Bell, 1852. xii, 107pp. Contents include early Cambridge boating; the Founding of the principal boat clubs; October Term races; college eight-oared races; grand matches at London; and a day at Henley.

1677 Boating Life at Oxford; with Notes on Oxford Training and Rowing at the Universities. London: James Hogg & Son, 1868. viii, 118pp.

Three pieces. The fictional "A Boating Life at Oxford," and "Water Der- bies," by Wat Bradwood (the pseud. of Walter Bradford Woodgate) appeared in London Sociefy. "Rowing at Universities,H an essay on what Cambridge should do to regain primacy in rowing, originally appeared in the Pall-Mall Gazette.

1678 Bond, Henry. History of the Trinity Hall Boat Club. Cambridge: Heffer, 1930. xiii, 136pp. 1679 Bourne, Gilbert Charles. Memories of an Eton Wet-Bob of the Seventies. London: Oxford University Press, 1933. 124pp. 456 Adventurers Afloat

The author, who went to Eton in 1875, wished to describe his experiences there because he witnessed two major, and, to him, equally important changes: Dr. Hornby's reforms of the Eton educational program and the introduction of sliding seats in rowing. Bourne was diagnosed as having a valvular heart problem in early childhood. He was not allowed to participate in athletics. At Eton, followingin the footsteps of his father and grandfather, he took up rowing without his parents' knowledge, did well, and proved that he had no heart problem. He continued rowing and became a coach in later life. His memoirs, published posthumously, besides telling of Eton reforms and rowing, present an engaging picture of British upper middle-class society during much of his lifetime.

1680 The British Rowing Almanac. Annual. London: World Sports. 1861-. A comprehensive and reliable record of British rowing events.

1681 Brittain, Frederick, and Humphrey Playford. 7he Jesus College Boat Club, Cambridge. Cambridge: Heffer, 1928. m,298pp. A brief history of the Club from its foundation in 1827 to 1927, followed by complete records of all Club races during this period.

1682 Brittain, Frederick, and Humphrey Playford. 71te Jesus College, Cambridge, Boat Club, 1827-1962. Cambridge: Heffer, 1962. xii, 324pp. A brief history of the Club from its foundation, with emphasis on the years 1928-1962,with complete records of all Club races during this period of emphasis.

1683 Burnell, Richard Desborough. The Oxford and CambridgeBoat Race,l829-1953. Foreword by G. 0.Mickalls. London: Oxford University Press, 1954. xiii 244pp. These races began in 1829 and became annual events in 1855. The author gives a detailed account of them in topical and in narrative form in four sections: Part I, crew selection, Cambridge's possible advantages, and the championship course; Part 11, a narrative history from 1829 to 1953, with an account of the Yale and Haward races; Part 111, rules, distribution of Blues by colleges and schools, heredity, individual successes, weights, and wind and water conditions. A final section summarizes racing data, giving lists of presidents of the Cambridge and Oxford University Boat Clubs, their official duties, starters, um- pires, and judges, crew lists, and fast times recorded in races and practice ses- sions. There is an index of Blues and coaches.

1684 Burnell, Richard Desborough. Henley Regatta: A History. London: Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1957. 298pp. A chronological account of the Henley Regattas (Royal Regattas from 1851) by an experienced oarsman, with detailed records of each regatta, and a discussion of Henley's problems as they existed at the time of writing (these in- Rowing and Paddling Races 457

cluded overcrowding, the restoration of coxed fours, the regatta date, which is too early for the Oxford term, qualifications for racing, American and other foreign competition, multiple entries, and substitution of crew).

1685 Burnell, Richard Desborough. One Hundred and Fifty Years of the Oxford and Cambridge Boat Race: An Ojjicial Histoly. Marlow, Bucks.: Published for Guin- ness by Precision Press, 1979. 11lpp. 1686 Burnell, Richard Desborough, and H. R N. Rickett, compilers. A Short History of the Leander Club, 1818 to 1968. Henley-on- Thames: Leander Club, 1968. 42pp. Ca. l818 a number of gentlemen began to row and race on the London River. They patronized certain boat yards, were coached by professional boatmen, and grouped together to race in particular boats. One of these boats, Leander, has beenimmortalized through having provided a name for the world's premier rowing club. The fortunes of the Leander Club have waxed and waned in cycles of from 24l to 30 years. The author describes the Club's foundation in 1818 and then summarizes these cycles, devoting a paragraph to each. He goes on to discuss the first eight-oared matches, the Cambridge matches, the first Henley Regatta, Club boat houses in Putney and, later, in Henley, the development of Club racing rules, which were the basis for the Henley rules, the Club's cadet scheme, and the Henley events, the rowing races for the Grand Challenge Cup and the Steward's Challenge Cup, and the sculling races for the Diamond Sculls, the Silver Goblets, and the Double Sculls. 1687 Byme, Lionel Stanley Rice, and E. L. Churchill. The Eton Book of the River; with some account of the Thames and the evolution of Boat Racing. 2nd ed. Eton: Alden & Blackwell, 1952. xvi, 228pp. A history of water sports at Eton culminating in the rowing races. Beauti- fully printed with excellent illustrations.

1688 Cambridge University. Jesus College Boat Club. Records of the Jesus College Boat Club, Cambridge. Cambridge: The Club, 1885-86. 3 vols. Vol. I, 1827-1861. 86pp Vol. 11, 1862-1885. 234pp. Vol. 111, Pt. 1. 48pp. Lists of officers, etc. No more published. Volumes I and I1 are written chiefly from minute books.

1689 Cambridge University. St. John's College. Lady Margaret Boat Club. The History of the Lady Margaret Boat Club, St. John's College, Cambridge. Cambridge: The Johnian Society. Vol. 1: 1825-1926. Part I, 1825-1890, by R. H. Forster and W. Harris; Part 11, 1890- 1907, by A. D. Stammers; Part 111, 1907-1925, by G. L. Day; Postscript, 1925-26. 1926. xxii, 312pp. Vol. 2: 1926-1956, by J.F. 458 Adventurers Afloat

Hall-Crags and other members of the L. M. B. C., 1959. xxvii, 323pp. Part I of vol. I was published separately: Cambridge: Deighton Bell; London: George Bell, 1890. viii, 187pp.

1690 Cleaver, Hylton Reginald. A Hktory of Rowing. Foreword by H. R. N. Rickett. London: Jenkins, 1957. 256pp. A history of British rowing competitions from the time of the Thames watermen to the present. Contents: The present scene; beginnings; champions; clubs; schoois; Oxford and Cambridge; Henley Royal Regattas; Head of the River Race; women's rowing; the Olympics; Empire Games; European competition; sea rowing; British influence abroad. Appendices include Doygett's Coat and Badge and lists of winners of various championships.

1690a Cook, Sir Theodore Andrea, ed. Racing at Henley, from Reports printed in "TheFielZ Newspaper from 1903 onwardr, edited and with a preface by Theodore A. Cook. London: Horace Cox, 1911. lviii, 209pp. Second edition 1913. lviii, 305pp. Continues H. T. Steward's 7he Records of the Henley Regatta, no. 1739. Cook was editor of fie Field. Covers the years 1903-1910. The second edition is a reissue of the first, with data for the years 1911-1913 added.

1691 Cook, Sir Theodore Andrea. Henley Races, with Details of Regattas from 1903 to 191 4 inclusive, and a Complete Index of Competitors and Crews since 1839. Lon- don: Oxford University Press, 1919. xxvi, 519pp. Based on no. 1690a. Contents include a brief history of regattas held from 1839 through 1902,350 pages of data on regattas held from 1903 through 1914, Henley racing from 1915 to 1918, winners from 1839 to 1914, records, foreign entries, and oarsmen killed in the War. Besides the general index, there are indexes to clubs and competitors at Henley, 1839-1914. Continued by Herbert Thomas Steward's Henley Records, 1919-1938 no. 1740.

1692 Cook, Sir Theodore Andrea. Rowing at Henley. London: Oxford University Press, 1919. xxii, 182pp. A companion volume to no. 1691, containing chapters on university racing at Henley, close finishes, racing colours, form and pace, boats and builders. Contains "the Roll-Call; being a List of Famous Rowing Men who have died since 1902," pp. 138-175.

1693 Cook, Sir Theodore Andrea, and Guy Nickalls. 7homas Doggett Deceased: A Famous Comedian. London: Con- stable, 1908. xiii, 156pp.; 22 leaves of plates. Rowing and PQddlngRaces 459

Part I, 'The Man," by Theodore Andrea Cook. Part 11, 'The Race," by Guy Nickalls. A life of Doggett and a history of the race for Doggett's Coat and Badge. Lists the winners, 1716-1907.

1694 Courtney, Charles E. Young, Charles Van Patten. Courtney and Cornell Rowing. Ithaca, N. Y.: Cornell Publications Printing Co., 1923. 107pp. The lie of Charles E. Courtney (1849-1920), Cornell rowing coach from 1883 to 1916. Covers only his rowing career and not his private life. One of the most readable books on rowing.

1695 Crowther, Samuel, and Arthur Ruhl. Rowingand TrackAthletics. New York and London: Macmillan, 1905. viii, 449pp. The section on rowing, pp. 1-244, is by Crowther. The first nine chapters contain a history of American rowing from 1811; the remaining five cover style, coaching, training, and equipment.

1696 Crump, Alfred. A History ofArnateur Rowing on the River lee. London: Gresham Press, 1913. 63pp. Beginning in 1863. Describes the Lee style of rowing.

1697 Dana, Richard Henry. Two Lessons from the University Boat Race of 19I4... . Reprinted from the Harvard Graduates' Magazine, 1914.

1698 Drinkwater, George Carr. The Boat Race. London: Blackie, 1939. 226pp. Data on the Oxford and Cambridge Boat Race through 1938.

1699 Edwards, Hugh Robert Arthur. The Way of a Man with a Blade. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1963. xii, 186pp. The autobiography of a champion oarsman and gifted coach whose successful career was made possible by two early failures. In 1926 he collapsed while rowing for Oxford. Subsequently he failed academically and left the University. As a result, he worked with the two greatest coaches of the time, the orthodox Dr. Gilbert Bourne at Oxford, and the revolutionary Steve Fair- bairn at the London Rowing Club. ~e became a truly proficient ossman while working with Fairbairn, found that he desired a career as a Royal Air Force officer, cked,re-entdred Oxford in 1930, and became the beit oarsman in the University. After 1933 he gave up rowing for marriage and his military career for 16 years, but then he began rowing for the R. A. F. He then agreed, with the blessing of the Air Force, to coach part-time for Oxford. This was the beginning of a new career and a full-time commitment to coaching. The book closes 460 Adventurers Afloat

with analyses of the major problems of British rowing together with some very interesting solutions. 1700 Endicott, William T. The River Masters: A Hktoty of the World Championships of Whitewater Canoeing, including an index of competitors from 1949-1979, world champion course maps, and a photograph album. Washington, D. C.: The Author, 1979. 184pp. 1701 The Eton Boating Book. Saville Press, 1952. Earlier Editions: The Eton BoatingBook, 1825-69, by R. H. Blake- Hurnfrey, afterwards R. H. Mason, 1869. 3d ed. rev. and enl. and brought down to the year 1932 by the Eton Vikings Club. Eton: Spottiswoode, Ballantine, 1933. xl, 695pp. A record of races as far back as they can be traced, together with an historical introduction. 1702 Fifty Years of Sport at Oxford, Cambridge, and the Great Public Schools, arranged by Lord Desborough, edited by A. C. M. Croome. London: Walter Southwood, 1913. 2 vols.

Volume I includes an article by G. C. Drinkwater on the history of the Ox- ford and Cambridge boat races through 1913.

1703 Glass, J. V. S., and J. M. Patrick. The Royal Chester Rowing Club. Centennw Hktoty, 1838-1938. Chester, 1939. 94pp.

1704 Glendon, Richard A., and Richard J. Glendon. Rowing. Philadelphia and London: Lippincott, 1923. 240pp. A history of rowing in the United States and the United Kingdom, from the days of professional oarsmen to the Olympic Regatta of 1920, including a history of rowing at the United States Naval Academy, together with sections on the technical side of rowing. The appendices include a list of American rowing clubs, rewrds of intercollegiate races, 1895-1921,and tables of world's records.

1705 Glynn, M. S. The Victorian Rowing Regkter and Oarsman's Companion. Mel- bourne: 1878. 49pp. 1706 Halberstam, David. The Amateurs. Harmondsworth, Middlesix: Penguin, 1986. 221pp. American oarsmen. Rowing and Paddling Races 461

1706a Hartley, Sir Percival Horton Smith, and G. F. Llewellyn. The Longevity of Oarsmen. A Study of mose U'ho Rowed in the word and Cambridge Boat Race from 1829 to 1928. 1939.19~~. Reprinted from the Britkh Medical Journal. 1707 Henley Royal Regatta, 1939-1968. Regatta House, Henley-on-Thames: Stewards of the Henley Royal Regatta, 1969. 2 vols. Edition limited to 1,000 copies. 1708 Hemck, Robert Frederick, comp. Red Top: Reminkcences of Harvard Rowing. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1948. vi, 255pp. An interesting and detailed history and survey most of which is written by a man who devoted nearly 40 years to Harvard rowing after having been captain of the crew in 1889. Red Top is the Harvard crew training facility in Ledyard, Connecticut. Contents include a miscellany of rowing notes and quotations; the first Haward-Yale boat race; the 1857 race; the 1906 Harvard- Cambridge race; Harvard at Henley in 1914; Henley Royal Regattas, 1914-1939; Harvard at Henley in 1939, and Harvard rowing, 1923-1940, by Thomas H. Hunter; summaries and statistics, 1923-1940, the Harvard 150-lb. crew, and eastern vs. western rowing, by Thomas D. Bolles; Red Top doners; and an extensive and excellent bibliography.

1709 Hill, William Wimbledon. One Hundred Years of Boat Racing: The Official Centenary Souvenir of the Oxford and Cambridge Boat Race, 1829-1929,with a foreword by Guy Nickalls. London: Albion Publishing Co., 1929. 96pp. A popular history of the races.

1710 A History of Durham Rowing. Edited by A. A. Macfarlane-Grieve. Foreword and introduction by W. D. Lowe. Newcastle-on-Tyne: Andrew Reid & Co., 1922. 25%~. Includes a general history of rowing on the river Wear, of Durham rowing to 1876, with emphasis on University rowing, and then chapters on rowing after 1876 at the University, the college, the schools (by R. H. J. Poole), and the Dur- ham Amateur Rowing Club (by J. G. Burrell).

1711 The History of the Caius Boat Club, 1827-1927. Edited by H. Claughton Scott. Cambridge: Cambridge Univer- sity Press, 1927. xvi, 184pp. (The Caian, vol. 35). A survey of early rowing followed by a narrative history of the club and lists of crews, major races, etc. 462 Adventurers Afloat

1712 Hughes, Thomas. Hughes, G. E. Memoir of a Brother. London: Macmillan, 1872. xvi, 178pp. A biography of the author's older brother, who was the model for Tom Brown, which tells of hi rowing career at Oxford in 1842-43.

1713 Hunter, Robert Sinclair. Rowingin Canada since 1848; Including a Description of the Game as it fiisted in the Part; Edward Hanlan 'S Career; Club Histories; our Invaswn of Foriegn Waters; C. A. A. 0.Recordr; Rowing at the Olympic Games; and Names and Pictures of Outstanding Crews. Hamilton, Ontario: The Author, 1933. 134pp. In addition to the matters included in the title, the author discussed the adoption of the sliding seat, the evolution of hulls and oars, and the formation of the Canadian Association of Amateur Oarsmen.

1714 Iota (pseud.). The Boat Racing Calendar, or, Record of the Performances of the Principal Winning Amateurs in England and Wales from I839 to 1857. Compiled from Bell's Life in London. London: Bosworth & Harrison, 1858. vi, 123pp.

1714a Kelley, Robert F. American Rowing: Its Background and Traditions. New York: Putnam's, 1932. xiv, 271pp. Contentsinclude the races for ThomasDoggett's coat and badge; thebegin- nings of racing in America; professional racing; clubs; college racing and early collegiate regattas; Yale-Harvard races, 1852-1931; the Poughkeepsie Regatta, 1895-1931; American racing abroad; some coaches and systems (including Robert J. Cook of Yale, William A. Bancroft of Haward, Charles E. Courtney of Cornell; Hiram Connibear of the University of Washington, Richard A. and Richard J. Glendon of Navy and Columbia, and Edward 0. Leader of Washington and Yale), rowing craft and their builders (including Matt Taylor of Liverpool, builder of the keelless eight, and Captain J. C. Babwck of the Nas- sau Boat Club, Harlem River, New York, the probable inventor of the sliding seat); and records of American racing at home and abroad.

1715 Kiesing, Stephen. l?ze Shell Game: Reflections on Rowing. New York: Morrow, 1982. 193pp. Written while the author was a senior at Yale. Deals with his rowing career from novice to member of a 1980 Olympics crew and with his concurrent quest for identity and maturity.

1716 Knollys, C. C. Oxford University Challenge Races, together with a Lkt of the Crews which have Rowed in the Head Boats of the River, and in the Trial Rowing and Paddling Races 463

Eights, and some Account of the Henley Regatta, from 1816 to the Present Time. Oxford: T. Shrimpton, 1873. xvi, lllpp. Statistics.

1717 Lang, John. The Vitorian Oarsman, with a Rowing Register, I857to 1919. In- troduction by George Fairbairn and a foreword by Henry Gyles Turner. Melbourne: A. H. Massina & Co., 1919. ii, 341pp. Tables of race data on the Australian Universities Race, the Melbourne University Boat Club, Victoria schools, Australians at Henley, and the Mel- bourne and other Australian regattas, preceded by a description of rowing in the late 1870s by T. Colles, a brief history of rowing in Victoria, and a history of the Victorian Rowing Association. 1718 Lewis, Alfred J. S. The Hktory of Rowing in Table Bay. London and Capetown: Whitehead, Morris, & Co., 1912. viii, 86pp. A chronological account beginning in 1861, with data on winning clubs.

1719 MacMichael, W. F. (William Fisher). The Oxfod and Cambridge Boat Races: A Chronicle of the Con- tests on the Thames in which the University Crews have Borne a Part, from A. D. 1829 to A. D. 1869, compiled from the University Club books and other contemporary and authentic records; with maps of the racing courses, index of names, and an introduction on rowing and its value as an art and recreation. Cambridge: Deighton, Bell & Co.; London: Bell & Daldy, 1870. xii, 380pp. Contains an account of each race, with the names and weights of the oarsmen and short biographical articles. The author used the official records of the two University Clubs and newspaper accounts of the races. Includes an article by F. C. Skey from The Lancet, 20 October 1869, on muscular action in rowing, and another by Professor Humphrey from The British Medical Journal, 19 October 1867, on the effects of boat racing on health. 1720 Mendenhall, Thomas Comin. A Short Hktory of American Rowing. Boston: Charles River Books, 1981. 124pp. An account of the oldest intercollegiate sport in the United States. Com- petetive rowing began among professionals and evolved into an important amateur sport. The first part of the book is a history; the second is a compilation of major race results beginning with the Haward-Yale race of 1852. 1721 Morgan, John E. University Oars, being A Critical Enquiry into the After Health of the Men who Rowed in the Oxford and Cambridge Boat Race from the Year I829 to 1869, Based on the Personal Experiences of the Rowers Themselves. London: Macmillan, 1873. xvi, 397pp. 464 Adventurers Afloat

The survey included 251 of the 255 men who rowed in these races during the period in question. The author concludes that very few were injured and many benefited from the exercise. 1722 Mumford, George Saltonstall. Twenty Hward Crews. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1923. vii, 153pp; 19 leaves of plates. A history of the Harvard-Yale races, 1882-1901,and of the races between Harvard and Cornell, 18%-1898, during what the author believes to be the formative period of Harvard rowing. 1723 Norsen, Irene Ward. Ward Brothers, Champions of the World New York: Vantage Press, 1958. 76pp. Among the 14 children of Isaac and Winnifred Mosher Ward who grew up in Cornwall-on-Hudson, four, William Henry (Hank), Joshua (Josh), Ellis, and Gibert (Gil) turned out to be champion oarsmen and scullers. For a decade and a half after Hank's first sculling race on 4 July 1856. the brothers won almost every race they entered. Theauthor, a granhdaughter of Gibert Ward, describes their lives and ex~loitsin detail. Josh Ward was the last of the brothers to race, winning the four-oar race at Saratoga in partnership with his protege, Walter Brown (who may have invented the sliding seat; see no. 1714a), on 11 September 1869. 1724 Osborne, Keith . Boat Racing in Britain) 1715-1975. London: Amateur Rowing As- sociation, 1975. (6), 71pp. A very useful historical summary of rowing in British waters from Julius Caesar's invasion in 55 B. C. to the 1979 World Championships which makes an extremely large amount of information easily accessible. The story really begins with the informal races of the Restoration watermen on the Thames and with the races for Thomas Doggett's coat and badge, beginning in 1715. In addition todescribiig races, the author discusses developments in boats and equipment, and, in particular, the contributions of two Tyne-side boat builders, Henry Clasper, inventor of the metal outrigger, and Matt Taylor, the first builder of keelless eights. He also tells, among many other things, of the remarkable family of watermen, the Phelps of Putney, who, between 1884 and 1938 won Doggett's Coat and Badge eight times. 1725 The Oxford and Cambridge Boat Race. By a member of the C. U. B. C. London: Arthur H. Moxon, 1877. 24~~. A brief history. 1726 Paine, Ralph Delahaye. Roadr of Adventure. Boston: Houghton, Mifflin, 1922. xiii, 452pp. Reprinted in an abridged edition, Boston: Houghton, Mifflin, 1925. 402pp. Rowing and Paddling Races 465

Begins with an account of his life as a Yale oarsman. The remainder covers his adventures as a filibuster in Cuba and as a correspondent in three wars.

1727 Peacock, Wadham. The Story of the Inter-University Boat Race. London: Grant Richards, 1899. X, 148pp. Reissued, with minor corrections and changes, as 2nd ed. (1901) and 3rd ed. (1902). A brief general history followed by brief accounts of each race, with crew names and weights.

1728 Pitman, C. M. The Record of the University Boat Race, 1829-I909, and Reghter of Those Who Have Taken Part in It, revised and completed to date. London: T. Fisher Unwin, 1909. 348pp. Detailed accounts of each Oxford-Cambridge boat race. Data on those before 1884 is reprinted from the Record of the UniversityBoat Race, 1829-1883, compiled by G. G. T. Treherne and J. H. D. Goldie, no. 1731. The accounts of the races from 1884 to 1901are based onnewspaper records, and the remainder on the author's notes. Also contains notes on boats, courses, times, colours, weights of oarsmen and crews, longevity, heredity, etc. 1729 Puckering, R C., and E. Dawber. A Short History of the Gainsborough Rowing Club, from its Foun- dation in 1863 to its Diamond Jubilee in 1923. Gloucester: Printed for private circulation by John Bellows, 1923. 55pp.

1730 Record of the Rowing Club of S. Philip and S. James, Oxford, 1889- 1909, and Reminiscences of an Ex-Captain. Edited by H. W. Chaundy; preface by C. R. Davey Biggs. Oxford: Blackwell, 1910. 63pp. 1731 Record of the University Boat Race, 1829-1883. Compiled by G. G. T. Treherne and J. H. D. Goldie. New edition, revised and completed to date by G. G. Treherne. London: Bickers & Son; Oxford: James Thornton; Cambridge: Macmillan & Bowes, 1883. X, 207pp. First edition, covering the years 1829- 1880. 1883. X, 207pp. 1732 Rees, George Thomas. The Rowing Club Directory of Great Britain, Giving Club Colours. London: Lock to Lock Times, 1898. 142pp. 1733 Ross, Gordon. The Boat Race: i?aeStory of the First Hundred Races between Ox- ford and Cambridge. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1954. 256pp. Adventurers Afloat

Contents: The race generally; First six races, 1829-1842; Oxford domina- tion, 1843-1869; Cambridge hits back, 1870-1889; All Oxford, 1890-1898; Cambridge on top again, 1899-1908,To the outbreak of World War I; Between the wars: A long Cambridge run; Post-war: Mostly Light Blues again; Grand Names; Rowing Boats; Making of an Oarsman; Diet; Is rowing a strain; Broad- casting, television, and the press; Records of races.

Rowing at Westminster from 1813 to 1883. Extracted from the school water ledgers. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner, 1890. 137pp. From the beginniig of rowing at Westminster School to its discontinuance.

Searle, Henry. Bennett, Scott Cecil. 7'he Clarence Comet: 7'he Career of Henry Searle, 1866-89. Sydney: The University Press, 1973. 100pp. Selwyn, T. K. Eton in 1829-30: A Diary of Boating and Other Events, written in Greek by Thomas Kynaston Selwyn, Newcastle Scholar,l830, edited, with translation and notes by Edmond Warre. London: John Murray, 1903. xl, 312pp.

Sherwood, W. E. Oxford Rowing: A Hktory of Boat-Racing at Oxford from the Ear- liest Zmes, with a Record of the Races. Oxford and London: Henry Frowde, 1900. xviii, 406pp. Part I contains histories of boating before races began, of early racing, of the Exeter College Boat Club and the Oxford University Boat Club, of the Eights and the Torpids, the Challenge Races, the Boat Race (Oxford and Cambridge), and of Oxford participation in the Henley and other regattas. Part I1 contains detailed, year-by-year records of races and crews. Illustrated with prints and photographs.

Souvenir of the Haward and Cambridge Boat Race, 1906. London: Souvenir Publishing Syndicate, 1906. 51pp.

Steward, Herbert Thomas. 'Ilte Records on Henley Royal Regatta from its Institution in 1839 to 1902. London: Grant Richards, 1903. viii, 557pp. An exhaustive chronological record of every event, with crew lists, weights (from 1841), and an index of 4,000 competitors. Based, in part, on newspaper accounts. Continued by Theodore Andrea Cook's Henley Races, no. 1691.

Steward, Clifford Thomas. Henley Records, 1919 to 1938. London: Hamish Hamilton, 1939. 517pp. Continues Sir Theodore Andrea Cook's Henley Races, no. 1691. Rowing and Paddling Races 467

Sydney Rowing Club. May, A. L. Sydney Rows: A Centennial Hktory of the Sydney Rowing Club. Abbotsford, N. S. W.: Sydney Rowing Club, 1970. X, 206~~. Topolski, Daniel. Boat Race: The Oxford Revival. London: Willow Books, 1985. 287pp. The University Boat Race Official Centenary History. Compiled by G. C. Drinkwater and T. R. B. Sanders, edited and with an introduction by C. Gurden London: Cassell, 1929. xii, 200pp. A special commemorative edition was published, limited to 600 copies, with race data through 1929. xii, 244pp. Part I contains detailed accounts of each race through 1928, with names and weights of crews. Part I1 contains discussions of amateur rowingvs. professional rowing, famous coaches and the development of styles, old Blues and their careers, the evolution of the racing eight, etc.

Vesta Rowing Club. Applebee, L. G. The Vesta Rowing Club, 1870-1920. London: C. McAllan, 1920. 86pp. A history, with Lists of winners of various events and of those who served in World War I. Vesta Rowing Club. Wells, Henry Bryant. Vesta Rowing Club: A Centenary Hktoly. Isle of Wight: The Club, 1970. iv, 181pp. Wace, H. C. Brarenose Rowing. Oxford: Printed for the Oxford Historical Society at the Clarendon Press, 1909. 188pp. (Brasenose Quatercentenary Monographs, XIV). A history (107pp.), together with lists of officers and Blues, rules, charts of races, etc.

Warre, Edmond. Fletcher, C. R. L. Life of Edmond Warre, [1837-19201. London: John Murray, 1922. xii, 323pp. Discusses his distinguished rowing and coaching careers.

Wellman, J., and W. B. Peet. The Story of the Harvard-Yale Race, 1852-1912. New York: Har- per, 1912. 37pp. Whitby Friendship Amateur Rowing Club. Walker, W. Friendrhip, 1879-1951: The Hktory and RecorA of over Seventy Years of Rowing by the Whitby Friendship Amateur 468 Adventurers Afloat

Rowing Club, collected by W. Walker; edited by W. J. Walker. Whitby, Yorks.: The Club, 1970. iv, 181pp. 1750 With the Skin of their Teeth. Memories of Great Sporting Finishes in Golf, Cricket, Rugby and Association Football, Lawn Tennis, Boxing, Athletics, Rowing, and Horse Racing. Edited by G.0. Nickalls. London: Country Life, 1951.168pp. Memories of close fmishes.

1751 Young, Charles Van Patten. The Cornell Navy:A Review. Ithaca, N. Y.: Thylor and Carpenter, 1907. 71pp. POWERBOAT RACES

1752 Barrett, J. Lee. Speed Boat Kings: 25 Years of International Speed Boating. Detroit: Arnold Powers, Inc., 1939. 143pp. A history of motor boat racing told in relation to the career of Gar Wood, the champion power boat racer of the interwar years. Contents include races for the Harmsworth Trophy, first won in 1903by Miss Dorothy Levitt, and held for 19 years by Wood;the invention of the hydroplane; Wood's good-luck teddy bears: the racing careers of Miss Marion Barbara Carstairs (inheritor of thc standard oil foryune), sir ~enr~seagrave (killed in 1931 on ~akewidemere), KavDon. and Sir Malcolm Camvbell: and American and world's speed records. 1ll;strated with black-and-whitd photographs.

1753 Campbell, Donald. Into the Water Barrier, by Donald Campbell in collaboration with Alan W. Mitchell. London: Odhams Press, 1955. 239pp. Reissued London: Odhams Press, 1958. 224pp. (Beacon Books). Breaking the speed record in Bluebird

1754 Campbell, Donald. Knowles, Arthur. With Campbell at Coniston. Foreword by Leo Villa. London: Kimber, 1967. 160pp. The author, who was with Campbell at Coniston, does a good job of making the reader feel that he or she is there also during the campaign- - to break the 300 m. p. h. speed barrier which ended, very close to success, on 4 January 1967 when the jet-propeUedBIuebird shot 50 feet into the air, somersaulted, crashed, and sank when going more than 300 miles per hour. Campbell's body was never found.

1755 Campbell, Donald. Knowles, Arthur, and Dorothy Lady Campbell. Donald Campbell, C. B. E. London: Allen & Unwin, 1969. 134pp. A biography, by Campbell's mother and a close friend. Tells of his childhood, his pre-racing life, relations with his famous father, Sir Malcolm, his marriages, and of his breaking seven water speed records between 1955 and 1964 and the land speed record in the latter year, as well as his final and fatal campaign in Bluebird on Coniston Water, ending with his death on 4 January 1967. 470 Adventurers Afloat

1756 Campbell, Donald. Young-James, Douglas. Donald Campbell: An Informal Biog- raphy. London: Spearman, 1968. 159pp. A survey of Campbell's life, with emphasis on the Coniston Water campaign in Bluebird which ended in Campbell's death. Appendices include land speed records from 1924, water speed records from 1937, tributes to Campbell, and a Campbell pedigree.

1757 Campbell, Sir Malcolm, and Donald Campbell. Drackett, Phil. Like Father, Like Son: The Story of Malcolm and Donald Campbell. Brighton, Sussex: CliftonBooks, 1969. 118pp. A clear, well-organized, brief, and readable account of the lives, careers, and achievements of Sir Malcolm Campbell and his son Donald.

1758 Campbell, Sir Malcolm, and Donald Campbell. Villa, Leo, and Tony Gray. The Record Breakers: Sir Malcolm and Donald Campbell, Land and Water Speed Kings of the 20th Cen- tury. Feltham: Harnlyn, 1969. 160pp. The story of the two Campbells by Leo Villa, 0.B. E., successively chief mechanic to both Campbells, aided in the writing by Tony Gray. Villa, Cock- ney son of a Swiss immigrant, was a mechanical genius. Contents include the author's early days with Foresti; Malcolm Campbell's records; and Donald's career and records, ending with the Coniston tragedy. Appendices include a transcript of Donald Campbell's last transmission, a table of world water speed records, and descriptions of the Bluebird cars and boats.

1759 Desmond, Kevin. The Guinness Book of Motorboating: Facts and Feats and Origins and Developmant of Motor Craft. Enfield, London: Guinness Su- perlatives, 1979. 275pp. Contents include origins of motor boating; racing and records; cruising and long distance motor boating; interface boats (hydrofoils, hovercraft, amphibious craft, and hydrogliders); boat builders; boat shows; designers; construction methods, engines; navigational aids; model powerboats; preservation; and the arts and motor boating. Consists of very short pieces, with many photographs and other illustrations. Also has sections on warships and public service motor boats.

1760 Needell, Anthony, and David Short. Tke "DailyExpress" Offshore Powerboat Race, 1967: The Wcial Story, with Facts and Figures. Twickenham, Middlesex: A. D. E. Publications, 1968. 34pp.

1761 Phillips-Birt, Douglas. Famous Speedboats of the World London: Muller; New York: St. Martin's Press, 1959. 141pp. (A Globe Book). Powerboat Races 471

A very readable history by a well-known naval architect. Contents include speed at sea, toothpick (narrow displacemant) boats; skimming boats; fighting speedboats; the Miss EngIands, the Miss Americas, and Miss Britain; the Bluebirds; and hovercraft and hydrofoils, with discussions of the contributions ofJohn Cobb, Peter DuCane, and Colin and MalcolmCampbeU to the development of fast boats.

1762 Rae, Rusty. Speed & Spray: The Story of Stock Outboard Power Boat Racing; photos by Reid Blackburn & Rusty Rae; editorial consultant, John Yaw. Harrisburg, Pa.: Stackpole Books, 1975. 176pp. 1763 Searle, Crab @seud of Francis Henry Louis Searle). Thel'Daily Telegraphw--B.P. Round-Britain Powerboat Race. Lon- don: Hale, 1970. 175pp. 1764 Segrave, Sir Henry. Posthumous, Cyril. Sir Henry Segrave. London: Batsford, 1961. 227pp. The story of the famous racing driver who retired from motor racing at the end of the 1927 season, took up powerboat racing, broke the world land speed record at Daytona Beach, won the Fischer Cup in a race against Gar Wood, and, after setting a water speed record of 98.76 m. p. h. on Widemere, was killed when he hit a piece of driftwood on a second run at higher speed. His backers turned to another racing driver, Kaye Don, to take his place.

1765 Stewart, Colin. "Crusaa'er:"John Cobb's Jet Craft, with an appreciation by Arthur Bray. London: Yachtsman Publishing Co., 1952. 47pp. SURFING

1766 Ball, John Heath "Doc." California Surfizders 1946: A Scrapbook of Surf Riding and Beach Stuff. 2nd ed. Los Angeles: Mountain and Sea Books, 1979. 103pp. First published in an edition limited to 510 copies. Los Angeles: Norman B. Whale, 1946. 103pp. Photographs, some of which are by Doc Ball, a surfmg dentist and pioneer surfmg photographer, with preface and captions. Contains a tribute to George Freeth, who brought surfmg from Hawaii to California, with a picture of him surfing. Contents are organized by surfmg area from Pedro Valley near San Francisco to Santa Cruz, Malibu, Venice, Hermosa Beach, Palos Verdes, Long Beach, Dana Point, San O'Nofre (sic., San Onofre), and Widandsea, near San Diego.

1767 Barnett, Cornel. Hitting the Lips: Surfng in South Africa. Johannesburg: Macmil- lan South Africa, 1974. 186pp. Contents include a review of the physical, recreational, and educational benefits of surfing; brief biographies of the surfmg Springboks (George Thompson, Max Wetteland, Peers Pittare, Jonathan Paarman, Shaun Tomson, Antoni Brodowicz, and Dave Hanssen); the history of surfing, the development of boards, its introduction into South Africa, Cape Town's pioneer surfer, John Whitmore, and the first Springbok Team, 1966; surfing and popular culture, including music (folk singer Brian Finch), art (painter Peter Milne), clothing, and magazines; 50 surfing beaches, with sketch maps, beach characteristics, wave breaks, tide effects, etc.; board selection, building, and riding; beaches for beginners; alternate ways of surfing, including body surfing,belly boarding, knee boarding, surf catting, and wake surfing; and coping with dangers. Illustrated with color and black-and-white photographs.

1768 Blake, Thomas. Hawaiian Surfboard Honolulu: Paradise of the Pacific Press, 1935. 95pp. A history of Hawaiian surfing. The author introduced the hollow board in 1929 and was Hawaiian surfboard paddling champion in 1930. He includes many myths and stories of early surfig; the descriptions of the European explorers; the development of surfboards; accounts of modern surfing pioneers (among them: Duke P. Kahanamoku, George Frieth, Haig Priest, Preston Petersen, Wally Binton, Bob Sides, Whitie Harrison, Tarzan Smith, Jerry and Arthur Vultee, Rusty Williams, Grant Leonhuts, Wily Gregsby, Bill Hewig, surfing 473

Sam Reid, Keller Watson, and Sunny Ruppman); and how to ride boards, including hollow ones. Illustrated with 45 black-and-white photographs.

1769 Blake, Thomas. Hawaiian Surfn'ding: The Ancient and Royal Pastime. Flagstaff, Ariz.: Northland Press, 1963. [40]pp. A pictorial history and survey of Hawaiian surfmg with an introduction followed by color and black-and-white pictures and photographs supplemented with captions and brief articles. Contents include early surf riding; surfing fundamentals; surfing and beach life at various Hawaiian beaches; the evolution of the surfboard as illustrated by the Bishop Museum collection; paddleboard racing; and surfing in California, Peru, and Australia.

1770 Cleary, William C. Surfng: All the Young Wave Hunters. New York: New American Library, 1967. 126pp. An informal, flamboyant history of surfing with a pervasive adulation of youth by the editor of Surfguide. There is good information to be retrieved from the book's embarrassingly dramatic prose. 1771 Dixon, Peter L. Men Who Ride Mountains. New York: Bantam Books, 1969.

1772 Edwards, Phil, with Bob Ottum. You Should Have Been Here an HourAgo: The Stoked Side of Surf- ing; or, How to Hang Ten through Life and Stay Happy. New York: Harper & Row, 1967. [179]pp. An informal, ghosted surfing autobiographywhich contains a considerable amount of modem surfing history. The author, who was born on 10 June 1938 in Long Beach, California, describes growing up surfing and swimming on the Southern California coast; going to work for Hobie Alter; surfmg Hawaiian and American east coast beaches; sailing; early hotdogging; nose riding and designing special nose-riding boards; living in Dana Point, California, with his wife, Heidi, and their Siamese cat, Chassa; and surfing with the gang at Poche Point (San Clemente, California). Illustrated with numerous color and black-and- white photographs.

1773 Finney, Ben R, and James D. Houston. Surjing, the Sport of Hawaiian Kings. Rutland, Vt., and Tokyo: Tuttle; Johannesburg: Hugh Keartland, 1966. IlOpp. A scholarly and readable illustrated history, conceived as a master's thesis in anthropology at the University of Hawaii. Contains a vocabulary of ancient Hawaiian surfing terms and a bibliography.

1774 Grissim, John. Surfing: Pure Stoke. Foreword by Shaun Thomson. New York: Harper, 1983. 158pp. (Colophon Book). 474 Adventurers Afloat

A survey of the important people and places of the surfing world. Makes some questionable and unsupported statements. Slightly dull, but of interest to surfers.

1775 Kahanamoku, Duke. Duke Kahanamoku's World of Surfing, by Duke Kahanamoku with Joe Brennan. New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1968; Sydney: Angus and Robertson, 1972. 188pp. A comprehensive survey of surfmg, including a brief history of Hawaiian surfmg, and of Duke Kahanamoku's part in popularizing the sport around the world. Covers, in addition, boards, technique, and world-wide surfing spots.

1776 Kahanamoku, Duke. Brennan, Joseph. Duke of Hawaii. New York: Ballantine Books, 1968.

1777 Kahanamoku, Duke. Brennan, Joseph. Duke Kahanamoku: Hawaii's Golden Man. Honolulu: Hogarth Press, 1974.

1778 Lueras, Leonard. Surfing: 77ze Ultimate Pleasure. Honolulu: Emphasis Internation- al; New York: Workman, 1984. 236pp. An oversized and extremely attractive history and survey of surfin& lavishly illustrated with a superb and extensive collection of photographs and reproductions of paintings and drawings. Contents include surfers' descriptions of the joys of surfing, early Polynesian surfing and explorers' descriptions of it; Waikiki surfing; Duke Kahanamoku; California surfmg from Malibu to San Onofre; surfing in the sixties; surfmg around the world; windsurfing; the evolution of the surfboard; a selected discography of surfmg music; a year-by- year lit of moving pictures with surfing content; and a bibliography. The author, who began surfing in 1959, moved to Hawaii in 1963, where he continues to surf. 1779 Margan, Frank, and Ben R Finney. A Pictorial History of Surfng. London;Sydney;New York; Toron- to: Paul Hamlyn, 1970. [323]pp. A survey of surfing, with emphasis on Australia. Contents include early Hawaiian surfing and the descriptions of the European explorers; early Australian surfing; the Surf Life Saving Club; the surfing life; the evolution of the bathing costume; sharks; surf pageantry and carnivals; Duke Kahanamoku; champions of the 1930s; the surf ski and other surfing inventions; body surfing; riding styles; surfing in Britain; the 1964 world titles; modern boards and their construction; Midget FareUy; Nat Young; Hawaiian surfing beaches (Haleiwa, Makaha, Waikiki, and Sunset), and Hawaiian surfing in the sixties; nose riding; the best Australian beaches; Keith Paul; surfing movies; Kevin Brennan; surfing in California; safety; and some spectacular rides. Illustrations are mostly black-and-white. Surjing 475

1780 Maxwell, C. Bede. (pseud. of Violet Spoole Maxwell) Su~AustralimAgainrt the Sea. Sydney: Angus and Robertson, 1949. xvi, 302pp. About the Surf Life Saving Association of Australia.

1781 Men and Waves: A Treasury of Surfing Edited by Peter L. Dixon. New York: Coward-McCann, 1966. 250pp. Twenty-eight pieces, including extracts from books (Michener's Hawaii, London's Cmise of the "Snark," and Burdick's The Ninth Wave), short stories from surfing magazines, and scientific descriptions of surf and wave action by Willard Bascom, D. W. Johnson, R. P. Whitmarsh and Douglas Walton. The fiction is uneven in quality and, interestingly, is mostly concerned with tragedy.

1782 Muirhead, Desmond. Surjing in Hawaii; a Personal Memoir. With Notes on California, Australia, Peru, and Other Surfing Countries. Flagstaff, Ariz.: Northland Press, 1962. 137pp. Contents include a brief history of ancient and modern Hawaiian surfing; the careers and contributions of George Freeth and Tom Blake; the evolution of the surfboard; choosing a board; the author's experiences at Waikiki and on other Hawaiian beaches; wipeouts, cut-outs, and other maneuvers; and a day of surfing the bigwaves at Waimea Bay with Peter Cole. The appendices describe non-Hawaiian beaches.

1783 Olney, Ross R, and Richard W. Graham. Kings of the SurJ: New York: Putnam, 1969. 192pp. Brief biographies of well-known surfers, with black-and-white photographic illustrations. Included are: Rick Grigg; Dewey Weber; Michael French Munoz; Harry Richard Ftye; David Nuuhiwa; Preston Peterson; Ber- nardFarrelly (Midget); Dr. Don James (photographer); Fred Van Dyke; Duke Paoa Kahanamoku; Robert Young; Greg Noll; Claude Dodgen; Fred Hem- ming, Jr.; Charles Curtis Carroll; Russell C. Miller; Bruce Valluzzi; Steve Bigler; and Mike Doyle.

1784 Pearson, John Kent. Surfing Subcultures of Australia and New Zealand Brisbane: University of Queensland Press, 1979. 213pp. 1785 St. Pierre, Brian. fie Fantastic Plastic Voyage:Across the South Pacific with Surfers and Camera. New York: Coward-McCann, 1969. 253pp.

1786 Severson, John Hugh. Great Surfing; Photos, Stories, Essays, Reminiscences, and Poems. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday, 1964. 159pp. 476 Adventurers Afloat

1787 Surf's Up! An Anthology of Surfing. Edited by H. Arthur Klein and M. C. Klein. Indianapolis: Bobbs- Merrill, 1966. 223pp.